admin
Fri, 02/02/2024 - 20:09
Edited Text
N
I
V
E
R
s
I
T
y
1998-99
Undergr:aduate
Catalog
California University of Pennsylvania
250 University Avenue
California, PA 15419-1394
(724) 938-4000
www.cup.edu
Undergraduate Catalog
1998-1999
Volume 95
Number 1
California University of Pennsylvania is a member of
the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education
California University of Pennsylvania
is a
MEMBER
of the
Association of State Colleges and Universities
American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education
ACCREDITED
by the
Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
Accredited in Teacher Education
by the
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education
Accredited in Social Work
by the
Council on Social Work Education
Accredited in Athletic Training
by the
Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP)
Accredited in Nursing
by the
National League of Nursing
Equal Opportunity
California University of Pennsylvania acknowledges that equality of opportunity is the cornerstone of a free and democratic
society. As a state-owned institution, it accepts the duty of putting the principle of equal opportunity into practice. As an institution of
higher education, it accepts the responsibility of teaching that principle by its policies and actions. Consequently, California University
of Pennsylvania commits itself, ethically and legally, to the equal opportunity policies of a system of fair and open recruitment and
acceptance of students regardless of sex, race, color, religious creed, lifestyle, affectional or sexual preference, disability, present or
previous military service, ancestry, national origin, union and political affiliation, and age. Nevertheless, mindful of the reality of past
injustices and present societal needs, the university reserves the right to employ a limited use of racial, ethnic, and sexual criteria to
accomplish remedial objectives when necessary.
Once students are admitted to California University of Pennsylvania, the same rights, privileges, programs and activities are made
available to all without regard to arbitrary and irrelevant criteria. Financial aids, especially scholarships, guaranteed loans, grants, work
study programs, assistantships, and internships, are provided on an equal opportunity basis. Likewise, advisors and counselors are
available to all students. Special programs have been established to meet the needs of students and are available on a fust-come, firstserved basis to all students without regard to race, national origin, or religion. However, in the case of living arrangements, sex and
disability distinctions are made to better serve and accommodate all students. Finally, in accordance with recent federal and state
legislation, architectural and programmatic modifications have been implemented to ensun( that no qualified student is prevented from
succeeding at California University of Pennsylvania because of disability.
In addition, California University of Pennsylvania engages in an open and equitable system of recruitment and employment of
faculty and staff candidates. It practices a non-discriminatory system of compensation, including pay, promotion, tenure, transfer,
education, training and other benefits of employment.
California University of Pennsylvania prides itself on having created a workplace and learning environment free from discrimination and harrassment. If situations or co,nditions to the contrary occur, an immediate and appropriate redress will take place. Persons
aware of such situations or conditions are encouraged to contact the Social Equity Officer (724-938-4014), the Title IX Coordinator
(724-938-4351 ), or the Section 504 ADA Coordinator (724-938-4076).
2
California University Of Pennsylvania
From the President
California University of Pennsylvania is in the
opportunity business. Since 1852, thousands of students have
seized the opportunity we offer: to improve not only their
lives but the lives of the people they have touched.
Our alumni are practicing professionals in health care,
education, law, public service, business, environmental
studies, and government, and the list doesn't stop there. From
South American rain forests to the Hubble space telescope,
California University graduates are using their education to
continue the never-ending search for knowledge. In all walks
of life, California University graduates are helping to make
the world a better place.
At California, we place great emphasis on people. We
have a dedicated faculty, a caring and concerned staff,
excellent facilities, an exemplary educational program, and a
variety of extra-curricular activities, all dedicated to helping
students get the most from their college experience.
Leaming is not confined to the classroom. The
university experience should be a broad one. Personal growth
is proportionate to the wise use of the many resources
available. So we encourage our students to become involved
in the total life of the university and its surrounding
communities.
We also foster a family atmosphere. We are small
enough to care about individuals, and yet large enough to be
able to offer a variety of programs.
You should take time to read through this catalog. It
can tell you much about the university and its programs. You
and your family are invited to make a personal visit any time.
Angelo Arrnenti Jr. , President
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
3
Table of Contents
MISSION ........................................................................... 7
Goals .. .. ... .. ...... ... .. .. ...... ... .................. .. ................................ 7
Objectives ........ .............. ................. .......... ............. ..... ... ..... 8
ADMISSIONS ................................................................. 10
TUITION & FEES ......................................................... 14
FINANCIAL AID ........................................................... 16
Financial Aid Programs ..... .. .............. ..... .... ........... ... ....... . 19
California University Scholarships .. ................ .... ......... .... 21
ACADEMIC POLICIES ................................................ 33
ACADEMIC ORGANIZATION ................................... 44
ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS ... 53
Academic Development Services ...... ............ ...... ............. 55
Applied Engineering and Technology ......... .... ................. 56
Art ... ... ....... ....... .. .. ........... .... .... .. ....... ....... ..... .................. .. . 70
Biological And Environmental Sciences ...... ...... ........ ...... 72
Business And Economics .............. .. ................ ..... .... ........ 81
Chemistry And Physics .... .... ...... .. .... .. .. ................... .... ...... 86
Communication Disorders .. ......... ........... ..... ..... ............ .... 89
Communication Studies .................................................... 91
Earth Science ........................ ... .. ..... .................... .. .... .... .... 95
Educational Studies ....... ...... .... .. ... ......... ........ ..... ...... ..... . 101
Elementary/Early Childhood Education ...... ........... ........ 102
English ................... .......... ......... .. ... .. .......... ..... .. .. ...... .... .. I07
Foreign Languages And Cultures ........... .. .......... ....... ..... 11 I
Health Science and Sport Studies .... ... ......... ..... ... .. ......... 114
History ......... ..... .. ... ....... ...... .. ......... .... ....... ... .......... ......... 117
Honor's Program ........... ........ ... ............. .. ... ... .. .... .. ... .. .... 119
Humanities Program ........ ...... .... .... .... .... .. .. ...... .. .... ... .... .. 120
Mathematics And Computer Science ............... ... ........... 12 1
Music .... ..... ....................... ..... ... ... ... ..... ... .... ........... ....... .. 125
Nursing ........... ..... ...... ...... ... ... ...... ...... ..... .. ... ......... .. .... .... 126
Philosophy ......... .... ..... .... .............. .......... ..... ....... .. ... ....... 129
Psychology .... ........... ....... ........... ........ ... ........ ..... ... .. ....... 130
Social Sciences .... ... .... .. .............. ..... ...... .. ........ .... .. ......... 132
Social Work And Gerontology ..... ... ... ........ .... ...... .... ..... .. 136
Special Education ... ... ... ........ .. ... ..... ..... ........... ... ........... .. 138
Theatre .... .... .. .. ... ..... ............ .... ...... ..... ..... ..... .... ...... ......... 141
Women 's Studies Program ........... ............... ........ ......... ... 143
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ........................................ 146
ACC - Accounting .......... ..... ........ ..... ... ..... ..... ... .... ...... .. .. 146
ANT - Anthropology .... .................. .. ..... .. .. .... .. ... ... .. ... ... . 146
ART-Art ............. ..................... ... .. ........... .. ...... ... .. .... ..... 147
ATE - Athletic Training ...... ... ...... ... ......... ...... ..... ...... ...... 149
BIO-Biology ......... .......... .... ..................... ..... ....... ..... ...... 150
BUS - Business ........ ......... ...... .. ... ... ........ ...................... .. 153
CHE - Chemistry .... .. ... .... .... ..... .... .. ......... .... .. ............... .. 153
4
California University Of Pennsylvania
CIS - Computer Information Systems ........ ..... ... ... ......... 154
CMD - Communication Disorders .............. ..... .... .. ........ 154
COM - Communication Studies ................... ......... .. .. ..... 155
CSC - Computer Science ........... .. .. ........ ..... ... ................. 157
DMA - Developmental Mathematics (see MAT) .. ...... .. . 185
EAS - Earth Science .................... ................ ................... 159
ECE - Early Childhood Education .......... .... .. ................ . 161
ECO - Economics ......... ..... .... ..... .... ......... ....... ... .. ........ ... 162
EDE - Elementary Education .. ... .. .... ......... .. .... ........ .... ... 163
EDF - Educational Foundations .... ........................ .. ...... . 164
EDS - Educational Studies ...... ..... ........... ....................... 164
EDU - Education ....... ......... ........ ...... ....... ....................... 165
EET - Electrical Engineering Technology ....... .. ... .... ...... 165
ENG - Engli sh ..... ....... ....... ..... ... ...... .. ................. ............ 166
ENS - Environmental Studies ..... ................. .. ................. 170
ESP - Special Education ............ .... ...... .... ..... .... .. .... .... ... . 171
FIN - Finance ............... ... .... ..... .... ...... ..... .. ....... ....... ........ 172
FRE - French .... .... ... .. ... .... .. .... .......... .. ......... .... .. .... ........ . 172
GCT - Graphic Communication Technology ... .... .......... 173
GEO - Geography ............ ...... .. ..... .. ....... .... ... .... ..... ...... ... 175
GER - German .. ...................... ................ .. ................ ...... 176
HIN - Harri sburg Internship Program ..... .... ..... ...... .. ...... 178
HIS - Hi story .. ........... .. .............................. ..................... 178
HON - Honors Program ...... ... ... .. ...... ......... .... ... .... .... ... ... 180
HPE - Health and Physical Education ....................... ..... 181
HSD - Highway Safety and Drivers Education .. .... ... ..... 182
IND - Industry and Technology .. ...... ............... ............... 182
ITE - Industrial Technology .. ..... .... ... ......... .... ... .. ... ........ 184
LIT - Literature ............................................. ......... ..... .... 184
MAT - Mathematics (including DMA) ........... ....... ......... 185
MGT - Management ..... ......... ....................... ....... ...... .... . 187
MKT - Marketing .............. ....... ... .... ........ ....... ............... . 188
MTE - Manufacturing Technology ..... ..... ..... .............. .... 188
MUS - Music ..... .. .. .. ..... .. ....... ...... ... ........ .... .. ........ ..... ..... 189
NUR - Nursing .... ... ...... ..... ... .................. ... ....... .... ....... ... 191
OTA - Occupational Therapy ......... .. .... ...... ..................... 191
PHI - Philosophy ..... ..... .. ... ..... .... ..... ..... .... .... .. .. ...... ........ 192
PHS - Physical Science ....... ..... ..... ... ..... .... ... ..... ....... ...... 193
PTA - Physical Therapy ....... .... ........... .......... ..... ... ... ... .... 193
PHY - Physics .................. ... .... ....... ................. .. ... ..... ... .. . 194
POS - Political Science .... ... ..... .... ......... ....... ...... ........ ..... 194
PSY - Psychology ... ..... .. .. .. ... ... .. ... ........ ... ... ...... .............. 196
SOC - Sociology .. ......... ..... .... .. .............. ........... ....... .... .. . 198
SOW - Social Work ... .. .. ....... ... .. ... ... ...... .... ... .. ... .. ........... 199
SPN - Spanish ............................. .. ........... ... ......... ... ... ..... 200
TED -Technology Education ..... ... ...... ...... ... ... .. ........... .. 201
THE - Theatre ... .. .............. ............. ... ... .... ..... ............ ...... 202
UNI - University Studies .... .. ............... .. .... .. ............. ...... 204
WST - Women 's Studies ........... ..... ..... ..... ..... .......... ........ 204
XAS - American Studies ...... .. .... .... ..... ..... ..... .... ..... ...... .. 204
XCP - Career Planning ..................... ... .. .... ... ... .. ...... ..... .. 204
XGE - Gerontology ............. ..... .... ..... .... .... ....... ... ... ... ..... 204
XJJ - Criminal Justice .......... .... .. ............ .......... .. ... .......... 204
UNIVERSITY SERVICES .......................................... 210
Louis L. Manderino Library .. .... ................ ........ ... ... .... ... 210
Technology On Campus .................. .. ... .. ..... .... ............... 211
Computing Services Center .... .. .. .. .. .. ......................... .. .. . 211
Instructional Computing Facility ..... .... ............. ............. . 211
Instructional Applications .. ............ ..... .. ........ .. .. .. ....... ..... 211
Other Campus Facilities .... .... .. .. .......... ... .. .. .. .... ....... .. .. .. . 212
Campus Leaming Labs .... .. ... .. .... ........ ...... ... .. ... .... .. ..... .. . 213
CARE Project .... .... .... .... .................. .. ... ......... ......... ....... . 214
Career Services .. .. .. ............. ....... .. ......... .. ... .... .. .... .. .... .. .. . 215
Cooperative Education .... ........... .. ........................ ........ .. 215
Visiting Student Program .. ... .. .. .. ..... .. .... .. ... .. .. ... ...... ... .. .. 216
Public Safety ..... ....... ......... .... ....... .... .. .. .. .... .... .. ...... ....... .. 216
Character.Education Institute .... .. ...... .. .......... .. ......... .. .... 217
CALENDAR .................................................................. 251
Academic Calendar ............................. ......................... .. 251
1998-1999 ....... .... ..... ...... .. ........ .... .. ...... .... ... .. ... .... ........... 251
1999-2000 .. .. .. ... .. ....... .... ..... .. ... .... ... ..... .... .... ..... .......... ... . 252
MAPS ............................................................................. 253
Pennsylvania Map ... .. .. .................................................... 253
Directions to California ........ .. ......... .. ...... ... ... .. ............... 253
Southwestern Pennsylvania Map ..... .. ............................. 254
California Area Map ........................ .. ............. .. .............. 255
Cal U Southpointe Center .... .... ......................... ...... .. ...... 256
Campus Map ................. ................ .. .................... .. ....... .. . 257
Building Directory ... ... .. ........... ....... ..... ... .... .. .... ....... .. .... . 258
UNIVERSITY ADVANCEMENT ............................... 218
STUDENT DEVELOPMENT AND SERVICES ....... 219
Student Association, Inc ........... .. ........ .. .... .... ...... .. ...... .. .. 219
Student Congress ........................... .. ..... ..... .. ..... .. ..... ... .... 219
Student Activities Board (SAB) ...... .. ..... ... ...... .... .. .. .... .. . 220
Housing ... ............................................. ..... ............... ....... 220
CalCard - The University ID Card .... .... ................. .. .. .. ... 222
Dining Services ... .. ............. .. ............. ................ ......... .. .. 222
Commuter Center and Services ......... .. ... .... .. ........ .. ........ 223
Student Service Access Center .. .. .. .... ...... ...... ... .. ..... ....... 223
Non-Traditional Student Organization .... .. ............ .. .. .. ... 223
Women's Center ............. ... .. ......... .... .. ... ...... .... ........ .... ... 223
Veterans Affairs .. .. ...... ..... .. ... .. .. ... ... .. .. ............ .. .... .. ... ..... 224
Campus Ministry .. ... .. .... .... ... ........... .. .. ....... ..... ........... .... 224
Study Around the World Program .... .... .... ... .. .. ............... 224
Cal U Student Bookstore ......................... ...... .. .... ........... 225
CUTV (California University Television) ...... .. .... .. ........ 225
WVCS (California Radio Station) .............. ..... ............... 226
The California Times (California Student Newspaper) .. 226
Intercollegiate Athletics .... ...... .. ....... .. ..... .... ....... .. ....... .. .. 226
Multicultural Student Programming ...... .. ............. .. ........ 226
Social Fraternities and Sororities .................... ...... ... .... .. 226
Academic Honorary Fraternities .. .. ...... .. ... .. .. .. ...... ... .. .. .. 227
Recreational Services ..................... .. .......... .. ...... .. .......... 227
Intramurals ... ... ..... .. ......... ........ ........ ...... .... ... .... ... .... ..... ... .... ..
227
Health Services ..... ...... ..... ... .... ..... .. .... ..... ... ... .. ........ ..... ... 227
Counseling and Psychological Services ........ .. .... .... ... .. .. 228
Services For Students With Disabilities .. ........... .... ... ..... 229
General Code of Conduct .. .. .......................... .. ...... .. .. ..... 230
Student Judicial System ............ .. ............. .. .... ... .. ............ 230
GOVERNANCE AND ADMINISTRATION ............. 233
FACULTY ..................................................................... 235
INDEX ........................................................................... 246
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
Califomja Unjversity of Pennsylvania
1998-1999 Undergraduate Catalog
July 1998 • Vol. 95, No. l
Edited by: Office of Academic Affairs
Page Layout and Design: Office of Public Relations
Cover Design: Lorish, Inc.
Photographs:
Printer: Custom Printing Company
6
California University Of Pennsylvania
Mission
California University of Pennsylvania's mission is to
provide quality education at a reasonable cost. To this end
the university:
(1) offers undergraduate instruction in the liberal arts ,
education, human resources, the professions, business,
science and technology ;
(2) offers a graduate education to, and beyond, the master's
degree, in certain areas of study;
(3) helps meet the region's economic, social, cultural, and
recreational needs;
(4) fosters research and service;
(5) encourages the intellectual growth of its faculty, as well
as its students.
Goals
California's special mission is to develop programs in
science, technology, and applied engineering.
California University of Pennsylvania is a multipurpose,
regional university firmly committed to offering students of
widely varied ages, backgrounds, interests and needs, a
broad range of educational opportunities and experiences.
Thus, the university endeavors to provide a contemporary
array of degree programs-associate, baccalaureate and
masters-which will enable the student to develop as an
intelligent, caring individual who will be able to function as
a contributing, productive member of society.
The university recognizes the important relationship that
exists between those disciplines which enhance one 's ability
to think critically, reason analyticall y, communicate effectively, maintain historical perspective and promote good
citizenship and those disciplines which provide the specialized knowledge and the critical intellectual skill s to perform
effectively in a wide variety of settings. To this end, it is the
purpose of the university to prepare men and women to meet
the challenges of the world of work in education, business,
industry, government, the professions, the human services,
and graduate and professional schools.
As a regional institution, the university strives to present
a diversity of programs and services for those residing in its
service area. A principle goal of the University Advancement, especially in its Mon Valley Renaissance program, is
to provide different kinds of assistance related to economic
development.
The university also offers to local residents access to
many social and cultural activities.
The College of Education and
Human Services
The principle goal of the College of Education and
Human Services is to maintain a diversity of contemporary
curricula appropriate for the preparation of new teachers and
the improvement of teachers already in the field . In addition,
the College sponsors the development and delivery of a
variety of special programs for the purpose of educating
practitioners in a number of human service areas.
The College of Liberal Arts
Through traditional courses of study, the College of
Liberal Arts attempts to teach reflective thinking that enables
graduates to make responsible social decisions in a multicultural world. The Liberal Arts programs are designed to
present students with options that call upon precise knowledge, cultural perspectives, aesthetics, and personal and
professional communication skills in order to create informed, as well as technologically literate, graduates.
The Eberly College of
Science and Technology
The Eberly College of Science and Technology 's goal is
to make available an array of scientific, technological and
career-oriented programs which prepare students for the
increasingly complex demands of the industrial, business and
health fields as well as for further study in graduate and
professional schools.
The School of Graduate
Studies and Research
The goal of the Graduate School is to provide an
opportunity for those who already have undergraduate
training to further develop their experience at the graduate or
post-graduate level.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
Objectives
The faculty and students of the university are participating members of an educational institution charged with
preservation, discovery, and dissemination of knowledge in
the arts, sciences, technologies, vocations and professions,
and with the creative application of that knowledge in their
lives both as individuals and as members of society.
The objectives of the university are:
(1) to provide a liberal education which aims at developing
analytical thinking and individual initiative and responsibility;
(2) to provide flexible, innovative programs and support
services that are responsive to a broad range of student
and regional needs;
(3) to provide a professional faculty and an effective
administration;
(4) to create and maintain a learning environment in which
the rights of all are respected;
(5) to provide a wide range of learning opportunities for
students interested in associate, baccalaureate, graduate,
and non-degree programs;
(6) to promote effective communication among faculty,
students, administration, and the general public;
(7) to provide a diversity of intellectual, cultural, social and
recreational activities and experiences for the university
and surrounding communities;
(8) to encourage thoughtful and responsible faculty and
student participation in local , state, national , and
international affairs ;
(9) to require high standards of teaching and scholarship
and to encourage participation in professional activities;
(10) to foster academic research which contributes to human
knowledge and the vitality of the institution; and
(11) to maintain an on-going system of self-evaluation
whereby the goals of the institution serve as the criteria
for determining the institution's effectiveness.
8
California University Of Pennsylvania
The university is in the Borough of California, a
community of approximately 6,000 residents, located on the
banks of the Monongahela River, about an hour's drive south
of Pittsburgh. It is accessible via Interstate 70, Exits 15 (PA
43), 16 (Speers), or 17 (PA 88, Charleroi) or via U.S. 40 (PA
43 or 88). The Mid-Mon Valley/ Fayette Expressway (PA
43) links California to the federal Interstate Highway system.
The university is approximately 30 minutes from Exit 8
(New Stanton) on the Pennsylvania Turnpike, and an hour
from Greater Pittsburgh International Airport.
The main campus consists of 38 buildings situated on 84
acres. An additional 104-acre recreation complex, George H.
Roadman University Park, is located one mile from campus.
This complex includes a football stadium, an all-weather
track, tennis courts, a baseball diamond, a softball diamond,
soccer and rugby fields, a cross country course, areas for
intramural sports, and picnic facilities.
The geographic location of the university gives the
resident student opportunities to explore and pursue a wide
variety of activities.
Located on the Appalachian Plateau, an area of rolling hills,
the university is a short drive from camping, hiking, fishing,
hunting, white water rafting, and canoeing, and skiing activities
in the Laurel Mountains. In addition to cultural activities
provided on campus, the student has easy access to the Pittsburgh metropolitan area, located only 30 miles north of the
campus.
This provides an opportunity to enjoy the Pittsburgh
Symphony, the Pittsburgh Ballet, the Civic Light Opera, the
David L. Lawrence Convention Center, the Pittsburgh Steelers,
Penguins, and Pirates, various museums and all of the excitements and attractions of a metropolitan area.
The institution that is now California University of
Pennsylvania began as an academy more than 140 years ago.
It has evolved over the years into a multi-purpose university.
One of the fourteen state-owned institutions of higher
education in the Pennsylvania State System of Higher
Education, it has the strength and stability of a university
system, but it retains its own flavor and unique history.
1852: A two-story Academy, offering education from kindergarten through college was established in the recently founded
community of California. The institution was supported by local
taxes and the donations of some residents of the community.
1864: A ten-acre plot for the Academy, still the center of the
university, was purchased.
1865 : The Academy obtained a charter as a Normal School
for its district and became a teacher-preparatory institution.
I 874: The institution was renamed the South-Western
Normal School.
1914: The Commonwealth acquired the institution and
renamed it the California State Normal School. The curriculum became exclusively a two-year preparatory course for
elementary school teachers.
1928: The institution became California State Teachers
College, returning to its previous status as a four-yeardegree-granting institution, with increasing opportunities for
liberal arts education. Under the presidency of Robert Steele
( 1928-1951 ), California began to concentrate on industrial
arts and atypical education (what is now called special
education) and otherwise expanded its curricula. The
campus grew to 35 acres, and a number of new buildings
were erected.
I 959: During the presidency of Michael Duda (1956-68),
liberal arts curricula were introduced, and the college
became California State College. In 1962 a graduate
program was introduced. The degrees of M.A. and M .S.
were initiated in 1968. During Dr. Duda's presidency, more
than a dozen new buildings were completed, and the size of
the student body and faculty increased more than four-fold.
1974: During the presidency of George H. Roadman (19691977), the college developed a special mission in Science
and Technology, to complement its traditional roles in
Liberal Arts and Education.
1983: On July 1, 1983, the college became a part of the
State System of Higher Education and changed its name to
California University of Pennsylvania. Under the leadership
of President John P. Watkins (1977-1992), the College of _
Science and Technology became fully operational, offering
programs in such varied areas as mathematics and computer
science, industrial management, nursing, energy technology,
robotics, and electrical engineering technology.
1992: Angelo Armenti Jr. appointed president of California
University.
1996: College of Science and Technology renamed Eberly
College of Science and Technology in honor of the Eberly
Foundation for its philanthropic generosity.
1997: Cal U Southpointe Center in the Southpointe Technol- ~
ogy Center in Canonsburg, PA, opened in January, offering a
variety of courses and programs. Ground broken for the new
Eberly Science and Technology Center -a state-of-the-art
~
facility for the study of science and technology scheduled to
t,'!'j
open during I 998-99 academic year.
~
.Z
:=
00.
(Additional information may be found in the book by Regis ~
J. Serinko, California University of Pennsylvania: The
~
People's College in Monongahela Valley, published in 1992). ~
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
9
Ad01issions
How to Apply
To request application material s use the tear-out form
inside the back cover.
Address inquiries to:
Admissions Office
California University of Pennsylvania
250 University Avenue
California, PA 15419-1394
(724) 938-4404 (TELEPHONE)
(724) 938-4564 (FAX)
E-mail Address: Inquiry@cup.edu
WWW.CUP.EDU
General Entrance
Requirements
Admission standards have been establi shed to select
those students who will be most likely to succeed in the
various programs of the university.
l.
Academics. An applicant must be a graduate of an
approved or accredited secondary school or have an
equivalent preparation as determined by any state's
Department of Education.
2.
Assessment and Abi lity Standards. An ability to do
work in higher education should be evident from an
assessment examination such as the Scholastic
Assessment Test (SAT). In certain instances, other
kinds of evidence may be used to determine the
ability to do such work.
3.
Character and Personality. Applicants must be able
to demonstrate that they possess the personality
traits, interests, attitudes, and personal characteristics necessary for higher education.
4.
Admission to Special Curricu la. A student seeking
admi ssion to a special curriculum may be required
to complete additional requirements or have earned
specific credentials.
We encourage applicants to write or cal l for an appointment
to visit the university.
All applications are individually evaluated. As soon as
applications are complete, deci sions are reached and applicants notified. Every attempt is made to complete this
process within two weeks.
To be considered for admission the applicant must
submit the following :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Completed application form
Application fee
High school transcript which includes class rank
(or GED certificate)
Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) or American
College Testing (ACT) scores (may be waived for
applicants who have been out of high school for at
least three years or have an Associate, R. N., or
Baccalaureate degree)
Transfer students must submit college transcripts.
Students in special categories of admission should check the
section on Specific Entrance Requirements.
Evaluation of Applicants
The admissions committee considers as many variables
as possible: class rank, cumulative grade point average, type
of curriculum completed in relation to proposed major,
guidance counselor or other recommendations, on-campus
interview, standardized test scores, activities, and maturity.
Each of the variables contributes to the assessment of
applicants.
10
California University Of Pennsylvania
Specific Entrance Requirements
7.
A. Freshmen
Students attending a post-secondary institution for the first
time are considered new freshmen. All students in this classification must submit a completed application, application fee,
official high school transcript including class rank, and GED
certificate (if applicable). Results from the Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) or the American College Test (ACT) must be
sent, if available. These test results may be waived for applicants
who have been out of high school for at least three years.
B. Transfers
Students seeking to transfer to California University from
another post-secondary institution must submit a completed
application, application fee, official transcripts from all
institutions attended after high school and official high school
transcripts, if applicable. If a degree has not been earned
beyond high school, applicants must also submit high school
transcripts, including the results of all standardized test scores.
Students must be in good academic and social standing
at the last institution attended in order to qualify for admission to California University. In cases where students have
been out of school for at least one semester, special consideration will be given.
See later in this section for information about how
transfer credits are evaluated.
C. Visiting Students
Students who wish to enroll at California with the
expectation of transferring credits to their home institution
and do not wish to receive a degree from California University are classified as vi siting students.
An application with application fee must be submitted.
Admission is granted for the approved semester only.
D. Early Admission for High-School Students
High school students may be eligible for admission to
California University provided the following requirements have
been met:
1.
The student must submit a completed application and
pay the application fee.
2.
The applicant must have completed the sophomore
year of high school and be enrolled in a college
preparatory curriculum.
3.
An early admission clearance form must be completed
with all necessary signatures affixed.
4.
The student's official high school transcript must be
submitted and reflect a cumulative grade point average
of 3.00 for the past two years. (For up-coming juniors,
ninth- and tenth-grade averages will be used.)
5.
The applicant must have taken the PSAT, SAT, or ACT
examination and scored at least 1050 on the PSAT or
SAT or 23 on the ACT.
6.
The student's status will be classified as provisional for
each session while still in high school.
8.
The student must submit a completed early admission
clearance form and a transcript for each session that
enrollment at California University is desired.
At the completion of the student's high school
program, a second application must be submitted
with the final high school transcript. A second
application fee is not required. At this time the
student will be in a degree program.
E. Graduates of California University
Post-associate and post- baccalaureate students who
graduated from California University and are seeking an
additional degree must re-apply (with application fee) to
the Admissions Office.
F. Other Post-Baccalaureate Students
Students who graduated from another institution and
want to enroll in undergraduate programs at California
University must submit a completed application, application
fee, and official transcripts from each institution attended.
G. International Students
International students are required to submit an international student application form to California University. All
official transcripts, TOEFL scores, a statement of financial
support, and letters of recommendation must be submitted.
Assuming that all records indicate that international students
could be successful, final admission is contingent upon acceptable clearance from the education authorities of the home
country and from the Department of Justice, Immigration and
Naturalization Service, of the United States.
Applicants from foreign countries must have competency in
the use of English as demonstrated through the Test of English
as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) examination. The minimum
TOEFL score is 450.
International students must subscribe to the insurance plan
of California University. For identification purposes, international students can obtain a United States Social Security
number.
H. Non-Matriculating Students
Students who have completed all secondary school
requirements may take courses at California University
without being a candidate for a degree. Non-Matriculating
students must submit a completed application, application
fee , and all appropriate official transcripts. Tuition and fees
are the same as for degree students.
I. Veterans
Veterans of the United States armed forces who have
not attended an institution of higher education since their
honorable discharge are admitted to California University
upon following the general admission procedures.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
11
Student Credentials
All credentials presented in support of an application for
admission become the property of the university and cannot
be returned to the student. The complete file will be retained
according to the provision of university policy and the
Family Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended.
All information filed in support of the application must
be complete and authentic. Any false information may be
grounds for denial or dismissal.
Social Security Numbers
Transfer Credit Evaluation
1.
2.
3.
Social Security numbers , which serve as the permanent
student identification number, must be entered on the
application for admission . Students who do not have a social
security number should obtain one.
Pennsylvania Residency
Residency is determined at the time of admission.
Change of residency may only occur by appealing to the
Residency Appeals Committee. For further information,
contact the office of the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs after admission and prior to registration.
4.
5.
Advanced Placement Credit
A student who has taken Advanced Placement examinations under the auspices of the Educational Testing Service
may receive credit for them at California, provided the score
is 3.00 or higher.
6.
7.
12
California University Of Pennsylvania
The university will transfer no more than 75 credits
per student from an accredited two-year community
or junior college, 98 credits from an accredited
four-year institution, or 98 credits from combined
accredited two-year and four-year colleges towards
a Bachelor's degree (four years). No more than
fifteen credits towards an associate degree (two
years) at California University may be transferred.
Developmental courses are not transferable.
Courses are considered for transfer to California
University in the following order:
(a) Courses for which the grade earned was A, B, or
C;
(b) Courses for which a Pass grade was given;
(c) Courses for which the student received a D
grade as part of an earned degree .
Grades of D are not transferable unless they are
counted as part of an associate degree granted at a
public institution or a community college which has
an articulation agreement with California University
of Pennsylvania. No course for which a D grade
was received will be transferred after a total of 64
credits has been transferred.
When credits are transferred, only the credits are
counted as advanced standing; the grade point
average of transfer courses is not calculated with
California University earned courses.
Although credits will always transfer according to
these provisions, regulations that govern the
national professional accreditation of certain
programs offered at California University of
Pennsylvania may not permit some courses taken in
programs not similarly accredited at other two- and
fo ur-year institutions to be transferred as the
equivalents of courses that may be similarly entitled
or described in this catalog.
As articulation agreements are ratified, changes to
this policy may occur.
Community College Graduates
Special Provisions
The university subscribes to the Articulation and
Transferability Agreement between the State System of
Higher Education and Community Colleges. This agreement
applies to transferability of credits from Middle States or
other regionally accredited two-year and junior colleges. The
details of this agreement are:
1. Since completion of an associate degree demonstrates a student's motivation to complete a baccalaureate degree, preference for admission will be
given to applicants who have completed the
associate degree.
2. A transfer student who has completed a two-year
degree program should normally expect to complete
a baccalaureate program in two additional years. In
certain speci alized programs of the receiving
institution, however, a longer period may be
necessary for majors in these programs.
3. The D grade obtained by two-year college students
is treated by the senior institution in the same
manner as the senior institution treats the Ds of its
indigenous students. Pl acement of the D grade on
the program distribution sheet may vary from
program to program.
4. Secondary school transcripts as well as test scores
are considered as guidance tool s and not determinants of transfer to the four-year institution . The
awarding of the associate degree is considered to
have satisfied the high school graduation requirement.
Veterans: Course Credit
for Military Service
Veterans may be awarded credit for their military
training and military schools. All veterans, reservi sts, and
National Guard members who have been honorably discharged (or honorably discharged from active duty) may be
eligible for credits. Credits are awarded primaril y in the
category of Free Electives.
Each veteran or reservist seeking such an award must
submit a copy of DD 214 to the Director of Veterans Affairs.
Army veterans who entered the army after October 1, 1981 ,
should submit an A.A.R.T.S . transcript; Air Force veterans
who served after 1974 should submit a C.C.A.F. transcript.
Evaluations based on the latest American Council of Education Guides will be forwarded to the appropriate Dean for
approval.
>
~
~
~
00.
00.
~
0
z
00.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
13
Tuition
Pennsylvania Residents
Full Time Undergraduate (per semester)
for 12 to 18 Credits
$1,734.00
for each additional Credit
144.00
Part Time Undergraduate (per semester)
for each Credit (less than 12)
144.00
Full Time Graduate (per semester)
for 9 to 15 Credits
$1,734.00
for each additional Credit
193.00
Part Time Graduate (per semester)
for each Credit (less than 9)
193.00
Non-Pennsylvania Residents
Full Time Undergraduate (per semester)
for 12 to 18 Credits
$4,412.00
for each additional Credit
368.00
Part Time Undergraduate (per semester)
for each Credit (less than 12)
368.00
Full Time Graduate (per semester)
for 9 to 15 Credits
$3,118.00
for each additional Credit
346.00
Part Time Graduate (per semester)
for each Credit (less than 9)
346.00
NOTE: Summer tuition is billed at part time rates
on a per credit basis.
Room and Board
Room (per semester)
$1,423.00
Single
1,059.00
Double
Triple
851.00
Weekly Rate (Summer Session only) $58.00
Board (per semester)
$1,075.00
19 meals
1,025.00
14 meals
1,085.00
10 meals
Weekly Rate (Summer Session only)
$72.00
19 meals
12 meals
$64.00
Off-Campus Dining Plans
Board (per semester)
19 meals
$1,075.00
1,025.00
14 meals
660.00
7 meals
125 meal block
960.00
$50.00
Dine Dollars Plan
(minimum starting balance)
14
California University Of Pennsylvania
Fees*
Student Association Fee
Undergraduate
12 or more credits
6 to 11 credits
1 to 5 credits
Graduate
9 or more credits
6 to 8 credits
1 to 5 credits
$130.00
63.00
32.00
$75.00
$52.00
$32.00 ·
Student Union Building Fee
12 or more credits
6 to 11 credits
1 to 5 credits
$75.00
38.00
19.00
University Service Fee
9 or more credits
1 to 8 credits
$85.00
50.00
Student Center Operations
and Maintenance Fee
12 or more credits
6 to 11 credits
1 to 5 credits
$75.00
52.00
38.00
Academic Support Fee
Fall/Spring
12+ credits
11 credits
10 credits
9 credits
8 credits
7 credits
6 credits
5 credits
4 credits
3 credits
2 credits
1 credit
Summer/Special Sessions
Per credit
$173.40
158.95
144.50
130.05
115.60
101.15
86.70
72.25
57.80
43.35
28.90
14.45
$5.00
*Southpointe Students should contact the
Southpointe Center office for fee information.
NOTE: All university tuition, fees and room and board
rates are subject to change upon proper approval of the
Council of Trustees and/or the Board of Governors .
Payment Information
Advance Deposit
Students who take advantage of early registration will-receive
a billing statement with instructions by mail. Students who enroll
at residual registration should be prepared to make payment at the
time of registration.
All first-year students, transfers and readmitted students are
required to submit a $75 .00 advance deposit payable to California
University of Pennsylvania. It is to be paid in advance of registration and is credited to the student' s account for the first semester.
This is a non-refundable fee.
Payment at Residual Registration
All fees will be assessed at the time of registration. Payment
may be made by cash, check, money order, or certified bank draft
made payable to California University of Pennsylvania, or by
VISA, MasterCard, or Discover Card. If financial aid has been
awarded, this amount will be deducted from the bill. Payment
plans (with initial payment) may be contracted· at this time.
Payment Plans
Room Deposit
An advance room deposit of $100.00, held in the student's
account and applied toward the spring semester, is required in order
to reserve a room for the following academic year. First-year
students will receive a housing contract with their Admissions
Packet. The contract and card must be signed and returned to the
Bursars Office with a $100.00 deposit.
Late Registration Fee
Payment plans are available each semester. Payment plans
enable you to pay your costs on a monthly basis. Payment plan
information and contracts will be included with each semester bill.
Students who register after the first day of the semester will be
charged a $25.00 late registration fee.
Third Party Billing
Late Payment Fee
Some companies and government agencies pay tuition
directly to the university. If tuition is to be paid in this manner,
please supply authorizing forms or letters to the Bursar's Office.
A late payment fee of $25.00 will be assessed when a student
fails to pay the required fees by the due date or when a student fails
to pay according to an approved payment plan.
Veterans Deferment
Return Check Charge
Military veterans receiving G. I. Bill benefits may request
deferment, if needed, from the Veterans Affairs office.
A $25.00 fee will be charged for any check which is made
payable to California University of Pennsylvania and returned by
the bank.
University Refund Policy
This refund policy applies to any student who withdraws or
changes enrollment status after their first semester of attendance at
California University. Students who meet this basic criteria will
have their university charges calculated according to the following
schedule:
Time of withdrawal or drops:
Refund
First 10% (in time) of the enrollment period
11 % to 25% (in time) of the enrollment period
26% to 50% (in time) of the enrollment period
after 50% (i n time) of the enrollment period
90%
50%
2.5 %
0%
Degree Fee
A fee of $10.00 must be paid by each candidate for a degree
from California University of Pennsylvania. A student is not
permitted to complete graduation from the university until this fee
has been paid.
CLEPFee
A one-time fee of $25.00 is charged for the administration and
recording of CLEP (College Level Equivalency Program) credits
regardless of the number of credits awarded.
Pro-Rata Refund Policy
This refund policy applies to any student who meets the
following criteria: receives federal financial aid; attends the
university for the first time; and withdraws or changes enrollment
status on or before the 60 percent point of the enrollment period.
Students who meet all three criteria will be assessed university
charges (tuition and fees, room and board, etc.) eqtial to the portion
of the enrollment period completed.
Schedule of Pro-Rata Refunds
Time of withdrawal or drop:
Refund
Prior to the second day of classes
First 10% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 20% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 30% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 40% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 50% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 60% (in time) of the enrollment period
After the 60% (in time) of the enrollment period
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
0%
NOTE: Financial aid recipients should refer to "refund/repayment
policies" located in the Financial Aid section of the catalog.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
15
Financial Aid
Mission Statement
The primary mission of the Financial Aid Office at California
University of Pennsylvania is to provide fi nancial planning
and assistance to students and their families in meeting the
costs of education. In fulfilling this mission, each student
will be given careful consideration and the university will
determine financial assistance based on federal, state, and
institutional guidelines. Financial aid programs have been
established to provide access to higher education with
guidelines to insure fairness in disbursing available funds to
qualifying students. The Financial Aid Office strives to
insure that courteous, timely, and accurate financial aid
services are delivered to all students seeking assistance from
our office.
Location & Office Hours
The Financial Aid Office is located on the first floor of the
Azorsky Administration Building. The office hours are 8:004:00, Monday through Friday. Appointments are encouraged
but a daily on-call counselor is available to assist walk-ins.
Students can contact the Financial Aid Office by calling
(724) 938-4415 or by Fax at (724) 938-4551. In addition, a
24-hour voice mail and question/answer box telephone
system is available to assist students and parents with general
financial aid information or to request financial aid materials.
Application and Awarding
Information
Application Process
In order to qualify for assistance from federal, state, and
university financial aid programs, a student must complete a
paper or electronic version (see "Electronic FAFSA Options"
section for information on filing electronically) of the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and forward it
to the Federal processor as soon as possible after January 1
of each year. Prior year aid recipients will receive a renewal
version of the FAFSA which can be used to apply for
financial aid for the new award year. Students who file their
FAFSA (paper or electronic version) by April 1 will receive
priority consideration for all Federal financial aid programs
available at California University. Students can obtain a
paper version of the FAFSA form from the Financial Aid
Office (FAO), high school guidance counselor office, or local
college/university.
16
California University Of Pennsylvania
Electronic FAFSA Options
The Department of Education has established a customer
service line for FAFSA Express users. Students needing
assistance with hardware, software, installation, transmission, or if they want to check the status of their pending
application, should contact the FAFSA Express Customer
Service Line at 1-800-801-0576.
Internet Application
FAFSA on the Web is an Internet application developed by
the U.S. Department of Education which allows students to
complete and submit an electronic version of the 1998-99
Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)
directly to the federal processor. The "FAFSA on the Web"
site uses the (domestic) version of Netscape Navigator 3.0 or
higher, which keeps a student's information private and
secure during transmission over the Internet. Students
wanting to complete their 1998-99 FAFSA via the web can
do so after January 1, 1998. After transmitting an application over the Internet, students mail their signed signature
page to the Department. The CPS will determine their
eligibility for financial aid within 72 hours after receiving the
completed application. FAFSA on the Web has a customer
service line (1-800-801-0576) where users may check the
status of their applications and receive assistance with
hardware, software, and transmission. The FAFSA on the
Web site is located at: www.fafsa.ed.gov.
FAFSA on the Web Benefits:
• FAFSA on the Web is free .
•
•
•
•
•
•
Students can save their application information to
diskette so that it can be completed and transmitted at a
later time.
FAFSA on the Web doesn ' t require software to be
installed, so it takes less time before students can
actually use the application.
Students can access the FAFSA on the Web page from
anywhere, including school or home, making it more
convenient to complete the application.
FAFSA on the Web automatically edits applicant
answers before transmitting, resulting in better
information and fewer applications rejected by the CPS.
FAFSA on the Web uses skip logic, so it will only ask
students those questions that they need to answer.
FAFSA on the Web can support an unlimited number of
users, allowing thousands of students to apply at once.
Financial Aid Formula/Eligibility
When a student applies for Federal student aid, the information reported on the FAFSA is used in a formula approved by
Congress. This Federal formula determines a student's
Expected Family Contribution (EFC), the amount the family
(student and parents, if applicable) is expected to contribute
toward the student's education. Remember, this formula
only measures a family's ability, not willingness, to contribute toward the student's educational costs.
The basic elements included in determining the EFC are:
• contribution from the parents' income
• contribution from the student's income
• contribution from the parents' assets
• contribution from the student's assets
In addition to these basic elements, household size, number
of students in college, and the age of the oldest parent are
also reflected in the calculation of the student's EFC. If your
EFC is below a certain amount, you will qualify for a Federal
Pell Grant. To determine eligibility for other Federal aid, a
student's EFC is used in the following equation:
Cost of Attendance - Expected Family
Contribution= Financial Need
The EFC is then deducted from the total cost of attendance.
The cost of attendance includes both direct costs and indirect
costs (see "Elements in the Cost of Attendance" for additional information). The difference between the total cost and
how much the student and family is expected to contribute is
the difference in the student's eligibility for need-based
financial aid. Most Federal aid is awarded on the basis of
financial need. However, regardless of the student's financial
need, all students will qualify for some type of Federal
· financial aid.
Elements in the Cost of Attendance
Each year the university establishes a total "cost of attendance" budget based on a student's housing status (commuter, dormitory, or off-campus), enrollment status (fulltime or part-time), and residency status (in-state or out-ofstate). The cost of attendance budget represents the total
educational expenses a student may incur while attending our
university, and is a critical element in determining a student's
eligibility for financial aid assistance. The elements of this
budget are both "direct" institutional expenses (tuition/fees
and/or university room/board), as well as "indirect/living
costs" (off-campus housing, books/supplies, and/or personal
expenses) not billed by the university.
Please Note: The indirect/living expenses a student actually
incurs will vary significantly from student to student. A
student's program of study, year-in-school, housing/board
arrangements, student's budgeting skills, and many other
variables will impact the total expenses within this budget
element. The university determines the indirect/living costs
for each student based on data collected from students, local
bookstores, and local landlords. This data is analyzed to
arrive at "average" expenses incurred by most students.
Awarding Process
The following steps are involved in the need analysis and
awarding process:
1. Within two to three weeks after the student submits the
completed FAFSA form (paper or electronic version) to
the Federal processor, the Department of Education will
send a Student Aid Report (SAR) to the student. This
document includes the student's Expected Family
Contribution (EFC). This is the amount the student's
family is expected to contribute toward the student's
educational costs.
2. The Financial Aid Office (FAO) will electronically
receive the information contained on the student's SAR
in order to determine the student's eligibility for
financial aid.
3. Once the FAO has received the FAFSA results and other
requested information, e.g. , tax returns, verification
material , a student's eligibility for financial aid assistance will then be determined.
4. The FAO will then mail a financial aid award letter to
the student. The award letter will indicate the student's
eligibility for one or more financial aid programs.
Typically, the awarding process begins in early April of
each year.
* Reapply Each Year Financial aid is not renewed automatically. Federal requirements and/or the student's and/or
family's financial situation may change, therefore, students .
must reapply each year.
Revisions, Cancellations, Repayments
California University reserves the right to review, revise, or
cancel a financial aid award at any time due to: ( I) a change
in the student's enrollment status at California University
~
and/or a change in the student's financial aid eligibility; (2) ~
failure to comply with policies, procedures, or laws pertaining to these programs; and (3) the availability of federal,
state, and university funds for each program. Students will be
notified of any revision and/or cancellation. Students who
(1
fail to meet the financial aid requirements may be required to ~
repay all or a portion of the assistance used during any
affected semester(s). See "How Registration Affects Finan- ~
cial Aid Eligibility" for additional information regarding
adjustments to financial aid awards.
Z
>
Z
>
>
9
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
17
Financial Aid
Time Line
J
a
n
u
Items to Complete
Gather financial aid documentation
necessary for completion of the F AFSA
Obtain a Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (F AFSA)
.
Mail your F AFSA to the Federal
processor. THE EARLIER THE
BETTER! (Keep a copy for your
records!)
Review your Student Aid Report (SAR)
for errors and make any necessary
corrections.
Provide the Financial Aid Office with all
requested information.
b
r
u
a
r
y
M
a
r
A
p
r
C
I
h
I
A
M
a
y
J
J
u
u
n
e
u
g
I
u
y
s
t
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
April 1 - F AFSA priority deadline for
consideration for Federal Campus-Based
Programs (FWS, FSEOG, & Perkins)
X
Financial aid award letters mailed to
students. Students must sign and return
letter to FAO.
X
May 1 - FAFSA deadline for PHEAA
State Grant
X
File Stafford Loan application with
lender. (See Stafford Loan Processing
Cycle for additional information.)
X
X
X
X
Receive results of PHEAA Grant
eligibility.
X
X
X
X
Receive billing statement from Bursar's
Office.
Due date for paying Fall semester bill.
18
a
r
y
F
e
California University Of Pennsylvania
X
X
Rights and Responsibilities of
Financial Aid Applicants
Every student has the right to apply for financial aid and to
request and receive reconsideration of any financial aid
decision. Students also have the right to know how their
financial need and family contributions are calculated.
Students and parents are expected to provide accurate
information on all application materials and may be asked to
provide photocopies of their latest federal income tax
returns.
The Federal Government requires the Financial Aid Office to
insure that financial information from all sources is accurate
and truthful. When forms are used to establish eligibility for
federal student aid funds, false statements or misrepresentations may subject those providing the information to a fine,
imprisonment (or both) under provisions of the U.S. Criminal Code. Students also have the responsibility to notify the
Financial Aid Office of any change occurring in their
financial position from that which was reported on the
application, e.g., eligibility for Social Security or veteran's
benefits, receipt of scholarships, grants or other assistance,
change in residency, etc.
FINANCIAL AID
PROGRAMS
Federal Aid Programs
Grants
Federal Pell Grants are awarded to undergraduate students
to assist with their educational costs. This grant is intended
to be the "floor" of the financial aid package and may be
combined with other forms of aid in order to meet the cost of
education. The amount of a Pell Grant is determined by the
student's and family's financial resources . The Federal Pell
Grant Program will notify applicants of their eligibility
through a Student Aid Report (SAR) mailed to their permanent address. The Pell Grant annual award ranges from $400
to $3000.
300 hours during May-August) employment opportunities
are available to qualified students. Students interested in
summer employment must complete a "Summer Work-Study
Application".
Loans
Federal Perkins Loans provide low-interest loans to eligible
undergraduate students who demonstrate exceptional need.
The Perkins Loan award ranges from $1500 to $2500.
Continued borrowing under the program from year to year
depends on the availability of funds . Thi s loan bears an
interest rate of five percent a year, and repayment of principle may be extended over a ten year period. The normal
minimum monthly repayment is at least $30. For borrowers
who received their loan after June 30, 1987, repayment of
principle and interest begins nine months after students end
their studies. California University of Pennsylvania awards
the Joans and is responsible for collecting loan payments
from borrowers in repayment.
Cancellation Provisions: Borrowers becoming full-time
teachers in public or other nonprofit private elementary or
secondary schools with a high enrollment of students from
low income families or designated teacher shortage areas, in
certain fields, may cancel all of their loans. Full-time
teachers of handicapped children may be eligible for
complete cancellation of the loan. In addition, a borrower
who becomes a full-time staff member in a preschool
program of the Economic Opportunity Act (Head Start), a
full-time nurse, or medical technician , in certain states, may
also be eligible for cancellation of the loan (subject to federal
funding approval). Borrowers serving as volunteers in the
Peace Corps are eligible for cancellation of 15-20% of the
total Perkins Loan obligation, depending on the length of
active service in the Peace Corps plus the accrued annual
interest. Most government sponsored loans, such as Stafford
Loans, defer repayment during the time a person serves in
the Peace Corps. Borrowers serving in the Armed Forces of
the United States can have a maximum of 50 percent of the
loan canceled at the rate of 12 1/2 percent a year, plus
interest, for each complete year of service in an area of
hostilities.
Student Employment
Deferment Provisions: Interest and principle payments are
deferred during any period in which the borrower is carrying ~
at least 1/2 the normal academic work load at an institution ~
of higher learning, or up to three years if the borrower is on
full-time active duty as a member of the Armed Forces of th.e
United States, is a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act, or is
a volunteer under the Economic Opportunity Act (VISTA). (j
Federal Work-Study Employment provides part-time
employment to undergraduate students who typically
demonstrate exceptional financial need. Students are paid the
Federal minimum wage and typically work eight hours per
week during the academic year. During summer sessions
both part-time (10 hours a week) and full-time (maximum of
Federal Stafford Loans provide low-interest loans to
students regardless of income or financial need. A student
who applies for a Stafford Loan and demonstrates financial
need will be eligible for a "Subsidized" Stafford Loan. The
federal government will pay the interest on this loan while
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grants (FSEOG) are generally targeted to Pell-eligible
recipients who demonstrate exceptional need. The FSEOG
annual award typically ranges from $600 to $1200.
.Z
>
.Z
~
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
>
~
>
s
19
~ the student is enrolled in school. A student who applies for a
li---i Stafford Loan but does not demonstrate sufficient or remaining financial need will qualify for an "Unsubsidized"
~ Stafford Loan. The borrower is responsible for the interest on
this loan while enrolled in school. For students whose loans
li---i were first disbursed after July 1, 1994 and who have no
outstanding balance on a Stafford, PLUS, or SLS Loan, the
interest rate is variable, but not higher than 8.25 %. The
maximum Stafford loan limit a student can borrow is as
zfollows:
<
<
U
Z
<
~ Stafford Loan Borrowing Chart
Grade Level
Annual Amount *
freshman
up to $2,625
up to $3,500
sophomore
junior/senior
up to $5,500
up to $8,500
graduate
* combined total of Subsidized & Unsubsidized
Please Note: Independent students, and dependent students
whose parents cannot obtain a PLUS Loan, may increase
their "Unsubsidized" Stafford Loan limit by the following
amounts:
Grade Level
freshman/sophomore
junior/senior
graduate
Additional Amount
up to $4,000
up to $5,000
up to $10,000
Federal Parents Loans for Undergraduate Students (PLUS)
are available to parents who possess good credit and wish to
borrow to provide for their son's or daughter's education.
The annual loan limit is the cost of education less other
fin ancial aid received by the student. The interest rate is
variable, but not higher than 9.00%.
State Programs
Grants
PHEAA Grants provide need-based state grant assistance of
up to $2,900 per year. This grant program is funded by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and is administered by the
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency
(PHEAA). Students receive up to eight full-time semesters of
PHEAA Grant assistance or sixteen semesters of part-time
assistance.
Eligibility Criteria:
• The student must be a Pennsylvania resident.
•
The student must complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) by May 1 each year.
• The student must be enrolled on at least a half-time basis
in a PHEAA-approved undergraduate program of study.
•
The student must be a high school graduate or the
recipient of a GED.
•
The student must demonstrate academic progress for
continued aid.
20
California University Of Pennsylvania
Other State Grants: Several states, including Massachusetts,
Vermont, Connecticut, West Virginia, Rhode Island, and
Ohio, have state grants which can be transferred to schools
outside the state. Interested students may obtain information
concerning these programs from their high school guidance
counselors or from their appropriate State Higher Education
Agency.
Student Employment
State Work-Study Program (SWSP)
Institutional work-study that is funded through State and
University matched funds. Thi s program provides students
with employment opportunities in high technology and
community service positions. Students are paid the Federal
minimum wage and typically work eight hours per week
during the academic year. Students must complete the SWSP
Student Application/Placement Form (available in FAO in
early September) and meet the following eligibility criteria:
•
be a Pennsylvania resident;
•
complete the FAFSA Form;
• be a state grant or Subsidized Stafford Loan recipient;
and secure employment in one of the SWSP areas oncampus.
Limited summer employment opportunities are available
through this program. During summer sessions (full-time
students may be eligible to work up to 37 1/2 hours for a
maximum of 300 hours during May-August) employment
opportunities are available through this program. Students
interested in summer employment must complete a "Summer
Work-Study Application " in addition to the SWSP application. Additional information regarding this program can be
obtained by contacting the Financial Aid Office.
University Programs
Student Employment - Institutional employment (NonFWSP) provides employment opportunities to students
regardless of financial need. Students are paid the federal
minimum wage and typically work eight hours per week
during the academic year. During summer sessions both parttime (10 hours a week) and full-time (maximum of 300
hours during May-August) employment opportunities are
available to qualified students. Students interested in summer
employment must complete a "Summer Work-Study Application ". Interested students must file the FAFSA form to
qualify. Additional information regarding this program can
be obtained by contacting the Financial Aid Office
Athletic Grant-in-Aid - California University of Pennsylvania offers athletic grant-in-aid assistance to outstanding
student athletes in selected intercollegiate sports programs,
for both women and men. Interested students should contact
the Athletic Department.
Scholarships - California University of Pennsylvania offers a
number of meritorious and need-based scholarships to new
students. All students who complete the California University Admissions Application are automatically considered for
all new student scholarships. However, selected applicants
for some of the scholarship awards may be required to
complete additional information for final determination of
the award.
The scholarships offered range from $100 to full tuition for
the academic year.
Many of the scholarships are renewable awards based on the
student maintaining minimum academic standards and
demonstrating financial need, if applicable.
The Faculty Scholarship is the most prestigious meritorious
scholarship offered to new students. This renewable scholarship is awarded to students who score above 1200 on their
SAT and rank in the upper 10% of their high school graduating class. The award amount is up to the value of in-state
tuition.
California University
Scholarships
AAUW Scholarship: The California Branch of the American
Association of University Women awards a $400 per year scholarship to a full-time, female upperclassman over 30 who wants to
complete her undergraduate degree at the university. The scholarship may be renewed upon maintenance of a 3.00 grade point
average. Those interested should contact the Financial Aid Office
(724- 938-4415).
Alumni Scholarships: Ten renewable scholarships up to $430 are
given to freshmen entering with an SAT score of at least 1100,
grade point average of 3.25, and a rank in the first or second tenth
of their graduating class. Inquiries should be directed to the
Admissions Office (724-938-4404).
a
Colonel Arthur L. Bakewell Veterans Scholarships: Two $1,000
scholarships are offered by the Veterans Club to an honorably
discharged veteran undergraduate sophomore attending the
university full-time with a minimum 3.00 grade point average.
Eligible individuals should contact the Veteran Affairs Office
(724-938-4076).
Gabriel P. Betz Scholarship: This annual scholarship of $1,000 is
awarded to a student or students who are juniors majoring in
Geography. A departmental scholarship committee announces the
award during the fall semester. Interested candidates should contact
the Earth Science Department (724- 938-4180).
Board of Governors' Scholarships: These scholarships, which
waive tuition every semester for four years, are given to 14 entering
freshmen with at least a 2.5 grade point average and a combined
SAT score of 850. Interested students should contact the Admissions Office (724-938-4404).
The Edward McNall Burns Scholarship: This annual $500
scholarship is apportioned to a student or students majoring in
Social Science, Economics, or History and Urban Affairs who have
completed between 45 and 60 credits at the university. Applicants
must submit a signed and dated letter of intent, a recent transcript
showing outstanding academic ability, and proof of financial need
as determined by the Financial Aid Office. Interested students
should contact the Social Science Department (724-938-4042).
California Area Chamber of Commerce Scholars Fund: This
annual non-renewable $500 scholarship is awarded to a full-time
freshman who meets the following criteria: (1) graduated from
California High School ; (2) ranked in the top two-fifths of their
class; (3) have a competitive SAT score; (4) who are active in the
community; and (5) demonstrate financial need. Interested students
should contact the Chair, University Scholarship Committee (724938-5863).
California PTA Scholarship: The California High School PTA
awards a $500 scholarship to a freshman student who has graduated
from California High School. The scholarship is based on academic
performance and financial need. Applications are available in the
California High School's Guidance Office after February I st of
each year.
California University of Pennsylvania Faculty Scholarships: The
Cal U faculty awards a limited number of full-tuition (in-state)
scholarships per year to a selected number of freshmen . Minimum
qualifications are: (1) admission as a full-time student at California
University of Pennsylvania; (2) a combined SAT score above I 200;
and (3) rank in the upper 10% of their high school graduating class.
Inquiries should be directed to the Chair, University Scholarship
Committee (724-938-5863).
Charles and Mary Coen Scholarship: This annual non-renewable
$605 scholarship is awarded to a junior who resides in Washington
County. Selection is based on scholastic achievement and financial
need. The Financial Aid Office will select the recipient of this award.
J. Robert Craig Scholarship: A $500 first-semester scholarship is
awarded to an incoming freshman or transfer student exhibiting
excellence in the natural sciences. Proof of this ability must be
verified by a letter of recommendation from the applicant's science
teacher. Interested freshmen should contact the Educational Studies
Department (724-938-4140) or the Physical Sciences Department
(724-938-4147).
Pete J. Daley II Government Scholarship: This $250 scholarship is
awarded each semester to a deserving student majoring in Political
Science who resides in the 49th Legislative District. The scholarship is based on academic performance and financial need. Inquiries
regarding this scholarship should be directed to the Financial Aid
Office (724-938-4415).
~
James T. & Martha E. Davis Scholarship: This annual non-renew- ~
able $1000 scholarship is awarded to an academically talented junior
who demo~strates ?nancial need and resides in one of the following~
Pennsylvania counties: Fayette, Greene, Washington, or Westmoreland. ~
The Scholarship Committee will select the recipient of this award.
Z
Z
(j
Earth Science Faculty Scholarship: This $500 scholarship is
awarded to a student majoring in Earth Science, Geography, or
~
Geology. The applicant must have a minimum 3.00 grade point
~
average in their major. The award is made at the end of the student 's ~
junior year. Those interested should contact the Earth Sciences
~
Department (724-938-4180).
~
~
~
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
21
9
Eberly Family Scholarships: These renewable scholarships are
awarded to freshmen who have demonstrated academic promise and
~ reside in Fayette County. The scholarship value is up to full tuition
~ for an academic year. Each recipient must maintain sufficient
~ academic progress to continue receiving the award. Interested
~ students should contact the Admissions Office (724-938-4404).
~
~
UDr. Calvin Fleming Scholarship: A $1000 scholarship is awarded to
an outstanding student in the Natural or Physical Sciences with a
preferred composite SAT score of 1200. Inquiries should be directed
to the Chair, University Scholarship Committee (724-938-5863).
Z
<
~ Ke1111y Hager Memorial Scholarship for Graphic Communica~ tions:
This non-renewable scholarship is awarded to a student
majoring in Graphic Communications, who has completed at least
64 credits, has a minimum grade point average of 3.00, and
demonstrates fin ancial need. Interested students should contact the
Applied Engineering and Technology Department (724-938-4085).
The David W. Hambacher Scholarship: A $500 scholarship is
awarded to a senior who is attending Graduate School, has a grade
point average of 3.0 or greater, demonstrates community service,
and financi al need. Those interested should should contact the
Psychology Department (724-938-4100).
Marjorie Henshaw Holman Award: This annual non-renewable
$500 scholarship is awarded to a full-time freshman who meets the
following criteria : ( I) majoring in elementary education; (2) have a
g. p.a. of 3.0 or higher, and (3) be a graduate of Uniontown High
School. Interested students should contact the Chair, University
Scholarship Committee (724-938-5863).
Oren Holman Scholarship: This annual scholarship is awarded to
undergraduate students based on academic achievement and
financial need. Inquiries regarding this scholarship should be
directed to the Financial Aid Office (724-938-4415).
Delila C. Jenkins Scholarships: These renewable scholarships are
awarded to freshmen Education majors demonstrating financial need.
The scholarship value is up to full tuition for an academic year. Each
recipient must maintain satisfactory academic progress in order to
continue receiving the award. Applicants must submit the "Free
Application for Federal Student Aid" to be considered. Those
interested should contact the Admissions Office (724-938-4404).
Rotary District #733 Charles C. Keller Endowment Fund Scholarship: This annual scholarship is awarded to a student based on
academic achievement and financial need. Priority is given to a student
whose parents or grandparents were Rotarians from District #733, or to
the student who participated in Rotary youth-related programs such as
Interact, Rotaract, or youth exchange. If no applicant meets either of
the Rotarian criteria, priority consideration will then be given to nontraditional students. Inquiries regarding this scholarship should be
directed to the Financial Aid Office (724-938-4415).
Michael Keller Scholarship: This annual non-renewable scholarship is awarded to a non-traditional student who is at least 30 years
old . This scholarship is based on academic performance (minimum
3.0 grade point average) and financial need. Interested students
should co ntact the Office of Lifelong Leaming (724-938-5840) .
Paul J. Killius Jr. Special Education Scholarship: This annual
scholarship of $900 is awarded to a freshman student majoring in
Special Education who resides in the local area of the university and
demonstrates financial need. Interested students should contact the
Foundation Office (724-938-4553).
22
California University Of Pennsylvania
Joseph A. Main AFGE/UMWA Scholarship: This annual $550
scholarship is awarded to an academically talented and financially
needed undergraduate. Preference will be given to students born and
raised in the following Pennsylvania counties: Allegheny,
Armstrong, Beaver, Butler, Fayette, Greene, Indiana, Washington or
Westmoreland. Interested candidates can request an application
from the Foundation office or from AFGE Local 1916, located in
Bruceton, PA.
Debra Maley Scholarship: This annual renewable scholarship is
awarded to a freshman from Bentworth High School. The scholarship is based on academic performance and financial need. The
Financial Aid Office will select the recipient of this award.
Donala Maley Technology Education Scholarship: This annual
scholarship of$ I 000 is awarded to an incoming freshman majoring
in Technology Education. Selection is based on scholastic achievements and financial need. Interested students should contact the
Chairperson of the Maley Scholarship Committee (724-938-4085)
for an application and additional information.
Albina R. Malpeu.i Memorial Scholarship: This non-renewable
scholarship of $750 is awarded to a student enrolled in the College
of Liberal Arts, who has completed at least 64 credits but not more
than 96 credits, has a minimum grade point average of 3.25, and
demonstrates financial need. Interested students should contact the
Chair, University Scholarship Committee (724-938-5863).
Joseph Lynn Marino Memorial Award: An award of $200 to $500
is granted each semester to a full-time undergraduate with a 3.50
overall grade point average. The applicant must be enrolled in the
College of Liberal Arts and must have completed six credits in
Anthropology. Those interested should contact the Chair, University
Scholarship Committee (724-938-5863).
Minor Major Memorial Award: This annual award (currently $350)
is given to a scholastically outstanding student in any of the English
curricula. There is no application. Those interested should contact the
English Department (724-938-4070).
Minority Scholarship: This annual non-renewable scholarship is
awarded to a deserving minority student. Interested students should
contact the Director of the Women's Center/Disabled Student
Services (724-938-5857).
Mon Valley NAACP Scholarship: A $600 renewable scholarship is
awarded to a freshman who graduated from one of the following
school districts: Charleroi, Belle Vernon, Ringgold, Monessen,
Yough, California, or Bentworth. Nominations must be made by the
school district. Minimum qualifications are: (I) a combined Sat score
of 850 or ACT score of 19; (2) rank in the upper 25% of the high
school graduating class; (3) attained at least a 2.50 cumulative grade
point average; (4) demonstrate financial need beyond other financial
aid grant programs; (5) an African-American high school senior; and
(6) admission as a full-time student at California University. Those
interested should contact the Admissions Office (724-938-4404).
Elmo Natali Endowment Fund: This annual scholarship is awarded
to a deserving student who is a member of the California University
Football Team. Interested students should contact the Athletic
Department (724-938-4019).
Kurt Nordstrom Memorial Scholarship: This scholarship is
awarded each semester to a student majoring in Printing Management. A departmental committee announces its decision each
semester. Interested students should contact the Applied Engineering and Technology Department (724-938-4085).
Mary Noss Freshmen Scholarships: A $750 non-renewable
scholarship is awarded to an incoming freshman from each of
Washington County's fourteen public schools. The recipients,
chosen by a committee in each high school, must attend the
university full-time in order to receive the award. Eligible applicants should contact their guidance counselor.
Walter Radishek Outstanding Future Teacher Award: This $750
non-renewable scholarship is awarded to a scholastically outstanding senior education major who has completed student teaching.
Inquiries should be directed to the College of Education at (724938-4125).
Private Assistance
Scholarships/Grants -There are also many other agencies
and organizations which provide financial assistance. These
include civic clubs, fraternal organizations, religious groups,
employers, organizations, unions , etc. Guidance counselors,
local civic leaders or local librarians are of great help in
researching such avenues of financial assistance. For
additional information, see "Financial Aid World Wide Web
(WWW) Sites" for help in locating assistance from these
agencies/organizations.
Rudez-Pezo Scholarship Fund: This an nual $550 scholarship is
awarded to an academically talented and financially needy
undergraduate. First preference will be given to students majoring
in the College of Education and Human Services. If no appropriate
candidate is selected from that College, it will be open to students
enrolled in the Eberly College of Science and Technology. Interested candidates should contact the Chair, University Scholarship
Committee (724-938-5863).
Payment Plans - California University offers payment plans
which enable you to pay college costs in specified increments on a monthly basis. Many families find monthly
payment plans make paying for college more manageable.
Contact the Bursar's Office at 724-938-4431 for additional
information.
Elsbeth E. Santee Scholarship: Awarded to an outstanding student
majoring in one or more of the Foreign Languages. Minimum
qualifications are a 3.00 grade point average in the Foreign
Language Major(s) and at least two completed courses in the
Foreign Languages. Inquiries should be directed to the Foreign
Languages Department (724-938-4246).
Private Education Funding - In addition to the Federal loan
programs, there are also private sources of educational loans.
These are typically private, credit-based loans sponsored by
banks and state agencies or private guarantors. The results of
the FAFSA are not used in determining eligibility for these
programs. Contact the Financial Aid Office for additional
information.
Shaltenbrand/Westerwald Pottery Scholarship: This $550 per year,
non-renewable scholarship is awarded to an incoming freshman
who graduated in the upper 10% of his/her class. This scholarship is
awarded first to anyone from the following counties: Allegheny,
Fayette, Greene, Washington, or Westmoreland; and second to a
Pennsylvania resident. Interested students should contact the
Financial Aid Office at (724-938-4415).
Charles W. Slick Football Scholarship: This annual scholarship is
awarded to a deserving student who is a member of the California
University Football Team. The scholarship is awarded based on
academic performance and good citizenship qualities. Interested
students should contact the Athletic Department (724-938-4019).
John K. Thornburgh Honors Scholarship: This annual renewable
$200 scholarship is awarded to a full-time undergraduate student
who meets the following criteria: (I) enrolled in the University
Honors Program ; (2) achieves a 1200 SAT or hi gher; and (3) have at
least a 3.75 g.p.a. Interested students should contact the Chair,
University Scholarship Committee (724-93 8-5863).
Tselepis Football Scholarship: This annua l scholarship is awarded
to a freshman or upperclass student from Aliquippa High School
who is a member of the California University Football Team.
Interested students should contact the Athletic Department (724938-4019).
Undergraduate Assistantships: Ten $1,000 renewable scholarships
are awarded to outstanding first-time freshmen entering on a fulltime basis. Minimum qualifications are a 3.25 grade point average
and a combined SAT score of I I00. Interested students should
contact the Admissions Office (724-938-4404).
Welsh Scholarship: This annual $600 scholarship is awarded to an
Education major who has completed at least 96 credits, has a
minimum grade point average of 3.00, and demonstrates financial
need. The recipient is chosen by the Dean of the College of
Education and Human Services. Inquiries should be directed to the
College of Education and Human Services (724-938-7425).
Special Benefits
Veterans benefits are available to many veterans who are
discharged from the Armed Forces or active members of the
National Guard or Reserves. Additional information may be
obtained by contacting the Veterans Affairs Office at
(724) 938-4076.
Office of Vocational Rehabilitation (OVR) is a service to
conserve the working capacity of persons with an impairment who still have reasonable expectations of becoming
employed. Students who might qualify for vocational
rehabilitation aid to attend college should contact their
county Office of Vocational Rehabilitation.
IMPORTANT STEPS IN
APPLYING FOR A
STAFFORD LOAN
J.
2.
File the paper or electronic version of the FAFSA form.
Obtain a Stafford Loan application from a lender or the
Financial Aid Office. Please Note: PHEAA Loan
Division will mail a loan application to any Pennsylvania student answering ''ye3" to the question
"interested in student loans" on the Renewal FAFSA
or FAFSA form.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
23
6.
Compl ete the borrower section of the application. The
amount of the loan request cannot exceed the student's
annual loan limit under the Stafford Loan Program (see
"Stafford Loan Borrowing Chart" listed below). Please
be sure that aJI questions are complete and that the
student signs and dates the application.
Submit the completed loan application to the lender if
the loan is being processed by a Pennsylvania lender or a
PHEAA-approved, non-Pennsylvania lender. If applying
fo r a Stafford Loan through a non-PHEAA-approved
lender, submit the application to the Financial Aid Office
at Cali fo rni a University.
The certification step is the most important step in the
applicati on process. During thi s step the Financial Aid
Offi ce determines the student's actual loan amount and
type of Stafford (subsidized and/or unsubsidized) based
on the student's fin ancial need. If the application is filed
with a Pennsylvania lender or PHEAA-approved, nonPenn sylvani a lender, this certification process will be
compl eted electronically through the Financial Aid
Office's computer system . The non-PHEAA- approved
loan will be certified and returned via the mail.
Once the application has been certified by the Financial
Aid Office, the lender will authorize the di sbursement of
loan proceeds (Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) or
check) at the appropriate time. First-year, first-time
Stafford Loan borrowers will not receive their loan
proceeds until thirty days after the first day of classes.
The lender will send a "Disclosure Statement" informing
the student of the amount, type, and expected di sbursement date of the loan proceeds. All first-time Stafford
Loan borrowers are required to attend an "Entrance
Interview " before receiving the loan proceeds.
How Registration Affects Financial Aid
Eligibility
Federal regulations and institutional guidelines require
students to be registered before any financial aid monies can
be disbursed. In addition , all federal and state financial aid
programs specify minimum enrollment requirements in order
for a student to receive any (maximum or partial) assistance
from these programs. These minimum enrollment requirements are broken into four enrollment classifications: fulltime, three-quarter-time, half-time, and less-than-half-time.
The chart below indicates the number of credits used to
determine a student's enrollment status.
Enrollment Status
Number of Credits Registered
Full Time
12 c redits o r more (unde rgraduate)
9 cre dits o r mo re (g raduate)
Three-Quarter Time
9 to I I c red its (undergraduate)
7 to 8 credits (gradu ate)
Half-Time
6 to 8 credits (undergraduate)
5 to 6 credi ts (gradu ate)
Less-Than-Half-Time
Less than 6 credits (unde rgraduate )
Less than 5 credits (graduate)
Listed below is an eligibility chart that defines the credit
hour requirements for each of the fi ve federal aid and
PHEAA Grant programs, as well as the percentage of the
maximum award a student may qualify for under all four
enrollment classifications.
Enrollment Status
Eligible for
Award
% of
Maximum
Award
Full Time
Yes
100%
3/4 Time
Yes
75 %
Crediting Financial Aid to a Student's Account
1/2 Time
Yes
50%
In general, once a student's financial aid award(s) has been
fi nali zed (all requested form s received, verification compl eted, enrollment verified, and default status reviewed), the
student's semester award amount(s) (except Federal Stafford
Loans and Federal College Work-Study) will be credited to
hi s/her account beginning with the second week of the
semester. Federal Stafford Loans will also be credited to a
student's account once loan proceeds have been received and
appropri ate authori zation (endorsement of loan check or a
signed EFT authorization form) has been secured and all
other eli gibility criteria have been satisfied . Federal College
Work-Study funds are di sbursed bi-weekly to the student in
the fo rm of a payroll check based on the number of hours
worked during the pay period . Please Note: Federal regulations prevent the delivery of the first disbursement of
Federal Stafford Loan proceeds to first-year, first-time
borrowers until thirty days after the first day of classes.
Less than 1/2 Time
Yes
Varies
Full Time
Yes
100%
1/2 or 3/4 Time
Yes.
Detenni ned
by PHEAA
Varies
Less than 1/2 Time
No
No Award
Full Time to 1/2 Time
Yes
100%
Less than 1/2 Time
No
No Award
100%
Financial Aid
Program
DISBURSEMENT OF
FINANCIAL AID
24
Cali fo rnia University Of Pennsylvania
Pell Grant
PHEAA Grant
Stalford Loans
Federal SEOG
& Perkins
Loan
Federal Work
Study
Full Time
Yes
3/4 to 1/2 Time
Yes
50%
Less than 1/2 Ti me
No
No Award
Full Time ID 1/2 Time
Yes
100%
Less than 1/2 Time
No
No Award
Determining Award Eligibility Based On
Enrollment Status
Please Note: Federal and state financial aid awards may be
adjusted according to this chart for any student whose enrollment status (as defined above) changes before 60% of the
enrollment period, e.g., fall or spring semester, or a special
summer session, has elapsed. This would occur when a student
drops a class( es) or withdrawals from the university.
Financial Aid Refunds
Financial aid which exceeds the amount the student owes to
the university (direct costs) will be di sbursed to the student in
the form of a refund check to cover indirect educational costs
such as books and supplies, off campus housing and transportation. These refunds will be available starting with the
second week of the semester for Stafford Loan refunds and
all other student financi al aid refunds if the student has
satisfied the eligibility requirements for each award. Please
Note: Even though refund checks will be available starting
the first week of the semester, a financial aid refund check
could be delayed if one or more of the following statements is
true: 1) student is a first year, first time borrower (Stafford
refund only); 2) student's f ederal and/or state aid has not
been finalized; 3) student 's loan application was filed late;
and/or 4) the loan application or the "Free Application for
Federal Student Aid" (FAFSA) is delayed at the processor
(federal student aid prog ram, guarantee agency/lender) due
to missing or incorrect information.
Financial Planning
Students planning to attend California University of Pennsy lvania should be aware that the cash from many of the
financial aid programs is not available until the second week
of the semester for which the funds are intended. Students
should plan to come to the university with enough personal
money for early term purchases (books, materials, art
supplies, etc.) without depending upon financial aid funds.
Maintaining Financial Aid Eligibility
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy
Purpose of Policy
Federal regulations require all institutions that administer
Title IV student assistance programs to monitor the academic
progress toward a degree or certificate of those students
applying for or receiving assistance from those programs. All
California University students applying for Title IV federal
assistance must meet the standards stated in thi s policy,
regardless of whether or not they prev iously received aid.
The financial aid programs governed by these regulations are
as follow s:
Federal Pell Grant
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG)
Federal Perkins Loan
Federal Stafford Loan (Subsidized/Unsubsidized)
Federal Plus Loan
Federal Work-Study
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) standards include
three elements: 1) maximum time frame within which a
degree or certificate must be granted, (2) minimum credit
hours earned per academic year, and (3) minimum cumul ative grade point average (g.p.a.).
Review Period
The review of a student's "Satisfactory Academic Progress"
(SAP) standing occurs annually at the end of the spri ng
semester. A student's SAP standing will be based on hi s/her
academic performance during the academic year [fall and/or
spring semester(s)] . Students who are not making satisfactory academic progress are typically notified in early
summer.
Maximum Time Frame
Maximum time frame is defined as the required length of
time it will take a student to complete a degree program
based on the appropriate enrollment status (full-time, threequarter time, or half-time). For a student to remain eli gible
for federal aid, the student must conform to the follow ing
time frame for completion of a Baccalaureate Degree:
Associate Degree
Enrollment Status * Number of Elit:ible Semesters
Full-time (12 or more credits)
6 semesters
9 semesters
Three-quarter time (9 to 11 credits)
Half-time (6 to 8 credits)
12 semesters
Bachelor Degree
Enrollment Status * Number of Elit:ible Semesters
Full-time (12 or more credits)
11 semesters
Three-quarter time (9 to 11 credits)
16 semesters
Half-time (6 to 8 credits)
22 semesters
Minimum Earned Credit Hours
In order to monitor a student's progress toward compl eting a
degree in a prescribed amount of time, a measure of annual
progress has been established. The minimum earned credit
hours component requires student aid applicants and recipients to successfully earn a minimum number of credit hours
per year based on a student's enrollment status. A student
must meet the following earned credit hour standards based
on hi s/her enrollment status:
Enrollment Status* Total Earned Credits Per Year
Full-time (12 or more credits))
24 credits
Three-quarter time (9 to 11 credits) 18 credits
Half-time (6 to 8 credits)
12 credits
* Assumes a student's enrollment status (full-time, threequarter time, or half-time) remained constant throughout the
academic year. The minimum earned credit hours standard
listed above will differ if the student's enrollment status
varies throughout the academic year.
Undergraduate Catal og I 998-99
25
Minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
Each semester the university reviews the "grade point
average" (g.p.a.) of each student in order to determine
whether the student is maintaining "good academic standing". The university has established minimum grade point
averages that students must maintain in order to achieve
"good academic standing". Listed below are the minimum
grade point averages for each class level:
Freshman 1.75
Sophomore 1.85*
Junior
Senior
1.95
2.00
*Students pursuing an Associate Degree must have a 2.0
g.p.a. in orde r to graduate.
A student who fails to meet minimum academic standards
(required g.p.a), as defined by the university, will be placed
on academic probation status for one semester. Students are
eligible to receive financial aid during the probation
semester(s). At the end of the probation semester(s), a
student must: (]) achieve the required minimum grade point
average (student is removed from academic probation); or
(2) achieve at least a 2.0 grade p oint average during the
probationary semester ( if this requirement is met, the student
will continue on academic probation). A student who is
unsuccessful in attaining either one of these levels of
academic performance will be academically dismissed from
the university. Students who are academically dismissed are
considered ineligible for Title IV federal aid. However, a
student who is academically dismissed and is approved for
re-admi ssion (through the university's PASS Program only)
will be placed on ''financial aid probation." During financial
aid probation a student is eligible to receive Title IV federal
aid (see "Financial Aid Probation" section for additional
info rmation).
Special Grades
I (Incomplete): An incomplete grade does not earn credit or
in fl uence the grade point average in the semester in which
the course work was taken. If an incomplete has been
resolved and the student has earned a passing grade, the
credit and grade will be counted toward satisfying the
minimum credit hour standards and grade point average
requirements.
W (Withdrawal): All withdrawal categories do not earn
credit(s) toward graduation or toward satisfying the credit
requirements of the SAP Policy.
P (Pass): If thi s grade is awarded, the credits apply toward
graduation and toward sati sfying the minimum earned credit
hour standards, but will not impact a student's grade point
average.
26
Califo rnia University Of Pennsylvania
Repeated Courses: For a course that has been repeated, only
the last grade earned is used in calculating the grade point
average and the credits are awarded onl y fo r the semester in
which it was repeated. However, each time a student enrolls
in a course, the course is counted as part of the maximum
time frame.
Military Transfer Credits
In most cases, mil itary training and/or service school
experience credits can be counted in the total credit hours
earned by a student for satisfying the minimum credit hour
progression requirement. However, the military training and/
or service schoo l experience will only be used in satisfying
the minimum earned credit hour requirement during the
student's firs t year of attendance at Califo rnia University.
PHEAA Grant Progress Standard
Even though the PHEAA Grant is a non-Title IV aid program, the satisfactory academic progress requirements for
thi s program are si_milar to the federal policy. For students to
remain eligible fo r a PHEAA Grant, he/she must meet the
following minimum earned credit hour standard after every
two semesters of state grant assistance:
Enrollment Status* Total Earned Credits Per Year
Ftill-time (12 or more credits)
24 credits
Part-time (6 to 11 credits)
12 credits
For PHEAA Grant purposes, the repeated course(s) can be
counted only once in meeting the 12 or 24 credit hour test.
Please Note: A student can only receive a maximum of 8
full-time or 16 part-time semesters of PHEAA Grant
assistance.
Financial Aid Probation
If a student fa il s to achieve the Satisfactory Academic
Progress Standards during the review period as outlined in
thi s policy, the student will be placed on financial aid
probation. Students who fail to meet progress standards
should refer to the "Financial Aid Suspension" section li sted
below. Students will remain on financial aid probation for the
next award year and will be eligible to receive federal Title
IV fi nancial aid assistance during this probationary period.
Please Note: Students will not be granted financial aid
probation for two consecutive academic years.
Financial Aid Suspension
If a student fail s to achieve the minimum earned credit hour
standard and/or the minimum grade point average upon the
conclusion of a student's fi nancial aid probationary period,
the student will be placed on fin ancial aid suspension.
Students placed on financial aid suspension (progress) will
become ineligible for future Title IV assistance until the
student's SAP deficiency is resolved.
Eligibility for Reinstatement
In order to be reinstated, the student must successfully
achieve the required grade point average as mandated by the
SAP Policy and/or successfully make up his/her credit
hour(s) deficiency at his/her own expense. The student may
use the summer or any semester of the academic year to
eliminate his/her deficiency. Students may take course work
at another college or university to resolve the minimum
credit-hour deficiency, provided that the credits earned at that
institution are transferable to California University and the
student's college dean or appointed designee has authorized
the transient course work. Students who make up their credithour deficiency at an institution other than California
University must have a Financial Aid Transcript sent to the
Financial Aid Office.
Students who make up their deficiency must complete and
return the Satisfactory Academic Progress Form, along with
all required documents, to the Financial Aid Office before their
deficiency status can be cleared. Please Note: Only successfully earned credits, not grades, are transferable back to
California from another approved institution. Students can
only improve their grade point average by taking and successfully completing course work at California University.
Appeal Procedures
All Title IV recipients have a right to appeal a financial aid
suspension decision by submitting a "SAP Appeal Form" to
the Financial Aid Office with a written explanation of the
reason(s) the student failed to meet the Satisfactory Academic
Policy Standards. Appeal forms are available in the Financial
Aid Office. The deadline date for filing an appeal is the third
week of classes in any semester that the student is applying for
financial aid. Students will be officially notified within 7 to 10
days after filing the appeal form . If the appeal is denied, final
appeal must be made to the Director of Financial Aid within
10 working days of the date of the denial letter.
below is the definition of each policy and appropriate
schedule.
Definition of Pro-Rata Refund Policy
This refund policy applies to any student who meets the
following criteria: receives federal financial aid ; attends the
university for the first time ; and withdraws on or before the
60 percent point of the enrollment period. Students who meet
all three criteria will be assessed university charges (tuition
and fees, room and board, etc.) equal to the portion of the
enrollment period completed.
Schedule of Pro-Rata Refunds
If the student withdraws:
Prior to the second day of classes
First 10% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 20% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 30% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 40% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 50% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 60% (in time) of the enrollment period
After the 60% (in time) of the enrollment period
Refund
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
0%
Definition of Federal Refund Policy (University Refund
Policy)
This refund policy applies to any student who withdraws
after their first semester of attendance at California University. Students who meet this basic criteria will have their
university charges calculated according to the following
schedule:
Schedule of Federal Refunds
If the student withdraws during:
First 10% (in time) of the enrollment period
11 % to 25% (in time) of the enrollment period
26% to 50% (in time) of the enrollment period
after 50% (in time) of the enrollment period
Refund
90%
50%
25 %
0%
NOTE: Federal regulations require the university to use the
Refund/Repayment Policies
Definition of "Refund"
The term "refund" is defined as financial aid and/or cash
payments minus the amount retained by the institution for
the student's actual period of enrollment. Any student who
withdraws from the university may be eligible for a refund of
university charges, according to the published refund policy.
However, a student who receives financial aid and withdraws
from the university may be required to refund all or a portion
of the financial aid awards to the appropriate financial aid
program(s).
University Refund Policies
Official withdrawal from the university may entitle the
student to a refund of university fees . The amount of the
refund of university fees will be based on one of two refund
policies: Pro-Rata or Federal Policy. The student's
enrollment status at the time of withdrawal from the university will determine which refund policy will be used. Listed
refund policy (Pro Rata or Federal) that provides the largest
refund to the federal aid program(s). Therefore, both the
formulas are applicable in determining a refund for a federa l
aid recipient who withdraws during hi s/her first semester of
attendance.
Distribution Policy
If it is determined that a portion of a student's eligible refund .,.
of university charges consists of student financial aid, the
~
Federal Government requires that aid be returned to the
~
financial aid program(s) in the following priority order:
>
zn
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan
Federal Subsidized Stafford Loan
Federal PLUS Loan
~
Federal Perkins Loan
Federal Pell Grant
~
Federal SEOG
Other Title IV Aid Programs
Other Federal, State, Private, or Institutional Aid Programs ~
~
The Student
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
27
>
>
~ Repayment Policy
Mach 25
::: Definition of "Repayment"
~ Repayment is defined as the amount a student must repay of
~ student financial aid that is given directly to the student as a
cash disbursement to cover non-institutional costs.
Mach 25 is a simple and fas t scholarship resource locator.
Students develop a profile of themselves to locate scholarships that best match their qualifications.
http://www.mach2S.com
<
~
Federal Financial Aid Sites
U Repayment Procedures
Z
<
Z
A student who withdraws and receives a cash di sbursement
of student financial aid for non-institutional charges may be
required to pay all or a portion of the student financial aid to
~ the appropriate financial aid program(s). The foll owing
~ policies are used in determining the amount to be repaid by
the student, if any:
1. Non-institutional housing/board costs are pro-rated
based on the remaining months in the seme ter.
2. One half of the academic year allowance for books,
supplies and personal/miscellaneous expenses is
considered to be expended when a student begins
classes.
3. Transportation costs are pro-rated based on the remaining weeks in the semester.
4. Once pro-rated expenses are determined for that
semester, the institution will subtract this amount from
the total cash disbur ed to the student for the payment
period. If it is determined that a repayment is necessary,
the appropriate program will be refunded and the student
will be billed. Please ote: If the repayment owed is
$100 or less, the student will not be billed.
HEATH Resource Center's 1996 Financial Aid
for Students with Disabilities
The HEATH Resource Center of the American Council on
Education operates a national clearinghouse on postsecondary education for individuals with di sabilities.
Disabled students may call l-800-544-3284 or e-mail at
heath @ace.nche.edu.
Project EASI (Easy Access for Students and
Institutions)
Provides information regarding Planning for Your Education,
Applying to School, Receiving Financial Aid, Repaying Your
Loan, and various other pertinent financial aid information.
http://www.easi.ed.gov/
The Student Guide
This site provides general information regarding Federal
financial aid programs, eligibility, application process,
deadlines, special circumstances, and a glossary. This site is
provided by the Department of Education.
http://www.ed.gov/prog_info/FSA/Student Guide/
Distribution Policy
If it is determined that a student is required to repay all or a
portion of the student financial aid disbursed to him/her, the
Federal Government requires that it be returned to the
appropriate program(s) in the following priority order:
1. Federal Perkins Loan
2. Federal Pell Grant
3. Federal SEOG
4. Other Title IV Aid Programs
5. Other Federal, State, Private, or Institutional Aid Programs
Financial Aid
Resource Information
Financial Aid World Wide Web (WWW) Sites
The World Wide Web provides a wealth of information through
the culmination of thousands of computers internationally.
Many Web sites also provide links to other relevant information.
Scholarship Search Sites
Financial Institution Sites
National City
This web site provides helpful resource information on the
Federal Family Educational Loan Program, helpful tips on
managing your money, paying for college, and a college
planner.
http://www.national-city.com/natcity/affordit/student
PHEAA
This site developed by the Pennsylvania Higher Education
Assistance Agency provides various types of fi nancial aid
information and resources for parents and students.
http://www.pheaa.org/
PNC Bank Education Loan Center
This web site provides an introduction to educational
financing , variou s financial calcul ators, helpful tutorial s,
glossary, and other related web links .
FastWEB
http://www.eduloans.pncbank.com/
Scholarship resource locator created in 1995. You will be
given an on-line questionnaire and personal mai lbox ID.
Scholarships will be posted to you and updated periodically.
http://www.fastweb.com
Sallie Mae Home Page
28
California University Of Pennsylvania
Sallie Mae is a provider of financial services and operational
support for higher education. http://www.slma.com/
Financial Aid Resource Sites
Colle2e Board On-Line
This site attempts to orient parents and students to the
process of applying to college and the financial aid process.
http://www.collegeboard.org
Financial Aid Information Pa2e
Subject Index - Provides an alphabetical subject index to the
resources listed in the Financial Aid Information Page.
Copyright 1995 by Mark Kantrowitz
http://www.finaid.org/
Mappin2 Your Future
This site provides students and families with information
about college, career, and financial aid choices through a
state-of-the-art public service web site. http://
www.mapping-your-future.org
PASFAA
This site was developed by the Pennsylvania Association of
Student Financial Aid Administrators to provide helpful
financial aid resource information to parents and students.
Visitors to thi s site will find information on college planning,
listing of Pennsylvania Universities and College, preparing
your child for college, and the NCAA Guide for College
Bound Athletes. http://www.sru.edu/pasfaa
Important Financial Aid Telephone Numbers
Federal Government
Federal Student Aid Information
l-800-433-3243
Federal Student Aid Hotline TDD
1-800-730-8913
Pell Grant (Duplicate SAR)
l-319-337-5665
Immigration and
Naturalization Services
1-415-705-4205
IRS Tax Listing (Form 1722)
1-800-829-1040
Selective Service
1-708-688-6888
Social Security Admini stration
1-800-772-1213
PHEAA
Grant Division
Loan Division
1-800-692-7435
1-717-720-2800
1-800-692-7392
1-717-720-2860
Student Loan Servicing Center
SLSC
1-800-233-0557
Financial Aid Glossary
1040 Form, 1040A Form, 1040E Form: The Federal Income Tax
Return that is required to be filed by each person who received
income during the previous year.
Academic Year: The period of time school is in session, consisting
of 30 weeks of instruction.
Appeal: An appeal is a formal request made by the student to have
a financial aid administrator review a student's unusual circumstances which may affect the student's aid eligibility (i.e. , death of a
parent, unemployment, etc.)
Award Letter: An official letter issued by the Financial Aid Office
that lists the financial aid awarded to the student. Students are
required to check the award(s) they wish to receive, sign the award
letter, and return it to the Financial Aid Office.
Bursar's Office: The Bursar's Office is the university office
responsible for the billing and collection of university charges,
receives loan proceeds and issues refund checks.
Campus-Based Aid Programs: There are three financial aid
programs funded by the Federal Government but administered by the
school, using Federal Guidelines. These programs are the Federal
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), Federal
Perkins Loan Program, and the Federal Work-Study Program.
College Work-Study: College Work-Study is a part-time job for
undergraduate students. This is often referred to as the Federal
Work-Study Program.
Commuter Student: A student who resides at home and commutes
to school daily.
Cost of Attendance: The Cost of Attendance (COA), also known as
the cost of education or "budget", is the total amount used to
calculate a student's aid eligibility. This amount includes tuition and
fees, room and board, allowances for books and supplies, transportation, and personal and incidental expenses.
Custodial Parent: In the event a student's parents are separated or
divorced, the custodial parent is the one who is providing more than
1/2 of the student's support. If both parents provide equal support,
then the Custodial Parent is designated by the one with whom the
student lived the most during the past 12 months .
Dependent Student: A student who is 23 years old or younger and is
supported by their parents. A parent refusing to provide support for their
child's education is not sufficient for the child to be declared independent.
Disbursement: Disbursement is the release of loan proceeds to the
school for delivery to the borrower.
Disclosure Statement: The disclosure statement is a statement from
the lending institution that provides the borrower with information
regarding the approval amount of the loan, interest rate, origination
and insurance fees, and any other finance charges incurred.
Electronic Funds Transfer: Used by most lenders to wire funds
for Stafford Loan proceeds directly to participating schools without
requiring a check for the student to endorse.
~
~
Z.
>
Enrollment Status: Indication of total credits scheduled for an
~
enrollment period. For financial aid purposes, you must be enrolled L.....
at least half-time to receive aid.
n
>
~
~
Expected Family Contribution (EFC): The Expected Family
Contribution is the amount of money that the family is expected to
contribute to the student's education. This is based on the Federal
Methodology need analysis formula dictated by Congress.
Financial Aid Transcript: The Financial Aid Transcript is a record
of any federal aid received by the student at each post-secondary
school attended.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
>
s
29
Q Financial Aid Package: This includes any aid such as grants,
~ scholarships, loans, and work-study offered to the student to assist
in the funding of their education.
~
<
~ Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA): The FAFSA
u
is used to apply for all need-based aid. The information contained
within this document is used to calculate all financial aid for the
student.
Z
<
Gift Aid: Gift aid i financial aid which is not repaid, such as
scholarships and grants.
~
Grant: Type of financial aid based on financial need that a student
Z does
not repay.
~
~ Independent Student: An independent student must meet at least
one of the following criterion:
Age 24 or older.
Veteran of the U.S. Armed Forces
Enrolled in a graduate or professional program beyond a
bachelor' degree
Married
Orphan or ward of the court, or a ward of the court until age 18
Legal dependents other than spouse for which you are responsible
Loan: Loans are borrowed money that a student must repay with
interest.
Need: The difference between the Cost of Attendance and the
Expected Family Contribution is known as financial need.
Pell Grant: A Pell Grant is a federal need-based grant.
Scholarship: A scholarship is gift aid which is not repaid.
Stafford Loan: A Stafford Loan comes in two forms, Unsubsidized
and subsidized. Students are required to pay interest on an
Unsubsidized loan ; whereas, the government pays the interest on a
subsidized loan while the student i in school , during the six-month
grace period, and during any deferment periods.
Subsidized Loan: A subsidized loan is a loan which the government pays the intere ton the loan while the student is in school,
during a six-month grace period, and during any deferment periods.
Subsidi zed loans are based on need, and may not be used to finance
the fami ly contribution.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG): The
SEOG is a Federal grant program.
Unmet Need: Unmet need is the difference between the student's
financial need and the total need- based aid.
Unsubsidized Loan: An Un ubsid.ized loan is a loan which the
governmen t does not pay the interest. The borrower is responsible
for the interest on an Unsubsidized loan from the date the loan is
disbursed, even while the student is still in school.
Untaxed Income: Contribution to IRAs, Keoghs, tax-sheltered
annuities, and 40l(k) plans, as well as worker's compensation and
welfare benefits.
U.S. Department of Education: The US Department of Education
admini sters several Federal student financial aid programs,
including the Federal Pell Grant, the Federal SEOG, the Federal
Work-Study, the Federal Perkins Loan, the Federal Stafford Loan,
and the Federal PLUS Loan.
Verification : Verification is a review process in which the Financial
Aid Office determines the accuracy of the information provided by
the student and parents on their FAFSA. During this process, the
student will be required to submit requested documentation.
30
Californja University Of Pennsylvania
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
31
32
California University Of Penn ylvania
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Student Responsibilities and
Academic Advising
Students are responsible for securing current infonnation
about university policies and for meeting all relevant requirements. Students follow the requirements and provisions of the
catalog that is in effect at the time of their initial enrollment.
Students who have interrupted their education for more than one
year are subject to the provisions of the catalog which is current
at the time of their readmission to the university. The university
reserves the right to change policies, curriculum requirements,
and other provisions as needed.
Faculty advisors are available to assist students in planning
their academic program, but students have the responsibility for
meeting all requirements for their degrees. Students are urged
to take advantage of the advisory and consultation services
available at the university. They should feel free to consult with
professors, academic advisors, department chairpersons, the
deans, and the Provost. All of these university representatives
maintain regular office hours for student consultations.
Attendance
Regular class attendance is a prerequisite to successful class
perfonnance. University policy permits class absence for cause
but places an obligation for successful completion of course work
on the student. There is no single, university-wide policy on class
attendance or on cuts; but professors may establish their particular
policies on absences, assess reasonable penalties if students do not
observe these policies, and treat unexplained absences as
unexcused absences. The student must, in all cases, arrange to
make up examinations or other work missed because of absence,
according to tenns and a schedule agreeable to the professors.
It is the student's responsibility to infonn professors of the
cause of any absence, if possible, in advance. Students should
notify their college Dean of lengthy absences due to illness or
other causes, and appropriate documentation may be required in
such cases. The Dean will in tum notify the professors concerned.
Requests for absence due to official university activities, such as
field trips or athletic contests, must be made to the appropriate
university official.
Semester System
California University operates on a semester system
with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 15 weeks.
In addition, there is a Summer term which typically includes
a 10 week session and two five week sessions which run
from June to August in addition to special sessions in May
and August.
Course Numbering System
Courses numbered 100 to 499 are undergraduate
courses. Courses numbered 500 may be taken for undergraduate or graduate credit, and courses numbered 700 &
800 are graduate level courses. In certain circumstances,
undergraduate students are allowed to take graduate level
courses for either undergraduate or for graduate credit.
Courses are numbered in the following way :
100-199
Freshman level
200-299
Sophomore level
300-399
Junior level
400-499
Senior level
Generally, courses whose numbers end in 9 (such as 209 and
459) consist of independent study or internship and registering for
such courses typically requires special permission.
Credits
Credit for course work is recorded in credit hours . For
most courses, one credit hour represents one class meeting
per week. For laboratory classes, the ratio may differ
somewhat from one department to another, but usually two
or three hours of laboratory work are worth one credit hour.
A full-time student is one who is taking twelve or more
credits. A student taking fewer than twelve credits is considered a part-time student.
Students expecting to progress from one class to the next
on an annual basis and graduate in four years should complete an average of 32 credits per year, or 16 credits per
semester.
The Health Center does not issue medical excuses. Under
certain circumstances the Health Center will notify professors
about students' absences (or other failure to fulfill academic
obligations) due to medical conditions; on the basis of this
notification, individual professors in tum will determine whether
or not to excuse the absences.
The temporary grade of Incomplete is not automatically
awarded even if excused or explained absences have prevented
completion of required work by the end of the semester.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
33
00
~
~
u
~
~
0
~
u
~
~
~
Q
<
u
<
Grading System
California University uses the following grading system
for all courses:
Interpretation
Grade
Quality Points
per Credit Hour
4
Superior Attainment
A
Above Average
B
3
Average
C
2
Below Average
D
1
F
Failure
0
AU
Not calculated
Audit
I
Not calculated
Incomplete
Incomplete Failure
IF
0
p
Not calculated
Passing
w
Official Withdrawal
Not calculated
WP
Not calculated
Withdraw Passing
WF
Withdraw Failing
0
wx
Not calculated
Administrative Withdrawal
Not calculated
Unofficial Withdrawal
uw
Quality Point or Grade Point
Average
To calculate a quality point average (QPA) or grade
point average (GPA) divide the total number of quality points
earned in regular courses at this university by the total
number of credit hours attempted. For example, if a student
has attempted a total of 60 credits, with 12 credits worth of A
(= 48 quality points), 24 of B (= 72), 15 of C (= 30), 6 of D
(= 6), and 3 of F (= 0), that student would have a total of 156
grade points, or a QPNGPA of 2.60.
In computing QPNGPA, the following courses are not
counted: courses transferred from other institutions, advanced placement courses, courses passed by examination,
courses in which a P grade was assigned, CLEP credits, or
credits granted for military service.
If a student repeats a course, only the repeat grade is
counted. AJthough developmental courses do not count
towards graduation, the credits earned in them are used to
determine a student's QPA.
Appealing a Grade or Other
Academic Decision
In appealing a grade, a student should first contact the
professor who issued that grade to discuss the reason for the
grade. If the student is not satisfied with the professor's
explanation, the student should then contact the professor's
department chairperson. This latter contact must be in
writing and must be filed with the chairperson within thirty
university calendar days after the beginning of the subsequent fall or spring semester following the term in which the
grade in question was given.
If accord is not reached at the chairperson level, the
student may then appeal to the college dean . The final source
of appeal is the Provost. This final step should be taken only
if there is no possibi lity for a resolution at an earlier stage,
and only if the student is convinced that arbitrary and/or
capricious standards were applied.
In the case of other academic decisions, the student
should follow the same appeal procedure insofar as possible.
In matters relating to student conduct and discipline, the
Vice President for Student Development has authority to
review appeals: see the section on the General Code of
Conduct and the Student Judicial System in this catalog.
Cheating and Plagiarism
Truth and honesty are the subjects and the necessary prerequi sites for all education. Consequently, students who attempt
to improve their grades or class standing by cheating on
examinations or plagiarism on papers may be penalized by
disciplinary action ranging from a verbal reprimand to a
failing grade in the course. If the situation appears to merit a
more severe penalty, the professor may refer the matter to the
appropriate dean or to the Provost, with a req uest for formal
di sciplinary action, which may result in suspension or
expulsion from the university.
Good Academic Standing
Students who achieve the minimum Quality Point
Average (QPA) or Grade Point Average (GPA) for their class
rank are in good academic standing.
Class Rank
Freshman
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
Total Number of
Credits Earned
1-31
32-63
64-95
96 or more
Minimum GradePoint Average
1.75
1.85
1.95
2.00
AH earned credits including transfer credits and other
advanced standing credits that have been officially accepted
are counted in determining a student's class rank. All
attempted credits at California University are used in
determining a student's GPA.
34
California University Of Pennsylvania
Students who do not achieve the minimum GPA for their
class rank will be subject to Academic Probation or Academic Dismissal. Satisfactory Academic Progress is also
required for continued eligibility for financial aid.
Academic Probation
A student whose total number of credits attempted has
reached or exceeded twelve and whose overall GPA is below
the specified minimum for his or her class rank will be
placed on Academic Probation.
Before registering for a new term , students on Academic
Probation must have their schedules approved by the
Associate Provost for Student Retention and must agree to
satisfy additional requirements during the probationary
semester.
A student on Academic Probation who attains the
minimum overall GPA for his or her class rank and satisfies
other requirements will be removed from Academic Probation.
A student on Academic Probation who attains a 2.00
GPA during the probationary semester and sati sfies other
requirements, but fail s to attain the minimum overall GPA
for his or her class rank will be permitted to return to the
university on Continuing Academic Probation .
A student on Academic Probation who does not attain the
overall GPA for his or her class rank and does not achieve a
2.00 GPA for the probationary semester, or fails to satisfy
other requirements will be dismissed from the university.
Academic Dismissal
The university reserves the right to refuse the privilege
of further attendance to students who have failed to meet
minimum academic requirements.
If a student's cumulative grade point average remains
below the required minimum after a probationary semester,
the term grade point average during a probationary semester
is below 2.00, and the student fails to meet other requirements, he or she will be dismissed from the university.
Incomplete Grades
An Incomplete (I) is assigned when a professor is
convinced the student can complete or make up work which
has been missed or is incomplete because of reasons acceptable to the professor. However, in all cases, the professor has
the option of submitting a final grade based on work completed and may refuse to accept late work. However, when
appropriate explanation and documentation of an illness are
given, professors will not penalize students if makeups are
possible or if grading on work completed is reasonable.
After the required work has been completed, the
professor will submit a Change of Grade form to the
Registrar's Office. The student, however, is responsible for
contacting the professor regarding arrangements which
should be made to complete the work for the course. (Students are not required to register for the course again)
If the required work is not completed within one
calendar year, the Incomplete grade will be converted to I-F.
This conversion will occur even if the student has not been
enrolled at the university during this calendar year. The I-F
grade is considered in the computation of the student's grade
point average as an F grade. Students who wish to have an
extension of the time allowed to complete the work must
obtain approval from the dean of their college.
Graduating seniors must resolve their Incomplete grades
by the last day of classes of the term in which they intend to
graduate. Otherwise, these Incompletes immediately become
I-F's, and graduation may be correspondingly affected.
Grade Reports
At the end of each semester and summer session, grade
reports are mailed to students at their permanent home
address . For thi s reason, all students should be certain the
Registrar's Office has their correct permanent address. In
compliance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy
Act of 1974, such grade reports are sent to students and not
to their parents or guardian . A grade report will not be sent if
a student's academic records have been sealed.
Midterm grades are also reported for some students.
These reports are available from each student's academic
advisor or in the Office of Student Retention .
Transcripts
Transcripts are issued by the Academic Records Office,
Room 103 in the Administration Building. Each transcript
costs $3 .00, and payment must be received before the
transcript is issued. Checks and money orders should be
made payable to California University of Pennsylvania. All
transcripts are issued according to the provisions of the
Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as
amended: see also the section on Confidentiality of Records
in this catalog.
A request for a transcript must be made in writing, to
ensure that academic information is not improperly disclosed.
Telephone requests for transcripts cannot be honored. The
request may be made by completing a form in the Registrar's
Office or by writing a letter to that office indicating (a) the
number of transcripts required, (b) the type of transcripts
required (i.e., undergraduate, graduate, or both), and (c) the
name and address of the person or institution where the
transcript should be sent. Transcripts will not be issued to a
third party without the written consent of the student.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
35
00
~
~
u
~
~
0
~
u
~
~
~
~
<
U
<
If a transcript is issued to a student, a notation to that
effect appears on the transcript. Transcripts marked in this
manner are sometimes not considered official when presented to a third party by the student.
Transcripts are issued as quickly as possible, but in busy
periods of the academic year there may be some delay.
Requests should therefore be made well before the transcript
is due elsewhere.
No transcript will be issued to a student whose financi al
obligations to the university have not been met in full .
Registration
obtain written permi ion from their advisor and the Dean of
their college. Only in exceptional circumstances will a
student be allowed to register for more than 2 1 credits.
Additional tuition and fees are charged for all credits in
excess of 18.
During the Summer terms, students may register for 6
credits in any one session or 18 credits fo r the summer
without special permi ssion. Matri culating students wishing
to register for additi onal credits during the Summer terms
must obtain written permission from the Dean of their
college, and nonmatricul ati ng students wishing to register for
additional credits mu st obtai n permission from the Director
of the Summer School Program. Students are charged tuition
and fees on a per credit basis for all courses during the
summer.
Eligibility to Register
All students who have been admitted to the university
and who are in good academic, financial, and disciplinary
standing are eligible to register. Students who are not in good
standing with the university may, under special circumstances, be given clearance to register for classes.
Enrollment and Matriculation
A student seeking a degree or credit certificate from
California University is considered a matriculated student
and mu st meet the graduation or completion requirements for
his or her declared major or program. An individual who
enrolls for cl asses but is not seeking a degree or credit
certificate from California University is considered a nonmatriculated student. A nonmatriculati ng student wishing to
matricul ate into a degree or credit certificate program must
sati sfy admission requirements for that program.
Registration Procedures
Registration for an upcoming semester may be completed during the registration periods identified in the
Schedule of Classes published each semester. Thi s pub Iication contains specific information and instructions regarding
these registration periods.
Registration includes academic advising, scheduling
courses, and payment of tuition and fees. Prior to scheduling
classes, each student should meet with his or her academic
advisor to di scuss his or her progress and develop a schedule
for the upcoming semester. Entering a student's schedule into
the university 's registration system creates a financial
obligation by the student to the university, and students who
do not make pay ment arrangements by the announced due
date will have their semester schedules canceled.
Admission to a Closed Section
A student seeki ng admis ion to a closed section should
obtain a schedule adju stment form and consult with the
instructor or chairperson of the department which offers the
course. Admission to a closed section requires the signature
of the instructor or department chair and the Dean of the
college which offers the course.
Repeating a Course
A student may repeat a course previously taken at
California University. In uch cases, onl y the later grade will
be counted in the student's QPA . The original grade, however, will remain on the student's transcript. Some courses
may be repeated for credit and are exempt from thi s policy.
Auditing A Course
A student may audit a course with the understanding that
he or she will receive neither a grade nor credit for the
course. The course will be li sted on the student's transcript
without affecting the QPA. Once a course is registered for
audit, it cannot be converted back to a credit course.
Students may initi ate
the following schedule:
15 week sess ion
5 week ession
10 week session
an audit of a course according to
before the end of the first 6 weeks
before the end of the first 2 weeks
before the end of the first 4 weeks
Audit courses are billed at the same rate as courses taken
for credit.
Audit form are avail able in the Academic Records
Office, Room 103 of the Administration Building.
Credit Overload
Credit By Examination/Course Challenges
During the Fall and Spring semesters, full-time students
may register for 18 credits without special permi ssion.
Students wishing to register for 19 or more credits must
Students may earn credit for a course by passing an
exami nation rather than taking the course. In order to do so,
the student must obtain pennission from the chairperson of
the department that offers the course. The student mu st
36
California University Of Pennsylvania
register for the course and pay tuition and fees for the course.
Once a student registers to challenge a course, it cannot be
converted back to a regular course.
Students may initiate
. the following schedule:
15 week session
5 week session
IO week session
6.
to challenge a course according to
before the end of the first 6 weeks
before the end of the first 2 weeks
before the end of the first 4 weeks
Only grades of P (Pass) or F (Fail) will be recorded, and
the course will be further identified on the student's transcript by the symbol CE. A passing grade does not affect the
QPA; however, a failing grade will lower the QPA. Earned
credits will count towards graduation.
Ceasing to attend class does not constitute official
withdrawal! Students must officially drop from a
course. Leaving a course without officially dropping it
may result in the assignment of an F grade by the
professor. If the professor does not assign a grade, the
designation of UW (unauthorized withdrawal) will be
assigned by the Registrar.
Withdrawal from the
University
A student who decides to withdraw from the university
during any academic term , regardless of the reason, must
contact the Registrar's Office immediately. All withdrawals
are governed by the following regulations:
Course challenge forms may be obtained in the Academic Records Office, Room 103 of the Administration
Building.
1.
Schedule Adjustments
(Add/Drop)
An honorable dismissal is granted to a student who
withdraws from the university in the official manner, has
met all financial obligations to the university, and has
been properly cleared by the Registrar.
2.
If the student withdraws officially during the first six
weeks of a semester, a W grade is recorded for each
course scheduled. A W grade carries no academic
penalty and is not counted in the student's QPA. For an
official withdrawal from a five-week session, W grades
will be recorded during the first two weeks only.
3.
After the sixth week of the semester, a student who
makes an official withdrawal receives WP or WF grades
in all courses scheduled. Professors assign A, B, C, D, or
F grades, and the Dean assigns WP grades to A, B, and
C, and WF to D or F grades. For five-week courses the
WP-WF grades are assigned after the end of the second
week.
4.
No student is permitted to withdraw officially from the
university during the last three weeks of a semester or
summer term.
5.
Leaving the university without notifying the Registrar's (j
Office and making an official withdrawal may result in
automatic failure for all courses scheduled. It also makes~
the student ineligible for refund of tuition and fees , and _.
may affect academic status and financial aid. Improper ~
withdrawals will be classified as unauthorized with~
drawal and the designation UW used for all registered
~
courses if another grade has not already been assigned (j
by the professor.
~
Class schedules may be changed during the add/drop
period using the schedule adjustment forms. All schedule
adjustments are governed by the following regulations.
I.
Prior to making schedule adjustments, a student should
consult with his or her academic advisor to discuss how
the adjustment will affect his or her academic progress.
2.
Courses may be added prior to the second class meeting
during the Fall and Spring semesters and during the first
day of a summer term . Adding a course may require the
signature of the instructor, department chair, and/or
college dean.
3.
Students may drop courses without having a grade
assigned during the first six weeks of a semester; before
the end of the second week of a five-week summer
term ; or before the end of the fourth week of a ten-week
summer term.
4.
After the deadline for dropping a course without grade
assignment, students who drop a course or courses will
receive WP or WF grades. Each professor will assign the
appropriate grade and the College Dean will translate A,
B, and C grades to WP, and D and F grades to WF.
5.
No student is permitted to drop a course: during the last
three weeks of a semester; during the last two weeks of a
five-week summer term; or during the last three weeks
of a ten-week summer term.
>
>
0
~
~
n
~
~
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
37
~
Administrative Withdrawals
~
~
The university administration has the authority to
withdraw a student from the university and to revoke that
student's registration at any time for the following reasons :
~
0
1.
=-u
2.
U
~
Registration in violation of university regulations (e.g.,
academic ineligibility to register) .
Failure to comply with academic requirements (e.g.,
unsatisfactory class attendance, violation of the learning
contract for students on academic probation, etc.).
~
~
3.
Failure to pay university tuition and fees by the due date.
Q
4.
Disciplinary suspension or dismissal for the remainder
of an academic term or longer.
~
5.
Severe psychological or health problems such that the
student cannot be permitted to continue in attendance.
<
6.
Other reasons deemed appropriate by the proper
administrative officer.
Grades of WP, WF, WX are recorded for Administrative
Withdrawals. The grade ofWX is not computed in the student's
grade point average and therefore involves no academic penalty.
The Registrar must authorize the recording of this grade.
If a student registers in violation of the academic
eligibility rule, the registration is declared invalid, the tuition
and fees paid by the student are refunded in full, and no
grades are recorded.
In other cases of Administrative Withdrawal, the date of
the withdrawal and the reason for the withdrawal are used to
determine the grade to be recorded and the amount of tuition
and fees to be assessed or cancelled. In most cases, the
regular tuition and fee assessment and refund policies of the
university prevail.
For Administrative Withdrawals during the first six
weeks of a semester or two weeks in a five-week summer
session, the grade of WX is recorded for all courses on a
student's schedule. No other grades, such as Incomplete, are
assigned. After this period, the date of the Administrative
Withdrawal and the reason for the withdrawal are considered:
l.
For failure to comply with academic requirements, only
WP or WF grades are assigned.
2.
For failure to pay tuition and fees, only WX is assigned.
3.
For Disciplinary Suspension or Dismissal, only WP or
WF grades are assigned.
4.
5.
For health or psychological reasons, WX or - only with
the approval of the affected instructor - an Incomplete
may be assigned.
For other reasons not covered in 1-4, grade assignments will
be at the discretion of the Provost or his or her designee.
38
California University Of Pennsylvania
The Registrar has the authority to antedate an administrative withdrawal if circumstances warrant such action .
Disciplinary suspensions or dismissals are initiated by
the appropriate authority in the Office of Student Development and written notification is sent to the Registrar, who
cancels the student's registration and notifies other administrative offices and faculty members as necessary.
If faculty members have reason to inquire about a
specific case of Administrative Withdrawal , they should
consult the Registrar or the Office of the Provost. In certain
cases, the student's right to confidentiality may not permit
full disclosure of the circumstances.
Readmission to the University
Students who wish to return to the university after an
absence of three consecutive terms and are in good standing
with the university must apply for readmission to the dean of
the undergraduate college in which they will be enrolled
following their readmission .
In cases of Academic Dismissal, readmission to the
university is not automatic . Students who have been
dismissed for unsatisfactory academic performance will be
considered for readmission only if they have satisfied the
conditions for readmission that were stipulated at the time of
their dismissal. Students who have been academically
dismissed must apply for readmission through the Office of
Student Retention.
Any student who has been academically dismissed will
be denied Title IV financial assistance (federal grants, loans,
and student employment). Therefore, if readmitted, the
student must attend without the benefit of Title IV financial
aid until the required minimum GPA for his or her class rank
and/or the completion of the minimum credit hour standard
have been achieved. Exceptions may be considered for
students on Financial Aid probation or have filed a Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) appeal (please refer to the
Satisfactory Academic Progress policy statement issued by
the Office of Financial Aid).
In the case of Disciplinary Suspensions or Dismissals,
students must satisfy the conditions for readmission that
were stipulated at the time of their dismissal, and receive
permission from the Vice President for Student Development
to return to the university.
Applications for readmission should be submitted at
least one week before the registration date for the term in
which the student desires to enroll.
Former students will not be readmitted to the university
until all past indebtedness has been paid.
College Level Equivalency
Program (CLEP)
The university offers the opportunity to earn undergraduate credit through the College Level Equivalency
Program (CLEP), which has two testing categories, the
General Examination and the Subject Examination.
The General Examination is a series of tests in five
separate areas: English Composition, Natural Sciences,
Mathematics, Humanities, and Social Science/History. A
student may earn up to thirty credits by passing the appropriate tests in this area.
The Subject Examination comprehensively tests a single
subject, such as General Psychology, Statistics, etc. A student
who passes one of these examinations is awarded credit for a
comparable course at the university.
The CLEP program is administered by the Office of
Career Planning and Placement Services and the Southpointe
Center. There is a one-time fee of $25 .00 for evaluation of
the CLEP results and recording the results on the student's
transcripts.
Transfer Credits
Current students who wish to take courses at some other
college or university to transfer back to California University,
should get approval to do so from their advisor and from the
dean of their college at California University before registering
for and taking such courses. Students seeking to transfer credits
to California University should note the following guidelines:
1.
Transfer credits are us ually determined by their equ ivalency to California University courses.
2.
Only courses in which a grade of C or better is earned
will transfer.
3.
Credits transfer, but grades and quality points do not.
Transfer credits cannot raise a student's QPA; therefore,
do not take repeat courses at another institution .
4.
Courses taken at a community college, the equivalents of
which are designated as upper-level courses at California, may transfer only as electives rather than equivalents to courses offered at California University.
The university does not grant credits for Life Experience.
Undergraduate Credit for
Graduate Course
Undergraduate students may enroll in graduate courses
for undergraduate credit if they meet the necessary requirements for those courses . Individual departments determine
the prerequisites for each course. Graduate status may be a
prerequisite for admission to some courses. Graduate credits
used to fulfill undergraduate requirements may not also be
used to fulfill requirements in a graduate program.
Graduate Credit Load for
Seniors
Undergraduates who are in their last term on campus
and who are completing or have completed all the requirements for their undergraduate degree may enroll in graduate
classes for graduate credit. They must fulfill aII requirements
for entrance into Graduate School (other than the undergraduate degree or teaching certification).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
39
~
U
Dual Majors, Second Majors
And Second Degrees
~
California University grants the following degrees: B.A.;
B.S.; B.S. in Education; B.S.N; and AS. (All except the last are
four-year, baccalaureate degrees.) These are referred to below as
~ degree areas.
~
0
u
~
~
~
Q
<
u
<
A distinction is drawn between the following objectives and
opportunities and between the means to achieve them: (l) a Dual
Major; (2) a Second Major; and (3) a Second Degree. These
opportunities, as explained below, are the only ones offered. The
university will, for example, award only one degree from any
degree area. None of these opportunities should be confused with
any certification programs, such as those in Teacher Education.
l. More than One Major:
(a) A Dual Major is the simultaneous pursuit of two
baccalaureate majors in the same degree area. These
majors may be in a single department or two departments, and each must be recorded in the appropriate
dean's office. Courses from one major area may be used
to satisfy requirements in the other major. Both majors
are recorded on the transcript, but all requirements for
each major must be satisfied before the degree is
conferred, and only one degree is conferred.
(b) A Second Major may be pursued only (a) after the
completion of a baccalaureate degree and (b) in the same
degree area as a first major. It does not lead to a second
degree. The prospective student must apply through the
Office of Admissions, register the intention of pursuing a
Second Major, and fulfill any of the requirements of that
Second Major that have not yet been satisfied.
2.
A Second Degree may be pursued by any student (a)
who has previously earned an associate or baccalaureate
degree from any regionally accredited institution
(including California University) or (b) who is currently
pursuing a degree at California University. The second
degree must be in a different degree area from the
degree already earned or being pursued. A student who
is currently in a degree program at California University
must apply for the second degree program through the
Office of Admissions.
Transfer credits from other institutions and prior credits
from California University of Pennsylvania may be used to
satisfy requirements for the Second Degree. A minimum of
30 credits must be taken in the Second Degree program by
transfer students.
A minimum of 158 credits must be accumulated whether
the degrees are earned simultaneously or consecutively. All
departmental , college, and university requirements for the
Second Degree must be satisfied . The transcript records the
Second Degree and the date of its completion. (The university will not award an associate degree to a student who
holds a baccalaureate degree in the same area.)
40
California University Of Pennsylvania
Graduation Requirements
Students should become acquainted with the graduation
requirements for their program of study. Students are
responsible for meeting all graduation requirements and for
submitting the required forms on time.
Compliance with the following general policies and
procedures will help students prepare for graduation:
1.
The period during which application for graduation must
be made is posted throughout campus and printed in the
Schedule of Classe$ and the California Times. Students
must apply for graduation in the appropriate dean 's
office by the deadline. All credentials for graduation ,
including an application for a teaching certificate where
appropriate and transcripts of credits from other institutions , must be submitted on time. Graduation may be
delayed if a student's record is incomplete.
2.
A minimum of 128 semester credits, including the
satisfactory completion of all required courses, is
necessary for graduation. Developmental courses, ENG
100, MAT 098, MAT 099, DMA 092, DMA 094, and
EDE 100, do not count towards graduation, though the
credits earned in them are used to determine class
standing and grade point average.
3.
Students in all curricula must complete a minimum of
thirty credits of the last sixty credits at California
University of Pennsylvania.
4.
An overall grade point average of 2.5 is required in the
Teacher Education curricula. An overall grade point
average of 2.0 is required in most programs of study.
Certain other programs may require minimum grades in
courses within the major.
5.
In the College of Education and Human Services,
candidates in teacher education programs must complete
Student Teaching.
6.
All financial obligations to the university must be paid in
full before graduation can be approved.
Conferring of Degrees
Degrees are conferred in May (at the end of the spring
semester), in August (at the end of the summer session), and
in December (at the end of the fall semester); but Commencement is held only once a year, in May. Students who
graduate in August or December may participate in the
Commencement exercises of the following May, but their
diplomas and official university transcripts record their date
of graduation as of the month and year in which their degree
was conferred.
Attendance at the Commencement exercises is appropriate, unless unusual circumstances warrant graduation in
absentia. Permission to graduate in absentia is granted by the
President of the university, or his designee. Candidates for
graduation should contact the President's Office, or his
designee 's office, and request permission to be excused from
the Commencement ceremony.
An associate degree-seeking student designated as a
Presidential Scholar must have a cumulative GPA of 3.25 at
California and have completed 45 credits, all of which must
have been taken at this university.
Both full-time and part-time students may, if qualified, be
named Presidential Scholars.
A graduate of California University of Pennsylvania is a
member of the class of that calendar year in which the degree
was conferred. That is, if one graduated in May, August, or
December of 1996, one is a member of the class of 1996
regardless of the year one may have attended Commencement.
Honors at Graduation
Commencement Honors are awarded to students in the
graduating class who have earned 64 credits at California
University in a baccalaureate degree program and achieved
the required QPA.
Highest Honors (Summa Cum Laude)
High Honors (Magna Cum Laude)
Honors (Cum Laude)
3.75 to 4.0
3.50 to 3.74
3.25 to 3.49
Credits, grades, and quality points earned as part of a
previously completed associate or first degree or from CLEP
exams, are not calculated for commencement honors
designation.
Dean's List/Semester Honors
Full-time students are honored by being placed on the Dean's
List on the basis of grade-point average at the end of each
semester as follows :
Highest Honors
High Honors
Honors
3.75 to 4.0
3.50 to 3.74
3.25 to 3.49
Honors Convocation
The university recognizes, encourages and rewards
academic excellence on the part of Master's, baccalaureate,
and associate degree-seeking students by naming Presidential
Scholars at the annual Honors Convocation in the spring
semester. This award is a unique distinction, separate and
apart from Commencement Honors.
A baccalaureate degree-seeking student designated as a
Presidential Scholar must have a cumulative GPA of 3.25 in a
baccalaureate program and have completed 64 credits (if a
junior) and 96 credits (if a senior), of which at least 30 must
have been taken at this university (calculated beyond an earned
associate degree or other first degree, if applicable, and in the
present baccalaureate degree program).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
41
~
Confidentiality Of Records
~
The university 's poJjcies on the confidentiality and
disclosure of student records are based on the Family
Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (Public Law 93380), as amended.
u
~
~
0
~
2.
After a request to inspect a record has been received,
the request must be honored withjn a reasonable
period of time: according to federal law, not to exceed
45 days.
3.
Limitations on the Right of Access by Students
I. Introduction
u
Official student records are established and maintruned in a number of administrative offices for a
variety of legitimate educational purposes. In assuming responsibility for the reasonable protection of
these student records, the university recognizes its
obligation to comply with the Family Education
Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. Important sections of
this federal law are summarized below.
~
~
~
Q
<
~ II. Ownership of Records
The following are not subject to inspection by students:
a.
Confidential letters and statements of recommendation
which were placed in the educational records before
January l , 1975.
b.
Financial records of the parents of the student, or any
information contruned therein .
c.
Medical, psychiatric or simj)ar records that are used
solely in connection with treatment. Such records can
be reviewed by a physician or other appropriate
professional of the student's choice.
4.
Disclosure of Information to Third Parties
In most circumstances students have the right to
withhold their records from external trurd parties
requesting to inspect these records . Exceptions to this
general principle are as follows:
a.
Disclosure of student information will be made to a
third party if written consent is given by the student in
question.
b.
Information concerning a student will be released if
properly subpoenaed pursuant to a judicial proceeding.
c.
AJI necessary academic and/or financial records of
students may be di sclosed to the appropriate persons
or agencies without a student's prior consent in
connection with a student's application for, or receipt
of, financial aid.
d.
Further limited disclosure of certain kjnds of information may be required in special circumstances in
compliance with the federal law previously cited.
All records kept concemjng students, including those
records originating at other colleges or universities
and required for admission, are the property of
California University of Pennsylvarua.
III. Definition of a Student
A student is defined as any person currently or
previously matriculated on an official basis in any
academic program of the University.
IV. Public Information Regarding Students
1.
2.
The following is classified as public and may be
released without the prior consent of a student: a
student's name, address (both local and permanent),
telephone number, e-mail address, place and date of
birth, academic curriculum, dates of attendance, date
of graduation, degrees and awards received, most
recent educational institution attended, participation in
student activities (including athletics), and height and
weight (for athletic teams).
Students may request that any or all of this information not be made public. Such requests must be
submitted in writing to the Registrar's Office or (in the
case of graduate students) to the Dean of the School of
Graduate Studies before the beginning of any academic term.
V. Disclosure of Student Records
1.
42
Upon proper identification, students may inspect their
own official records in the presence of the administrator in charge of records.
California University Of Pennsylvanja
VI. Student Challenge to Record Entries
1.
Students have the right to submit written or typed
rebuttals to negative information contruned in their
fil es. A rebuttal statement shaJI become part of the
file, and in cases where the negative information is
reviewed by or transmitted to a third party, it must be
accompanjed by the student's statement of rebuttal.
2.
3.
4.
Students may challenge the accuracy and/or appropriateness of material combined in their files. Once such
a challenge has been made in writing, it will be the
responsibility of the university official in charge of the
file to determine the validity of the challenge, if
possible. The university official shall make a written
response to the challenge of the student, specifying
the action taken. Should a factual error be found in
any materials, the university official is authorized to
make the appropriate corrections.
The following university officials are responsible for
student records within their respective administrative areas:
If options 1 and 2 of this section are unsatisfactory,
students may request a formal hearing to challenge
inaccurate, misleading, or inappropriate information
in their records. The University Record Hearing
Committee shall conduct a hearing in accordance with
the procedures outlined in Public Law 93-380, as
amended.
These officers are responsible for the maintenance of all
official student records under their jurisdiction in accordance
with the policies of this statement and the relevant state and
federal laws. If further information is required, a student
should contact the appropriate university official .
VIII. University Officials Responsible for
Student Records
1. Provost and Vice-President for Academic Affairs
2. Vice-President for Student Development and Services
3. Vice-President for Administration and Finance
4. Vice-President for University Advancement
The substantive judgment of a faculty member or
administrator about a student's work, as expressed in
grades and/or written evaluations, is not within the
purview of this policy statement. Such challenges by
students may be made through the regular administrative channels already in existence for such purposes.
VII. Responsibility of University Officials
1.
University officials in charge of student files are
responsible for the reasonable care and protection of
such files in accordance with university policy. This
includes the responsibility for the release of confidential information only to authorized persons.
2.
A log sheet, indicating the inspection or release of a
student's file, must be kept in the student's file.
3.
University officials may classify student materials and
records under their supervision as active or inactive as
circumstances warrant. At the discretion of the official
in charge, inactive records may remain in the file but
need not be circulated. Inactive records may be
reviewed by a student upon request.
4.
A university official may take the initiative in an
attempt to purge unfavorable evaluations, or opinion
records of a prejudicial nature, in a student's file . This
may be done by returning the material to the person
who submitted it or by requesting from the author that
the material be destroyed.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
43
Academic Organization
Under the direction of the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs, three undergraduate colleges and the
Graduate School administer the academic affairs of the
university. Each of these divisions is administered by a dean
who is responsible for the operation of the college or school.
The College of
Education and Human Services
Teacher Education Programs
California University of Pennsylvania has a long and
distinguished history of preparing teachers with nearly 30,000
teacher education alumni. The College of Education and
Human Services has developed and maintained a reputation of
excellence in the preparation of teachers. Because of its
accreditation by NCATE, and its requirement of the NTE,
California's graduates are able to obtain a teaching certificate in
every state in the U.S .
The College of Education and Human Services is
composed of the departments of Academic Development
Services, Communication Disorders, Counselor Education &
Services, Educational Stu.dies , Elementary Education/Early
Childhood, Health Science and Sports Studies, Social Work
and Gerontology, and Special Education.
If you attend California University as a teacher education
student you may enroll in any of the following majors: Comprehensive Special Education, Elementary Education (Kindergarten
to Grade Six), Early Childhood Education (Nursery School to
Grade Three), Technology Education, and Secondary Education. The Secondary Education curriculum provides an opportunity to major in Science (Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Earth
Teacher education programs are offered through the
Science, General Science, or Environmental Education),
departments of Educational Studies, Elementary Education/
English, Communication (Speech or Theatre), Mathematics,
Early Childhood, Applied Engineering and Technology, and
Modern Foreign Languages (Spanish, French, or German), and
Special Education. The departments of Academic DevelopComprehensive Social Science. Certification in Art Education is
ment Services, Health Science and Sports Studies, and Social
available through a co-operative program with other area
Work and Gerontology form the human services component
colleges. It is also possible to have a dual major. For example,
of the College. The Department of Communication Disorders
some students choose a dual major in Elementary and Special
offers an undergraduate program, but it does not lead to
Education or Early Childhood and Special Education. For
teacher certification. Certification in Communication
additional information on the curricular requirements for each
Disorders is offered only at the graduate level. Counselor
certification program, consult the appropriate departmental
Education and Services offers programs leading to graduate
description in this catalog.
degrees and to Elementary and Secondary Counselor
certifications.
In addition to professional studies courses and courses in
an area of concentration, all students must complete general
education courses. The College of Education & Human
Services Council has adopted the following objectives for the
general education portion of education programs. To
develop in the prospective teacher:
l . the ability to communicate with adequate skill in the
areas of speaking, writing, reading and listening;
2. knowledge, attitudes, skills, and understanding in the
natural sciences, the social sciences, technology, and the
humanities;
3. the ability to promote better understanding and relationships among individuals and groups; and
4. to provide the prospective teacher opportunities for
development of leisure time and healthful living
activities.
Upon completion of a Teaching Certification program, a
student will receive a Bachelor of Science in Education
degree and an Instructional I Certificate. All candidates for
teaching certification must also take and pass the NTE. The
Teaching Certificate is a license to teach in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and is valid for up to six years of
teaching in Pennsylvania whenever they might occur.
44
California University Of Pennsylvania
In order to convert the Instructional I Certificate into a
lifetime valid Instructional II Certificate, a teacher must have
three years of successful teaching experience in PA and a
Master's Degree or twenty-four credits. These credits may be
undergraduate, graduate, or in-service credits or any combination. The only restriction is that these credits must be taken
at a four-year institution.
The programs in Gerontology, Athletic Training,
Communication Disorders, and Social Work lead to a
Bachelor of Science degree, but not to teacher certification,
although many students combine a major in Athletic Training
with a teacher certification program.
require this clearance prior to field experiences).
5. By the completion of a minimum of 128 credits and for
graduation in a teacher education major, the student will
maintain a 2.50 Q.P.A. overall and in the major, complete steps I through 4 of the admission and retention
process, successfully complete student teaching, and
complete all required forms and return them to the
Dean's office by the posted deadline.
6. Requirements for receiving a recommendation for
teacher certification. The candidate will complete steps
1 through 5 of the admission and retention process, take
and pass the Principles of Leaming and Teaching and
appropriate Specialty Area sections of the Praxis Series,
then complete and return the required documents to the
Dean's office.
Admission to Teacher Education
Admission to the university is not a guarantee that a student
majoring in education will be admitted to Teacher Education,
complete the program (which includes student teaching), and
receive a teaching certificate. The College of Education and Human
Services has established standards that all education majors must
meet in order to complete the Teacher Education Program. Some of
these standards are embodied in the Admission to Teacher Education Program, which must be initiated by the candidate during the
semester preceding the completion of 64 credits.
In order to be admitted, a student must complete the
following steps:
1. By the completion of 32 credits, the student will
complete 15 hours of field experience in an approved site
and file a report in the departmental office, achieve a
2.50 Q.P.A., meet the entry requirements in reading,
math and writing by test or course work, pass a speech
and hearing test, and complete an initial admission
orientation and the sign-off sheet.
2. By the completion of 64 credits, the student will achieve a
2.50 Q.P.A. overall and in the major, complete a cumulative total of 30 hours of field experience in approved sites
and file reports in the departmental office, take and pass
the General Knowledge and Communication Skills tests
of Praxis Series of Core Battery Tests, and receive a
positive recommendation from the department screening
committee. (NOTE: Students who fail to meet the
requirements of steps 1 and 2 may not be permitted to
register for courses in their area of specialization).
3. By the completion of 96 credits, the student must receive
a second positive recommendation from the department
screening committee, complete a cumulative minimum of
45 hours in approved field experiences and file reports in
the departmental office, and apply for student teaching.
4. By the completion of 96 credits and before student
teaching, the student will maintain a 2.50 Q.P.A. overall
and in the major, complete all courses required for student
teaching (see department policy statement), present a
portfolio which incorporates/demonstrates essential
performance competencies established by the student's
major department, and submit Act 34 and 151 clearance
prior to student teaching (NOTE: Some departments may
Transfer students will have two semesters to achieve the
requirements for their step, determined by the number of
credits transferred.
Professional Field Experiences
Educators have observed that those who enter the
teaching profession with a wide variety of contacts with
young children, adolescents, and adults usually become
superior teachers. Many of those who fail as teachers or
remain mediocre throughout their careers lack such experiences. A program of professional field experiences has been
devised by each department. In some cases, these experiences include not only school activities but also activities in
community agencies . Professional field experiences include
all those contacts with children, youth, and adults (through
observation, participation and teaching) that make a direct
contribution to understanding the teaching-learning process.
California University students are placed in clinical and
field experiences, devised and supervised by faculty in their
appropriate curricula, in a diversity of educational sites.
Placement is first effected in the Policy Studies in American
Education and Educational Psychology. The second tier of
clinical experiences is included in subject-related courses.
These vary depending on the curriculum. The third tier is
student teaching. University students are supervised closely
by a professor from California and a cooperating te~cher in
the schools. Gradually, student teachers are given increased
responsibility for professional assignments, so that by the
completion of the experience they are prepared to assume
independent classroom authority.
Field-based and clinical experiences are systematically
and sequentially selected to provide opportunities for
education students to observe, plan, and practice in a variety
of professional settings. Students participate in field-based
and/or clinical experiences with culturally diverse and
exceptional populations.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
45
Graduation in General Education
Candidates who have been admitted as majors in an
education program will apply for admission as a cadidate for
teacher certification when 64 credits (including transfer
credits) have been earned. If they have not met all requirements for candidacy, their applications will be held for two
semesters to permit them to correct deficiencies. if still not
approved, they may elect to transfer to another curriculum,
or, if they have earned 96 credits, may obtain special
permission from the Dean or designee to take 12 credits in
lieu of student teaching and graduate in General Education
without teacher certification. Only students who have been
majors in a specific department within the College of
Education may be graduated in General Education.
The latter option (waiver of student teaching and
teaching certification) is also available to students, who for
exceptional reasons, change their plans about career teaching
but wish to complete their baccalaureate programs. The
student must initiate, both in writing and in person, a request
to do so with the Director of Student Teaching.
Such requests must be reviewed and approved by the
Director of Student Teaching. If the waiver request and
course credits in lieu of student teaching credits are approved, the student may earn a degree B.S . in Education
without teaching certification.
Student Teaching
Student teaching is conducted under the supervision of
the Director of Student Teaching. Students who are candidates for certification are required to earn twelve semester
hours of credit in student teaching. However, student
teaching is a competency based program and may continue
beyond one semester.
Candidates are certified to teach only if they demonstrate ability to teach effectively. Teaching competency is
determined by the Director of Student Teaching, the university supervisor, and the cooperating teacher or teachers. The
student teacher is also required to take a practicum while
student teaching. Student teachers are not generally permitted to enroll in other courses during the student teaching
experience.
Student teaching is normally conducted in selected
public schools located in the service area of the university.
Alternative programs on an Indian reservation and overseas
experiences are also available. Interested students should
discuss this possibility with the Director of Student Teaching.
Students are required to declare their intentions to student
teach during the student teaching meeting which is held the
February prior to the student teaching assignment.
46
California University Of Pennsylvania
The institutional philosophy regarding student teaching
is to prepare students adequately to assume their responsibilities in the teaching profession with the knowledge and skill
essential to their areas of specialization. Student teaching is
designed to provide a climate wherein the student may
exhibit creativity and the ability to make critical judgments
based upon knowledge and reason.
Applications for student teaching may be secured at the
Dean's Office and must be submitted in February for the next
academic year. An application and information meeting will
be scheduled near February 1 each year.
Before students may be assigned to thi s vital part of the
teacher education curriculum, they must:
1. be admitted to Teacher Education;
2. obtain departmental approval as having satisfactorily
completed the required preparatory work;
3. maintain a quality point average of 2.50 in the specialization and overall ; and
4. be admitted to Student Teaching.
Transfer students are not assigned to student teaching
until they have completed at least 24 credits of work at this
university. Graduates of other colleges and universities must
meet the requirements of admission to Teacher Education
and the requirements of the program of their choice before
being assigned to student teaching.
Student Teaching for Experienced Teachers
Teachers who have had one or more years of classroom
teaching experience may be permitted to complete the
student teaching requirement by special arrangement after
consultation with the Director of Student Teaching.
Appeal Procedure for Certification Students
Students appealing decisions regarding teaching
certification should contact the Dean of Education and
Human Services to discuss their concern. If accord is not
reached at this level, the student may appeal to the Provost.
The final source of appeal is with the Certification
Appeals Committee, Department of Education, Harrisburg,
Pennsylvania. This step should be taken only if there is no
possibility for a resolution at an earlier stage, and only if the
student is convinced that arbitrary and/or capricious standards were applied.
U.S Citizenship - A Requirement for Teacher
Certification in Pennsylvania
No permanent certificate may be granted to any person
who is not a citizen of the United States and no provisional
certificate may be granted to any person who is not a citizen
or who has not declared in writing to the Department of
Education the intention of becoming a citizen.
The College of Liberal Arts
The Liberal Arts are concerned with human values and
social issues. They depend on the ability to think analytically,
to understand other cultures and their history, as well as our
own, and to appreciate artistic responses to our world.
Liberal Arts disciplines enrich life by giving it greater
meaning, and by enabling people to adapt to changing
employment, personal , and social demands. In essence, a
liberal arts education stresses the transferability of knowledge and skills from one circumstance to another, ensuring
that the individual can meaningfully adapt to new personal
and professional situations.
The College of Liberal Arts is comprised of the departments of Art, Communication Studies, Earth Science,
English, Foreign Languages and Cultures, History, Music,
Philosophy, Psychology, Social Sciences, and Theatre. Those
departments, and the Department of Business and Economics, collectively offer a wide variety of major programs of
study and minors . Each program includes a general education component and an area of concentration.
The Liberal Arts philosophy informs all programs of
study within the College. A broad general education course
of study encourages students to explore a variety of course
offerings and to become aware of the ways many different
disciplines understand and view the world.
Students should select a major by the end of the third
regular semester or upon the completion of 45 credit hours.
This does not prohibit students from changing their major
later in their careers; however, they will have difficulty
completing requirements within eight semesters if they
change majors after three semesters.
Students who do not want a major limited to a single
discipline have two degree program options: the Humanities
and Fine Arts Major, and the Social Sciences Major. The
curriculum in each is flexible and permits interdisciplinary
study.
Support Services
The College supports the Writing Center in Dixon Hall
and the School Psychology Clinic in Morgan Leaming
Research Center. The Writing Center assists any student with
writing problems, while the School Psychology Clinic
provides free testing in several areas. Information about what
tests are offered and when they are given can be obtained at
the Psychology Department Office, Room 319, LRC.
The College Office in Noss 103 coordinates activities of
common interest across the College. One important concern
shared by the College is the need to relate classroom
instruction with experiences outside the classroom that can
assist the student in determining career directions, including
graduate education. Accordingly, the College supports and
implements field experiences in such areas as Archaeology
and the Earth Sciences. Equally important are the internship
opportunities offered by several departments.
An internship is a regularly offered course, usually taken
at an off-campus location and is under the dual supervision
of an agency as well as a faculty supervisor. Internships are
not job training programs, and students are not paid accordingly, although some internships provide compensation for
expenses incurred by the student. Guidelines and applications for internships are to be secured from the office of the
sponsoring department.
The College Office provides a number of student
services. Among them are the review of a student's progress
toward graduation and graduation clearance; transfer credit
evaluation; consideration of requests for required course
substitution approval ; permission to take courses at other
institutions for transfer to California University, including
courses at schools outside the United States; the review of
applications for readmission ; and processing changes of
academic major requests. Students who have questions about
College policies and procedures should contact the College
Office, Noss 103.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
47
Z The Eberly College of Science
8 and Technology
t:
The Eberly College of Science and Technology includes
the departments of Applied Engineering and Technology,
Biological and Environmental Sciences, Business and
~ Economics, Chemistry and Physics, Mathematics and
Computer Science, and Nursing. The College offers Associate and Bachelor's degree programs designed to prepare
students to meet present and future requirements of specific
~ professions.
~
N
Z
<
C,
0
u
~
~
~
Q
<
u
<
The objective of the degree programs of the Eberly
College of Science and Technology is to prepare men and
women for responsible positions in business, government,
industry, health care, and other complex organizations. As
well, several of the college programs prepare students to
undertake further study in graduate and professional schools.
Each curriculum includes both a general education
component and a technical education component. The
curricula are divided this way so that students will receive a
well-rounded education and so that breadth of knowledge
will increase their usefulness as professional employees and
as citizens in the community. The general education component for all curricula of the Eberly College of Science and
Technology provides the foundation for the students' liberal
education. All students, regardless of major, are required to
complete this portion of their program. The number of
credits in General Education varies from program to program.
Each major within the Eberly College Science and
Technology includes the necessary technical , scientific, and
support courses to provide the basis for advanced study in a
professional area. Classroom theory is frequently supplemented by laboratory and workshop experiences where the
interrelationship between general principles and application
is emphasized. Advanced study in each discipline is emphasized during the junior and senior years. Additionally, several
programs provide students with opportunities to participate
in either an internship in business or industry or a clinical
year of study in a hospital setting where the students'
educational experiences are utilized in the workplace.
48
California University Of Pennsylvania
General Education
The General Education component of the various majors
offered by the University provides the foundation for
students' liberal education, and all students, regardless of
major, are required to complete this portion of their program.
The required general education sequence for each program of
study is outlined in the appropriate departmental description.
All students are expected to achieve competency in writing.
In the College of Liberal Arts and the College of Education
and Human Services, this includes completing ENG 101 and
ENG 102. In the Eberly College of Science & Technology,
this includes ENG 101 and another writing course (e.g.,
ENG 102, ENG 211 or ENG 2 17) depending on the student's
major. Students are encouraged to complete these courses
within their first few semesters. The Eberly College of
Science & Technology broadens the skill area for several of
its majors to include courses in mathematics and communication. In the College of Education and Human Services,
teacher education students must also take Oral Communication (COM 100), General Psychology (PSY 100), and
courses in Health and Aids Prevention Education.
All students must complete courses in the categories of
Humanities, Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences. Each
student should consult the requirements for his or her major
regarding specific courses which may be required or recommended for these categories, the number of credits required
in these categories, and the number of disciplines which must
be represented in each category. In addition, most programs
include a category of Free Electives which the student can
complete in consultation with his or her advisor.
Courses which satisfy Humanities General Education
requirements include those with the following prefixes:
ART, COM, ENG, FRE, GER, LIT, MUS, PHI, RUS, SPN,
and THE. In the Eberly College of Science & Technology,
students who select ENG or LIT courses for this category
may use only general survey and literature courses, and
students who select COM courses for this category may use
only non-performance courses to fulfill this category. In the
College of Liberal Arts, students must complete at least one
course with an ART, MUS , or THE prefix in this category.
Courses which satisfy Social Science General Education
requirements include those with the following prefixes: ANT,
ECO, GEO, HIS , POS , PSY, SOS, SOW, and SOC.
In the College of Liberal Arts and in some programs in the
Eberly College of Science & Technology, students must also
complete at least three courses designated as writing component courses and one course designated as a laboratory
component course. More information on the courses which
have been so designated is available in the College of Liberal
Arts office.
Developmental Courses
All new freshmen (students attending a post-secondary
institution for the first time) and some transfer students take
placement tests before their first registration at California to
determine their levels of ability in mathematics and writing.
Students who do not submit SAT scores also take a placement test in reading .
Students who do not achieve predetermined scores on
these tests must enroll in appropriate developmental courses.
These courses, ENG 100 (English Language Skills), DMA
092 (Introductory Algebra), DMA 094 (Intermediate
Algebra) and EDE 100 (Reading, Studying, and Listening
Skills), are described in the course listings in this catalog.
Because these developmental courses are preparatory to a
university academic experience, the credits awarded in them
do not count toward the fulfillment of the number of credits
for graduation; nor may they be used in fulfillment of General
Education requirements. However, the grades achieved in
these courses are used in establishing a student's grade point
average, class standing, eligibility for financial aid, and
eligibility for participation in co-curricular activities.
~
>
~
~
::
~
n
0
~
Courses which satisfy Natural Science General Education
requirements include those with the following prefixes: BIO,
CHE, CSC, EAS, ENS, MAT, PHS, and PHY. In the Eberly
College of Science & Technology, students may not select
courses from disciplines in which their area of concentration
requires two or more courses from the discipline. In the
College of Liberal Arts, students may not use CSC 101
Microcomputer and Application Software in this category.
~
>
z
~
N
~
~
0
z
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
49
Z University College
8
Philosophy
.
.
.
.
The components of University College which are operational
are:
~
University College 1s a means to aid students m ach1eving educational, career and personal goals through the
utilization of a full range of institutional and community
~ resources. It helps to both stimulate and support students in
their quest for an enriched quality of life. University College
~ empowers students to identify and accomplish life goals
~ consistent with their abilities and interests as well as to
acquire skills and attitudes which promote life-long learning
~ pursuant to intellectual and personal growth. In summary,
University College promotes the California University of
Pennsylvania's mission of total student development.
<
N
Z
C,
O
u
~
~
~
Q
<
u
<
University College Provides
1) A guided transition from high school or the world of
work into the university environment by:
a) developing personal advisor-advisee relationships
(using faculty and peer/student mentors) ;
b) assessing basic skills and knowledge;
c) assessing career interests and related activities;
d) helping to develop an academic plan based on
student skills and interests.
2) An introduction to a liberal education and its importance
in life-long learning by:
a) developing proficiency in basic academic skills necessary for academic success at the university (reading,
writing and mathematical skills);
b) developing proficiency in personal skills which support
learning (study skills, time management and interpersonal skills);
c) introducing students to the breadth of human knowledge,
including historical consciousness, issues of cultural
ethnicity and nationality, global interdependence, and,
values and ethics in personal, professional and community life.
3) Opportunities to explore various areas of interest, major
areas of study and career options by:
a) introducing students to the concepts, strategies and
resources associated with career planning;
b) providing students with on-the-job experiences (co-ops,
internships and field experiences);
c) enabling students to evaluate career options, to set
personal and realistic goals and to measure progress
toward the attainment of those goals.
50
California University Of Pennsylvania
Advising and Placement Testing Center
The Advising and Placement Testing Center serves to
coordinate placement testing, coordinate schedule development for entering students, pre-register students in developmental courses, monitor successful completion of developmental course work, and provide retesting opportunities for
students. The Center does not replace faculty advising but
helps to coordinate and supplement it.
First-Year Seminar (FYS)
FYS is designed to help students make a smooth
transition into the university environment. It is a one-credit
course required of most first-time students. Topics covered
in the course include: Time management, campus life issues,
library, writing/studying skills, math/reading skills, financial
aid, academic and career planning, health issues, and
individual assistance. The FYS is taught by some of our best
faculty.
Probationary Assistance (PASS) Program
The PASS Program provides the additional structure and
support which may be necessary for student academic
success. Participation in the PASS Program is required of
students who are on First Academic Probation and students
who have been dismissed for academic reasons and are
subsequently readmitted. Students meet weekly with faculty,
staff or graduate assistants to reinforce life/academic goals,
time-management, study skills, campus resources (resource/
referral), academic advisee responsibilities and the appeal
process. Data indicate that students who participate actively
in PASS have a greater probability of succeeding academically than those who do not.
Early Warning Notices (EWN)
The Early Warning Notices are voluntary responses from
faculty and staff about students who may be experiencing
academic difficulty. The Office of Student Retention
contacts students who have been identified and offers
assistance.
Ombudsperson
The Office of Student Retention is contacted by students
who need information, general assistance or who encounter
difficulties with processes, procedures or personalities on
campus. Established means of dealing with such concerns
are used (i.e. students are informed of the appropriate
processes or procedures to follow and expected to use these).
The Office of Student Retention monitors the concern(s) and
becomes involved directly only if established means do not
resolve the issue(s).
The School of
Graduate Studies and Research
The School of Graduate Studies and Research offers
twenty-eight academic majors within the school leading to
either the Master of Education, Master of Arts, or Master of
Science degrees .
In addition, there are state-accredited supervision
certificates offered beyond the master's degree, in such areas
as Technology Education and Reading.
Over the past twenty-five years, students completing
master's degrees at this institution have enjoyed success in
pursuing doctoral degrees in various professions at reputable
graduate schools throughout the United States.
Many academic departments offer courses within their
upper-division classes that can be taken by academically
qualified undergraduates as well as graduate students.
Course offerings of the School of Graduate Studies and
Research are not listed in this catalog. Information and
schedules may be obtained by writing or calling the Graduate
School at (724) 938-4187.
Office of Lifelong Learning
Evening/Weekend College
The Evening/Weekend College is designed to
provide nontraditional students with the opportunity to enter
and complete a degree program or take advantage of credit
courses for personal enrichment or professional development
(for nondegree seeking individuals).
Degree Options
Advising
Students in the Evening/Weekend program are
assigned academic advisors who are experienced in the needs
and concerns of adult students and are available to meet
during the day or evening hours to discuss academic goals
and objectives. The professional staff in the Office of
Lifelong Leaming is also available during the day and
evening to assist students. Interested students should make
an appointment with the Office of Lifelong Leaming (724938-5961) prior to registration for guidance and information
on course selection, transfer credit evaluation, and to discuss
any questions they may have.
Southpointe Center
California University offers a number of programs and
courses at an off-campus center located in the Southpointe
Industrial Complex in Canonsburg, PA. Programs are
geared to the needs of the population and businesses in the
area. Most classes are offered at night and on weekends to
accommodate adult student schedules. The facility includes
a computer lab, science lab, library with electronic accessibility, and fiber optic connections for distance learning and
video teleconferencing.
Students may earn degrees in several undergraduate
programs. Bachelor degree programs are offered in business
administration, humanities, social sciences, natural sciences,
and nursing. An associate degree program in computer
science is currently available, as well as certificate programs
in gerontology and computer science. In addition, several
graduate degree programs are offered.
For additional information on programs and admissions, "1-,...
please contact the California University Southpointe Center ~
at 1-888-333-CALU or 724-873-2760.
\ J..
>
The Evening/Weekend College has three baccalaureate degree programs available. These include a B.A. degree
in Humanities, B.A. degree in Social Sciences and a B.A.
degree in Natural Sciences. These may be completed entirely
in the evening or on the weekend by students enrolled in this
program. Areas of concentration within these degrees are
designed in consultation with an academic advisor and are
subject to the availability of courses in any one term. Courses
are offered during the Fall, Spring and Summer sessions. In
addition, students who are still deciding what they are
interested in can take courses as a nondegree seeking student
without declaring a major area of study.
tj
~
~
~
(j
0
~
~
z>
~
N
~
~
0
z
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
51
52
California University Of Pennsylvanja
Acade01ic Depart01ents and Prograins
Academic Development Services ..................... ......... ....... 55
Applied Engineering and Technology ................ .. ............ 56
Art .......................................... ... ........................................ 70
Biological And Environmental Sciences .... .. .. .... .............. 72
Business And Economics ........ ............ ......... ...... .. ............ 81
Chemistry And Physics .............................. ... ...... .......... .... 86
Communication Disorders ........ ..... ....... ... ......................... 89
Communication Studies .... .. .............................................. 91
Earth Science ...... ....... .. ..... .. ...... ... ... .. ................... ............. 95
Educational Studies .................... ........................ .. .......... 101
Elementary/Early Childhood Education ............. ....... ..... 102
English ............. ............. ................................ .. ...... ......... . 107
Foreign Languages And Cultures .. .. ....... .... .................... 111
Health Science and Sport Studies ........ ... .... .................... 114
History ................................................. .... .. .. .............. .... . 117
Honor's Program ................ .. .... ........ .. ............................ 119
Humanities Program .......................... .. ........................... 120
Mathematics And Computer Science .. .... ...... .... .... ...... ... 121
Music .... ... ... ........ .... ..... .... .... .. ......................... ..... .... ... .... 125
Nursing ..... ..... .......... ........ .. ... .. .. .......... ..... .......... ....... ...... 126
Philosophy ....... ..... .... ............. ......... ... ..... ... ..... ......... ... .. .. 129
Psychology ......... .... ...... .... ....... ........... .. ..... .... ... ... ... ... .. ... 130
Social Sciences .......................................... .. ................... 132
Social Work And Gerontology .......... .. ... ...................... ... 136
Special Education ........................................................... 138
Theatre ................. .................... .. .. ........... .. ........ .... ... .. ... .. 141
Women's Studies Program ......... ............ ......................... 143
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
53
54
California University of Pennsylvania
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
Purpose
The Department of Academic Development Services
operates three grant-funded programs: ACT 101 , Student
Support Services and Upward Bound. These programs help
students adjust to and cope effectively with academic and
related non-academic challenges. Services are available to
the entire student population ; however, they are primarily
intended for students whose educational or economic
backgrounds make completion of a college degree program
difficult. Faculty provide services in the following areas:
1
Instruction and Tutoring
Tutors review lecture notes, textbook and other course
materials, teach course related vocabulary words,
prepare students for completion of course assignments
and demonstrate the use of course related technologies.
Tutors are available for courses in most academic
disciplines. A three-credit course entitled, Reading,
Study and Listening Skills (EDE 100) is offered to first
year students.
2.
Academic Counseling
Counselors provide educational and career guidance and
academic advisement. New students are interviewed and
receive both an academic plan and an orientation.
Counselors help students schedule and register for
courses; monitor each student's academic performance,
and provide students with information concerning
academic policy, procedures, and practices. Students are
encouraged to discuss personal problems with counselors. All discussions are treated confidentially. Students
are often referred to one of the several other student
service offices for additional assistance.
The Department of Academic Development Services is
located in Noss Annex. Office hours are from 8:00 a.m. to
4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and weekends and
evenings by appointment. Anyone desiring services or
information is encouraged to stop at the office or call
724-938-4230.
Faculty
Assistant Professor Geraldine M. Jones , chair; Professors Alton N. Powe, Melvin J. Sally; Associate Professor Joanne
Raleigh; Assistant Professors Christine Crawford, Joann Rodriguez-Naeser.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
55
APPLIED ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
Purpose
Facilities
Curri cul a in the Department of Applied Engineering and
Technology integrate a comprehensive program in the
management of technology with a broad liberal education to
prepare the graduate to function in a technology-related field
of indu stry or education . Students develop a strong background in the fundamentals of science, mathematics and
technology o they may integrate and apply their knowledge
and skill s to management situations in industry or laboratory
teaching situations in education . In addition , students
become aware of the impact of technology on the global
communi ty and the quality of life, both for the individual and
fo r soc iety.
Technology courses are taught in the Shriver L. Coover
Complex, which houses twenty-two laboratories in two
buildings. Laboratories are furnished with state-of-the-art
equipment. Some of the facilities include: three electrorucs
laboratories, a computer numerical control machining
laboratory, a microprocessor lab , an automation/robotics
technology laboratory, two graphics laboratories, a desktop
publishing laboratory, an electronic imaging laboratory, two
photographic darkrooms, a material testing laboratory, a
foundry, a machine tool laboratory, and state-of-the-art
computer-aided drafting/design and multimedia technology
labs. In addition, laboratories for communication, manufacturing, and transportation technology are available for use in
the Technology Education program .
Programs
The Department of Applied Engineering and Technology
offers 15 technology-rel ated degree options in four
bachelor's and four associate degree programs. The Department has earned a national reputation of excellence for its
many technology programs.
CADD/Drafting Lab. On April 2, 1998, the department
dedicated Coover Hall 141 as the Dr. Jay D. Helsel Computer-Aided Drafting and Design Lab. It features 25 Windows NT networked PC's with 233 MHz Pentium processors. Instruction is provided in Release 14 of AutoCAD,
CAD KEY 97 and ANSYS finite element analysis software.
Bachelor's Degree Programs:
Multimedia Technology Lab. The department recently
developed a graduate certificate program in Multimedia
Technology. The Multimedia Technology Lab in Coover Hall
112 features six Windows based Dell Pentium PC's and six
Apple G3 PowerPC Macintosh computers. Instruction is
provided on a variety of scripting, authoring, digital editing,
video and productivity software packages; including
Macromedia Authoriware, Director and Freehand,
QuarkXPress, Adobe Photoshop, Netscape Navigator,
Internet Explorer, Strata Videoshop and Adaptec Toast Pro.
Electri cal Engineering Technology
Graphjc Communications Technology:
Options Electro Graphi cs
Flexography
Management
Offset Lithography
Screen Printing
Industrial Technology:
Options Automation (Robotics)
Computer Numerical Control
Drafting and Design
Electronics
Industrial Management
Technology Education
Associate Degree Programs:
Automation Technology: Computer Numerical Control
Drafting Technology
Screen Printing
Students have 24 hour access to the CADD/Drafting and
Multimedia Technology labs. The department has more than
150 computers in its laboratories. Both Windows-based and
Macintosh computers are available. Windows-based machines are used mostly in CAD, robotics and machine
control. The Macintosh computers are primarily used in
graphics, design and desktop publishing.
Faculty
Professor Stanley A. Komacek, chair; Professors Mark Bronakowski , Ronald G. Dreucci, Richard C. Grim, Rene Horath,
John R. Kalli , John H. Lucy, Mark L. Nowak, Joseph E. Pecosh, Joseph A. Sanfilippo, Alfred E. Simpson, Darrell Lee
Smith , John M. Thompson ; Associate Professors Larry Horath, David V. Kolick, John Loney, James R. Means, Jr., Jaroslav
V. Vaverka ; Assistant Professors Glenn Hider, Joseph G. Schickel, Jeffrey Sumey, Susan E. Urbine.
56
California Uni versity of Pennsylvani a
Special Features of the Department
some programs below.
Internships
Annual Spring Technology Conference
Bachelor's degree stude nts in Electrical Engineering
Technology, Graphic Communications Technology and
Industrial Technology have the opportunity to complete an
internshjp as part of their degree requirements. Students
work in an organization related to their employment goals
where they receive practical experience in applying what
they have learned at the university. The internshjp credits are
applied to the degree as technical elective or specialization
area elective credits.
Prospective students are e ncouraged to attend the
Department' s Annual Spring Technology Conference. Thi s
conference provides an excellent opportunity to tour faci lities
and observe a variety of dynamic a nd exciting laborato ry
activities, as well as interact with fac ulty and students.
Parents, teachers, admi nistrators, guidance coun selors
and friends are cordia lly invited to attend this very speci al
conference. For additional information concerning the Annu al
Spring Technology Conference, please call 724-938-4085, emaj] the Department Chair: komacek @cup. edu , or chec k the
Department home page at www.itech. cup. edu .
Scholarships
There are several scholarsrup opportunities for Graphk
Communications Technology, Manufacturing Technology and
Technology Education students in the Department. For more
information on the scholarsrups, contact the Department.
Graphic Communications Technology Scholarships:
Foundation of Flexographic Technical Association
Scholarsrup
International Publishing Management Association
Scholarshjp
Kenny Hager Memorial Scholarship
Kurt Nordstrom Memorial Scholarship
National Scholarship Trust Fund
Pittsburgh Club of Printing House Craftsmen
Scholarship
Industrial Technology Scholarship:
Society of Manufacturing Engineers Scholarship
Technology Education Scholarships:
Donald Maley Technology Education Scholarship
Technology Education Association of Pennsy lvania
Scholarship
Student Awards
Each year, the Department honors five graduating
seniors who have excelled academica lly. Selection is based
upon grade point average and faculty vote . The 1998
Industry and Technology Award Recipients were:
•Applied Engineering and Technology Faculty Award for the
Associate of Science Deg ree - John Wesley Stull
•Applied Engineering and Technology Faculty Award for the
Bachelor of Science Degree - Paul A. Hayes
•Electrical Engineering Tec hnology Faculty Award - Carl R.
Bowers
•Technology Education Faculty Award - Paul A. Hayes
•The Pittsburgh Club of Printing Hou se Craftsmen Award Kelly Sue Parker
Student Achievements
The Department has many outstanding students. During
this past year, over 100 students in the Department were on
the Dean 's List, with nearly 40 of those receiving highest
honors . Also, a number of Applied Engineering and Technology students participate in the Honors Program at the
university. Current students and alumni have excelled in
many areas . Examples are provided in the descriptions of
Department Network Server & World Wide
Web Home Page
The Department majntains its own computer netwo rk,
whjch is connected to the university campus network and the
Internet. Visit the Applied Engineering and Technology home
page on the World Wide Web to take a virtual tour, find e-mail
addresses, review home pages created by students and fac ulty
and learn more about special events in the Department. The
URL for the home page is: www.itech. cup. edu
The home page resides on Ryker, the Department
network server. Students may apply for a Ryker account and
develop their own home pages, use e-mail and surf the ne t.
Student Clubs
The Department offers five student clubs. Student clubs and
their members have attended conferences across the country,
conducted industrial field trips, completed service projects for the
uruversity and communjty and offered social events for students.
Students are encouraged to participate in the clubs to develop the
cooperation, management and leadersrup skjJls that employers
seek today for the team approach used in industry and education .
Student clubs in the Depaitment include:
•Electrical Technologies Club
•Institute for Electrical and Electroruc Engineers Student Branch
•National Association of Industrial Technology
•Screen Printing Student Association
•Student Chapter of the Pittsburgh Club of Printing House
Craftsmen
•Technology Education Association of Califorrua
Desktop Video Conferencing Capabilities
The Department of Industry and Technology has desktop
video conferencing capabilities through an Intel ProShare sy tern,
wruch communicates over ISDN lines. ProShare gives the students
and faculty in the Department the ability to send and receive realtime video and audio with anyone who has an H.320 compatible
video conferencing system. ProShare can also be used to transfer
data and grapruc files, such as photos, CAD drawings and artwork.
During the Department's 1997 Spring Technology Conference, a group of students from Seaholm lligh School in Michigan
gave a demonstration of their Automation/Robotics class project to
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
Electrical Engineering Technology
conference attendees at Cal U. On another occasion, Cal U
Applied Engineering and Technology personnel participated in a
live video conference bridge that connected six schools simultaneously from Pennsylvania, Michigan, California and Georgia.
The Department is also a participant in a project funded by the
Telecommunications and Information Infrastructure Assistance
Program of the federal government that connects the six high
schools in Fayette County, Pennsylvania with the university.
Electrical Engineering Technology deals with both
abstract and practical concepts from science, mathematics,
engineering and technology. Emphasis is placed on applications of current technology to meet the needs of everyday
problems and situations. The Electrical Engineering Technology program provides students with the knowledge required
to design , develop, modify, maintain and repair sophisticated
electrical and electronic systems.
Coover Hall also houses a Distance Leaming classroom,
which includes a VTel video teleconferencing unit, an Elmo
projection system , an InFocus computer/video projector and
an electronic whiteboard. The video teleconferencing
capabilities are being used to deliver distance education
courses. The Department plans to use the equipment for
virtual tours, video teleconfe rences, distance learning,
Student Teaching demonstrations and Early Field Experience
observations.
Career Outlook
Tech Prep Program
The Department is involved in the Cal U Tech Prep
Program, which is an outreach initiative that focuses on
helping high school students prepare for and achieve
associate and baccalaureate degrees in fields related to
technology, business and computer science.
The Cal U Tech Prep Program helps local school
di stricts develop curriculum materials, provides crosscurricular inservice fo r teachers and helps promote articulation agreements between high schools and the university.
Applied Engineering and Technology professor, Dr.
Joseph Pecosh, is the Director of Field Services for Tech
Prep. Also, Dr. Glenn Hider, the Cal U Tech Prep Curriculum
· Specialist, teaches part-time in the Department.
Opportunities for employment in the field of Electrical
Engineeri ng Technol ogy are diverse and plentiful. Graduates
will find challenging jobs in all areas of the United States.
Typical positions include:
Electronic Design
Software Development
Instrumentation Design Electronic Field Representative
Systems Control
Sales Repre entative
Microprocessor/Computer Applications
Engineering Administration
The program had a 100% placement rate of its graduates
last year with starting salaries averaging over $32,000.
Curriculum
The Electrical Engineeri ng Technology program provides
students with a comprehensive understanding of the current
engineering technology avai lable to solve many of the technical
problems confronting business, industry and government.
The necessary background in math, physics and
computer science is provided so that meaningful mathematical modeling can be introduced and applied.
Computer/microprocessor interfaci ng and programming
are heavily used to demonstrate flexibility and simplicity in
instrumentation design , communications, signal processing,
and controls.
Classical linear systems are presented to provide the
student with an understanding of linear active filters ,
transient analysis, transducer interfacing, linearization ,
instrumentation, commu nications and controls.
Finally, the student has an opportunity to develop wider
intellectual horizons through the university ' general
education program.
Program Admission
In addition to the conventional fre hman admission
procedure, student admission also includes those who have
successfully completed a two-year associate degree in
Electrical Engineering Technology or its equivalent.
Students graduati ng with an Electrical Engineering
Technology associate degree from in titutions havi ng an
articulation agreement* with the univer ity will normally
enter the program with junior class standing.
*Articulation agreements:
Butler County Community College
Community College of Allegheny County - South Campus
Westmoreland County Community College
Students with an educational background in a field related
to Electrical Engineering Technology who apply for admission
to the program will be eval uated on an individual basis.
58
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in Electrical
Engineering Technology (129 crs.)
Graphic Communications
Technology
A. General Education : 60 credits
Humanities - 15 credits minimum
COM 250 Oral Communication: Management
ENG 101 English Composition I
ENG 217 Scientific & Technical Writing
Humanities Electives - six credits
A reliable system for the transmission of messages is
necessary in our fast-paced world. Print and electronic
media serve as very effective methods of transferring those
messages. Graphic communications involves all of the
people, processes, material s, and related fields necessary to
reproduce words, pictures, ideas and symbols in printed form
on physical media; such as paper, metal or cloth, in any
quantity, and electronic form for the World Wide Web and
other electronic presentation media.
Natural Sciences - 27 credits minimum
CSC 12X Computer Science (Any language)
MAT 181 College Algebra
MAT 191 College Trigonometry
MAT 281 Calculus I
MAT 282 Calculus II
PHY 10 I College Physics I
PHY 202 College Physics II
Natural Science Electives - 4 credits
Social Sciences - nine credits minimum
Free Electives - nine credits minimum
B. Professional Specialty : 69 credits
Electrical
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
Engineering Technology - 45 credits
110 DC Circuits
160 AC Circuits
170 Digital Electronics Design
210 Linear Electronics I
220 Introduction to Electric Power
260 Linear Electronics II
270 Introduction to Microprocessor Design
310 Methods in Engineering Analysis
320 Network Analysis
330 Advanced Microprocessor Design
360 Microprocessor Engineering
370 Instrumentation Design I
Electrical Engineering Electives - choose 16 credits from the
following:
EET 400 Senior Project Proposal
EET 410 Automatic Control Systems
EET 420 Instrumentation Design II
EET 430 RF Communications
EET 440 Computer Networking
EET 450 Senior Project
EET 460 Digital Signal Processing
EET 475 Biomedical Engineering Technology
EET 476 Biomedical Engineering Technology
Internship
Technical Electives - eight credits minimum
The graphic communications industry is large and
diverse and employs over one million people. Thi s large and
ever-changing industry is experiencing many technological
changes that will create new skills, jobs and challenges for
tomorrow 's workers.
The Graphic Communications Technology program at
California University prepares graduates to enter the field by
offering a curriculum of technical studies with laboratorybased experiences in the major printing processes. The
curriculum includes courses in general education, management, a core concentration, and a technical specialty area.
Students have the opportunity to concentrate in one of five
technical specialty areas: Electro Graphics, Flexography,
Management, Offset Lithography, and Screen Printing.
The facilities used in this program include three wellequipped graphic communication laboratories with two
photographic darkrooms, a photo-imaging laboratory, a
desktop publishing laboratory, and a pressroom. The labs are
equipped with desktop color imaging systems, cameras, film
processors, printing presses and a wide variety of other
specialized graphic communications equipment.
Career Outlook
The future for people involved in graphic communications is bright. The size and tremendous diversity of the
industry provides a wide variety of career opportunities for
men and women of all interests, talents and educational
levels. Recent estimates indicate that between 50,000 and
100,000 people will be needed in the near future to accommodate the growth of the printing and publi shing industry.
Typically; Graphic Communications Technology
graduates expect to fill positions in printing production,
printing sales, quality control, customer service, estimating,
scheduling, print buying, World Wide Web publishing,
product design, marketing, equipment sales and technical
service. Opportunities are available with advertising agencies, publishers, commercial printers, manufacturers of
equipment and graphic communications suppliers, as well as
graphic communications electronic equipment and control
systems.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
59
Achievements by Students
Students in the Graphic Communications Technology
program pride themselves on their technical capabilities in a
variety of production processes. The following students
demonstrated their skills by winning National Guttenburg
Press Awards in 1996 at the International Graphic Arts
Association Conference:
Edward Amber, Bryan Koons and Josh Cross - Honorable
Mention, Flat Color Screen Process.
Dan Glackin - Third Place, Flat Color Screen: Cardboard.
Jason Lisica - Third Place, Flat Color Screen: Adhesive.
Loretta Long - First Place, Flat Color Screen: Adhesive.
Kelly Parker and Christopher Miller - First Place, Single
Color Letterpress.
Joseph Petrucci - Second Place, Flat Color Screen.
Renee Tommasin - First Place, Four Color Screen Process:
Textile.
Other achievements of Graphic Communications Technology
Students include: Ronald Rosiek received the Youth Volunteer of the Year from the Brownsville Area Revitalization
Corporation.
Daniel Donovan was selected for Who 's Who in American
High Schools for three straight years.
The following Graphics Communications Technology majors
received scholarships:
Courtney Marshall - National Scholarship Trust Fund
Scholarship, Pittsburgh Club of Printing House Craftsman
Scholarship
Kimberly Conkle - Debra F. Maley Hardy Scholarship
Alisa Jamison - 1996-1997 Foundation of Flexographic
Technical Association Scholarship
Nhan Nguyen - Kurt Nordstrom Memorial Scholarship for
Graphic Communications Technology
Suzanne Yusko - Kenny Hager Memorial Scholarship for
Graphic Communications Technology
Frank Kansky - Kenny Hager Memorial Scholarship for
Graphic Communications Technology
Ryan Moline - International Publish Management Association Scholarship
Curriculum
The Graphic Communications Technology program
provides students with an understanding of graphic communications concepts applicable to the job. In addition, it
provides students with a broad understanding of business
management principles, analytical/verbal skills, computer
applications and a firm general education background.
A unique opportunity in this program is the Graphic
Communications Internship whereby students may spend a
junior or senior semester or a summer working in an industrial or commercial setting. Students experience how various
jobs are produced and how problems are solved in a work
situation. In addition, the employer has an opportunity to
observe students as prospective employees.
60
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in Graphic
Communications Technology
A. General Education: 52 credits
COM
ENG
ENG
MAT
MAT
PHY
PHS
250 Oral Communication: Management
101 English Composition I
217 Scientific & Technical Writing
182 Tech Math I
192 Tech Math II
121 General Physics I
135 Chemistry of Materials
Humanities Electives - six credits
Social Science Electives - six credits
Natural Science Electives - six credits
Free Electives - 12 credits
B. Technical Education : 76 credits
Management - 27 credits
ECO 201 Intro to Microeconomics
GCT 342 Estimating and Cost Analysis I
ITE
101 Industrial Safety
ITE
375 Principles of Production
ITE 445 Quality Control
MGT 201 Principles of Management
MGT 352 Human Resource Management
MGT 362 Labor Relations
MKT 222 Principles of Selling
Core Concentration - 30 credits
GCT 100 Graphic Communication Processes I
GCT 110 Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 200 Graphic Communications Processes II
GCT 220 Black and White Photography
GCT 225 Principles of Layout and Design
GCT 240 Desktop Publishing
GCT 270 Lithographic Techniques
GCT 330 Flexo & Package Printing
GCT 365 Color Imaging
GCT 460 Substrate and Ink
Specialization Block - 19 credits
Choose one of the following areas of specialization (options).
Electro Graphics:
IND 130 Introductory Circuit Analysis
IND 135 Digital Electronics
IND 235 Intro to Microprocessors
GCT 485 Graphics Seminar
GCT 495 Internship
Technical Elective
Flexography:
GCT 380 Advanced Flexo Techniques
GCT 430 Flexo Print Productions
GCT 485 Graphics Seminar
GCT 495 Internship
Technical Elective
Management:
ACC 20 I Accounting I
MAT 171 Math of Finance I
MKT 301 Principles of Marketing
GCT 485 Graphics Seminar
GC1' 495 Internship
Technical Elective
Offset Lithography:
GCT 370 Advanced Lithographic Techniques
GCT 4 70 Web Offset
GCT 485 Graphics Seminar
GCT 495 Internship
Technical Elective
Screen Printing:
GCT 210 Advanced Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 310 Screen Printing Productions
GCT 485 Graphics Seminar
GCT 495 Internship
Technical Elective
Approved Replacement Courses For Internship:
Management - six credits
ACC 201 Accounting I
BUS 100 Intro to Business
BUS 242 Business Law I
MAT 171 Math of Finance I
MGT 301 Organizational Behavior
MGT 353 Compensation Management
MGT 431 International Business Management
MKT 301 Principles of Marketing
Technical - three credits
GCT 210 Advanced Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 230 Color Photography
GCT 310 Screen Printing Production
GCT 370 Advanced Lithographic Techniques
GCT 380 Advanced Flexo Techniques
GCT 470 Web Offset
Approved Technical Electives
GCT 210 Advanced Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 230 Color Photography
GCT 310 Screen Printing Production
GCT 370 Advanced Lithographic Techniques
GCT 380 Advanced Flexo Techniques
GCT 470 Web Offset
IND 110 Technical Drawing I
IND 130 Introductory Circuit Analysis
IND 135 Digital Electronics
IND 165 Machine Processing I
IND 215 Computer Aided Drafting I
IND 230 Introduction to Linear Electron/cs
IND 235 Introduction to Microprocessors
IND 270 Hydraulic/Pneumatic Fluid Power
IND 278 Plastics Technology
IND 335 Advanced Microprocessors
IND 355 Wood Technology
ITE
181 Materials Technology I
MTE 250 Introduction to Automation
Additional courses may be recommended at advisor's
discretion.
Industrial Technology
Industrial Technology is a field of study designed to
prepare technical and technical management professionals
for employment in business, industry andgovernment. To
fulfill the growing need for trained technologists, students
receive a broad, flexible education which enables them to
enter the workforce in a variety of professional positions.
Additionally, students have the opportunity to specialize in
one of several areas: computer numerical control, automation, electronics, drafting and design, and industrial management.
The Industrial Technology program provides students
with a broad, flexible education, enabling them to enter the
manufacturing work force in a variety of professional positions. The facilities generally available to majors in the
manufacturing technology program include: a materials
technology/materials testing laboratory, a machine laboratory
with a foundry, an automation technology laboratory (robotics,
hydraulics, pneumatics), computer facilities with CAD and
other software to support various industrial technology and
management courses, a computer numerical control laboratory, drafting laboratories, and electronics laboratories.
Career Outlook
Opportunities for employment in the field of Industrial
Technology are diverse. Graduates find challenging job
placements in all geographical areas of the United States.
Some careers in Industrial Technology are:
Production Supervisor
Sales Representative
Production Control
Product Design
Prototype Development
Purchasing
Industrial Teaching
Industrial Research
CNC Field Representative
Manufacturing Supervisor
Systems Analysis
Safety Management
Quality Control Supervisor
Curriculum
The Industrial Technology Program provides students with
experiences in industrial and manufacturing processes that will
help them understand problems they may face in a industrial
environment. Basic concepts are studied in technical foundations courses such as technical drawing, electronics, automation/
robotics, statics and strength of materials and industrial safety.
Advanced technology in CADD, robotics, hydraulics
and computer numerical control, production analysis and
systems, cost estimating and quality control provide a
capstone of computer-assisted techniques used by modern
industry to increase quality and productivity.
This technical background, coupled with managerial subjects
and the general education requirements, positions Industrial
Technology students for many attractive job opportunities.
An important opportunity in this program is the internship.
Students may spend a semester or a summer working in an
industrial setting. An internship broadens the student's education, offering experience in day-to-day operations of a manufacturing facility. Students observe how products are produced and
how problems are solved. In addition, the employer has an
opportunity to observe students as prospective employees.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
61
Bachelor of Science in Industrial
Technology
Area of Specialization - 18 crs
Student must complete all courses in a single specialization
block to satisfy degree requirements.
A. General Education: 48 credits
COM 250
csc 101
ENG
ENG
MAT
MAT
Oral Communication: Management
Microcomputers and Application Software
101 English Composition I
217 Scientific & Technical Writing
182 Tech Math I
192 Tech Math II
Humanities Electives - six credits
Natural Science Electives - six credits
Free Electives - 12 credits
B. Industrial Technology: 80 credits
Physical Science - 8 Credits
CHE 101 General Chemistry I
PHY 121 General Physics I
Industrial Technology - 30 Credits
IND 110 Technical Drawing I
IND 130 Introductory Circuit Analysis
IND 135 Digital Electronics OR
IND 230 Introduction to Linear Electronics
IND 165 Machine Process I
IND 215 CAD I
ITE 181 Material Technology I
ITE 325 Statics and Strength
ITE 480 Problems in Industrial Technology
MTE 250 Introduction to Automation
MTE 236 Numerical Control Programming I
#EET 170 Digital Electronics Design may be substituted
for IND 135 Digital Electronics
Supervision - 24 Credits
ECO 201 Introductory Microeconomics
ITE 101 Industrial Safety
ITE 375 Principles of Production
ITE 385 Industrial Cost Estimating
ITE 420 Production Analysis
ITE 445 Quality Control
MGT 201 Principles of Management
MGT 362 Labor Relations
62
California University of Pennsylvania
Automation/Robotics
ITE 460 Principles of Manufacturing
MTE 268 Automated Support Systems
MTE 350 Robotic Systems
MTE 265 Programmable Control Systems
Technical Electives
Computer Numerical Control
IND 265 Machine Processes II
ITE 460 Principles of Manufacturing
MTE 336 Numerical Control Programming II
MTE 337 COMPACT II or MTE 338 APT
Technical Electives
Drafting and Design
IND 210 Technical Drawing II
IND 315 CAD II
IND 415 CAD III
IND 416 Intro Solid Modeling/Finite Elements
Technical Electives
Electronics
IND 135 Digital Electronics OR
IND 230 Introduction to Linear Electronics
IND 235 Introduction to Microprocessors OR
EET 270 Intro. to Microprocessor Design
IND 335 Advanced Microprocessors OR
EET 330 Advanced Microprocessor Design
EET 360 Microprocessor Engineering
Technical Electives
Industrial Management
ACC 201 Accounting I
ACC 202 Accounting II
ECO 202 Introductory Macroeconomics
MAT 225 Business Statistics
Technical Electives
Approved Technical Electives
ACC 201 Accounting I
ACC 202 Accounting II
ACC 331 Cost Accounting I
ACC 332 Cost Accounting II
ECO 202 Introductory Macroeconomics
ECO 301 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics
EET 160 AC Circuits
EET 170 Digital Electronics Design
EET 220 Introduction to Electric Power
EET 270 Intro. to Microprocessor Design
EET 330 Advanced Microprocessors
EET 360 Microprocessor Engineering
FIN 301 Financial Management
IND 135 Digital Electronics
IND 210 Technical Drawing II
IND 230 Introduction to Linear Electronics
IND 235 Introduction to Microprocessors
IND 265 Machine Processes II
IND 278 Plastics Technology
IND 310 Technical Drawing III
IND 315 CAD II
IND 320 Architectural Drafting & Design
IND 335 Advanced Microprocessors
IND 355 Wood Technology
IND 270 Hydraulic/Pneumatic Fluid Power
IND 415 CAD Ill
IND 416 Intro Solid Modeling/Finite Elements
ITE 301 Industrial Safety Evaluation &
Government Agencies
ITE 311 Industrial Ergonomics
ITE 460 Principles of Manufacturing
MAT 225 Business Statistics
MAT 273 Basic Calculus
MTE 268 Automated Support Systems
MTE 265 Programmable Control Systems
MTE 336 Numerical Control Programming II
MTE 337 COMPACT II
MTE 338 APT
MTE 350 Robotic Systems
MTE 437 Advanced COMPACT II
MTE 438 Advanced APT
MTE 450 Applications of Industrial Automation
MTE 495 Internship (1-6 credits)
Technology Education
The Technology Education program prepares the
prospective teacher for employment in both elementary and
secondary schools. Graduates of this program are awarded a
Bachelor of Science Degree in Education and are eligible for
an Instructional I Certificate qualifying them to teach
Technology Education in grades K-12.
An ever-expanding knowledge base in a global community makes it necessary for Technology Education majors to
develop strong academic backgrounds in the humanities,
sciences, mathematics and personal communication skills. In
addition, they must demonstrate an understanding of
teaching proficiencies that are requisite within a
multicultural society.
Technology Education majors are required to complete a
series of laboratory classes related to the technological
systems of communication, construction, manufacturing and
transportation. In these laboratory courses, students develop
skills in the use of tools, materials and processes as they
design, produce, use and evaluate technological systems.
Computer applications using current software and support
devices are emphasized. Students interact extensively with
the universal systems model. Once equipped with an
extensive understanding of the fo ur technological systems
and the universal systems model , students have the opportunity to evaluate the social, cultural, economic and environmental impacts of technology.
Accreditation
The Technology Education program has earned full
accreditation by the National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education (NCATE), the International Technology
Education Association's (ITEA), Council on Technology
Teacher Education (CTTE) and the Pennsylvania Department
of Education (PDE).
Internationally Recognized Program
In 1998, the Cal U Technology Education program was
one of four recognized by the International Technology
Education Association's (ITEA) Council on Technology
Teacher Education (CTTE) as an Outstanding Technology
Teacher Education Program. The program received the award
at the 1998 International Technology Education Association
Conference in Dallas, Texas.
Career Outlook
Currently, there is a significant shortage of Technology
Education teachers within Pennsylvania and throughout the
nation. Since 1992, every Cal U Technology Education
graduate who sought a teaching position was employed.
Most graduates report receiving multiple job offers. The
average starting salary of graduates in 1996 was nearly
$30,000. Teacher salaries have been increasing over the past
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
63
several years with some school districts raising their top
salary scale to over $80,000 per year.
The practical, hands-on nature .of Technology Education
creates opportunities for Technology Education teachers to
qualify for summer employment within business and
industry. Such occasions provide teachers an excellent
opportunity for continued professional development and
additional income.
The Technology Education Program at California
University of Pennsylvania enjoys an international reputation
of the highest order. This program and its antecedents have
been offered at California for more than 60 years. During
that period, the program has produced many outstanding
graduates who have established leadership positions within
education and the corporate world.
A degree in Technology Education provides students
with several career options. Most graduates teach at the
elementary or secondary school levels, but many choose to
attend graduate school and eventually teach at the university
level. Still others have distinguished themselves in a variety
of positions in government, business and the corporate world.
Achievements by Students and Alumni
The Technology Education program has a Jong history
of producing outstanding students. Many graduates distinguish themselves in education. For example, more than two
dozen graduates of the program are listed in the 1996-97
Industrial Teacher Education Directory, which lists professors of technology at colleges and universities across the
country. Other examples of recent achievements of students
and graduates include:
Current Students
Randy Forigner received the Technology Education
Association of Pennsylvania Scholarship.
Paul Hayes designed the Web home page for the
Southpointe Center of California University.
Ben Jacob received a California University Faculty
Scholarship Award.
Clay McGalla designed the Web home page for the
Technology Education Association of Pennsylvania.
Nate Mentzer was President of the Pennsylvania Technology Student Association, (TSA).
Richard Mitchel was selected to design the Web home
pages for the Technology Education Association of
Pennsylvania and WVCS, California University 's radio
station.
Steven David Reiner received several awards, including
the Bill Vanderbeek Memorial Award from the Indian
Valley Junior Women 's Club, the Technology Education
Outstanding Mechanical Ability Award from the Indian
Valley Kiwanis'. and the Goschenhoppen Historical Society
Apprenticeship Scholarship Award.
Lisa Wurzelbacher received the Dr. Donald Maley Technology Education Scholarship Award.
64
California University of Pennsylvania
Alumni
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Arnall Cox received the 1997 Florida Program Excellence Award from the International Technology Education
Association.
James Armstrong and Bruce Wells received the 1997
Middle School Program Excellence Award from the
Technology Education Association of Pennsylvania and
the International Technology Education Association.
Terry Crissey received the I 997 Teacher Excellence
Award from the Technology Education Association of
Pennsylvania and the International Technology Education
Association.
Chris Heater and Dean Ridgeway received the 1997
Senior High School Program Excellence Award from the
Technology Education Association of Pennsylvania and
the International Technology Education Association.
Van Hughes received the 1998 Technology Education
Service Award from the American Vocational Association.
Mike Kozuchowsky received the 1997 Outstanding
Regional Vice-President Service Award from the Technology Education Association of Pennsylvania.
Richard Long received the Silver Service Award from the
Technology Education Association of Pennsylvania.
Mike Pierno received a 1997 Engineering Education
Award from Chrysler Corporation.
Dave Shultz received the 1997 Outstanding Service
Award from the Technology Education Association of
Pennsylvania.
Curriculum
Technology Education includes the study of selected
technological systems that explore the solutions of technological problems and their associated impacts encountered by
people as they design, produce, use and evaluate technologies. The four primary systems that make up the Technology
Education Curriculum include: Communication, Construction, Manufacturing and Transportation.
Communication Systems include the study of the technical
methods by which humans communicate. These systems
include experiences in such areas as drafting, design, computeraided drafting and design, digital photography, multimedia,
graphic communications, electronic communications, World
Wide Web publishing, Internet applications, computer networking, video production and desktop publishing.
Construction Systems include the study of combining
resources into structures such as houses, factories, roads,
dams and stadiums. To understand construction technology,
materials, processes, engineering principles, and impacts
related to construction are examined.
Manufacturing Systems include the study of methods by
which people design, produce, use and assess goods and
products. This system includes courses which provide an
understanding of fabricating, forming, combining and testing
materials such as composites, wood, metals, plastics and
ceramics. Also included is the use of computer-aided
manufacturing and an enterprise approach to manufacturing
technology.
Transportation Systems include the study of how people,
products and materials are transported from one place to
another. Students study various transportation systems within
the four natural environments: land, marine, air and space.
They also experience activities that reflect an operational
knowledge of the subsystems common to most transportation
systems including: structures, propulsion, guidance, control,
suspension and support.
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Certification in Technology
Education for Grades K-12
(130 crs.)
A. General Education: 47 credits
Humanities - 15 credits minimum
1
COM 101 Oral Communication
1
ENG 101 English Composition I
1
ENG 102 English Composition II
Natural Sciences - 17 credits minimum
'PHY 121 General Physics I & Lab
BIO
103 Contemporary Issues in Biology
CHE 101 General Chemistry I & Lab
1
MAT 181 College Algebra
MAT 191 College Trigonometry
Social Science - 9 credits minimum
'PSY 100 General Psychology
Social Science Electives - six credits
Health or Physical Activity - three credits minimum
HPE 314 First Aid Personal Safety
Free Electives - 3 credits
B. Professional : 35 credits
Professional Education: 26 credits
'EDF 290 Policy Studies in American Education
EDS 465 Developmental Reading Secondary School
1
EDU 210 Teaching in a Multicultural Society
1
EDU 340 Mainstreaming Exceptional Learner
1
PSY 208 Educational Psychology
TED 461 Student Teaching and School Law
Professional Specialty: 9 credits
1
TED 305 Introduction to Technology Education/
Early Field
1
TED 450 Teaching Technology in the Secondary
School
1
TED 500 Teaching Technology in the Elementary
School
C. Technological Systems: 48 credits
Communication Technology - 12 credits
1
TED 111 Communication Systems
GCT 200 Graphic Communication Processes II
1
IND 110 Technical Drawing I
IND 215 Computer Aided Drafting I
Construction Technology - 6 credits
1
TED 315 Construction Systems
Construction Elective3
'Denotes courses required before student teaching.
Manufacturing Technology - 12 credits
1
TED 115 Material Processing
1
TED 325 Manufacturing Systems
1
TED 425 Manufacturing Enterprise
MTE 250 Introduction to Automation
Transportation Technology - 12 credits
1
TED 335 Transportation Systems
TED 435 Transportation Research & Development
1
IND 130 Introductory Circuit Analysis
IND 135 Digital Electronics
2
Technical Electives - 6 credits
Approved Technical Electives
GCT 110 Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 220 Black & White Photography
GCT 225 Principles of Layout and Design
GCT 240 Electronic Desktop Publishing
101 Drawing and Design
IND
IND
165 Machine Process I
IND
184 Energy and Power Systems
IND 210 Technical Drawing II
IND 230 Introduction to Linear Electronics
IND 235 Introduction to Microprocessors
IND 270 Hydraulic-Pneumatic Fluid Power
IND 278 Plastics Technology
IND 282 Small Gasoline Engines
IND
315 Computer Aided Drafting II
3
IND 320 Architectural Drafting and Design
3
IND 345 Construction Processes I
IND
355 Wood Technology
181 Materials Technology I
ITE
MTE 236 Numerical Control Programming I
MTE 265 Programmable Control Systems
MTE 268 Automated Support Systems
MTE 350 Robotic Systems
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
65
Curriculum
Independent Study Courses
TED 310 Studies in Communication (1-3 Cr.)
TED 330 Studies in Transportation (1-3 Cr.)
TED 340 Studies in Construction (1 -3 Cr.)
TED 350 Studies in Manufacturing (1-3 Cr.)
TED 460 Honors Study in Communication (l-3 Cr.)
TED 465 Honors Study in Construction (1-3 Cr.)
TED 475 Honors Study in Manufacturing (1-3 Cr.)
TED 480 Honors Study in Transportation (1-3 Cr.)
1
Denotes courses required before student teaching.
See Approved Technical Electives for accepted electives.
3
Denotes Construction Electives
2
Pennsylvania Certification requires a satisfactory
score on the National Teachers Exam.
Students must complete 15 hours of field observation per
year (60 total) . Act #34 and Act #151 clearance checks are
required before a student can complete field observations or
student teach .
Associate Degrees
The Department offers three associate degrees, Automation Technology: Computer Numerical Control (CNC) ,
Screen Printing and Drafting Technology.
The associate degree requires the completion of 64-66
credits. Associate degree credits can be transferred toward the
completion of a Bachelor of Science degree. The associate
degree is designed to provide graduates with the skills
essential to enter the work force as skilled technical workers.
Automation Technology: Computer Numerical
Control
Computer Numerical Control (CNC) of machine tools
provides manufacturing industries a means of increasing
productivity and requires that industries have educated
personnel who can develop complex computerized numerical
control programs.
California University of Pennsylvania has an outstanding Computer Numerical Control Machining Laboratory. It is
equipped with two Bridgeport CNC vertical milling machines and a CNC lathe. High speed terminals, plotters and
microcomputers are available for the preparation of programs.
Career Outlook
Career opportunities appear to be excellent. People trained
in the programming of computer numerical control machines
can expect to be employed as CNC Technicians. Personnel with
CNC skills are needed in most geographic regions in the United
States. Jobs are available to graduates who excel.
66
California University of Pennsylvania
Students in the Computer Numerical Control option of the
Automation Technology Program will learn to write manual
programs in the format detail of the machine tool, employing
linear and circular interpolation addressing three axes.
COMPACT II and APT are the two primary machine
tool languages studied. Computer programs prepared by the
students are interfaced with the machine tool with post
processor software. Students load programs into the memory
of a CNC lathe or mill and manufacture the part. Students,
therefore, are experienced CNC machine operators, as well
as manual, APT, and COMPACT II programmers.
The principle objective of the Computer Numerical
Control Program is to provide students with sufficient skills
and experti se in programming and operating computerized
numerical control equipment to secure employment in the
field.
Upon completion of the program, the graduate is expected to
be able to:
1. Program, set up, and operate CNC equipment, such as
lathes and mills.
2. Program using COMPACT II and APT programming
languages .
3. Prepare supporting documentation for machine setup
and operation.
4. Program linear and circular moves.
5. Machine parts on a mill and a lathe using CNC programs he/she prepared.
Associate of Science in
Automation Technology: Computer
Numerical Control Option (66 crs.)
A. General Studies: 27 credits
CSC 120 Problem Solving and Program Con.
ENG 101 English Composition I
ENG 217 Scientific & Technical Writing
MAT 182 Technical Math I
PHI 24 7 Science, Technology & Society
Humanities Elective - three credits
Social Science Elective - three credits
Natural Science Elective - three credits
Free Elective - three credits
B. Technical Studies: 39 credits
Computer Numerical Control Machining - 24 credits
IND 165 Machine Processing I
IND 265 Machine Processing II
MTE 236 Numerical Control Programming I
MTE 336 Numerical Control Programming II
MTE 337 Computer Programming Numerical
Control Equipment (COMPACT II)
MTE 338
Computer Programming Numerical
Control Equipment (APT)
MTE 437 Advanced Computer Programming
Numerical Control Equipment
(COMPACT II)
MTE 438 Advanced Computer Programming
Numerical Control Equipment (APT)
Related Electives - 15 credits
IND 110 Technical Drawing I
IND 135 Digital Electronics
IND 210 Technical Drawing II
IND 235 Introduction to Microprocessors
IND 270 Hydraulic/Pneumatic Fluid Power
IND 235 Introduction to Microprocessors
IND 270 Hydraulic/Pneumatic Fluid Power
Drafting Technology
Drafting is considered the primary means of communicating technical ideas. It is the graphic language of industry and is
essential to the process of design, manufacturing, and service. A
modem drafting laboratory and a well equipped CAD laboratory with terminals and plotters are available to support this
program. A variety of industrial CAD software is used.
Career Outlook
As we continue to grow technologically, the need for
drafting technicians will continue to increase. Since technological growth is expected to continue for many years to
come, the need will, presumably, also continue to grow.
Curriculum
The principle objective of the Drafting Technology
program is to provide students with sufficient skills and
expertise to secure employment in drafting or a related field. In
addition, credits earned in this Associate Degree program are
applicable to four-year Bachelor of Science degree programs.
Upon completion of the program, the graduate is
expected to be able to do at least the following :
1. Communicate technical ideas through freehand sketching.
2. Make technical drawings that fully describe a design idea.
3. Solve technical problems by using the tools and techniques of drafting.
4. Prepare pictorial presentation drawings.
5. Write technical reports that are clear, concise, and
accurate.
6. Prepare drawings and solve design problems using
CADD systems.
Associate of Science in Drafting
Technology (66 crs.)
A. General Studies: 27 credits
CSC 120 Problem Solving & Programming Constructs
ENG 101 English Composition I
ENG 217 Scientific & Technical Writing
MAT 182 Technical Math I
PHI 247 Science, Technology & Society
Humanities Elective - three credits
Social Science Elective - three credits
Natural Science Elective - three credits
Free Elective - three credits
B. Technical Studies: 39 credits
Technical Drawing - 30 credits
EAS 271 Cartography
IND 110 Technical Drawing I
IND 101 Drawing and Design
IND
IND
IND
210
215
218
IND
IND
IND
310
315
320
Technical Drawing I
Computer Aided Drafting I
Descriptive Geometry and Surface
Development
Technical Drawing III
Computer Aided Drafting II
Architectural Drawing & Design
Related Area Electives - nine credits
(Select three of the following)
GCT 100 Graphic Communication Processes I
IND 165 Machine Processes I
ITE 101 Industrial Safety
ITE 181 Materials Technology I
Screen Printing Technology
Screen printing is a component of the rapidly growing
graphic communications industry. Because of the increasing
complexity of the communications industry, individuals
trained in screen printing are in demand.
Four outstanding graphic laboratories, each with modem
equipment, serve this program. Modem color imaging
equipment, screening presses, dryers, computer stencil
transfer equipment, semi-automated printing presses and
other support items are available in the labs.
Career Outlook
Career opportunities are good. People trained in screen
printing will find employment opportunities in most segments
of the communications industry; small printing companies and
large corporations with communications divisions.
Curriculum
The principle objective of the Screen Printing program is
to provide students with knowledge and expertise in the
applications of screen printing, thus enabling them to become
productive members of the graphic communications industry.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
67
~
C,
0
~
0
z
==
u
This program of studies offers the flexibility of scheduling business electives for the acquisition of knowledge and
skill s to initiate and manage a screen printing business or
company division.
l.
2.
3.
~ 4.
~
Q
5.
After completing the program, the graduate will be able to:
Identify materials capable of being screen printed, based on a
particular application.
Formulate a plan for the production of a screen printed
product consistent with the individual's career objective.
Produce quality screen printing plates for given applications.
Screen print a quality image on a designated material, in
accordance with detailed specifications.
Assess the quality and value of screen printed productions.
Recognize the importance of membership in professional
associations which support individual career objectives and
further professional growth.
z
6.
C,
In addition, all credits earned in this Associate (two
year) program, are transferable to a four year Bachelor of
Science degree program.
<
z
~
~
Associate of Science in Screen
~ Printing Technology (66 crs.)
~
A. General Studies: 27 credits
CSC 120 Problem Solving & Programming Constructs
1,,,,,,,/
ENG 101 English Composition I
ENG 217 Scientific & Technical Writing
~
MAT 182 Technical Math I
PHI 247 Science, Technology & Society
Humanities Elective - three credits
Social
Science Elective - three credits
~
~
Natural Science Elective - three credits
Free Elective - three credits
~
MINORS
Automated Control - 21 Credits
Required: IND 110, Technical Drawing I; IND 165, Machine
Processes I ; MTE 236, Numerical Control I; MTE 250,
Introduction to Automation
Electives: ITE 460, Principles of Manufacturing; MTE 265,
Programmable Control Systems; MTE 268 , Automated
Support Systems ; MTE 336, Numerical Control Programming II; MTE 350, Robotic Systems ; MTE 495, Internship.
Computer Numerical Control - 21 Credits
Required: IND 110, Technical Drawing I; IND 165, Machine
Processes I; MTE 236, Numerical Control Programming I;
MTE 250, Introduction to Automation
Electives: IND 215, CAD I; IND 265, Machine Processes II;
ITE 460, Principles of Manufacturing ; MTE 336, Numerical
Control Prog II; MTE 337, CNC Programming-COMPACT;
MTE 338, CNC Programming-APT; MTE 437, Advanced
CNC-COMPACT; MTE 438 , Advanced CNC-APT; MTE
495 , Internship
Electrical Engineering Technology (EET) - 21
Credits
Q
Required : EET 110, DC Circuits; EET 170, Digital Electronic Design; EET 270, Introduction to Microprocessors;
EET 330, Advanced Microprocessors
Electives; Any two of the following: EET 160, AC Circuits;
EET 210, Linear Electronics I; EET 220, Introduction to
Electric Power; EET 360, Microprocessor Engineering; EET
440, Computer Networking
~
Graphic Communications Technology (GCT) 21 Credits
r
~
Z
~ B . Technical Studies: 39 credits
<
Screen Printing - 30 credits
GCT 100 Graphic Communication Processes I
GCT 110 Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 210 Advanced Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 220 Black and White Photography
GCT 225 Principles of Layout & Design
GCT 240 Electronic Desktop Publi shing
GCT 310 Screen Printing Productions
GCT 342 Estimating & Cost Analysis
IND 101 Drawing and Design
ITE 101 Industrial Safety
Related Area Electives - nine credits
(Select three of the following)
GCT 200 Graphic Communication Processes II
GCT 230 Color Photography
GCT 270 Lithographic Techniques
IND 130 Introductory Circuit Analysis
IND 278 Plastics Technology
ITE 375 Principles of Production
PHY 135 Chemistry of Materials
68
California University of Pennsylvania
Required: GCT 100, Graphic Communications Processes I;
GCT 200, Graphic Communications Processes II ; GCT 220,
Black and White Photography; GCT 225, Principles of
Layout and Design; GCT 240, Desktop Publishing
Electives: GCT 110, Screen Printing Techniques; GCT 210,
Advanced Screen Printing Techniques; GCT 230, Color
Photography; GCT 270, Lithographic Techniques; GCT 330,
Flexography and Package Printing Processes; GCT 342,
Estimating and Cost Analysis; GCT 365, Color Imaging;
GCT 370, Advanced Lithographic Techniques; GCT 390,
Gravure Printing; GCT 460, Substrates and Inks
Manufacturing Technology - 21 Credits
Required: IND I 10, Technical Drawing I; IND 215, Computer Aided Drafting I; ITE 181 , Material Technology I;
MTE 250, Introduction to Automation ; ITE 101, Industrial
Safety
Electives: ITE 311, Industrial Ergonomics; ITE 375, Principles of Production ; ITE 420, Production Analysis; ITE 445,
Quality Control ; MTE 495 , Internship
APPLIED ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
0\
\0
00
0\
0\
OJ)
0\
0\
.....,
0
u
'iii
ca
:::l
B
ell
ell
-0
gi
Cl.)
c::
-0
:::>
Careers
ART
Purpose
The study of artistic expression is a study of the development of art forms such as sculpture and painting; the study
of technique, that is the use of color, design, and perspective
to achieve the artist's objectives; and a retrospective on what
a culture and society has seen, valued, and understood about
its place in the world order.
Art is a product of human creativity, a manifestation of the
human spirit and meaning. The study of art is included in a
liberal education because it informs students about the universal
search for meaning and meaningful expression, about their past,
and about how each person learns to move from a literal and
concrete level of understanding to a more symbolic one.
Programs
The Art major can take ( 1) a general Art major or (2) an
Art Certification program for teaching in either a primary or
a secondary school. The certification program is undertaken
in conjunction with area colleges since California University
does not confer certification in art. Art courses are taken at
California University ; the Art Education and student teaching
courses are taken through Carlow College or Washington and
Jefferson College.
At Carlow College the student must complete Secondary
Art Methods and Materials (AE 327), Elementary Art Student
Teaching (AE 409), Secondary Arts Student Teaching (AE
410). AE 327 will be billed at current California University
credit costs plus the usual studio fees. The student teaching
courses will be billed at current rates for tuition and fees for
full-time Carlow students. California University also has a
similar agreement with Washington and Jefferson College.
The Art program is flexible . It directs students into
various areas of art, including art history, basic technique
courses, and a series of studio courses in one or more of the
following: drawing, painting, sculpture, crafts, ceramics, and
printmaking. The program of study prepares students to enter
graduate school as well as to pursue careers in professions
utilizing art.
Students can become professional artists in their area of
specialization, although most will need to undertake graduate
education if they are to be successful professionals. Commercial art, in advertising and in broadcast media, continues to
be a major employer of art students. The BA in Art Education will provide a student with K-12 certification for
teaching art in the public schools in the elementary and
secondary levels.
Graduates with studio art training have opportunities to
work in various museum settings, in art galleries and in
interior decorating establishments. They also can seek
positions in design departments and as art directors in large
corporations. Artists can use their talents in conjunction with
other areas of specialty, such as Biology, History, and
Archaeology. Artists can be illustrators in these areas .
Finally artists may link the study of art with another
discipline. Examples include medical art; the utilization of
art in therapy, for persons interested in the areas of psychology and art; and the linkage of art, archaeology, and history
in the recording of artifacts and in reconstructive work.
Bachelor of Arts in Art
Curriculum
Cooperative Programs
The university also has an agreement with The Art Institute
of Pittsburgh which permits a graduate of the Institute's two-year program to receive sixty credit hours toward a Bachelor of
Arts degree from California University. A second agreement
between the schools permits California University students to
take courses during their junior year at the Institute and receive
up to thirty credits in transfer if they complete one year of fulltime course work there.
The junior year program with the Pittsburgh Art Institute
permits students to take courses not available at California
University in the areas of visual communication, illustration,
interior design, photography, industrial design technology,
etc. These courses of study prepare students for positions in
commercial art-for example, advertising, publishing and
corporate communication. Students acquire knowledge and
experience in preparing art and layouts for reproduction.
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Required Art Courses (36
credits) Drawing I (ART 110); Design 2-D (ART 119);
Design 3-D (ART 120); Ceramics I (ART 113); Painting I
(ART 118); Printmaking I (ART 117); Sculpture I (ART
118); Advanced Drawing (ART 310); Intro to Crafts (ART
126); nine credits in Art History: Select three of the following courses: Art History : Ancient-Medieval (ART 122); Art
History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123); Art History:
Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art History: Modem
and Contemporary (ART 125); nine credits in a non concentration area with a faculty advisor; 12 credits in a studio
concentration; 11 credits in related electives.
Faculty
Professor Richard Miecznikowski , chair. , Associate Professor Raymond E. Dunlevy,
Assistant Professor John Paul Lambertson
70
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Arts in Art with K-12
Teacher Certification
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of education
courses at California University which include: Policy
Studies in American Education (EDF 290), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Student Teaching through
Carlow.
(B) Area of Concentration: Required Art Courses (36
credits) Drawing I (ART 110); Design 2-D (ART 119);
Design 3-D (ART 120); Ceramics I (ART 113); Painting I
(ART 116); Printmaking I (ART 117); Sculpture I (ART
118); Advanced Drawing (ART 310); Intro to Crafts (ART
126); nine credits in Art History, Select three of the following
courses: Art History: Ancient-Medieval (ART 122); Art
History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123); Art History:
Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art History: Modem
and Contemporary (ART 125) nine credits in a non concentration area with a faculty advisor; 12 credits in a studio
concentration, 11 credits in related courses At California
University: Art for Elementary (EDE 205); At Carlow:
Secondary Art Methods and Materials (AE 327).
Pennsylvania Certification requires satisfactory scores on all
three core batteries and the specialty, Art Education, on the
PRAXIS (NTE).
Art Appreciation. Select one of the following: ART 110
Drawing I, ART 310 Advanced Drawing
Crafts Concentration
Required: ART 126 Intro to Crafts, ART 213 Crafts Studio,
ART 313 Crafts Studio, ART 413 Crafts Studio (repeated for
six credits)
Electives:
Select one of the following: Art History: Ancient-Medieval
(ART 122); Art History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123);
Art History: Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art
History: Modem and Contemporary (ART 125), ART 106
Art Appreciation. Select one of the folJowing :
ART 110 Drawing I, ART 310 Advanced Drawing
Painting Concentration
Required: ART 116 Painting I, ART 296 Painting Studio,
ART 396 Painting Studio, ART 496 Painting Studio (repeated for six credits)
Electives:
Select one of the folJowing : Art History: Ancient-Medieval
(ART 122); Art History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123);
Art History: Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art
History: Modem and Contemporary (ART 125), ART 106
Art Appreciation
Select one of the following : ART 110 Drawing I, ART 310
Advanced Drawing
Printmaking Concentration
Minors
A minor in art would be helpful if you are interested in ,
building a "specialty" in another curriculum such as a
business major with an art minor who wants to work in
gallery art sales or as a curator. Perhaps you just love art as a
hobby, and having a minor in art would help you improve
your skills. A minor in art combined with a degree in
education would provide a future classroom teacher with an
area of concentration that could enhance employment
opportunities. Minors are available in ceramics, crafts,
painting, printmaking and sculpture.
Ceramics Concentration
Required: ART 113 Ceramics I, ART 293 Ceramics Studio,
ART 393 Ceramics Studio, ART 493 Ceramics Studio
(repeated for six credits)
Electives:
Select one of the following: Art History: Ancient-Medieval
(ART 122); Art History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123);
Art History: Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art
History: Modem and Contemporary (ART 125); ART 106
Required: ART 117 Printmaking I, ART 297 Printmaking
Studio, ART 397 Printmaking Studio, ART 497 Printmaking
Studio (repeated for six credits)
Electives:
Select one of the following : Art History: Ancient-Medieval
(ART 122); Art History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123);
Art History: Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art
History : Modem and Contemporary (ART 125), ART 106
Art Appreciation
Select one of the following: ART 110 Drawing I, ART 310
Advanced Drawing
Sculpture Concentration
Required: ART 118 Sculpture I, ART 298 Sculpture Studio,
ART 398 Sculpture Studio, ART 498 Sculpture Studio
(repeated for six credits)
Electives:
Select one of the following: Art History: Ancient-Medieval
(ART 122); Art History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123);
Art History: Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art
History: Modem and Contemporary (ART 125); ART 106
Art Appreciation
Select one of the following : ART 110 Drawing I, ART 310
Advanced Drawing.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
71
BIOLOGICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
SCIENCES
Purpose
The Department of Biological and Environmental
Sciences is housed in a modem, multi-million dollar fourstory building, equipped with an array of biological and
environmental science instruments. Specialized areas include
both scanning and transmission electron microscope facilities, an animal room, greenhouse, herbarium, plant growth
facilities , museum and photographic facilities . Teaching
laboratories are equipped for the study of anatomy, botany,
cytology, ecology, embryology, entomology, genetics,
microbiology, parasitology, physiology, zoology, mammalogy, water pollution biology, ichthyology, behavioral
ecology, biometry, physiological ecology, solid waste
management, air quality monitoring, dendrology, ornithology
and wildlife biology.
Biology
The Biology program is an intensive scientific curriculum which prepares students for graduate work in the
biological sciences and career work in many biologically
related areas . The major emphasis of this program is to
provide students with a broad scientific core of courses,
including studies in chemistry, physics, mathematics, and
biology.
Students have the opportunity to select a wide range of
biological elective courses that best fulfill their needs for
future work or graduate study, ranging from the molecular to
the population level. Practical laboratory experience emphasizes critical thinking and the use of instrumentation to study
living systems. Academic credit can be obtained for practical
internship experiences.
Academic Societies
Beta Beta Beta is the national honor society for
biological sciences. The Upsilon Theta chapter was chartered
in 1978. The society fosters the pursuit of knowledge,
research experience, and service, in our students. Students
can achieve membership in this society if they maintain a
QPA of 3.25 after completing 60 credit hours and are
extended an invitation to join. Further information can be
obtained at the department office.
The university 's student chapter of the National
Wildlife Society was recently chartered in 1996. Membership is open to all students interested. The student chapter
won first place in the field competition and second place in
the quiz bowl at the 1997 Northeastern Conclave of The
Wildlife Society.
Awards
Students in the department have a long history of
winning awards for research presentations at regional
scientific meetings. In addition, each year outstanding
students in the department are recognized for their collegiate
endeavors. The students are selected for awards based on
Q .P.A., scholarly activity, and service. The awards presented
and the 1998 recipients are listed below:
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania University Biologists Award
for Outstanding Student in the Life Sciences - Matthew
Grimm
Academic Excellence in Biological Sciences Award - Scott
Smith
Academic Excellence in Environmental Sciences Award Melinda Ross
Outstanding Woman Graduate in the Life Sciences - Elizabeth Fox
Pheasants Forever Award for the Outstanding Student in
Wildlife Biology - Amy Howe.
Careers
Career opportunities include preparation for graduate
work in biology and related fields , for industrial research, for
government research, for careers in public health, and in the
many health-related fields .
Faculty
Associate Professor David F. Boehm, chair; Associate Professor Brian K. Paulson, assistant chair;
Professors Jan W. Balling, Foster E. Billheimer, Thomas P. Buckelew, Raymond A. Catalano, Barry B. Hunter,
William G . Kimmel , C. Allan Miller, Thomas C. Moon, Jeanette Mullins, Marc A. Sylvester; Edwin M. Zuchelkowski;
Associate Professors Mitchell M . Bailey, Ewald C. Krueger; Assistant Professors William M . Giuliano, John M.
Rybczyk.
72
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in Biology
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits):
English Composition I-II (ENG 101, 102); 12 credits of
Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of
Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free Electives.
Students must successfully complete at least three designated
writing component courses and one designated laboratory
component course in the General Studies area. Students must
successfully complete at least three semester hours from at
least three different disciplines in the Humanities, Natural
Science, and Social Science categories.
(B) Area Of Concentration (68 credits):
Required Major Courses (19 credits): Principles of Biology
(BIO 115), General Zoology (BIO 120), General Botany
(BIO 125), Genetics (BIO 318), Evolution (BIO 478).
Related Courses (27 credits): General Chemistry I-II (CHE
101 , 102), Organic Chemistry I-II (CHE 331,332), General
Physics I-II (PHY 121, 122), Calculus I (MAT 122), or Basic
Calculus (MAT 273).
Core Electives (22 credits): (At least one course must be
chosen from each core and ALL courses must be 300 and
400 level.)
Quantitative and Techniques Core: Scientific Photography
(BIO 342), Electron Microscopy (BIO 431 ), Biometry (BIO
466), Cell Biology (BIO 480), Design & Analysis (ENS
495).
Botany Core: Plant Anatomy (BIO 307), Plant Ecology (BIO
314), Economic Botany (BIO 332), Soil Science (BIO 334),
Plant Physiology (BIO 335), Plant Taxonomy (BIO 336),
Mycology (BIO 407), Dendrology (BIO 442).
Zoology Core: Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (BIO 305),
Human Anatomy (BIO 306), Embryology (BIO 317), Animal
Hi stology (BIO 325), Parasitology (BIO 327), Ornithology
(BIO 337), Marnmalogy (BIO 400), Herpetology (BIO 433),
Ichthyology (BIO 435), Entomology (BIO 445).
Physiology Core: Human Physiology (BIO 328), Plant
Physiology (BIO 335), Environmental Physiology (BIO 486).
Cell and Molecular Biology Core: Microbiology (BIO 326),
Genetics (BIO 318), Human Genetics (BIO 405), Clinical
Microbiology (BIO 426), Cellular Ultrastructure (BIO 432),
Immunology (BIO 450) , Cell Biology (BIO 480), Neurobiology (BIO 520).
Ecology Core: Ecology (BIO 310), Plant Ecology (BIO
314), Soil Science (BIO 334), Ornithology (BIO 337),
Mammalogy (BIO 400), Herpetology (BIO 433), Ichthyology (BIO 435), Ethology (BIO 441), Entomology (BIO
445), Water Pollution Biology (BIO 488), Principles of
Wildlife Management (ENS 420), Wildlife Management
Techniques (ENS 423).
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Certification in Biology for
Secondary Schools
This program gives students the biology and related
scientific and math background appropriate for secondary
teachers of biology. Students also receive extensive
training in pedagogy.
Curriculum
(A) General Education (47 credits):
Humanities (15 credits) including: English Composition I
(ENG 101) and English Composition II (ENG 102);
Natural Sciences (11 credits) including: Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331), General Physics I (PHY 121), Basic
Calculus (MAT 273**); nine credits in Social Science;
three credits in Health and Physical Education; Oral
Communication (COM 101); General Psychology (PSY
100); and three credits of Free Electives. **Based upon
student competence other Mathematics prerequisites may
be required: Pre-calculus, Trig, Algebra. NOTE: Courses
taken in the categories of Humanities, Natural Sciences
and Social Sciences must be taken from at least two
disciplines.
(B) Professional Education (41 credits):
Educational Psychology (PSY 208), Teaching in a
Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Policy Studies in
American Ed (EDF 290), Problems of Secondary Education (EDS 300), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301),
Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302),
Mainstreaming the Exceptional Child (EDU 340),
Educational Tests & Measurements (EDS 430) , Student
Teaching & School Law (EDS 461 ), Developmental
Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Teaching of
Sciences (EDS 467*). *Modem Methods in Secondary
Schools may be taken in place of the "Teaching of' course
with permission of your advisor.
(C) Academic Specialization (40 credits):
Required Biology Courses - 16 credits: Principles of
Biology (BIO 115), General Zoology (BIO 120), General
Botany BIO (125), Genetics (BIO 318); Biology Core
Electives (16 credits) One course must be chosen from
each of the following cores:
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
73
Botany Core - Plant Anatomy (BIO 307), Plant Ecology
(BIO 314), Economic Botany (BIO 332), Soil Science (BIO
334), Plant Physiology (BIO 335), Plant Taxonomy (BIO
336), Mycology (BIO 407) , Dendrology (BIO 442).
Zoology Core: Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (BIO 305),
Human Anatomy (BIO 306), Embryology (BIO 317), Animal
Histology (BIO 325), Parasitology (BIO 327), Ornithology
(BIO 337), Mammalogy (BIO 400), Herpetology (BIO 433) ,
Ichthyology (BIO 435) , Entomology (BIO 445).
Physiology, Cell and Molecular Core: Microbiology (BIO
326), Human Physiology (BIO 328), Plant Physiology (BIO
335), Human Genetics (BIO 405), Clinical Microbiology
(BIO 426), Cellular'tJltrastructure (BIO 432), Immunology
(BIO 450) , Evolution (BIO 478), Cell Biology (BIO 480),
Environmental Physiology (BIO 486) , Neurobiology (BIO
520).
Ecology Core: Ecology (BIO 310), Plant Ecology (BIO 314),
Soil Science (BIO 334), Ornithology (BIO 337), Mammalogy (BIO 400), Herpetology (BIO 433) , Ichthyology (BIO
435) , Ethology (BIO 441), Entomology (BIO 445) , Water
Pollution Biology (BIO 488) , Field Biology (ENS 205),
Principles of Wildlife Management (ENS 420), Wildlife
Management Techniques (ENS 423) .
~ Bachelor of Science in Education:
~
~
Certification in Environmental
Studies for Secondary Schools
"'1,/ This program gives students the ecological and environmen-
0
tal background appropriate for secondary teachers in
~ environmental science.
8
~
Curriculum
(A) General Education (47 credits):
Humanities (15 credits) including: English Composition I
(ENG 101) and English Composition II (ENG 102), Scientific Technical Writing (ENG 217) ; 11 credits in Natural
Sciences including General Chemistry I (CHE 101), General
Physics I (PHY 121), Basic Calculus (MAT 273**); nine
credits in Social Science; three credits in Health and Physical
Education ; Oral Communication (COM 101) ; General
Psychology (PSY 100); and three credits of Free Electives.
**Based upon student competence other mathematics prerequisites may be required: Pre-calculus, Trig, Algebra.
NOTE. Courses taken in the categories of Humanities ,
Natural Sciences and Social Sciences must be taken from at
least two disciplines.
(B) Professional Education (41 credits) :
Educational Psychology (PSY 208), Teaching in a
Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Policy Studies in American Ed (EDF 290) , Problems of Secondary Education (EDS
74
California University of Pennsylvania
300), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Mainstreaming the Exceptional Child (EDU 340), Educational Tests & Measurements
(EDS 430) , Student Teaching & School Law (EDS 461 ),
Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465),
Teaching of Sciences (EDS 467*). *Modem Methods in
Secondary School s may be taken in place of the "Teaching
of' course with permission of your advisor.
(C) Academic Specialization (40 credits):
Principles of Biology (BIO 115), General Zoology (BIO
120), General Botany (BIO 125) ; Environmental Science:
Introduction to Environmental Science (ENS 101), Field
Biology (ENS 205) , Seminar in Environment Conservation
(ENS 494) , Environmental Ed Workshop (ENS 497).
Pennsylvania Certification requires a satisfactory score
on the NTE.
Bachelor of Science in
Environmental Studies
The Environmental Studies Program prepares students
for careers in a variety of related fields and for graduate
school. The major emphasis of the program is to provide
students with a broad core of courses in biology and ecology,
supplemented with chemistry, physics , and mathematics.
A steady demand exists for such environmental scientists as
wildlife biologists, fishery biologists, water analysis technicians,
air pollution control monitors, environmental health technicians,
and interpretative naturalists. Many graduates are employed in
these areas by private industry and by state and federal agencies.
Some graduates further their education through work leading to
the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees and
teach and do research at a college or university.
All students have the opportunity to select from a wide range
of science elective courses in order to fulfill their objectives for
future employment or graduate school. Almost all courses include
a laboratory or field component in which students bring theory,
methodology, and instrumentation to bear on specific problems.
Internships with governmental and private agencies are available
to qualified applicants for academic credit.
A senior independent research problems class (which limits
enrollment to fewer than 14 students for more effective learning)
gives students practical experience with all phases of a research
problem: literature review, experimental design, data collection,
analysis, interpretation and scientific writing. Some of the topics
that have been examined include water pollution biology, small
mammal population dynamics, plant and animal species
diversity, comparisons between different types of habitats,
shorebird food selection, the effects of acid mine drainage on
the distribution of streamside terrestrial vegetation, and the
effects of strip mining on ecological succession.
Curriculum
Students are not pennitted to select for General Education, courses in the Humanities, Social Sciences or Natural
Sciences from a discipline in which their program requires
two or more courses from that discipline. Exceptions to this
policy are: ENGLISH: All general survey and literature
courses are permitted in the Humanities area. COMMUNICATION STUDIES : All non-perfonnance based courses are
pennitted in the Humanities area. Students must fulfill their
requirements in the Humanities, Social Sciences, and Natural
Sciences by taking courses in two different disciplines .
Options
Environmental Conservation
(A) General Education (48 credits):
English Composition I-II (ENG 101 , 102), Scientific and
Technical Writing (ENG 217), College Algebra (MAT 181 ),
Basic Programming Language (CSC 105), Statistics (MAT 215),
General Electives (30 credits): six credits in Humanities; six
credits in Social Sciences; six credits in Natural Sciences; 12
credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area Of Concentration (80 credits):
Required Core Area (28 credits): Principles of Biology (BIO
115), General Zoology (BIO 120), General Botany (BIO 125),
Introduction to Geology (EAS 150), General Chemistry I-II
(CHE 101 , 102), Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331).
Area of Specialization (18 credits): Conservation of Biological
Resources (BIO 206), Ecology (BIO 310), Dendrology (BIO
442), Biometry (BIO 466), Design & Analysis (ENS 495).
Related Core electives (14 credits): Plant Ecology (BIO 314),
Soil Science (BIO 334), Plant Taxonomy (BIO 336), Ornithology (BIO 337), Mammalogy (BIO 400), Ichthyology (BIO
435), Ethology (BIO 441), Entomology (BIO 445), Environmental Physiology (BIO 486), Water Pollution Biology (BIO
488), Wildlife Management Techniques (ENS 423).
Ancillary Cores (20 credits): Earth Science, Parks and
Recreation, Social Science, Physical Science or Business
Management. All credits must be taken in a single core
according to the students interests and approved by the
faculty advisor, Director of Environmental Studies and
Department Chairperson.
Business Core: Intro to Business (BUS 100), Business Law
(BUS 242), Current Economic Issues (ECO 200), Intro
Microeconomics (ECO 201), Principles of Management
(MGT 201 ). Choice of BUS, ECO, or MGT courses with
approval of advisor.
Parks and Recreation Core: Scenic Areas of the U.S. (EAS
264), Site Planning and Design (GEO 362), Geography of
U.S. and Pennsylvania (GEO 220), Cultural Res. Management (ANT 205), Historic Sites Arch. (ANT 226). Choice
of an additional course with advisors approval.
Social Science Core: Urban Sociology (SOC 235), Culture
Change and Culture Shock (ANT 250), Intro to Public
Policy (POS 300), History of Urban America (HIS 236).
Choice of additional courses from the following: Social
Stratification (SOC 210), Sociology of the Workplace
(SOC 215), Cont. Social Problems (SOC 205), State and
Local Government (POS 235), Municipal Government
(POS 205).
Earth Science Core: Historical Geology (EAS 200), Earth
Resources (EAS 232), Meteorology (EAS 241) or,
Climatology (EAS 242). Choice of EAS courses 300 level
or above and approval of advisor.
Physical Science Core: Organic Chemistry II (CHE 332),
Analytical Chemistry I (CHE 261), Analytical Chemistry
II (CHE 262), Geochemistry (CHE 255). Choice of
additional CHE courses with advisors approval.
Environmental Science
(A) General Education (48 CREDITS):
English Composition 1-11 (ENG 101, 102), Scientific and
Technical Writing (ENG 217), College Algebra (MAT
181), Basic Calculus (MAT 273) or Calculus I (MAT 281),
Problem Solving & Programming Constructions (CSC
120) or Intro to Computer Science with Pascal (CSC 123).
General Electives (30 credits): six credits in Humanities;
six credits in Social Sciences; six credits in Natural
Sciences; 12 credits Free Electives.
(B) Area Of Concentration (80 CREDITS):
Required Core Area (36 credits): Principles of Biology
(BIO 115), General Zoology (BIO 120), General Botany
(BIO 125), General Chemistry I-II (CHE 101 , 102),
Organic Chemistry I-II (CHE 331, 332), General Physics
I-II (PHY 121, 122).
Area of Specialization (26 credits): Ecology (BIO 310),
Genetics (BIO 318), Evolution (BIO 4 78), Biometry (BIO
466), Environmental Physiology (BIO 486), Environmental Research Problems (ENS 459) , Design and Analysis
(ENS 495).
Related Electives (18 credits): Students can elect to specialize
in the animal ecology core, or in the plant ecology core, or
select courses from both areas. 18 credits from the following
Animal Ecology and/or Plant Ecology Cores:
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
75
Animal Ecology Core: Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
(BIO 305), Parasitology (BIO 327), Omjthology (BIO 337),
Mammalogy (BIO 400), Herpetology (BIO 433), Ichthyology (BIO 435) , Entomology (BIO 445), Ethology (BIO 441 ),
Water Pollution Biology (BIO 488), Principles of Wildlife
Management (ENS 420).
Plant Ecology Core: Plant Ecology (BIO 314), Plant Taxonomy (BIO 336), Soil Science (BIO 334), Dendrology
(BIO 442).
Environmental Pollution
Control
(A) General Education (48 credits):
English Composition I-II (ENG 101 , 102), Scientific and
Technical Writing (ENG 217), Basic Calculus (MAT 273) or
Calculus I (MAT 281 ), College Algebra (MAT 181 ), Problem
Solving/Programming Constructions (CSC 120) or Intro to
Computer Science with Pascal (CSC 123). General Electives
(30 credits): six credits in Humanities; six credits in Social
Sciences; six credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits Free
Electives.
(B) Area Of Concentration (80 credits) :
Required Core Area (32 credits): Principles of Biology (BIO
115), General Zoology (BIO 120), General Botany (BIO
125), General Chemistry I-II (CHE 101 , 102), Organjc
Chemistry I-II (CHE 331 , 332), Analytical Chemistry I
(CHE 261).
Area of Specialization (39 credits) : Ecology (BIO 3 IO),
Microbiology (BIO 326), Biometry (BIO 466), Environmental Physiology (BIO 486) , Water Pollution Biology (BIO
488), Technjques in Water and Wastewater Analysis (ENS
341), Air Quality Monitoring (ENS 430), Solid Waste
Management (ENS 431), Environmental Regul ations (ENS
432), Environmental Research Problems (ENS 459), Design
and Analysis (ENS 495).
Related Electives (9 credits): Soil Science (BIO 334), Plant
Taxonomy (BIO 336), Omjthology (BIO 337), Mammalogy
(BIO 400) , Ichthyology (BIO 435) , Dendrology (BIO 442),
Entomology (BIO 445) , Principles of Wildlife Management
(ENS 420) , Wildlife Management Techniques (ENS 423).
Wildlife Biology
(A) General Education (49 credits):
English Composition I-II (ENG 101 , 102), Scientific and
Technical Writing (ENG 217), Oral Communications (COM
101), Pre-Calculus (MAT 199), Basic Calculus (MAT 273),
or Calculus I (MAT 281), Microcomputer and Application
Software (CSC l01). General Electives (31 credits): six
credits in Humanjties*; six credits in Social Sciences*; six
credits in Natural Sciences; 13 credits Free Electives.
76
California University of Pennsylvani a
* To fulfill the requirements for certification as a
wildlife biologist by The Wildlife Society, you must take
nine credits of your humanities and social science electives
from the following areas : ECO, SOC, PSY, POS, HIS, ENG,
LIT, FRE, GER, or SPN.
(B) Area Of Concentration (79 credits):
Biology Core (30 credits): Principles of Biology (BIO 115),
General Zoology (BIO 120), General Botany (BIO 125),
Ecology (BIO 310), Genetics (BIO 318), Plant Taxonomy
(BIO 336) or Dendrology (BIO 442), Biometry (BIO 466),
Design and Analysis (BIO 495).
Physical Science Core (11 credits): General Chemistry I-II
(CHE 101 , 102), and one course from the following - Soil
Science (BIO 334), Introduction to Environmental Geology
(EAS 131), Introduction to Geology (EAS 150), Organic
Chemistry I (CHE 331), College Physics I (PHY 101), or
General Physics I (PHY 121).
Wildlife Management Core (12 credits): Principles of
Wildlife Management (ENS 420), Wildlife Management
Techniques (ENS 423) , Animal Population Dynamics (ENS
492).
Wildlife Biology Core (8 credits): Ornithology (BIO 337),
Marnmalogy (BIO 400), and Herpetology (BIO 433).
Law, Policy, and Planning Core (6 credits): Environmental
Regulations (ENS 432), Land Use Analysis (GEO 317),
Political Geography (GEO 345), Site Planning and Design
(GEO 362), Recreation Industry Management (GEO 378),
Urban Planning (HIS 234).
Related Electives ( 12 credits): Any 300 or 400 level BIO or
ENS courses not being used to fill another requirement.
Environmental Resources
(A) General Education (48 credits):
English Composition I-II (ENG 101, 102), Scientific and
Technical Writing (ENG 217), College Algebra (MAT 181),
Statistics (MAT 215), Problem Solving/Program Construction
(CSC 120) or Pascal (CSC 123). General Electives (30 credits):
six credits in Humaruties; six credits in Social Sciences, six
credits in Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area Of Concentration (80 credits):
Required Core Area (14 credits): Introduction to Environmental Science (ENS 101), General Chemistry I-II (CHE
101 ,102), Contemporary Issues in Biology (BIO 103).
Area of Specialization (22/23 credits) : Introduction to
Geology (EAS 150), Hydrology (EAS 201), Earth Resources
(EAS 232), Meteorology (EAS 241), Advanced Environmental Geology (EAS 541), Soil Science (BIO 334) or a Field
Course (EAS *), two Field Courses (EAS*).
*Courses listed with asterisk denote a field course.
Related Electives (43/44 credits): At least six credits must be
taken from each of the following groups and 24 credits must
be 300 level or higher.
GROUP I: Geochemi stry (CHE 255), Areal Geology (EAS
170)*, Hi storical Geology (EAS 200), Carbonate Geology
(EAS 304), Mineralogy (EAS 331 ), Petrology (EAS 332),
Micropaleontology (EAS 350), Sedimentology (EAS 421 ),
Structural Geology (EAS 425), Optical Mineralogy (EAS
430), Field Course in Earth Science (EAS 491) *, Field
Course in Geology (EAS 492)*, Tectonics (EAS 527),
Reservoir Evaluation (EAS 547).
GROUP II: Introduction to Oceanography (EAS 163),
Climatology (EAS 242), Synoptic Meteorology (EAS 251),
Field Work in Hydrology (EAS 302)*, Field Work in
Meteorology (EAS 341 )*, Dynamic Meteorology (EAS
342), Geomorphology (EAS 343)*, Geology of Pennsylvania
(EAS 366)*, Coastal Geomorphology and Marine Resources
(EAS 563)*, Economic Geography (GEO 200), Physiography of the U.S (GEO 520).
GROUP III: Remote Sensing (EAS 255 ), Cartography (EAS
271), Computer Cartography (EAS 273), Field Mapping
(EAS 372)*, Statistical Cartography (EAS 373), Map and
Aerial Photo Interpretation (EAS 375), Field Methods in
Earth Science (EAS 436)*, Field Methods in Geology (EAS
437)*, Quantitative Applications in Earth Science (EAS
528), Map Principles (GEO 110).
GROUP IV: Conservation of Biological Resources (BIO
206), Ecology (BIO 310), Plant Ecology (BIO 314), Air
Quality Monitoring (ENS 430), Solid Waste Management
(ENS 431), Environmental Regulations (ENS 432).
Bachelor of Science in
Medical Technology
Advances in medical science have occurred at an
accelerating pace in recent years, and great progress has been
made in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. Research
findings in biochemistry and advances in instrumentation
technology have increased the quality of American health
care and have generated a growing demand for peop le
trained in the field of medical technology. The Medical
Technology program prepares students to hold key positions
in the medical laboratory.
The Medical Technology program of this university is
approved by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists, a
member of the American Medical Associ ation (AMA) .
California University of Pennsylvania is formally affiliated
with seven hospital schools of medical technology.
The program involves a three-year program on
campus and one year (12 months) at one of the approved
affiliated schools or one acceptable to California University of Pennsylvania. Upon the completion of the clinical
or internship year, the student is granted a Bachelor of
Science degree from California University of Pennsylvania as well as a certificate in medical technology from the
hospital school.
In addition, graduates take the national test given by
the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American
Society of Clinical Pathologists. The students who
successfully pass this examination become registered
medical technologists M.T. (A.S.C.P.)
The university's hospital affiliations include:
Altoona Hospital
Altoona, PA
Conemaugh Valley Memorial Hospital Johnstown, PA
Latrobe Area Hospital
Latrobe, PA
St. Vincent Hospital
Erie, PA
To enhance the student's opportunity of being
accepted by one of our affiliated hospital schools of
medical technology for the fourth or clinical year, it is
strongly recommended that the student maintain a
minimum of a 3.0 quality point average in the natural
sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics)
and a minimum of a 3.0 overall quality point average .
Qualified men and women are in demand as medical
technologists to hold responsible positions in blood
banking, microbiology, parasitology, chemistry, serology,
hematology, and nuclear medicine, as well as in supervisory positions in laboratories.
Curriculum
(A) General Education (37 credits):
English Composition I (ENG 101), Principles of Management (MGT 201); six credits in Humanities; six credits in
Social Sciences; six credits in Natural Sciences; 13 credits
in Free Electives.
Students are not permitted to select for general education,
courses in the Humanities, Social Sciences, or Natural
Sciences from a discipline in which their program requires
two or more courses from that discipline. Exceptions to
this policy are: ENGLISH: All general survey and
literature courses are permitted in the Humanities area.
COMMUNICATION STUDIES: All non-performance
based courses are permitted in the Humanities area.
Students must fulfill their requirements in the Humanities,
Social Sciences, and Natural Sciences by taking courses in
two different disciplines.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
77
(B) Area Of Concentration (62 credits):
Biological Sciences (35 credits): Principles of Biology (BIO
115), General Zoology (BIO 120), Human Anatomy (BIO
306), Genetics (BIO 318), Microbiology (BIO 326), Parasitology (BIO 327), Human Physiology (BIO 328), Clinical
Microbiology (BIO 426), Immunology (BIO 450).
Ancillary Courses (27 credits): General Chemistry 1-11 (CHE
101 , 102), Analytical Chemistry I (CHE 261), Organic
Chemistry I (CHE 331), General Physics 1-11 (PHY 121 ,
122), College Algebra (MAT 181).
(C) Approved School Of Medical Technology (29 credits):
The following courses are strongly recommended by the
Hospital Schools of Medical Technology to be used as free
electives in general education area: English Composition II
(ENG 102), Organic Chemistry II (CHE 332), Mycology
(BIO 407), Biochemistry I (CHE 411), Statistics (MAT 215).
Pre-professional Biology
Students in the health professions commit themselves to
a lifelong process of self-education; therefore, the development of scholarly motivation, independence, and creativity
are vital to professional medical competence. Acquiring an
understanding of people, their societies, and their history is a
valuable asset in the practice of the health professions.
Consequently, a liberal education in the humanities and the
arts, as well as in the social and natural sciences, provides
the best professional preparation. In addition, the student
should demonstrate competence and concentrated study in a
curriculum or field of special interest. Although students
interested in the health professions do not necessarily major
in Biology, they should plan to take a significant number of
biology courses.
Varied program offerings make it possible to satisfy
requirements for pre-medical, pre-dental, pre-veterinary,
pre-podiatry, pre-pharmacy, pre-chiropractic, and other prehealth fields . Those interested should contact the Biology
Department to discuss their career plans. Academic credit
can be obtained for practical internship experience.
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits):
English Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102). Twelve credits of
Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of
Social Sciences; and 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area Of Concentration (68 credits):
Required Core Courses (39 credits): Principles of Biology
(BIO 115), General Zoology (BIO 120), General Botany
(BIO 125), General Chemistry 1-11 (CHE 101, 102), Organic
Chemistry 1-11 (CHE 331,332), General Physics I-II (PHY
121, 122), Basic Calculus (MAT 273) or Calculus I (MAT
281).
Area of Specialization (20 credits): Genetics (BIO 318),
Human Anatomy (BIO 306) or Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy (BIO 305)*, Human Physiology (BIO 328), Cell
Biology (BIO 480), Microbiology (BIO 326).
*Recommended for pre-veterinary
Related Electives (nine credits): Embryology (BIO 317),
Animal Histology (BIO 325), Parasitology (BIO 327),
Clinical Microbiology (BIO 425), Immunology (BIO 450),
Biochemistry I (CHE 411).
Bachelor of Science in Mortuary
Science
Today the expansion of knowledge occurs at such a
rapid rate that the average person cannot keep pace with all
of the information thataffects his or her life. In professional
careers a broad understanding of the changing world is
closely related to success. In the mortuary science profession, we find phenomenal growth in knowledge, technology
and improved delivery systems of service to the public. An
awareness of changes in the areas of embalming, funeral
home management, business management, sociological and
pyschological patterns will enhance the effectiveness of the
practitioner.
Careers
Highly qualified individuals can achieve success as
members of well-established mortuary firms or as selfemployed practitioners. Careers in teaching and research are
also available.
Objectives
•
•
•
Students must successfully complete at least three designated
writing component courses and one designated laboratory
component course in the General Studies area. Students must
successfully complete at least three semester hours from at
least three different disciplines in the Humanities, Natural
Science, and Social Science categories.
78
California University of Pennsylvania
The program objectives are:
to prepare students with academic background for entry
into school of mortuary science;
to prepare the student with an academic background that
can challenge the changing technology and demands of
society;
to expand the opportunities for entry into a technological
world.
Curriculum
The mortuary science year, through affiliation with the
Pittsburgh School of Mortuary Science, is accredited through
the American Board of Funeral Service Education, National
Association of Colleges of Mortuary Science, National
Conference of Funeral Service Examining Boards of the
United States, Inc. This program is designed for three years
of approved study on campus and one year of study at the
Pittsburgh Institute of Mortuary Science.
Upon completion of the program, the student is granted
a Bachelor of Science degree from California and a diploma
from the Pittsburgh Institute. Upon completion of a one-year
resident intern period, the candidate applies for the State
Board Examinations and licensure as a funeral director and
embalmer.
The curriculum requires 128 credits: 100 credits in
required and elective California University courses and 28
credits for the institute year at an approved mortuary science
institute.
(A) General Education (42 credits):
English Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102), General Psychology (PSY 100), Elements of Economics (ECO 100), six
credits in Humanities; six credits in Social Sciences; six
credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Free Electives.
Students are not permitted to select courses in the Humanities, Social Sciences and Natural Science areas from a
discipline in which their program requires two or more
courses from that discipline. Exceptions to this policy are:
ENGLISH: All general survey and literature courses are
permitted in the Humanities area. COMMUNICATION
STUDIES: All non-performance based courses are permitted
in the Humanities area. Students must fulfill their requirements in the Humanities, Social Sciences, and Natural
Sciences by taking courses in two different disciplines.
(B) Area Of Concentration (58 CREDITS):
Required: Principles of Biology (BIO 115), General Zoology
(BIO 120), General Botany (BIO 125), Biology Elective*,
Human Anatomy (BIO 306), Human Physiology (BIO 328),
Microbiology (BIO 326).
*Requires advisor approval.
Ancillary Courses (15 credits): General Chemistry I-II (CHE
101, 102), Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331), College Algebra
(MAT 181).
Dying (EDF 318), Oral Communication (COM 101),
Animal Histology (BIO 325), Parasitology (BIO 327),
Organic Chemistry II (CHE 332). These are suggested
electives to be used in the general education components.
The Washington Hospital School Of
Nursing - Registered Nurse
Program
The Washington Hospital School of Nursing (WHSN)
Registered Nurse Program is a cooperative venture
between California University and the WHSN. Entrance
into the program requires successful performance by the
prospective student on the qualifying examination given
by the WHSN and subsequent acceptance for admission to
both the WHSN and California University of Pennsylvania. The program of study leading to the certificate of
completion given by WHSN and licensure as a registered
nurse, following successful completion of the prescribed
curriculum and examinations as required by law, is 27
months in duration .
The cooperative nature of this program is based upon
the university providing a minimum of 40 credits in
traditional science and general education courses and the
WHSN providing the traditional nursing courses and
clinical experiences required for certification as a registered nurse.
Because of the necessity to limit enrollment at
WHSN, the availability of university classes may be
limited. This is particularly critical with regard to the
science classes,Anatomy and Physiology I and II, Chemistry for the Health Sciences, Basic Microbiology and
Basic Principles of Nutrition where, depending upon
circumstances, enrollment may be restricted to students
who have been formally accepted into the WHSN Program. Individuals who wish to earn a degree from the
university may continue in the Bachelor of Science
Nursing Program offered by the university following
completion of the WHSN Program. However, other
qualifications and/or examinations may be required prior
to entry into the university BSN Program. (See the
description of the Nursing Program).
Complementary Courses (15 credits): Accounting I (ACC
201), Ethics (PHI 220), Mental Health (PSY 310), Social
Psychology (PSY 211), Principles of Sociology (SOC 100).
(C) School Of Mortuary Sciences (28 credits):
Strongly recommended electives : Introduction to Political
Science (POS 100), Basic Programming Language (CSC
105), Sculpture I (ART 118), Mathematics of Finance (MAT
171 ), Business and Professional Writing I (ENG 211),
Principles of Management (MGT 201), The Family (SOC
220), Introduction to Social Work (SOW 150), Death and
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
79
oo
Minors
~ Biology Concentration
u
u
00
Required: BIO 115 Principles of Biology, BIO 120 General
Zoology, BIO 125 General Botany.
Electives: A minimum of nine credits from the biology core
electives listed under the Bachelor of Science in Biology
degree requirements. Courses must come from at least three
different core areas.
~
Environmental Sciences Concentration
z~
Required: BIO 115 Principles of Biology, BIO 120 General
Zoology, BIO 125 General Botany, BIO 310 Ecology.
Electives: Two approved courses from the animal and plant
ecology cores listed under the Environmental Sciences
option of the degree program in Environmental Studies.
z~
~
~
z~
i
~
>
z
~
Q
z
<
~
<
u
~
~
0
~
0
~
~
80
California University of Pennsylvania
BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS
Purpose
The Business and Economics Department offers a number
of degree programs, with emphasis given to the development
of fundamental skills that will be beneficial to graduates in
both their professional and private lives. The department
recognizes that the keys for success are flexibility and
adaptability. The department's programs are fully supported
with state-of-the-art computer facilities including current
software utilized in the business community.
After careful analysis of the current demands in the labor
marketplace, the department has designed four distinct degree
approaches, each serving a specific student interest and
· potential employment. The four degree approaches are:
1. Bachelor of Arts in Administration and Management
2. Bachelor of Arts in Economics
3. Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (with
various specialized options)
4. Two-year Associate Degree programs (in the fields of
Accounting, Administration/Management, Banking,
and Computer Based Management)
Additionally, many department courses will be of value to
students enrolled in other fields . The practical nature of course
material will assist any student desiring to gain knowledge of
business principles regardless of major. The faculty and office
staff within the department will gladly assist students to
determine courses meaningful to their fields.
Awards
Achievement is recognized in several ways. Membership is
open to qualified successful students in Omicron Delta Epsilon,
an honorary Economics Fraternity, the Accounting Club, the
Economics Club, the Marketing Club, and the Society for the
Advancement of Management. These organizations are involved
in a variety of social and scholastic activities. In addition, the
achievements of outstanding graduating seniors are recognized
with the following awards:
• Wall Street Journal Award for outstanding achievement in the
study of Business or Economics;
•Alfred z.effiro Award for excellence in the study of Business,
Management;
•Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award for
high scholastic achievement in the study of Accounting;
•John Apessos Award for excellence in the study of Management.
Bachelor of Arts in
Administration and
Management
Bachelor of Arts in Administration and Management
provides for a broad-based flexible curriculum that meets the
needs of a business student with liberal arts interests. The
graduation requirements for this degree make it ideal for the
transfer student since it permits maximum utilization of
previously completed course work.
Graduates will be prepared for a variety of management
positions in business, industry and government.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits in Humanities; 12 credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits in Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Introductory
Microeconomics (ECO 201); Introductory Macroeconomics
(ECO 202); Money and Banking (ECO 304); Labor Economics (ECO 311); six additional credits of upper level Economics courses; Accounting I (ACC 201) & II (ACC 202);
Managerial Accounting (ACC 321 ); Principles of Management (MGT 201); Principles of Marketing (MKT 271);
Financial Management (FIN 301); Labor Relations (MGT
362); six additional credits of upper-level courses in Accounting, Business, Finance, Management or Marketing;
Technical Mathematics (MAT 182) or College Algebra (MAT
181); Business Statistics (MAT 225); Micros & Applications
Software (CSC 101); Oral Communication: Management
(COM 250); Business Writing I (ENG 211); Industrial
Psychology (PSY 326); and five credits of related electives
approved by one's advisor.
Faculty
Professor Burrell Brown, chair; Associate Professor Clyde Roberts, assistant chair; Professors Ismail Cole,
Karen L. LeMasters, Mahmood A. K. Omarzai, Young J. Park, P. Ronald Tarullo;
Associate Professors William F. Blose!, Debra Clingerman, David T. Jones, Robert J. Kopko, Susan J. Mongell, Louise
E. Serafin, Jerzy Zderkowski; Assistant Professor Edward Mendola.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
81
oo Bachelor of Arts in Economics
~
Bachelor of Arts in Economics is a multipurpose program, with the objective of providing students with a liberal
~ arts background and an understanding of the behavior of
people as both producers and consumers. The program
develops an understanding of the economic problems facing us
today at all levels of government and business. This approach
has been found to be attractive to many employers in industry,
government, and business and is an excellent preparation for
~ graduate study in economics, business administration, hospital
ad mini stration, law, public administration and urban planning.
Many students successfully enter the labor market immediately following graduation, bypassing graduate studies.
~
0
Z
0
U
Q
Z
,<
00 Curriculum
00
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
~ 102); 12 credits of Humani ties; 12 credits of Natural Sciences;
Z
Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration offers
several degree programs that can be tailored to the needs of
each student. Often , when students begin their college
studies, they have not full y determined career direction .
The various specialized options of this degree permit
modification of emphasis as the student's interests become
defined without loss of credits earned toward graduation.
The faculty offers a diverse background of practical business
experience and scholarly achievement to equip the graduating
student with the skills necessary for success in business.
Students may focus on one of the following specialized
options: Accounting, Computer Based Management, Marketing, Finance, Human Resource Management, Management,
Business Economics, and General.
12 credits of Social Sciences ; 18 credits of Free Electives.
~
00
(B) Area of Concentration: Economics Core: Introduction
to Microeconomics (ECO 201); Introduction to Macroeco~ nomics (ECO 202); Money and Banking (ECO 304); Intermediate Microeconomics (ECO 301 ); Intermediate Macroeconomics (ECO 302); 14 additional credits of Economics
electives (at 200 level or above). Communication Skills:
Business Writing I (ENG 211) or Advanced Writing (ENG
375); Quantitative Skills: Technical Math I (MAT 182) or
College Algebra (MAT 181 ), Mathematics of Finance (MAT
17 1); Micros and Application Software (CSC 101 ); Business
Statistics (MAT 225); Mathematical Economics (ECO 320).
Related Courses: Accounting I (ACC 201) and Accounting II
(ACC 202); five related courses approved by one's advisor.
~
Bachelor of Arts in
International Studies: Business
& Economics Option
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition 1-11
(ENG 101 , 102), 12 credits of Humanities and Fine Arts, 12
credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18
credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits) : Business &
Economics: (ACC 201) Accounting, (MGT 201) Principles of
Management, (ECO 201) Introductory Microeconomics, (ECO
202) Introductory to Macroeconomics, (FIN 301) Financial
Management, (MKT 271) Principles of Marketing, (MKT 431)
International Business Management. Languages Select courses
fro m FRE, GER, or SPN: (203) Intermediate I, (204) Intermediate II, (3 11 ) Conversation, Composition and Phonetics I, (312)
Conversation, Composition and Phonetics II, Culture and
Civilization Elective, Language Elective. Geography (GEO
200) Economics of Geography, Area Study Electives (six
credits). Restricted Electives (18 credits) Selected in consultation with advisor. Related Electives (two credits)
82
California University of Pennsylvania
The business world grows increasingly complex, as
computer applications permit more sophi sticated decisionmaking. California University 's Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration is designed to insure that students
acquire sufficient background for a broad range of careers in
business, industry and government. Labor Relations,
Marketing, Accounting, Production, M anagement, Finance
and Communications are emphasized.
Career opportunities are in such positions as those of
accountant, banker, city manager, general manager, government agency administrator, hospital administrator, industri al
relations manager, insurance agent, office manager, personnel manager, production manager, purchasing agent, retail
manager, sales manager, sales representative, securities
analyst, and stock broker.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101); Business
Writing I (ENG 211); Group Discussion Management (COM
102); College Algebra (MAT 181) or Technical Math I (MAT
182); Mathematics of Finance I (MAT 171) or Basic Calculus
(MAT 273); Business Statistics (MAT 225); six credits in
Humanities; six credits in Social Sciences; six credits in Natural
Sciences; 12 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Business Writing II (ENG 212)
or Advanced Writing (ENG 375); Oral Communication: Management (COM 250); Micros & Applications Software (CSC 101);
Industrial Psychology (PSY 326); Introductory Microeconomics
(ECO 201 ); Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202); Money
and Banking (ECO 304) or Intermediate Macroeconomics (ECO
302); Labor Economics (ECO 311) or Intermediate
Microeconomics (ECO 301) or Managerial Economics (ECO
322); Introduction to Business (BUS 100) or Business elective.
Accounting I (ACC 201) and II (ACC 202); Cost Accounting I
(ACC 331) or Managerial Accounting (ACC 321); Principles of
Management (MGT 201); Principles of Marketing (MKT 271);
Financial Management (FIN 301); Labor Relations (MGT 362);
Strategic Management (MGT 402).
Options
Accounting
Intennediate Accounting I (ACC 30 l ); Intennediate Accounting
Il (ACC 302); nine credits of additional upper-level Accounting
(ACC) courses (no internship credits); 11 credits in Accounting,
Business, Economics, Finance, Management or Marketing
courses 200 level or above (Recommended: Business Law I
[BUS 242] and Business Law Il [BUS 243]).
Business Economics
Intennediate Microeconomics (ECO 301); Intermediate
Macroeconomics (ECO 302); Mathematical Economics
(ECO 320); 11 credits of Economics electives 200 level or
above; five credits from Accounting, Business, Finance,
Management, Marketing electives.
Computer Based Systems Management
Fifteen credits of selected computer science courses; Management lnfonnation Systems (MGT 371); Computer Based
Management Systems (MGT 373); Applied Econometrics
(ECO 421); Upper level Accounting, Business, Economics,
Finance, Management or Marketing elective.
Management
Organizational Behavior (MGT 301); Human Resource
Management (MGT 352); Business Law I (BUS 242); nine
credits of Upper level Management (MGT) courses (no
internship credits) and eight credits of Management related
courses to be selected with the approval of one's advisor.
Marketing
Principles of Selling (MKT 222); Sales Management (MKT 321);
Marketing Management (MKT 401), Advertising Management
(MKT 351), Consumer Behavior (MKT 431), Marketing
Research (MKT 431), Business Marketing (MKT 452); five
credits of the following (which may be 200 level or above of
Accounting, Business, Economics, Finance, Management or
Marketing (MKT) electives): Applied Econometrics (ECO 421),
International Business Management (MGT 431 ), Real Estate
Fundamentals (FIN 351 ), Real Estate Practice (FIN 352),
Insurance and Risk Management (FIN 341 ), Retailing (MKT
331 ), Marketing for Non-profit organizations (MKT 341 ),
Business Law I (BUS 242).
Finance
Introduction to Finance (FIN 201); Personal Money Management (FIN 211); Advanced Financial Management (FIN 302);
Investments (FIN 305); Financial Markets and Institutions (FIN
411); Applied Econometrics (ECO 421); and seven credits from
the following (three to six of which may be 200 level or above):
Accounting, Business, Economics, Finance, Management or
Marketing electives; Bank Management (FIN 531 ); Upper
Level Finance elective; International Business Management
(MGT 431); Industrial Organization (ECO 401); Public Finance
(ECO 405); International Economics (ECO 431 ); Real Estate
· Fundamentals (FIN 351); Real Estate Practice (FIN 352),
Business Law I (BUS 242).
General
Twenty-six credits of Accounting, Business, Economics,
Finance, Management, Marketing electives (200 level or above).
Human Resource Management
Business Law I (BUS 242), Human Resource Management
(MGT 352); Organizational Behavior (MGT 301); Compensation Management (MGT 353); Development of Interviewing
Skills (PSY 370); 11 credits from the following (may include up
to three credits of Management electives): Demographic
Analysis (GEO 217), Human Ecology (GEO 240), Social
Psychology (PSY 320), Psychology of Gender Roles (PSY
311 ), Psychology of Stress Management (PSY 222), Psychology of Personality (PSY 405), Psychological Testing (PSY
340), Advanced Industrial Psychology (PSY 428), Men,
Women, and Work (SOC 125), Sociology of Workplace (SOC
215); Business, Society and Government (BUS 342).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
83
Associate of Science in
oo Associate Degree Programs
U
An alternative for students not wishing to make an immediAdministration and Management
~ ate four-year commitment to education is the two-year associate
~
0
z
0
u
~
Q
z
<
00
00
~
z
degree program in several disciplines.
The accounting student may wish to pursue a two-year
course of study in Accounting preparatory to entering a juniorlevel accounting position. Those interested in a two-year
program in Administration/Management or Computer Based
Management can also pursue an Associate Degree program.
These curricula provide sufficient background in basic
management skills to qualify graduates for many entry-level
supervisory positions in business and industry. For students
desiring a career in the financial service industry or for the
employees of financial institutions, an option in Banking is
available in the Administration and Management Associate
Degree curriculum.
~
Of course, a student can transfer all of the course work
completed at any time to the appropriate four-year program
~ leading to a Bachelor's Degree. No more than fifteen credits can
~ be transferred from another institution to fulfill the requirements
for the Associate Degree programs. The Department of Business
and Economics offers this two-year associate degree to provide
students with high quality training in accounting. In the career
ladder concept, the university has designed the program so that
students may transfer into many four-year business programs.
00
Careers are available in a number of fields in business and
government, including purchasing, sales, bookkeeping, and
accounting.
Associate of Science in
Accounting
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG 101);
Business Writing I (ENG 211), College Algebra (MAT 181) or
Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182); Micros & Applications
Software (CSC 101); Science, Technology and Society (Plfl
246); three credits in Humanities; three credits in Social Sciences;
three credits in Natural Sciences; three credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Intro to Business (BUS 100);
Accounting I (ACC 201) and II (ACC 202); Cost Accounting
(ACC 331); Principles of Management (MGT 201); six credits
from Elements of Economics (ECO 100), Current Economic
Issues (ECO 200), Intro Micro (ECO 201), and Intro Macro
(ECO 202); six credits of Accounting electives to be selected
with approval of advisor; six - 11 credits of accounting,
Business Economics, Finance, Management and Marketing
electives (with the approval of advisor some of these electives
may be selected from Industrial Psychology (PSY 209),
Mathematics of Finance I (MAT 171), Business Statistics (MAT
225), Oral Communication Management (COM 250).
84
California University of Pennsylvania
This two-year associate degree provides students with
the basic instruction for an entry level management position
with business or industry. In addition, all of the credits
earned in this program are transferable to the four-year
degree.
Careers available to the graduate of this program include
a number of junior management positions in business and
government, including sales, purchasing, employee relations,
and general management.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG
101); Business Writing I (ENG 211); College Algebra (MAT
181) or Technical Mathematics (MAT 182); Micros &
Applications Software (CSC 101 ); Science, Technology and
Society (Plfl 246); three credits in Social Sciences; three
credits in Natural Sciences; three credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Introduction to Business
(BUS 100); Accounting 1-11 (ACC 201 & 202); Principles of
Management (MGT 201); six credits from Elements of
Economics (ECO 100), Current Economic Issues (ECO 200),
Introductory Microeconomics (ECO 201), Introductory
Macroeconomics (ECO 202); 20 credits of Restricted
Electives to include 12-18 credits of Accounting, Business,
Economics, Finance, Management, and Marketing courses;
and three-nine credits from Computer courses, Industrial
Psychology (PSY 326), Mathematics of Finance I (MAT
171), Business Statistics (MAT 225), Sociology, or Social
Science, Psychology elective, Oral Communication Management (COM 250).
Associate of Science in
Minors
in the Business and Economics field are available to
Administration and Management Minors
students majoring in disciplines other than Business and
Economics. The various minors offered and required courses
Banking Option
The two-year associate degree in Banking is an option
under the Administration and Management program. This
curriculum is designed to meet the needs for junior level
management positions in the financial services industry.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG 101);
Business Writing I (ENG 211); College Algebra (MAT 181) or
Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182); Micros & Applications
Software (CSC 101); Science, Technology and Society (PHI
246); three credits in Humanities; three credits in Social Sciences;
three credits in Natural Sciences; three credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Accounting I (ACC 201) and II
(ACC 202); Managerial Accounting (ACC 321); Elements of
Economics (ECO 100); Introductory Microeconomics (ECO
201); Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202); Principles of
Management (MGT 201); Financial Management (FIN 301);
Money and Banking (ECO 304); two credits of Finance
elective; nine credits from A.I.B. courses or from a list of
selected courses in Business, Mathematics, and Finance.
Associate of Science in
Computer-Based
Management Systems
The Business and Economics Department offers this
two-year associate degree to provide students with general
management and computer skills.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG
101); Business Writing I (ENG 211); College Algebra (MAT
181) or Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182); Micros &
Applications Software (CSC 101); Science, Technology and
Society (PHI 246); three credits in Humanities ; three credits
in Social Sciences; three credits in Natural Sciences; three
credits of Free Electives.
for each are as follows:
Accounting Minor
BUS 100, Intro Business; ECO 100, Elements of Economics;
ACC 201, Accounting I; ACC 202, Accounting 11; ACC 331, Cost
Accounting I.
Upper Level (300- and above) Accounting Electives (six credits).
Business Minor
BUS 100, Intro Business; ECO 100, Elements of Economics;
ACC 201, Accounting I; MGT 201, Principles of Management.
Upper Level (300- and above) Business (ACC/BUS/FIN/MGT/
MKT) Electives (nine credits).
Economics Minor
BUS 100, Intro Business; ECO 201, Intro Microeconomics ;
ECO 202, Intro Macroeconomics; ECO Elective.
Upper Level (300- and above) Economics Electives (nine
credits) .
Finance Minor
BUS 100, Intro Business; ECO 100, Elements of Economics;
ACC 201, Accounting I; FIN 211, Personal Money Management; FIN 301, Financial Management.
Upper Level (300- and above) Finance Elective (six credits) .
Management Minor
BUS 100, Intro Business; ECO 100, Elements of Economics;
MGT 201, Principles of Management;
MGT 301, Organizational Behavior; MGT Elective.
Upper Level (300- and above) Management Electives (six
credits).
Marketing Minor
BUS 100, Intro Business; ECO 100, Elements of Economics;
MKT 222, Principles of Selling; MKT 271, Principles of
Marketing, MKT Elective.
Upper Level (300- and above) Marketing Electives (six
credits).
(B) Area of Concentration: Introduction to Business
(BUS 100); Accounting I (ACC 201) and II (ACC 202);
Principles of Management (MGT 201); Management
Information Systems (MGT 371) or Computer Based
Management Systems (MGT 373); six credits from Elements
of Economics (ECO 100), Current Economic Issues (ECO
200); Introductory Microeconomics (ECO 201), and Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202); nine credits of selected
computer courses; Managerial Accounting (ACC 321) or
Cost Accounting (ACC 331); three credits of Economics
elective; two credits of Accounting, Business, Economics,
Finance, Management or Marketing elective.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
85
CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
Purpose
The Chemistry & Physics Department houses both the
Chemistry and Physics programs at the university. These
programs are located in the New Science building which was
renovated in 1984. Along with the building renovation the
department acquired state-of-the-art chemical instrumentation , and more recently has acquired a number of computers
for use in both the physics and chemistry programs.
Bachelor of Science in
Chemistry
This program focuses upon studies of the nature and
structure of matter and provides a strong foundation in the
fundamentals of chemistry, physics and mathematics. Upon
successful completion of this program, the graduate is
qualified to assume a position as a chemist in either the
private or public sector. Program graduates should also be
well prepared to undertake graduate studies leading to the
M.A., M.S., or Ph.D. in Chemistry.
Through consultation with an advisor, students obtain
information that will guide them toward a proper selection of
electives in General Education. Such a judicious selection of
electives based upon the student's objectives may help to
promote additional career opportunities and also satisfy the
admissions standards of various professional and graduate
schools . Some graduates have thus chosen to continue their
education or to pursue careers in medicine, dentistry,
pharmacy, management, college and university teaching, and
research.
Career opportunities include positions as analytical
chemist, quality control specialist, industrial management
trainee, technical writer, chemical purchasing agent and sales
person with the chemical industry.
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: General Chemistry 1-11
(CHE 101, 102), Inorganic Chemistry (CHE 205), Analytical
Chemistry I (CHE 261), Instrumental Analysis (CHE 262),
Organic Chemistry 1-11 (CHE 331,332), Individual Work
(CHE 368), Physical Chemistry 1-11 (CHE 451,452),
Chemistry Seminar (CHE 495) and four credits of Required
Chemistry electives, Calculus 1-11 (MAT 281,282), College
Physics 1-11 (PHY 101, 202), 16 additional credits of related
electives.
Bachelor of Arts in Physics
The program leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in
Physics offers the student a variety of choices which may be
tailored to one's needs. The flexibility of the program allows
the graduate to prepare for many occupations, including
admission to an advanced degree program in physics or
engineering, and technical or research positions with industry
or government.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits in Humanities, 12 credits in Natural Sciences, 12 credits in Social Sciences; 18 credits of free
electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: College Physics I-II-III
(PHY 101, 202, 203), Intermediate Mechanics (PHY 221),
Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism (PHY 301), Modern
Physics I (PHY 331), Calculus I-II-III (MAT 281, 282, 381),
Differential Equations (MAT 406), General Chemistry 1-11
(CHE 101 102), six credits of Physics Electives, 19 credits of
Advanced Related Electives.
The program also provides preprofessional training in
medicine, dentistry, and law, as well as preparation for
graduate school.
Curriculum
Faculty
Associate Professor Clyde W. Clendaniel, chair; Professors Theodore L. Dominick,
Gabriel C. Fusco, David L. Johnson, Anthony Lazzaro, David W. Pajerski;
Associate Professors Gregg Gould, Robert L. Zoppetti; Assistant Professor John Lynch
86
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Certification in
Education: Certification in
Chemistry for Secondary Schools Physics for Secondary Schools
Curriculum
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities,
including Composition I-II (ENG 101-102), 11 credits in
Natural Sciences, including Principles of Biology (BIO 115),
Organic Chemistry II (CHE 322), and an approved Earth
Science elective, 9 credits in Social Sciences, 3 credits in
Health or Physical Activities, Oral Communication (COM
101), General Psychology (PSY 100), 6 credits of Free
Electives, including a science elective.
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities, including
Composition I~ II (ENG 101, 102), 11 credits in Natural
Sciences, including Principles of Biology (BIO 115), General
Chemistry II (CHE 102), and an Earth Science elective, 9
credits in Social Sciences, 3 credits in Health or Physical
Activities, Oral Communication (COM 101), General Psychology (PSY 100), 3 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Professional Education: Educational Psychology
(PSY 208), Policy Studies in American Education (EDF 290),
(PSY 208), Policy Studies in American Education (EDF 290),
Problems of Secondary Education (EDS 300), Computers for
Teachers (EDF 301), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF
302), Mainstreaming the Except. Child (EDU 340), Teaching
in a Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Educational Tests &
Measurements (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in
Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Teaching of Science in
Secondary Schools (EDS 467*), Student Teaching and School
Law (EDS 461). *Modem Methods in Secondary Schools
may be taken in place of the "Teaching of' course with
permission of your advisor.
Problems of Secondary Education (EDS 300), Computers for
Teachers (EDF _301), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF
302), Mainstreaming the Except. Child (EDU 340), Teaching
in a Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Educational Tests &
Measurements (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in
Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Teaching of Science in
Secondary Schools (EDS 467*), Student Teaching and School
Law (EDS 461). *Modem Methods in Secondary Schools
may be taken in place of the "Teaching of' course with
permission of your advisor.
(C) Professional Specialization: General Chemistry I-II
(CHE 101 , 102), Geochemistry (CHE 255), Analytical
Chemistry I (CHE 261), Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331),
Biochemistry (CHE 441), Physical Chemistry I (CHE 451),
Individual Work I (CHE 368), Calculus I (MAT 281),
Calculus II (MAT 282), College Physics I (PHY 101).
Pennsylvania certification requires a satisfactory score
on the National Teachers Exam.
(B) Professional Education: Educational Psychology
(C) Professional Specialization: College Physics I-II-III
(PHY 101,202 and 203), Intermediate Mechanics (PHY 221 ),
Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism (PHY 301), Modem
Physics (PHY 331), Mathematical Methods of Physics I (PHY
341), Physics Seminar (PHY 495), Calculus I-II-III (MAT
281, 282 and 381), General Chemistry I (CHE 101).
Pennsylvania certification requires a satisfactory score on
the National Teachers Exam.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
87
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Certification in General Science
for Secondary Schools
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities,
including Composition I-II (ENG 101 , 102), 9 credits in
Natural Sciences, including Pre-Calculus (MAT 199), 9 credits
in Social Sciences, 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities,
Oral Communication (COM 101 ), General Psychology (PSY
I00), 6 credits of Free Electives, including a science elective
and College Algebra (MAT 181).
(B) Professional Education: Educational Psychology (PSY
208), Policy Studies in American Education (EDF 290), Problems
of Secondary Education (EDS 300), Computers for Teachers
(EDF 301), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302),
Mainstreaming the Except. Child (EDU 340), Teaching in a
Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Educational Tests & Measurements (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools
(EDS 465), Teaching of Science in Secondary Schools (EDS
467*), Student Teaching and School Law (EDS 461). *Modern
Methods in Secondary Schools may be taken in place of the
"Teaching of' course with permission of your advisor.
(C) Professional Specialization: General Zoology (BIO 120),
General Botany (BIO 125), General Chemistry I-II (CHE 101 ,
l02), General Physics 1-11 (PHY 121 and 122), Intro to Geology
(EAS 150), Introduction to Oceanography (EAS 163), and five
credits of Science electives from BIO, CHE, EAS, or PHY.
Pennsylvania certification requires a satisfactory score on the
National Teachers Examination.
Cooperative Engineering
Program
California University of Pennsylvania participates in
cooperative liberal arts engineering programs with both the
Pennsylvania State University and the University of Pittsburgh. The student undertakes a three-year curriculum at
California University of Pennsylvania concentrating on studies
in liberal arts and pre-engineering courses in natural sciences.
Upon successful completion of that curriculum and the
recommendation of faculty, the student spends two years at the
Pennsylvania State University or the University of Pittsburgh,
at which time the student will complete the engineering course
requirements as specified by the institution.
Some advantages of such cooperative programs include
the following :
I . For students who have yet to choose between engineering
or another discipline as a field endeavor, the programs
provide initial studies in both the arts and sciences at
California University of Pennsylvania, during which time
they may ascertain whether their abilities and interests lie
in the field of engineering or another discipline.
2. The program permits qualified students to receive both a
liberal and technical education at relatively low cost.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities including Perspectives in Philosophy (PHI 100), 6 credits in
Natural Sciences, 12 credits in Social Sciences, including
Elements of Economics (ECO 100), Composition I-II (ENG
101 , 102), Oral Communication (COM 101).
(B) Area of Concentration: Technical Drawing I (IND
110), Seminar, General Chemistry I-II (CHE 101 , 102),
College Physics I-II-III (PHY 101 , 202, 203), Calculus 1-11III-IV (MAT 281, 282, 381, 382), Linear Algebra I (MAT
341), Problem Solving and Programming Constructions
(CSC 120), Differential Equations (MAT 406), Mathematical
Methods of Physics (PHY 341) 13 credits of Engineering
Discipline Courses.
Bachelor of Arts in
Natural Sciences
This extremely flexible program provides the student
with an opportunity to structure a course of study that
encompasses the broad areas of science and mathematics.
Students enrolling in this program are expected to work
carefully and regularly with their academic advisor to
develcip a program that meets their individual needs. Information on the curricular structure of this program is available
in both the Chemistry & Physics Department office and the
office of the Eberly College of Science and Technology.
88
California University of Pennsylvania
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS
Purpose
The coursework and practicum experiences in the
Communication Disorders program are integrated within the
overall undergraduate program in order to provide students
with a broad understanding of the scientific bases of normal
speech and hearing processes and the diagnostic and rehabilitation procedures necessary to remediate communication
disorders. The department provides clinical services for
individuals who have communication disorders. Students
observe and/or assist in diagnostic evaluations and therapy
programs. Their involvement includes experiences with
people of all ages, ranging from pre-school to adult.
The Department of Communication Disorders is
accredited by the Council on Academic Accreditation (CAA)
of the American Speech, Language and Hearing Association
(ASLHA).
The undergraduate program in the Department of
Communication Disorders (CMD) is a preprofessional
degree program. Students, therefore, should be aware that
they are preparing themselves for future graduate training in
the profession of Speech/Language Pathology. An Education
Certification track is available at the graduate level only.
Students who desire the Pennsylvania Certificate must
complete certain required courses in Education, pass the
National Teachers Exam , and successfully complete the
graduate program in CMD .
Students planning to complete the undergraduate
program in CMD should maintain a grade point average
(GPA) sufficient to enhance the probability that he/she will
be admitted to a graduate program. The student must also
understand that most graduate programs in CMD require a
minimum GPA of 3.0 in order to apply and many programs,
including that at California University of Pennsylvania,
require a GPA higher than 3.0 to insure admission .
To facilitate the attainment of a 3.0 or better GPA, the
faculty in CMD have determined that students should
maintain the following minimum GPAs at the indicated
points in their undergraduate program:
Overall CMD
2.5
2.5
End of Freshman Year (32 crs.)
End of Sophomore Year (64 crs.) 2.8
2.8
End of Junior Year (96 crs.)
3.0
3.0
Graduation (128 crs.)
3.0
3.0
Students who are not achieving the above minimum
standards will be counseled each semester concerning the
options which are available to them: (1) make a more
concerted effort to improve their level of performance, (2)
consider transferring to some other program, or (3) graduating from the program with the minimum allowable GPA
(2.5), but with the understanding that employment opportunities in the profession with only the B.S. degree will be
extremely limited if not totally nonexistent. Every effort will
be made to assist students with whatever option they choose.
Objectives
The objectives of this program are to:
• Develop an understanding of the basic acou stical,
anatomical and neurological development of normal
speech, language and hearing,
• Develop knowledge of the various di sorders affecting
speech and language and the underlying pathologies and
symptoms of the disorders ,
• Create awareness of the instruments and procedures
available to assess speech and language di sorders and
develop the ability to select and use such instruments
correctly,
• Develop the clinical skills to effectively perform
therapeutic procedures to correct or improve speech and
language disorders,
• Instill the principles and practices of ethical profess ional
behavior.
Faculty
Associate Professor Albert E. Yates, chair; Professor R. Michael Feldman; Associate Professors Barbara Bonfanti ,
Charles A. Gismondi, Nancy H. Hepting, Richard R. Nemec.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
89
~
~
Bachelor of Science in Education: Speech And Hearing Clinic
The Speech and Hearing Clinic is primarily a training facility
Communication Disorders
for the students in the Department of Communication
;
Curriculum
0
00
~
Q
z
0
~
~
u
~
z~
~
~
0
u
(A) General Education (56 credits): Humanities: 18
credits (from two disciplines), including Composition I-II
(ENG 101-102) and Oral Communication (COM 101 ),
atural Sciences: nine credits (from two disciplines), Social
Sciences: nine credits (from two disciplines), three credits
Health or Physical Activities, General Psychology (PSY
100), Free Electives: 14 credits.
(B) Related Professional Courses (33 credits selected
from adviser-approved university courses), including
Developmental Psychology (PSY 207); Teaching in a
Multicultural Society (EDU 210) or Ethnic, Racial, and
Social Minorities (SOC 110); Computers for Teachers (EDF
301 )
(C) Communication Disorders (39 credits): ASHA Basic
Science Requirements (selected from matrix): six credits in
Biological Sciences, Physical Sciences, or Mathematics, six
credits in Behavioral or Social Sciences, Survey of Speech
Pathology (CMD 100), Language and Speech Development
(CMD 105), Phonetics (CMD 203), Anatomy and Physiology (CMD 204), Acoustics and Psychoacoustics (CMD 213),
Speech Pathology I (CMD 300), Speech Pathology II (CMD
301 ), Introduction to Audiology (CMD 305), Assessment of
Speech and Language (CMD 320)*, Clinical Practicum
(CMD 400). * strongly recommended for all CMD students.
90
California University of Pennsylvania
Disorders. Speech and hearing services are available to the
immediate community and surrounding counties, as well as
to students and faculty of the university.
Programs offered during the regular semester include:
1. A preschool program offering a developmentally appropriate curriculum for three to five year-old children
within a classroom setting. Class size is limited to 20
students. Hours of operation are: MWF from 9:30 a.m. to
11 :30 a.m.
2. Diagnostic and therapeutic services are available to
individuals of all ages with various speech and language
disorders.
3. Hearing screenings and comprehensive hearing evaluations are provided to the pediatric and adult population.
Recommendations and assistance with hearing aid
selection is also available.
The Speech and Hearing Clinic is located in the Learning
Research Center, Room 296, and the phone number is 724938-4175. The Clinic is a free service to all university
students.
COMMUNICATION STUDIES
Purpose
Communication Studies is the discipline which focuses on
human communicative behavior and its influence on our personal,
professional, social and cultural lives. The faculty in Communication Studies believes that human communication is fundamental
to an individual 's capacity to function as an effective and ethical
participant in an information society. To that end, students should
understand communication from both broad theoretical and
specifically applied perspectives. Accordingly, the department
offers courses and activities designed to help students deal with
the demands of varied communication situations. The curriculum
provides the student with an opportunity:
• to understand more fully the human communication process
and how it affects the ways people interact when making
decisions, developing relationships, and influencing each
other, and
• to develop communication skills which enhance the
individual person's capacity to function in communication
situations at work, home, social gatherings, and in civic
organizations.
Programs
Students majoring in Communication Studies have four
academic program options:
(1) The Speech Communication Option focuses on developing an understanding of the uniquely human capacity for
producing and using symbols. Throughout life, during nearly
every conscious minute, humans are either formulating messages
or passing judgment on the messages formulated by others.
Students in this program develop an understanding of and skill in
the human ability to share and examine facts, ideas, opinions,
values, and attitudes.
(2) The Radio/Television Option emphasizes the application
of mass communication theory to audio and video production.
The electronic communication media have had an immense
impact on human communication. Understanding the dynamics
of these technologies and their effects is the most important focus
on this degree program. Graduates will have an understanding of
the dynamics, as well as, skills necessary to function in entry level
jobs in many organizations concerned with mediated messages.
(3) The Public Relations Option seeks to create graduates
who understand how public opinion emerges and changes. It
seeks to provide the tools graduates will need for helping clients
track changes in public opinion and create messages using an ever
increasing variety of media. Students who complete the degree
requirements may advise a wide variety of organizations regarding their publics' responses to policies, programs, campaigns, and
messages.
(4) The fourth option is for persons who want to teach in
the area of Communication. The Communication Studies
Department in cooperation with the College of Education
and Human Services provides course work necessary for
secondary school certification in communication with a
speech concentration.
In addition to the four options identified above, students
majoring in any other program on campus may minor in one
of three programs available in Communication Studies. The
minors available in the department are Public Communication, Public Relations, and Television Production. Successful
completion of any of the three minor programs requires that
the student complete twenty-one (21) credits.
The academic programs are enhanced by co-curricular
activities offered in each option area. In addition, junior and
senior students who have maintained a 3.0 grade point
average are encouraged to seek internship opportunities in
regional radio-television studios, public relations agencies,
advertising firms , municipal governments, school districts ,
hospitals, labor organizations, and businesses.
The on-campus television studio and radio station
provide students with "hands-on" production experience in
the electronic media. The television studio supports student
video production.
The radio station, WVCS , broadcasts regionally. It is a
student-operated and student-managed station with a faculty
member from Communication Studies serving as educational
advisor.
Honor Society
Pi Kappa Delta is the honor society for intercollegiate
debaters, individual events competitors, and teachers of
communication. The Penn Zeta Chapter was organized in
1963. Undergraduate students can achieve membership in
this society if they meet the minimum standards of forensic
participation and are extended an invitation to join. Further
information can be obtained at the departmental office.
Awards
Each year the faculty in Communication Studies selects
a deserving graduating senior as an Outstanding Graduate.
The honoree receives a plaque, a one-year membership in
the Speech Communication Association, the national
organization for communication professionals , and a one
year subscription to one of its five professional journals.
Faculty
Assistant Professor Dencil K. Backus, chair; Professor Marcella A. Rye Blout; Associate Professors, Rick A. Cumings,
Sylvia L. Foil, MacDonald N . Kale, Patricia Milford, Gregory A. Spicer, George Yoch um ; Assistant Professors, James 0.
Carter, Susan Jasko, Patrick L. Miller, Sylvia E. Sholar.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
91
Q
Bachelor of Arts in
Communication Studies:
Radio & TV Option
Z
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free
Electives.
oo Careers
~
Aside from the obvious careers in broadcast journalism
or public relations, graduates can obtain positions in management training programs, as speech writers and as salespeople.
~ Communicating effectively and evaluating the communica~ tion efforts of others are inescapable activities associated
OO with any job. By understanding the theory and mastering the
skills associated with a Communication Studies degree
program, graduates who can demonstrate their capabilities
make themselves attractive to a wide variety of employers.
An undergraduate major or minor in communication
~ studies is an asset for careers in law, religion, education,
~ labor relations, politics, marketing and human resource
~ development. Unless one seeks employment in which highly
technical, specialized knowledge is required (e.g. accounting,
~ medical technology, computer programming, and others) the
career opportunities with a Communication Studies degree
~ are extensive. Those considering a degree in this department
~ are urged to consult with the chairperson or other faculty in
~ the department to identify additional possibilities.
~
0
U
Z
6u
Bachelor of Arts in
Communication Studies:
Speech Communication Option
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences;
12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Core Courses (27 credits):
Perspectives on Communication (COM 100), Oral Communication (COM 101) or Oral Communication Management
(COM 250); Fundamentals of Discussion (COM 107) or
Group Discussion Management (COM 102); Survey of Radio,
Television, and Film (COM 105); Interpersonal Communication (COM 165); Persuasion (COM 350); Communication
Criticism (COM 461); Communication Research Techniques
(COM 481); Communication Theory (COM 490);
Major Courses: Intercollegiate Forensic Activities (COM
201 ); Voice and Articulation (COM 210); Introduction to Oral
Interpretation (COM 224); Argumentation and Debate (COM
230); Presidential Rhetoric (COM 235); Language and
Behavior (COM 315); Advanced Oral Interpretation (COM
324); Public Communication Law and Policy (COM 370).
Related Courses: A minimum of seventeen ( 17) additional
credits -nine of which must be at the 300 or 400 levelwhich both the student and advisor agree enhance achievement of the student's academic objectives.
Assuming that it is desirable to graduate in the normal fouryear period, it is expected that students will:
1. Register for and complete 16-18 credit-hours each
semester.
2. Complete both ENG 101 & 102 before taking other
writing courses.
3. Select courses to compensate for Internship ineligibility.
4. Complete major courses on schedule and make-up
shortcomings in General Education and electives
during summer terms.
92
•
California University of Pennsylvania
(B) Area of Concentration: Core Courses (27 credits):
The core courses in the Radio & TV Option are the same as
those listed above in the Speech Communication Option.
Major Courses (12 credits): Audio Production I (COM 141;
Video Production I (COM 142); Media Criticism (COM
463); Radio & Television in a Free Society (COM 445).
Performance or Production (six credits from one area)
Performance: Voice and Articulation (COM 210); Introduction to Oral Interpretation (COM 224); Radio & Television
Announcing (COM 246); Broadcast Reporting (COM 336).
Production : Audio Production II (COM 241) ; Video Production lI (COM 242) ; Audio Aesthetics & Applications (COM
341); Video Aesthetics & Applications (COM 342). WRITING (6 credits): Radio & Television Commercials (COM
331); Radio & Television News (COM 332); Radio &
Television Drama (COM 335). Management (three credits):
Broadcast Management (COM 355); Public Communication
Law & Policy (COM 370); Professional Video Communications (COM 410).
Related Courses: 14 credits in advisor-approved related area.
At least six credits from outside Communication Studies and
at least six credits at the 300/400 level.
Assuming graduation is desirable in the normal four-year
period, it is expected that students will :
1. Register for and complete 16-18 credit-hours each
semester.
2. Complete both ENG 101 & 102 before taking other
writing courses.
3. Select courses to compensate for Internship
ineligibility.
4. Complete major courses on schedule and make-up
shortcomings in General Education and electives
during summer terms.
Bachelor of Arts in
Communication Studies:
Public Relations Option
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Core Courses (27 credits.):
The core courses in the Public Relations Option are the same
as those listed above for the Speech Communication Option.
Major Courses (18 credits); Introduction to Public Relations
(COM 203); Public Relations Applications (COM 303);
Language & Behavior (COM 315); Communication Law and
Policy (COM 370); Public Relations Campaign Management
(COM 438) ; Public Relations Cases & Problems (COM
484).
Restricted Electives (23 credits): Writing Courses (six - nine
credits): Radio & Television Commercials (COM 331)* or
Radio & Television News (COM 332); Journalism I (ENG
167) or Journalism II (ENG 169) or Journalism III (ENG
312); Advanced Writing (ENG 375) or Copywriting (ENG
401)* or Article Writing (ENG 435) or Advertising (ENG
437). Business, Society & Government Courses (six - nine
credits): Principles of Management (MGT 201), Introduction
to Public Administration (POS 220), Principles of Marketing
(MKT 271), Advertising Management (MKT 351), Business
Society & Government (BUS 342). Technical Skills Courses
(six - nine credits) : Electronic Desktop Publishing (GCT
240) is a required course in this category; Graphic Communications Process I (GCT 100), Black & White Photography
(GCT 220), Principles of Layout & Design (GCT 225),
Communication Design (ART 211), Video Art/Design (ART
361), Audio Production I (COM 141), or Video Production I
(COM 142). Internship (zero - five credits) : Students
majoring in Public Relations are encouraged to plan to take
Communication Internship (COM 459) but must have a 3.0
GPA in the major to do so.
* Students are not permitted to satisfy this requirement by
taking both COM 331 and ENG 401.
Assuming that the goal is to graduate in a normal four-year
period, it is expected that students will:
l. Register for and complete 16-18 credit-hours each
semester.
2. Complete both ENG 101 & 102 before taking COM
203 .
3. Have extensive writing instruction and experience
before taking COM 303 .
4 . Select courses to compensate for Internship
ineligibility.
5. Complete major courses on schedule and make-up
shortcomings in General Education and electives
during summer terms.
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Certification In Communication
(Speech Concentration) For
Secondary Schools
The Secondary Education Communication program is
designed to enable the teacher candidate to develop personal
communication skills and performance competencies and
attitudes, in order to become a conduit of learning, as well as a
resource person for facilitating communication in educational
and community settings.
The Communication teacher not only helps young people
develop communication competency, both verbal and nonverbal,
but also encourages students to be sensitive to creative expression. Communication teachers assist students in developing
effective speaking and listening skills, facilitate the development
of critical skills in reading and writing, encourage appreciation
of aesthetic expression in film, theatre, and television.
A Communication teacher is certified for grades seven
through 12 and is qualified to teach the traditional English areas,
such as literature, writing and linguistics, as well as speech and
theatre.
At California University this multi-disciplinary, comprehensive program has been broadened to include teaching
competencies in media such as radio, television, film, and
photography. Students majoring in Communication take a
common core of courses, which includes a number of English,
Speech, and Theatre courses, and, choose a concentration in
either Speech or Theatre.
Communication students receive valuable pre-professional
experiences through campus contacts as forensic judges and
coaches for secondary school teams, assisting and advising
schools concerning play productions, and hosting area elementary and secondary schools at university play productions.
Pennsylvania Certification requires a satisfactory score on
the National Teachers Exam.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities, including
Composition 1-11 (ENG 101-102) and Communication Theory
(COM 490); nine credits in Natural Sciences; nine credits in
Social Sciences; three credits in Health or Physical Education;
Oral Communication (COM 101); General Psychology (PSY
100)
(B) Professional Education: Educational Psychology (PSY
208), Policy Studies in American Education (EDF 290), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Applied Instructional Technology
(EDF 302), Problems of Secondary Education (EDS 300),
Educational Tests and Measurements (EDS 430), Teaching of
English (EDS 440), Developmental Reading in Secondary
Schools (EDS 465), Teaching in a Multicultural Society (EDU
210), Mainstreaming Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Student
Teaching & School Law (EDS 461).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
93
00
~
~
Q
~
~
00
z
0
~
~
u
~
z
~
(C) Academic Specialization: Speech Concentration
ENGLISH: English Grammar and Usage (ENG 345);
Advanced Writing (ENG 375), English Literature I (ENG
301) or English Literature II (ENG 302), Shakespeare (ENG
425), Survey of American Literature I (ENG 337), Survey of
American Literature II (ENG 338).
THEATRE: Select courses to total six credits: Fundamentals of Acting (THE 131), Stagecraft I (THE 141),
Fundamentals of Directing (THE 320) or Practicum (THE
350-358)
COMMUNICATION: Audio Production I (COM 142),
Intercollegiate Forensic Activities (COM 201), Introduction
to Oral Interpretation (COM 224), Argumentation and
Debate (COM 230), Persuasion (COM 350). Select one of
the following : Language and Behavior (COM 315), Communication Criticism (COM 461) , Communication Research
Techniques (COM 481). Select one of the following: Video
Production II (COM 242), or Advanced Oral Interpretation
(COM 324).
~
~
0
U Minor
Public Communication Concentration
Courses required for completing this minor are: Oral
Communication (COM 101); Survey of Radio, TV, & Film
(COM 105); Introduction to Public Relations (COM 203);
Presidential Rhetoric 1960 to the Present (COM 235); Public
Communication Law & Policy (COM 370) ; Radio & TV in a
Free Society (COM 445); Communication Criticism
(COM 461)
Public Relations Concentration
The course requirements for completing a minor in
Public Relations are: Introduction to Public Relations (COM
203) ; Public Relations Applications (COM 303); Language
and Behavior (COM 315) ; Public Communication Law &
Policy (COM 370); Public Relations Campaign Management
(COM 438); Communication Research Techniques (COM
481 ); Public Relations Cases and Problems (COM 484)
Television Production Concentration
The required courses for completing this minor are:
Survey of Radio, TV, and Film (COM 105); Audio Production I (COM 141); Video Production I (COM 142); Video
Production II (COM 242). Select from the following six
credits in Script Writing: Radio & Television Commercials
(COM 33 l ); Radio & Television News (COM 332); and/or
Radio & Televi sion Drama (COM 335). Students electing to
minor in TV Production should also select three credits from
the following : Broadcast Reporting (COM 336); Appreciation of Film (COM 360); or Professional Video Communications (COM 410).
94
California University of Pennsylvania
;;,
EARTH SCIENCE
Purpose
The Department of Earth Science is committed to
the practical advancement of knowledge; to serv ing the
local, national , and world community; and to the education
of earth scientists and geographers. To fulfill this commitment, the department offers a broad spectrum of courses,
tutoring, research, and services that enable a student, with the
help of an advisor, to acquire a body of knowledge and
variety of skills that serve as a basis for a professional career.
The department is also committed to research and to the
enhancement of the human condition through cooperation
with individuals, communities, departments, institutions,
organizations, and government agencies.
A student in geography or in the traditional earth
sciences can attain his education within the department by
fulfilling the requirements listed in published distribution
sheets that include core courses, required electives, and
related electives. The department provides its students with
opportunities to work with modem technologies, software,
data bases, and field methods . In addition to the traditional
lecture, seminar, discussion, and laboratory courses, the
department offers field courses designed to give practical
experiences.
The Department of Earth Science has adopted a
holistic philosophy of geography and the earth sciences that
lays the foundation for interdi sciplinary relationships.
Traditional academic di sciplines, such as physical geography,
cultural geography, regional geography, and economic
geography, or divisions such as meteorology, geomorphology, and hydrology, are presented in a manner that ties
together information or principles from related disciplines .
The goal of the department is to produce a well- rounded,
well-trained individual who is ready for a professional career.
Programs
The department has five programs and, within those
programs, nine study options. The Earth Science major has
three study options: General , Meteorology, and Oceanography. There is a Geography major with three options: General,
Applied, and Travel and Tourism. The Earth Science and
Geography majors and options each have a common core of
required courses. Finally, there are three single option
majors: Geology, International Studies: Geography, and
Parks and Recreation Management.
The department, ·n conjunction with the College of
Education and Human Services, provides a teacher certification program for those interested teaching Earth Science in
secondary schools. In order to be certified to teach in
Pennsylvania, students must pass the National Teachers
Exam. Students interested in the latter should secure
further information through the College of Education and
Human Services. See also the section on General Science
Certification and Comprehensive Social Studies in this
catalog.
All majors stress the equal importance of general
education and professional development. Field experiences
and internships help the student to integrate classroom
activities with "real world" experiences. This planned and
progressive problem-solving approach is central to the
educational program.
Honors
The national Earth Science honor society, Sigma
Gamma Epsilon, has a chapter (AZ) on campus. Students
recognized for their academic and professional achievements
are elected to it. Honor students in Geography are eligible for
induction into Gamma Theta Upsilon. Membership is al so
available to students of high scholastic attainment in the
California University Chapter of Rho Phi Lambda Fraternity.
Rho Phi Lambda is the professional honor society for parks
and recreation majors.
Careers
A student who desires a professional career in the
earth sciences or in geography in most instances will need to
have an advanced degree. Thi s is the case for such professions as geologist, meteorologist, hydrologi st, climatologist,
oceanographic technician, environmental geologist, regional
planner, and cartographer. Undergraduates seeking employment, however, will find opportunities in businesses undertaking environmental assessments.
Students with undergraduate majors in Parks and
Recreation Management or Travel and Tourism can enter the
job market, in such positions as directors or staff persons in
schools, governmental agencies (municipal and military, for
example), industries or resorts with recreational programs or
as travel managers, sales staff or meeting planners.
Faculty
Professor Lawrence L. Moses, chair; Professors William J. Procasky, Robert A. Vargo ; Associate Professors Donald
J. Conte, William A. Gustin, Anthony P. McGrew.
Underg~aduate Catalog 1998-99
95
Bachelor of Science in
Earth Science: General Option
Bachelor of Science in Earth
Science: Oceanography Option
Curriculum
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences;
12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Common core courses
include Astronomy (PHY 145), Introduction to Geology (EAS
150), Introduction to Oceanography (EAS 163), Historical
Geology (EAS 200), Meteorology (EAS 241), General
Chemistry I (CHE 101), General Physics I (PHY 121),
Hydrology (EAS 202), Map Principles (GEO 110), College
Algebra (MAT 181), or Technical Math I (MAT 182), and a
field experience course (EAS).
Thirty-one credits of required electives from these four
groups of earth science courses; a minimum of six credits
must be taken from each group. At least 15 credits must be at
the 300 level or above. Group I: Carbonate Geology (EAS
304), Mineralogy (EAS 331), Petrology (EAS 332), Micropaleontology (EAS 350), Sedimentology (EAS 421), Stratigraphy
(EAS 422), Optical Mineralogy (EAS 430) . Group II: Introduction to Environmental Geology (EAS 131 ), Climatology
(EAS 242), Synoptic Meteorology (EAS 250), Dynamic
Meteorology (EAS 342), Geomorphology, (EAS 343),
Advanced Environmental Geology (EAS 541 ), Coastal
Geomorphology (EAS 563), Physiography of the United
States (GEO 520). Group III: Earth Resources (EAS 232),
Structural Geology (EAS 425), Tectonics (EAS 527), Reservoir Evaluation (EAS 547). Group IV: Remote Sensing (EAS
255), Cartography (EAS 271), Computer Cartography (EAS
273), Field Mapping (EAS 372), Statistical Cartography (EAS
373), Map and Air Photo Interpretation (EAS 375), Quantitative Applications in Earth Science (EAS 528).
Any of the following courses will count as the field
experience: Geology of Pennsylvania (EAS 166), Areal
Geology (EAS 170), Field Work in Hydrology (EAS 302),
Field Work in Meteorology (EAS 341), Field Mapping (EAS
372), Field Methods in Earth Sciences (EAS 436), Field
Methods in Geology (EAS 437), Field Course in Earth
Science (EAS 491), Field Course in Geology (EAS 492),
Coastal Geomorphology (EAS 563), Field Methods in
Geography (GEO 445), Field Course in Geography (GEO
491) .
96
California University of Pennsylvania
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences;
12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Common core courses
include Astronomy (PHY 145), Introduction to Geology
(EAS 150), Introduction to Oceanography (EAS 163),
Historical Geology (EAS 200), Meteorology (EAS 241),
General Chemistry I (CHE 101), General Physics I (PHY
121), Hydrology (EAS 202), Map Principles (GEO 110),
College Algebra (MAT 181), or Technical Math I (MAT
182), and a field experience course (EAS).
Twelve credits of required oceanography courses: Micropaleontology (EAS 350), Sedimentology (EAS 421 ), Seminar in
Oceanography (EAS 463), and Coastal Geomorphology (EAS
563), and 19 credits of related electives with consent of advisor.
Any of the following courses will count as the field experience: Geology of Pennsylvania (EAS 166), Areal Geology (EAS
170), Field Work in Meteorology (EAS 341 ), Geology of
Pennsylvania (EAS 366), Field Mapping (EAS 372), Field
Methcxls in Earth Sciences (EAS 436), Field Methcxls in Geology
(EAS 437), Field Course in Earth Sciences (EAS 391), Field
Course in Geology (EAS 492), Field Methcxls in Geography
(GEO 445), Field Course in Geography (GEO 491).
Bachelor of Science in Earth
Science: Meteorology Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities ; 12 credits of Natural Sciences;
12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Common core courses
include Astronomy (PHY 145), Introduction to Geology
(EAS 150), Introduction to Oceanography (EAS 163),
Historical Geology (EAS 200), Meteorology (EAS 241 ),
General Chemistry I (CHE 101), General Physics I (PHY
121), Hydrology (EAS 202), Map Principles (GEO 110),
College Algebra (MAT 181 ), or Technical Math I (MAT
182), and a field experience course (EAS).
Twenty-five credits ofrequired meteorological courses:
Climatology (EAS 242), Synoptic Meteorology (EAS 250), Field
Work in Hydrology (EAS 302), Field Work in Meteorology (EAS
341 ), Dynamic Meteorology (EAS 342), Seminar in Meteorology
(EAS 464), Regional Climatology (EAS 550), General Physics II
(PHY 122), plus an additional six credits of mathematics.
Any of the following courses will count as the field experience: Geology of Pennsylvania (EAS 166), Areal Geology (EAS
170), Field Mapping (EAS 372), Field Methcxls in Earth Sciences
(EAS 436), Field Methods in Geology (EAS 437), Field Course
in Earth Sciences (EAS 491 ), Field Course in Geology (EAS
492), Coastal Geomorphology (EAS 563), Field Methods in
Geography (GEO 445), Field Course in Geography (GEO 491).
Bachelor of Science in
Education:
Certification in Earth Science
for Secondary Schools
Curriculum
(A) General Education : 15 credits in Humanities,
including Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 9 credits in
Natural Sciences, including a Biology, a Mathematics, and a
Physical Science elective; 9 credits in Social Sciences; 3
credits in Health or Physical Activities; Oral Communication
(COM 101 ); General Psychology (PSY 100); 9 credits of
Free Electives.
(B) Professional Education : 77 credits total forty -one
credits - Required: Educational Psychology (PSY 208),
Policy Studies in American Ed. (EDF 290), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300), Educational Tests and Measurements
in Secondary Schools (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in
Secondary Schools (EDS 465 ), Computers for Teachers
(EDF 301), Teaching in a Multi-Cultural Society (EDU 210),
Mainstreaming Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Teaching
of Science in Secondary Schools (EDS 467) or
Modem Methods (EDS 455), Student Teaching and School
Law (EDS 461).
Professional Specialization: Twenty-four credits - Required:
Introduction to Geology (EAS 150), Introduction
to Oceanography (EAS 163), Meteorology (EAS 241),
Astronomy (PHS 145), General Chemistry I (CHE 101), PreCalcu lus (MAT 199), General Physics I (PHY 121).
Restricted Electives: 12 credits to be chosen from the
following: Environmental Geology (EAS 131), Physical
Geography (EAS 160), Geology of Pennsylvania (EAS 166),
Historical Geology (EAS 200), Hydrology (EAS 202), Earth
Resources (EAS 232), Climatology (EAS 242), Synoptic
Meteorology (EAS 250), Scenic Areas of the United States
(EAS 264), Computer Cartography (EAS 273),
Field Methods in Earth Science (EAS 436), Field Methods in
Geology (EAS 437), Field Course in Earth Science (EAS
491), Field Course in Geology (EAS 492), Advanced
Environmental Geology (EAS 541 ), Regional Climatology
(EAS 550), Coastal Geomorphology (EAS 563), Map
Principles (GEO 110), Physiography of the United States
(GEO 520).
Pennsylvania Certification requires a passing grade on
the National Teachers Exam.
Bachelor of Arts in Geography:
General Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 10 1,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Twenty-one credits Required: Human Geography (GEO 105), Map Principles
(GEO 110), Physical Geography (EAS 160), Economic
Geography (GEO 200), Urban Geography (GEO 210),
Cartography (EAS 271) or Map and Air Photo Interpretation
(EAS 375), and Seminar in Geography (GEO 493).
Restricted Electives - (24 credits). Six to be taken from the
following li st of Area Studies: Geography of U.S. and PA
(GEO 220), Geography of Europe (GEO 325), Geography of
Latin America (GEO 328), Geography of Russia (GEO 331).
Nine to be taken from the following list of Cultural Geography Systematic courses: Demographic Analysis (GEO 2 17),
Human Ecology (GEO 240), Marketing Geography (GEO
306), Geographic Information Systems (GEO 311 ), Historical Geography (GEO 340), Political Geography (GEO 345),
Physiography of the U.S. (GEO 520). Nine to be taken from
the following li st of Earth Science Systematic courses:
Hydrology (EAS 202), Earth Resources (EAS 232), Meteorology (EAS 241), Climatology (EAS 242), Remote Sensing
(EAS 255), Computer Cartography (EAS 273), Geomorphology (EAS 343).
Related Electives - 18-23 credits must be taken with a
minimum of three credits from each of the following areas.
Economics: Current Economic Issues (ECO 200), Introductory Microeconomics (ECO 201), Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202), Money and Banking (ECO 304),
International Economics (ECO 431), Economics of Growth
and Development (ECO 433). Political Science: Politics of
Western Europe (POS 210), Introduction to International
Relations (POS 236), International Organizations (POS 237),
Politics of Russia (POS 281), Politics of Asia (POS 325),
Politics of Africa (POS 326). Computer Science: Statistics
(MAT 215), Pascal (CSC 205), Cobol I (CSC 218), Computer Operations (CSC 300), Info. Structures (CSC 377).
English: Great Books (ENG 203), Busi ness Writing I (ENG
211 ), Romantic Literature (ENG 341), Survey of American
Literature I (ENG 337), Survey of American Literature II
(ENG 338). History: Expansion of American Foreign Policy
(HIS 215), History of England (HIS 216), History of
Contemporary Europe (HIS 225), History of Urban America
(HIS 236). Sociology: Contemporary Social Problems (SOC
205), Urban Sociology (SOC 235), Social Institutions (SOC
240), Crime (SOC 260).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
97
Bachelor of Arts
in Geography:
Applied Option
Bachelor of Arts
in Geography:
Travel and Tourism Option
Curriculum
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
I 02) ; 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(A) General Education : Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Thirty-three credits Required: Human Geography (GEO 105), Map Principles
(GEO 110), Physical Geography (EAS 160), Economic
Geography (GEO 200), Urban Geography (GEO 210),
Remote Sensing (EAS 255), Cartography (EAS 271),
Computer Cartography (EAS 273), Geographic Information
Systems (GEO 311), Statistical Cartography (EAS 375), and
Map and Air Photo Interpretation (EAS 375).
(B) Area of Concentration: 30 credits Required: Map
Principles (GEO 110), Survey of Travel and Tourism (GEO
150), World Cities/Geography of Urban Tourism (GEO 205),
Retail Travel (GEO 285), Systems Applications for Travel
Industry (GEO 350), Comprehensive Travel Planning (GEO
358), Corporate Travel Operations (GEO 425), Introduction
to Business (BUS 100), Oral Communication: Management
(COM 250), and Business Writing I (ENG 211).
Thirty-eight credits of TRAVEL AND TOURISM ELECTIVES . A minimum of six credits must be taken from each
of the following four groups. At least 15 of the credits must
be at the 300 level or above. Group I: Art History I (ART
102), Art History II (ART !03), Art History ill (ART 104),
Art Appreciation (ART 106), Human Geography (GEO !05),
Hi storical Geography (GEO 340), Introduction to Music
(MUS 100), Survey 20th Century Music (MUS 106), Survey
American Musical (MUS 203). Group II: Climatology
(EAS 242), Scenic Areas of the U.S. (EAS 264), Scenic
Areas of the World (EAS 270), Geography of Europe (GEO
325), Geography of Russia (GEO 331), Political Geography
(GEO 345), Seminar in Geography (GEO 493), Politics of
Soviet Union (POS 281). Group III: Group Discussion :
Management (COM 102), International Economics (ECO
431), Introduction to Finance (FIN 201), Hospitality Industry
and Operations (GEO 155), Economic Geography (GEO
200), Urban Geography (GEO 210), Marketing Geography
(GEO 306), Site Planning and Design (GEO 362), Meeting
and Convention Planning (GEO 363), Developing and
Management of Leisure Enterpri e (GEO 374), Recreation
Indu stry Management (GEO 378), Program Planning and
Administration (GEO 412), Developing the Master Plan
(GEO 474), Principles of Management (MOT 201), Principles of Selling (MKT 222), Principles of Marketing (MKT
27 I ). Group IV: French I (FRE 101 ), French II (FRE l 02),
Intermediate French I (FRE 203), German I (GER 101 ),
German II (GER 102), Intermediate German I (GER 203),
Spanish I (SPN 101), Spanish II (SPN 102), Intermediate
Spanish I (SPN 203). This program permits a student to take
an internship (GEO 479) for 3-12 credits to be used as
electives. Requires advisor's approval .
Restricted Electives: 18 credits: Introduction to Micro
Computer Applications Software (CSC 101 ), Statistics (MAT
215), Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 317), plus nine
credits to be taken from the following list of Earth Sciences
and Geography Systematic courses: Field Work in Hydrology (EAS 302), Field Work in Meteorology (EAS 341), Field
Mapping (EAS 372), Field Methods in Earth Science (EAS
436), Field Methods in Geology (EAS 437), Seminar in
Oceanography (EAS 463), Seminar in Meteorology (EAS
464), Field Course in Earth Science (EAS 491 ), Quantitative
Applications in Earth Science (EAS 528), Demographic
Analysis (GEO 217), Marketing Geography (GEO 306),
Land Use Analysis (GEO 3 L7), Political Geography (GEO
345), Field Methods in Geography (GEO 445), Field Course
in Geography (GEO 491).
Related Courses: 17 credits at the 200 level and above,
chosen with the advisor's approval, that will complement the
student's goals and career aspirations.
Bachelor of Science in Geology
98
California University of Pennsylvania
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: 68 credits Required Courses
- 35 credits are: Introduction to Geology (EAS 150), Historical Geology (EAS 200), Hydrology (EAS 202), Mineralogy
(EAS 331), Petrology (EAS 332), Geomorphology (EAS
343), Sedimentology (EAS 421), Stratigraphy (EAS 422),
Structural Geology (EAS 425), Tectonics (EAS 527), an
earth science field experience to be chosen from the following list: Field Work in Hydrology (EAS 302), Field Work in
Meteorology (EAS 341), Field Mapping (EAS 372), Field
Methods in Earth Science (EAS 436), Field Methods in
Geology (EAS 437), Field Course in Earth Science (EAS
491), Field Course in Geology (EAS 492);
Other required - 16 credits: General Chemistry 1-11 (CHE
101, 102), General Physics 1-11 (PHY 121 , 122), nine credits
of Math/Computer Science; and eight credits of related
electives both with consent of advisor.
Bachelor of Arts in
International Studies:
Geography
The International Studies Program is administered by
the Department of Foreign Languages and Cultures. The
Department of Earth Science supervises students who pursue
the geography option in that major.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 ,
102); 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Geography, 21 credit
hours: Economic Geography (GEO 200); Urban Geography
(GEO 210); Demographic Analysis (GEO 217); Political
Geography (GEO 345); Geography of Europe (GEO 325);
Geography of Latin America (GEO 328); and one additional
geography class to be chosen from the following list:
Geography of U.S. and PA (GEO 220), Geography of Europe
(GEO 325), Geography of Latin America (GEO 328),
Geography of Russia (GEO 331). Languages, 21 credit
hours: Intermediate 1-11 (203, 204); Conversation, Composition and Phonetics 1-11 (311, 312); Culture courses, nine
credit hours: to include culture courses from the Foreign
Language Department.
Related Electives: 21 credits. A minimum of three credits to
be chosen from the following groups, Economics/Manage-
ment: Current Economic Issues (ECO 200), Money and
Banking (ECO 304), Comparative Econ. Systems (ECO
351), International Economics (ECO 431), Economics of
Growth & Dev. (ECO 433); History: Expansion of American
Foreign Policy (HIS 215), History of Contemporary Europe
(HIS 225), History of Eastern Europe (HIS 230), History of
the Cold War (HIS 240), History of Russia (HIS 245);
English: Great Books (ENG 203), World Lit to 1600 (ENG
205), World Lit after 1600 (ENG 206), Business Writing I
(ENG 211), English Lit. I (ENG 301), English Lit. II (ENG
302), 19th Century Amer. Literature (ENG 303), 20th
Century Amer. Lit. (ENG 304); Political Science: American
Foreign Policy (POS 207), Politics of Western Europe (POS
210), Intro to Public Administration (POS 220), Intro to
International Relations (POS 236), International Organization (POS 237), Politics of the Developing Areas (POS 270),
Politics of Russia (POS 281 ), Presidency (POS 310), Politi'cs
of Africa (POS 326); Mathematics/Computer: Visual Basic
(CSC 205), COBOL I (CSC 218), Computer Operations
(CSC 300), Information Structures (CSC 377), Statistics
(MAT 215); Psychology: Social Psychology (PSY 211),
Industrial Psychology (PSY 209), Psychology of Personality
(PSY 305); Philosophy: Formal Logic I (PHI 211), Ethics
(PHI 220), Social and Political Philosophy (PHI 225),
Science, Technology and Society (PHI 247), Philosophy of
Marxism (PHI 270), Ethical Theory (PHI 320), Philosophy
of Mind (PHI 415), Analytical Philosophy (PHI 431).
Five additional credits of related electives (can include
an internship) to be chosen from the following group,
Business: Federal Income Tax I (ACC 218), Investments
(FIN 305), Insurance & Risk Mgt. (FIN 341), Principles of
Selling (MKT 222), Marketing Research (MKT 431); Social
Science: Culture Change and Culture Shock (ANT 250),
World Ethnology (ANT 255), Origins of Man (ANT 285),
Social Stratification (SOC 210), Urban Sociology (SOC
235); Communication Studies: Persuasion (COM 350),
Argumentation and Debate (COM 230).
Bachelor of Arts in
Parks and Recreation
Management
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: 68 credits. Core Courses : 21
credits to include: Map Principles (GEO 110),
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
99
Economic Geography (GEO 200), Site Planning and Design
(GEO 362), Developing and Managing Leisure Enterprise
(GEO 374), Recreation Industry Management (GEO 378),
Program Pl anning and Administration (GEO 412), Developing the Master Plan (GEO 474).
Required Electives: 12 credits to be chosen from the following: Introduction to Business (BUS 100), Oral Communication Management (COM 250), Business Writing I (ENG
211), Human Geography (GEO 105), Geographic Information Systems (GEO 311), Land Use Analysis (GEO 317),
Principles of Management (MGT 201), Municipal Government (POS 205), Introduction to Public Administration (POS
220), Industrial Psychology (PSY 209).
Restricted Electives: 12 credits to be selected from the
following groups. Geography: Survey of Travel and Tourism
(GEO 150), Hospitality Industry and Operations (GEO 155),
World Cities (GEO 205), Urban Geography (GEO 210),
Demographic Analysis (GEO 217), Marketing Geography
(GEO 306), Urban Transport (GEO 315), Political Geography (GEO 345 ), Comprehensive Travel Planning (GEO 358),
Physiography of the U.S. (GEO 520) ; Social Work: Intro. to
Social Work (SOW 150), Minority Group Relations. (SOW
208), Juvenile Delinquency (SOW 265), Human Sexuality/
Society (SOW 303), Policy Analysis/Service (SOW 366);
Marketing: Principles of Marketing (MKT 271 ), Marketing
for Non-Profit Org. (MKT 341 ); Sociology: Cont. Social
Problems (SOC 205), The Family (SOC 220), Sociology of
Aging (S OC 225), Urban Sociology (SOC 235), Crime (SOC
260); Environmental Studies: Prine. of Wildlife Mgmt.
(ENS 420), Wildlife Mgmt. Tech. (ENS 423). Biology: Basic
Care of Plants (BIO 104), Conservation of Biological
Resources (BIO 206); Athletic Training: Human Anatomy
Ext. I (ATE 200), Athletic Training I (ATE 220), Nutrition
for Sports (ATE 240); Psychology: Child Psychology (PSY
205), Ado!. Psychology (PSY 206), Ind. Psychology (PSY
209), Soc. Psychology (PSY 2 11 ); Gerontology: Intro. to
Gerontology (XGE 101 ), Aging in Am . Soc. (XGE 102),
Aging Policy & Svc. (XGE 20 1), Biology of Aging (XGE
204); Theatre: Voice and Speech (THE 101); Business:
Intro. to Busi ness (BUS 100), Business Law I (BUS 242);
Economics: Elements of Econ. (ECO 100); Accounting:
Accounting I (ACC 201), Non-Profit Account. (ACC 34 1);
Political Science: Intro. to Political Science (POS 100),
American National Government (POS 105), Public Administration (POS 220), Municipal Government (POS 205 ), Intro.
to Public Policy (POS 300); Finance: Insurance Risk and
Management (FIN 341); Math/Computer Science: Basic
Programming Language (CSC 105), Prob. Solv/Prog. Const.
(CSC 120), Math of Finance I (MAT 171 ), College Algebra
(MAT 181), Statistics (MAT 215), Business Statistics (MAT
225); Communication: Group Discussion-Mgmt. (COM
I 02), Argument/Debate (COM 230), Oral CommunicationMgmt. (COM 250), Persuasion (COM 350); Health &
Physical Education: First Aid/Personal Safety (HPE 314);
Management: Principles of Management (MOT 201), Small
Business Funds (MOT 205), Comp. App. in Business I
100
California University of Pennsylvania
(MGT 271), Organization Behavior (MGT 301), Small
Business Management (MGT 305), Human Resources
Management (MOT 352), Labor Relations (MOT 362);
English: Journalism I (ENG 167), Business Writing I (ENG
211), Business Writing II (ENG 212); Earth Sciences: Intro
to Geology (EAS 150), Physical Geography (EAS 160),
Meteorology (EAS 241), Climatology (EAS 242), Scenic
Areas of the United States (EAS 264), Scenic Areas of the
World (EAS 270), Cartography (EAS 271), Field Mapping
(EAS 37 1).
Related electives: 23 credits. Internship: 0 to 12 credits.
Minors
Earth Science Concentration
Required : EAS 150 Introduction to Geology, EAS 200
Hi storical Geology, EAS 436 Field Methods III in Earth
Science, EAS 541 Advanced Environmental Geology.
Electives: Select three from the following : EAS 163 Introduction to Oceanography, EAS 202 Hydrology, EAS 241
Meteorology, EAS 242 Climatology
Geology Concentration
Required: EAS 150 Introduction to Geology , EAS 200
Historical Geology, EAS 33 1 Mineralogy or EAS 421
Sedimentology, EAS 343 Geomorphology or EAS 437 Field
Methods III in Geology, EAS 425 Structural Geology or
EAS 527 Tectonics, EAS 437 Field Methods III in Geology
or EAS 492 Field Course in Geology, EAS 541 Advanced
Environmental Geology
Geography Concentration
Required: GEO 311 Geographic Information Systems or
GEO 3 17 Land Use Analysis , GEO 325 Geography of
Europe, GEO 345 Political Geography.
Electives: Select four of the following: GEO 100 Introduction to Geography, GEO 105 Human Geography, GEO 200
Economic Geography, GEO 210 Urban Geography, GEO
220 Geography of the US and PA.
EDUCATIONAL STUDIES
Purpose
Programs
The Educational Studies Department is responsible for
the Secondary Education Program at the undergraduate
level , the Principals Program and the Superintendents
Program at the graduate level, and professional courses in
the College of Education and Human Services and in the
Graduate School.
Secondary certification is offered in Biology, Chemistry,
Communication* (with a concentration in either Speech or
Theater), Comprehensive Social Studies, Earth Science,
English* , Environmental Education, General Science,
Mathematics, Modem Foreign Languages (French, German,
and Spanish), and Physics. The curriculum for each certification program is listed in the description of the department
which offers the academic area for that program.
*Communication and English certifications allow
teaching in both areas.
The department is committed to educational reform and
works in partnerships with a number of public schools.
Through field experiences and student teaching, Secondary
Education majors are expected to become involved in these
teaching centers and in the activities of the department.
All programs in the department are engaged in professional development. Periodic reviews of student progress
including board review are part of that professional preparation as are long-term personal/professional relationships.
Additional opportunities are available. Athletic Training
may be combined with certification in an academic area.
Technology Education is offered through the Department of
Applied Engineering and Technology. Art certification is
available through a cooperative agreement with other area
colleges. These opportunities are described more fully in the
description of the department offering these majors .
Individuals with bachelor's degrees may become
certified through the Certification Only Program taking those
courses required for public school certification.
Secondary Education Majors are advised both in the
department and in their academic area.
All Pennsylvania teachers must pass the Praxis II
examinations for certification. A grade point average of 2.5
must be maintained both overall and in the academic
specialization in order to be admitted to and maintain good
standing in the teacher education program.
Faculty
Professor David Campbell, chair; Professors Dilawar Mumby Edwards, George J. Frangos, Lizbeth A. Gillette;
Associate Professors John C. Black, Henry A. Huffman, John R. Young ; Assistant Professor: Keith D. Hepner
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
101
ELEMENTARY/EARLY
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Purpose
Honor Society
The Elementary/Early Childhood Education Department
seeks to have students acquire the knowledge, skills, and
attitudes essential to becoming successful members of the
teaching profession. All course work and experiences in the
major prepares students to meet the following standards:
1. Knowledge of subject matter
2. Knowledge of human development and learning
3. Adapting instruction for individual needs
4 . Multiple instructional strategies
5. Classroom motivation and management skills
6. Communication skill
7 . Instructional planning skills
8. Assessment of student learning
9. Professional commitment and responsibility
10. Partnerships
Kappa Delta Pi, an international honor society in education,
has a California University chapter. Students in education who
have demonstrated a high level of academic achievement are
invited to apply for induction.
Programs
The Elementary/Early Childhood Education Department
offers four majors: Early Childhood Education, Elementary
Education, Elementary/Middle School Education, and Early
Childhood/Elementary Education. The department also offers an
Associate Degree in Early Childhood Education.
The Elementary/Early Childhood and Special Education
Departments together offer two dual majors: Elementary/Special
Education and Early Childhood/Special Education.
See also: Special Education in this catalog, for dual majors
in Early Childhood and Special Education and in Elementary
Education and Special Education.
The College of Education is recognized by the National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. The Placement
and Career Services Office aids students seeki ng teaching
positions locally and out-of-state.
Careers
It is predicted that more than two million public school
teachers will retire by the year 2000. The future looks bright for
those students interested in a career in early childhood, elementary, or middle school education. Students with undergraduate
degrees in these fields are prepared to pursue advanced study in
a variety of disciplines.
Admission to the Program
Students in all curricula must maintain a 2.5 Quality Point
Average and achieve a satisfactory score on the General
Knowledge and Communication Skills tests of Praxis II: Core
Battery, a National Teacher Exam .
Prerequisites for all EDE (except EDE 100) and ECE
courses include completion of 48 college or university
credits with a minimum 2.5 Q .P.A., and achievement of a
satisfactory score on the General Knowledge and Communication Skills tests of Praxis II : Core Battery.
Faculty
Professor Richard M. Wyman, Jr., chair; Professor Elwin Dickerson, assistant chair; Professors Dorothy M. Campbell,
Ronald A. Christ, Pamela B. Cignetti, Gary W. Kennedy, J. G. Martin, Phyllis S. Mcllwain, Beverly J. Melenyzer, Diane H. Nettles,
Anthony J. Saludis, Caryl J. Sheffield, John Shirnkanin, Jannene Southworth; Associate Professor John R. Vargo.
102
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in Education: Bachelor of Science in
Early Childhood Education
Education: Elementary
(129 crs.)
Education (129 crs.)
Curriculum
Curriculum
(A) General Education (5 1 crs.): 18 credits in Humani ties
(including English Comp I, English Comp II, Oral Communication, Art History or Art Appreciation, Literature or Culture,
and Music or Philosophy) : 15 credits in Natural Sciences
including 6 credits in Mathematics, Biological Science,
Physical Science and Environmental Science, 15 credits in
Social Sciences (including Geography, American Government,
US History, Economics and General Psychology), 3 credits in
Health and Physical Acti vities.
(A) General Education (51 crs.): 18 credits in Humanities (including Engli sh Composition I, Eng li sh Composition
II, Oral Communication, Art Hi story or Art Appreciation,
Literature or C ul ture, and Music or Philosophy); 15 credits in
Natural Sciences (including six credits in Mathematics),
Bi ological Science, Physical Science and Environmental
Science, 15 credits in Social Sciences (including Geography,
American Government, US History, Economics and General
Psycho logy), three credits in Health and Physical Activities.
(B) Professional Education (33 crs.): Policy Studies for
American Education (EDF 290), Computers for Teachers
(EDF 301 ), Teaching in a M ul ticultural Society (EDU 2 10),
Educational Psychology (PSY 208), Chi ld Psychology (PSY
205), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302),
Mainstreaming Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Student
Teaching (EDE 46 1).
(B) Professional Education (33 crs.): Policy Studies fo r
A merican Education (EDF 290), Computers for Teachers
(EDF 301 ), Teaching in a Multicultural Society (EDU 2 10),
Educati onal Psychology (PSY 208); Child Psychology (PSY
205), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302),
M ainstreaming Exceptional Learners (ED U 340), Student
Teaching (EDE 461 ).
(C) Professional Specialization (33 crs.): Field Experience with Wants, Toddlers, and Preschoolers (ECE 203),
Instructional Strategies in Elementary and Earl y Childhood
Education (EDE 2 11 ), Children's Literature (EDE 3 11),
Mathematical Content in Early Childhood (ECE 3 15), Early
Childhood Education Semi nar (ECE 405), Field Experience
Elementary School (ED E 321), Emergi ng Literacy (ECE 302),
Thematic Teaching in Early Childhood (ECE 304), Parent and
Community Involvement in Education (ECE 3 19), Assessing
Children's Performance (EDE 450), Elective in Elementary/
Early Childhood.
(C) Profess ional Specialization (33 crs.): Instructional
Strategies in Elementary and Early Ch il dhood Education
(EDE 2 11), Language and Literacy in the Elementary School
I (EDE 300), Mathematical Content and Method in the
E lementary School (EDE 305), Teaching of Social Studies
for E lementary Grades (EDE 306), Science for the E lementary School (EDE 307), Children's Literature (EDE 3 11 )
Field Experiences Middle School (EDE 320), Field Experiences E lementary School (EDE 32 1), Language and Literacy
in the Elementary School II (EDE 340), Assessing C hildren 's
Performance (EDE 450), Parent and Community Invo lvement in Education (ECE 3 19).
(D) Area of Concentration: ( 12 credits in one selected
area; six credits must be 300-400 level)
Humaniti es: Language, Cul tures, Literature, Philosophy,
Fine Arts
Natural Sciences: Mathematics, Bi o logy, and Physical
Science
Social Sciences : Hi story, Political Science, Sociology,
Anth ro pology, Psycho logy, and Econom ics
Technology/Computer Sc ience: Computer Science and
Technology courses
Health E ducation: Health, Safety, and First Aid
Community and Family : Parenting, Socio logy,
Anthropology, Psycho logy, Social Wo rk
(D) Area of Concentration : ( 12 credits in one selected
area; six credits must be 300-400 level)
Humanities: Language, Cultures, Literature, Phil osophy,
F ine Arts
Natural Sciences: M athematics , B io logy, and Physical
Science
Social Sciences: Hi story, Political Science, Socio logy,
A nthropology, Psychology, and Economics
Technology/Comp uter Science: Computer Science and
Technology courses
Health Education : Health , Safety, and First Aid
Women's Studies
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
103
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Elementary/Middle
School Education (134 crs.)
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Early Childhood/
Elementary Education (135 crs.)
Curriculum
Curriculum
(A) General Education (51 crs .): 18 credits in Humanities (including English Composition I, English Composition
II, Oral Communication, Art History or Art Appreciation,
Literature or Culture, and Music or Philosophy); 15 credits in
Natural Sciences (including six credits in Mathematics),
Biological Science, Physical Science and Environmental
Science, 15 credits in Social Sciences (including Geography,
American Government, US History, Economics and General
Psychology), three credits in Health and Physical Activities.
(A) General Education (51 crs.): 18 credits in Humanities
(including English Composition I, English Composition II, Oral
Communication, Art History or Art Appreciation, Literature or
Culture, and Music or Philosophy); 15 credits in Natural
Sciences including six credits in Mathematics, Biological
Science, Physical Science and Environmental Science, 15
credits in Social Sciences (including Geography, American
Government, US History, Economics and General Psychology),
three credits in Health and Physical Activities.
(B) Professional Education (33 crs.): Policy Studies for
American Education (EDF 290), Computers for Teachers
(EDF 301), Teaching in a Multicultural Society (EDU 210),
Educational Psychology (PSY 208); Child Psychology (PSY
205), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302),
Mainstreaming Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Student
Teaching (EDE 461 ).
(B) Professional Education (33 crs.): Policy Studies for
American Education (EDF 290), Computers for Teachers (EDF
301), Teaching in a Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Educational Psychology (PSY 208): Child Psychology (PSY 205),
Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Mainstreaming
Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Student Teaching (EDE 461 ).
(C) Professional Specialization (38 crs.): Instructional
Strategies in Elementary and Early Childhood Education
(EDE 211), Language and Literacy in the Elementary School I
(EDE300), Mathematical Content and Method in the
Elementary School (EDE 305), Teaching of Social Studies
for Elementary Grades (EDE 306), Science for the Elementary School (EDE 307), Children 's Literature (EDE 311),
Parent and Community Involvement in Education (ECE
319), Field Experiences Middle School (EDE 320), Field
Experiences Elementary School (EDE 321), Teaching in the
Middle School (EDE 330), Language and Literacy in the
Elementary School II (EDE 340), Assessing Children's
Performance (EDE 450), Reading in Secondary Schools
(EDS 461 ).
(D) Area of Concentration: (12 credits in one selected
area; six credits must be 300-400 level)
Humanities: Language, Cultures, Literature, Philosophy,
Fine Arts
Natural Sciences: Mathematics, Biology, and Physical
Science
Social Sciences: History, Political Science, Sociology,
Anthropology, Psychology, and Economics
Technology/Computer Science: Computer Science and
Technology courses
Health Education : Health, Safety, and First Aid
Women 's Studies
104
California University of Pennsylvania
(C) Professional Specialization (45 crs): Instructional
Strategies in Elementary and Early Childhood Education (EDE
211), Children's Literature (EDE 311), Mathematical Content
and Methods in the Elementary School (EDE 305), Teaching of
Social Studies for Elementary Grades (EDE 306), Science for
the Elementary School (EDE 307), Field Experiences with
Infants, Toddlers, and Preschoolers (EDE 203), Emerging
Literacy (ECE 302), Thematic Teaching in Early Childhood
(ECE 304), Mathematical Content in Early Childhood (ECE
315), Parent and Community Involvement in Education (ECE
319), Early Childhood Education Seminar (ECE 405), Assessing Children's Performance (EDE 450), Language and Literacy
in the Elementary School I (EDE 300), Language and Literacy
in the Elementary School II (EDE 340), Field Experiences
Elementary School (EDE 321).
(D) Area of Concentration: (six credits in one selected
area)
Humanities: Language, Cultures, Literature, Philosophy,
Fine Arts
Natural Sciences: Mathematics, Biology, and Physical
Science
Social Sciences: History, Political Science, Sociology,
Anthropology, Psychology, and Economics
Technology/Computer Science: Computer Science and
Technology courses
Health Education: Health, Safety, and First Aid
Community and Family: Parenting, Sociology, Anthropology, Psychology, Social Work
Associate of Science in
Early Childhood Education (72 crs.)
Curriculum
(A) General Education (24 crs.): 9 credits in Humanities
(including English Composition I, Oral Communication, and
Art History or Art Appreciation or Literature or Culture or
Music or Philosophy): 6 credits in Natural Sciences (including
Mathematics and Biological Science or Physical Science), 6
credits in Social Sciences (including General Psychology, and
Geography or American Government or US History or
Economics), 3 credits in Health and Physical Activities.
(B) Professional Education (15 crs.): Computers for
Teachers (EDF 301), Teaching in a Multicultural Society
(EDU 210), Educational Psychology (PSY 208); Child
Psychology (PSY 205), Applied Instructional Technology
(EDF 302).
(C) Professional Specialization (21 crs.): Instructional
Strategies in Elementary and Early Childhood Education
(EDE 211), Children's Literature (EDE 311), Assessing
Children 's Performance (EDE 450), Field Experiences with
Infants, Toddlers, and Preschoolers (EDE 203), Emerging
Literacy (ECE 302), Thematic Teaching in Early Childhood
(ECE 304), Parent and Community Involvement in Education
(ECE 319).
(D) Area of Concentration: (12 credits in one selected area)
Humanities: Language, Cultures, Literature, Philosophy,
Fine Arts
Natural Sciences: Mathematics, Biology, and Physical
Science
Social Sciences: History, Political Science, Sociology,
Anthropology, Psychology, and Economics
Technology/Computer Science: Computer Science and
Technology courses
Health Education: Health, Safety, and First Aid
Community and Family: Parenting, Sociology,
Anthropology, Psychology, Social Work
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
105
106
California University of Pennsylvania
ENGLISH
as many as sixteen credits of internship experience. Policies and
procedures regarding internships can be secured from the
departmental office or faculty internship supervisor.
Purpose
Honor Society
English is a comprehensive discipline. Its scope encompasses a study of the evolution of the language itself, the various
types of writing, the literature in English (poetry, drama, fiction,
and essay regardless of national origin), and the comparative
study of literature.
As a course of study, English enables people to express
themselves clearly and to read their ideas and those of others in
an appreciative and critical manner. The ideas expressed are
boundless, the content emotive as well as rational.
What is written is a personal and social record of the
struggle to create meaning. Insight into the past and present
creates a common core of ideas to be considered by scholars in
many disciplines.
Language competency is essential to the exchange of ideas,
the successful completion of course work and meaningful
employment. To insure that students will develop their language
skills and will have the means to meet these expectations, the
university requires that all entering students take the English
placement examination.
Initial course placement is based on the results of that
examination. Placement into either English Language Skills
(ENG 100) or Composition I (ENG IOI) depends on the results
of this holistically scored writing sample.
Since college performance incorporates the ability to
express ideas clearly, all students are encouraged to take the two
composition courses during their first semesters. Furthermore,
all students must take three writing component courses prior to
graduation . A list of approved courses can be secured from the
College of Liberal Arts.
Sigma Tau Delta is the National English Honor Society.
The California University chapter, Delta Theta, was chartered in
1959 and is the oldest chapter in the Pennsylvania State System
of Higher Education. Membership in Sigma Tau Delta is open
not only to English majors, but also to all those who have
English as an interest, provided they have at least a 3.0 average
in their English courses, rank in the highest 35% of their class in
general scholarship, have completed at least three semesters of
college, and have completed at least two courses in literature in
addition to freshman English.
Programs
The English major has seven options or areas of specialization. They are the general English program; five options in the
Professional Writing Program: Business and Commercial
Writing, Creative Writing, Radio-Television Media, Scientific
and Technical Writing and Journalism ; and, for persons who
want to teach English or to teach in an allied area, secondary
school certification in English, in Theater and in Communication are offered in cooperation with the College of Education
and Human Services.
A well developed internship system supports classroom
studies in the Professional Writing Program. Depending upon
the Professional Writing option undertaken, a student may take
Awards
The English Department encourages and rewards academic
achievement in several ways.
The Eleanore C. Hibbs Writing Award is given annually to
one student each in Composition I and Composition II. An
applicant for the award must submit an essay that was written
for that class and that carries the recommendation of the
student's instructor. All entries are judged by a special committee of the English Department. The two winners receive $150
prizes plus certificates of merit, both awarded at a luncheon in
May.
The Minor W. Major Award is given annually to a junior
who has achieved distinction in the study of English. The award
is based on merit alone. A departmental committee reviews the
academic records of prospective recipients, usually English
majors, and singles out the student who best meets its standards.
The award, named for Dr. Minor W. Major, late professor of
English, includes a certificate of merit and cash.
The English Faculty Award is given annually to the student
in English whose development has been most noteworthy over
four years . The recipient receives a certificate of merit and an
inscribed book, awarded at the senior dinner in May.
Careers
Besides preparing the graduate for graduate work in
English and American literature, English education, linguistics,
library work, law, and a number of other fields, the English
program offers career opportunities in such positions as
secondary school teacher, newspaper reporting, magazine
editing, creative writing, public information, advertising,
copywriting, communications, proof reading, and radio and
television editing.
Faculty
Professor Pratul Pathak, chair; Professor Madeline C. Smith, assistant chair; Professors Edward J. Chute, Robert W. Dillon, Sr. ,
Jack Goodstein, John M . Hanchin, Patricia Hartman, Madelon Jacoba, William Hendricks, Robert A. Korcheck, Frederick S.
Lapisardi , William M. Murdick, Horace S. Rockwood, Lisa M. Schwerdt, Charles R. Thomas, Carole Waterhouse; Associate
Professors Bernard J. Defilippo, Judith A. Good, Gene Patrick Halboth, J. Alan Natali, William Yahner; Assistant Professors
William J. Beardsley, William K. Bennett, Ronald L. Forsythe, Robert H. Grimes, James T. Mc Vey.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
107
Bachelor of Arts in English
Professional Writing Program
The liberal arts English program provides not only an
extensive introduction to literature, but also offers sufficient
flexibility for students to shape their emphasis within the study
of literature and language.
Within the context of a liberal education, the professional writing program offers students preparation for careers
in writing, editing, and publishing.
Curriculum
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: English Literature I-II (ENG
301 and 302), Survey of American Literature I & II (ENG
337 & 338), Chaucer (ENG 415) or Milton (ENG 427) or
Survey of Old and Middle English Literature (ENG 310),
Shakespeare (ENG 425), History of Literary Criticism (ENG
348) or Practical Criticism (ENG 448), Introduction to
Linguistics (ENG 347) or History of the English Language
(ENG 346) and 12 credits of 300-400 level English courses.
Related Courses: 30 credits, at least 15 of which must be in a
related discipline approved by the advisor and at least 15 of
which must be at the 200 level or above.
General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102), 12
credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12
credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free Electives.
Options
Business and Commercial Writing
Area of Concentration: Advanced Writing (ENG 375),
Advertising (ENG 437), Great Books (ENG 203), Business
Writing I (ENG 211) and II (ENG 212), Journalism I (ENG
167), Research for Writers (ENG 308), Publishing the
Magazine (ENG 351), Writing for Publication (ENG 496).
Nine credits of restricted electives (three of the following
courses): Studies in Writing (ENG 352), Article Writing
(ENG 435), Journalism II (ENG 169) and III (ENG 312),
Copywriting (ENG 401), Directed Projects in English (ENG
478), English Grammar and Usage (ENG 345).
Twenty-one credits of related courses: Introduction to
Business (BUS 100), Accounting I (ACC 201), Introductory
Microeconomics (ECO 201), Introductory Macroeconomics
(ECO 202), Principles of Marketing (MKT 271 ), Principles
of Selling (MKT 222), Principles of Management (MGT
201 ). Eleven credits of electives.
Creative Writing
Area of Concentration: Poetics (ENG 318), Creative Writing:
Fiction (ENG 376) or Poetry (ENG 377), Creative Writing
Seminar (ENG 495), Publishing the Magazine (ENG 351),
Advanced Writing (ENG 375), Article Writing (ENG 435),
Studies in Writing (ENG 352), Research for Writers (ENG
308), Writing for Publication (ENG 496).
Three of the following restricted elective courses: Great
Books (ENG 203), Adaptation of Literary Materials (ENG
430), Creative Writing: Drama (ENG 378), Business Writing
I (ENG 211), Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 217),
Advertising (ENG 437), Journalism I (ENG 167), Creative
Writing: Fiction (ENG 376) or Poetry (ENG 377),
Copywriting (ENG 401).
Thirty-two credits of electives drawn from literature (300
level and beyond), linguistics, speech, foreign languages, and
theater, including 12 hours of electives from any one area. As
many as 16 credits may be internship credits.
I
108
California University of Pennsylvania
Journalism
Area of Concentration: Word Processing (ENG 151 ),
Journalism I (ENG 167) and Journalism II (ENG 169) and
Journalism m (ENG 312), Press Law and Ethics (ENG 306),
American Journalism (ENG 254), Newspaper Reporting I
(ENG 334), Writing for Publication (ENG 496). Six of the
following : Research for Writers (ENG 308), Article Writing
(ENG 435), Studies in Writing (ENG 352), Newspaper
Reporting II (ENG 335), Publishing the Magazine (ENG
351), Sportswriting I (ENG 313), Sportswriting II (ENG
314), Advertising (ENG 437). Twelve credits in a related
discipline, 16 credits in internship or related electives.
Scientific and Technical Writing
Area of Concentration: Writing Core: Advanced Writing
(ENG 375), Journalism I (ENG 167), Scientific and Technical Writing I (ENG 217), Scientific and Technical Writing II
(ENG 218), Publishing the Magazine (ENG 351 ), Article
Writing (ENG 435), Research for Writers (ENG 308),
Studies in Writing (ENG 352), Writing for Publication (ENG
496), Literature Core: Six credits from among Great Books
(ENG 203), English Literature I (ENG 207) and English
Literature II (ENG 208), Survey of American Literature I
(ENG 337), Survey of American Literature II (ENG 338).
Restricted Electives: 14 credits from among English Grammar and Usage (ENG 345), Journalism II (ENG 169),
Advertising (ENG 437), Copywriting (ENG 401), Business
Writing I (ENG 211), Directed Projects in English (ENG
478). Three to eight credits of literature electives, and a three
to 11 credit internship. 21 credits of scientific or technical
courses with 15 credits in one discipline code.
Bachelor of Science in
Education:
Certification in English for
Secondary Schools
This program provides the background and certification
required for a beginning public school English teacher.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Humanities (15 credits minimum) including Composition I (ENG 101), Composition II
(ENG 102), Theater Course, World Literature to 1600 (ENG
205) or World Literature since 1600 (ENG 206), Natural
Science (nine credits minimum), Social Science (nine credit
minimum), Health or Physical Activities (three credit
minimum), Oral Communication (COM 101), General
Psychology (PSY 101).
(B) Professional Education: (41 credits). Applied
Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Policy Studies in
American Education (EDF 290), Educational Psychology
(PSY 208), Problems of Secondary Education (EDS 300),
Educational Tests and Measurements (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Teaching
in a Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Mainstreaming
Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Computers for Teachers
(EDF 301), Teaching of English in Secondary Schools (EDS
440), Student Teaching and School Law (EDS 461).
(C) Professional Specialization: (45 credits). Composition Theory and the Teaching of Writing (ENG 372), History
of the English Language (ENG 346), English Grammar and
Usage (ENG 345), Critical Theory and the Teaching of
Literature (ENG 371), Introduction to Linguistics (ENG
347), Argumentation and Debate (COM 230).
(D) Advanced Requirements: (27 credits). Survey of
American Literature I (ENG 337), Survey of American
Literature II (ENG 338) or American Literature elective,
English Literature I (ENG 301), English Literature II (ENG
302), Shakespeare (ENG 425), Communication Theory
(COM 490), Fundamentals of Acting (THE 130) or Stagecraft (THE 141) or Fundamentals of Directing (THE 320).
Students must also achieve a satisfactory score on the
National Teachers Exam in order to obtain Pennsylvania
Certification.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
109
=
rJj
ii--4
Minors
~ Literature Concentration
~
z~
Required Courses (12 credits): (select one from each group)
ENG 106 Intro to Poetry, ENG 107 Intro to Fiction, or ENG
108 Intro to Drama
ENG 205 World Lit to 1600 or ENG 206 World Lit after
1600
ENG 301 English Lit I or ENG 302 English Lit II
ENG 337 Survey of American Literature I or ENG 338
Survey of American Literature II
English Electives (nine credits at 300-400 level)
Business & Commercial Writing Concentration
Required Courses (12 credits): ENG 211 Business Writing I,
ENG 212 Business Writing II, ENG 308 Research for
Writers, and ENG 167 Journalism I or ENG 217 Sci & Tech
Writing or ENG 437 Advertising.
Restricted Electives (9 credits, 6credits minimum must be
ENG): ENG 312 Journalism III, ENG 345 Grammar &
Usage, ENG 375 Advanced Writing, ENG 401 Copywriting,
ENG 419 Internship 3-credit limit, ENG 435 Article Writing,
COM 102 Group Disc Management, COM 203 Intro to
Public Relations, COM 250 Oral Comm Management, ECO
100 Elements of Econ, GCT 225 Prine layout & Design,
MGT 201 Principles of Management, MKT 271 Principles of
Marketing.
Creative Writing Concentration
Required Courses (6 credits): ENG 495 Creative Writing
Seminar, ENG 496 Writing for Publication.
Creative Writing Electives (3-9 credits): ENG 376 Creative
Writing: Fiction, ENG 377 Creative Writing: Poetry, ENG
378 Creative Writing: Drama.
English Electives (6-12 credits): ENG 203 Great Books,
ENG 308 Research for Writers, ENG 318 Poetics, ENG 351
Publish the Magazine, ENG 352 Studies in Writing, ENG
430 Adapt Lit Materials, ENG 435 Article Writing.
Journalism Concentration
Required Courses (12 credits): ENG 167 Journalism I, ENG
169 Journalism II, ENG 306 Press Law & Ethics, ENG 312
Journalism III.
Restricted Electives (9 credits, 6 credits minimum must be
ENG): ENG 254 History of American Journalism,
ENG 313 Sportswriting I, ENG 334 Newspaper Reporting I,
ENG 336 Computer Assisted Reporting, ENG 351 Publish
the Magazine, ENG 401 Copywriting, ENG 419 lnternship-3 credit limit, ENG 435 Article Writing, ENG 437
Advertising, COM 246 Radio & TV Announcing, COM 332
Radio & TV: News, OCT 225 Prine Layout & Design.
110
California University of Pennsylvania
Technical Writing Concentration
Required Courses (12 credits): ENG 212 Business Writing II,
ENG 217 Sci & Tech Writing I, ENG 218 Sci & Tech
Writing II, ENG 308 Research.
Restricted Electives (9 credits, 6 credits minimum must be
ENG) : ENG 345 Grammar & Usage, ENG 375 Advanced
Writing, ENG 419 Internship--3 credit limit, ENG 435
Article Writing, GCT 225 Print Layout & Design.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND CULTURES
Purpose
Bachelor of Arts in French
Rapid political and economic changes in the world require that
students not onJy understand other cultures but that they can
communicate with persons in those cultures. In this sense familiarity with speaking and reading a foreign language and being aware
of how persons in other countries think about the world is pragmatic. Instruction in an unfamiliar language also helps students see
the world from a different perspective. Inasmuch as that occw·s,
students improve self-awareness, lose a blind ethnocentrism, and
gain a greater appreciation of all cultures, including their own.
Curriculum
Programs
The department administers three programs: a liberal arts
language program in German, French, and Spanish; a language
certification program for students who plan to teach in one of the
language areas; an International Studies program with options in
Business and Economics, Foreign Languages, Geography, and
Political Science (consult the descriptions for the Departments of
Business & Economics, Earth Sciences, and Social Sciences for
additional information on the International Studies programs).
Students in these programs will develop listening, speaking,
reading and writing ski lls, as well as an awareness of cultural
diversity and its impact on human behavior.
Language and culture are closely aligned, and a series of
culture courses, taught in English, are available. These indicate
how artistic expression, geography, and economic and historical
development mutually influence each other.
A minor in foreign languages is offered in French, German,
and Spanish to provide a global component and international
perspective to a liberal arts education and to prepare you for a
world where cross cultural communication is vital for success.
Placement
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Intermediate French I-II (FRE
203 and FRE 204), French Conversation, Composition, and
Phonetics I-II (FRE 311 and FRE 312), Advanced Composition: Grammar and Stylistics (FRE 401), French Colloquium
(FRE 450), Studies in French Culture (six credits), Survey of
French Literature I-II (FRE 421 and FRE 422), Geography of
Europe (GEO 325). Six credits in one other foreign language,
three credits in each of History, English, Philosophy, Psychology, and Communication Studies. Fourteen credits of related
electives taken with the adviser's approval.
Bachelor of Arts in German
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Science, 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Intermediate German I (GER
203) and II (GER 204), German Conversation and Composition I (GER 311) and II (GER 312), Advanced Composition:
Grammar and Stylistics (GER 401), Studies in German
Culture (six credits), Survey of German Literature I (GER
421 ) and II (GER 422), German Colloquium (GER 450) or
History of the German Language (GER 452), Geography of
Europe (GEO 325), six credits in one other foreign language,
at least three credits in each of Philosophy, Psychology,
Communication Studies, History, and English. Fourteen
credits of e lectives taken with the adviser's approval.
Students entering a foreign language course will be evaluated in
order to determine the proper course level placement for them.
Students who wish to receive credit for previously acquired language
proficiency can take a CLEP examination or a chalJenge examination.
Bachelor of Arts in Spanish
Awards
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
102), 12 credits of H umanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free Electives.
The Elsbeth E. Santee Scholarship Fund grants renewal awards
annualJy for students majoring in a foreign language who maintain a
3.0 QPA in their major. Information about the award and application
procedures is available in the department office.
Careers
Linguistic ability in languages other than English can promote
employment opportunities in organizations working internationally,
especially legal, banking and commercial corporations, national
and regional governmental agencies, social service and religious
organizations, educational institutions, communications, importexport and travel businesses and a variety of translation services.
Curriculum
(B) Area of Concentration: Intermediate Spanish I (SPN
203) and II (SPN 204), Spanish Conversation and Composition I (SPN 3 11 ) and II (SPN 312), Advanced Composition:
Grammar and Stylistics (SPN 401), Studies in Hispanic
Culture (six credits), Survey of Spanish Literature (SPN
421), Survey of Spanish-American Literature (SPN 422),
Geography of Latin America (GEO 328), Spanish Colloquium (SPN 450), six credits in one other foreign language,
at least three credits in each of Philosophy, Psychology,
Communication Studies, History and English. Fourteen
credits of electives taken with the advisor's approval.
Faculty
Associate Professor Raldo Parascenzo, chair; Professors Carol L. Kaplan, Alan H. Krueck; Associate Professor, Margarita Ribar
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
111
Bachelor of Arts in
International Studies:
Foreign Language Option
(A) General Education (60 credits) : Composition 1-11
(ENG 101 , 102), 12 credits of Humanities and Fine Arts, 12
credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18
credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Language I Select
courses from FRE, GER, or SPN: 203 Intermediate I, 204
Intermediate II, 311 Conversation, Composition and Phonetics I, 312 Conversation, Composition and Phonetics II,
Culture and Civilization Elective, Language Elective.
Language II Select courses from FRE, GER, or SPN: 203
Intermediate I, 204 Intermediate II, 311 Conversation,
Composition and Phonetics I, 312 Conversation, Composition and Phonetics II, Culture and Civilization Elective,
Language Elective. Geography (9 credits) Selected from
geography area study courses. Restricted Electives (18
credits) Selected in consultation with advisor. Related
Electives (5 credits)
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Certification in
Foreign Language Teaching for
Grades K-12 French, German
or Spanish
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities including
Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102), nine credits in Natural
Sciences, nine credits in Social Sciences, three credits in Health
or Physical Activities, Oral Communication (COM 101),
General Psychology (PSY 100), nine credits of Free Electives .
(B) Professional Education: Policy Studies in American
Education (EDF 290), Educational Psychology (PSY 208),
Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Problems of
Secondary Education (EDS 300), Educational Tests and
Measurements in Secondary Schools (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Teaching in a
Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Mainstreaming the Exceptional Child (EDU 340), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301),
Teaching of Modern Languages K through 12 (EDS 466*),
Student Teaching and School Law (EDS 461). *Modern
Methods in Secondary Schools may be taken in place of the
"Teaching of' course with permission of your advisor.
112
California University of Pennsylvania
(C) Professional Specialization: Intermediate I (203) and II
(204), Conversation and Composition 1-11 (311 and 312),
Advanced Composition, Grammar and Stylistics (FRE, GER, or
SPN 401), six credits Culture and Civilization, Survey of
Literature 1-Il (421 and 422); Foreign Language Colloquium in
appropriate language (FRE, GER, or SPN 450); six credits of
electives in major field in second foreign language.
Students must also achieve a satisfactory score on the
National Teachers Exam.
Minors
French Concentration
Required: FRE 101 Elementary French I, FRE 102 Elementary French II, FRE 203 Intermediate French I, FRE 204
Intermediate French II, FRE 311 French Conversation,
Composition, and Phonetics I, FRE 312 French Conversation, Composition, and Phonetics IL
Elective: Select one course from the following : FRE 401
Advanced Composition; Grammar & Stylistics, FRE 421
Survey of French Literature I, FRE 422 Survey of French
Literature II, FRE 450 Foreign Language Colloquium in
French
German Concentration
Required: GER 101 Elementary German I, GER 102
Elementary German II, GER 203 Intermediate German I,
GER 204 Intermediate German II, GER 311 Ger Conversation, Composition, and Phonetics I, GER 312 Ger Conversation, Composition, and Phonetics II
Elective: Select one course from the following: GER 401
Advanced Composition; Grammar & Stylistics, GER 421
Survey of German Literature I, GER 422 Survey of German
Literature II, GER 450 Foreign Language Colloquium in
German.
Spanish Concentration
Required: SPN 101 Elementary Spanish I, SPN 102 Elementary Spanish II, SPN 203 Intermediate Spanish I, SPN 204
Intermediate Spanish II, SPN 311 Span Conversation,
Composition, and Phonetics I, SPN 312 Span Conversation,
Composition, and Phonetics II.
Elective: Select one course from the following : SPN 401
Advanced Composition; Grammar & Stylistics, SPN 421
Survey of Spanish Literature, SPN 422 Survey of SpanishAmerican Literature, SPN 450 Foreign Language Colloquium in Spanish
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
113
Health Science and Sport
Career Outlook
Studies
Purpose
The Department of Health Science and Sport Studies
offer the Athletic Training Education Program (ATEP),
accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied
Health Education Programs (CAAHEP) and the State Board
of Physical Therapy. Students may major in athletic training
or combine athletic training with teacher education. The
basic concept of athletic training involves prevention, care,
treatment, and rehabilitation of athletic injuries.
.,.
,.
.
\.
.',,
Job opportunities for certified athletic trainers have
increased substantially, and the employment potential for
athletic trainers should continue to increase. The ultimate
goal of this program is to prepare graduates for certification
by the NATABOC and for careers in athletic training.
Modem athletic training rooms are located in Hamer
Hall and Adamson Stadium. The cadaver anatomy laboratory
is also located in Hamer Hall. The California University
intercollegiate athletic program, which is a strong NCAA
Division II program and a member of Pennsylvania State
Athletic Conference (PSAC), comprises 13 varsity sports that
enable students to gain valuable experience as student
athletic trainers. Students will also receive additional hours at
many area high schools or local colleges as partial fulfillment
of their required clinical experience.
Many high schools hire athletic trainers to help provide
better health care for their interscholastic athletic programs.
In addition, four-year colleges and universities as well as
junior and community colleges provide significant possibilities for employment. Positions with professional teams exist;
however, they are fewer in number than those associated with
interscholastic athletic programs.
The Department also offers courses reflecting the
wellness concept. Presently, it functions as a service oriented
department. However, there is a certification program in
Driver Education Certification.
Admission to the Program
The department offers a certification program for a
student seeking to become qualified as a Driver Education
teacher in the secondary schools. In order to fulfill the
requirements of this program, the student must complete a
minimum of 12 semester hours. Six of the 12 hours are
required in the program (HSD 300, Introduction to Safety,
and HSD 305 , Driver Education and Traffic Safety) .
I
.-
The high incidence of injuries occurring through athletic
participation has become a national concern and has created
demand for individuals who have completed athletic training
courses, fulfilled clinical requirements, and earned a minimum of a bachelor's degree.
The same 12 hours required in the Driver Education
Endorsement Program can be used as free electives in the
30-hour free elective block. For further information concerning the program, contact the chairperson of the Health
Science and Sport Studies Department in Hamer Hall.
There is also growing employment in sports medicine
and rehabilitation clinics for athletic trainers.
Admission into the Athletic Training Education Program
is competitive, and only a limited number of students are
selected each year. Applications for the Athletic Training
curriculum are accepted during the second semester of the
freshman year and screened by the Admissions and Academic Standards Committee (AASC). During this semester,
the student submits a letter of application to the AASC,
which screens, interviews, and selects the remaining students
to be admitted.
Criteria for selection are a minimum of a 3.00 QPA, or a
composite score of 17, minimum 100 observation hours,
interview with a departmental faculty member, and completion of the freshman examination.
.,,
"
.
Faculty
Professor William B. Biddington, chair; Professors Bruce D. Barnhart, Robert H. Kane, Jr; Associate Professors Harry L.
Ervin, Carol A. McMahon, Terry E. Scott; Assistant Professor, Joni L. Roh
114
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Athletic Training
Curriculum
This program will lead a prospective student to a
Bachelor of Science degree in Education without teacher
certification.
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities
including Oral Communication (COM 101); English
Composition I-II (ENG 101, 102); nine credits in Natural
Sciences; nine credits in Social Sciences; two credits in
Physical Education and 34 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Practicum Athletic Training
I, II (ATE 100, 110); Substance Abuse Education (ATE 120);
Human Anatomy & Physiology I (ATE 205); Human
Anatomy & Physiology II with Laboratory (ATE 215);
Health (HPE 105); General Psychology (PSY 100); Kinesiology (HPE 308); Exercise Physiology (HPE 309); Athletic
Training 1-11 (ATE 220, 260); Administrative Aspects of
Athletic Training (ATE 230); Nutrition for Sports (ATE 240);
Emergency Medical Technician (HPE 500); Practicum
Athletic Training ill (ATE 300); Modality Principles and
Techniques with Laboratory (ATE 320); Therapeutic
Exercise with Laboratory (ATE 330); Orthopedic Evaluations in Sports Medicine (ATE 400); Sports Medicine
Practicum (ATE 405); Sports Medicine Research (ATE 460);
arid Pharmacology for the Allied Health Professions (ATE
500). Clinical experience: minimum of 800 hours.
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Athletic Training/Education
Certification
(Dual Major)
Options for dual major are:
Biology, Chemistry, Communication (Speech), Communication (Theatre), Early Childhood, Earth Science, English,
Foreign Languages, General Science, Mathematics, Physics,
Social Studies, Special Education
The dual major in Athletic Training/Education Certification
enables interested students to pursue the education and training
necessary for a dual career as effective teachers and athletic
trainers. The requirements listed below are for the Athletic
Training component alone. Students interested in this program
should contact the Program Director of the Athletic Training
Education Program for details on the dual major. This program
also requires satisfactory performance on the National Teachers
Exam.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities
including Oral Communication (COM 101); Engli sh
Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); nine credits in Social
Sciences; nine credits in Natural Sciences; three credits in
Physical Education.
(B) Area of Concentration: Practicum Athletic Training I,
II (ATE 100, 110); Substance Abuse Education (ATE 120);
Human Anatomy & Physiology I (ATE 205); Human Anatomy
& Physiology II with Laboratory (ATE 215); Health (HPE
105); General Psychology (PSY 100); Kinesiology (HPE
308); Exercise Physiology (HPE 309); Emergency Medical
Technician (HPE 500); Athletic Training I-II (ATE 220, 260);
Administrative Aspects of Athletic Training (ATE 230);
Nutrition for Sports (ATE 240); Practicutn Athletic Training
ill (ATE 300); Modality Principles and Techniques with
Laboratory (ATE 320); Therapeutic Exercise with Laboratory
(ATE 330); Orthopedic Evaluations in Sports Medicine (ATE
400); Sports Medicine Practicum (ATE 405); Sports Medicine
Research (ATE 460) ; and Pharmacology for the Allied Health
Professions (ATE 500).
Clinical experience: minimum of 800 hours during junior
and senior years.
(C) Professional Education Requirements: As required
by the College of Education and Human Services.
(D) Professional Specialization (Second Major): As
required by the specific major.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
115
116
California University of Pennsylvania
HISTORY
Awards
Purpose
The recording and explanation of the events that
constitute social, organizational, or personal existence
comprise the discipline of history. History, with its special
concern for what is unique in human events, is an integrative
discipline. Its narratives and explanations are contextual. As
such, historians take cognizance of the works of artists,
philosophers, and social scientists.
The History Faculty Award for Academic Excellence is
given annually to the History major who has demonstrated
outstanding achievement.
The Edward McNall Bums Scholarship Award is given
annually to any individual majoring in Anthropology,
Sociology, Political Science, Economics, or History. See the
department office for further information.
For example, social historians utilize the methods of the
social scientist. This integrative aspect of historical narrative
Teacher, archivist and museum curator are professions
and explanation continues to make it a primary part of a
directly related to the history major. Careers in law, religion,
Liberal Arts education. In as much as it reveals every
person's past, it makes possible greater personal freedom and foreign service, both corporate and government, and diplomacy have a great reliance on historical knowledge.
creativity.
Careers
Programs
The department offers a B. A. in History. The History
major is general in nature, providing students with the
opportunity to select areas of topical interest. In relation to
the major, the department, in conjunction with the College of
Education and Human Services, provides requisite courses
for Social Science certification for teaching in secondary
schools. Students interested in teacher certification can
secure further information from the College of Education and
Human Services office.
The department also offers a minor in History which
students in other majors may use to expand their educational
opportunity.
Honor Society
Students who meet the academic requirements are
eligible for membership in Phi Alpha Theta, the International
Honor Society. Information can be obtained from faculty
advisors and the department office.
Faculty
Professor Sean C. Madden, chair; Professors John F. Bauman, J. K. Folmar;
Associate Professor Margaret A. Spratt; Assistant Professors A. Beth Fitch, Michael Slaven.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
117
t0
~
Bachelor of Arts in History
Minor in History
Curriculum
Required: HIS 101 History of the US to 1877, HIS 102
History of the US since 1877, HIS 104 History of Europe to
1740, HIS 106 History of Europe since 1740.
Electives (nine credits): Any three HIS courses, 300-level or
above.
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
00
=
~
(B) Area of Concentration: Required Western History 15 credits: History of the United States to 1877 (HIS 101),
History of the United States since 1877 (HIS 102), History of
Western Society to 1740 (HIS 104), History of Western
Society since 1740 (HIS 106), History Seminar (HIS 495). A
minimum of two courses in Non-Western History - 6 credits.
HIS 111, HIS 112, HIS 147.
History Electives - 24 credits: these must include at least
three topical and three chronological courses selected from
the following list: (HIS 107) History of Southwestern
Pennsylvania; (HIS 188) Local History; (HIS 200) History of
Pennsylvania; (HIS 201) Civil War and Reconstruction; (HIS
203) History of Transportation in Pennsylvania; (HIS 204)
Historical Perspectives on Aging; (HIS 210) Introduction to
Public History; (HIS 215) Expansion of American Foreign
Policy; (HIS 216) History of England; (HIS 217) AfroAmericans in U.S . History; (HIS 218) History of Sport in
America; (HIS 220) United States Military History; (HIS
225) History of Contemporary Europe; (HIS 226) History of
Medieval Europe; (HIS 227) Renaissance and Reformation;
(HIS 230) History of Eastern Europe; (HIS 234) Urban
Planning in Historical Perspective; (HIS 236) History of
Urban America; (HIS 238) History of American Labor; (HIS
240) History of the Cold War; (HIS 245) History of Russia;
(HIS 247) History of Ethnic America; (HIS 250) American
Constitutional History; (HIS 260) Women in U.S. History;
(HIS 262) Women in Ancient and Medieval European
History ; (HIS 275) Pittsburgh History; (HIS 304) Great
Depression and World War II; (HIS 305) Contemporary
History of the U.S. ; (HIS 310) Christianity to 1700; (HIS
329) History Internship; (HIS 350) Adolf Hitler; (HIS 379)
Special Problems in History.
Social Science Electives - nine credits: these credits must
consist of one course from each of three disciplines selected
from ECO, SOC, GEO, ANT, POS.
Related Electives - 14 credits to be selected in consultation
with advisor.
118
California University of Pennsylvania
HONORS PROGRAM
Purpose
Awards
The Honors Program at California University of
Pennsylvania provides an opportunity for an enhanced
educational experience to our most talented students and
faculty. Honors Program students desire to pursue intellectual and creative growth beyond the usual requirements of
their major field of study and intend to cultivate their
individual and personal aspirations to learn. Honors Program
students and faculty expect to explore and participate in
scholarly, professional, and artistic exerci ses outside the
classroom ; they engage in community service activities
which complement their academic studies and nurture their
personal sense of commitment and communal responsibility.
Honors students anticipate exercising leadership while at
California University; they prepare to become leaders while
students in our program , and they expect to continue as
leaders when they graduate.
Currently, the Honors Program annually presents the
following awards: Senior Thesis Project Award and the
Outstanding Honors Program Graduating Senior Award.
Membership
Membership in the University Honors Program is by
invitation only. However, the Honors Program promotes
outstanding intellectual achievement throughout the university, and undergraduate students in any program or division
of the university may participate in the Honors Program.
Each year, the applicati ons of all incoming first year and
transfer students are reviewed, and those students with the
very highest indicators of past and future academic success
are invited to participate in the Honors Program.
Curriculum
Courses, designated as Honors Courses, are restricted to
members of the Honors Program and are offered at all class
level s. In such courses enrollment is kept low to encourage
and ensure close interaction between student and professor.
Additionally, most regular university course offerings at all
levels may have an honors component. In such courses
(called addenda) , honors students fulfill the same requirements as other students in the class but honors students
perform certain independent work which is designed to
enhance the regular departmental courses and which is
agreed upon in writing by the student, the professor, and the
Director of the Honors Program . In all such courses, the
successful completion of the course and its honors component is indicated on the student's transcript.
Honors Program students are expected to maintain a
minimum grade-point average sufficient to achieve the
Dean 's List (3 .25) and to graduate with Honors. Additionally,
students must complete a minimum of 24 credits, including
addenda and thesis project, within the Honors Program
Inquiries about the Honors Program may be made of the
Director, California University of Pennsylvania, California,
PA 15419-1394, (724) 938-4535.
Programs
Each summer (since 1985) two Honors Program
students receive scholarships to participate in the SSHE
Summer Honors Program. Thi s program is noted for its
academic quality and its opportunity, typically, to study
abroad in such places as Ru ssia (1995), Austria (1996) ,
England (1997), and Italy (1998). Honors Program students
have the opportunity to participate in the California Academic Leadership Hall concept which includes specialty
housing in Johnson Hall as well as educational, social, and
recreational programming. The Honors Program maintains a
small , but high quality, computer fac ility in Johnson Hall
reserved for the exclusive use of its students and faculty.
Honors Advisory Board
Professor Edward J. Chute (English), director; Dean Jesse A. Cignetti (Liberal Arts), Associate Professor Gregg Gould
(Physical Science), Dean Richard B. Hart (Science and Technology), Associate Provost J. Drew McGukin (Academic
Affairs), Professor Beverly J. Melenyzer (Elementary Education), Sarah A. Molik (Honors Program Student),
Associate Professor Marsha L. Nolf (Library Services), Dean Stephen A. Pavlak (Education and Human Services),
Associate Professor Michael J. Slavin (Theatre), Assistant Professor Gary A. Smith (Philosophy), Associate Professor
Carole A. Waterhouse ffine:lish) , Professor James Wood (Social Science)
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
119
HUMANITIES PROGRAM
Purpose
Bachelor of Arts in Humanities
Humanities are most often considered a curricular area
or category in which a number of majors coexist interdependently. For example, Foreign Languages, Art and English are
program areas under the Humanities heading. However,
Cal ifo rnia University has a separate Humanities program ,
which works particularly well for those students who find
that their goals lie somewhere between two or three different
Humanities areas.
Curriculum
The Humanities program is designed to allow greater
freedom in shaping an integrated university program responsive to the students' unique interests and permit the greatest
breadth fo r studying the interrelationsrups between disciplines. This program stresses breadth of knowledge and
interdi sciplinary awareness. Students have the opportunity, as
well as the responsibility, to develop unique, integrated and
personalized programs combining courses from Humanities
areas.
120
Califo rnia U niversity of Pennsylvania
(A) General Education : English Composition 1-11 (ENG
101 , 102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural
Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration. Introductory Courses (38
credits): Select courses from the following disciplines: ART,
COM, ENG, FRE, GER, LIT, MUS, PHI, SPN, and THE.
Introductory courses are usually designated as 100- or 200level. Advanced Courses (30 credits). Select courses from
the following disciplines: ART, COM, ENG, FRE, GER, LIT,
MUS , PHI, SPN, and THE. Elective Courses (0-15 credits):
A maximum of fifteen credits from outside the Humanities
area may be taken with permission of the student's faculty
advisor.
MATHEMATICS AND
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Programs
The Bachelor of Science degree in Applied Computer
Science is designed to provide the student with a strong
computer science background supplemented with a substantial
core of courses in a related academic discipline. The degree
enables a student to apply the Computer Science training to an
academic area of their choice.
The Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematics and
Computer Science is a careful blending of courses that offers
the student both theory and applications in mathematics and
computer science. It prepares you for a position in business,
industry or government or to go on to graduate studies in Math
or Computer Science.
The Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Management: Management and Computer Science Option emphasizes management and business courses along with computer
science courses. The program is designed to prepare the
student for continued study at the graduate level or for
employment in business, industry, or government.
The Bachelor of Arts degree in Mathematics is a sufficiently
flexible program that permits the student to select courses that
meet particular interests and needs. It allows for both depth and
breadth of study in mathematics as well as study in the natural
sciences. It is designed to provide the student with an excellent
background for graduate studies in mathematics and for employment opportunities in business, industry, or government.
The Bachelor of Science in Education degree is a
program designed for the student who wishes to pursue a
career in secondary teaching of mathematics. It provides the
prospective teacher the opportunity to acquire the knowledge, attitudes, skills, and understanding necessary to
become an effective educator.
The Associate degree in Computer Science is a twer-year
program designed to provide the student with career-oriented
computer science technology background. Though its emphasis
is on training for job placement in the computer industry after a
twer-year curriculum, the program is designed to allow for
transfer into a four- year Bachelor of Computer Science
programs.
In addition to the degree programs, there is offered an
18-credit hour certificate program in personal computer
applications. The program is designed so that you can
concentrate the courses in the area of C.I.S. and learning how
to use micro computers in your daily lives.
Internships
Provision is made in several of the programs to accommodate student internships. The availability of these internships is
dependent upon the needs of various governmental agencies
and private employers, and they are not a guaranteed part of
the program. If selected, the student may earn a salary as well
as college credit and invaluable experience.
Faculty advisors work carefully with the student to
select the courses best suited to the student's interests and
goals. An open-door policy prevails in the Department of
Mathematics and Computer Science so that students may
discuss problems freely with their advisors or members of
the department.
Student work-study assignments are available for those
who desire and qualify for employment. Students may assi st
in the Mathematics Department, the Computer Center, the
Computer Laboratory, or the Mathematics Laboratory.
Hence, students learn while they earn.
Awards
In order to encourage and recognize academic achievement, the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science
makes the following awards:
Computer Science Award : The computer science award is
presented annually to the graduating student of the Mathematics and Computer Science Department who has
achieved a high level of academic excellence in computer
science courses.
Frederick E. Atkins Memorial Award: In honor of the contributions made by Frederick E. Atkins to the Mathematics
Department and to the many students he taught, an award
established in his name is presented to the graduating student
of the Mathematics and Computer Science Department who
has achieved a µigh level of academic excellence in Mathematics courses, in either the Mathematics and Computer Science
program or the Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics program.
Faculty
Professor Andrew J. Machusko, chair; Associate Professor, Jerry M. Blackmon, assistant chair;
Professors Anette M. DeNardo, Nicholas Ford, Robert T. Little, Anthony S. Pyzdrowski, Lawrence D. Romboski , Paul D .
Williams; Associate Professors William F. Blank, Kaddour Boukaabar, John S. Gibson, Jr. , Judith I. Hall, Barbara Hess,
Karla A. Hoffman, George D. Novak, Elwyn M. Schmidt, John S. Skocik, Jr., Nancy A. Skocik, Virginia Rider Val entino
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
121
tJ Bachelor of Science in
z
Applied Computer Science
~ Curriculum
~
u
00
~
~
~
~
~
~
0
u
Q
z
<
00
u
~
~
~
~
(A) General Education: English Composition I-II (ENG
101 , 102), Scientific and Technical Writing I (ENG 217), Oral
Communication or Oral Communication Management (COM
101 or COM 250), Problem Solving and Program Constructions (CSC 120), PreCalculus (MAT 199), six credits in
Humanities, six credits in Social Sciences, six credits in
Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Statistics (MAT 215), Discrete
Mathematics (MAT 272), Basic Calculus (MAT 273), Linear
Algebra I (MAT 341), COBOL I or FORTRAN (CSC 218 or
224), C Programming (CSC 223), Logic & Switching Theory
(CSC 316), Assembly Language Programming (CSC 323),
Object Oriented Programming (CSC 333), Information
Structures (CSC 377), Computer Architecture (CSC 378),
Software Engineering (CSC 396), Operating Systems (CSC
400), Data Communications (CSC 405), LISP Programming
(CSC 410), Structures of Programming Languages (CSC 455).
Twelve credits of Computer Science Electives selected from
the following: COBOL I or FORTRAN (CSC 218 or 224),
COBOL II (CSC 318), Computer Graphics (CSC 324),
Hypermedia and CAI (CSC 357), Systems Analysis (CSC
375), Computer Science Internship (CSC 419), Artificial
Intelligence (CSC 420), Numerical Analysis (CSC 424), Data
Base Management Systems (CSC 456), Language Translation
(CSC 460), Theory of Languages (CSC 475)
=
~
~
(C) Related Area: 20 credits of related electives must be
taken in a single discipline selected by the student and
approved by the faculty advisor and the department chairperson (at least 14 credits must be 200 level or higher) .
Bachelor of Science in
Mathematics and Computer Science
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I-II (ENG
101 , l 02) , Scientific and Technical Writing _(ENG 217),
Problem Solving and Program Constructions (CSC 120),
Discrete Math (MAT 272) , Formal Logic I (PHI 211), six
credits in Humanities, six credits in Social Sciences, six
credits in Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Calculus I-II (MAT 281,282),
Linear Algebra I (MAT 341 ), Abstract Algebra (MAT 35 L),
Calculus ill-IV (MAT 381 , 382), Differential Equations (MAT
406), Statistical Analysis I (MAT 461), six credits from Mathematics courses listed, C Programming (CSC 223), FORTRAN
(CSC 224), Logic and Switching (CSC 316), Assembly Language
(CSC 323), Object Oriented Programming (CSC 333), Information Structures (CSC 377), Computer Architecture (CSC 378),
Software Engineering (CSC 396), Operating Systems (CSC 400),
Numerical Analysis (CSC 424), Structures of Programming
Language (CSC 455), Theory of Languages (CSC 475), 14
credits selected either from Group I or Group II only.
Group I:
CSC 324-Computer Graphics
CSC 357-Hypermedia & CAI
CSC 405-Data Communications
CSC 410-LISP Programming
CSC 419-Internship (maximum six credits)
CSC 420-Artificial Intelligence
CSC 460-Language Translation
Group II: CSC 218-COBOL I
CSC 318-COBOL II
CSC 324-Computer Graphics
CSC 357-Hypermedia and CAI
CSC 375-Systems Analysi s
CSC 405-Data Communications
CSC 419-Internship (maximum six credits)
CSC 456-Data Base Management Systems
NOTE: Other specific requirements relative to this program
are avai lable in the department office.
The program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in
Mathematics and Computer Science is a careful blending of
courses which offer students the theory and application of
problems in mathematics and computer science.
Bachelor of Arts in
Mathematics
A demanding but versatile program, it permits students
with a deficiency in mathematics to take introductory courses
to provide them sufficient background to effectively take
courses in their area of concentration. Although the introductory courses do not count in the area of concentration, they do
count as free electives in the program.
(A) General Education : Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free Electives.
This program is designed to prepare the student for
continued study at the graduate level or for employment in
business, industry, and government in computer operations,
computer programming, systems analysis, or computer
equipment analysis, or as a computer specialist in research,
analysis, information storage and retrieval, or computer sales.
Curriculum
(B) Area of Concentration: Calculus I, II, ID, IV (MAT
281 , 282, 381 , 382), Geometry (MAT203), AbstractAJgebral
(MAT 351), Linear Algebra I (MAT 341 ), Statistical Analysis I
(MAT 461), Differential Equations (MAT 406), Advanced
Calculus I (MAT 481) and II (MAT 482), Topology (MAT 490).
(C) 12 credits in Physics and/or Chemistry.
(D) 20 credits in Natural Science Electives.
*Other specific requirements relative to this program are
available in the department office.
122
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Certification in
Mathematics for Secondary
Education
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities,
including Composition I - II (ENG 101, 102), 9 credits in
Natural Sciences, 9 credits in Social Science, 3 credits in
Health or Physical Activities, Oral Communication (COM
101), General Psychology (PSY 100), 9 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Professional Education: Policy Studies in American
Education (EDE 290) Educational Psychology (PSY 208),
Applied Instruction Tech (EDF 302), Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300), Educational Tests and Measurements
(EDS 430), Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools
(EDS 465), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Teaching in
a Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Mainstreaming Exceptional Child (EDU 340), Teaching of Mathematics in
Secondary Schools (EDS 460*), Student Teaching and
School Law (EDS 461). *Modem Methods in Secondary
Schools may be taken in place of the "Teaching of' course
with permission of your advisor.
(C) Professional Specialization: Required: Calculus I, II,
III (MAT 281,282,381), Discrete Mathematics (MAT 272),
Geometry (MAT 203), Abstract Algebra I (MAT 351),
Statistical Analysis I (MAT 461), Linear Algebra I (MAT
341 ), History of Mathematics (MAT 304), Basic Programming Language (CSC 105) or Introduction to Computer
Science with Pascal (CSC 123).
Students must have a 2.5 QPA in the Area of Professional
Specialization before being accepted to student teach.
Restricted Electives: Choose one from Group I and one from
Group II.
NOTE: Other specific requirements relative to this
program are available in the department office.
Bachelor of Science in
Industrial Management:
Management and Computer
Science Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG
101), Business Writing I (ENG 211), Scientific and
Technical Writing (ENG 217), Math of Finance I (MAT
171), Pre-Calculus (MAT 199), Basic Calculus (MAT
273), 6 credit in Humanities, 6 credits in Social Sciences
6 credits in Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Free Elective;.
(B) Area of Concentration: Statistics (MAT 215) or
Business Statistics (MAT 225), Math of Finance II (MAT
271), Discrete Mathematics (MAT 272), Oral Communication Management (COM 205), General Psychology (PSY
100), Industrial Psychology (PSY 209), Micro Applications Software (CSC 101), Problem Solving and Programming Constructions (CSC 120), COBOL I (CSC 218), C
Programming (CSC 223), Survey of Operations Research
(CSC 309), COBOL II (CSC 318), Systems Analysis
(CSC 345), Information Structures (CSC 377), Software
Engineering (CSC 396), Data Base Management (CSC
456), at least 5 credits of elective Computer Science
courses taken from the list (200 level or higher).
(C) Related Area: Accounting I (ACC 201), Accounting II (ACC 202), Managerial Accounting (ACC 321),
Introductory Microeconomics (ECO 201), Introductory
Macroeconomics (ECO 202), Principles of Management
(MGT 201), Financial Management (FIN 301), Labor
Relations (MGT 362), Managerial Information Systems
Group I: Calculus IV (MAT 382), Differential Equations
(MAT 406), Abstract Algebra II (MAT 451), Statistical
Analysis II (MAT 462), Linear Algebra II (MAT 441),
Honors Course in Mathematics (MAT 469), Theory of
Equations (MAT 305), Seminar in Mathematics (MAT 495).
Group II: Basic Program Language (CSC 105), Introduction
to Computer Science with Pascal (CSC 123), Introduction to
Computer Science with C (CSC 223), Assembler Language
(CSC 323), Information Structures (CSC 377), Systems
Analysis (CSC 375).
Students must also achieve a satisfactory score on the
National Teachers Exam in order to acquire Pennsylvania
certification
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
123
(MGT 371) .
Associate of Science in
Computer Science Technology
This two-year associate degree program provides
students with training in computer science technology. This
high quality program is career oriented.
All credits earned in this program are directly transferable
to the four year Bachelor's degree in Industrial Management:
Management and Computer Science Option.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG
101), Science and Technical Writing (ENG 217), Problem
Solving and Programming Constructs (CSC 120), College
Algebra (MAT 181) or Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182),
Science, Technology, and Society (PHI 247) , 3 credits in
Humanities, 3 credits in Social Sciences, 3 credits in Natural
Sciences, 3 credits in Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Mathematics of Finance I
(MAT 171 ), Statistics (MAT 215) or Business Statistics
(MAT 225), Discrete Mathematics (MAT 272), Micros and
Applications Software (CSC 101 ), Cobol I (CSC 218), C
Programming (CSC 223), Computer Operations (CSC 300),
Hypermedia and CAI (CSC 357), Information Structures
(CSC 377), 12 credits Mathematics or Computer Science
courses selected from the list above (200 level or higher) .
Certificate In
Personal Computer Applications
The Mathematics and Computer Science Department
offers an 18 credit hour certificate program in personal
computer applications . This program is designed for both
undergraduate students interested in concentrating their
elective course work in the area of microcomputer applications and non-degree seeking students interested in learning
how to use microcomputers in their daily lives. The course
requirements are divided into the two areas: Programming (6
credits) and Application Software (12 credits).
Curriculum
(A) Computer Programming (6 credits): Problem
Solving and Programming Constructions (CSC 120), Visual
Basic (CSC 202).
(B) Application Software (12 credits) : Introduction to
Microcomputer Application Software (CSC 101 ), Introduction to Data Base Applications Software (CIS 150), Introduction to Telecommunications and Local Area Networks (CIS
215), DOS, Windows and the Internet (CSC 201).
124
California University of Pennsylvania
Minor in Mathematics
Required: (15 credits): MAT 272 Discrete Mathematics,
MAT 281 Calculus I, MAT 282 Calculus II, MAT 341 Linear
Algebra I, MAT 381 Calculus III.
Electives: (Six credits from the following list): MAT 201
Mathematical Modeling, MAT 203 Geometry, MAT 351
Abstract Algebra I, MAT 382 Calculus IV, MAT 406
Differential Equations, MAT 441 Linear Algebra II, MAT
461 Statistical Analysis I.
Minors in Computer Science
Computer Science Concentration
Required : MAT 272 Discrete Mathematics, CSC 120
Problem Solving and Programming Constructions, CSC 233
C Programming, CSC 316 Logic and Switching Theory, CSC
377 Information Structure.
Electives: Select any two of the following courses: CSC 202
Visual Basic, CSC 218 COBOL I, CSC 224 FORTRAN,
CSC 333 Object Oriented Programming, CSC 375 COBOL
II, CSC 396 Software Engineering, CSC 419 Computer
Science Internship.
Information Systems Concentration
Required : CSC 101 Microcomputers and Applications
Software, CSC 120 Problem Solving and Programming
Constructions, CSC 201 DOS Windows and Internet, CIS
150 Introduction to Data Base Applications, CIS 215
Introduction to Local Area Networks and Telecommunications.
Electives: Select any one of the following: CSC 223 C
Programming, CSC 300 Computer Operations, CSC 309
Survey of Operations Research, CSC 357 Hypermedia and
CAI, CSC 419 Computer Science Internship .
MUSIC
Purpose
People have always been express ive abo ut the circumstances of their lives, as wel l as abo ut their hopes and
dreams. One form of that expression is music. To comprehend its meaning and importance necessitates relating it to an
historical context and to understanding the science of sound
producti on behind thi s art form. Music is not simply an end
in itself. Mu sic is al so a means by which the val ues and
interests of a society are revealed.
The music curriculum is designed to give a general
introduction to the appreciation of modern and classical
music as well as to provide interested students with the
opportunity to participate in the university 's instrumental and
vocal ensembles.
Program
The university has no major in music. The curriculum
serves the General Studies program of the university. It
provides students with the opportunity and flexibility to
structure a course of study from across di sciplines in the
humanities.
Minor in Music (Proposed)
24 credits
Students enrolled at California University may elect
to work toward a 24 credit Minor in Mu sic. This curriculum
will offer the mu sicall y inclined student the opportunity to
pursue a program which emphasizes hi s or her musical
interests.
The attainment of the Music Minor may be especially valuable to those who seek an Area of Concentration
or an enhancement to their chosen field. In addition, many or
all of the courses may be used to fulfill general education
requirements for any baccalaureate degree and may be
transferable to school s which offer a Music degree.
Minor in Music Concentration
Required: MUS 100 Introduction to Music, MUS 115
Fundamentals of Music, MUS 200 Sight Singing & Ear
Training (9 crs.)
History, Theory and Education Electives: MUS 202 North
American Music (MUS 100), MUS 204 History of the
American Musical, MUS 300 Jazz: History, Form & Analysis, MUS 301 20th Century Music: History Form & Analysis, MUS 303 Music Materials & Methods for the Classroom
Teacher, Grades K-8, MUS 306 The Opera: History, Form &
Analysis, MUS 308, The Symphony: History, Form and
Analysis, (9 crs. min).
Applied Electives: MUS 104 Voice Class I, MUS 210 Voice
Class II, MUS 211 Keyboard I, MUS 312 Keyboard II, MUS
109-409 Private Instruction - Brass, MUS 119-419 Private
Instruction - Piano, MUS 129-429 Private Instruction Percussion, MUS 149-449 Private Instruction Woodwind,
MUS 159-459 Private Instruction - Voice (3 crs. min) .
1. Private Instruction Repeatable Courses are available to
Music Minors.
2. To achieve the minor in 24 credits, any student who begins
private instruction at the 100 or 200 level must take their 300
level courses from the History, Theory and Education
Elective List.
Performance Electives (Repeatable Courses): MUS 191
University Choir, MUS 192 California Singers, MUS 196
Jazz Ensemble, MUS 198 University Marching Band, MUS
199 University Concert Band (3 crs. min) .
*9 of the 24 credits must be at 300 and/or 400 level.
Faculty
Professor Max Gonano, chair; Associate Professors Gene G. Suskalo, Ellen Michael; Assistant Professor Carmen Scialla.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
125
NURSING
Purpose
California University's Nursing Department offers an upper
di vision program leading to a Bachelor of Science in Nursing for
registered nurses from associate degree and diploma programs.
The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing
Council of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs and the
Commission on Collegiate ursing Education .
The RN/BSN program is designed to provide the graduate
with an educational foundatio n in the arts and sciences as
well as nursi ng, to serve as a basis for graduate education
and as a com mitment fo r lifelong learning. Additionally, the
program assists the RN with the synthes is of theories and
research findi ngs into the role of the professional nurse, and
builds upon the RN's competencies in nursi ng by providing
increasi ngly complex experiences in a variety of settings.
All of the academic requirements of the university apply to
the ursing program. In addition, a minimum grade of "C" is
required in each upper-division nursing course. Admission to
upper division nursing courses require completion of an Entry
Level Portfolio, including evidence of RN licensure in
Pennsylvania, CPR certification, OSHA inservice on universal
precautio ns, annual health evaluation, professional liability
insurance, personal heal th insurance, and two professional
references. Specific information and fo rms concerning these
requirements are available in the ur ing Department.
Advanced Placement
Step I : Eligibi lity for Advance Pl acement. Credit for basic
nursing education will be awarded via a modified version of
the Pennsylvania Nursing Articulation Model. Simply stated,
if yo u meet one of the fo ll owing criteria, yo u are eligible to
register for the Entry Level Portfolio: (1) Graduation from an
NLN accredited ADN or diploma program within the past
three years; (2) Graduation from an NLN accredited ADN or
diploma program more than three years ago, with 1000 hours
of nursing practice within the past three years; (3) If neither
of the previous conditions are met, successful completion of
the NL Mobility Profile TI exams.
Step 2: Advance Placement Credit. In order to receive 30
credits advanced placement in nursing, yo u must successfully complete the Entry Level Portfolio. The first step in
compl etion of the Entry Level Portfolio is attendance at a
mandatory orientation session. Students are advised to attend
an orientation session the semester before enrolling in upper
di vision nursi ng courses.
Contact the Department of Nursing for a registration form
to reserve a seat at the orientation session of your choice.
Should you have any questions about this process, please
don ' t hesitate to contact the Department of Nursing at (724)
938-5739.
Scholarship Opportunities
Scholarship opportunities for RN students entering this
program are available through various local, state and
national nursing organizations. Additionally, the Department
of Nursing maintains a Nursing Honor Society and a Nursing
Alumni Society which presents a yearly award to the
outstanding graduating senior.
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Curriculum
PreBSN (67 Credits):
I. General Education
A Communication Skills
English Comp I (ENG 101 )
English Comp II (ENG 102)
Group Discussion Management (COM 102)
B. Soci al & Behavioral Sciences
General Psychology (PSY 100)
Principles of Sociology (SOC 100)
Developmental Psychology (PSY 207)
C. Humanities/Fine Arts
Perspectives in Philosophy (PHI 100) or
Ethics (PHI 220) or Medical Ethics (PHI 307)
D. Natural Sciences (optional challenge exams):
Anatomy & Physiology (BIO 230 & BIO 260)
Chemistry for Health Professional s (CHE 150)
Microbiology (BIO 226)
II. Nursing
A. Advanced Placement or NLN Mobility II Exams
Care of the Adult Client
Care of the Client during Childbearing/Care of Child
Care of Client with a Mental Disorder
B. Entry Level Portfolio
30
TOTAL OF A & B
TOTAL PreBSN
67
** All preBSN requirements must be successfully completed
before being admitted to upper division nursing courses.
Status change from preBSN to BSN occurs upon completion
of all preBSN requirements.
Faculty
Professors Margaret A. Marcinek, chair; Professor Jacqueline Stefanik;
Associate Professors Debra A. Shelapinsky and Suzanne M . Palko .
126
California University of Pennsylvania
Associate of Science Degree in
Nursing (71 Credits)
BSN (61 Credits)
I.
General Education
Statistics (MAT 215 or 225)
Social Psychology (PSY 211) or
Industrial Psychology (PSY 209)
Humanities Elective
II.
The cooperative nursing program offered by the Community
College of Allegheny County and California University of
PA affords students the opportunity to complete the requirements for an associate degree in nursing on the campus of
California University of PA. Students may complete the nonnursing, general education requiremets at California University of PA, while completing nursing courses offered by
~CAC on the California campus. Upon successful completion of the program, students are awarded an associate degree
in nursing from Community College of Allegheny County,
and are eligible to sit for the National Council Licensure
Examination (NCLEX-RN).
Supportive Courses
Principles of Management (MGT 201)
Computer Science Elective
Supportive Electives: XGE, CSC, ENG 211,
COM, MGT, NUR 200, BIO. (Choose any two)
III. Nursing
Philosophy of Professional Nursing (NUR 330)
Health Assessment (NUR 350)
Methods of Nursing Research (NUR 370)
Leadership & Change in Nursing (NUR 375)
Research Utilization (NUR 410)
Trends & Issues in Nursing (NUR 450)
Family Health Nursing (NUR 470)
Community Health Nursing (NUR 475)
Professional Development (NUR 485)
IV.
Students who earn an associate degree are prepared for
entry-level positions in nursing, and provide direct client care
in a structured health care setting. Upon successful completion of both the associate degree program and the licensure
examination (NCLEX), students may matriculate into the
upper division Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN)
program offered at California University. This degree
prepares the student to practice in a wide variety of health
care settings, expands career advancement opportunities for
the RN, and provides a foundation for graduate education .
Free Electives
TOTAL PreBSN MAJOR
TOTAL BSN MAJOR
TOTAL FOR DEGREE
67
61
128
Curriculum
I.
General Education
English Composition (ENG 101)
English Composition II (ENG 102)
Introduction to Psychology (PSY 100)
Math Elective
Computer Science Elective
Humanities Elective
II.
Supportive Courses
Anatomy & Physiology I (BIO 230)
Anatomy & Physiology II (BIO 260)
Microbiology (BIO 226)
Developmental Psych (PSY 207)
Intro to Sociology (SOC 100)
NOTE: General education courses may be accepted as
transfer credits from accredited institutions.
A minimum of 42 credits, including all upper division
nursing courses, must be completed at California University
of Pennsylvania.
Selected courses may be challenged by examination. Specific
information on challenge examinations may be obtained
from the Department of Nursing.
III. Nursing /CCAC Courses
Universal Self Care Requi sites (NSG 101)
CCAC
Basic Health Deviation (NSG 102) CCAC
Health Care Requisites
Nursing Research (NSG 105) CCAC
Developmental Self Care Requisites (NSG 201)
CCAC
Developmental Self Care (NSG 202) CCAC
Complex Health Deviation (NSG 213) CCAC
Self-Care Requisites
Complex Health Deviation (NSG 214) CCAC
Self-Care Requisites
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
127
C, School Nurse Certification
z
~
00
~
~
z
The School Nurse Certification program is offered jointly
through the College of Education and the Department of
Nursing. The registered nurse who completes the School
Nurse Certification program will have the ability to appl y the
knowledge and skills obtained in the BSN program in
meeting the health care needs of children in elementary and
secondary school settings. Students who successfull y
complete the program are eligible to apply fo r the School
Nurse Certificate (Education Speciali st I) issued by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.
RN/BSN students may complete the 13 required credits for
certification as supportive and free electives wi thin the BS
major. Registered nurses who have prev iously earned a BSN
must complete a minimum of the 13 required credits.
In order to participate in the school nurse practicum experi ence (NUR 406), the student must prov ide evidence of:
current licensure as a registered nurse in Pennsy lvania,
current CPR certification, first aid certificati on (advanced
certification preferred), physical exam including tuberculin
testing or chest X-ray, attendance at OSHA inservice on
universal precautions, professional liability insurance, and
Act 34 and Act 33 Clearance Forms.
Curriculum
Policy Studies in American Education (EDF 290)
Educational Psychology (PSY 208)
Introduction to the Exceptional Child (ESP 501)
School Health Nursing (NUR 406)
128
California University of Pennsylvania
PHILOSOPHY
Purpose
Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy
The word "philosophy" comes from two Greek words that
mean love (phileo) and wisdom (sophia), and throughout much
of history anyone who sought knowledge was called a philosopher. Socrates, though, was esteemed to be a good philosopher
because he was aware of how little he knew. In knowing this,
however, he was wiser than some "authorities" and "experts"
whose unreflective confidence in their beliefs was mistaken. In
this tradition, philosophy became the academic discipline which
critically studies the justification of beliefs and attempts to put
together different kinds of beliefs to form a workable view of
reality as a whole. In brief, philosophy is the critical study of
theories about truth, knowledge, reality, and values.
Curriculum
Philosophy students study the historical development of
theories about the nature of knowledge, reality, and values, and
they learn how to assess such theories. Students develop abilities
to think logically, to explore issues from different perspectives,
and to present their ideas effectively in writing.
Programs
The philosophy major is a program of study covering the
history of philosophy, logic, and issues in philosophy which
might be grouped as ethical, epistemological, or metaphysical. In
addition to the traditional philosophy major, the department also
offers a Philosophy/Pre-Law option. This option is not required
for those intending to go to law school, but it indicates courses
which might be useful for students planning a career in law.
Activities
The Philosophy Department advises the student Philosophy Club. Thi s club gives students informal social opportunities for di scussions, debates, and lectures. The Philosophy
Department also hosts topical lectures and forums.
Careers
Philosophy majors go on to a variety of careers: law,
ministry, teaching, civil service, management, to name a few.
Indeed, the philosophy major is well suited for any career that
val ues critical reasoning, logical problem solving, and an ability
to look at issues from many perspectives. Increasingly the
business world is looking for this kind of liberally educated
person. Philosophy majors work closely with their advisors to
choose major and non-major courses that will help them achieve
their individual educational and career goals. The philosophy
program at California University is designed to be flexible so
that it can be tailored to a variety needs and interests.
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Sciences, I 8 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Required (24
credits): Logic and Language (PHI 115) or Formal Logic I (PHI
21 I), History of Ancient Philosophy (PHI 201), 16th to I 8th
Century Philosophy (PHI 206), Social and Political Philosophy
(PHI 225) or Philosophy of Law (PHI 370), Ethical Theory
(PHI 320), Philosophy of Science (PHI 325) or Epistemology
(PHI 405) , Metaphysics (PHI 410) or Philosophy of Mind (PHI
415), Tutorial (PHI 459) or Seminar (PHI 490).
Restricted Electives (15 credits): five Philosophy
courses, with two at the 200 level or higher, and three at the
300 level or higher.
Related Electives (29 credits) .
Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy:
Pre-Law Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education : Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 ,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Required (18 credits):
Logic and Language (PHI I 15), History of Ancient Philosophy
(PHI 201), 16th-18th Century Philosophy (PHI 206), Social and
Political Philosophy (PHI 225), Ethical Theory (PHI 320),
Philosophy of Law (PHI 370).
Restricted Electives (15 credits): five Philosophy
courses, with two at the 200 level or higher, and three at the
300 level or higher.
Related Fields (24 credits): Business Law I (BUS 242),
Interpersonal Communication (COM 165) or Argumentation and
Debate (COM 230) or Persuasion (COM 350), English Grammar
and Usage (ENG 345 ) or Advanced Writing (ENG 375), History
of US to 1877 (HIS IO I), History of US since 1877 (HIS I 02),
American Government (POS I 05) , Development Political
Thought: Classical and Medieval (POS 228) or Development
Political Thought: Modem (POS 229), Constitutional Law-Gov
Powers (POS 314) or Constitutional Law - Civil Lib (POS 315) or
Judicial Process (POS 316).
Related Electives: ( 11 credits).
Minor in Philosophy
Required: PHI 115 Logic and Language or PHI 21 I Formal
Logic I, PHI 206 History of Ancient Philosophy, PHI 206
16th to 18th Century Philosophy.
Electives: 12 credits of Philosophy courses at the 300-400
level.
Faculty
Professor Ronald C. Hoy, chair; Professors John J. Bums, Barbara Ann DeMartino Swyhart; Assistant Professor Gary A. Smith.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
129
PSYCHOLOGY
Purpose
Careers
Psychology is one of the social/behavioral sciences
engaged in the systematic study of behavior and experience.
Psychology focuses on the study and explanation of patterns
of individual behavior. The latter rests not only on mental
processes but on social and physiological ones. The field of
psychology seeks to understand individual behavior as an
end in itself as well as use that information to assist persons
to live more productive and fulfilling lives.
Traditionally, psychologists have been employed in
universities, schools and clinics. Today, more than ever
before, they can be found working in businesses, hospitals,
private practice, courtrooms, sports competitions, police
departments, government agencies, private laboratories, the
military and other settings.
Programs
The department offers two majors: General Psychology
and Industrial/Organizational Psychology. Industrial/
Organizational Psychology is the research and applied
specialty which is concerned with the impact of organizational dynamics upon individual decision-making. It is the
major for students interested in human resource management
careers. Within the General Psychology major there are
options for students interested in counseling and mental
health care careers, or educational, child, or developmental
psychology. The department makes available to its majors a
publication entitled "The Survival Manual," which states
policies, procedures, course requirements, and other information of interest to majors.
Awards
The David W. Harnbacher Memorial Fund Scholarship
Award is given annually. Applicants must be Psychology
majors with a 3.0 grade point average and have completed 96
credits. Information about the award is available in the
departmental office. The award is given in the Spring
semester.
An Outstanding Senior Award is given annually at the
spring Psychology Club banquet.
Honor And Professional
Societies
Qualified majors can join Psi Chi, the national honor
society. The department also sponsors a Psychology Club
which hosts guest speakers, organizes trips to conferences of
professional interest, and provides career and employment
information.
A Bachelor of Psychology in the Industrial/Organizational area can find employment in personnel resource
management. Students will be prepared to do personnel
recruitment, training, testing, and supervision. Most career
opportunities in psychology, however, require an advanced
degree.
Bachelor of Arts in Psychology
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: General Psychology (PSY
100), Psychological Statistics (PSY 225), Psychology of
Learning (PSY 235), History and Systems of Psychology
(PSY 345), Experimental Psychology (PSY 360).
One of the following: Child Psychology (PSY 205), Adolescent Psychology (PSY 206), Developmental Psychology
(PSY 207).
Two of the following: Educational Psychology (PSY 208),
Industrial Psychology (PSY 209), Social Psychology (PSY
211 ), Psychological Testing (PSY 340).
One of the following: Psychology of Personality (PSY 305),
Abnormal Psychology (PSY 400).
Nine to 24 credits of additional Psychology courses.
Seventeen to 35 credits in related electives, including courses
in at least three of the following areas: Anthropology,
Biology, Chemistry, Education, Gerontology, Social Work,
Political Science, Philosophy, Physics, Sociology, and
Special Education.
Faculty
Professor Elizabeth Mason, chair; Professors Gail Ditkoff, Richard Scott, Sylvia S. Williams,
Associate Professors Holiday Adair, Richard Cavasina, Kirk John , Dennis C. Sweeney;
Assistant Professors Sam Lonich, Paula Martasian.
130
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Arts in Industrial/
Organizational Psychology
Personnel officers today need more than just the
traditional economic and statistical tools: they need insight
into organizational dynamics and strong decision-making
tools. For this reason a solid training in psychology is an
important asset for anyone interested in what may be called
human resource management, the general area of personnel
supervision in government, business, or industry.
Psychology has contributed significantly to the research
and practical application involved in recruiting, interviewing,
and testing. Similarly, the areas of training, job design, and
employee motivation have been heavily influenced by
research done in psychology. In this area of concentration,
the student takes traditional business and personnel-related
courses but also sufficient courses in behavioral sciences to
develop the necessary analytical skills demanded of personnel officers in any field.
This area of concentration prepares students not only for
further graduate work in Industrial/Organizational Psychology but for the numerous positions entailing personnel
recruitment, training, testing, and supervision.
Minors
Psychology: General Concentration
Required: (9 credits): PSY 100 General Psychology, PSY
225 Psychological Statistics, PSY 305 Psychology of
Personality, PSY 360 Experimental Psychology.
Electives: (6 credits):
Select one: PSY 205 Child Psychology, PSY 206 Adolescent
Psychology, PSY 207 Developmental Psychology
Select one: PSY 208 Educational Psychology, PSY 209
Industrial Psychology, PSY 211 Social Psychology, PSY 235
Psychology of Leaming.
Select two 300- or 400-level Psychology Electives: (6
credits) 300-level or above.
Psychology: Industrial Organizational
Concentration
Required: (21 credits) PSY 100 General Psychology, PSY
209 Industrial Psychological, PSY 370 Interviewing, PSY
428 Advanced Industrial Psychology, MGT 352 Human
Resource Management, MGT 353 Compensation Management, MGT 362 Labor Relations.
Curriculum:
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: General Psychology (PSY
100), Advanced Industrial Psychology (PSY 428), Experimental Psychology (PSY 360), Social Psychology (PSY
211), Psychological Statistics (PSY 225), Industrial Psychology (PSY 209), Psychology of Leaming (PSY 235), Psychology of Testing (PSY 340), History and Systems (PSY
345), Interviewing Skills (PSY 370), Principles of Management (MGT 201), Organizational Behavior (MGT 301),
Human Resource Management (MGT 352), Compensation
Management (MGT 353), Labor Relations (MGT 362).
Eight credits of psychology electives. Fifteen credits of
Restricted Electives from Communication Studies, Business,
Accounting, Economics, Industrial Technology Education,
Computer Assisted Workshops, and English.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
131
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Purpose
Common to the degree programs offered by the Department of Social Sciences is the study of people interacting
with one another. Their common approach is scientific, that
is, they study patterns of human behavior by objective,
measurable methodologies.
Anthropology is the most comprehensive since there is
no aspect of human development or behavior that it does not
study, although it traditionally has focused on pre-industrial
societies. Anthropology includes such diverse subject areas
as ethnology, medical and psychological anthropology,
archaeology, and human evolution.
Political Science is the most prescribed of the discipline
majors offered in the department. It limits its interests to the
political aspects of human behavior, both national and international, including the study of power and organizations. Pre-law
and Public Administration are two optional areas of study.
Sociology is the systematic study of all features of group life,
beginning with the family and ending with global arrangements.
Because it is a multi-paradigm science, students are educated to
appreciate a wide range of theoretical perspectives and research
methods. The Sociology Program offers course work in the
structures and processes of social interaction. The place of
sociology in interdisciplinary studies also is emphasized.
The Social Science Area major is general and interdisciplinary in nature. It presents an overview, as well as the
interrelationships, of all the social science disciplines. Along
with sociology, anthropology and political science, it
includes psychology, history, geography and economics.
Criminal Justice is a cooperative program between the
Community College of Beaver County and California
University of Pennsylvania. Students interested in obtaining
this degree must contact the Department of Social Science
Office and be approved by the chairperson for admittance to
the program.
Programs
Anthropology, Social Science and Sociology are majors
without optional specializations. Political Science is a major with
three options: General Political Science, Public Administration,
and Pre-Law. The Public Administration option is an interdisciplinary field of study with courses offered through the programs
in Business and Economics, as well as Political Science.
Under the International Studies Program, Political Science
advises the International Studies: Political Science option. This
course of study is interdisciplinary. Finally, the department, in
conjunction with the College of Education and Human Services,
provides a teacher certification program for those interested in
teaching the social sciences in secondary schools.
Field experiences are available in archaeology. An
archaeology field school runs during the summer school
session. Students participate in the excavation of a site.
Internships
An internship js a form of field experience. Anthropol.
ogy students do internships-at the Carnegie Museum in
Pittsburgh and various historical sites, such as Bushy Run
and the Fort Necessity Historical Park. Political Science
students are placed in governmental agencies, law firms and
offices of public administrators and elected officials where
they can observe and practice what they have learned in the
classroom. Sociology majors are placed in police departments, private investigation agencies, and governmental and
private agencies serving the homeless and juvenile offenders.
Honor Societies
Anthropology majors are eligible for membership in the
Gamma Chapter of Lambda Alpha, the national honor society.
Requirements are the completion of twelve credits of Anthropology course work and a 3.0 grade point average or higher in
the major, as well as an overall 2.7 grade point average.
Students in the social sc.iences·are eligible for membership in Pi Gamma Mu, the soc_ia1 science honor society.
Students must have completed sixty-four unive~sity credits,
including a minimum of twenty credits in social science
course work, and have a 3.0 or higher grade point average.
Awards
The Joseph Lynn Marino Memorial Award is presented
annually. For consideration an applicant must have a minimum grade point average of 3.5, be enrolled in the College
of Liberal Arts and have successfull y completed two courses
in Anthropology.
The Edward McNall Bums Scholarship Award is given
annually to any individual majoring in anthropology,
sociology, and political science.
Faculty
Associate Professor Walter A. Brumm, chair; Professors Rollin M. Barber, Ronald L. Michael , William F. Schweiker,
James C. Wood ; Associate Professors Joseph C. Heim, John P. Nass, Jr. ; Assistant Professors Randall Adkins, Elizabeth A.
Jones, Mohamed Yamba, Community College of Beaver County faculty member Carolyn Kupperman .
132
California University of Pennsylvania
The George S. Hart Memorial Award for Academic
Excellence is given annually to the graduating senior with
the highest GPA in the Social Sciences Area.
Contact the departmental office for further information.
Careers
Students with an undergraduate degree can secure work in
entry level social service and personnel resource areas. Career
opportunities, however, increase with the attainment of
graduate course work and degrees. The social sciences as a
whole prepare students to enter careers in law, public administration, the ministry, personnel resource management, education, social service professions and law enforcement.
Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition 1-11
(ENG 101, 102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of
Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of
Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Introduction to
Anthropology (ANT 100),Archaeology Field School (ANT 101),
World Ethnology (ANT 255), Archaeology (ANT 290) or
Prehistoric American Indians (ANT 355), Human Origins (ANT
390), Anthropological Thought (ANT 421), 15 credits of electives
in anthropology, Principles of Sociology (SOC 100), Psychological Statistics (PYS 225), Social Science Research Methods (SOC
308), and 23 credits of related electives or a minor.
Bachelor of Arts in
Political Science: General Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition 1-11
(ENG 101, 102), 12 credits in Humanities, 12 credits in Natural
Sciences, 12 credits in Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Introduction to
Political Science (POS 100), American National Government
(POS 105), Seminar in American Politics (POS 450). One
course .each in American Politics, Political Theory, International
Relations/Comparative Politics, and Public Administration/
Public Policy. Twelve credits of Political Science electives. At
least nine credits must be at the 300 level or above. Related
courses (35 credits): History of the United States to 1877 (HIS
101), History of the United States since 1877 (HIS 102), History
Western Society to 1740 (HIS 104), and History Western
Society since 1740 (HIS 106), and 23 credits in related courses
or a minor, all of which must be at the 200 level or above.
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science:
Public Administration Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition 1-11
(ENG 101, 102), 12 credits in Humanities, 12 credits in Natural
Sciences, 12 credits in Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Political Science:
Introduction to Political Science (POS 100), American National
Government (POS 105), Introduction to Public Administration
(POS 220), Introduction to Public Policy (POS 300), Methods
of Political Analysis (POS 30 I), Seminar in American Politics
(POS 450). Management (15 credits): Introduction to
Microeconomics (ECO 201 ), Introduction to Macroeconomics
(ECO 202), Financial Management (FIN 301), Principles of
Management (MGT 201), Marketing for Non-Profit Organizations (MKT 341).
Related Courses (Nine credits): Computer Science Elective,
Group Discussion: Management (COM I02), Oral Communication: Management (COM 250). Public Administration Electives
(24 credits). Electives: Two credits
Bachelor of Arts in Political
Science: Pre-Law Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition I-II (ENG
101,102), l2creditsofHumanities, 12creditsofNatural
Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Political Science (24
credits): Introduction to Political Science (POS 100), American
National Government (POS 105), Seminar in American Politics
(POS 450). One course each in American Politics, Political
Theory, International Relations/Comparative Politics, Public
Administration/Public Policy and Public Law. Nine credits of
Political Science electives. At least nine of the preceding 24
credits must be at the 300 level or above.
Related courses (35 credits): History of the United States to 1877
(HIS 101), History of the United States since 1877 (HIS 102),
History of Western Society to 1740 (HIS 104), History of Western
Society since 1740 (HIS I06), and 23 credits in related courses or
a minor, all of which must be at the 200 level or above.
I
I
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
133
~
Bachelor of Arts in Sociology
U
Curriculum
Z
~
U
00
~
~
u
0
00
(A) General Education (60 credits): . Composition I-II
(ENG 101, 102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural
Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Required courses (30 credits):
Principles of Sociology (SOC 100), Ethnic, Racial, and Sexual
Minorities (SOC 110), Social Stratification (SOC 210), The
Family (SOC 220), Social Institutions (SOC 240), Symbolic
Interactionism (SOC 305), Social Science Research Methods
(SOC 308), Sociological Theory (SOC 376), Seminar in
Sociology (SOC 495), Statistics (MAT 215) or Psychological
Statistics (PSY 225).
Sociology Electives, 18 credits, distributed in three categories of
electives: Institutions, Collective Behavior and Social Issues.
Social Science Electives or a minor, 21 credits.
Bachelor of Arts in
Social Sciences
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition 1-11
(ENG 101, 102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of
Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of
Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: (68 credits): Required (30
credits): nine credits of 100 level introductory social science
courses; 21 credits of 200 level courses, one each in anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science,
psychology, history and sociology.
Related electives (15-20 credits): All courses used to fulfill
these electives must satisfy four conditions: must not be in
the discipline selected as "Area of Interest," must have direct
relevance to analyzing and understanding human behavior,
must be from three or more disciplines and must have the
advisor's approval .
Area of Interest (18-23 credits): Courses are taken within a
single social science discipline.
Bachelor of Arts in
International Studies: Political
Science Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition I-II
(ENG 101 , 102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of
Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of
Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Political Science:
POS 210 Politics of Western Europe, POS 236 Introduction
to International Relations, POS 237 International Organizations, POS 326 Politics of Africa, POS 281 Politics of
134
California University of Pennsylvania
Russia, POS 325 Politics of Asia. Language Select courses
from FRE, GER, or SPN: 203 Intermediate I, 204 Intermediate II, 311 Conversation, Composition and Phonetics I, 312
Conversation, Composition and Phonetics II, Culture &
Civilization Elective, Language Elective. Geography: GEO
345 Political Geography, Area Studies (six credits), Restricted Electives (18 credits), Related Electives (five
credits).
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Certification in Social Studies for
Secondary Schools
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities,
including Composition I - II (ENG 101 , 102), nine credits in
Natural Sciences, nine credits in Social Sciences, three
credits in Health or Physical Activities, Oral Communication
(COM 101), General Psychology (PSY 100), nine credits of
Free Electives.
(B) Professional Education: Policy Studies in American
Education (EDF 210), Educational Psychology (PSY 208),
Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Problems of
Secondary Education (EDS 300), Educational Tests and
Measurements in Secondary Schools (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Teaching in a Multicultural
Society (EDU 210), Mainstreaming Exceptional Learners
(EDU 340), Teaching of Social Science in Secondary
Schools (EDS 445) or Modem Methods (EDS 455), Student
Teaching and School Law (EDS 461).
(C) Professional Specialization: Introduction to Anthropology (ANT 100); Introduction to Geography (GEO 100),
Map Principles (GEO 110), Historical Geography
(GEO340), Physical Geography (EAS 160); History of the
United States to 1877 (HlS 101), History of the United States
since 1877 (HIS 102), History of Western Civilization to
1740 (HlS 104), History of Western Civilization Since 1740
(HlS 160), and a non-western history course; Elements of
Economics (ECO 100), Introductory Microeconomics (ECO
201) or Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202), Introduction to Political Science (POS 100), American Government
(POS 105); Principles of Sociology (SOC 100) and one
additional Sociology course.
Students must also achieve a satisfactory score on the
National Teachers Exam in order to acquire Pennsylvania
certification.
Associate Degree in Criminal
Justice
Curriculum
The associates degree from the Community College of
Beaver County comprises 63 credits.
(A) General Education (27-28 credits): Composition
I and II (ENG 101 , 102); Oral Communication (COM 101);
Principles of Sociology (SOC JOO); General Psychology
(PSY 100); Biology; American National Government (POS
105); Computer Science Elective; Humanities Elective.
(B) Area of Concentration (36 credits): Administration of Criminal Justice (XJJ 155); Criminal Law I (XJJ
160); Interview and Interrogation (XJJ 261 ); Narcotics and
Drug Abuse (XJJ 156); Correctional Administration (XJJ
157); Criminology (XJJ 270) ; Police Ethics and Problems;
Criminal Evidence (XJJ 262) ; Criminal Justice electives.
Minors
Students can earn a minor in anthropology, political
science, public administration, or sociology. Each minor is
made up of specified course work and is comprised of
twenty-one credits. For further information inquire at the
departmental office.
Anthropology Concentration
Required: ANT 100 Introduction to Anthropology
Select three: ANT 231 Medical Anthropology, ANT 250
Culture Change & Culture Shock, ANT 255 World Ethnology, ANT 280 Indians of North America, ANT 290 Archaeology.
Select three: ANT 300 Cultural Views of Women, ANT 355
Prehistoric American Indians , ANT 360 Historic Sites
Archaeology, ANT 390 Human Origins.
Political Science Concentration
Required: POS 100 Intro to Political Science, POS 105
American Government
Electives: Select two : 200-level Political Science (POS)
courses from approved list
Select three: 300-level Political Science (POS) courses from
approved list
Public Administration Concentration
Required: POS JOO Introduction to Political Science, POS
105 American National Government, POS 220 Introduction
to Public Administration.
Electives: Select four of the following : POS 205 Municipal
Government or POS 235 State & Local Government, POS
300 Introduction to Public Policy, POS 310 Presidency, POS
314 Constitutional Law: Government Powers, POS 3 I 5
Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties, POS 316 Judicial
Process:
Sociology Concentration
Required: (12 credits) SOC 100 Principles of Sociology,
SOC 110 Ethnic, Racial, and Sexual Minorities or SOC 210
Social Stratification, SOC 165 Modem Freedom Movements
or SOC 216 Sociology of Work or SOC 225 Sociology of
Aging, SOC 240 Social Institutions, SOC 308 Social Science
Research Methods
Sociology Electives: (Nine credits) SOC 305 Symbolic
Interactionism, SOC 310 Collective Behavior, SOC 330
Religion as a Social Phenomenon, SOC 376 Sociological
Theory, SOC 495 Seminar in Sociology.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
135
SOCIAL WORK
AND GERONTOLOGY
Programs
The Social Work Program 's primary objective is to
provide the student with generalist skills for entry into
beginning social work practice in a variety of agencies and
human service settings. The secondary objectives are to:
( 1) prepare students for entrance into graduate programs of
social work and related professional schools, (2) contribute
to the general college education of non-social work majors
by helping students understand social welfare needs,
services, and issues relevant to a modem industrial democracy, and (3) contribute to the provision of social welfare
services and to the social work profession through service,
research and continuing education.
Careers
Graduates are eligible for membership in the National
Association of Social Workers and for advanced standing in
accredited graduate social work programs. The program
provides career opportunities in such areas as personal
services (case management, family development, counseling), protective services, mental health, public welfare, and
informational/advising services (education, crisis centers,
consulting and public interest advocacy).
Admission
Full admission into the Social Work program requires
that the student apply to the major after completing several
basic social work courses. Among other things, full admission requires a 2.0 GPA both overall and within the major.
Continued good standing and graduation require achieving a
2.5 average in the major.
Bachelor of Science in
Social Work
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG IOI ,
102), 12 credits in Humanities, 12 credits in Natural Sciences, 12 credits in Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Foundation (3 credits) Introduction to Social Work (SOW 150); Practice Interventions (12 credits); Social Work Interviewing (SOW 256),
Micro Practice Methods (SOW 302), Mezzo Practice
Methods (SOW 348), Macro Practice Methods (SOW 349);
Human Behavior/Social Environment (12 credits)Human Growth and Behavior I-II (SOW 215,216), Minority
Group Relations (SOW 208), Human Sexuality and Society
(SOW 303); Social Welfare Policy and Services (9 credits)
- History and Philosophy of Social Welfare (SOW 295),
Policy Analysis/Service Delivery (SOW 366), Social Change
(SOW 370); Research (3 credits) - Social Work Research
Methods (SOW 405); Special Interests (I 7 credits) Juvenile Delinquency (SOW 265), Child Welfare (SOW
270), Poverty & Related Social Problems (SOW 296), Social
Work in Rural Environment (SOW 306), Social Work with
Aging (SOW 350), Psychopathology for Social Workers
(SOW 353), Seminar in Social Work (SOW 495) , Abnormal
Psychology (PSY 400); Field Work (12 credits) - Social
Work Practicum I-II (SOW 419, 420).
Faculty
Associate Professor Virginia Majewski, chair; Professors Karen L. Hornung, F. Mel Madden, Beverly B. Willison,;
Associate Professors Edward Brown, Peg Christopher; Assistant Professors Mary Hart, Wilburn Hayden, Jr., Lisa
Patchner, James Svohers.
136
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in
Gerontology
The Gerontology Program is dedicated to providing the
student with a broad range of academic and practical experience that will enable the graduate to function in a variety of
settings, such as, administration, planning, management, and
delivery of services to older persons. Working with older
adults is a projected employment growth area. California
University has the only Bachelor of Science in Gerontology
program among the fourteen universities in the State System
of Higher Education.
The objective of the program is to increase the number
and competency of persons working with older adults, their
families and their communities. The Center in the Woods
(formerly the California Area Senior Center) provides
supervision from Gerontology faculty and a professional
staff for a variety of student experiences. It is one of the few
senior centers in the nation that has a working relationship
with an academic program in gerontology.
Aging Specialist Certificate
The Aging Specialist Certificate is becoming recognized
as the minimum credential of qualification in the field of
aging. The Certificate in Gerontology is designed primarily
for either undergraduates interested in working with older
adults in relation to their undergraduate major (e.g., Social
Work, Psychology, Nursing, Communication Disorders) or
people who are currently working with or on behalf of older
adults who have had practical experience in the field of aging
but who have had little formal training. The Aging Specialist
Certificate is 18 hours of course work in Gerontology
including a three-credit practicum experience.
Curriculum
Six credits in Gerontology: Introduction to Gerontology
(XGE 101), Aging Politics and Services (XGE 201). A
minimum of 9 credits of selected Gerontology courses
chosen in consultation with the advisors of the Gerontology
Program. Three-credit practicum course (XGE 449).
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102), Business Writing I (ENG 211), 12 credits in Humanities, including Oral Communication (COM 101), 12 credits
in Natural Sciences, including one computer course, 12
credits in Social Sciences, 15 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Foundation (6 credits) Introduction to Gerontology (XGE 101), Aging in American
Society (XGE 102); Required -Aging Policies and Services
(XGE 201), Biology of Aging (XGE 204), Media and
Library Resources in Aging (XGE 205), Adult Development
and Aging (XGE 380), Seminar in Gerontology (XGE 439);
Eighteen credits in major electives selected from the following: Middle Years of Life (XGE 202), Group Work with
Older Adults (XGE 210), Aging and the Farnily (XGE 249),
Minority Aging/Institutionalization (XGE 289), Health and
Safety in Aging (XGE 300), Counseling the Older Adult
(XGE 320), Activities in Long-Term Care (XGE 340),
Exercise for the Elderly (XGE 350), Rural Aging (XGE
369), Nursing Homes (XGE 370), Foundations of Death and
Dying (EDF 318), Literature and Aging (ENG 223), Historical Perspectives on Aging (HIS 205); Related courses (16
credits) include - Introduction to Social Work (SOW 150),
Word Processing (ENG 151), First Aid and Personal Safety
(HPE 314), Social Work with the Aging (SOW 350), one
other 200, 300, or 400 level social work course, one 200,
300, or 400 level course in Management or Marketing; Field
Experience (6 credits) - Gerontology Practicum (XGE 449),
including both community setting (three credits) and
institutional setting (3 credits); Related Electives of 1 to 7
credits.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
137
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Purpose
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Mentally/Physically
Handicapped Education
The Department of Special Education, accredited by the
American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education,
NCATE, PDE, CEC, and Middle States, offers several programs
leading to the baccalaureate degree with a major in Special
Education. Majors in either Early Childhood or Elementary
Education may dual major in Special Education. Graduates of
these programs receive certification in both Early Childhood/
Elementary and Mentally and/or Physically Handicapped.
This program, leading to the Pennsylvania Instructional
Level I certification, entitles the graduate to teach children with
the following disabilities: Mental retardation, learning disability, physical disabilities, emotional disturbance, and brain
damage.
Careers
Objectives
The field of special education, both within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and nationally, continues to grow,
providing excellent professional career opportunities. Recent
federal legislation has mandated new services for handicapped
youngsters and provided increased funding . The impetus
should be toward an increased growth rate in special education
programs, particularly for children with severe and/or profound disabilities. Graduates of the Mentally and/or Physically Handicapped program are qualified to assume several
professional roles including: special education classroom
teacher, resource room teacher, homebound instruction
teacher, hospital teacher, and a variety of roles in sheltered
workshops and community-living arrangements for handicapped adults .
The general objectives of the program are to demonstrate:
• an understanding of the nature of disabling conditions
and the impact of these conditions on normal growth and
development,
• an ability to effectively use alternative instructional
strategies appropriate to the needs of exceptional children,
•the ability to identify the educationally relevant characteristics of various exceptional children and to effectively
diagnose and prescribe appropriate educational experiences,
•the ability to function as a competent classroom manager
in promoting learning among disabled students,
•competency to initiate instructional programs that
facilitate appropriate career and vocational goals for the
mentally and/or physically disabled .
Curriculum
The growth of mainstream/inclusion programs for mildly
handicapped youngsters has been rapid. It has been recognized
that children with mild forms of disabilities typically attain
higher levels of achievement in the regular class environment
than in the special self-contained classroom. These children
do, however, need special help and remedial instruction in
some areas of the curriculum. Thus, the resource room is
becoming an increasingly common means of addressing the
needs of children while continuing to maintain their enrollment in regular classrooms. This process of integrating/
including the disabled child should be initiated early, preferably at the preschool level, or no later than the early elementary years. Teachers trained in Early Childhood or Special
Education will be able to provide excellent resource services
to both children and the other staff members of an elementary
school. Graduates of this program are qualified to assume
several professional roles, including regular early childhood
classroom teacher (nursery-third grade), special education
classroom teacher; mentally retarded, emotionally disturbed,
physically disabled, learning disabled, brain-damaged
(nursery-twelfth grade), and resource room teacher.
(A) General Education: 18 credits in Humanities including
Oral Communication (COM 101), English Composition I (ENG
101), and English Composition II (ENG 102); nine credits in
Natural Sciences; 12 credits in Social Sciences including
General Psychology (PSY 100); three credits of Health or
Physical Education Activities ; 11 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Professional Education: Policy Studies in American
Education (EDF 290), Developmental Psychology (PSY 207),
Educational Psychology (PSY 208), Applied Instructional
Technology (EDF 302), Teaching in a Multicultural Society
(EDU 210), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Student
Teaching Practicum and School Law (ESP 461).
(C) Area of Concentration: Exceptional Child I (ESP 101),
Behavior Principles I (ESP 301), Exceptional Child II (ESP
200), Behavior Principles II (ESP 401 ), Education of the
Severely/Profoundly Handicapped (ESP 502), Diagnostic
Testing/Prescriptive Teaching (ESP 503), Curriculum Planning
& Methods I (ESP 504), Curriculum Planning & Methods II
(ESP 505), Habilitation Training (ESP 506), Physical
Education Activities for the Exceptional Child (HPE 338).
Faculty
Associate Professor Paul L. Lancaster, Jr. , chair; Professors Robert A. Bauman, Peter J. Belch, Robert F. Dickie,
Jay R. Powell; Associate Professors Regis Lazor, Ben A. Mule; Assistant Professor Mary Semen
138
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Early Childhood/
Special Education (Dual Major)
Students of superior academic achievement who are
majoring in either Early Childhood Education or Special
Education are encouraged to consider pursuing a dual curriculum
leading to Pennsylvania certification in both fields . Students who
successfully complete this dual-major program will possess
demonstrated competencies in facilitating the assimilation of the
mildly disabled into the mainstream of American education and
society.
Special Education/Early Childhood dual majors must
demonstrate the competencies associated with each of the
individual certificate programs (refer to the Early Childhood and
Special Education programs). In addition, they must demonstrate
the ability to:
• identify students who are in need of some.special service,
• work effectively with other teachers in cooperatively
planning programs for children with special needs,
• facilitate the social acceptance of children with disabilities
by structuring classroom environments that reinforce positive
interpersonal relationships,
• complete educational assessment of the learning needs of
students,
• develop individual educational prescriptions based on
assessment data,
• effectively modify instructional strategies or materials to
provide for the unique needs of students manifesting learning
disabilities .
(C) Early Childhood Courses: Field Experience Infant/
Toddler/Day (ECE 203), Art for Elementary Grades (EDE
205), Teaching Music Elementary (EDE 207), Teaching
Physical Education for Early/Elementary Childhood (EDE
218) or Physical Education Activities for the Exceptional
Child (HPE 338), Field Experience Elementary (EDE 321),
Children's Literature (EDE 311), Mathematics Content in
Early Childhood (ECE 315), Early Childhood Seminar (ECE
405), Instructional Strategies (EDE 211), Emerging Literacy
(ECE 302), Thematic Teaching in Early Childhood (ECE
304), Parent and Community Involvement (ECE 319).
(D) Special Education Courses: Exceptional Child I
(ESP 101), Behavior Principles I (ESP 301), Exceptional
Child II (ESP 200), Behavior Principles II (ESP 401),
Education of the Severely/Profoundly Handicapped (ESP
502), Diagnostic Testing/Prescriptive Teaching (ESP 503),
Curriculum Planning & Methods I (ESP 504), Curriculum
Planning & Methods II (ESP 505), Habilitation Training
(ESP 506).
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 18 credits in Humanities,
including Oral Communication (COM 101), English Composition I (ENG 101), English Composition II (ENG 102), Art
History or Art Appreciation, one Literature/Culture course,
one Music/Philosophy course; 15 credits in Natural Sciences,
including two Math courses (100 level or above), Biology,
Physical Science, and Environmental Science; 15 credits in
Social Sciences, including General Psychology (PSY 100),
American Government/Political Science, Geography, U.S.
History, and Economics; 3 credits in Health and Physical
Education Activities, including First Aid and Personal Safety
or Health Coed and one Physical Education Elective.
(B) Professional Education: Policy Studies in American
Education (EDF 290), Teaching in a Multicultural Society
(EDU 210), Child Psychology (PSY 205), Educational
Psychology (PSY 208), Applied Instructional Technology
(EDF 302), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Student
Teaching Practicum and School Law (ESP 461).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
139
Z Bachelor of Science in
8 Education: Elementary/Special
~ Education (Dual Major)
U Students of superior academic achievement who are
~
majoring in either Elementary Education or Special Education
are ~nco~age~ to ~ursue a dual curriculum leading to Pennsylvarua certification in both fields. Since current educational
~ thought advocates the placement of mildly disabled youngsters
~ in regular classrooms with special education resource services
made available to the student and the classroom teacher,
~ students who successfully complete this dual major program
will p?ss~ss demonstrated competencies in facilitating the
~ ass~lat1on of th~ mildly disabled into the mainstream of
~ Arnencan educat10n and society.
Q
<
U
00.
Special Education/Elementary Education dual majors must
demonstrate the competencies associated with each of the
individual certification programs (refer to the competencies
given in this and the Elementary Education sections of this
catalog). In addition, they must demonstrate the ability to:
• identify students who are in need of some special service,
• work effectively with other teachers in cooperatively
planning programs for children with special needs,
• facilitate the social acceptance of children with disabilities by structuring classroom environments that reinforce
positive interpersonal relationships,
• complete educational assessment of the learning needs of
students,
• develop individual educational prescriptions for children
based on assessment data,
• effectively modify instructional strategies and/or materials
to provide for the unique needs of students with learning
disabilities.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 18 credits in Humanities
including Oral Communication (COM IOI), English Composition I (ENG 101), English Composition II (ENG 102), Art
History or Art Appreciation, one Literature/Culture course
one Music/Philosophy course; 15 credits in Natural Scien;es,
including two Math courses ( 100 level or above), Biology,
Physical Science, and Environmental Science; 15 credits in
Social Sciences, including General Psychology (PSY JOO),
American Government/Political Science, Geography, U.S.
History, and Economics; three credits in Health and Physical
Education Activities, including Health Coed and one credit
of Physical Education Elective.
(B) Professional Education: Policy Studies in American
Education (EDF 290), Teaching in a Multicultural Society
(EDU 210), Child Psychology (PSY 205), Educational
Psychology (PSY 208), Applied Instructional Technology
(EDF 302), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Student
Teaching Practicum and School Law (ESP 461).
140
California University of Pennsylvania
(C) Elementary Education Courses: Teaching Health and
Physical Education for Early/Elementary Childhood (EDE
218) or Physical Education Activities for the Exceptional
Child (HPE 338), Art for the Elementary Grades (EDE 205),
Teaching Music Elementary (EDE 207), Field Experience
Elementary (EDE 321), Instructional Strategies (EDE 211),
Mathematics Content and Methods in the Elementary School
(EDE 305), Teaching Social Studies Elementary Grades
(EDE 306), Science for Elementary/Early Childhood (EDE
307), Children's Literature (EDE 311 ), Language and
Literacy I (EDE '.:,00), Language and Literacy II (EDE 340),
Parent and Community Involvement (ECE 319).
(D) Special Education Courses: Exceptional Child I
(ESP 101), Behavior Principles I (ESP 301), Exceptional
Child II (ESP 200), Behavior Principles II (ESP 401),
Education of the Severely/Profoundly Handicapped (ESP
502), Diagnostic Testing/Prescriptive Teaching (ESP 503),
Curriculum Planning & Methods I (ESP 504), Curriculum
Planning & Methods II (ESP 505), Habilitation Training
(ESP 506).
THEATRE
Purpose
As one of the performing arts, theatre is a means of selfexpression and social communication. Whether we study
pure dramatic expression or musical dramatic expression, we
seek to understand how speech, dance and other non-verbal
aspects of production such as lighting, scenery, and costumes, communicate ideas and emotion and how they are
used for entertainment, education, reform and other social
purposes.
Each student organization shares the facilities and
faculty of the department. Steele Auditorium has a fully
equipped 955-seat proscenium stage, and scenery, lighting,
costume, property shops, storage space and classrooms. A
state-of-the-art 16 channel sound mixer with multiple
microphone and line inputs on-stage and in the theatre has
recently been installed. A complete renovation and revision
of the stage and building's lighting system is in progress.
The study of the dramatic arts serves not only Theatre
majors but those in other di sciplines concerned with human
interaction and symbolic expression , e.g., art, education,
communication, political science, sociology, English and
psychology. Students who are aware of the hi story and
technology associated with theatre enhance their appreciation
of this art form, through either active or passive participation.
The Theatre Department rewards creative excellence by
offering opportunities for upper level students to produce
shows, and to direct or design both major and minor (one-act
plays) productions. Theatre majors are required to take one
practicum credit during each semester they are enrolled.
These credits give the students practical experience in
various areas of theatrical production: technical production,
dance, acting, design, management, directing, technical
direction, touring theatre, and summer theatre. Students must
use the practicum experience to broaden and enlarge their
experience in the field of theatre.
Program
Theatre is an undergraduate degree program in the
College of Liberal Arts and is included in the undergraduate
degree Secondary Education Communication Certification
program in the College of Education and Human Services. A
master's degree program in Communication that includes
theatre studies is available in the School of Graduate Studies.
Theatre serves a dual function . It provides occupational
education and training for talented students pursuing careers
in theatre, and it provides both educational and performance
opportunities for all students on campus. Six dance courses,
ranging from basic ballet to theatre dance, give the major a
competitive advantage in professional preparation.
In cooperation with the Student Association, Incorporated, the Theatre Department sponsors five play-producing
groups with membership open to all students: University
Players; Children 's Theatre, which annually performs before
young audiences of more than 3,000; Stories ' n Things, which
carries improvisational drama directly to schools; Mon Valley
Ballet Theatre, producing dance productions; and Theatre
Now, which presents experimental drama in innovative
stagings. These organizations either individually or in combination, present six on-campus play, dance, and musical
productions. In addition, the department sponsors a preprofessional summer stock company which offers the opportunity for the student to work in a repertory environment.
Honor Society
Since 1938, outstanding students have annually been
elected to the University Players' Hall of Fame. Membership
in Alpha Psi Omega, the national honorary Theatre fraternity,
is achieved through active participation in theatre productions.
Careers
Graduates of California University work throughout the
country in professional and semi-professional theatre, in film
and television, in teaching, community and regional theatre,
recreation, and in rehabilitation theatre, public relations,
interior decoration, costuming, and arts management.
Faculty
Associate Professor Richard J. Helldobler, chair; Professor Malcolm P. Callery;
Associate Professors Willi am O ' Donnell , Michael J. Slavin; Assi stant Professor Michele A. Pagen.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
141
Bachelor of Arts in Theatre
Minor in Theatre
Curriculum
Required: THE 100 Introduction to the Theatre, THE 131
Fundamentals of Acting, THE 132 Ballet Technique I or
THE 133 Jazz Technique I, THE 151 Stagecraft I. Electives:
Select nine credits from Practicum courses (THE 350-358).
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Concentration: Required: Introduction to the Theatre
(THE 100), Ballet Technique I (THE 132), History of Theatre
I-II (THE 302 & 312), Stagecraft I (THE 141), Fundamentals
of Acting (THE 131), Practicum: Senior Thesis (THE 359),
practicum courses (THE 350-358), 24 credits of theatre
electives in disciplines closely related to Theatre.
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Certification in
Communication (Theatre
Concentration) for Secondary
Schools
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities,
including Composition I-II (ENG 101-102); nine credits in
Natural Sciences; nine credits in Social Sciences; three
credits in Health or Physical Education; Oral Communication (COM 101); General Psychology (PSY 100).
(B) Professional Education: Educational Psychology
(PSY 208), Policy Studies in American Education (EDF
290), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300), Educational Tests and Measurements
(EDS 430), Teaching of English (EDS 440), Developmental
Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Teaching in a
Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Mainstreaming Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Student Teaching & School Law
(EDS 461 ).
(C) Academic Specialization: Theatre Concentration
English: English Grammar and Usage (ENG 345);
Advanced Writing (ENG 375), English Literature I (ENG
301), English Literature II (ENG 302), Survey of American
Literature I (ENG 337), Survey of American Literature II
(ENG 338), Select one of the following courses: Shakespeare
(ENG 425), Shakespeare in the Theatre (THE 305).
Theatre: Fundamentals of Acting (THE 131), Stagecraft
I (THE 141 ), Fundamentals of Directing (THE 320), six
credits in THE history or THE literature courses, three
credits of THE electives, Practicum: Senior Thesis.
Communication: Argumentation and Debate (COM
230), Communication Theory (COM 490).
142
California University of Pennsylvania
WOMEN'S STUDIES PROGRAM
Purpose
Certificate in Women's Studies
Women 's Studies is an interdisciplinary field that examines the diverse experiences, contributions and perspectives of
women and considers how ideas about gender have shaped
human lives. Women 's Studies views the world from the perspectives of women who differ widely in race, class, age, and
many other ways. Because these perspectives have often been
left out of traditional studies, interdisciplinary study of women
and gender can provide a new and vital framework for approaching knowledge in other disciplines, posing questions that may
not have been asked before.
A certificate in Women's Studies is not a degree but is an
undergraduate specialization. It makes an excellent complement for many majors, since virtually every field of study is
affected in some way by gender.
Women and men in Women 's Studies classes encounter
intriguing questions and challenging information that may touch
on personal identity, relations between men and women, contributions of women to their world, and the history and future
of gender. Since traditional education has paid scant attention
to gender or to the half of humanity that is female , Women's
Studies helps to fill a major gap and provides the opportunity
for individuals to become better rounded and more aware.
Career Outlook
More and more women are joining the work force outside
the home, as well as continuing in important roles in homemaking and child rearing. With these rapid changes, it is becoming increasingly important to understand the social forces
that influence how much power people have. The Women's
Studies Certificate Program helps prepare both women and men
to deal more effectively with gender relations in professional
and personal life. Whether the student's major field is in education, social services, business, communications, medicine,
or science, any field of study will be enhanced by the approach
to knowledge offered in this program.
Special Activities
Curriculum
A student may pursue the certificate by one of two routes:
Fifteen credit option. Required courses: Introduction to
Women's Studies (WST 200), Feminist Scholarship and Research: A Seminar (WST 400), Practicum in Women 's Studies
(WST 425). Electives: six credits among the electives listed
below, from two different disciplines.
Eighteen credit option. Required courses: Introduction
to Women's Studies (WST 200), Feminist Scholarship and Research: A Seminar (WST 400). Electives: 12 credits among the
electives listed below, from three different disciplines.
Certificate Electives: Survey of American Women Writers (ENG 315), Women in United States History (HIS 260),
Women in Ancient and Medieval European History (HIS 262),
Women as Hero (LIT 127), Women's Health Issues (NUR 101),
Psychology of Gender Roles (PSY 311), Ethnic, Racial, and
Sexual Minorities (SOC 110), Men, Women, and Work (SOC
125), Contemporary Women 's Movement (SOC 175), Cultural
Views of Women (ANT 155), Human Sexuality (SOW 303),
Seminar in Social Work: Sexual Assault Counseling (SOW
495), Middle Years of Life (XGE 202), Selected Topics in
Women 's Studies (WST 300), Practicum in Women 's Studies
(WST 425).
Inquiries regarding the Women's Studies Program may be made
of the director, California University of Pennsylvania, California, PA 15419, (724) 938-4251.
In addition to course work, Women's Studies students may
wish to participate in a variety of special activities. The Program sponsors guest speakers, luncheon discussion sessions,
and other special events, as well as publishing its own newsletter, The Tide, which encourages student involvement.
Faculty
Professor Patricia L. Hartman, director.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
143
144
California University of Penn sylvania
DISCIPLINE CODES
ACC - Accounting ...... ........ ............. ........ ..... 146
ANT -Anthropology .... ...... .......................... 146
ART -Art ............................................... ..... .. 147
ATE - Athletic Training ............ .... .... ... ... ...... 149
BIO-Biology ......... ............. .... ........... ..... ....... 150
BUS - Business ... .......................... .... ........ .... 153
CHE - Chemistry .. ............... ................. ........ 153
CIS - Computer Information Systems .... .... .. 154
CMD - Communication Disorders ............... 154
COM - Communication Studies .... .. ......... .... 155
CSC - Computer Science .... ........ .... .... .. ...... .. 157
DMA - Developmental Mathematics ............ 159
EAS - Earth Science ................... ...... ... ......... 159
ECE - Early Childhood Education ........... ..... 161
ECO - Economics ............................. ....... ..... 162
EDE - Elementary Education .................. ..... 163
EDF - Educational Foundations .............. .... . 164
EDS - Educational Studies ....... ....... ........... .. 164
EDU - Education .... ....... ........ ..... ..... ......... ........ ..
165
EET - Electronics Engineering Technology . 165
ENG - English ........ ........... ..... ...... ... ...... ... .... 166
ENS - Environmental Studies ...... ....... .......... 170
ESP - Special Education .................... ...... ..... 171
FIN - Finance ....... ........... ....... ................. ...... 172
FRE - French ..... .... ......... .... ... .... ............ .... ... 172
GCT - Graphic Communication Technology 173
GEO - Geography ... ........ ..... ............. ............ 175
GER - German .... ........ .......... .............. ....... ... 176
HIN - Harrisburg Internship Program ... .... .... 178
HIS - History ...... ......... ....... .. .. ........ ............ .. 178
HON - Honors Program ... ............... .. ... ..... .... 180
HPE - Health and Physical Education .... ..... . 181
HSD - Highway Safety & Drivers Education 182
IND - Industry and Technology ... .... ... .......... 182
ITE - Industrial Technology .... ...... ... .. ... ..... ... 184
LIT - Literature .. ..................... ...................... 184
MAT - Mathematics (including DMA) ........ . 185
MGT- Management ...... ..... ..... ..... ......... ....... 187
MKT- Marketing .. .............. .... .. ... ..... ........... 188
MTE - Manufacturing Technology .... ........... 188
MUS - Music ....... ... ........ .......... ..... .... ..... ...... 189
NUR - Nursing ........... .............. ...... ........ ..... . 191
OTA -Occupational Therapy ..... ......... ..... ...... 191
PHI - Philosophy ............. .... ... ...... ...... ...... .... 192
PHS- Physical Science ............ .. ...... ........ .... . 193
PHY - Physics .... ...... .... ......... .... ....... .... .. .. .. ... 194
POS - Political Science ......... ........... ... .. ... ..... 194
PSY - Psychology ................. ............ ............ 196
PTA - Physical Therapy ............ .. .. ................ 193
SOC - Sociology ... ... ... ... ....... ... .................. ... 198
SOW - Social Work .......... ....... .. ..... .. ... ..... ... . 199
SPN - Spanish ..... .. ........ ............. ... .... ....... ..... 200
TED - Technology Education .. .. .. .... ... ..... ..... 201
THE - Theatre ... .... ............ ...... ........ .............. 202
UNI - University College .. .......... ................. . 204
WST - Women's Studies .... ..... ..... .. .. ............. 204
XAS - American Studies ...... ... .. ... ............. .... 204
XCP - Career Planning ...... ..... ............. ......... 204
XGE - Gerontology ..... .... .............. ...... ....... .. 204
XJJ - Criminal Justice .... ......... ........ .............. 205
n
0
~
~
00
~
~
~
00
n
~
~
~
0
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
145
z
Cl'JACC -Accounting
ACC 20 I . ACCOUNTING l. The fundamentals of debit and credit;
the use of journals and ledgers; basic accounting procedures ;
~ adj usti ng and closing entries ; completion of accounting cycle;
~ preparation of pertinent financial statements. (3 crs.)
0
~ ACC 202. ACCOUNTING II. A continuation of basic accounting
~ principles with an emphasis on partnership and corporate account~
ing. Prerequisite: ACC 201. (3 crs.)
~ACC 218. FEDERAL INCOME TAX l. An introduction to
~ individual federal income tax accounting. (3 crs.)
Q ACC 30 I. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I. In-depth treatment
r......-, of bas ic accounting principles and concepts. A preparation for
~
advanced courses in accounting and for the theory and practice
~
(3 crs.)
C/'J sections of the uniform CPA examination. Prerequisite: ACC 202.
~ ACC 302. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II. A continuation of
0 the in-depth treatment of basic accounting principles and concepts
U with the emphasis on corporations. A preparation for advanced
courses in accounting and for the theory and practice sections of the
uniform CPA examination. Prerequisite: ACC 301. (3 crs.)
ACC 3 18. FEDERAL INCOME TAX II. Advanced topics in federal
taxation. Partnerships, decedents, estates, trusts, corporations,
pension and profit sharing plans, foreign income, securities
transactions, etc. Prerequisite: ACC 2 I 8. (3 crs.)
ACC 32 1. MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING. For non-accounting
majors; emphas izes the use of accounting data in the decisionmaking process of a business enterprise. Topics covered are costvolume relationships; manufacturing costs and analysis; relevant
cost analysis; budgeting and variance analysis; responsibility
accounting and cost allocation; job and process product costing.
Prerequisite: ACC 202. (3 crs.)
ACC 33 1. COST ACCOUNTING I. An introduction to basic costaccounting principles, cost-volume, profit analysis, standard
costing, process and job order costing and departmental budgeting.
Prerequisite: ACC 202. (3 crs.)
ACC 332. COST ACCOUNTING II. A survey of special topics in the
field of manufacturing accounting. Prerequisites: ACC 331. (3 crs.)
A.CC 341. NONPROFIT ACCOUNTING. An introduction to
accounting for governmental and not-for-profit organizations,
including analysis of current, plant, and other general and special
funds. Emphasis will be given to planning, programming, and
budgeting to achieve institutional objectives. Cost benefit analysis
wi ll also be developed within the framework of fund s allocation to
specific programs. (3 crs.)
ACC 40 I. ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING. Special
topics in accounting. Mergers and acquisitions, consolidated
financial reports, fiduciaries, etc. Prerequisite: ACC 202. (3 crs.)
ACC 418. TAX PLANNING AND CONCEPTS. This course deals
with the broad recognition of the tax effect on business decisions,
and a practical approach to tax planning for both the corporate and
indi vidual taxpayer. (3 crs.)
146
California University of Pennsylvania
ACC 431. INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING. A study of the
current state of International Accounting standards (IFAC's) and
their relationship to the multinational corporation. Prerequisite:
ACC 302. (3 crs.)
ACC 441. AUDITING. Internal control evaluation and fin ancial
compliance, professional ethics, auditing standards and procedures,
statistical sampling and EDP auditing. Prerequisite: ACC 301. (3 crs.)
ACC 491. ACCOUNTING INTERNSHIP. Practicum with Public
Accounting firm s, government, or industry. Prerequisites: 18 credits in
Accounting and permission of instructor. (Repeatable; Variable crs. ; a
maximum of 12 credits may be used towards a baccalaureate degree.)
ACC 495 . SEMINAR IN ACCOUNTING THEORY. A review of
the Accounting literature with special emphasis on those topics
concerning contemporary issues in Accounting. Prerequisite: ACC
302. (3 crs.)
ANT - Anthropology
ANT 100. INTRODUCTION TO ANrHROPOLOGY. An introduction to biological anthropology (primatology, hominid evolution,
variation in modem man), archaeology (methods, evidences of the
evolution and diffusion of culture), anthropological linguistics, and
cultural anthropology (methods of participant observation, comparative
data from non- Western societies, diversity and unity of culture). (3 crs.)
ANT 101. ARCHAEOLOGY FIELD SCHOOL. An introduction to
archaeological procedures by participation in the excavation of a
site. Students will be involved in all phases of an archaeological
excavation, from initial preparation of the site for excavation
through the processing of artifacts at the campus archaeological
laboratory. (3-6 crs., summer only)
ANT 200. OLD WORLD PREHISTORY. A middle-level survey of
the main archaeological focal points of the Old World, requiring a
basic understanding of archaeological concepts, goals and techniques. (3 crs.)
ANT 210. PRIMITIVE INSTITUTIONS. Analysis and comparison
of the social, political, and religious instituti ons of pre-literate and
pre-industrial peoples. (3 crs.)
ANT 220. AZTECS, MAYAS , AND INCAS . An introduction to and
survey of the ethnology and pre-conquest archaeology of the
advanced American Indian cultures of Meso--America and the
Andean Culture area. Inquiry into the problems of cultural
precocity. Prerequisite: ANT 100. (3 crs.)
ANT 225. EIGHTEENTH AND NINETEENTH CENTURY FOLK
CRAFTS AND TRADITIONS . Placing American fo lk crafts and
traditions in cultural perspective by learning how to identify such
crafts and traditions, determining how they have evolved through
time, and identifying the role such practices held in the American
family. Students learn the rudiments of a number of the crafts and
traditions by observing them being performed and by doing them.
They learn how to gather material folk cultural data by collecting data
on a craft or folk tradition in Southwestern Pennsylvania. (3 crs.)
ANT 231. MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. An introductory course
that emphasizes the contributions from biological anthropology,
archaeology, and cultural anthropology to the study of human
sickness and health. Prerequisite: ANT I 00. (3 crs.)
ANT 235. ENCULTURATION. A cross-cultural examination of the
universal human problem of transforming a neonate into a functioning adult in a particular culture. (3 crs.)
ANT 250. CULTURE CHANGE AND CULTURE SHOCK.
Conditions and factors which stimulate or retard cultural change are
considered with reference to specific historical, ethnol ogical and
sociological data and theories. Emphasizes the impact of Western
technology upon non-Western cultures while also treating of the
primitivization of the Western world. Prerequisite: ANT 100. (3 crs.)
ANT 255 . WORLD ETHNOLOGY. An advanced course in cultural
anthropology, in which comparative data from text and films about
non-Western cultures are used to reveal cultural differences and
similarities and the nature of the ethnographic enterprise. (3 crs.)
ANT 280. INDIANS OF NORTH AMERICA. Social anthropology
and cultural ecology of American Indian cultures. (3 crs.)
ANT 281. SUB-SAHARAN AFRICA. The cultural anthropology
of selected African groups, past and contemporary. (3 crs.)
ANT 290. ARCHAEOLOGY. A comprehensive survey of archaeology: history, theory and techniques. (3 crs.)
ANT 300. CULTURAL VIEWS OF WOMEN. This discussion based course is structured around the theme of how various world
societies have viewed women. The cross-cultural perspective is the
means by which American students learn to appreciate other
cultural points of view and become more self-aware of their own
cultural views about women. (3 crs.)
ANT 325. CULTURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: HISTORICAL PRESERVATION. The need for preservation of cultural
resources (historic preservation), the legislation supporting such
work, and the way the work is performed. Students learn what is
meant by historic preservation and cultural resource study, what
types of questions preservationists must seek answers to, how
significant resources (historic and archaeological) are identified,
how to determine whether a resource is considered significant, how
to do architectural descriptions of historic structures, and how to
complete the National Register of Historic Places nomination
forms. Part of the course involves on-site study of resources.
Prerequisite: ANT 100. (3 crs.)
ANT 385. PRIMATE SOCIETIES AND BEHAVIOR. Advanced
study of the non-human primates, including classificatio n to the
generic level. Prerequisite: ANT 285 or permission of the instructor.
(3 crs.)
ANT 390. HUMAN ORIGINS . Contemporary biological anthropology, emphasizing the evolutionary theory, genetics, non-human
primates, taxonomic classification, the evolution of human beings
as part of the evolution of the primates, the importance of technology, and the emergence and development of culture. (3 crs.)
ANT 421. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT. Within a seminar
context, the history of anthropological thought is examined from the
period of the Enlightenment until modem times. Particular
emphasis is placed on the emergence of the various schools of
anthropology th at have developed and waned over the past I00
years. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior, Anthropology major, or
permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
ANT 495 . SEMINAR IN ANTHROPOLOGY. (3 crs.)
ART-Art
ART 106. ART APPRECIATION. An introduction to the major
movements in art which helped shape western civilization. Thi s
course is a survey of historical and contemporary approaches to
painting, sculpture, and architecture. (3 crs.)
ART 110. DRAWING I. A beginning course in drawing skills and
techniques stressing line, contour and val ue studies, and the study of
linear perspective. This course stresses rendering techniques and the
visual skills necessary for the student to draw what he sees. (3 crs.)
ART 113. CERAMICS I. An introductory exploration of clay
through hand building techniques and the potter's wheel. Students
examine the various forms and fun ctions of the ceramic vessel. The
course focuses on forming processes and the glaz ing and firing of
pieces made in the studio. (3 crs.)
ART 116. PAINTING I. An introducti on to the fund amentals of
painting. Emphasis is placed on fund amental techniques of
rendering, including the study of light and shadow, color, intensity
control and projecti on and recession of objects in space. Work and
exercises are done primarily in oil pai nts. Work in watercolor or
acrylic may be done with prior approval of the instructor. (3 crs.)
ANT 329. ANTHROPOLOGY INTERNSHIP. Learning new ideas
and skills, as well as applying those already learned in class, is the
objective of an internship. Internships are conducted under the
guidance of both an on-site and a campus supervisor. Internships
are a means for exploring career opportunities. (Variable crs.)
ART 117. PRINTMAKING I. This course is designed to develop an
interest and techniques into making woodcuts, lithographs,_
etchings, engravings, serigraphs, monoprints, and photo pnnt
processes. (3 crs.)
ANT 355. PREHISTORIC AMERICAN INDIANS . The archaeology and reconstructed culture of Indi ans of the eastern United
States. (3 crs.)
ART 118. SCULPTURE I. Introduction to the basic language,
elements, media, tools, techniques and principles of the organization
of sculpture. The bas ic techniques of manipulation, subtraction,
substitution and addition involving different medi a and tools. (3 crs.)
ANT 360. HISTORIC SITES ARCHAEOLOGY. Techniques,
philosophy, work, and aims of that branch of history and anthropology that studies the American past from a cultural-archaeological
point of view. The course includes study of military and community
restorations based on historical archaeology, such as Colonial
Williamsburg, Plymouth Plantation, Independence Square, Fort
Michilimackinac, Fort Ligonier, and Fort Necessity. Some laboratory and field experiences included. Prerequisite: ANT I 00. (3 crs.)
Cl
0
d
ti)
~
t,'!"j
~
t,'!"j
r.,:;_
(j
ART I I 9. DESIGN 2-D.An examination of elements and principles
used in two-dimensional visual composition. The student uses a
~
variety of media to solve problems in the theory and practice of art : :
fundamentals. (3 crs.)
· ~
~
ART 120. DESIGN 3-D. An examination of elements and principles ~
of three-dimensional visual composition. These include all the
elements and principles used in two-di mensional design, as well as ~
the concepts of mass and volume. (3 crs.)
O
C/1
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
147
z
00
ART 122. ART HISTORY: ANCIENT- MEDIEVAL. Introduces
students to the historical unfolding of the earliest significant ideas,
images, events, artists, and personalities involved with the visual
~ arts - from cave art to the dawning of the Renaissance. The textual
~ focus is upon these earliest visual arts from Europe, Asia, and
~ Northern Africa. Through lectures, visual aids, and opportunities for
~ study in the field, students with or without any prior knowledge of
~ visual art will learn how to make the art of this period accessible
and useful. (3 crs.)
0
U
00 ART 123. ART HISTORY: RENAISSANCE--ROCOCO. Intro~ duces students to the historical unfolding of significant ideas,
~ images, events, artists, and personalities involved with the visual
arts in Europe between the 14th and 17th centuries. The textual
~ focus is upon the visual arts of Europe, but will also include a few
00 outstanding visual examples from other parts of the world. Through
~ lectures, visual aids, and opportunities for study in the field,
~ students with or without any prior knowledge of visual art will learn
Ii-' how to make the art of this period accessible and useful. (3 crs.)
0 ART 124. ART HISTORY: IMPRESSIONISM TO CUBISM.
U lntroduces students to the historical unfolding of significant ideas,
images, events, artists, and personalities involved with the beginnings of "modem" Western visual arts. The textual focus is largely
aimed at the visual arts of Europe, but will also include a few
outstanding visual examples from the U.S. and other parts of the
world. Through lectures, visual aids, and opportunities for study in
the field, students with or without any prior knowledge of visual art
will learn how to make the art of this period accessible and useful.
(3 crs.)
ART 125. ART HISTORY: MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY.
lntroduces students to the historical unfolding of significant ideas,
images, events, artists, and personalities involved with the visual
arts at the changing of the millenium. The textual focus is upon the
visual arts of Europe and North America and will include outstanding visual examples from other parts of the world. Through lectures,
visual aids, and opportunities for study in the field, students with or
without any prior knowledge of visual art will learn how to make
the art of our time accessible and useful. (3 crs.)
ART 126. INTRODUCTION TO CRAFTS. Students will explore
the principles of basic studio techniques using fiber arts, stained
glass and jewelry. Design issues will be addressed through a variety
of studio problems using each media. Problem solving skills and
craftsmanship will be stressed, as well understanding the role of the
craftsperson in society as a producer of objects within a specialized
discipline. (3 crs.)
ART 21 I. COMMUNICATION DESIGN . This studio course
provides hands-on experience using design tools and techniques to
create pictorial symbols which communicate ideas in a universal
language. The course also explores the history of pictures/symbols
used as language. (3 crs.)
ART 213,313, 413 . CRAFT STUDIO. This studio concentration
explores a large spectrum of contemporary textile, stained glass or
jewelry techniques. Areas of investigation for the textile area, for
example, include advanced loom work, textile treatment, innovative
design of soft sculpture. In the jewelry concentration, the students
could explore centrifugal or lost wax casting, enameling, found
material. ln the stained glass area, the students will experience
slumping, fusing, beveling and sculptural forms. Emphasis is, at all
times, on innovative design, imagination in the utilization of
148
California University of Pennsylvania
technique and material, as well as general craftsmanship. Prerequisite: ART 126 lntro to Crafts (3 crs. -Art 413 is repeatable to 18
crs.)
ART 232. MICROCOMPUTER AS A TOOL FOR THE ARTIST.
An introduction for the art major to micro computers and appropriate hardware/software for art production in various media. It is a
studio course in which works of art are developed with the aid of
the computer. Art majors must have completed at least two studio
requirements prior to taking this course. (3 crs.)
ART 245 . TAPESTRY WEAVING. An introduction to both
traditional and contemporary tapestry techniques. Emphasis is on
imaginative use of traditional techniques with each student expected
to design and execute creative, well-crafted woven pieces in a
variety of unusual material. (3 crs.)
ART 260. WATERCOLOR I. Basic watercolor techniques. Emphasis
is placed on both transparent and opaque water colors. (3 crs.)
ART 293, 393, 493. CERAMIC STUDIOS. An advanced course in
ceramic skills and techniques on the potter's wheel and in-hand
forming methods. Considerable emphasis will be placed on glazing
and firing a body of work completed through an in-depth study area
in clay. Prerequisite: Ceramics I (ART 113). (3 crs. -ART 493 is
repeatable to 18 crs.)
ART 296, 396, 496. PAINTING STUDIOS. A progressive level of
painting studios developing proficiencies in painting techniques,
rendering skills, and the visual analysis of forms . Students explore a
variety of painting methods, subjects and themes towards the goal
of having each student achieve a unique approach to form and
content. Prerequisite: ART 116 Painting I. (3 crs. - ART 496 is
repeatable to 18 crs.)
ART 297,397,497. PRINTMAKING STUDIOS . A successivelevel studio course designed to enable students who wish to pursue
in depth printmaking techniques and further develop their creativity
in this area. Students will also be expected to demonstrate critical
thinking and analysis of materials and the use of such in the various
media. Prerequisite: ART 117 Printmaking I. (3 crs. - ART 497 is
repeatable to 18 crs.)
ART 298, 398, 498. SCULPTURE STUDIOS . A successive-level
studio course designed to enable students who are seriously
interested in sculpture, the opportunity to experiment with many
types of media and to investigate other seasonable materials which
can be used as sculpture. They will be expected to impose on
themselves problems which demonstrate critical thinking and
analysis of materials. Prerequisite: ART 118 Sculpture I. (3 crs. ART 498 is repeatable to 18 crs.)
ART 303. SECONDARY ART METHODS. A study of the
development of secondary art students, as well as the study of
materials and their utilization in the development of a secondary art
program. (3 crs.)
ART 310. ADVANCED DRAWING. This advanced drawing course
explores expressive drawing techniques and drawing media, and is a
continuation of work to improve performance of academic drawing
skills. Emphasis is placed on drawing from a model to develop a
knowledge of human anatomy and to understand its effects on the
surface information of the human form. Basic drawing skills are
required. Prerequisite: ART 110 Drawing I or equivalent. (3 crs. repeatable to I 8 crs.)
ART 329. ART INTERNSHIP. Supervised experience providing the
specific technical ski lls used in the art world outside the classroom
and studio, e.g., mounting exhibits, techniques of art restorati on,
graphic arts production techniques, and promoting arts and cultural
events. (Variable crs.)
ART 360. WATERCOLOR II. A course designed to further the
study of transparency and opaque watercolor. Includes techniques in
gouache, egg tempera, and fresco painting. (3 crs.)
ART 36 1. VIDEO ART/DESIGN. A course that teaches the
information and skills necessary to produce graphics presentations
on a computer and transfer those presentations onto video tape.
Produce such products as video slide shows, video titling, simple
character generation and animation of video screens. (3 crs.)
ART 460. SELECTED TOPICS. An exploration of material not
covered in regular art studios or art history classes. It will provide
fac ulty and students the opportunity to explore new ideas and
techniques of selected topics in depth. (3 crs.)
ATE - Athletic Training
ATE 100. PRACTICUM ATHLETIC TRAINING I. The course of
basic athl etic training skills and techniques taught to the entry level
athletic training student, such as medical record keeping, training
room maintenance, emergency procedures, etc. (1 er.)
ATE 105. CURRENT ISSUES IN JXI'HLETICS. A comprehensive
overview of life skills that provide educational experience and services in
order to develop well balanced life styles for the student athletes and
other interested students. The course examines decision making, planning
and fulfillment of life goals, as well as contemporary issues, problems
and controversies within the intercollegiate athletic setting. (3 crs.)
ATE I 10. PRACTICUM ATHLETIC TRAINING II. The course
consists of basic athletic training ski lls and techniques taught to the
entry level athletic training student, such as preventive taping
techniques and evaluation of basic injuries. Prerequisite: A grade of
C or better in ATE 100. ( I er.)
ATE 115. FOUNDATIONS OF STRENGTH TRAINING AND
CONDITIONING. To facilitate an understanding of strength
training and conditioning concepts, the adaptation of strength
trainirig and conditioning on the human body, and the practical
application of this knowledge in designing resistance training
programs. (2 crs.)
ATE 120. SUBSTANCE ABUSE EDUCATION. The knowledge of
substance abuse as it relates to athletics and competition, drug
testing procedures as enforced by governing associations, and the
prevention and treatment of substance abuse. (1 er.)
ATE 205. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I. The
organization, structures, and functi ons of the human body: the
development of the cell, tissues, integumentary system, digestive
system, respiratory system, urinary system, reproductive system,
lymphatic and cardiovascular systems. (4 crs.)
ATE 215. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY II WITH
LABORATORY. The organization, structures and fun ctions of the
human body; the development and function of the skeletal system,
ligament and joint structure, muscular system, and the nervous
system, Prerequisite: A grade of C or better in ATE 205 . (4 crs.)
ATE 220. ATHLETIC TRAINING I. The basic prevention, care,
treatment, and rehabilitation of athletic injuries; understanding and
demonstrating how to develop a conditioning program, basic
evaluation of injuries, and how to manage them, and other topics
related to sports medicine. Prerequisites: Open to curriculum students
only or satisfactory completion of ATE 205 and ATE 2 15. (3 crs.)
ATE 230. ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS OF ATHLETIC
TRAINING. Administrative functions, litigation, staff relationships,
ethics, budget and supplies, inventory, facility design, maintenance,
safety assess ment, student trainer organization and resume writing.
Prerequisites: Open to curriculum students only. (2 crs.)
ATE 240. NUTRITION FOR SPORTS. Nutrition and its applications
to health and sports : designed to provide the student with a sound
nutritional background so that informed decisions may be made
concerning all aspects of nutrition. Additionally, specific nutritional
techniques used to improve athletic performance are addressed. (3 crs.)
ATE 260. ATHLETIC TRAINING II WITH LABORATORY. The
spine and its extremities; the advanced evaluation techniques that
are used to determine the degree of injury fo und in the clinical
setting. Prerequisite: Open to curriculum students onl y. ( 4 crs.)
ATE 300. PRACTICUM ATHLETIC TRAINING III. This course
will provide the student with the understanding of advanced athletic
training applications and techniques used in the prevention and
rehabilitation of athletic injuries and other special clinical situations. (2 crs.)
ATE 320. MODALITY PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES WITH
LABORATORY. Lectures and laboratory exercises that explain the
use and theory of physical therapy modalities that are used in the
sports medicine clinical setting. Prerequisite: Open to curriculum
students only or at the discretion of the instructor. (4 crs.)
ATE 330. THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE WITH LABORATORY.
Lectures and laboratory exercises that expl ain the use and theory of
therapeutic exercise and equipment used for rehabilitation in the
sports medicine setting. Prerequisite: Open to curriculum students
only or at the discreti on of the instructor. (4 crs.)
ATE 400. ORTHOPEDIC EVALUATIONS IN SPORTS MEDICINE. Clinical eval uations of injured athletes by the student and the
physician to be used in determining the extent of an injury. The
~
student will register for this course agai n in a consecutive semester. Y
Prerequisite: Open to curriculum students only. (I er.)
~
0
r.,:;.
ATE 405. SPORTS MEDICINE PRACTICUM. This purpose of this ~
course is to allow the undergraduate athletic training student to gain
clinical and administrative skills through experience wi th intercolle- ~
giate or interscholastic teams. Prerequisite: Open to curriculum
t'!'j
students only and must be at least a junior in standing. ( 1 er.)
rJ'J
(j
~
ATE 460. SPORTS MEDICINE RESEARCH. Different types of
research, particularly descriptive and experimental are presented.
Emphasis is placed on developing library research skills, critically ~
analyzing research, and becoming a knowledgeable consumer of
~
research in order to apply it in the clinical environment. Prerequi- ~
site: Must be a seni or in the Athletic Training Education Program or ~
permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
0
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
149
z
00
ATE 500. PHARMACOLOGY FOR ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES . The purpose of this course is to provide an overview of
drugs commonl y used to treat patients seen by persons working in
~ the allied health professions. Medical reasons for drug treatment,
~ specific actions of therapeuti c agents, and adverse effects are
~ presented. Prerequisite: Must have completed at least 96 credits or
~ at the di screti on of the instructor. (2 crs .)
O
~
.
UBIO-B1ology
00 B_IO 103. C~NTEMPORARY ISSUES IN BIOLOGY. Basic
~
b10log1cal pnnc1ples are applied to the understanding of current
social- bi ~logical _pro?lems and how these relate to an individual's
personal life. Topics mcluded are human sexuality, nutrition, health
r. . .--, and di sease, evolution, behavior, and the diversity of life. Three
lecture hours weekly. For students not majoring in Biology. (3 crs.)
Q
OO
~ BIO I 04. BASIC CARE OF PLANTS . A general introduction to
~
0
U
the basic care of plants. Students are introduced to techniques that
will make the grow mg and caring of plants, indoors and out, less
co mpli cated and more fun . Prerequisites: None. Three lecture hours
weekl y. (3 crs.)
BIO I 08. BIOLOGICAL CONCEPTS. A one semester preparation
course in biology fo r students who must take BIO 115 as part of
their curriculum and who require additional training in the biological sciences. Topics are selected to deal with the fundamental
concepts that are requi site to entrance into BIO 115. Three lecture
hours weekly. (3 crs.)
BIO 11 2. BIOLOGY OF SEXUALLY TRANSMITTED DISEASES . A non-m ajor Biology course pertaining to the causes and
consequences of human sexually transmitted di seases. Descriptions
of the microorganis ms which cause STDs and the factors which are
involved in their di ssemination will be studied. Special emphasis
will be directed towards human behavior patterns and mores which
are co nducive to co ntracting these venereal di seases. Viral STDs
(Acq uired Immune Deficiency Syndrome, Human Papilloma
Di sease, Herpes Simplex II and Hepatitis B) will be emphasized
because they can cause severe di seases or even death in humans ;
however, the more common venereal di seases (syphilis, gonorrhea,
lymphogranul oma, venereum, chancroid and candidiasis) will also
be studied. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
BIO 115. PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY. Structures and function s
co mmon to all organisms; cell structure and function , the chemical
aspects of bi ological systems, energy and materials balance in
nature, developmental bio logy, principles of genetics, evolution, and
ecology. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4
crs.)
BIO 120. GENERAL ZOOLOGY. A comprehensive phylogenetic
survey of the animal kingdom, with emphasis on evolutionary
changes and the interrelationships of animals with their environment. Laboratory studies of representative members of the major
phyla. Prerequi site: BIO 115. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 125. GENERAL BOTANY. A survey of form and function of
the major plant groups as well as the bacteria, algae, water molds,
slime molds, and fungi within the overall framework of a modem
phylogenetic system of classification . Prerequisite: BIO 115. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
l50
California University of Pennsylvania
BIO 206. CONSERVATION OF BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES . A
study of biological aspects relating to plants and animals directly
associated with water, soil, and environmental changes. Numerous
field trips are taken into areas of Western Pennsylvania to observe
land reclamation, conservation practices, and basic problems
confronting human populations. Prerequisites: BIO 115 & 125.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 226. BASIC MICROBIOLOGY. This course will provide a
survey of the prokaryotic and the medically important concepts of
microbiology including microbial control , acquisition of disease,
disease prevention and control. Prerequisites: This course is for
students who are enrolled in a nursing program, or have obtained
permission of the instructor. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 228. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF NUTRITION. This course was
designed to provide nursing professionals with the basic principles
of normal and therapeutic nutrition which can be used as a basis for
making sound nutritional decisions for dietary planning for their
clients, their families, or themselves throughout the life cycle, in
health or in illness. Prerequisites : This course is for students who
are enrolled in a nursing program, or have obtained permission of
the instructor. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
BIO 230. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I. A general survey of
the basic anatomical terms of position and direction, the relevant
scientific units, the chemical components of living organisms, animal
cytology, histology, embryology, the integumentary system, the
rudiments of neurology, the skeletal system, and the cardiovascular
system. Prerequisites: This course is for students who are enrolled in
a nursing program, or have obtained permission of the instructor.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 260. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY II. A general survey of
the basic structure of the peripheral and autonomic nervous
systems, sensory receptors and special sense organs, the endocrine
system, the cardiovascular system, the lymphatic system, the
respiratory system, the digestive system, the urinary system,
homeostasis, the reproductive system, human embryonic development, and metabolism. Prerequi site: BIO 230. Three lecture hours
and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs .)
BIO 305. COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY. A
comparative study of the vertebrate organs and organ systems of
animals in the phylum chordata, with emphasis on evolutionary
changes. Prerequisites: BIO 115 & 120. Three lecture hours and
three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 306. HUMAN ANATOMY. A study of the structure of the
human body, including di scussion of the eleven fundamental
systems. Each system is described in terms of its gross anatomy,
with some discussion of histology and physiology where appropriate. Prerequisites: BIO 115 & 120 or permi ssion of the instructor.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 307. PLANT ANATOMY. A detailed study of structural
differentiations, especially in the higher plants: the structure of
meristems and developmental changes in their derivatives. Prerequisites: BIO 115 & I 25 . Three lecture hours and three laboratory
hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 310. ECOLOGY. Ecology presents the biology or environmental science student with a holistic approach to the study of the
biological environment. Emphasis is focused on the natural
environments of organisms, particularly as biotic assemblages of
these organisms interact with their environments from the concrete
levels of organization up to the regional and biome levels. Prerequisites: BIO 115, 120 and 125 or permission of the instructor. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 334. SOIL SCIENCE. An edaphological approach is taken in
the study of the soil, i.e., the soil as a natural habitat for plants. The
various properties of the soil are considered as they relate to plant
production. Since the clay and humus fractions are of tremendous
importance, the course will incorporate a colloidal-biological basis.
Prerequisites: CHE 10 I and CHE I 02. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 314. PLANT ECOLOGY. A consideration of the plant
communities which are influenced by both biotic and physical
factors. The emphasis is on the vegetation of Pennsylvania,
especially in the area of the Appalachi an Mountains. Laboratory
work provides the student with the opportunity to become familiar
with modem methods of vegetation analysis and community
sampling. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and BIO 125. Three lecture hours
and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
·
BIO 335. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. The physio-chemical foundations of plant functions are investigated, including such topics as
water and salt absorption, photosynthesis, respiration, plant growth
substances, photoperiodic responses, mineral metabolism, germination and the effects of air pollution on plants. Recent advances in
the field of plant physiology are included. Prerequisites: BIO 115
and BIO 125, CHE 101 and CHE 102. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 317. EMBRYOLOGY. A study of oogenesis and spermatogenesis and resultant developments following fertilization : factors
involved in morphogenetic determination ; organology; sequences of
changes in development. Special emphasi s on the chick and
comparative examples of development in other animals. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and BIO 120. Three lecture and three laboratory
hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 336. PLANT TAXONOMY. A study of relationships among
the vascular plants, their classification and methods of identification. Plant families native to Western Pennsylvania are stressed.
Prerequisites : BIO 115 and BIO 125. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 318. GENETICS . An introduction to molecular genetics and to
the basic principles of inheritance. Gene interactions, multiplefactor inheritance, chromosome inheritance, chromosome mapping,
chromosomal and extrachromosomal inheritance. The roles of
mutation, selection, migration, and genetic drift are investigated to
determine the genetic composition of different populations.
Prerequisites: BIO 115, 120, and 125 . Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 325. ANIMAL HISTOLOGY. The study of cellular differentiations in tissue, tissue identification, and special functions, especially
in the mammals. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and 120. Three lecture
hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 326. MICROBIOLOGY. A detailed study of bacteria and
viruses, with less emphasis on fungi , algae, and protozoans. Special
emphasis on medical aspects of bacteriology, immunology, and
virology. The cytology, physiology, microbiology, and culture of
microbes are pursued in the laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and
BIO 125, CHE IOI and CHE 102, or permission of the instructor.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 327. PARASITOLOGY. A study of the etiology, epidemiology,
and biology of some common human and animal parasites.
Prerequisites: BIO 115 and BIO 120. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 328. HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY. The functions of the human
body. Basic physiological phenomena are studied with considerable
emphasis upon clinical and practical application. Prerequisites: BIO
115 and BIO 120 or permission of the instructor. Three lecture
hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 332. ECONOMIC BOTANY. A study of mankind's dependence and economic interest in plants. Topics include important
metabolic reactions of plants, use of plants as a food source, use of
plant cell walls, exudates and extractives as economic products.
Prerequisites: BIO 115 and 125. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 337. ORNITHOLOGY. The study of bird life. Classification,
anatomy, behavior, and recognition of birds, with emphasis on local
species and their relationships to people and the ecological balance
with other organisms. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and BIO 120. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours or field activity weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 342. SCIENTIFIC PHOTOGRAPHY. A basic course in the life
and environmental sciences which stresses the myriad ways in
which photography can be applied to enhance the effectiveness of
teaching and research endeavors of biologists and environmentalists. Special attention is given to photomicroscopy, macrophotography, and field photography. Various other illustrative materials are
also prepared utilizing selective photographic equipment and/or
procedures. Students can take this course twice for a maximum of 4
credits. Prerequisites: three Biological or Environmental courses
with a minimum of one field-oriented course. (2-4 crs.)
BIO 400. MAMMALOGY. A study of the classification, distribution,
and natural history of mammals, with emphasis on eastern North
American species. Field studies and preparation of study specimens.
Prerequisites: Can be taken with the permission of the instructor.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
t1
0
~
BIO 405. HUMAN GENETICS. Chromosomal abnormalities, Mendel's ~
Laws, and the effect of change of gene action on Mendelian ratios. Other r:,J.
topics include; sex-related inheritance, random mating, consanguinity,
t_"!"_j
allelism, mutations, and maintenance of polymorphism. Prerequisites:
BIO 115, 120, 125, and 318. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
~
BIO 407. MYCOLOGY. An extensive examination of the fungi, with t_"!"_j
emphasis on the filamentous forms. The cytology, physiology, and
~
morpholgy of the fungi are studied to determine their role in the
, .1.
scheme of nature. Laboratory techniques in isolating, culturing,
~
enumerating, and identifying fungi . Prerequisites: BIO 115, I 25, and ~
326. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.) ~
BIO 418. BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH INVESTIGATIONS. A research
program for advanced undergraduate students who wish to pursue
careers in biological or medical areas. Emphasis is placed upon the use of
various scientific instruments and biological procedures necessary for
~
o
Z
r:Jl
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
151
[lj research investigations. The student works closely with one or more
Z faculty members on a research project which is departmentally approved.
Each research project is unique, and the data should ultimately be
published in a prominent biological journal. The student normally
~ participates in one aspect of an ongoing research study and may pursue
~ work for one or more semesters. Students can take a maximum of 12
~ credits, six of which may be counted in the area of concentration.
~ Prerequisites: BIO I l 5 and BIO 125 (or BIO 120), one Biology elective
~ course, junior or senior standing, and a 3.0 QPA. (1-4 crs.)
0
~
IO 426. CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY. A survey of the indig-
00. ~nous and pathogeni c microorganisms of man, general principles
~ ded uced from co mp lexities involving bi ochemistry and physiology,
Q host-parasite re lati onshi ps, and laboratory procedures. Organisms
BIO 445 . ENTOMOLOGY. A specialized study of insects:
identification and classification development phases, physiological
characteristi cs, economic importance, disease vectors. Prerequisite:
BIO I 15 and BIO 120. Three lecture hours and three laboratory
hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 449. BIOLOGY FOR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY CLINICAL PRACTIC UM I. Upon acceptance to a hospital school of
Medical Technology, the student undertakes the clinical training
experience required by the Nati onal Accrediting Agency for
Cli ni cal Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). Programs of instruction
will vary fro m one hospital to another but usually include hematology, mi crobiology, parasitology, immunology, urinalysis, and
biochemistry. This course is the first of two required terms. (15 crs.)
stud ied include: bacteria, fu ngi, viruses, and ricksettsia. Prerequi -
~ sites : BIO 11 5, 125 and 326; CHE 101 and 102. Three lecture hours
[lj and three laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
~ BIO 43 1. TECHNIQUES IN ELECTRON MICROSCOPY. Detai led
~ trai ning in the operati on and care of the electron microscope: tech-
0 niques of specimen preparati on for electron mi croscope visualization
including fixation, embedding, and ul trathin sectioning; special
U techniques such as replication and shadow casting. Prerequisites or
concu1Tent courses: BIO 432, CHE 33 1, CHE 332, or permission of the
instructor. Three lecture hours and three lab hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 432. CELLULAR ULTRASTRUCTURE. A study of the
generalized cell , the highl y special ized ceU, and tissues as seen by
the electro n mi crosco pe, with special emphasis on correlati on of
structure with fun cti on. An addi tional aim is to enhance the
studen t's ab ility to interpret electron rni crographs. Prerequisites:
BIO 11 5, BIO 120, and BIO 125, CHE 33 1 and CHE 332, a
mo lecular biology course and/or permission of instructor. Three
lecture hours weekl y. (3 crs.)
BIO 433 . HE RPETOLOGY. A co nsideration of the Amphibia and
Reptilia from taxonomical , morphological, evolutionary, behav ioral,
and phys iological view points with emphas is on ecological relati onships. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and BIO 120. Three lecture hours and
three laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 435. ICHTHYOLOGY. An in troduction to the morphology,
taxo nomy, ecology, and distribution of the major groups of
fres hwater fi shes, with emphasis on the northeastern U.S. faun a.
Prereq uisites: BIO 115 and BIO 120. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 44 1. ETHOLOGY. Four principal approaches to eth ology:
ecology, phys iology, genetics, and development are interpreted
within the framework of evo lutionary biology with emphasis on th e
patterns of behav ioral similarities and differences among different
kinds of animals. Prerequisites: BIO 11 5, BIO 120, BIO 308, BIO
3 16 or ENS 300. Need permission of the instructor. Three lecture
hours and three laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 442 . DENDROLOGY. A study of the tree species of the
Kingdom Metaph yta: the importance of these organisms to other
biota, especiall y man, and thei r prospects of continued survival in a
rap idly changing biosphere. Emphasis on the fo rest co mmunities
and tree species of the mi xed mesophytic forest regions of southwestern Pennsylvania. Prerequisites: BIO 11 5 and BIO 125. Three
lectu re hours weekl y. (3 crs.)
152_
California University of Pennsylvanj a
BIO 450. IMMUNOLOGY. A detai led study of the immune system
of animals coverin g nonspecific and specific host responses to
fo reign materi als, the interacti on between cells of the specific
immune response, the nature and di versity of the immune response,
th e practical applicati ons of the immune response, and disorders
associated with the immune response. Prerequisites : BIO 115, BIO
120 and BIO 3 18 or BIO 326. Three lecture hours weekl y. (3 crs.)
BIO 459. BIOLOGY FOR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY CLINICAL PRACTICUM II. A co ntinu ati on of BIO 449. The second of
two terms. (14 crs.)
BIO 466 BIOMETRY. The fundamental concepts underl ying the
application and interpretati on of statistical methods to biological
and ecological research. Practi cal experience in the development
and analys is of laboratory and fie ld projects. Prerequisites: MAT
2 15 and permission of instructor. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 478. EVOLUTION. An advanced course pertai ning to the
mechanisms that are operative in the process of biological evolution. Life origins and development are investi gated, with special
emphasis placed upon the importance of geneti c and metabolic
systems diversity. The recurring and universal themes of mutati on
and natural selecti on are th oroughl y discussed as the concept of
evolution at the popul ation level is developed. A detailed account of
human ori gins and species divers ity is also studied. Prerequisites:
BIO 115, BIO 120, BIO 125, and BIO 318. Three lecture hours
weekly. (3 crs.)
BIO 480. CELL BIOLOGY. The biology of the cell with emphasis
on the relati onship of structure and fun cti on within the cell. It is a
study of cell organelles, growth, division, macromolecules,
membranes, synthesis, and regul ati on. Prerequi sites : BIO 115, BIO
120, BIO 125, and CHE 33 1. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 486. ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY. A co mparative
approach to the study of phys iological systems in animals relati ve
to environmental pressures and ph ylogenetic standing. Prerequisite:
BIO 115 and BIO 125. Three lecture hours and three laboratory
hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 488. WATER POLLUTION BIOLOGY. A survey of the
impacts of various types of environmental pollutants on aquatic
biological communities. Community responses are analyzed in a
lecture/laboratory format with emphasis on collecti on in the fi eld.
Prerequisites : BIO 11 5, BIO 120, BIO 125 , CHE 101 , CHE 103.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 492. BIOLOGICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
INTERNSHIP. Student interns are placed with an organization or
institution which most nearly approximates their goals for employment. The intent of the internship is to provide students with
practical work experience in an environment in which they will be
dealing with practical problems requiring real solutions in a
relatively short time frame. Advisor and department chairperson
approval is required before course enrollment. A total of six credits
may be applied towards graduation in the following manner: A
maximum of 3 credits may be applied to an appropriate core area in
the Biology curriculum. In the Environmental Studies and PreProfessional programs, a maximum of three credits can be applied
to the related electives area. In addition, a maximum of three credits
may be applied to the free electives area in the general education
requirement of any program. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing
and permission of the department (Variable: 1-12 crs.)
BIO 520. NEUROBIOLOGY. An examination of the structure and
function of nervous systems. The course is designed to develop a
detailed understanding of nervous system structure and function
from the molecular level to the level of complex circuits such as
learning and memory. A central theme is the comparison of the
neurological circuits across phyla to identify basic organizational
principles. Prerequisites: BIO 115, BIO 120, BIO 306, BIO 328, or
permission of the instructor. 3 hours of lecture weekly. (3 crs.)
BUS - Business
BUS 100. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS. The internal and
functional setting of business enterprise, its organization and control
(3 crs.)
BUS 242. BUSINESS LAW I. A study of commercial law as it
relates to contracts, agency and criminal and constitutional law
pertaining to business. Prerequisites: ECO 100 and at least
sophomore standing. (3 crs.)
BUS 243. BUSINESS LAW II. A continuati on of Business Law I.
Basic legal concepts of sales, commercial paper, secured transitions
and related topics . Prerequisite: BUS 242. (3 crs.)
BUS 271. ANALYTICAL METHODS . This is a course designed to
teach mathematical methods of solving business problems. This will
be especially useful to anyone who has opted not to take any
calculus. Prerequisite: MAT 181. (3 crs.)
BUS 342. BUSINESS, SOCIETY AND GOVERNMENT. A survey
of the historical and contemporary relationship between government
and business in the United States. Special emphasis is given to the
developments of the past two decades. Prerequisite: ECO I 00 or
equivalent. (3 crs.)
BUS 343. CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY. Incorporating the concept of social responsibility or corporate social responsiveness in the corporate business strategy; how to assess organizational performance on social iss ues and design information systems
to monitor policies in a large complex organization ; the identification of the stages of thi s process and the characteristic problems and
tasks associated with each stage; the evolution and/or design of
structures and procedures for handling social issues consistently
with business strategies. (3 crs.)
BUS 379. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BUSINESS. (3 crs.)
BUS 492. BUSINESS INTERNSHIP. The student is pl aced with a
business finn, a bank, a government agency, or a non-profit
organization for on-the-job and/or counselling experience. It offers
a practical training ground for students which supplements
academic training by permitting them to address actual problems in
a real business environment. Prerequisite: Senior standing or
permission of instructor. (Repeatable; Variable crs.; a maximum of
12 credits may be used towards a baccalaureate degree.)
BUS 495. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS. An intensive examination of
selected subjects from the general field of business. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. This course is repeatable one tim e if the
subject matter is different. (3 crs.)
CHE - Chemistry
CHE 100. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY. A preparatory
course emphasizing the mathemati cal and reasoning slci ll s needed to
be successful in General Chemistry. There are no prerequi sites, and
the course satisfies requirements in the Natural Science area fo r
non-science majors. This course is not an elective for Chemistry
majors. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
CHE 101. GENERAL CHEMISTRY I. An introductory course for
majors and non-majors. Topics covered include atomic structu re,
bonding, stoichiometry, chemical reactions (including redox
reactions), solutions, and the liquid state. Three class hours and
three laboratory hours each week. (4 crs.)
CHE 102. GENERAL CHEMISTRY II. A co ntinuati on of General
Chemistry I. The gaseous state, solutions, thermodynamics,
lcinetics, acids and bases, gaseous and ioni c equilibria. Prerequi site:
CHE 101. Three class and three laboratory hours each week. (4 crs .)
CHE 150. CHEMISTRY FOR THE HEALTH PROFESSIONS. The
basic principles of general chemistry, orga nic chemistry, and
biochemistry needed for the health sciences (specificall y nursing
chemistry). Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each
week. (4 crs.)
CHE 205. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. A continu ation of General
Chemistry II. Descriptive chemistry of metals and nonmetals,
electrochemistry, nuclear chemistry, solid state molecu lar orbitals,
coordination chemistry. Laboratory : Equilibrium and qual itative
chemistry of the elements. Three class and three laboratory hours
each week. Prerequisite: CHE I 02. (4 crs.)
CHE 255. GEOCHEMISTRY. Basic chemical p1inciples employed
in the solution of some geologic problems. Geologic dating,
sedimentary geochemistry, chemical weathering, colloids and
structural aspects of clay minerals and soil s. Three class hou rs each
week. Prerequisite: CHE 102 (3 crs.)
n
0
e
~
00
~
e,
CHE ~61_, ANALr?ICAL CHEMISTRY I. An introduction to
~
q_uant1tat1ve analytical techniques and procedure including vo lu metnc, grav1metnc, and spectroscopic methods. Prerequisites: CHE
,,....,
IO I and I 02. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each
, J.
week. (4 crs.)
~
00
~
CHE 262. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYS IS I. An introducti on to
~
various instrumental and separation techniques including such
~
topics as chromatography, electroche mistry, and atomic absorpti on ~
spectroscopy. Prerequi site: CHE 26 1. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours each week. (4 crs.)
0
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
153
r:,J CHE 33 1. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I. An
introducti on to the basic
Z principles which govern the reactions of carbon compounds.
Particular emphasis is placed on the structure and stereochemistry
0 of organic molecules, acid-base theory, reaction mechanisms, and
~ an introduction to the reactions and synthesis of alkanes, alkenes,
~ alkynes, alicyclics, alkyl halides and aromatic compounds. Three
~ hours lecture and three hours laboratory. Prerequisites: CHE 101
~
and 102. (4 crs.)
~ CHE 332. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II. A continuation of the study
U
of organic compounds. The student is introduced to the important
00. functi onal groups present in such fami lies as alcohols, ethers,
~ carboxylic acids, esters, amides, aldehydes, ketones, amines,
~ phenols, aryl halides, and reactions, and sy nthetic interconversion
of these co mpounds. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory.
~ Prerequi sites: CHE 331. (4 crs.)
00.
~
CHE 340. ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPIC INTERPRETATION.
Introductory theory and interpretation of infrared spectroscopy,
~ ultrav iolet spectroscopy, nuclear magneti c resonance spectroscopy,
and mass spectrometry. Prerequisites: CHE JO 1 and CHE 33 1.
Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
O
U
CHE 350. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN CHEMISTRY. This
course engages the student in activities which focus on computer
soluti on of chemical problems. Both software coding and usage, as
well as interfacing of microcomputers to chemical instruments, are
covered. Prerequisites: CHE 101, CHE 102 and BASIC Programming Language. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
CHE 368. INDIVIDUAL WORK I. An opportunity for students
speciali zing in chemistry to organize, investigate, and report on a
specific problem of their own selection . (I er.)
CHE 410. CHEMISTRY INTERNSHIP. The student is provided an
opportunity to work in an industrial or non-profit research
laboratory. This practical training is intended to supplement the
academic program. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing and
permission of the department. (Variable: 1-12 crs.)
CHE 41 1. BIOCHEMISTRY I. A comprehensive survey of the
properties, reactions, and structure of amino acids, proteins, enzymes,
carbohydrates, fats and lipids, and nucleic acids. Prerequisites: CHE
33 1 and CHE 332. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
CHE 445. MATHEMATICS FOR CHEMISTS. Mathematical
techniques including differential and integral calculus, ordinary and
partial differential equations, graphical methods, approximation
methods, complex numbers, Fourier series expansions, determinants,
coordinate systems, vector analysis, vector and matrix algebra with
emphasis on application to chemical systems. Prerequisites: Differenti al and Integral Calculus. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
CHE 451. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I. Properties of gases,
kinetic-molecular theory, molecular energies, classical and
statistical development of thermodynamics, with applications to
therm ochemistry and chemical equilibria. Prerequisites: CHE 261
and mathematics through Integral Calculus. Three lecture hours and
three laboratory hours each week. (4 crs.)
CHE 452. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II. Kinetics of chemical
reacti ons, properties of liquids, phase equilibria, solutions,
thermodynamics, properties of electrolytes in solution, and
electrochemistry. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours
each week. Prerequisite: CHE 451. (4 crs.)
154
Califomja University of Pennsylvanja
CHE 495. CHEMISTRY SEMINAR. Students may choose a
particular topic in chemistry and, under the supervision of a faculty
member, prepare and present a seminar report. The topics are to be
on material not covered in the undergraduate courses, or extensions
of some particular aspect of chemistry included in less detail in an
undergraduate course. ( I er.)
CIS - Computer Information Systems
CIS 150 INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE APPLICATION
SOFTWARE. This course is an introductory study of database
application software as it is used on a microcomputer. The more
commonly used operations of a selected database applications
software package will be presented. Introductory database design
techniques will be presented. Laboratory assignments and projects
will be used to co mbine database theory and database software to
solve informati on man agement problems. (3 crs.)
CIS 2 15 TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND LOCAL AREA NETWORKS. This course is an introductory study of telecommunications
and local area networks. The maj or topics include voice and data
communicati on concepts and hardware, data transmission, link layer
responsibilities, local area networks and network management. (3 crs.)
CMD - Communication Disorders
CMD 100. SURVEY OF SPEECH PATHOLOGY. This is the
introductory course to communication di sorders and the fie ld of
speech/language pathology. (3 crs.)
CMD l05. LANGUAGE AND SPEECH DEVELOPMENT.
Emphasizes the normal development of speech, language, and
communication. The fonn and functi on of language are considered, i.e.,
phonology, syntax, morphology, semantics, and pragmatics. (3 crs.)
CMD 203. PHONETICS. Introduces practical phonology and
phonetics as they apply to the communicative process. The student is
required to learn and use the Internati onal Phonetic Alphabet. (3 crs.)
CMD 204. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. The structure and
normal functi on of the components of the human body participating
in the production and receptio~ of speech and language. Prerequisite: CMD 2 13. (3 crs.)
CMD 211 . ACOUSTICS AND PSYCHOACOUSTICS. A basic
analysis of how sound is generated and measured. In addition, the
manner in which the human auditory system encodes sound information and subsequentl y extracts meaning from it will be investigated.
Prerequi site: six credi ts of Physical Science or Mathematics. (3 crs.)
CMD 300. SPEECH PATHOLOGY I. This course provides students
with introductory kn owledge of children with language and speech
disorders. They will become aware of procedures and principles
utili zed by speech-l anguage pathologists in the assessment and
management of children with language and speech delays/disorders.
Prerequi sites: CMD JOO, 203 , 204 and 213. (3 crs.)
CMD 301. SPEECH PATHOLOGY II. Primary emphasis is placed
on several of the major speech di sorders, namely: fluency di sorders,
voice di sorders, language di sorders in adults, dysarthria, apraxia, and
dysphagia. Prerequi sites: CMD 203, CMD 204, CMD 2 13. (3 crs.)
CMD 305. INTRODUCTION TO AUDIOLOGY. The co_urse will
provide the student with an understanding of the genetic and disease
processes producing hearing loss in children and adults and the
procedures used to assess hearing loss and rehabilitate persons with
hearing impairment. Prerequisites: CMD 204 and CMD 213. (3 crs.)
CMD 320. ASSESSMENT OF SPEECH AND LANGUAGE. The
student learns to administer, score, and interpret speech and
language tests and write diagnostic reports based upon the administration of results of such tests. (3 crs.)
CMD 400. CLINICAL PRACTICUM. Provides the student
clinician with a variety of therapeutic and evaluation experiences
with children or adults having speech, language or hearing
disorders. Prerequisites: CMD 300, CMD 301 and a 3.0 in all CMD
courses. (3 crs.)
COM- Communication Studies
COM 100. PERSPECTNES ON COMMUNICATION. An introductory course intended primarily for majors in Communication Studies.
The course explains the many perspectives from which communication
may be studied and serves as an introduction to the discipline. (3 crs.)
COM 101. ORAL COMMUNICATION. Designing, rehearsing, and
delivering extemporaneous speeches to facilitate solving group and
public problems; reporting and evaluating other speakers' intent,
content, format, and delivery. (3 crs.)
COM 102. GROUP DISCUSSION: MANAGEMENT. Participation
in, and analysis of, group decision-making processes to develop
communication and listening skills in group situations, to develop
understanding of the role of small group communication in
business, to identify and develop styles and functions of group
leadership. (3 crs.)
COM 105. SURVEY OF RADIO, TELEVISION, AND FILM.
Introduction to communication in radio, television, and film; effects
of mass media on the audience and the individual ; role of mass
media in news, documentaries, commercials, and entertainment
broadcasting. (3 crs.)
COM 107. FUNDAMENTALS OF DISCUSSION. Introduction to
group forms, techniques, participation, and chairmanship in
informal and formal discussions of contemporary issues. (3 crs.)
COM 141. AUDIO PRODUCTION I. Fundamentals of radio
production including the theory and use of Audio Lab equipment,
writing and producing various types of basic radio programs, and
the study of FCC rules and regulations as they apply to radio
broadcasters. (3 crs.)
COM 142. VIDEO PRODUCTION I. Fundamentals of television
production, including the use of equipment. This course has both a
lecture and a laboratory component. Students must register for both
the lecture and laboratory components in the same term . (3 crs.)
COM 165. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION. This course
seeks to help the student develop an awareness of the nature and
complexity of interpersonal communication, recognize how
perception of the self affects the ability to relate to others, and gain
an understanding of those elements that shape the interpersonal
communication process. (3 crs.)
COM 201. INTERCOLLEGIATE FORENSIC ACTIVITIES .
Instruction, practice, and performance of various forms of debate
and competitive individual speaking and reading events. Participation in intercollegiate competition, largely on some weekends, is
required. Open to students in any major. (3 crs.)
COM 203. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC RELATIONS.
Examines PR as the communication function that allows organi zations to interface with their environments and publics. It describes
the public relations process as well as its history, the guiding
principles and concepts of organizational advocacy, and explores
the various career opportunities in the field. (3 crs.)
COM 210. VOICE AND ARTICULATION. Introduction to phonetics
and to voice production and control, with exercises to develop
adequate quality, loudness, pitch, rate, and articulation. (3 crs.)
COM 224. INTRODUCTION TO ORAL INTERPRETATION.
Techniques of discovering denotative and connotative meanings ih
literature for presentation to listeners; solo presentations of different
literary forms. (3 crs.)
COM 230. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE. Logical advocacy:
briefing and supporting logically adequate cases advocating
propositions of policy, negative positions, exposing fallacious
evidence and reasoning, refutation and rebuttal. Applications to
intercollegiate and mass media topics. Prerequisites : COM 101 or
250 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 235. PRESIDENTIAL RHETORIC, 1960 TO THE
PRESENT. A study of the written texts, audio tapes, and video
tapes of selected speeches by American presidents. The course
explores the use of rhetoric in campaigns, in governance and in
crises, by the presidents in order to illustrate contemporary political
speaking and is an examination of how to understand and evaluate
presidential speaking. (3 crs.)
COM 241. AUDIO PRODUCTION II. Students will build upon the
knowledge and skills learned in Audio Production I, including
creating, writing, producing and evaluating various types of more
sophisticated production projects. Strong emphasis on theory and
practice of field production, creating sound and special effects.
,-,,..
Prerequisite: COM 141 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
\ 1
0
.
d to prepare~
COM 242. VIDEO PRODUCTION II. A course des1gne
a student to perform in the various areas of single camera electronic Y
field production, including the fundamentals of scriptin g, planning ~
and budgeting field shoots; gathering audio and video in the field ;
field lighting; skill~ and aesthetics of editing field produced video; t_"!'j
and the understandrng and readrng of test equipment for video
signals. Prerequisites: COM 142 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.) ~
00
COM 246. RADIO AND TELEVISION ANNOUNCING. Theories t_"!'j
and practice of gathering, evaluating, writing, and delivering
newscasts, sports, commercials, interviews, for radio and television
audiences. Prerequisites: COM 240 or 245 or permission of the
~
instructor. (3 crs.)
~
00
(J
~
COM 250. ORAL COMMUNICATION: MANAGEMENT. . . ~
Develop an awareness of, and an appreciauon for commumcat10n m ~
the business world; preparing and presenting oral reports and
speeches designed especially for persons who function in organiza- ~
tions, businesses, or industries. (3 crs.)
.L....,
0
.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
00
155
rJ'J. COM 303. PUBLIC RELATION~ APPLICATIONS. ~s ~ourse
to develop the producnon skills necessary to function m an entryZ seeks
level public relations position. Many assignments will help students
0 develop: I) proficiency using the host of vehicles PR practitione:-' ~se,
~ and 2) a portfolio. Effort will be made to create an atmosphere_ surular
~ to the first job in PR. The instructor will be the first PR supervisor - the
~ boss - editing the work; criticizing style; asking for rese~ch; for~mg
~
the student to plan, analyze, write, rewrite, prepare, reparr, orgarnze,
~ and reorganize. Prerequisite: COM 203. (3 crs.)
u
rJ'J.
COM 3 15 . LANGUAGE AND BEHAVIOR. Developing language
hab its that improve sensory and symbolic perception, inference~ making, evaluation, and conflict management/resolution. Prerequisite: COM 165 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
Q
~ COM 324. ADVANCED ORAL INTERPRETATION. Detailed.
rJ'J. analys is_and evaluation of literary forms. Creative expenmemation
s0
~
U
in adapting performing bterature for solo and group presentations.
Prer~quisite: COM 224. (3 crs.)
COM 33 1. RADIO AND TELEVISION COMMERCIALS . The
writi ng of commercial messages in varying lengths for both radio
and television, including preparation of storyboards. Prerequisites:
COM 240 or 245 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs .)
COM 332. RADIO AND TELEVISION WRITING : NEWS . The
writing of news, commentary and documentary, scripts for radio
and television; includes the press conference. Prerequisites: COM
240 or 245 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 335. RADIO AND TELEVISION WRITING: DRAMA.
Writing and anal yzing teleplays, film and/or radio plays for
understanding of dramatic composition and unique needs of specific
writi ng genres and audiences. (3 crs.)
COM 336. BROADCAST REPORTING. A further exploration of the
principles of reporting for the electronic media. Students will apply
reporting techniques, ethical principles, and legal principles in actual
fi eld ex periences. (3 crs.)
COM 34 l . AUDIO: AESTHETICS & APPLICATIONS . This course
is designed as a discussion of various aesthetic principles in audi o
fo llowed by application of these principles in student productions.
Students must have mastered the mechanics of studio and field audio
mixing, recording and editing prior to enrollment. Prerequisites: COM
14 1, 24 1, or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 342. VIDEO : AESTHETICS & APPLICATIONS . This
course is designed as a discussion of various aesthetic principles in
video fo llowed by application of these principles in student
produced programming. Students must have mastered the mechanics of shooti ng and editing video tape prior to enrollment in this
course. Prerequisites: COM 142, COM 242. (3 crs.)
COM 350. PERSUASION. Methods of changing attitudes and
behaviors through communication; analysis of individuals,
audiences, occasions, and subjects for persuasive appeals. Study of
logical and psychological arrangements and the ethics of persuading
and being persuaded. Preparation of persuas ive speeches. Prerequisites: COM IO I or 250 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 355. BROADCAST MANAGEMENT. Development of a
working knowledge of the managerial structures of broadcast
organizati on. Prerequisite: COM 240. (3 crs.)
156
California University of Pennsylvania
COM 360. APPRECIATIO OF FILM. Preparation for intelligent
response to cinema. Discussion of the screen play, director, and
actor. Critical evaluation of outstanding films of the past and
present. (3 crs.)
COM 370. PUBLIC COMMUNICATION LAW AND POLICY.
This course examines the meaning of the speech and press clauses
of the First Amendment and the application of those clauses to the
fo rmulation of public communication policy. It considers electronic
media policy formulation in the area of commercial speech,
contemporary speech controversies, privacy, public interest, and
evolving communication technologies, from the perspectives of
statute limitations, court constitutional interpretations, common law,
regulatory mandates, and international treaties. (3 crs .)
COM 401. INTERNATIONAL BROADCAST SYSTEMS. An
overview of world broadcasting systems. It prepares the student to
function as a person with a world view of the field of electronic mass
communication. Prerequisites: COM 355, COM 105. (3 crs.)
COM 410. PROFESSIONAL VIDEO COMMUNICATIONS . The
field of business and institutional video. The course prepares the
student to function as a corporate writer, producer, director, and
editor of desktop videos, video press releases, videoconferences,
training tapes; and other business and institutional videos. Prerequisites: COM 100, COM 105, COM 355. (3 crs.)
COM 438. PUBLIC RELATIONS CAMPAIGN MANAGEMENT.
Seeks to increase understanding of the management of public
relations campaigns by integrating communications theory with
professional practice. Special attention is given to techniques for
designing, implementing and evaluating effective campaign
strategies for clients. Prerequisites: COM 203, COM 303. (3 crs.)
COM 429. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN COMMUNICATION.
Independent study and reporting of topics of interest to the student
but not avai lable in scheduled courses. (Variable crs.)
COM 445. RADIO AND TELEVISION IN A FREE SOCIETY. A
study of the rights and obligations of the mass media producer,
purveyor, and audience. Prerequisite: COM 105 or permission of
the instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 459. COMMUNICATIONS STUDIES INTERNSHIP.
Opportunities for practical, professional communication work and
field experiences in various off-campus settings. Internships are to
be j ointly administered by an on-site supervisor and the departmental internship supervisor. (Variable crs .)
COM 461. COMMUNICATION CRITICISM. The study and
application of the methods and critical perspectives used in
communication criticism. Students wilJ critique a wide range of
communication artifacts which may include speeches, advertisements, films, and the messages of public relations. (3 crs.)
COM 463. MEDIA CRITICISM. The study of critical approaches
to audio, video and cinematic texts. Emphasis on the discussion and
application of approaches that examine: the meaning of media texts,
the author's role in producing media texts, the impact of media texts
on audiences, and the impact of the social and cultural milieu on the
creative and criti cal process. Prerequisites: COM 105. (3 crs.)
COM 481. COMMUNICATION RESEARCH TECHNIQUES. This
course is intended to provide an introduction to and practice in the
construction of research that is appropriate to the student's area of
interest in Communication Studies. It seeks to provide basic research
skills to those anticipating graduate studies, and to those anticipating
employment in areas of Communication Studies. Prerequisites:
Major, junior standing or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 484. PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND PROBLEMS. This
is the capstone course for students in the public relations option. It
seeks to develop analytical skills so that graduates may function in
the four primary roles of the public relations practitioner: l . monitor
of public opinion and change, 2. voice of the corporate conscience,
3. advocate for organizations, and 4. monitor of organizational
policies and programs. Prerequisite: COM 438 or permission of
instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 490. COMMUNICATION THEORY. A seminar in which the
theories of human communication are analyzed, debated and
evaluated. (3 crs.)
CSC - Computer Science
CSC 201. DOS, WINDOWS, INTERNET. This primarily hands-on
course will review computer system concepts, develop the nonmajor's proficiency, introduce the student to all facets of the
Internet, and develop students proficiency in web page design and
publishing. Prerequisite: CSC l Ol or permission of the instructor,
(3 crs.)
CSC 205. VISUAL BASIC. This course uses a visual programming
language for Window and is designed for the beginning course in
visual programming. It is an object-oriented/event driven language,
designed to teach programming concepts related to a Windows
skills and file management. (3 crs.)
CSC 218. COBOL I. An introduction to the essential elements of
the COBOL language using well structured programming techniques. Students are required to write COBOL programs and run
them on the university's mainframe VAX system or on PC's.
Students will write and execute report programs, control break
programs, data validation programs that implement tables. Good
analysis, design and structure will be emphasized. Prerequisites:
CSC 120. (3 crs.)
CSC IO l. MICROCOMPlITER AND APPLICATION SOFIWARE.
An introductory study of microcomputers and how to use them. The
major topics include computer literacy, use of an MS-DOS microcomputer, and an introduction to and laboratory hands-on use of selected
microcomputer applications software packages. (3 crs.)
CSC 223. C PROGRAMMING. This course builds on CSC 120. It
gives the student a thorough understanding of the C language so that
the student will develop the ability to program well in the C language.
Emphasis is placed on efficient software development using structured
programming techniques. Students are required to run programs using
an appropriate version of C. Prerequisite: CSC 120. (3 crs.)
CSC 105. BASIC PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE. This course will
provide the student with the knowledge to write well structured, modular
programs on a personal computer. It assumes no prior knowledge of
computers or programming. The fundamentals of programming are
taught in a style consistent with current thinking in the computing field.
Prerequisites: High school algebra or equivalent. (3 crs.)
CSC 224. FORTRAN. The FORTRAN language will be studied.
Most of the major programming constructs of FORTRAN will be
covered including assignment statements, loops, decisions,
subprograms, arrays, character manipulation and file processing.
Comparisons with other languages will be made and documentation
of programs will be emphasized. Prerequisites: CSC 120. (3 crs.)
CSC 120. PROBLEM SOLVING AND PROGRAMMING CONSTRUCTIONS. Basic literacy of computers, introduce the operation of
the VAX and DOS computers, present problem solving heuristics and
structured programming techniques, present language independent data
types, operations, prograpuning constructs and statements, introduce
arrays and linked lists, and implement fundamental programs using an
appropriate programming language. Prerequisites: High school algebra or
equivalent. (3 crs.)
CSC 300. COMPUTER OPERATIONS. This course is designed for
the computer science major who is looking for a general overview
of computers, how they operate, how they store and use information, and how peripheral equipment associated with the computer
world operates. Students will be given "hands-on" experiences to
enhance their knowledge of computers. Prerequisites: At least two
computer science courses. (3 crs.)
CSC 123. INTRODUCTION TO COMPlITER SCIENCE WITH
PASCAL. An introduction to computers, algorithms, and programs.
Emphasis is on efficient program design using structured programming
methods. Students are required to write and test programs on the main
frame VAX system or on microcomputers. Prerequisites: One year of
high school algebra or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
CSC 199. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE.
Designed for the Associate Degree person majoring in computer science,
this course will enable the student to apply her/his knowledge of
computers to the real world of computer technology. The field experience
will provide the student with an opportunity to see and work with many
aspects of computers in the work place and should enhance the student's
job opportunities when the student graduates. Prerequisites: Students
should have completed 32 credits with a good QPA plus sufficient
background to meet the needs of the field experience in which they will
be participating. (3 crs.)
CSC 309. SURVEY OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH. A survey of
the operations research (also known as management science or
quantitative analysis) tools that are available to help a manager
make better decisions, this course encompasses a number of
mathematically oriented techniques that have been developed for/
adapted to management problems in the areas of private industry,
education, military, health care, and government applications.
Mathematical modeling techniques will be studied in both lecture
and microcomputer laboratory session formats. Prerequisite: CSC
101, (MAT 181 or 182), (MAT 215 or MAT 225), ECO 201 , MAT
272 is recommended. (3 crs.)
CSC 316. LOGIC AND SWITCHING THEORY OF THE
COMPUTER. An in-depth study of Boolean algebra and its
application to switching and gating networks. Prerequisites: MAT
272. Recommended courses: MAT 273 or MAT 281 and CSC 323.
(3 crs.)
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
157
rJ'J. CSC 318. COBOL II. This course is a continuation of COBOL I
0
CSC 400. OPERATING SYSTEMS. An introductory study of the
main elements of an operating system-memory management,
process management, device management, and file management.
Prerequisites: CSC 323 -Co-requisite CSC 378. (3 crs.)
~
CSC 405 . DATA COMMUNICATIONS . A study of the theory,
implementation procedures, and problems associated with data
communications. Prerequisite: CSC 378 and CSC 400, MAT 272
and MAT 341. (3 crs.)
emphasizing sequential and indexed files , disk storage, table
handling, subprograms, Ubrary copy faciUties, interactive processing, sorting, character manipulation and debugging. Top-down
~ design and principles of structured programming permeate the
~ course. File editing, file updating and file maintenance programs are
~ covered in detail. Prerequisite: MAT 218 (3 crs.)
Z
CSC 323. ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING. A study
~ of the VAX Assembly language and some concepts related to the
U architecture and operations of the VAX computer. Programs will be
rJ'J.
~
Q
written and implemented using the instructions in this assembly
language. Constructs, such as_s~lection, looping, and subprograms,
will be implemented. Prerequisite: CSC 316 and CSC 377. (3 crs.)
r'T'1 CSC 324. COMPUTER GRAPHICS. An introduction to "state of
~ the art" computer graphics software. Lecture and laboratory
~ sessions will use this software in _the development ~f advanced
~ graphics concepts. Hardware devices will also be discussed.
~ Prerequisites: CSC 323. (3 crs.)
0
u
CSC 333. OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING. An introduction to object-oriented programming. Object-oriented ?ffers a
natural method for designing software systems that build on the
concepts of data abstraction, information hiding, and modularity.
Prerequisites: CSC 396. (3 crs.)
CSC 357. HYPERMEDIA AND CAI. The design, development, and
evaluation of instructional software. Students will learn two software
authoring systems, HyperCard on the Macintosh and Too!Book on
the IBM, in order to design CAI. Prerequisites: CSC 120. (3 crs.)
CSC 375. SYSTEMS ANALYSIS. This project course in systems
analysis experientially introduces the student to some of the basic
concepts and tools of system analysis, within the competitive American
free-enterprise system. This course introduces the "real world" to future
data processing professionals who must also be familiar with "system's
concepts" : how to analyze a business's additional data processing
needs, and then how to design and implement an appropriate computer
system (both hardware and software) at minimum cost and maximum
information processing power. Recommended Courses : CSC 101
CSC 456, MGT 201 , MGT 371 , ENG 217, and PSY 326 or Permission of the Instructor. (3 crs.)
CSC 377. INFORMATION STRUCTURES. The design, use, and
programming of stacks, queues, linked lists, binary trees, and
sorting and searching methods are discussed in this course. The
analysis of algorithms will be considered as well as the applications
of data structures. Prerequisites: MAT 272, CSC 223 . (3 crs.)
CSC 378. COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE. An in-depth study of the
organization of the central processing unit, control unit, instructions
formats, and addressing schemes of digital computers. Extensive
emphasis is placed on the translation of assembly language instructions into their microsequence operations within the control unit and
the interconnection which form the central processing unit and the
digital computer. Prerequisite: CSC 323. (3 crs.)
CSC 396. SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. An introduction to
software engineering through the use of the Ada programming
language. Students will study software requirements, specifications,
design, module coding and testing, integration and software
maintenance. Prerequisites: CSC 223. (3 crs.)
158
California University of Pennsylvania
CSC 410. LISP PROGRAMMING. An introduction to LISP (List
Processing) as a vehicle for encoding intelligence-exhibiting
processes. Topics include a survey of lamda calculus and recursive
function theory. Prerequisites: CSC 377. (3 crs.)
CSC 419. COMPUTER SCIENCE INTERNSHIP This course is
designed for the computer science major who is seeking work in the
computer science area. This intern experience will enable the student to
apply her/his knowledge of computers in the work place. The internship
will provide the student with the valuable computer experience that
should enhance the student's job opportunities upon graduation.
Prerequisites: Students should have completed 64 credits with a good
QPA plus have sufficient background to meet the needs of the particular
internship in which they will be participating. (1-15 crs.)
CSC 420. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE. This course offers a
selective survey of key concepts and applications of artificial
intelligence, and an in-depth experience with a language commonly
used for building Al systems. Prerequisite: CSC 410. (3 crs.)
CSC 424. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. In this course, various
mathematical concepts relating to the computer are investigated.
These concepts include: roundoff errors and computer arithmetic;
numerical instability ; error analysis and estimation; approximation;
Gaussian elimination and pivoting strategies for linear systems;
numerical integration and solution of differential equations.
Prerequisites : CSC 377, MAT 273, MAT 341. (3 crs.)
CSC 455 . STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES. In
this course, the power and limitations of algebraic languages, string
manipulation languages and interactive languages will be studied.
Also, Object-oriented programming languages will be discussed.
Prerequisite: CSC 377. (3 crs.)
CSC 456. DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS. The design,
motivation, implementation, and application of data base management
systems. There is an intense study of the design of data bases including
the normaUzation of the files of a data base. Techniques of updating
and retrieving from data bases are learned using several commercially
available data base management systems and hands-on experience is
gained in at least one of them. Prerequisite: CSC 218 or Permission of
the Instructor. (3 crs.)
CSC 460. LANGUAGE TRANSLATION. This course studies the
design and construction of compilers. Lexical analysis, syntactic analysis,
and code generation are investigated in detail. Language design,
interpreters, semantic analysis, intermediate code generation, and code
optimization are also considered. Prerequisite: CSC 323. (3 crs.)
CSC 475 . THEORY OF LANGUAGES. An introduction to abstract
machine theory, combinational systems, computable functions, and
formal linguistics. Topics include finite-state machines, regular sets,
Turing machines, Chomsky hierarchy grammars and languages.
Emphasis is on surveying basic topics and developing an intuitive
understanding in the theory of languages. Prerequisites: CSC 377
and CSC 318. (3 crs.)
CSC 485. SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. This
course allows the student under the guidance of an instructor the
opportunity to independently study topics or concepts not ordinarily
covered in other courses. The course depends on the interests of the
student and the fac ulty member instructing it. Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
CSC 496. SEMINAR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. For the hi ghly
moti vated student wishing to develop certai n topics in Computer
Science found in current journals. Topics to be developed in this
course are chosen by the student under the guidance of the
instructor. This class does not meet regul arly; it meets by arrangement between the student and the instructor. Prerequisite: Minimum
of 2 1 hours in computer science course work and permission of the
department chair and permission of the instructor. ( 1 to 3 crs.)
DMA - Developmental Mathematics (see MAT)
EAS - Earth Science
EAS 100. INTRODUCTION TO EARTH SCIENCE. This
introductory course is designed to acquai nt the student with the four
general areas of earth science: astronomy, geology, meteorol ogy,
and oceanography. The course consists of two hours of lecture and
one hour of lab work. (3 crs.)
EAS 13 1. INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY.
This course deals with the interaction between man and his geologic
environment. Emphasis is placed on the un derstanding of bas ic
geologic principles and case studies of some of the classic examples
of environmental problems. Laboratory exercises and problems are
an integral part of the course. Thi s is intended as a survey course
and a student needs only a limited background in geology. (3 crs.)
EAS 150. INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGY. A survey course
intended primarily for the non-science major. Topics considered
include the make-up of the earth, internal and extern al processes
that occur within or on the earth, rocks and minerals, foss ils, earth 's
origin and evol ution, and the origin and evolution of life on this
planet. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (4 crs.)
EAS 160. PHYS ICAL GEOGRAPHY. The study of the physical
aspects of hum an environment including climate, soils, water,
vegetati on, and topography. Map reading and map air photo
interpretati on are also treated. (3 crs.)
EAS 163. INTRODUCTION TO OCEANOGRAPHY. An introductory course in the study of the fo ur main branches of oceanography:
( I) Geology of the oceanic basins (origins of the oceans, structure
and geomorphology of the ocean's floor, methods of investi gati on);
(2) Chemistry of the ocean waters; (3) Physics of the oceans
(currents, waves, tides, etc.); (4) Biology of the oceans (marine
plants and animals). No preliminary studies required but previous
course work in EAS 100 or EAS 150 recommended. (3 crs.)
EAS 166. GEOLOGY OF PENNSYLVANIA. A survey of the
Commonwealth 's geologic setting, geologic history, and mineral
resources. There are no prerequisites . Students will be introduced to
the necessary geologic concepts and terminology. Students are
expected to participate in at least three of the fo ur pl anned fi eld
trips. (3 crs.)
EAS 170. AREAL GEOLOGY. Thi s course involves travel to
selected points of geologic interest in the Rocky Mountains and
Great Plains of the western part of the United States. Most activities
will be in field situations. Activities will foc us on rock, mineral, and
foss il identificati on, topographic map interpretation, and the role of
geologic processes in landfo rm development. (3 crs.)
EAS 200. HISTORICAL GEOLOGY. A study of the geologic history
of Earth and the succession of the major groups of plants and animals
as based on the geologic interpretation of rock form ati ons and foss il s.
Field trips are an integral part of the course. (4 crs.)
EAS 202. HYDROLOGY. A survey course about the existence of
water on Earth. Topics include the occurrence and movement of
water, physical and chemical characteristics of water and
climatologic and geologic considerations of surface ~d sub-surface
water. (3 crs.)
EAS 2 10. SOILS . The study of the distribution of the soils of the
earth, their characteristics, and how they developed. Emphasis will
be placed upon the relati onship between man and the soils of a
given environment. (3 crs.)
EAS 232. EARTH RESOURCES. An introductory course in metallic
and nonmetallic resources with emphasis on the nature of minerals,
the Lithosphere, and economic uses of earth resources. (3 crs.)
EAS 241. METEOROLOGY. The phys ics of the atmosphere as
influenced by the earth-atmosphere interaction. The effects of the
physical controls as they alter the elements are emphasized. The
construction and analysis of weather maps are an integral part of the
course. (3 crs.)
EAS 242. CLIMATOLOGY. In this course the elements and
controls of climate are analyzed in a systematic fas hi on. Various
methods and techniques of classify ing climates are presented. The
climate of each continent is regionalized and the fac tors whi ch
produce the climatic patterns are investi gated. (3 crs.)
EAS 250. SYNOPTIC METEOROLOGY. An examinati on of the
development and structure of large-scale weather systems and
fronts. Emphas is on the technique of analyzing an d forecasting
synoptic scale weather situations. (3 crs.)
EAS 255 . REMOTE SENSING. This course emphas izes the
characteristics and scientific ro le of aerial photo, radar, and satell ite ~
image mterpretat10n, as well as computer assisted processing of
' .I.
spectral data acquired from aircraft and satellites as they relate to
earth and atmospheric resource analysis. (3 crs.)
0
rj
EAS 264. SCENIC AREAS OF THE UNITED STATES. Thi s
course provides an analysis of the physical setting of some scenic
areas in the United States. The focus is on diffe rences in soils,
vegetati on, climates and landforms in sceni c areas with special
emphas is given to natu ral history. (3 crs.)
~
00
~
~
~
EAS_270. SCENIC AREAS OF _T HE W_ORLD. Thi s course
provides an analysis of the physical settmg of sceni c areas of the
~
world. The foc us 1s on di ffe rences m soil s, vegetati on, climates, and , .I.
landforms with special emph asis given to natural history. (3 crs.)
~
~
EAS 27 1. CARTOGRAPHY. A laboratory course designed to
~
acquaint the student with the nature and fun ction of maps, incl uding ~
concepts of scales and cartographic symbols; graphic layout and
~
design; and the use of cartographic tools and equipment in map
construction. (3 crs.)
0
Z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
159
00
EAS 273. COMPUTER CARTOGRAPHY. This course provides an
0
data through the use of various computer-based technologies. The
focus is centered upon the cartographic representation of surface
data through the use of a personal-computer based program. (3 crs.)
Z analysis of different methods and techniques of representing spatial
~
=--- EAS 302. FIELD WORK IN HYDROLOGY. This course is designed
~ as a follow-up course to Hydrology. It gives students the opportunity
~
to apply hydrologic principles and techniques in field settings. Topics
U are selected in consultation with the instructor. (3 crs.)
~
EAS 304. CARBONATE GEOLOGY. A study of carbonate deposi-
~ lion, lithification, and diagenesis. Includes chemical sedimentology,
Q
r. . . .i
~
00
textural classification, cyclicity of shelf strata, facies interpretation for
oil exploration, and correlation. Lab component. Prerequisites: EAS
200 and EAS 421. (3 crs.)
~ EAS 331. MINERALOGY. An introduction to the morphology and
~
~
0
U
EAS 375. MAP AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY INTERPRETATION. This course covers the composition and interpretation of
aerial photographs and various types of maps. Students will learn
how to interpret photos and maps for quantitative and qualitative
information on natural and anthropogenic features. Some of the
work requires independent and group interpretation of maps,
photographic slides of satellite imagery, computer processed and
enhanced images, and SLAR imagery. (3 crs.)
internal structure of crystals and the chemical and physical characteristics of minerals. Laboratory time is devoted to the study of crystal
models and the identification of selected mineral specimens. (3 crs.)
EAS 332. PETROLOGY. A complete survey of the major rock types
(igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic) forms the basis of this
course. Consideration is given to their origin, description, and
classification. Of particular importance is the relationship of the various
rock types to the composition and historical development of the solid
earth. Laboratory component emphasizes hand specimen identification,
but some microscopic thin section work is also done. (3 crs.)
EAS 341 . FIELD WORK IN METEOROLOGY. A field-oriented
course designed as a follow-up to basic meteorology. The course is
concerned with the use of meteorological instruments to measure local
weather conditions, plotting and analyzing these conditions. Other
weather problems and library research are part of the course. (3 crs.)
EAS 342. DYNAMIC METEOROLOGY. An in-depth examination
of the forces and laws that govern atmospheric flow. Topics
investigated and analyzed include scale analyses, geostropic and
gradient wind models, vorticity, vertical motion and boundary layer
dynamics. (3 crs.)
EAS 343. GEOMORPHOLOGY. This course involves the study of the
origin, history, and characteristics of landforms and landscapes as they
are produced by the processes of weathering, mass-wasting, flu vial,
glacial, wind, and wave erosion (or a combination of these) acting upon
the geological materials and structures of Earth's crust. (3 crs.)
EAS 350. MICROPALEONTOLOGY. Micropaleontology deals
with the essential biological and geological principles which are
basic to all paleontological studies. In addition, considerable time is
devoted to the study and identification of various microfossil
groups. Consideration is also given to the origin of life and to its
preservation in ancient Precambrian rocks. Laboratory work is
emphasized. Problems to be solved are similar to those that would
be encountered in the petroleum industry. (3 crs.)
EAS 372. FIELD MAPPING. This is a field-oriented course in
which the student will learn proper use of measuring and mapping
instruments and the techniques used in the construction of basic
maps. (3 crs.)
EAS 373. STATISTICAL CARTOGRAPHY. The statistical approach to
cartographic representation. Methods of data manipulation, problems of
symbolization and techniques of presentation are emphasized. (3 crs.)
160
California University of Pennsylvania
EAS 421. SEDIMENTOLOGY. An advanced course that deals with
the detailed analysis of sediments and sedi mentary rocks. Both
qualitative and quantitative techniques are utili_zed to derive the
maximum information from rock samples. This information relates
to the erosional, transportational and depositional history of rocks.
To the greatest extent possible, the student works independently
through a complete set of problems. (3 crs.)
EAS 422. STRATIGRAPHY. In this course a study is made of the
basic principles governing the origin, interpretation, correlation,
classification, and naming of stratified rock units. The gross
stratigraphy of the United States is considered, with particu lar
emphasis placed on the rocks of the Pennsylvanian System. (3 crs.)
EAS 425. STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY. The primary and secondary
structures of rock masses and their formation are covered in this
course. Actual structures are examined in the field . Geologic maps
are utilized. (3 crs.)
EAS 430. OPTICAL MINERALOGY. An in-depth examination of
the optical behavior of mineral crystals in polarized light with
emphasis on identification. (3 crs.)
EAS 436. FIELD METHODS IN EARTH SCIENCE. This is a
course designed to provide majors with knowledge of problems
encountered in field work and the techniques utili zed to solve these
problems. This course consists of planned trips. Lectures and
discussions are used to supplement the trips. (3 crs.)
EAS 437. FIELD METHODS IN GEOLOGY. This is a course
designed to provide students with a knowledge of geologic problems
encountered in field work and the techniques utilized to solve those
problems. The student is exposed to geologic and topographic maps as
well as various geologic instruments. The course consists of planned
trips to areas of geologic interest. Summary reports, field exercises, and
laboratory problems constitute the students' work responsibility. (3 crs.)
EAS 463. SEMINAR IN OCEANOGRAPHY. This seminar is
designed for those who wish to improve their scientifi c writing
abilities and to learn more about the oceans. The course is built
around an excursion to sites of oceanographic interest, library
information and data collection, the writing of both short and long
papers and the presentation of research. (3 crs.)
EAS 464. SEMINAR IN METEOROLOGY. A scientific writing course
in which the student pursues a meteorologic topic through library or field
research. Students learn to define a problem, to obtain relevant literature,
to gather data, and to write and defend a research paper. (3 crs.)
EAS 491. FIELD COURSE IN EARTH SCIENCE. This course is
designed for Earth Science students who desire to appl y their
classroom knowledge to specific sites and earth science field
problems. Each semester will include trips to various sites at whi ch
geologic, meteorological, or oceanographic processes, principles,
and phenomena can be studied. (Variable crs.)
EAS 492. FIELD COURSE IN GEOLOGY. This course provides
advanced geology students with opportunities to study geology in
situ. Field trips to classic and less well known sites will be incorporated with lectures, data collection, and scientific reporting. Laboratory exercises will reflect field experiences. (Variable crs.)
EAS 494. GEOLOGY WORKSHOP. Provides the student with a
variety of geologic experiences. Included are lectures, laboratory
exercises, field work, and problems. To the greatest extent possible,
the course also is tailored to meet the needs of individual students.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. (Variable crs.)
EAS 495. SEMINAR IN EARTH SCIENCE. A scientific writing
course in which the student pursues a earth science topic through
library or field research. Students learn to define a problem, to
obtain relevant literature, to gather data, and to write and defend a
research paper. (3 crs.)
EAS 496. SEMINAR IN GEOLOGY. A scientific writing course in
which the student pursues a geologic topic through library or field
research. Students learn to define a geologic problem, to obtain
relevant literature, to gather raw data and to write and present a
research paper. (3 crs.)
EAS 498. INTERNSHIP IN GEOLOGY. The student combines
academic theory with practical on-the-job experience by spending
up to a full semester in one of several state or local governmental
agencies. The practicum can be taken for from 3 to 17 credits and
includes supervision by the participating agency as well as
performance evaluation by the academic advisor. Prerequisite:
Geology majors. (Variable crs.)
EAS 527. TECTONICS. To evaluate tectonic theories within a
framework of worldwide historical geology, but special attention is
given to the Appalachian and the North American Cordilleran
orogenic events. (3 crs.)
EAS 528. QUANTITATIVE APPLICATIONS IN EARTH
SCIENCE. An upper-level course designed to provide students
opportunity to apply various procedures to the solution of geologic
problems. (3 crs.)
EAS 541. ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY. This
course deals with man's natural environment, particularly geologic
factors that may impact upon his life or his way of life. Emphasis is
placed on an in-depth study of environmental problems and possible
alternative solutions to such problems. Basic engineering principles
as applied to geological problems are considered. Laboratory
exercises, problems, and written reports are an integral part of the
course. (3 crs.)
EAS 547. RESERVOIR EVALUATION. The purpose of this course
is to analyze in detail rocks which serve for the storage and
ultimately for the production of petroleum. The characteristics of
these rocks will be studied in hand specimen, in thin section, in
cores, and on well logs. Laboratory work and problem solving are
emphasized. (3 crs.)
EAS 550. REGIONAL CLIMATOLOGY. An advanced course that
deals with the application of various analytical methods and
classification systems in climatology. The Koppen classification of
climates is stressed. The climate patterns of each continent and the
factors which produce them are investigated. Prerequisite: EAS 242
or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
EAS 551 . INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. This course
involves a detailed study of fossil representatives of the various
invertebrate phyla as well as a consideration of the more important
of these as index fossils. Emphasis is on laboratory exercises and
problem solving. It is hoped that this course will prove to be of
interest to students in biology as well as those in geology. (3 crs.)
EAS 563. COASTAL GEOMORPHOLOGY AND MARINE
RESOURCES. A study of the physical processes that shape coastal
landforms and the pelagic and neritic resources of the oceans.
Topics include longshore transport, wave action, swash zone
dynamics, estuarine and deltaic geomorphology, ferromanganese
and petroleum resources, and beach structure. Prerequisite: EAS
163 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
ECE - Early Childhood Education
ECE 203. FIELD EXPERIENCES WITH INFANTS, TODDLERS,
AND PRESCHOOLERS. This course is intended to provide the
student with an introduction to working with young children ages
infancy through five, by providing field experiences in infant/
toddler day care centers and preschool centers (day care, Head
Start, or nursery school). The student observes, plans activities, and
prepares learning materials for children in group settings. Lectures
and classroom teaching are combined to give students an opportunity to discover their aptitude for and interest in working with very
young children. Prerequisites: EDF 290, PSY 208 . (3 crs.)
ECE 302. EMERGING LITERACY. The purpose of this course is
to prepare early childhood students to become facilitators of early
literacy learning. The content of this class deals with concepts of
emerging literacy and instruction in language arts strategies for
children from infancy throughout the primary grades. (3 crs.)
ECE 304 . THEMATIC TEACHING IN EARLY CHILDHOOD.
This course introduces a thematic approach to teaching integrated
curricula and focuses on teaching science, social studies, and health
concepts. Students will gain understanding and ski ll in developing
and implementing thematic units. (3 crs.)
ECE 315. MATHEMATICAL CONTENT IN EARLY CHILDHOOD. The student is introduced to how mathematics develops in
the very young child and how to assess this development. The
student is introduced to the teaching of arithmetic, measurement,
and geometry to the young child. Skills and understandings that
children acquire from infancy to age eight are covered. (3 crs.)
ECE 319. PARENT AND COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT IN
EDUCATION. This course emphasizes the role of parents and
community in the framework of educational planning for young
children. The student will demonstrate ski lls in planning education
workshops. Students will use interview and conferencing techniques to learn from parents and community people actively
involved in programs for children. (3 crs.)
ECE 405. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION SEMINAR. This
course investigates how young children have been viewed and
educated by society throughout history. The present-day circumstances of children and families are studied. Students receive
background in how to work together with parents, communities,
other professionals, and policy-makers to ensure quality, developmentally-appropriate education for young children. Prerequisites:
EDF 290, PSY 208. (3 crs.)
a
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
161
rJ)_ ECO - Economics
z
ECO 100. ELEMENTS OF ECONOMICS. An introduction to the
elements of economic analysis, structured particularly for the
nonmajor. The student is exposed to the mechanics of the market
~
system and a survey of modem macroeconomic theory and policy.
(3 crs .)
0
E-i
~
~
~
u
rJ)_
~
Q
~
ECO 200. CURRENT ECONOMIC ISSUES . An application of
contemporary economic principles. Current readings in economics
are examined. Prerequisite: ECO 100 or ECO 201. (3 crs.)
ECO 201. INTRODUCTORY MICROECONOMICS . An introduction to the market mechanism in a modem mixed economy; supply
and demand analysis is applied to consumer markets as well as
resource markets. (3 crs.)
rJ)_ ECO 202. INTRODUCTORY MACROECONOMICS.
~
~
0
u
An introducti on to the determination of national income; problems
of inflation and unemployment; international trade and economic
growth. Emphas is is placed on the roles of monetary and fiscal
policy in the conduct of macroeconomic policy. Prerequisite: ECO
100 or ECO 201 is recommended. (3 crs.)
ECO 242. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS. A study of the legal
framework within which business operates, including the Sherman
Anti-Trust Act, Clayton Act, Robinson-Patmon Act, Federal Trade
Act, and other newer forms of social control regulation. The course
explores the relationships between government and business:
government as regulator, subsidizer, partner, and competition. (3 crs.)
ECO 251. DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN ECONOMY.
A survey of the beginning, development, and growth of the
American economy with emphasis on the business sector. Prerequisite: ECO 100 or ECO 201 or ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 301. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS. An analysis of
the theories of consumer behavior and of firms in the allocation of
resources, and of general price and distribution theory, with
application to current economic issues. Prerequisites: ECO 20 I ,
ECO 202 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
ECO 302. INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS. Analysis of the
determination of national income, employment and price levels.
Discussion of consumption, investment, inflation, and government
fiscal and monetary policy. Prerequisite: ECO 201 , ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 304. MONEY AND BANKING. Relation of money and credit
to economic activity and prices; impact of public policy in financial
markets and for goods and services; policies, structure and the
functions of the Federal Reserve System; organization, operations,
and functions of the commercial banking system, as related to
questions of economic stability and public policy. Prerequi sites:
ECO 201 , ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 307. STATE AND LOCAL FINANCE. Principles and
problems of financing state and local governments. Topics include
taxation, expenditures, intergovernmental grants, and governmental
fi scal relations. Prerequisite: ECO 100 or equivalent. (3 crs.)
ECO 31 l. LABOR ECONOMICS . An introduction to labor
economics, theories of the labor movement, the American labor
movement, wage and employment theory, comparative labor
movements and trade union impact on wages, prices, and national
income. Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202. (3 crs.)
162
California University of Pennsylvania
ECO 320. MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS. A course designed to
enable Economics and Business majors to understand the simpler
aspects of mathematical economics. Relationships of functions and
graphs, simultaneous equations, maximization techniques, and
those parts of algebra and calculus required for economic analysis
are presented. Prerequisites: ECO 201 , ECO 202 and MAT 181 or
MAT 182. (3 crs.)
ECO 322. MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS . A survey of analytical
techniques available to the modern business manager. Topics
include economics for managers, business forecasting, cost and
production functions, industrial pricing, profit planning, business
decision making. Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202, ECO 320 or a
course in calculus. (3 crs.)
ECO 331. REGIONAL ECONOMICS. An introduction to regional
analysis: theories of city locations and hierarchies, industrial
location patterns, land-use patterns, the short-run impact of
industrial change upon employment in one community and on longrun differentials of per capita income between regions. Prerequisite:
ECO I00 or ECO 20 l or ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 342_. ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS. Environmental
pollution, failure of the market system, and optimum resource
allocation; levels of pollution abatement and public policy; energy
and public policy. Prerequisite: ECO 201, ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 351. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS. An analysis
of the institutional structure of each type of economy and understanding of the reasons for the similarities and differences of
institutional structures by comparing capitalist, socialist, and
communist economic systems. Prerequisites: ECO 100 or ECO 201
or ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 379. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ECONOMICS . This course is
designed to meet th e changing interests of students and facu lty.
Topics vary in response to those interests. Prerequisites: ECO 201,
ECO 202 or permission of instructor. (Variable crs.)
ECO 401. INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION. Analysis of market
structure and its relation to market performance, changing structure
of U.S. industry, and pricing policies in different industrial
classifications of monopoly and competition in relation to the
problems of public policy. Prerequisite: ECO 20 I. (3 crs .)
ECO 405 . PUBLIC FINANCE. A study of the role of federal, state,
and local governments in meeting public wants. Topics include
analysis of tax theory and policy, government expenditures, public
debt management, government budgeting, benefit cost analysis and
income redistribution . Prerequisites: ECO 201 , ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 421. APPLIED ECONOMETRICS . The formu lation,
estimation and testing of economic models. Topics include single
variable and multiple variable regression techniques, estimation of
lagged relationships, use of dummy variables, problems of
multicolinearity and autocorrelation and system of equations.
Prerequisites: MAT 225 , ECO 20 1 and ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 431. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS . A descriptive and
theoretical analysis of international trade, balance of payment
accounts, comparative costs, mechanisms of international financial
relations. Prerequisites: ECO 20 I, ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 433. ECONOMICS OF GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT.
Understanding of the obstac les to economi c growth, req uirements
for growth, and other topics related to economi c growth in underdeveloped countri es. Prerequisites: ECO 20 1, ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 451. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT. An ex tensive
survey of the development of economic thought from ancient times
to the present stressing the contributions of Smith, Ricardo, Marx,
Marshall and Key nes. Thi s course should be taken quite late in the
undergradu ate career. Prerequisites: ECO 20 I, ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 479. HONORS COURSE IN ECONOMICS. Integrated
reading under staff direction. Selected topics are investigated and
written reports are submitted. Prerequisites: ECO 20 1, ECO 202 or
permission of instructor. The course is repeatable fo r one time if
course content is different. (3 crs.)
ECO 490. COMMUNITY RESOURCES WORKSHOP. A
workshop th at exposes teachers to various co mmunity resources and
encourages their implementati on into educational programs.
Emphasis is placed on the eco nomi c aspects of community life with
approximately twenty-five hours of classroom eco nomi cs suppl ementing numerous field trips and lectures. This is not a repeatable
course. Prerequisites: Senior standing or college degree. (6 crs.)
ECO 492. ECONOMICS INTERNS HIP. The student is placed with
a business firm, a bank, an industri al firm , a government office, a
health care facil ity or a simil ar institution fo r on-the-job experiences
related to classroom course work. This course should be taken quite
late in the undergradu ate career. Credit hours will range from one to
12 depending upon the nature of the particul ar ass ignment.
Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor. A
maximum of 12 credits can be used toward the co mpl etion of
degree. (Vari able crs .)
microteaching, the students will learn how to plan for and utilize
strategies based on research in effective teaching and in the cognitive and
affective development of children. (3 crs.)
EDE 300. LANGUAGE AND LITERACY IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL I. This is the first in a series of two required courses that
examine the development of literacy in elementary-age children. Students
are taught how to teach reading, writing, listening, and speaking skills
using an integrated approach, consistent with the constructivist theory of
teaching and learning. Theoretical orientations to several approaches of
literacy instruction are introduced, analyzed, and evaluated. Practical
implications of these theories are examined in detail, and students are
expected to demonstrate strategies through the use of microteaching, as
well as in field work. (3 crs.)
EDE 305. MATHEMATICAL CONTENT AND METHOD IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Emphasis is on understanding children's
cognitive development and perception and their work with mathematics.
To accomplish this it is suggested that students work with children. The
professor demonstrates learning activities appropriate to the developmental and academic levels of children. As time permits, and on the basis of
the experiences gained through observing and working with children,
critical analyses of commercial arithmetic materials and texts, as well as
recent trends and current projects in arithmetic, will be considered.
Prerequisites: 32 college credits, nine natural science credits. (3 crs.)
EDE 306. TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES FOR ELEMENTARY GRADES. The foundations of the social studies are
examined. Instructi onal strategies for the constructivist classroom
will be emphas ized. Attention will be given to current trends and
the present status of social studies. Prerequisites: 32 college credits,
nine social science credits. (3 crs.)
EDE - Elementary Education
EDE 307. SCIENCE FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. This
course is designed to acquaint students with the history of science
curricula, the content of science, and the process of science
teaching. The instructor will generate enthusiasm for science,
encourage scientific inquiry, demonstrate positive attitudes, enhance
appreciation for science and science interests, and model effective
science teaching consistent with the Elementary/Early Childhood
Department 's Constructivist Model for Teaching. Prerequisites: 32
college credits; nine natural science credits . (3 crs.)
EDE 100. READING, STUDY AND LISTENING SKILLS. The
purpose of this course is to develop reading, study, and listening skills at
the college level. Included are suggestions for taking more efficient notes,
time management, locating and utilizing library resources, development
of vocabulary, and improving reading and listening skilJs for college
reading purposes. (3 crs.)
EDE 3 1 I. CHILDREN ' S LITERATURE. This course acquaints the
student with literature avai lable for children and various techniques
that may be employed in elementary classrooms to stimulate
interest in reading and telling stories and poems. Prerequisites: 32 ~
college credits; nine humanities credits. (3 crs .)
~
EDE 205. ART FOR THE ELEMENTARY GRADES. A course
required for Art Education majors. Emphas is is placed on the nature
of creativity and its values in the development of the whole child.
Creativity is given perso nal meaning through the ex plorati on of art
materials and techniques. The ro le of the classroom teacher
teaching art is establi shed. (3crs.)
EDE 320. FIELD EXPERIENCES MIDDLE SCHOOL. The
student receives background and experience in working with
~
intermediate grade children in the classroom. Lectures and
~
classroom teaching experi ences are combined to give the student an ""-'ti
opportunity to di scover an aptitude and interest in working with
~
children. (3 crs.)
EDE 211 . INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES IN ELEMENTARY AND
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course is designed to teach
students a set of teaching behaviors that are related to student achievement in the elementaiy and early childhood classrooms. Topics covered
include: conception of elementary/early childhood curriculum, Bloom's
taxonomy of cognition, questioning and discussion behaviors, utilization
of thinking skilJs, integration of subject areas, inductive and deductive
teaching, observation and assessment of children, cognitive and affective
concerns of children as outlined by Piaget, and content presentation
skills. Through class discussions, practice sessions, role-playing, and
EDE 32 1. FIELD EXPERIENCES ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. The
students receive background and experience in working with
~
elementary grade children in the classroom. Lectures and classroom
teaching experiences are combined to give students an opportunity · -'
to di scover their aptitude and interest in working with young
~
children. (3 crs.)
ECO 495. SEMINAR IN ECONOMICS. An intensive examination
of selected subj ects from the fields of Economics, Management,
Business and Labor Relations. It is a repeatable course if course
content is different. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
(1
0
00
00
Q
=
O
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
163
00 EDE 330. TEACHING IN THE MIDDLE SCHOOL. Successful
Z instruction in the middle school calls for creating an environment
which is responsive to the developmental needs of early adolescents. This course provides the student with an understanding of the
~ overall structure of middle school curriculum and instruction. The
~ historical development, goals, philosophy, and mission of middle
~ level education will be explored. The student will be introduced to a
~ variety to instructional strategies appropriate for the wide diversity
~ of development among middle school students. (3 crs.)
0
u
00
EDE 340. LANGUAGE AND LITERACY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL II. This is the second in a series of two required
~ courses that examine the development of literacy in elementary-age
children. Students review the theoretical bases of an integrated
approach to teaching the language arts. Specific strategies that
~ reflect these theories are then investigated, demonstrated, and
practiced. Such strategies teach children necessary literacy skills
~ through a meaning-centered approach, and emphasize the integra~ tion of all subject areas, as well as the connection between the
ii,,,., language arts modes. Students are expected to demonstrate their
abilities to connect theory to practice in field work. (3 crs.)
Q
00
O
u
EDE 450. ASSESSING CHILDREN' S PERFORMANCE. This
course presents practical methods and techniques for planning,
construction and use of oral, performance, essay, and objective tests
with an assumption that evaluation's role in the teaching/learning
process is both active and fundamental. (3 crs.)
EDE 461 . STUDENT TEACHING. During this course the student is
assigned to work in two classrooms in the public schools. Under
supervision, the student observes and participates in all teaching
activities related to the performance of a teacher's work in the
elementary grades. Besides field work, students attend practicum
class once a week. Discussions are centered around the current
materials utilized in all subject areas. Pennsylvania school laws
relevant to the work of the classroom teacher are analyzed and
discussed. Opportunities are provided to discuss problems encountered by students in their student teaching experiences. Teaching
opportunities are identified and discussed on a weekly basis. (12 crs.)
EDF - Educational Foundations
EDF 290. POLICY STUDIES IN AMERICAN EDUCATION . A
course for prospective teachers designed to study the educational
policy process at all levels, from local school districts to the federal
government, as well as a study of the policies that have shaped
educational practices in today 's schools. Through a critical
examination of a number of timely and interesting developments in
contemporary education, students will relate historical, philosophical and social perspectives to contemporary interpretation. Prerequisite: Must have sophomore standing. (3 crs.)
EDF 30 I. COMPUTERS FOR TEACHERS. This course in educational computing provides the learner with fundamental concepts and
skills that build a foundation for applying computers and other
hardware and software in educational settings. The course focuses on
the computer as an object of instruction, a productivity tool, and an
adjunct to instruction in the classroom. Laboratory assignments
requiring use of the university computer facilities are designed to
provide generalizable and transferable competencies. (3 crs.)
EDF 302. APPLIED INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY. This
course is the study of the principles of selection, use and development of basic and advanced instructional technology. The student
will study "Instructional Systems Technology," and appropriate
media. Laboratory sessions include learning and practicing the
164
Californja Unjversity of Pennsylvania
proper operation of equipment and identifying and solving typical
instructional problems. Prerequisite: EDF 301 Computers for
Teachers or computer literacy by examination. (3 crs.)
EDF 318. FOUNDATIONS OF DEATH AND DYING. The
phenomenon of death and dying in the areas of anthropology,
psychology, philosophy, education, literature, etc. (3 crs.)
EDS - Educational Studies
EDS 300. PROBLEMS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION. This is a
course in professional development which focuses on the practical
problems of teaching and learning in the secondary school. Field
experiences enable student participation in a range of activities
which provide real life experiences with the problems confronting
public school teachers today. (3 crs.)
EDS 430. EDUCATIONAL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS IN
SECONDARY SCHOOLS. A consideration of the simpler
statistical measures, with particular stress on the application to
classroom work and of the principles underlying the construction of
valid, reliable objective tests. Alternative forms of assessment such
as journals, portfolios and cu lturally relevant strategies are also
studied. (3 crs.)
EDS 440. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. The app lication of principles of educational psychology, philosophy, and sociology to the teaching of English in
secondary schools. The course includes both practical techniques of
classroom practice and an investigation of the larger problems of
the profession. Adeq uate prior content courses in English are
necessary to the student undertaking thi s course. (3 crs.)
EDS 445. TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. Methods that may be used in teaching social studies.
Emphasis is placed on the philosophy, objectives, courses of study,
and organization of subject matter for teaching purposes; curriculum materials; procedures; and development. (3 crs.)
EDS 455 . MODERN METHODS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. A
general methods course for those students unable to schedule
specialized methods. Different approaches are modeled, then
students present lessons and experiences. Classroom management
and organization are included as well as extensive utilization of
Information Age Technology. (3 crs.)
EDS 460. TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. To further develop the mathematics required to be an
effective teacher of secondary school mathematics. To acquaint the
student with general procedures in classroom preparation, organization, control and evaluation. To acquaint the student with specific
procedures for developing a problem-solving approach to the
teaching of mathematics. Results of mathematical standards
according to recent research, studies and trends are indicated. The
evaluation and use of technol ogical and visual aids pertaining to
mathematics are considered. (3 crs.)
EDS 461. STUDENT TEACHING AND SCHOOL LAW. This is the
final and most extensive clinical experience. Students are assigned to
a supervising teacher or teaching team at one of our clinical sites. The
students spend full time in classroom teaching for a semester of
fifteen weeks. A university supervi sor observes periodically and a
weekly practicum brings student teachers together to di scuss common
problems and concerns and those aspects of school law pertinent for
classroom teachers. Student teaching is scheduled during either the
fall or spring terms of the senior year. Pass/fail grade. ( 12 crs.)
EDS 465. DEVELOPMENTAL READING IN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Intended to help the prospective teachers of the Secondary
Education academic subject areas develop an understanding and
appreciation of the reading skills needed by their students. Methods
of establishing awareness of general reading needs as well as the
special skills unique to their subject areas are stressed. (2 crs.)
EDS 466. TEACHING MODERN LANGUAGES (K through 12).
The course covers the theory and practice of teaching modem
languages. Instruction in the use of the laboratory is given. Emphasis
is given to the student developing an adequate understanding of the
needs, interests, learning characteristics and motivations of students at
various ages of development, K through 12. (3 crs.)
EDS 467. TEACHING OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS . This course prepares pre-service middle school and
high school science teachers to engage students in understanding
science through personal experience. The course emphasizes
strategies that engage students in active inquiry, collaboration with
peers, and acquiring and using tools of learning in an experiential
learning environment. The approach of the course is experiential,
inquiry-oriented and reflective. Prerequisite: 12 hours of work in
the major field and junior-level status. (3 crs.)
EDS 494. STUDENT TEACHING WORKSHOP. For those
individuals who have had at least one year of teaching experience in
a private school, college, military, etc. Approval by the department
chair and director of student teaching is required. Typically,
students are placed in a public school during the month of May until
the close of the school year (5-6 weeks) in order to determine
competence in a public school setting for state certification. (6 crs.)
EDU - Education
EDU 210. TEACHING IN A MULTI-CULTURAL SOCIETY. The
development of intergroup-interpersonal awareness to promote a
better understanding of different races, sexes, religious beliefs,
national origins, and socio-economic backgrounds found in our
multicultural society. Emphasis on developing the awareness,
knowledge skill and competency needed for positive human
relationships. (3crs.)
EDU 340. MAINSTREAMING EXCEPTIONAL LEARNERS .
This course is designed to prepare educational personnel with the
information and skills necessary for accommodating exceptional
learners in a variety of school arrangements. Focus is on assessment
and remediation of learning problems, classroom organization and
management, teaching resources, legal issues, curriculum considerations, parent involvement, condition of professional services, and
many other issues pertinent to the education of exceptional learners
in the " mainstream" of education. (3 crs.)
EDU 449 . STUDENT TEACHING - SPECIAL EDUCATION.
(Variable)
EDU 459. STUDENT TEACHING - ELEMENTARY EDUCATION. (Variable)
EDU 469. STUDENT TEACHING - SECONDARY EDUCATION .
(Variable)
EET - Electronics Engineering Technology
EET 110. DC CIRCUITS. An introduction to the study of electrical
circuits. Topics include resistance, vo ltage, current, mesh analysis,
and nodal analysis. Network theorems pertaining to de sources are
presented. Corequisi te: MAT I 8 I. (4 crs.)
EET 160. AC CIRCUITS. An introduction to the study of electrical
circuits in the sinusoidal steady state. Topics include capacitors,
inductors, complex numbers, ac me h analysis, ac nodal analysis
and network theorems pertaining to ac sources. Prerequisite: EET
110. Corequisite: MAT 191. (4 crs.)
EET 170. DIGITAL ELECTRONICS DESIGN. An introducti on to
the design of combination and sequential digital logic circuits.
Topics include number systems, codes, gates, latches, decoders,
multiplexers, flip-flops, counters, AID and DIA concepts and
memory circuits. (3 crs.)
EET 2 10. LINEAR ELECTRONICS I. A study of solid state diodes
and transistors. Methods of biasing, temperature stabi lization,
determining voltage gain and input resistance for small signal
amplifiers. Prerequisite: EET 160. (4 crs.)
EET 220. INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRIC POWER. A study of
the fundamentals of three-phase circuits, transformers, de machines,
polyphase ac machines, and single-phase ac machines. Prerequisite:
EET 160. (4 crs.)
EET 260. LINEAR ELECTRONICS II. An introduction to power
amplifiers, differenti al amplifiers, field effect transistors, operational amp lifiers, frequency effects, vo ltage regulation, and
operational amplifier applications. Prerequisites: EET 210, MAT
28 I. (4 crs.)
EET 270. INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSOR DESIGN.
Introduction to programming concepts includes branching, stack
operations, subroutines and vector interrupts. Interfacing topics
include coding, drivers, DIA and AID conversion. Prerequisite: EET
170. (3 crs.)
EET 3 10. METHODS lN ENGINEERING ANALYSIS. Introduction
to matrix theory, classical first and second order transient analysis,
active filter and oscillator design, and Fourier anal ysis. Computer
solutions to special problems wi ll be presented. Prerequisites: EET
260, MAT 28 1. Corequisites: EET 320, MAT 282. (4 crs.)
EET 320. NETWORK ANALYSIS . A calculus-based ci rcuit theory
course. Topics include the introduction to Laplace transforms, and
the use of Laplace transforms in the study of circuit analysis,
transfer functions and frequ ency response. Circuit analysis
programming is used to compare computer solutions with analytic
solutions. Prerequisites: EET 260, MAT 28 1. Corequisites: EET
310, MAT 282. (4 crs.)
n
0
d
~
00
trj
~
trj
00
n
EET 330. ADVANCED MICROPROCESSOR DESIGN. Applications of microprocessors and microcomputers to instrumentation,
control , and communications. Topics include machine and assembly ~
language programming, UO interfacing circuits, advanced AID and ,_...
DIA conversions, handshaki ng, interrupts, serial and parallel
~
communications and programmable timer algorithms. A semester ~
project is required. Prerequisite: EET 270. (3 crs.)
,_...
0
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
165
OOEET 360. MICROPROCESSOR ENGINEERING. The analysis and
development of MCU stand-alone controllers. The requirements for
the design of industrial applications and the use of advanced
software development tools and PCs as development systems will
~ be presented. Prerequisite: EET 330. (4 crs.)
Z
0
~
~ EET 370. INSTRUMENTATION DESIGN I. The design of electronic
~
instruments utilizing linear and digital integrated circuits and opto~ electronic devices. Topics will include dual slope digital voltmeters,
electronic thermometers, isolation amplifiers, frequency counters and
function generators. Numerical linearization methods for non linear
~ transducers are introduced. Prerequisite: EET 320. (4 crs.)
U
Q EET 400. SENIOR PROJECT PROPOSAL. The student will
submit a written proposal for a project. After approval of the project
~ the student will be assigned a faculty advisor. Minimum require-
00 ments for the proposal are submission of a functi onal specification
~
and a time schedule for completion. Prerequisite: Senior Status.
ENG 217. ( I er.)
~ Corequisite:
0EET 410. AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEMS . Design of
feedback control systems and devices as applied to electrical
machinery and transducers. Topics will include Bode plots, the rootlocus method and nyquist diagrams. Prerequisite: EET 370.
Corequisite: EET 420. (4 crs.)
U
EET 420. INSTRUMENTATION DESIGN II. A microprocessorbased instrumentation design course utili zing linear, digital and
opto-electronic devices. Software solutions to input/output
problems wiU be considered along with software solutions to
nonlinear transducer data. Prerequisite: EET 370. Corequi site: EET
410. (4 crs.)
EET 430. RF COMMUNICATIONS. Communication systems
principles including: AM/FM modulation, AM/FM demodulation,
transmitters, receivers, antennas, transmission lines, digital
techniques and protocols. Prerequisite: EET 320. (4 crs.)
EET 440. COMPUTER NETWORKING. This course involves the
electronic hardware of networking systems such as those used to
connect heterogeneous computers. Major topics include locality,
topologies, media standards, intemetworking devices and protocols.
Hands-on application of network theory is provided via a laboratory
style term project involving a multi-user network computer system.
The student will design and develop the hardware and communication software required to implement a multi-node microprocessorbased packet network. (4 crs.)
EET 450. SENIOR PROJECT. Employs the design, construction
and anal ys is of an electronic device or instrument. Depending on
the complexity of the project, total construction may not be
required. With the approval from the advisor, group projects may
also be involved. Prerequisite: EET 400. (3 crs.)
EET 460. DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING. Introduction to linear
systems, digital filters and the Z-Transform, and the Fast Fourier
Transform. Fundamentals of sampling concepts and the interfacing
of analog and digital signal processing will also be covered.
Prerequisites: EET 410, EET 360. (4 crs.)
EET 475 . BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY. A
study of widely used medical devices with emphasis upon those
types used for patient care in the hospital. The Physics and
Engineering of various devices wi ll be presented and their rel ationship to human anatomy and physiology will be emphasized.
166
California University of Pennsylvania
Hospital organization and the role of the Clinical Engineering
department will be examined. Prerequisite: EET 420. (4 crs.)
EET 476. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
INTERNSHIP. Upon acceptance to a hospital the student will work
with a Clinical Engineer and/or a Biomedical Equipment Technician inspecting, maintaining, calibrating and modifying biomedical
equipment. Programs of instruction will vary from hospital to
hospital, but the student will be exposed to medical devices from all
special and critical care areas. Prerequisite : EET 475. (4 crs.)
EET 495. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
INTERNSHIP. Upon acceptance to an internship site, the student
will work with an electrical engineer and/or an electronic technician
inspecting, maintaining, calibrating, testing, analyzing, assembling,
modifying or designing various types of electronic devices.
Programs of instruction will vary, but the student will be provided
with practical work experience in a dynamic environment in which
they will be dealing with actual problems requiring practical
·
solutions. (1-4 crs.)
ENG - English
ENG I 00. ENGLISH LANGUAGE SKILLS. A beginning course
which provides guided practice in writing and reading, with emphasis
on the interrelationship of reading, thinking, and writing. English
Language Skills stresses fundamental principles of and attitudes
toward writing, as well as how to put these principles and attitudes
into practice. It emphasizes the ability to read correctly and to
organize material effectively and, by adherence to the innate logic of
language (revealed in its rules of grammar, syntax, punctuation and
vocabulary choice), to express ideas clearly and precisely. (3 crs.)
ENG 101. ENGLISH COMPOSITION I. Composition I is a sequel
to English Language Skills. It provides guided practice in writing,
with emphasis on thoughtful analysis of subject matter, clear
understanding of the writing situation, flexible use of rhetorical
strategies, and development of stylistic options, particularly those
related to an understanding of a variety of purposes and voices.
ENG 101 continues the development of the essential writing,
reading and thinking skills stressed in ENG 100. (3 crs.)
ENG 102. ENGLISH COMPOSITION II. The sequence of
Composition I - Composition II provides guided practice in writing,
with an emphasis on more demanding writing situations. It
continues the work begun in Composition I with more complicated
rhetorical strategies and stylistic options, especially audiencecentered considerations. ENG 102 introduces research and research
writing at the undergraduate level. (3 crs.)
ENG 106. INTRODUCTION TO POETRY. An introduction to the
elements of poetry through the close analysis and explication of
selected poetry from a variety of poets. (3 crs.)
ENG 107. INTRODUCTION TO FICTION. An introduction to the
elements of fiction through the close reading of selected short
stories and novels by a variety of authors. (3 crs.)
ENG 108. INTRODUCTION TO DRAMA. An introduction to the
basic elements of drama. Readings will be selected from works
from the Greek Classical Period to the Modem Age. (3 crs.)
ENG 151. WORD PROCESSING. An introduction to the basic
concepts of word processing. The student learns such operations as
disk formatting, editing and printing standard document files,
copying files from other sources, creating simple database files , and
merging fil es to do mass-mailings. The course assumes no prior
kn owledge of computers. This course may not be used to satisfy
Humanitie requirements in the General Education program. ( I er.)
ENG 155. BLACK LITERATURE. An introduction to the writings
of Black Americans in poetry, fiction, and drama, ranging from the
Harlem Renaissance of the 1920s to the contemporary productions
of Leroi Jones, Ishmael Reed and Toni Morrison. (3 crs.)
ENG 167. JOURNALISM I (NEWSWRITING). An introduction to
basic news gathering and newswriting taught by in-class exercises
early in the semester, followed by weekly assignments that require
submissions to the California Times. (3 crs.)
ENG 169. JOURNALISM II (FEATURE WRITING). Feature
writing and in-depth news reporting. Students write four feature
articles suitable for publicati on in the Califo rni a Times. (3 crs.)
ENG 191. STUDENT PUBLICATIONS WORKSHOP. The
uni versity newspaper, magazine, and yearbook serve as laboratories.
The student practices writing, editing, photography, graphics,
design, layout, and production. Above all, the student learns to
work against the clock both and with the latest computer technology, a journalistic necessity. ( 1 er each)
ENG 203. GREAT BOOKS . The texts and histori cal backgrounds of
selections from the most highly regarded literature of the world. The
range is from the classical Greek era to the twentieth centu.ry. (3 crs.)
ENG 205. WORLD LITERATURE TO 1600. Examples of works
from a variety of periods and cultures through 1600 are examined
for their literary merit and national characters. Works are read in
translation. (3 crs .)
ENG 206. WORLD LITERATURE FROM 1600. Examples of
works from a variety of cultures and periods after 1600 are
examined for their literary merit and national characters. Works are
read in translation. (3 crs.)
ENG 2 11. BUSINESS WRITING I. An introduction to the analysis,
writing, and oral presentation of formal and semi- formal documents essential to the business communities. Prerequisite: ENG
JO I. (3 crs .)
ENG 212. BUSINESS WRITING II. A continuati on in the practice
of those skills developed in Business Writing I. Prerequisite: ENG
2 11 Business Writing I or equivalent writi ng ability. (3 crs.)
ENG 215. LITERATURE AND AGING. The stud y of literature that
incl udes aging as a themati c device. (3 crs.)
ENG 2 17. SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL WRITING. An
introduction to the specific techniques used in the preparation of
reports and other scientific documents. Recommended for Science
and Technology majors. Prerequi site ENG 101 . (3 crs.)
ENG 2 18. SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL WRITING II. A
problem solving approach to techni cal writing: adapting to various
audi ences, organizati on of complex documents, computer documentation. Students will prepare extensive technical reports. (3 crs.)
ENG 254. AMERICAN JOURNALISM: A study of the recent history
of journalism and of the present state of the profess ion. The emphasis is
on print journalism; however, the news gathering and reporting aspects
of radio and television are covered. Prerequisites: ENG 167 Journalism
I and ENG 169 Journalism II for writing majors. (3 crs.)
ENG 265 . THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE IN LITERATURE:
NINETEENTH CENTURY. A survey of selected works which ( I)
were very popular; (2) were influential in the course of American
history; (3) reveal facets of American life in the 19th century. (3 crs.)
ENG 266. THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE IN LITERATURE:
TWENTIETH CENTURY. A study of selected literature of
twentieth century America in the context of majo r social, historical ,
economic, and intellectual trends. In addition to the treatment of
standard twentieth century class ics, books whi ch have had a wide
popular appeal or which have influenced or interpreted the cultural
life of modem America are studi ed. All genres are included, with
special emphasis on fiction and non- fiction . A lower division
course desig ned for the general educational student. (3 crs.)
ENG 301. ENGLISH LITERATURE I. A survey of English
literature from the beginnings in the sixth century to the late
eighteenth century. (3 crs.)
ENG 302. ENGLISH LITERATURE II. A survey of English
literature from the Romantic poets to the present day. (3 crs.)
ENG 306. PRESS LAW AND ETHICS. This course helps student
journalists understand not only what they can or can ' t do by law, but
what they should or should not do wi thin commonl y accepted
standards of good taste and morali ty. (3 crs.)
ENG 308. RESEARCH FOR WRITERS . For students in each of
the Professional Writing tracks. Bas ic library materials and
techniques, on-campus resources, govern ment documents, research
libraries, and advanced techniques of interviewing, document
analysis, etc. Concludes with a prepublicati on draft of a researched
paper in the student's area of specialization . (3 crs.)
ENG 310. SURVEY OF OLD AND MIDDLE ENGLISH LITERATURE. A study of English literature from the beginnings to
approximately 1500. Some of the topics, authors, and works are
Beowulf, elegiac and Christian poetry, the rise of the dram a, the
romance (Sir Gawain and the Green Kni ght and Thomas Malory 's
Morte D ' Arthur), and selections from Geoffrey Chaucer's Canterbury Tales. Most of the writing is read in Modem English vers ions.
Attention is pai d to histori cal and social backgrounds. (3 crs.)
ENG 312. JOURNALISM III. Working on college publications,
editing, proofreading, and rewriting materials for print are learned in
the classroom and in the production of actual publication . (3 crs.)
ENG 3 13. SPORTSWRITING I: A study of the history of
sportswriting in America and the techniques of wri ting daily
coverage of sports and athletes . Students will study interviewing,
finding and using statistics, the standards and practices of the
profession and the make- up, layout and design of the daily sports
page. Students will be ass igned beats and will be asked to write at
least one story per week. (3 crs.)
(j
0
d
~
rJJ.
~
~
~
rJJ.
(j
~
ENG 314. SPORTSWRITING II : A study of the techniques of
~
writing lengthy, in-depth stories about sports and athletes. Students ~
will be asked to write columns, feature stories and profi les and to do ~
investi gative reporting. Students should have taken Journalism I and ~
Sportswriting I. (3 crs.)
0
zrJJ.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
167
z
r:J'J. ENG 315. SURVEY OF AMERICAN WOMEN WRITERS :
METHOD AND TEXT. The importance of both text and method in
the study of American women writers is emphasized in this course.
Assigned readings and research workshops introduce students to a
~ variety of texts and sources as well as to methods for reading,
~ di scovering, and interpreting writings. Integration of text and
~ method is achieved through a series of writing and research projects
~ that are tied to the assigned readings . (3 crs.)
0
~ ENG 3 16. MYTHOLOGY I. An exploration of the origins of
U
mythol ogy and various myths through a study of samples from
writings of Native Americans, Colonialists, Federalists, Romantics,
Trancendentalists, Slaves, and others as formative expressions of
our American heritage. (3 crs.)
ENG. 338. SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE II. The
second course of the American literature two-course survey
sequence begins with the literature of the Reconstruction period,
Realism and later Naturalism, and moves to the Experimental
writing of the Twentieth Century, culminating in works by contemporary authors. The emphasis is on showing the development of an
eclectic and uniquely American literature. (3 crs.)
r:J'J. Greek, Roman, Nordic, Oriental, African, and American Indian
~ mythologies. The roles of gods and heroes in the indicated cultures
Q are also studied. (3 crs.)
~ ENG 317. MYTHOLOGY II. A further examination of mythology,
ENG 341. ROMANTIC LITERATURE. An intensive study of
selected works by such Romantic poets as William Blake, William
Wordsworth, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Percy Bysshe Shelley, John
Keats, and Lord Byron. (3 crs.)
r:J'J. with emphasis on legends and folktales , through study of English,
~
Irish, German, Italian, French, and American mythologies. (3 crs.)
~ ENG 318. POETICS . Through readings from a text on poetic
O theory, essays on poetry by poets, and an anthology of poetry,
students learn to analyze poems in great detail , stressing poetry as
U an act of language and something which is made as much as it is
inspired. Students become acquainted with the variety of means by
whi ch the literary craftsman creates feeling and meaning. (3 crs.)
ENG 321. THE ENGLISH RENAISSANCE: SKELTON
THROUGH DONNE. A study of nondramatic prose and poetry
chosen from such writers as Thomas Wyatt, the Earl of Surrey,
Thomas Sackvill e, John Skelton, Sir Philip Sidney, Edmund
Spenser, William Shakespeare, and John Donne, with emphasis on
such literary genres as the lyric and sonnet, and an examination of
various philosophical, historical, and social documents. (3 crs.)
ENG 322. THE ENGLISH RENAISSANCE: BACON THROUGH
MARVELL. A study of the nondramatic prose and poetry of
England in the seventeenth century from the works of John Donne,
Ben Jonson, Robert Herrick, George Herbert, John Milton, and
Henry Vaughan. Emphasis on the three schools of poetry of this
century. (3 crs.)
ENG 334. NEWSPAPER REPORTING I. A professional level
course that acquaints students with basic newsroom procedures and
assignments. Prerequisites: ENG 167, ENG 169. (3 crs.)
ENG 335. NEWSPAPER REPORTING II. The course builds on
material learned in Newspaper Reporting I, but the emphasis shifts to
extended coverage of more complex institutions and issues, culminating in a multi-part story which demonstrates a knowledge of both the
issue and the governing, deliberative or enforcement agency involved.
Prerequisites: ENG 167, ENG 169, ENG 334. (3 crs.)
ENG 336. COMPUTER ASSISTED NEWSREPORTING. An
advanced level journalism course designed to show students how to
gain access to computer records and how to arrange that material into
meaningful patterns using an interrelational data base program and a
simple spread sheet program. The course assumes no prior knowledge of computers and is designed for the computer novice. (3 crs.)
ENG 337. SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE I. English
337 spans American literature from its colonial inception to the end
of the Civil War, the literature's formative years, focusing on
diverse forms and vo ices of expression. This literature presents the
168
California University of Pennsylvania
ENG 342. VICTORIAN LITERATURE. An historical and critical
survey of the poetry and nonfictional prose of the Victorian period
through such writers as Alfred Tennyson, Robert and Elizabeth Barrett
Browning, Thomas Carlyle, Matthew Arnold, Dante Gabriel and
Christina Rossetti, Gerard Manley Hopkins, John Stuart Mill, John
Ruskin, John Henry Newman, T. H. Huxley, and Walter Pater. (3 crs.)
ENG 345. ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND USAGE. Provides future
English teachers, professional writing majors, and other interested
students, with a sophisticated background in English grammar. The
course covers a variety of grammatical theories, issues of mechanical correctness in writing, and the sociology of usage. (3 crs.)
ENG 346. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. A survey
of the development of the language from its Germanic base to the
emergence of American English. Explanations of sound shifts and
foreign and social influences. (3 crs.)
ENG 347. INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS . An examination
of the several areas of language study: history of the language,
phonology and morphology, grammars (traditional and modem),
and contemporary American usage, dialects, lexicography, and
semantics. (3 crs .)
ENG 348. HISTORY OF LITERARY CRITICISM. An examination of major critical documents from Plato through the modern
critics. An intensive examination of the works themselves, with
some additional concern on their place in literary history. (3 crs.)
ENG 351. PUBLISHING THE MAGAZINE. Students in this
course publish a magazine, Flipside. They contribute works of
literature and reportage, illustrate it with original work or with
photographs, solicit contributors, finance the magazine through
advertising, and establish editorial policy. (3 crs.)
ENG 352. STUDIES IN WRITING . A study in style, its definition,
its analysis, and the techniques modern writers of creative nonfiction
use to achieve it. Students analyze the work of such writers as Tom
Wolfe, Joan Didion, Hunter Thompson and Truman Capote, then
apply to their own prose the techniques these writers use. (3 crs.)
ENG 355. SURVEY OF THE ENGLISH NOVEL I: THE BEGINNING THROUGH SCOTT. A study of the development of the
novel from its beginnings through the Romantic period, with
. emphasis on Daniel Defoe, Samuel Richardson, Henry Fielding,
Tobias Smollett, and Jane Austen. (3 crs.)
ENG 356. SURVEY OF THE ENGLISH NOVEL II: DICKENS TO
THE PRESENT. A study of the novels and novelists of the Victorian
period and the twentieth century, including Charles Dickens,
Charlotte, Emily and Ann Bronte, W. M. Thackeray, George Eliot,
Joseph Conrad, James Joyce, and Virginia Woolf. (3 crs.)
ENG 357. TWENTIETH CENTURY BRITISH LITERATURE TO
WORLD WAR II. A study of fiction, drama, and poetry with
emphasis on W. B. Yeats, D. H. Lawrence, George Bernard Shaw,
James Joyce, Joseph Conrad, Virginia Woolf, E. M. Forster, and W.
H. Auden. (3 crs.)
ENG 358. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE SINCE WORLD
WAR II. An exploration of texts, in a variety of genre including
major movements, critical, social and political from writings both in
English and in translation. (3 crs.)
ENG 371. CRITICAL THEORY AND THE TEACHING OF
LITERATURE. A required course for English majors in the
Secondary Engli sh track, Critical Theory and the Teaching of
Literature shows students how to relate contemporary literary
criticism to the teaching of literature. The varieties of literary
criticism covered include New Criticism, reader-response criticism,
deconstructive criticism, psychological criticism, feminist criticism,
and New Historicism. The literature studied emphasized items
typically taught in secondary schools, including both canonical
(e.g., Shakespeare's plays) and non-canonical (e.g., Young Adult
literature and Multicultural literature) works. (3 crs.)
ENG 372. COMPOSITION THEORY AND THE TEACHING OF
WRITING. A required course for English majors in the Secondary
English track, Composition Theory and the Teaching of Writing is
an introduction to rhetorical theory as it concerns the nature of
writing and the teaching of writing. The course also offers practical
information about, and experience with, modern course design and
pedagogy, as well as discussion of the politics of writing instruction
in contemporary schools. (3 crs.)
ENG 375. ADVANCED WRITING. The theories and practice of
expository, persuasive, and specialized report writing. Prerequisites:
ENG 101 , ENG 102 or equivalent writing ability. (3 crs.)
ENG 376. CREATIVE WRITING: FICTION. Techniques of fiction
are studied and applied to the writing of short stories, and students
are encouraged to use and shape their own experience, transmitting
those everyday things around them into fictional realities. (3 crs.)
ENG 377. CREATIVE WRITING: POETRY. Aspects of poetry,
such as line length, rhythm, sound patterns and imagery, are
discussed. Students will apply those techniques to their own
experience and vision, developing a poetic voice or style. (3 crs.)
ENG 378. CREATIVE WRITING : DRAMA. Writing techniques
for the modern stage; students progress from idea through written
text to the production of a scene or a one-act play. (3 crs.)
ENG 401. COPYWRITING. Students who have already taken the
basic advertising course are expected to improve preexisting writing
skills through individual and group projects in each of these areas:
(1) direct mail advertisements, (2) newspaper and magazine space
advertisements, (3) industrial newsletters and brochures, (4) radio
and TV advertisements. Each student writes at least two usable
advertisements for off-campus and one for a campus program or
organization. Not for beginners. Prerequisite: ENG 437. (3 crs.)
ENG 415. CHAUCER. The Canterbury Tales and other works. (3 crs.)
ENG 419. INTERNSHIP IN PROFESSIONAL WRITING .
Introduces students to the competitive world of professional
writing. Students and cooperating institutions conclude a formal
agreement whereby they work at a j ob and simultaneously receive
undergraduate credit. All details of the course are to be worked out
with the Coordinator of Professional Writing. (Variable crs.)
ENG 425 . SHAKESPEARE. Explores in considerable depth, and
with special reference to the condition of Shakespeare's times and
theater, some of his greatest plays, especially (a) those most often
studied in secondary school and (b) his great tragedies. (3 crs.)
ENG 427. MILTON. An examination of the maj or poetry: Paradi se
Lost, Paradise Regained, Samson Agonistes, and Lycidas. The prose
is treated insofar as it is related to the poetry. (3 crs.)
ENG 430. ADAPTATION OF LITERARY MATERIALS. Adaptation of literature to the mechanical demands of television, radio,
theater, and film . While remaining faithful to an author's intent, the
student must adapt written texts to each of the following : television,
theater, and film . (3 crs.)
ENG 435. ARTICLE WRITING. The styles and techniques of article
writing. The student learns the editorial demands of numerous
magazines, and demonstrates versatility and writing ability by tailoring
the work to the demands. Promotes astuteness by showing how to
illustrate, "package," and market a special kind of writing. (3 crs.)
ENG 437 . ADVERTISING. An introduction to marketing theories,
behavior patterns, and techniques of advertising campaigns:
copywriting, layout, and production of adverti sing through working
for an actual client. (3 crs.)
ENG 440. LINGUISTICS AND THE TEACHING OF ENGLISH.
The purpose of this course is to help prepare English and Language
Arts majors through an understanding of two applications of
linguistics to language learning and research. In the first application,
students will examine Linguisti c research focused upon the study of
schooling and the teaching and learning of language to advance an
understanding of students' developing reading, writing and literary
practices. In the second application, students will analyze various
linguistic research methodologies to develop a sense of how they
might apply one or more of them to their own teaching. Assignments
and course readings are intended to encourage students to acquire a
critical sense of pedagogical practice used in the teaching of reading
and writing, as well as a critical sense of the rel ative merit of various
research approaches to the study of language learning. (3 crs.)
ENG 445 . DESCRIPTIVE LINGUISTICS. An examination of the
methods used by linguists to descri be languages in terms of their
internal structures. Topics explored include world language
families, language classification, writing systems, inventori es of
speech sounds, and other related material. (3 crs.)
ENG 448. PRACTICAL CRITICISM. Provides examples of criticism
and the opportunity to criticize poetry, fiction, and drama. (3 crs.)
0
~
~
00
trj
~
trj
00
n
~
~
~
ENG 478 . DIRECTED PROJECTS . (Variable crs.)
ENG 481 . STUDIES IN OLD AND MIDDLE ENGLISH LITERATURE. Arthurian romance, medi eval drama, Beowulf, medi eval
ballads, Old English poetry. (3 crs.)
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
n
169
0
z
00
z
00
ENG 482. STUDIES IN RENAISSANCE LITERATURE I.
Elizabethan lyric poetry, pre-Shakespearean drama, Jacobean
drama, Renaissance prose, the school of Spenser, Metaphysical
~ poetry, Cavalier poetry. (3 crs.)
0
~ ENG 483 . STUDIES IN THE RESTORATION AND EIGH~
TEENTH CENTURY. Restoration drama, Augustan satire, the
~ Scriblerus Club, periodical literature, neoclassical criticism. (3 crs.)
u
00
ENG 484. STUDIES IN NINETEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE. Nineteenth century drama, Romantic prose, nineteenth~ century literary criticism, the pre-Raphaelites, the Edwardians, and
the Georgians. (3 crs.)
Q
~ ENG 485 . STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY ENGLISH
00 LITERATURE. Contemporary trends in literature, the war novel,
~
the poets of the thirties, Irish literature, the British novel and
~ theater. (3 crs.)
OENG 487. STUDIES IN AMERICAN LITERARY GENRES . The
American short story, the nineteenth century American novel, the
twentieth century American novel, modern American poetry,
American drama, American nonfiction . (3 crs.)
U
ENG 488 . STUDIES IN DRAMA. Classical drama, theater of the
absurd, continental drama, film and televi sion as drama, realism and
naturalism in drama. (3 crs.)
ENG 495. CREATIVE WRITING SEMINAR. The fictional
principles learned in ENG 376 are applied to the writing of major
creative work, such as novella, and the student is given the opportunity to polish and extend writing skills previously acquired. (3 crs.)
ENG 496. WRITING FOR PUBLICATION. Students analyze regional
and national markets and refine their work for publication. They are
expected to publish at least one work during the semester. (3 crs.)
ENS - Environmental Studies
ENS 101. INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE.
The broad field of environmental management. Man's biological
basis, soil, land use, water pollution, air pollution, noise pollution,
and agencies and laws associated with the above topics. No one area
is covered in depth. Rather, the student is introduced to each
problem, its source, current corrective measures, and possible future
technology. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
ENS 341. TECHNIQUES IN WATER AND WASTEWATER
ANALYSIS . A study of the chemical testing of water in wastewater
plants, streams, and drinking water sources. Emphasis is placed on
learning acceptable levels of chemicals in different types of water.
Samples of water from sources of concern are analyzed in the
laboratory portion of the course. Prerequisites : CHE 101 , 102.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
ENS 380. WILDLIFE ISSUES . This course is designed to familiarize students with current issues in wildlife biology allowing them to
propose and discuss possible solutions. The course will consist of
field trips and projects emphasizing wildlife issues in the Northeastern United States. Trips will be supplemented with di scussions of
national and international wildlife issues from current literature. (4
crs.)
170
California University of Pennsylvania
ENS 420. PRINCIPLES OF WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT. This course
is designed to provide students with an understanding of the philosophies
and concepts of scientific wildlife management. Major emphasis will be
placed on wildlife management in North America, but differing
perspectives from other regions of the world will be incorporated into the
course. Topics to be covered will include monitoring habitats and habitat
management, population exploitation and administration, economics, and
socio-political topics as they relate to wildlife management. Prerequisites:
BIO 115, BIO 120. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours
weekly. (4 crs.)
ENS 423. WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES. This course
will cover techniques commonly used by wildlife biologists with
emphasis on those applicable to birds and mammals. Important
techniques covered in the course include aging and sexing of important
game species, habitat measurement and evaluation, population analysis,
and analysis of food habits. The lecture portion of the course provides an
introduction to common techniques and the lab emphasizes practical use
and application of those techniques. Prerequisites: BIO 115, BIO 120 and
BIO 125. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
ENS 430. AIR QUALITY MONITORING . The technologies
involved in the abatement of emissions from mobile and stationary
sources, monitoring techniques, and air quality standards. Prerequisites: CHE 331, CHE 361 , PHY 121 and 122, MAT 215. Three
lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
ENS 431. SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT. The fundamental
techniques involved in the collection, processing, and disposal of urban,
industrial, and agricultural wastes. Prerequisites: CHE 331. Three lecture
hours weekly. (3 crs.)
ENS 432. ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS. This course will
cover the history of natural resource protection, local, state, and federal
laws and policy, enforcement, and current issues. Lectures will include
discussion of laws ranging from the Clean Air act to local Fish and
Wildlife regulations. (3 crs.)
ENS 459. ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH PROBLEMS . An
independent study with a cooperating faculty member. Emphasis on
scientific research on contemporary environmental problems. These
independent studies are as field-oriented as possible, with a final
research paper written in proper scientific format. This course is not
repeatable. (3 crs.)
ENS 475. WETLANDS ECOLOGY. A coordinated lecture/laboratory
approach that will emphasize wetlands within the continental United
States. The course will provide a background in both historical and
modem wetland issues; characteristics of freshwater, estuarine and
marine wetland types, including important plants and animals of each;
processes of wetland determination and delineation; regulatory framework of wetlands protection; and procedures involved in wetland
restoration and conservation. Prerequisites: BIO 310 and permission of
instructor. (4 crs.)
ENS 492. ANIMAL POPULATION DYNAMICS. This course is
designed to provide students with an understanding of theoretical and
applied aspects of animal population dynamics. The course will examine
variation in population size and sex/age composition, reproduction and
mortality, and quality and condition of anim.als in populations. Emphasis
will be placed on principles and techniques used by wildlife ecologists to
quantify and predict populations of vertebrate animals. The lecture
portion of the course will include lecture and discussion on issues and
concepts in population dynamics. The lab portion of the course will
emphasize application of common techniques and models used by
wildlife population ecologists. Prerequisites: BIO 310, MAT 215. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
ENS 495. DESIGN AND ANALYSIS. The purpose is to provide
with the theoretical and applied basis of experimental design,
sampling theory and sampling designs, data input and output,
statistical analysis and interpretation of research studies. The
application of computer methods for data base, spreadsheet, word
processing, and statistical packages will also be emphasized.
Prerequisites: BIO 115, MAT 273 or MAT 281 or permission of the
instructor. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
ESP - Special Education
ESP 101. EXCEPTIONAL CHILD I. Exceptional Child I is the first
of a two-course introductory sequence to handicapped children and
to the field of special education. This course examines the range of
handicaps in children and their broad sociological, educational, and
vocational implications. Specifically, the sequence develops
competencies in such areas as the historical development of services
for handicapped children, definitions and classification of children's
handicaps, the impact of labelling children and mainstream
programs, preschool and post-school programs for the handicapped, family services, prosthetic devices and program modifications for the physically handicapped and a behavioral analysis of
normal child development. (4 crs.)
ESP 200. EXCEPTIONAL CHILD II. Exceptional Child II is the
second of a two-course introductory sequence to handicapped
children and to the field of special education. (4 crs.)
ESP 250. WORKSHOP FOR TEACHER AIDS. For teacher aides
who work in classes for disabled children. The course emphasizes
methods that might enable the participants to deal more easily and
more effectively with any children. Numerous activities characterize
the workshop, it is not a lecture course. (3 crs.)
ESP 301 . BEHAVIOR PRINCIPLES I. Behavior Principles I is the
first of a two-semester introduction to the professional discipline of
Applied Behavior Analysis. Applied Behavior Analysis is an
educative approach due to three of its fundamental characteristics:
( l) it is always responsive to some form of human problem; (2) it
restructures the problem into behavior(s); such as underdeveloped
academic skills or socially undesirable responses, and; (3) it applies
the principles of behavior to change these problematic behaviors
and, in the process, identifies important functional relationships
contributing to an expanding technology of human behavior change.
Truly this is consistent with most conceptions of the purposes of
education. (4 crs.)
ESP 401. BEHAVIOR PRINCIPLES II. Behavior Principles II is
the second of a two-semester introduction to the professional
di scipline of Applied Behavior Analysis. (4 crs.)
ESP 461. STUDENT TEACHING AND SCHOOL LAW. Student
teaching is the culmination of preservice training in Special
Education at California University of Pennsylvania. The student
teaching program is designed to ensure that Special Education
majors are exposed to the full range of children covered under the
comprehensive certification, i.e., mentally retarded, emotionally
disturbed, learning disabled, brain damaged, and physically
handicapped. Students are also exposed to the dimensions of mildprofound and elementary-secondary since the new certification
covers K-12, mild through profound in each of the handicapping
areas for their student teaching experience. The areas relate to their
specific vocational goals and their own interests and strengths. The
major practicum provides an intensive experience for the student in
two of the handicapping areas for a period of 16 weeks. The
practicum seminar component meets weekly to provide Special
Education majors with an opportunity to discuss problems encountered by the students in their teaching experiences. The students are
provided with opportunities to demonstrate the effectiveness and
functionality of their teacher-made devises, learning centers, and
curriculum materials used in their classrooms . ( 12 crs.)
ESP 501. INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONALITY. This course
introduces the student to the physical, social, emotional and
educational characteristics; incidence; prevalence and educational
intervention for the major categories of exceptionality enrolled in
public and private educational facilities in the K-12 grade range. In
addition, the course will identify ancillary services and agencies
frequently impacting special populations including the major
professional organizations and those concerned with residential
programming and vocational training. The course will also identify
the major litigation and legislation that have significantly influenced
the nature of service to exceptional populations. (3 crs.)
ESP 502. EDUCATION OF THE SEVERELY/PROFOUNDLY
HANDICAPPED. This course teaches/prepares students to work
with children and/or adults who possess severely or profoundly
handicappping conditions. Students are required to do tutoring at
facilities for this population. (Variable crs.)
ESP 503. DIAGNOSTIC TESTING AND PRESCRIPTIVE
TEACHING. This course teaches students how to administer score
and interpret both norm-referenced and criterion-referenced '
'
assessment devices and how to prescri be programs of remediation
based on the results of these devices. (Variable crs.)
ESP 504. CURRICULUM PLANNING AND METHODS I. This
course is offered to Special Education majors the semester prior to their
student teaching experience. Curriculum Planning and Methods I is a
materials and methodology course for pre-service special education
teachers. An emphasis is placed on assessment, instructional techniques, and materials necessary to teach reading and language arts
skills and concepts to children with disabilities. The course stresses:
(l) a behavioral diagnosis of communication strengths and weaknesses,
(2) the development and implementation of intervention strategies for
various populations of exceptional children, (3) the selection and/or
development of appropriate materials for instruction, and (4) the
procedures and techniques for continuous evaluation for the instructional process. (Variable crs.)
ESP 505 . CURRICULUM PLANNING AND METHODS II. This
course is offered to Special Education majors the semester prior to
their student teaching experience. C.urri culum Planning and
Methods II is a methods course for Special Education teachers in
training which emphasizes the assessment, instructional skills and
materials necessary to teach arithmetic concepts to children with
di sabilities. The course stresses: ( I) a behavioral diagnosis of
arithmetic strengths and weaknesses, (2) the development and
implementation of intervention strategies for various populations of
exceptional children, (3) the selection and/or development of
apprnpriate materials for instruction, and (4) the procedures and
techmques for contmuous evaluation for the instructional process.
(Variable crs.)
(1
0
~
~
r:,J
~
t::,
.,_
l ......J
r:,J
(1
~
~
~
.....:i
l'"""":J
~
0
z
r:,J
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
171
C"l:)ESP 506. HABILITATION TRAINING . This course deal s with
Z
special education programs for seni or high school students as well
as those persons who reside in the community. Emphasis is placed
on vocational preparation and training. Specific techniques for task
~ analysis of jobs, dai ly living ski lls, and social adaptation constitute
~ a major portion of thi s course. Emphasis is placed on the develop~ ment of functional skill s that contribute to normalized development.
~ (Variable crs.)
0
~ FIN - Finance
C"l:)FIN 201. INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE. A survey course which
r"T",covers an introduction to financial markets and institutio ns
~ responsible for the fl ow of funds in the economy. The basic
Q principles and concepts which assist the market participants in
r"T", making sound financial decisions are di scussed. Prerequi site:
~
00
ECO
100 is recommended. (3 crs.)
~ FIN 211. PERSONAL MONEY MANAGEMENT. A guide to
~personal fin ance to best meet one's objectives and make financial
deci sions easier. Topics include budgets, major purchases, use of
credit and bank loans, insurance, real estate and investment in
securities, taxes and estate planning. Prerequi si te: ECO 100 or
permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
O
U
FIN 301 . FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. The study of financial
analysis, planning and control, including working capital management, capital budgeting, cost of capital, and other selected subjects.
Advanced techniques of financial analys is are employed. Prerequisites : ECO 201, MAT 171. MAT 225 is recommended. (3 crs.)
FIN 302. ADVANCED FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. A
continuation of FIN 30 I . An intensive study of cost of capital, longterm financing and analysis of cases relating to financial deci sions
of firm s. Prerequisite: FIN 301. (3 crs.)
FIN 305. INVESTMENTS . An introduction to financial investments. Topics include securities and securities markets, investment
risks , returns and constraints, portfolio policies, and institutional
investment policies. Prerequisite: MAT 171 or permission of
instructor. (3 crs.)
FIN 341. INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT. A survey of
the nature and significance of risk and the basic ideas, problems,
and principles found in modem insurance and other methods of
handling risk. (3 crs.)
FIN 351. REAL ESTATE FUNDAMENTALS. A basic cognitive
course covering phys ical, legal and economic aspects of real estate.
Topics include valuation, agreements of sale, title, leasing,
settlements and landlord-tenant relations. (2 crs.)
FIN 352. REAL ESTATE PRACTICE. Role of the real estate agent
in listing, sales contract, fin ancing, and completion of RESPA
approved settlement sheet. The course examines the legal and
ethical aspects of brokerage. (2 crs.)
FIN 405 . ADVANCED INVESTMENT ANALYSIS. Systematic
approach to security analysis and valuation; portfolio construction and
management. Prerequisite; FIN 305 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
FIN 411 . FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS. Description and analysis of major financial institutions, money and capital
markets. Current topics in financial market and institutions. (3 crs.)
172
California University of Pennsylvania
FIN 531. BANK MANAGEMENT. Detailed analysis of operational
deci sions faced by bank managers in the areas of loans, investments, sources of funds, and liability management. (3 crs.)
FRE-French
FRE IO I. ELEMENTARY FRENCH I. For the student without
previous knowledge of French. The development of the fundamentals of correct idiomatic French. Instruction in basic audio-lingual
comprehension, sentence structure, reading, writing, and speaking.
Classroom instruction is supplemented by laboratory study and
practice. Three class hours each week and one hour language
laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
FRE I 02. ELEMENTARY FRENCH II. A continuation of French l OI.
Three class hours each week and one language laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: FRE IO 1 or one year of high school French. (3 crs.)
FRE 203. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I. French grammar and
reading. A review of essential French grammar. Development of
audio-lingual comprehension, reading and writing facility. Three
class hours each week; one hour language laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: FRE I 01 and FRE 102 or two years of high school
French. (3 crs.)
FRE 204. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH II. Continuation of French
203 . Oral-aural work continues but is accompanied by a development of reading skill through discussion of selected prose and
poetry. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory each
week. Prerequisite: FRE 203 or equivalent. (3 crs.)
Culture Courses are taught in English and are intended to satisfy
General Education Humanities requirements as well as those in the
major. One culture course is offered each semester.
FRE 240. THE MIDDLE AGES AND THE RENAISSANCE (8001600). This course surveys the evolution of French culture from the
Middle Ages to the end of the sixteenth century, from an age of analogy
to one of skepticism. While it follows sociological, political, philosophical and historical developments to a certain degree, the course
puts its primary emphasis on the artistic domains of literature, music,
architecture, and the visual arts of the period. In so doing, this course
illustrates the ways in which France has been influenced by its rich
cultural heritage. (3 crs.)
FRE 241. THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY AND THE CLASSICAL AGE. This course surveys the evolution of French culture from
the early seventeenth century or the Baroque ( 1600-1640) to the
classical period (1640 to the end of the century). The course seeks to
introduce the student to the history of French thought in the Splendid
Century. While it follows sociological, political, philosophical and
historical developments to a certain degree, its primary emphasis is on
the artistic domains of literature, music, architecture, and the visual arts
of the period. In so doing, this course illustrates the ways in which
France has been influenced by its rich cultural heritage. (3 crs.)
FRE 242. THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY AND ENLIGIITENMENT.
This course surveys the evolution of French culture throughout the Age
of Enlightenment, when scientific discovery and new historical methods
acted as agents of change upon the traditional foundations of belief. We
will consider how these changes affected French thought, especially in
the artistic domains of literature, music, architecture, and the visual arts
of the period. The course will introduce the student to this age of
criticism and reconstruction, an age viewed as the crisis of the European
mind and gave birth to the philosophe, or philosopher, one who was not
only involved with the theories but with social reform as well. These
reforms in human institutions and thought will be shown to terminate in
the revolution of 1789 and the end of the Ancient Regime. (3 crs.)
FRE 243 . THE AGE OF FRENCH ROMANTICISM : FROM THE
NAPOLEONIC EMPIRE TO THE REVOLUTION OF 1848. Thi s
course surveys the evoluti on of French culture throughout the
romantic movement which permeated the sensibility of the young in
France under the reign of Loui s XVI and whi ch reached a true
fl oweri ng in the nineteenth century, particularly from 1820 to 1845.
Both the precursors and the masters of this movement are considered through a stud y of the artistic expression of the times . (3 crs.)
FRE 244. THE AGE OF FRENCH REALISM : THE SECOND
EMPIRE TO THE AFTERMATH OF THE FRANCO-PRUSSIAN
WAR. This course surveys the evolution of French culture during the
Age of Realism; including the Franco-Prussian War, positivism and
its aftermath. This period encompasses the dictatorship of Napoleon
ill, a monarchy marked by materi al success among the middle class
and by disappointment and pessimism among thinkers, writers, and
artists. This course considers the artistic achievements of the period
within the framework of the sociological , political, and historical
setting. It studies two separate schools of art, natural ism and
symbolism and seeks to illustrate how these conflicting schools of
artistic expression manifested themselves in the piinciple works of
literature, philosophy, music, and the visual arts. (3 crs.)
FRE 245. THE BIRTH OF THE MODERN FRENCH CULTURE
IN THE ARTS 1900-WORLD WAR II. This course surveys the
evolution of French culture from 1900, the time of the Belle Epoque
or Beautiful Period at the turn of the century, to the advent of the
Second World War. While the course fo llows th e sociological ,
political, and historical developments of the peri od, it puts emphasi s
on the artistic ramifications of this period of co nflict and rap id
change. The inter-war years are treated in all their arti sti c output,
especially in inter-war theater, fiction , and the presence of the
school of Surrealism in poetry, fi ction, theater, and art. (3 crs.)
FRE 246. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH CULTURE IN THE
ARTS SINCE WORLD WAR II. Thi s course surveys the evolution
of French culture from the Occupation and Vi chy Reg ime in France
to the present day. It seeks to introduce the student to the literature,
philosophy, music, fi lms, and vi sual arts of the period which reveal
the rich cultural heritage of France. As an ori entati on to the cultural
arts, consideration wi ll be given to the impact which important
geographical , social , and historical elements had upon them. (3 crs.)
FRE 311 . FRENCH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITTON, AND
PHONETICS I. Cultural themes as a bas is for idiomatic co nversation and discussions. Written compositions are assigned to teach the
student how to write correct French. The course also provides a
systematic study of the sounds and sound pattern s of the French
language. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory each
week. Prerequ isite: FRE 204. (3 crs.)
FRE 3 12. FRENCH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND
PHONETICS II. Continuation of French 3 1l on a more advanced
level as reflected in conversation, composition, and exercises in
phonetic transcription. Prerequi site: FRE 311. (3 crs.)
FRE 401. ADVANCED COMPOSITION: GRAMMAR AND
STYLISTICS. An in-depth grammati cal anal ys is of the French
language through intensive practice in exercises, compositions, and
translations. It is required of all majors in Liberal Arts as well as
those seeki ng a teacher certification degree or certification in
French. Prereq uisite: FRE 312. (3 crs.)
FRE 421. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE I. An introduction to French literature from the Middle Ages to 1800 through an
examination of representative novels, plays, and poems of the
period. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
FRE 422. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE II. An introduction to French literature from 1800 to the present through an
examination of representative novels, plays, and poems of the
period. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
FRE 450. FOREIGN LANGUAGE COLLOQUIUM IN FRENCH.
An advanced course in intensive spoken contemporary French
required of all French majors as well as those seeking teacher
certification in French. Prerequisite: FRE 311. (3 crs.)
FRE 469. STUDIES IN FRENCH LITERATURE. Subject matter to be
arranged. Designed for French majors who wish to take additional credits
and/or study aboard. Prerequisite: 18 hours of French. (Vaiiable crs.)
GCT - Graphic Communication Technology
GCT 100. GRAPHIC COMMUNICATION PROCESSES I (LAB).
This course offers the student an opportunity for experiences of practical
application in the five major printing processes. It covers image design,
conversion, assembly, carrier preparation, transfer and finishing
techniques related to lithographic, screen, letterpress, flexographic, and
gravure printing. Related areas of studies include duplication, ink
chemistry, paper use and selection, and photography. Course will meet
for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
GCT 110. SCREEN PRINTING TECHNIQUES (LAB ). The first in
a series of three courses that define and analyze the process of
screen printing, this course is an introduction to the various
app lications of screen printing. Emphasis of the course is centered
on establishing repeatability of the printing process by controlling
variables; photographically generated stencil systems; single and
multiple color image generation, conversion, assembly and transfer;
sheet-fed manual and semi-automatic presswork ; flat substrate
printing app lications of simple and complex close register line
artwork. Course wi ll meet for two hours of lecture and four
laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: GCT 100. (3 crs.)
n
0
GCT 200. GRAPHIC COMMUNICATION PROCESSES II (LAB).
Emphasis in this second course is on equipment, processes,
materials and suppli es utili zed by the industry for phototypesetting,
photo-composition, darkroom techniques, image assembly,
platemaking, and offset duplicator operations . Learning experiences
develop a comprehensive understanding of the scope, structure,
~
products and related process of the printing industry. Course will
~
meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week. ~
Prerequisite: GCT 100 or TED 111. (3 crs.)
l ........J
(j
GCT 210. ADVANCED SCREEN PRINTING TECHNIQUES (LAB). ~
A study of the techniques used for image transfer of line and halftone ~
copy on substrates commonJy used by th,e screen printer. Each student rJ)_
has the opportunity to identify, calibrate and print upon selected
,-,....
substrates. Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four
~ J.
laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: GCT 110. (3 crs.)
~
GCT 220. BLACK AND WHITE PHOTOGRAPHY (LAB). This
~
course emphasizes techniques involved in monochromatic still
photography and introduces color photography. It covers the basic
~
aspects of picture taking, camera operation, film processing, enJarging,
print processing, fini shing procedures and selecting photographic
equipment and supplies. Course will meet for two hours of lecture and
four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
rJ).
"'"'3
0
z
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
173
00.
GCT 225. PRINCIPLES OF LAYOUT AND DESIGN. A presentation
of design elements principles used to produce various layouts for
printing production. The individual must strive to develop harmonious
relationships between these design elements and principles and various
~ printing applications through practical activity assignments. The
~ fundamentals of producing mechanical layouts for newspaper,
magazine, direct mail, poster, display and point of purchase advertisi ng
are considered. Use of computers for electronic/desktop publishing is
emphasized. Production and practical application assignments are to be
performed in conjunction with theory explanations as out of class
activities. (3 crs.)
z
0
;=--
u
00.
~
Q
~
00.
~
~
0
u
GCT 230. COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY (LAB). A study of the concepts
and techniques involved in producing color prints and color transparencies from color negatives. Emphasis is placed on picture composition,
developing color negatives, contact printing, filter fundamentals,
enlarging calibration procedures and photo finishing. Microphotography and digital photography techniques are also covered. Course will
meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisite: GCT 220. (3 crs.)
GCT 240. ELECTRONIC DESKTOP PUBLISHING (LAB). This
course provides an in-depth study into the electronic desktop publishing
systems and their concept of architecture, operation, networking,
financing and design role in the publishing industry. It covers the basic
aspects of graphic designing, creating page layouts, scanning of text and
continuous tone photographs, connectivity, telecommunications, image
setting and encryption of data. Each student will experience hands-on
activities with microcomputers utilizing high-end design, draw, paint,
scanning, and integrated layout software packages. Course will meet for
two hours oflecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
GCT 270. LITHOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES (LAB). An in-depth
study of photographic process as it relates to line and halftone
reproduction of graphic materials. Projects representing the various
combinations of line and halftone materials as they are used in the
industrial setting are produced. Besides the projects required of each
student, the theoretical aspects of the optical system are investigated, as
well as the areas of sensitive materials, light and related chemical
reactions. Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory
hours per week. Prerequisites: GCT 100 and GCT 200. (3 crs.)
GCT 310. SCREEN PRINTING PRODUCTIONS (LAB). This course
is directed study relevant to the individual 's career objectives based on
specific screen printing applications. The student formulates specifications, estimates and a procedural rationale for self-determined screen
printed product. Student productions are organized as a portfolio
consistent with the individual career objective that has been developed
through previous screen printing course work. Four-color process
screen printing with ultraviolet curing theory and practice is analyzed
for application through student independent study course work.
Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours
per week. Prerequisite: GCT 2 10. (3 crs.)
GCT 330. FLEXOGRAPHY AND PACKAGE PRINTING (LAB ).
This course provides an in-depth study of the processes and
techniques involved in the printing and converting of packaging and
labeling materials. Laboratory app licati ons include the design,
preparation and flexographic printing and converting of various
paper, foil and plastic substrates. Emphasis is placed on establishing
repeatability of the printing process by controlling variables.
Methods and techniques of quali ty assurance are implemented as an
integral part in the production of flexographic printed products.
Course will meet fo r two hours of lecture and fo ur laboratory hours
per week. Prerequisite: GCT 100. (3 crs.)
174
California University of Pennsylvania
GCT 342. ESTIMATING AND COST ANALYSIS. A criti cal
examination of the operations involved in the production of graphic
materials fo r the purpose of determining costs of the operations to
be included. The procedures necessary to assemble this information
to produce estimates of typical printing matter are discussed. The
identi ft cati on and study of cost centers as they relate to the hour
costs and ultimately to the selling price are examined. Students are
required to prepare a number of cost esti mates for the course.
Prereq uisite: GCT 2 10 or GCT 270. (3 crs.)
GCT 365. COLOR IMAGING (LAB). Primary em phas is is placed
on developing an understandin g of the nature of Iight, the nature of
color, its relation to fi lters and printing inks used in the graphics
industry and the problems caused by color co ntami nation in making
color separations. A presentation of direct and indirect methods of
color separations as well as th e various masking techniques is
included . The use of various control dev ices is discussed and
empl oyed in the laboratory. Special techniques required to strip
projects, make the plates, and produce them on the press are also
covered. Course will meet for two hours of lecture and fo ur
laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: GCT 225, GCT 230, GCT
320 and GCT 370. (3 crs.)
GCT 370. ADVANCED LITHOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES (LAB ).
A continuati on of GCT 270 whi ch utili zes the film elements
produced in order to complete required projects for this course. This
course treats the subj ects of stripping, platemaking and presswork.
A critical study of imposition of various type of jobs, fro m simple
single-color to more co mplex multi-color jobs. The latest techniques of platemaking as we ll as information on types of plates
presentl y in use are discussed. Feeder-delivery setup, press packing
methods, inking/dampening systems, control devices, rollers,
blankets and other related press acti vities are th oroughl y discussed.
Also, so me fo lding and binding techniques are included. Course
will meet for two hours of lecture and fo ur laboratory hours per
week. Prereq ui site: GCT 270. (3 crs.)
GCT 380. ADVANCED FLEXOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES (LAB ).
This course provides advanced study of the processes and techniques involved in the printing and converting of packaging and
labeling materials. Laboratory applications include the design,
preparation and fl exographic printing and converti ng of tonal and
special effects images on various substrates. Emphasis is placed on
establishin g repeatability of the printing process by controliing
variables related to advanced flexographic reproduction. Methods
and techniques of quality assurance are implemented as an integral
part in the producti on of flexographic printed products. Course will
meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisites: GCT 100, GCT 200 and GCT 330. (3 crs.).
GCT 390. GRAVURE PRINTING (LAB). Thi s course is a comprehensive study of gravure printing. You will examine the vari ous
products printed by gravure including: publications, labels, package,
wal lcovering, vinyl flooring and wrapping paper. Industry visits to
gravure printing plants that specialize in each of these products will
be made. Product design fo r each gravure printing product will be
explored. Environmental compliance in the gravure industry will be
covered in depth. Course wiU meet for two hours of lecture and four
laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
GCT 430. FLEXOGRAPHIC PRINTING PRODUCTIONS (LAB).
The third and final course in a seri es whi ch is directed study relevant
to the individual 's career objectives based on specific fl exographic
printing applications. The student generates specificati ons, estimates,
and procedures for the production of self-di rected flexographic
printed products. The student productions are organized as a portfolio
consistent with the individual career objective that has been developed through previous flexography coursework. Process color
flexographic printing, ultraviolet curing theory and practice, statistical
process control, and current trends in flexographic printing are
analyzed for application through student coursework. Course will
meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisites: GCT 100, GCT 200, GCT 330 and GCT 380. (3 crs.)
GCT 460. SUBSTRATES AND INKS (LAB). This course is a
comprehensive study of all the substrates and inks used in offset
lithography, screen printing, flexography, gravure, and other specialty
printing processes. The course covers the fundamentals of substrate
and ink manufacturing, selection, and testing. How substrates and ink
interact and the identification and prevention of potential problems
wiJI be included in the course. Course will meet for two hours of
lecture and four laboratory hours per week. Prerequi sites: GCT 100
and GCT 200. (3 crs.).
GCT 470. WEB OFFSET (LAB). This course is a comprehensive study
of the web offset printing industry and covers both heatset and nonheatset printing. The student will study alJ aspects of prepress, press, and
post-press activities that are unique to web offset printing. The course
includes the design and printing of two magazine format products to be
printed on a heatset web offset press and a non-heatset web offset press.
Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per
week. Prerequisites: GCT 365 and GCT 370. (3 crs.).
GCT 485 . GRAPHICS SEMINAR. This is an all-encompassing
seminar-type course designed to provide graduating seniors in
Graphic Communications Technology with opportunities to enhance
their knowledge base in the following areas: process photography/
photographic techniques, lithographic applications, layout and design,
estimating/cost analysis, paper/ink, electronic imag ing, desktop
publishing, screen printing and flexography. Additionally, students
will be exposed to selected visi tation sites, guest lecturers from the
field, and an exploration of current problems and issues relati ng to the
Graphic Communications industry. Each student is required to do a
major research paper on a particular problem or issue relating to the
graphics industry. Career services workshops will also be included.
Prerequisites: Senior Standing. (3 crs.).
GCT 495. GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS INTERNSHIP. Student
interns are placed with an organization which most nearly approximates employment goals. If thi s is not possible, students are placed in
some type of graphics environment which is avai lable at the time. The
intent of the internship is to provide students with practical work
experience in an environment in which they will be dealing with real
problems requiring real solutions in a rel ati vely short time frame.
Advisor and Department chairperson approval is required before
course enrollment. This is a repeatable course and may be taken as
follows: Students may earn up to seven credits of internship.
Prerequisite: Upper Level Standing. ( I-7 crs.)
GEO - Geography
GEO 100. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY. Introduces students
to regional differences throughout the world in terms of landforms,
climates, soils and vegetation as well as population characteristics and
economic activities. Representative areas such as Western Europe,
Russia, Japan and Latin America are developed. (3 crs.)
GEO I 05. HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. The course provides insights
into the existing patterns and distributions of various social groups.
Broad outlines of human evolution, development and demographi c
patterns are emphasized. (3 crs.)
GEO 110. MAP PRINCIPLES . A non-technical course to develop
competence in development, recognition, understanding and
evaluation of map information. Interpretation of thematic maps,
both regional and world, is emphasized. (3 crs.)
GEO 150. SURVEY OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM. An overview
of the travel and tourism industry is emphasized. Topics include
introductory principles, measuring and forecasting demand, tourism
planning, tourism marketing, touri sm development, and the role of
the geographer. (3 crs.)
GEO 155 . HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY & OPERATIONS . An
introduction to the field of hospitality services. Topics covered
relate directly to the operation of resorts and hotels. (3 crs.)
GEO 200. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY. The study of areal
variation on the earth 's surface in man 's activities rel ated to
producing, exchanging, and consuming resources. (3 crs.)
GEO 205. WORLD CITIES/GEOGRAPHY OF TOURISM. The
geography of touri sm in selected cities of the world with an
emphasis on form and function. Topics include an analysis of
resources for tourism, the organization of related land use patterns,
and developmental processes . (3 crs.)
GEO 210. URBAN GEOGRAPHY. An investigation of city
environments. Topics investigated and analyzed about cities include
their classification, location, distribution, function, growth, type,
and pattern of land use. Emphasis toward urban planning is
incorporated. (3 crs.)
GEO 217. DEMOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS. A basic course on
demographic processes and trends. Emphasis is placed on di stribution patterns and environmental ramifications. (3 crs.)
GEO 220. GEOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED STATES AND
PENNSYLVANIA. A study of the physical and cultural environment throughout the United States and Pennsylvania particularly as
it relates to spatial patterns of population, agriculture, industry,
service and transportation patterns. (3 crs.)
GEO 240. HUMAN ECOLOGY. A social science approach to the
relationship between humanity and the organic and inorganic
environment. Emphasis is placed on the physical, biological and
cultural basis of human adaptation. (3 crs.)
n
0
~
~
rJl
GEO 285. RETAIL TRAVEL. The skills used in the worldwide
travel industry that are essential for a career as a travel agency
owner, manager, or agent, as a tour operator, or as a corporate,
convention travel planner or manager. (3 crs.)
~
GEO 306. MARKETING GEOGRAPHY. Spatial patterns associated with the consumption of goods and services. Emphasis is
placed on the collection and distribution of goods and services as
related to aspects of the cultural environment. (3 crs.)
~
~
rJl
n
~
GEO 311. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS . This
course provides an analysis of different methods and techniques of ~
representing geographic data through the use of various manual and ~
computer-based tech nologies. The focus is upon the processes
~
involved in the collection, compilation, and di splay of geographic ~
data within a data base. (3 crs.)
O
z
rJl
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
175
z
00
GEO 317. LAND USE ANALYSIS. An analysis of the structure of
urban and rural land use which emphasizes patterns and trends in
land use. Methods of analysis are developed so that land use can be
~ effectively understood. (3 crs.)
0
GEO 412. PROGRAM PLANNING AND ADMINISTRATION. The
course emphasizes the analysis of a community, assessment of its
residential leisure needs, and implementation of recreational programs
into the community. The course stresses planning, objectives, goal
setting, structural organization, advertising, and evaluation. (3 crs.)
~ GEO 325. GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE. A study of forces which
~
have shaped the human landscape of Western Europe. National and
~ regional disparities ranging from land relief and climate to social
and economic phenomena are studied. (3 crs.)
U
00 GEO 328. GEOGRAPHY OF LATIN AMERICA. A regional
~ analysis of the physical and cultural environments that make the
Q human landscape. Present Latin America society is studied through
a historical perspective. (3 crs.)
~ GEO 331. GEOGRAPHY OF RUSSIA. A regional study of the
~
physical and cultural features of Russia. The emphasis is placed
upon those factors responsible for the current position of Russia as
~ a major world power and on potential future development. (3 crs.)
GEO 425. CORPORATE TRAVEL OPERATIONS . An applied
course in the principles of corporate travel managing such as
corporate travel requirements, policies, economics, and travel
industry automation. (3 crs.)
GEO 474. DEVELOPING THE MASTER PLAN. The course
examines planning as a process. Attention is focused on the
elements and activities necessary to prepare and implement a
comprehensive plan. The course provides an opportunity for the
student to apply acquired planning skills to specific urban and
regional problems. (3 crs.)
~
0 GEO 338. GEOGRAPHY OF THE PACIFIC BASIN. A regional
U study of the physical and cultural environments of the Pacific
rimland. Emphasis on Australia, Indonesia, Japan, New Zealand,
and the Philippines. (3 crs.)
GEO 340. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY. A study of the interrelationships between the natural and cultural environments and the
historical development of the cultural landscape. Historical
development of the United States is emphasized. (3 crs.)
GEO 345. POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. The state is the focus of the
course, emphasis on the role played by the physical and cultural
environment in terms of its form and function . Particular emphasis
placed on frontiers, boundaries, law of the seas, transportation and
ecology. (3 crs.)
GEO 350. SYSTEMS APPLICATION FOR TRAVEL INDUSTRY.
An applied course in the principles and practices of travel industry
automation. (3 crs.)
GEO 358. COMPREHENSIVE TRAVEL PLANNING. A basic
understanding of the procedures and components of travel planning
and promotion . The student is introduced to the major principles
and techniques used in the development of travel programs, trip
packages, and group tours. (3 crs.)
GEO 362. SITE PLANNING AND DESIGN. The components of
the site design process. Specific tools and procedures necessary for
effective planning of recreation and park facilities. Introduction to
the complete planning process from concept to construction. (3 crs.)
GEO 374. DEVELOPING AND MANAGING LEISURE ENTERPRISES . An overview of the commercial leisure industry, specifically focusing on the procedures involved in the developing,
marketing, and managing of the enterprise. The student is introduced to the methods used in starting a leisure business. The
emphasis is placed on the management skills necessary for the
effective and profitable management of the enterprise. (3 crs.)
GEO 378. RECREATION INDUSTRY MANAGEMENT. Analysis
of managerial and administrative practices and processes in recreation, park and agency departments, including departmental
organization, policy making, liability and negligence, personnel
management and staffing, fiscal management, budgeting, finance,
records and reports, office management, and public relations. (3 crs.)
176
California University of Pennsylvania
GEO 479. INTERNSHIP. The internship provides the student with
the opportunity to apply classroom theory to realistic, professionallevel situations. It is intended to give the student a concentrated
practical experience in a professional organization. The concepts
and experiences acquired in the classroom are honed and fine-tuned
at this level to prepare students for their career undertaking.
(Variable crs.)
GEO 491. FIELD COURSE IN GEOGRAPHY. Field investigation
utilizing geographic tools and techniques concentrating on primary
data. (Variable crs.)
GEO 493. SEMINAR IN GEOGRAPHY. Consideration of evolving
geographic thought, evaluation of selected geographic literature, and
the development of individual or group research projects. Recommended as a culminating course for majors in geography. (3 crs.)
GEO 520. PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED $TATES. This
course is for students with a background that includes Principles of
Geomorphology. It involves a systematic survey of the major physiographic provinces in the United States. Emphasis is placed on the
relationship of the underlying geology, geologic history, and climate to
the development of today's landscapes. Laboratory work principally
involves interpretations from air photos and topographic maps. (3 crs.)
GER-German
GER IOI. ELEMENTARY GERMAN I. For students who have had no
previous instruction in German or who require additional instruction
before attempting a more advanced level. Develops the fundamental s of
correct idiomatic German through instruction in basic audio-linguistic
patterns and sentence structure. Language laboratory is used in
conjunction with this and the following courses. Three class hours and
one hour language laboratory each week. (3 crs.)
GER 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN II. Continuation of German
101. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: GER IO I or one year of high-school German. (3 crs.)
GER 203. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN I. The goals are to
understand, speak, and write German on a more advanced level. A
review of the structural principles covered in German IOI and
German 102 and additional structural material, idioms, etc. , is
given. More emphasis is placed on speaking and reading. Three
class hours and one hour language laboratory each week. Prerequisite: GER I 02 or two years of high school German . (3 crs.)
GER 204. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN II. Continuation of
German 203, with speaki ng, reading, writing on a more advanced
level emphasized. Three class hours and one language laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: GER 203. (3 crs.)
Culture Cour es are taught in English and are intended to satisfy
General Educati on Humanities elective requirements as well as those
in the major. One culture course is offered each regular semester.
GER 240. FROM TACITUS TO LUTHER. Fifteen hundred years of
German Cultural History is traced in this course, including the tribal era,
establishment of the Holy Roman Empire and medieval society. (3 crs.)
GER 24 1. THE GERMAN BAROQUE. This course examines
approximately two hundred years of German cultural history beginning
with the spread of Protestantism in the late Renaissance and concluding
at the apogee of Enlightenment thought and influence. (3 crs.)
GER 249. POSTWAR GERMANY 1945 TO 1990:
BUNDESREPUBLIK (FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY,
WEST GERMANY). The cultural spectrum of the Federal Republic
of Germany (West Germany, Bundesrepublik Deutsch land) is the
subj ect of thi s survey. (3 crs.)
GER 250. POSTWAR GERMANY 1945 TO THE PRESENT:
DEUTSCHE DEMOKRATISCHE REPUBLIK (GERMAN
DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC, EAST GERMANY) the cultu ral
spectrum of the German Democratic republic (East Germany,
Deutsche Demokratische Republik) is the subj ect of this survey
which begins with the year and continues to its demise. (3 crs .)
GER 251 . AUSTRIA: FROM THE BABENBERGS TO THE
CONGRESS OF VIENNA 976- I 813 . This topic presents an
approximately one thousand year cultural history of the Austrian
empire from its birth as protector and successor of the Holy Roman
Empire, to its twilight at the end of the Napoleonic Wars. (3 crs.)
GER 242. THE AGE OF GOETHE: PART I ENLIGHTENMENT.
The first half of the life of Johann Wolfgang von Goethe is the bas is
for the course chronology: 1749- 1796; the period reflects the
acceptance, endorsement and ultimate waning of Enlightenment
ideals in the German lands. (3 crs.)
GER 252. AUSTRIA: FROM THE CONGRESS OF VIENNA TO
THE TREATY OF VERSAILLES 181 3- 1918. The last century of
Hapsburg rul e is the backdrop fo r this survey of the Golden Age of
Austrian cultural enterprise. (3 crs.)
GER 243. THE AGE OF GOETHE: PART II ROMANTICISM .
The concluding segment of Goethe's life ( 1796-1832) encompasses
the reaction agai nst Enlightenment ideals and the realities of the
Napoleonic Wars. These led to the rise of romanticism and the first
decisive steps to German cultural prominence in nineteenth century
Europe. (3 crs.)
GER 253. AUSTRIA: FIRST REPUBLIC HEIM INS REICH
SECOND REPUBLIC (1919-PRESENT). This course presents a
cultural history of Austria from 19 19 to the present with representative works from the first Republic (1919-38), the period of Nazi
annexation (Anschluss) ( 1938-45) and the post-World War II era
which gave rise to the Second Republic (1955 to the present). (3 crs.)
GER 244. RICHARD WAGNER AND HIS TIMES: TRIUMPH OF
THE BOURGEOISIE. The period covered begins in the year of
Goethe's death, 1832, whi ch is also the year which witnessed the
first attempts of writing for the musical stage by Richard Wagner.
The rise of the German middle class and triumph of bourgeois
ideals form th e background for the endeavors and developments of
Wagner and hi s contemporaries. (3 crs.)
GER 254. SWITZERLAND. This course presents a cultural survey
of the German spealcing Swiss primarily though the cultural
contributions of the other language groups are represented.
Although it begins in the days of the Roman Empire and proceeds
swiftly through the formation of the Swiss Confederation in the
13th century to the beginning of the 18th century, the greater part of
the course deals with the last two hundred years of Swiss cultu ra l
enterprise. (3 crs.)
GER 245 . THE WILHELMINIAN ERA. The survey covers the
pe1iod 1870- 19 18 when German lands are united into a powerful
national state, the Deutsches Reich. Germany is viewed at the peak
of her cultura l leadership in western civi lization before the debacle
of the First World War. (3 crs.)
GER 246. THE WEIMAR REPUBLIC. The ill-fated German
Weimar Republic lasted fo urteen years, from 1919 to 1933, but in
that period the world wi tnessed an unparalleled concentration of
cu ltural endeavor born from military defeat, political humiliation
and social and economic chaos fo llowing World War I. (3 crs.)
GER 247. GERMAN CULTURE UN DER THE NATIONAL
SOCIALISTS. T he premise for thi s course is that German culture
did not cease to manifest itself during the period from 1933 to 1945
when Adolf Hitler and the Nazi Party controlled Germany's desti ny.
What the German public was permitted in the way of cultural
consumpti on during the Nazi era is the focal point of the survey.
Onl y works produced in Germany at the time and either explicitl y
or tacitly endorsed by the Nazi government are dealt with. (3 crs.)
GER 248. GERM.AN CULTURE IN EXILE. Many intellectuals
uprooted for political or racial reasons by the Nazi usurpation of
political power in Europe fled their homel ands, never to return .
Documentary evidence from 1933 to 1949 is used to understand
their exile and German culture abroad. (3 crs.)
GER 311. GERMAN CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND
PHONETICS I. Selected readings are used to develop further skill s in
reading, writing, and speaking German. Three class hours and one
hour language laboratory per week. Prerequisite: GER 204. (3 crs.)
GER 3 12. GERMAN CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND
PHONETICS II. Continuation of German 3 11 , conducted on a more
advanced level. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: GER 311 or GER 204 with a grade of A or B. (3 crs.)
GER 401. ADVANCED COMPOSITION: GRAMMAR AND
STYLISTICS. The course provides in-depth grammar analysis of
German. Intensive practice is given for translation and composi? on.
Refinement of expository writing is a major goal and emphas is 1s
placed on achieving fluent and idiomatic expression to a degree
acceptable by a native and educated speaker. (3 crs.)
~
0
O
~
00
~
~
~
00
~
~
GER 421. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE I. Presents a
ji,,,,,,11(
foundation on literary definiti on (style, fo rm, period) and illustrates ~
them through the works of leading German spealcing authors. (3 crs.) ~
ji,,,,,,11(
GER 422. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE II. Continuation
of German 421. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
0
.Z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
177
OOGER 450. FOREIGN LANGUAGE COLLOQUIUM IN GERMAN. The colloquium in German is designed for students in
teacher education who must demonstrate a fluency in oral presentati on in order to meet requirements for employment and tenure in
~ Pennsylvania's school systems; as such it is required for students in
~ teacher education. It is designed secondarily for the liberal arts
~ major who wishes to enhance fluency in speaki ng, but it is not
~ required for the German major. (3 crs.)
Z
0
~ GER 452 . HISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. For
U
German language majors but open to any student meeting the
00 prerequisites (all courses from GER 203 to GER 422). The course
~ begins with the emergence of a German language group from its
Q lndo-European heritage and traces the development of contemporary German from Gothic through Old High German, Middle High
~ German and dialect manifestati ons, as well as its encounters with
other European languages. The course is required for German
~ majors. (3 crs.)
00
PGER 469. STUDIES IN GERMAN LITERATURE. Subject matter
Otobe arranged. Designed for German majors who wish to take extra
credits and/or study abroad. Prerequisite: 18 hours of German.
U (Variable crs.)
HIN - Harrisburg Internship Program
HTN 374. HARRISBURG INTERNSHIP ASSIGNMENT. This
intern ship gives selected students an opportunity to work in various
state government offices including the Governor's office, the
Senate, and the House of Representatives. Prerequisites: 45 credits,
3.0 QPA, and permi ssion of program director. (Variable crs.)
HIN 375. HARRISBURG INTERNSHIP. This course is completed
in conj unction with HIN 374. (3 crs.)
HIN 376. PUBLIC POLICYMAKING. This seminar is completed
in conjunction with HIN 374. (3 . crs)
HIS - History
HIS 101. HISTORY OF THE U.S . TO 1877. American history from
the Pilgrims to the age of modem industry : the colonial heritage,
American Revolution, the emergence of a new nati on, westward
ex pansion, Civil War and postwar Reconstruction . (3 crs.)
HIS 102. HISTORY OF THE U.S. SINCE 1877. The emergence of
modern America, its achievements and its problems; prosperity and
depression, war and social unrest, World War I through the Vietnam
era and beyond, the computer age and its challenges. (3 crs.)
HIS 104. HISTORY OF WESTERN SOCIETY TO 1740. Western
society from its ori gins in the near East to the period of Absolutism
in Europe. (3 crs.)
HIS 106. HISTORY OF WESTERN SOCIETY SINCE 1740.
Western society from the Enlightenment to the present. (3 crs.)
HIS 107. HISTORY OF SOUTHWESTERN PENNSYLVANIA.
This course surveys the role of southwestern Pennsylvani a from the
local, regional, national and international perspectives. These
include the reactions of the Native Americans to the corning of the
" wh ite" frontier; the military events leading to the French and
Indian War; the Whi skey "insurrecti on" ; the evolution of transportation fro m the flatboat/keelboard and steamboat eras to the railroad
and automobile; the rise and decline of the iron/steel industry;
l 78
California University of Pennsylvania
immigration and agriculture; and education and culture, particularly
the influence of the former and the significance of the latter. (3 crs.)
HIS I 11. DEVELOPMENT OF MAJOR WORLD CIVILIZATIONS . The process and interplay of the major world cultures in
their evolution: Indian, Moslem, East Asian (China, Korea, Japan),
Slavic, Western European, Latin American, and African. (3 crs .)
HIS 11 2. MAJOR WORLD CIVILIZATIONS IN TRANSITION.
Significant factors influencing change in the world 's major cultural
areas: industrialization and urban conflict, the democratic revolution,
and the rise of charismatic leaders from Napoleon to Hitler. (3 crs.)
HIS 147. HISTORY OF THE MIDDLE EAST. A history of the
region, emphasizing the twentieth century interplay of cultural
changes with traditional ways ; Islam and modernization ; SovietAmerjcan rivalry; the politics of oil ; the Arab-Israeli conflict; and
Arab nationalism; its leaders; the role of terrorism. (3 crs.)
HIS 150. HISTORY OF THE ANCIENT WORLD. A study of the
origins of Western Civilization from its beginning to the di sintegration of the Roman Empire, the cultural aspects of the Fertile
Crescent and Greco-Roman civilizations. (3 crs.)
HIS 188. LOCAL HISTORY. An introduction to the location,
evaluation, and significance of local history by using the problemsolving and genealogical approach. Specific topics are analyzed in
order to get to know at first hand the importance of local and family
history at the grass roots level. (3 crs.)
HIS 200. HISTORY OF PENNSYLVANIA. The history of
Pennsylvania from colonial times to the present; the changes
involved in social, economic, and political life are treated from
internal and external points of view. (3 crs .)
HIS 201. CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION. The causes of
the Civi l War; the military, political, economic, and social developments during the war; the consequences of the postwar period from
the standpoint of contemporary developments and their applications
today. (3 crs.)
HIS 203. HISTORY OF TRANSPORTATION IN PENNSYLVANIA. The roles that Pennsylvania has played in the development of
transportation systems since Colonial times, including turnpikes,
canals, river transport (flatboats to steamboats), railroads, and motor
transportation. (3 crs.)
HIS 204. HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVES ON AGING. A chronological survey of aging in American culture from colonial times to
the present. Principle subjects for examination are the emergence
and development of retirement programs, and institutional and noninstitutional treatment of the elderly in social, reli gious, political,
and cultural contexts. (3 crs.)
HIS 210. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC HISTORY. This course is an
overview of the methods and arenas of the public historian. Through
hands-on experience in such areas as museum design, collection
development, museum education, archival management, historic
preservation and historical editing, the student will gain an understanding of the challenges and rewards of the public historian. (3 crs.)
HIS 215 . EXPANSION OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY. The
emergence of modern American foreign policy and the factors that
have influenced its operation in the twentieth century: the interplay
of military strategy and the conduct of foreign relations, the role of
an expanding intelligence activity since World War II, global
economic problems, modem revolutionary movements, and the
scientific revolution. (3 crs.)
HIS 216. HISTORY OF ENGLAND. The hi story of England from
the reign of Henry VII to the modem era, with particular attention
to the social and cultural aspects of Briti sh life. (3 crs.)
HIS 217. AFRO-AMERICANS IN U.S . HISTORY. A survey of the
role of Afro-Americans in the course of American history. The course
explores African roots, American slavery, the rise of black protests,
the Civil Rights movement, and the rise of the Black City. (3 crs.)
HIS 218. HISTORY OF SPORT IN AMERICA. Sport as a
pervasive facet of our popular culture, as a social institution, as an
arena of human activity, and as a drama; sports and cultural values
and values conflict; the relationship of sport to social change
throughout American history. (3 crs .)
HIS 220. UNITED STATES MILITARY HISTORY. The development of America's military strategy and the growth of the United
States military establishment; principle campaigns and battles; the
role of the armed forces as a social and political institution from the
Revolution to the post-Vietnam Era. Emphasis is given to twentieth
century strategy and related policy problems. (3 crs.)
HIS 225. HISTORY OF CONTEMPORARY EUROPE. Major
developments in Europe within the last 45 years which have
significance in challenging and transforming many of the traditional
values of society. The decline in the pre-eminent position of Europe
in world affairs and the rise of a global civilization. (3 crs.)
HIS 226. HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL EUROPE. A study of the
political, social, economic, and cultural forces of the Middle Ages,
with emphasis on institutional and cultural life from the fall of
Rome to the Renaissance. (3 crs.)
HIS 227. RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION. A study of
Renaissance culture in Europe from the fourteenth to the sixteenth
century, with emphasis on Italian Renaissance and the German
Reformation, considering late medieval civilization, humanism, the
artistic Renaissance, the universal church, and the appearance and
character of the principle branches of Protestantism. (3 crs.)
HIS 230. HISTORY OF EASTERN EUROPE. The medieval
origins of Poland, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Yugoslavia, and
Bulgaria. Romania through the period of national revival of the
nineteenth century, independence after World War I, sovietization
after World War II, and reemerging nati onalism. (3 crs.)
HIS 234. URBAN PLANNING IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE.
The planning implications of urbanization; the early city planning
of the pre-industrial era, and the efforts by city planners and
developers to make the city more attractive and livable in various
periods of urban growth. (3 crs .)
HIS 236. HISTORY OF URBAN AMERICA. The urban experience
in America from the seventeenth century to the present. Urban
America in the context of world urbani zation, industrialization,
technology and the rise of mass culture. The emergence of
progressive reform and the implication of these forces on urban
spatial development. (3 crs.)
HIS 238. HISTORY OF AMERICAN LABOR. American labor
from early colonial times to the present. (3 crs.)
HIS 240. HISTORY OF THE COLD WAR. The origins and
continuance of Soviet-American rivalry since World War II.
Confrontation in Europe; NATO ; the Warsaw Pact; the growing
nuclear arsenal ; regional conflict in Africa, Latin America and Asia;
the Congo, Angola, Cuba, Iran, China, Vietnam ; the politics and
leadership of both nations; the emergence of Russia as a global
power. (3 crs.)
HIS 245 . HISTORY OF RUSSIA. Russian hi story, culture, and
institutions from the inception of the Kievi an state to the present;
the pre-Soviet periods and those aspects of development of the
Russian state and people that have played a dominant role in the
shaping of Russian character, temperament, and history. (3 crs.)
HIS 247 . HISTORY OF ETHNIC AMERICA. The immigrant in
United States history from the eighteenth century through the
contemporary period. (3 crs.)
HIS 250. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. The
growth of the American constitutional system, with special
emphasis on those aspects of constitutional growth that relate
closely to the fund amental structure of American government and
social order. (3 crs.)
HIS 260. WOMEN IN U.S. HISTORY. A study of women from the
colonial era until the present, arranged around topics such as
reform, abolition, political activism, working conditions, and
contemporary issues. (3 crs.)
HIS 262. WOMEN IN ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL EUROPEAN
HISTORY. A study of the lives and attitudes of women living in
ancient and medieval times, from Classical Greece to late medieval
Northern Europe. Social, cultural, religious, economic and political
matters will be discussed, with special considerati on given to the
role women played in the shaping of western civilization. (3 crs .)
HIS 265 . HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA. The emergence of
modern Latin America from the Aztecs to Castro; economic and
social development of the region in the twentieth century ; struggle
for social justice among diverse cultures; conflicts within Latin
American political life; military dictatorships; parli amentary
democracy ; guerrilla warfare and counterterrorism. (3 crs.)
0
HIS 275. PITTSBURGH HISTORY. Examines the history of the City
of Pittsburgh from 1750 to the present. The course focuses on the
evolution of Pittsburgh first into a quintessential lndus_trial Ci_ty, then ~
into a pioneer renaissance city, and finally rnto a post-mdustnal,
~
service-oriented city. Therefore, the course affords a unique urban
00
perspe~ti".'e on the social, spatial: and political implicati ons of both
~
industnalism and post-mdustnalism. Pittsburgh History features
~
lectures, field trips, as well as class discussions. (3 crs.)
{'.j
~
HIS 304. GREAT DEPRESSION AND WORLD WAR II. The
stresses and strains of the l 930-1945 period of United States history ~
using recent trends in scholarship. (3 crs.)
\. J.
~
HIS 305. CONTEMPORARY HISTORY OF THE U.S. The
unprecedented changes that have occurred in the United States since ~
the end of World War II. (3 crs.)
~
HIS 310. CHRISTIANITY TO 1700. This course discusses t h e~
o
development of Christianity from earliest times to the seventeenth
century. Explores Christianity 's role in transforming society through
study of its belief system, the growth of monasti cism and the
00
Z
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
179
00, institutional church, issues of dissent and reform before and after
Z the Reformation, European wars of religion in the sixteenth and
seventeenth centuries, and the expansion of Christianity to the New
World. (3 crs.)
0
,-..ii
~ HIS 320. A ATOMY OF DICTATORSHIP. The basic, social,
~ economic, psychological, and political elements that make up the
,-..ii modern dictators hip. (3 crs. )
~ HIS 329. HISTORY INTERNSHIP. Application of historical
00, methodologies to various professional environments, under faculty
~
supervision. (Variable crs.)
Q HIS 345. SOCIAL HISTORY OF THE U.S . The major grouping
and way of the United States from colonial days to the present. (3
crs.)
~
00.
~ HIS 350. ADOLF HITLER. The philosophical and psychological
---- elements that led to the rise of National Socialism, and its impact
~ upon the western world. (3 crs.)
o
U
HIS 379. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN HISTORY. Development of
individual programs by students. (Variable crs.)
HIS 495. SEMINAR IN U.S. HISTORY. A study of American
histori ans and their writings ; the changing interpretations of major
topics in American history. (3 crs.)
HON - Honors Program
HON l 00. HONORS AND UNIVERSITY ORIENTATION. This
course provides the honors student with a fairly comprehensive
introduction to university life in general and the honors program in
particular. Practical matters including a comprehensive review of
the honors program curriculum, requirements to remain in the
program, advisement and registration procedures to be followed and
an elaboration and description of ancillary university services
available to the student are covered. The meaning and function of a
uni versity, the importance of the liberal/general education part of
the curriculum , the relationship between the university and society
and current issues affecti ng the academy are addressed through
selected readings and discussion. Also, students will be required to
establi sh a portfolio that will be maintained throughout the
undergraduate experience. (1 er.)
HO 150. HONORS COMPOSITION I. Honors Composition I, a
course designed specifical ly for first-year students in the Honors
Program, is an introduction to the advanced literacy of the academy.
ln thi s course, students will develop an understanding of how
diverse scholarly disciplines employ differing strategies and
conventions for organi zing and transmitting knowledge. (3 crs.)
HON 187. INFORMATION LITERACY. "Knowledge is of two
ki nds: we know a subject ourselves, or we know where we can find
information upon it." Dr. Samuel Johnson (1709-1784). The course
wi ll focus its attention on the second kind of knowledge described
by Dr. Johnson. The honors student will learn how to find information, and evaluate and use it effectively. The Louis L. Manderino
Library, the Internet, and other electronic resources will be the
primary empha es of the course. The course will provide the honors
student wi th practical research and bibliographic ski lls that can be
utilized in any area of study. (3 crs.)
HO 197. EURASIAN AND NORTH AFRICAN CIVILIZATION.
This course is the first in a two semester sequence on the origin,
nature, accomplishments and failures of the diverse civilization of this
180
California University of Pennsylvania
planet. A panoramic, balanced picture of human achievement in
technology, government, religion, and the arts is provided. A decided
emphasis is placed on the student critically anal yzing some enduring
themes and questions common to the different civilizations. (3 crs.)
HON 201. QUANTITATIVE PROBLEM SOLVING. This course
will provide the student wi th an app lication-oriented, investigative
mathematics curriculum. The students will use technology and
cooperative group work to solve real-li fe problems and strengthen
their understanding of mathematics. The goals of the course are
parallel to those of the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics Curriculum and Evaluation Standards. The topics covered target
Pre-Calculus where the problems associated wi th engineering,
physical and life sciences, business, finan ce and computer science
drive the mathematics. This course will provide the student with a
foundation to pursue further study in calculus, finite mathematics,
discrete mathematics and statistics. (3 crs.)
HON 250. HONORS COMPOSITION II. Honors Composition II, a
course designed specifically for first-year students in the Honors
Program, is a companion and follow- up course to Honors Composition
I. In Honors Composition II, students will investigate· an academic
research question on a topic and in a field of their choosing and
produce a research paper addressing this question. Research results will
be presented before a panel of interested peers and faculty. (3 crs.)
HON 281. KNOWLEDGE AND CULTURE: SOME EXPLORATIONS. ''To be culturally literate is to possess the basic information
needed to thrive in the modem world." E. D. Hirsch. This course explores
what every student needs to know to read intelligently. Class sessions
focus on skills needed to acquire cultural literacy, i.e., the grasp of a
coherent community of values and recognitions. The course provides
honors students with a framework of reference and bibliographic skills
that they can utilize in their areas of study. (3 crs.) ·
HON 285. PROTEST MOVEMENTS IN THE 1960S. This course
affords a general and comprehensive perspective on the unique, exciting,
and dangerous world of 1960s politics. Understanding the period entails
the use of films, videos, and records as well as extensive reading. (3 crs.)
HON 286. COMMENTARIES ON TECHNOLOGY. A study of the
history of the development of science and technology from the humanity
point of view. The view that technology is good and beneficial to man is
examined along with the way that man looks at himself. Diverse
literature is used to explore and examine modem institutions with the
expectation of identifying why things are the way they are and how they
might have been different under other circumstances. What is and what
has been will be studied to predict future developments and their effect
on humanity. (3 crs.)
HON 287. THE LITERATURE OF SOCIAL UNREST. This course will
analyze the relationship between literature and social change by studying
contemporary fiction and drama from Eastern Europe, Latin America,
and South Africa. Class discussion will emphasize the historical and
political significance of works by such authors as Jerzy Kosinski, Milan
Kundera, Vaclav Havel, Gabriel Garcfa Marquez, Athol Fugard, and
Nadine Gordimer. (3 crs.)
HON 295. LITERATURE, THE VISUAL ARTS AND THE WORLD
VIEW. This course investigates the relationship between literature and
the visual arts, primarily sculpture and painting, as revealed in various
periods of history and culture-Ancient Greece, the Renaissance,
Mannerism, the Baroque, the Rococo, Romanticism, Realism, and
Naturalism, Impressionism, and Expressioni m. The course focuses on
an exploration and analysis of the historical, social, and philosophical
backgrounds and "world view" of each period, and how these factors
contribute to the emergence of artistic movements or "schools." (3 crs.)
HON 297. _SCIENTIFIC INQUIRY. Scientific Inquiry is an interdisciplinary foray mto the hard sciences. It presumes no prior acquaintance with
chemistry, physics, or biology. It defines science, its tenninology and its
methodology, and exposes students to its essential elements. A perspectJve of scientific evolution will be developed by examining salient events
and personalities. Various topics, especially from the physical sciences
will be examined with an emphasis on how scientific knowledge is used
to elicit technical innovations, solve problems, and shape the future. Later
c(ass discussions will focus on defining possible and probably future
yields and prioritizing national efforts. (3 crs.)
HON 315. EXPRESSION OF SELF IN THE ARTS AND HUMANITIES. This course, broadly conceived as a humanities appreciation
course, focuses on three general themes-Relationships: The Impact of
Love, Family, and Friends; Passages: An Exploration of Life's Transitional_ Periods; and_The Search for Meaning and Understanding. By
exarrumng and cnncally analyzing selected works from literature, the fine
arts, music, theatre, photography, and film, the student is expected to
develop a nonprescribed but comprehensive and integrative overview of
these central themes. Also, students will have the opportunity to explore
their own self-expression through a creative, artistic assigriment. (3 crs.)
HON ~81. E~~LUTION OF EARTH SYSTEMS. The evolutionary
dynamics of hvmg systems; namely, how the interrelationships
between plants, animals, humans and environment shape their
evolution, extinction, diversity, geographic distribution, geologic
history, and, for humans, their cultural history. Specific examples of
~ast and present biotic communities include Ice Age vertebrates,
hvmg mammals, amphibians and reptiles, continental and island
faunas, and human cultures from Peru, Egypt, the Amazon Basin
and the Arctic. Lectures are strongly supplemented with study of
pecimens, artifacts, and exhibits from The Carnegie Museum of
Natural History. (3 crs.)
HON 385. BIOLOGICAL ORIGINS OF SOCIAL BEHAVIOR.
The purpose of this course is to develop an understanding of
sociobiology and the influence of the process of natural selection on
social behavior in nonhuman and human animals. Findings from the
biological and social sciences are integrated to provide a comprehensive view of the origin and nature of various social behaviors.
Field and laboratory observations of animal behavior are used to
demonstrate a complex variety of social behaviors. (3 crs.)
HON 388. PRINCES AND PAUPERS : STUDIES IN SOCIAL
CLASS, WEALTH AND POVERTY IN WORLD HISTORY. The
course examines the impact of social and economic inequality on
world history. Using a case study approach, students will explore
the existence of wealth and poverty in Ancient Rome, in Medieval
and Reformation Europe, in Colonial America, in Victorian
England, and in 20th century urban America. (3 crs.)
HON 499. HONORS THESIS . The seniors honors project serves as
the capstone of the university honors program. Under the supervision of a faculty advisor of the student 's choice, the honors student
seeks to make· a substantive contribution to the discipline. Considerable latitude in the form of the contribution is permitted. Empirical
and historical research as well as creative products are all appropriate. A reader/reviewer is assigned to independently pass judgment
on the student's scholastic effort. An oral defense, demonstration or
display of the completed honors project is required. (3 crs.)
HPE - Health and Physical Education
HPE 103. BEGINNING KARATE. This course will provide
students with the opportunity to learn and practice basic marti al arts
techniques. Students will learn basic blocks and strikes, prearranged
forms (katas), and self defense techniques. Students that successfully complete the course will earn a yellow belt in karate. (2 crs.)
HPE 105. CURRENT HEALTH ISSUES. Current Health Issues is a
course designed to convey information concerning the individual's
role in establishing a healthful lifestyle as well as encouraging a
sense of responsibility about that role. The current health fram ework encompasses topics such as basic fitness and nutrition, the
pr_evention of di ~ease, as well as a focus on healthful living. Topics
will be covered m lecture and interactive sessions by the instructor
and the health student. (3 crs.)
HPE 202. COED AEROBIC FITNESS AND NUTRITION. The
course is designed to increase an individual's fitness through hi gher
level exercises. The activity portion of the class will include low
impact aerobics, rope jumping, swimming, etc., to improve the
s~dent's cardiopulmonary endurance, strength and flexibility. There
will be lectures on nutrition and basic exercise physiology. (2 crs.)
HPE 265 . BADMINTON AND GOLF. Basic instruction in the rules,
strategy, techniques and courtesies of both golf and badminton. ( 1 er.)
HPE ~66. TENNIS AND VOLLEYBALL. Fundamentals and game
techniques of tenrus and volleyball. Game drills and conditioning
exercises are also a part of the course. (l er.)
HPE 275 . VOLLEYBALL AND BASKETBALL. Instruction and
participation in the fundamental techniques, methods, rules, and
game strategy of the two sports. (I er.)
HPE 308. KINESIOLOGY. The biomechanics of motor perfo rmance. Prepares students to analyze movement in order to teach,
correct, or improve human performance. Offered as part of the
Athletic Training program. (3 crs.)
HPE 309. EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY. The course covers the
scientific theories and principles underlying strength, muscular
endurance, cardio-vascular endurance, flexibility, training and
conditioning in human movement. Offered as part of the Athletic
Training program. (3 crs.)
(1
0
~
~
00
HPE 314. FIRST AID AND PERSONAL SAFETY. Provides an
understanding of the cause-effect, prevention and treatment of
emergency situations. This course is helpful to all students,
especially students in the teacher education program. Three year
certification is offered by the American Red Cross. (3 crs.)
~
HPE 315. CARDIOPULMONARY RESUSCITATION. Includes
preventive heart practices, basic concepts of heart and lung
functions and skills for managing obstructed airways and cardiac
arrest. Certification is by the American Heart Association. Offered
when there is student need and interest. (1 er.)
~
~
00
,,.,..,.
~
HPE 316. LIFEGUARD TRAINING. An American Red Cross
~
Certification course designed to prepare individuals to be lifeguards ~
m pools ~nd (non~surf) facilities. Course includes certificati on in
~
commumty first aid and CPR for the professional rescuer. Prerequi - ~
site: Water Test. (3 crs.)
0
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
181
r:J'J.
HPE 338. PHYS ICAL EDUCATION FOR THE EXCEPTIONAL
0
~
in the physical educati on training for the exceptional child. Major
em phas is is on gross motor skills and physical activities leading to
lifeti me recreation and sports. (3 crs.)
~
HPE 345. SKIN AND SCUBA DIVING. Prepares students to
Z CHILD. An introduction to the principles, techniques, and research
~
=::: ce1tification
become National Certi fied Divers. There is an additional fee for the
di ve . Prerequisite: Deep water swimmer. (2 crs.)
~
~ HPE 500. EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN (EMT).
r...--,
Prepares students to become certified as Emergency Medical
~
ti on. Prerequisite: Age 16. (4 crs.)
~ Techni cians. Emphas is is pl aced upon the care and treatment of the
ill or inj ured in a variety of emergency situations. Students are
Q
r.,...-, requ ired to devote at least ten hours to actual in- hospital observar:J'J.
~ HSD - Highway Safety and Drivers Education
~ HSD 300. INTRODUCTION TO SAFETY EDUCATION. The
his tory and development of the safety movement. Psychological
variables such as attitudes, habits, emoti ons and values are
co nsidered in terms of their importance in the total accident picture.
Home, farm , traffic, fire industrial and many other areas of safety
are discussed. (3 crs.)
0
U
HSD 305 . DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY.
Designed to prepare a teacher to teach a complete thirty-and-six
Driver Ed ucation class. Emph as is upon essential facts, principles,
skills and psyc hological variables necessary fo r good driving and
the teac hing of the same to beginning drivers. Enrolled students are
requ ired to teach a beginner the behind-the-wheel driving sequence. Prerequisite: a driver's license. (3 crs.)
HSD 306. MATERIALS AND METHODS IN SAFETY IN THE
SECONDARY AND ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS . Develop various
teachin g meth ods and materials th at can be used to teach safety in
the elementary or secondary schools. (3 crs.)
HSD 307. MOTORCYCLE SAFETY. A comprehensive study of al l
aspects of motorcycle safety. Various classrooms and range
experiences are provided to enable each student to become a
proficient eye!ist. The course also prepares the student to teach
others how to ride. Prerequisite: HSD 305 . (3 crs.)
HSD 405 . ORGANIZATIO AND ADMINISTRATION OF
SAFETY EDUCATION. Organi zing and administering Safety
Ed ucation programs ranging from the elementary school through
college. School safety programs, environmental safety, and safety
services are analyzed in detai l. Prerequisite: HSD 300. (3 crs.)
HSD 408. PROBLEMS IN DRIVER AND TRAFFIC SAFETY.
Current problems in many areas of the driver and traffic safety.
Federal Highway Safety Program Standards are analyzed. (3 crs.)
IND - Industry & Technology
IN D IO I. ORAWING AND DESIGN. An introductory course for
those who wi h to become more skilled and confident in their
ab ility to draw and design. Design elements, principles and
practi ce are tudied. Creativity, self-discovery, and self-expression
are enco uraged. The student is required to develop a disciplined
approach to problem solving and a sensitivity to craftsmanship in
order to create solutions to a wide variety of challenging design
assignments. Class meets fo r two lecture and fo ur laboratory hours
per week. (3 crs.)
182
Cali fo rni a University of Pennsylvania
IND 110. TECHNICAL DRAWING I. A beginning course with
emphasis on the graphic language, mechanical drawing, lettering,
geometric constructi on, ketching and shape description, multi-view
projecti on, secti onal views, dimensioning, axonometric projection,
and oblique projecti on. Class meets for two lecture and four
laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 130. INTRODUCTORY CIRCUIT ANALYSIS. An introduction to DC and AC circuit theory and analysis. The theory includes
electri cal measurement systems, Ohm 's Law, Kirchoff's Laws,
circuit theorems, and component characteristi cs. Laboratory work
provides experiences with electrical components, schematics,
electrical tools, and basic electrical and electronic instrumentation.
Class meets fo r two lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisite: MAT I 8 1. (3 crs.)
IND 135. DIGITAL ELECTRONICS . An introduction to the theory
and application of logic gates, Boolean algebra, combinational
logic, sequenti al logic, shi ft registers, counters, and arithmetic
circuits. Laboratory experiments prov ide experiences with digital
integrated circuits, circuit behavior, and di gital trouble-shooting
techniques. Class meets fo r two lecture and four laboratory hours
per week. (3 crs.)
IND 165. MACHINE PROCESSING I. An introduction to basic
foundry (metal casting) and machine metalworking. Includes sand
moldmaking and gating, layout, tool geo metry, lathe work, milling,
shaping, drill ing, and bench work. Class meets for two lecture and
four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 184. ENERGY AND POWER SYSTEMS . An application of
the systems approach to the study of energy sources and converters,
power transmission, and controls. Instructi on will focus on energy
as it is applied to propul sion systems, residential conservation, and
industri al uses. Energy altern ati ves, system effi ciency and conservation are emphasized. Class meets for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 2 10. TECHNICAL DRAWING II. Provides experiences in
problem-sol ving through the use of technical working drawings.
Special emphasis is placed on American National Standards
drawing practices, shop processes, conventi onal representation,
standardi zation of machine parts and fas teners, preparation of
tracings, the reproducti on of drawings, and surface development.
Class meets fo r two lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisite: IND 11 0. (3 crs.)
IND 2 15. COMPUTER-AIDED DRAFTING (CAD) I. This course
involves the use of computer software and hardware as applied to
mechanical design and drafting. Students learn to manipulate bas ic
geometric entities (points, lines, and arcs) to create 2-D and 3-D
models. Experiences dealing with dimensioning, level/layer
surfaces and planes are also ex pl ored. Class meets for two lecture
and four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: IND 110. (3 crs.)
IND 21 8. DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY & SURFACE DEVELOPMENT. Adding to the knowledge and experiences gained in
Techni cal Drawing I, this course covers the theory of projection in
detail with emphasis on the manipul ation of points, lines and planes
in space. In addi tion, surface development and design in order to
serve of value in future advance such as computer-aided drafting,
computer-aided instructi on and computer-ai ded manufacturing.
Class meets for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisite: IND I IO. (3 crs.)
IND 230. INTRODUCTION TO LINEAR ELECTRONICS . An
investigation into the fundamental concepts of analog electronics
including semiconductor device theory, power supplies, amplifiers,
operational amplifiers, oscillators, linear integrated circuits, and .
control circuits. Laboratory experiments provide experiences wi th
electronic instrumentation, electronic components, and electronic
circuit behavior. Class meets for two lecture and four laboratory
hours per week. Prerequisite: IND 130. (3 crs.)
IND 235. INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS. A
presentation of number systems and codes, microprocessor
architecture, computer arithmetic, machine language programming,
and microprocessor interfacing. Emphasis is placed on laboratory
experiments dealing with machine language program execution and
microprocessor interfacing. Class meets for two lecture and four
laboratory hours per week. Prerequi site: IND 135. (3 crs.)
IND 265. MACHINE PROCESSING II. Current foundry (metal
casting) processes are studied. Advanced machine metalworking
processes, including indexing and gear cutting are emphas ized.
Students are responsible for determining the sequence of operations
necessary to produce a product. Class meets for two lecture and
four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: IND 165. (3 crs.)
IND 270. HYDRAULIC/PNEUMATIC FLUID POWER. This is an
introductory course in the study of bas ic hydrau lic and pneumatic
circuits and systems. Topics covered are: physical laws applicable
to fluid power components, circuit construction and analysis, the
use of manually and remotely controlled devices, the use of linear
and rotary actuators, and the operation of hydraulic pump and air
compressor systems. Theoretical concepts are verified by practical
hands-on laboratory activities. Class meets for two lecture and four
laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 278. PLASTICS TECHNOLOGY. This is a survey course
designed to provide the student with an opportunity to gain
information about the industrial and technological uses of plasticlike materials. In the laboratory the student designs, constructs and
uses a variety of tools, forms and molds. Depending upon the
activity and the time allotted, students will be encouraged to create
well-designed products for personal and/or professional use. Class
meets for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 282. SMALL GASOLINE ENGINES . An introduction to the
theory, operation and major overhaul procedures of small 2 and 4cycle gasoline engines. Engine components, diagnosis, testing,
maintenance, disassembly, reassembly, and trouble shooting are
stressed in the course to afford the participants the opportunity to
develop the expertise in course content skill s and the background to
repair small gasoline engines. Laboratory work provides for the
opportunity to apply theoretical concepts in general practices. Class
meets for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 310. TECHNICAL DRAWING III. An extension of Technical
Drawing I and II with continued emphasis on skill, technique, and the
use of ANSI and ISO drafting standards. The course is developed
around current industrial drafting practices and includes instruction in
geometric tolerancing, surface texture, weldments, metrication, etc.
Prerequisites: IND 10 I, IND 110, and IND 210. Class meets for two
lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 315. COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING (CAD) II. This course
is an extension of Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) I and will
include more complex problems and procedures in the development
of graphic solutions. The use of extended geometry will comprise
an important part of the course. Students will gain additional
experiences on PC based computer drafting systems. Class meets
for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite:
IND 215. (3 crs.)
IND 320. ARCHITECTURAL DRAFTING AND DESIGN.
Experience is provided in basic residential design. The fundamental
sequences in designing and drawing are stressed as the student
completes the architectural drawings necessary for the construction
of a residence. Elements of the course include architectural styles,
area planning, structural detailing, pictorial rendering, building
specifications, and cost analysis. Class meets for two lecture and
four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: IND 110. (3 crs.)
IND 330. INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICITY/ELECTRONICS. An
investigation into the theory and applications of motors and motor
controllers, thyristors, transducers, programmable controllers,
microprocessor controllers, servomechanisms, and Robotics.
Laboratory experiences include motor identification, motor
disassembly and repair, motor testing, control circuitry, and
servomechanisms. Class meets for two lecture and four laboratory
hours per week. Prerequisites: IND 130 and IND 230. (3 crs.)
IND 332. COMMUNICATION ELECTRONICS . The application
of devices and circuits to electronic communications. The major
topics include modulation, demodulation, transmission, data
transfer, optical techniques, test equipment, and system analysis.
Class meets for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisites: IND 230, IND 235. (3 crs.)
IND 335. ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS. This course deals
with advanced concepts in machine language programming. It
introduces the world of editors, assemblers, and debuggers. It also
covers the advanced architecture of modem microprocessors and their
more sophisticated instruction sets and addressing modes. The
student wi11 leam to develop hardware and software required to apply
microprocessors to real world problems. Class meets for two lecture
and four laboratory hours per week. Class meets for two lecture and
four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: IND 235 . (3 crs.)
IND 336. ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT. An experience in developing electronic systems and/or
products. The student will select a project subject to instructor
approval and develop that project to the prototype stage. The
student will also verify all performance specifications for the
project. Prerequisites: IND 235 and IND 230. Class meets for two
lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 345. CONSTRUCTION PROCESSES II. A course in
construction with an emphasis on residential housing. Instruction
and experiences will include aspects of construction such as
planning and estimating, personnel and time management, site
preparation, footings and foundations, framing and roofing. The
safe and intelligent use of tools and materials is stressed. One third
class time and two thirds lab time. (3 crs.)
IND 355. WOOD TECHNOLOGY. A study of woodworking
providing instruction in furniture and case work. The safe use and
care of machines and hand tools is stressed. Emphasis is placed on
project planning and design, cost analysis, wood technology,
material selection and product development. Students design and
produce a project involving operations on basic machines. Class
meets for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
183
rJ) IND 365. SPECIAL MACHINE PROCESSING. A special course
Z designed
to all ow the student to investigate a specific area of
interest in the metal machining field. Students interested in taking
0
thi s course will complete a document identifying the scope of their
interest, specifying the acti vi ties that will- be pursued throughout the
~ semester, and have it approved by the instructor six weeks before
~ the beginning of the cl a_ss. The student's background in the metal
~ machining processes will be broadened by completing the labora~ tory ex periences outlined in the approved proposal . Class meets for
two lecture and fo ur laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites : IND
165 and IND 265. (3 crs.)
applied loads . Then the technologist will be able to determine the
dimensions to ensure sufficient strength of the various industrial
materials and manufactured components. Course includes two hours
of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
~
U
00.
~ IND 415 . COMPUTER-AIDED DRAFfING AND DESIGN III.
Thi s courses uses a PC-based CADD package along with an
Q assoc iated tool design software package in a design application. The
r
stud ents will explore advanced CADD problems using solid
modeling, analys is, and the introduction of standard components
fro m the tool design software. Prerequisites: IND 2 15 and IND 315 .
~ (3 crs.)
'T"
1
~
00.
~ !ND 416. INTRODUCTION TO SOLID MODELING AND
0 Fl TTE ELEMENTS . This course will use a PC-based CADD
U program to introduce the concepts of mathematical modeling and
engineering analysis. The student will use a drawing created with a
CA DD program to generate a solid model of the drawing component and to mesh that solid model into a finite element model. The
studen t will also be introduced to the concepts of bottom-up and
top-down solid modeling and will perform simple structural
analyses using the generated finite element model. The transfer of
data between computer programs, using the IGES format, will also
be presented . Prerequisites: IND 215 , ITE 325 , and PHY 110. (3
crs.)
ITE - Industrial Technology
!TE IOI. IND USTRIAL SAFETY. An introduction to the fundamentals of safety as well as sound management-oriented practices
related to the development of a safe work place. Legal requirements
of OS HA and worker's compensation laws are discussed. Students
wil l be abl e to identify cause of accidents, identify safety hazards,
and app ly methods of acc ident prevention. (3 crs.)
!TE 18 1. MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY I (LAB). A study of the
theory and application of materials and materials testing used in a
wide variety of industrial applications. Study includes the chemical,
physical, mechanical and dimensional properties of metall.ic materials
including ceramics. Sufficient background in general chemistry is
included to provide a proper foundation. Course includes two hours
of lecture and fo ur hours of laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
!TE 3 1 I. IND USTRIAL ERGONOMICS. An introduction to
techniques and procedures fo r developing and applying the
principles of human factors and ergonomics to system design and
the syste matic anal ysis, identification and evaluation of humanmachine systems. Current advances in practical biomechanics and
ergonomics in industry in combating musculoskeletal injury and
illness will be di scussed. Prerequisite: ITE IOI. (3 crs.)
!TE 325. STATICS AND STRENGTH OF MATERIALS (LAB).
T he study of stati cs and strength of material s focuses on the
pragmatic technologist who needs a better understanding of the
fundamentals of mechani cs. The statics portion of the course is
concerned wi th parts (bodies) of machines and structures, while the
strength porti on covers the ability of these individual parts to resist
184
California University of Pennsy lvania
ITE 375. PRINCIPLES OF PRODUCTION. An introduction to the
methods used in analyzing the production flow from raw material to
the fini shed product. Topics covered include a study of the major
manufacturing processes, materials handling, plant layout, operations analysis, industrial engineering, inventory control and
shipping. An overview of the role of production management as it
relates to the various areas of industrial environment will be
presented. (3 crs.)
ITE 385. rNDUSTRIAL COST ESTIMATING. An introduction to
the methods used to cost and budget a production organization.
Topics include some accounting basics, cost accounting, the time
value of money and cost estimating as related to industrial operations . (3 crs.)
ITE 420. PRODUCTION ANALYSIS . A continuation of the
principles of production with an emphasis on the calculations
associated with production management. Topics include linear
programming, scheduling and project management as with pert,
simulation and inventory control. Use is made of personal computers for the calculations involved. Prerequisite: ITE 375. (3 crs.)
ITE 445. QUALITY CONTROL. An introduction to the methods
used in analyzing quality control. Topics include a study of the
fundamental s of statistics and probability, the construction and use
of control and attribute charts, the definition and use of acceptance
criteria and the use of computers in modem quality control
operations. An overview of the role of quality control department of
a manufacturing facility will be presented. (3 crs.)
ITE 460. PRINCIPLES OF MANUFACTURING. An introduction
to the methods used in manufacturing processes. Topics covered
include a study of the manufacturing ability, fabricability, and
marketability of manufactured products. Problems encountered by
production managers in changing raw materials into a consumable
product are discussed. The use of personal computers for the
solution of manufacturing problems is included. Prerequisites: ITE
375 and ITE 385. (3 crs.)
ITE 480. PROBLEMS IN INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY (LAB).
This is a multidiscipline course that combines the various elements
in industrial technology, giving the student the opportunity to study
problems typically encountered by an industrial technologist. The
exact content of the course will vary depending upon the background and experience of the instructor but it is intended to include
problem solving and role playing in a wide variety of industrial
settings. Industrial consultants will also be used to expose the
student to modem industry. Course includes two hours of lecture
and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Senior
Standing. (3 crs.)
LIT - Literature
LIT courses are introductions to literature, with emphasis on the subject
indicated in the title. They are primarily intended for the general student
and may not be used to fulfill requirements for the English major.
LIT 111 . "STAR TREK" AND MODERN MAN. (3 crs.)
LIT 115. MAN'S VIEW OF GOD. An introduction to the Bible as a
chronicle of Hebrew history in light of recent archeological and
philological discoveries, to demonstrate how deeply thi s book has
affected the western mind. (3 crs.)
LIT 116. MYTH, MAGIC AND MYSTICISM. The four basic paths
into the unknown: magic, mysticism, fantasy, and myth. (3 crs.)
LIT 118. THE AMERICAN HERO. The development of the
American hero in fiction, with specific emphasis on the hero's
nature, character, and maturation. (3 crs.)
LIT 125 . THE AMERICAN WEST. A general introduction to the
literature of the Great American West through an examination of a
variety of literary types. (3 crs.)
LIT 127. WOMAN AS HERO. An exploration of heroic roles
assigned to women in literature, the contrast between reality and the
literature, and the differences between fictional women created by
male and female authors. An analysis of the reasons for these
differences forms part of the subject. (3 crs.)
LIT 130. ATHEISM AND EXISTENTIALISM. (3 crs.)
LIT 138. WAR IN THE NOVEL. A study that limits itself to those
wars fought after 1900 and to their treatments in literature. In
particular, the course is interested in the effects of war upon individuals, and in the ambivalence toward war shown by novelists. (3 crs.)
integers and polynomial s, factoring and linear equati ons. Thi s
course may not be used as a Natural Science elective. Thi s course
does not earn credit toward graduati on. (3 crs.)
DMA 094. INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA. Designed for the stu dent
who has recentl y and successfull y co mpleted a co urse covering
concepts and skill s associated with an Introductory Algebra course.
Intermediate Algebra was established to provide the student with
further deve lopment of the basic essential s of algebra and serve as a
bridge to a required college mathematics course such as College
Algebra or Technical Mathe matics I. Expected topics to be covered:
set notation, solving linear equati ons and related applications,
solvi ng linear inequalities, graphs of linear equati ons, fun ctional
notation, solving systems of linear eq uations, polynomi als, rational
exponents, radical s, complex numbers, rational expression , solving
quadratic equations. (3 crs.)
MAT 100. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS . Sets and their
language, numeration system s; properties of natural numbers, who le
numbers, integers, rational and real numbers; e lementary number
theory; modular arithmetic; mathematical systems; logic. (3 crs.)
MAT 171 . MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I. Simple interest,
compound interest, value of money relative to time and in terest,
di scounting, accumulation, mortgage points, annuities, amorti zation
schedules, and equations of value. Prerequi site: MAT 18 1 or MAT
182 (3 crs.)
LIT 147. SCIENCE FICTION. An introductory survey of the form s
of science fiction , with particular emphasis on the author's ability to
detail and predict future devel opments. (3 crs.)
MAT 181. COLLEGE ALGEBRA. Fundamental operati ons;
factoring and fracti ons, exponents and radical s; fun ctions and
graphs; equations and inequalities; systems of equati ons. Prerequisite: MAT 099 or hi gh school algebra. (3 crs.)
LIT 148. HORROR IN LITERATURE. An examination of the
tradition of horror literature in England and America from a literary,
historical, and psychological viewpoint. Some emphasis on the
sociological implications of the popularity of the form. (3 crs.)
MAT 182. TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS I. An introducti on to
algebraic topics usuall y covered in a hi gh school algebra co urse,
such as functi ons, graphs, ex ponents and radi cals, and linear and
quadratic equati ons. Emphas is on technology applicati ons. (3 crs .)
LIT 150. BASEBALL IN LITERATURE. This course requires the
student to read, write, and talk about a game that Steinbeck called a
"state of mind," a game that is, in the words of Jacques Barzun, a
way "to know America." Thus the student that works learns about
both himself and his country. (3 crs.)
MAT 191 . COLLEGE TRIGONOMETRY. Po lar coordi nates;
identities; solving trigonometric equations; fun cti ons and inverse
function s, complex numbers and logarithms. Prereq ui site: The
student should have an adequate background in al gebra, and some
plane geo metry is desirable. (3 crs.)
LIT 160. AMERICAN NATURE WRITERS . An introduction to the
best of America's great naturalists emphasizing the development of
informed and educated attitudes towards America's natu ral
resources and issues of protection and ex ploitation. (3 crs.)
MAT 192. TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS II. An emph as is on
trigonometry: trigonometri c function s, vectors, graphs of trigon o- ~
metric functions , expo nents and logarithms, and add iti onal topics in Y
trigo nometry. Emphasis on technology appli cati ons. Prerequi site:
~
MAT 18 1 or MAT 182 . (3 crs.)
LIT 166. SACCO AND VANZETTI. A study of the journalism and
literature surrounding one of the twentieth century 's most notorious
trials. (3 crs.)
LIT 170. ALL ABOUT WORDS. An introduction to the total complexity
and fascination of words. The course deals with words as shapes,
analogues, formulas, and games. Indirectly, but significantly, it instructs
in vocabulary by introducing a sizable vocabulary for talking about
words and nurturing a student's natural curiosity about words. (3 crs.)
MAT - Mathematics (including DMA)
DMA 092. INTRODUCTORY ALGEBRA. Designed to aid the
student in the transition from arithmetic to algebra. It may be a
terminal course for some or may be a preparation for a traditional
College Algebra course and topics will include: Operations on
0
00
MAT 199. PRE-CALCULUS. Fundamental noti ons (fun ctions,
lines, segments, slopes, angle betwee n lines, graphs and equations),
conics, algebraic and transcendental curves . (3 crs.)
~
t,
~
00
n
MAT 201. MATHEMATICAL MODELING . This course provides an
introduction to mathematical modeling for maj ors as well as nonmajors. An in-depth study of Discrete Dynami cal Systems (DDS) is ~
covered along with an introd uction to calculus. The course affords the ~
student an early opportunity to see how the pieces of an applied
~
problem fits together. Using computer technology (s imul ation and
~
sprea_dsheet software ) the student investigates mean.in~ ! and
. ~
practical problems chosen from many academic d1 sc1pl111es, rncludrng
mathematical sciences as well as man agement and li fe sciences.
Prerequisites: CSC 101 , MAT 181. (3 crs.)
0
.Z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
185
00 MAT 203. GEOMETRY. Analysis of axiomatic systems, axiomatic
Z development of elementary Euclidean geometry and non-Euclidean
geometry. Prerequisites: MAT 181 and MAT 191 , or three years of
0 high school mathematics. (3 crs.)
~
~ MAT 215. STATISTICS. For non mathematics majors; not counted
~
toward a mathematics major. Frequency distribution, percentiles,
measures of central tendency and variability, normal distribution
~ and curve, populations, samples, sampling distribution of means,
sampling. distri bution of proportion, null and alternative hypotheses,
type I and type ll errors, tests of means, confidence intervals,
decision procedures, correlation, chi-square, simple analysis of
~ variance and design of experiments. Prerequisite: MAT 181. (3 crs.)
~
U
00
Q MAT 225. BUSINESS STATISTICS. Statistical techniques relevant
r...,..-, to business applications. Primary emphasis is placed upon identifica~ tion of appropriate statistical methods to use, proper interpretation
and appropriate presentation of results. Topics include descriptive
~ statistics, probability concepts, the normal probability distribution,
,-, estimation techniques, tests of hypotheses, simple and multiple Linear
,-., regression. Statistical software is used to implement many of the
statistical methods. Prerequisite: MAT 181 or MAT 182. (3 crs.)
00
O
U MAT 271. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II. Generalized
annuities; bonds, amortization of premiums and accumulation of
discount; cash flows ; depreciation schedules; comparison of
depreciation; net cash flow ; rate of return; capitalized cost and annual
return; life annuities; Life insurance. Prerequisite: MAT 171 (3 crs.)
MAT 272. DISCRETE MATHEMATICS. An introduction to theories
and methods of mathematics that are relative to computer science. Topics
include: logic, sets, elementary number theory, mathematical induction,
combinatorics, relations, digraphs, Boolean matrices, trees. (3 crs.) (FallMath Majors) (Spring-Computer Science Majors)
MAT 273 . BASIC CALCULUS. The techniques of differentiation
and integration are covered without the theory of limits and continuity. Applications in business and biological science are considered.
Prerequisites: MAT 181 or MAT 182. (3 crs.)
MAT 281. CALCULUS I. A review of absolute value and inequalities; an introduction to analytic geometry; functions, limits, and
continuity; the derivative; applications of the derivative. Prerequisite: MAT 181 or MAT 199 or four years of high school mathematics. (3 crs.)
MAT 282. CALCULUS II. The integral; fundamental theorem of
calculus; applications of the integral ; inverse functions; logarithmic
functions; exponential functions; trigonometric functions ; hyperbolic functions; techniques of integration. Prerequisite: MAT 281.
(3 crs.)
MAT 304. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS. This course is a
historical summary of the development of mathematics. Emphasis
will be relating mathematics to the development of world culture
and its relationship with all aspects of our culture. The lives and
discoveries of many mathematicians are discussed. Methods of
incorporating the history of mathematics into high school mathematics courses are a major focus of the course. Prerequisites: MAT
203, MAT 282. (3 crs.)
MAT 305. THEORY OF EQUATIONS . Complex numbers;
theorems involving polynomials in one variable; cubic and
biquadratic equations; separation of roots, Sturm's theorem, and
approximate evaluation of roots. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior
standing. (3 crs.)
186
California University of Pennsylvania
MAT 341 . LINEAR ALGEBRA I. Systems of linear equations and
matrices; determinants; vectors in 2-space and 3-space; vector
spaces; linear transformations. (3 crs.)
MAT 35 l. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I. Fundamental concepts of
logic ; natural numbers, well-ordering property, induction, elementary concepts of number theory ; groups, cosets, Lagrange's
theorem, normal sub-groups, factor groups; homomorphism,
isomorphism, and related topi cs including Cayley's theorem,
natural hemomorphism, and the three fundamental homomorphism
theorems. Prerequisite: MAT 341 or Permission of the Instructor. (3
crs.)
MAT 38 l. CALCULUS III. Indeterminate forms and improper
integral s, polar coordinates and conic sections, infinite series, and
the theory of infinite series. Prerequisite: MAT 282. (3 crs.)
MAT 382. CALCULUS IV. Vectors in the plane; vectors in three
space; theory or curves and surfaces; the differential calculus and
the integral calculus of functions of several variables. Prerequisite:
MAT 38 l. (3 crs.)
MAT 406. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Ordinary differential
equations and their solutions. The existence and uniqueness of
solutions. Various types of differential equations and the techniques
for obtaining their solution. Some basic applications, including
numerical techniques. Computer solution techniques are discussed.
Prerequisite: MAT 282 and MAT 381. (3 crs.)
MAT 441. LINEAR ALGEBRA II. Extends the concepts learned in
Linear Algebra I. The content is not fix ed, but usually includes the
following topics: linear transformations, change-of-bases matrices,
representation matrices; inner-product spaces, eigenvalues and
eigenvectors, diagon alization . Prerequisite: MAT 341. (3 crs.)
MAT 451. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II. Study of rings, ideals,
quotient rings, integral domains, and fields; ring homomorphisms;
polynomial rings, division algorithms, factorization of polynomials,
unique factorization, extensions, fundamental theorem; finite fields.
Prerequisite: MAT 351. (3 crs.)
MAT 461. STATISTICAL ANALYSIS I. Basic concepts of both
discrete and continuous probability theory. The study of random
variables, probability distributions, mathematical expectation and a
number of significant probability models. Introduction to statistical
estimation and hypothesis testing. Prerequisites: MAT 282 (3 crs.)
MAT 462. STATISTICAL ANALYSIS II. Statistical theory and
application of statistical estimation techniques and hypothesis
testing methods. Simple linear and multiple linear regression
model s. Statistical techniques are implemented with microcomputer
statistical software. Prereq uisites: MAT 461. (3 crs.)
MAT 469. HONORS COURSE IN MATHEMATICS. Mathematics
majors must, as a prerequisite for this course, have completed 64
credits with a QPA of 3.25 in all work and the permi ssion of the
department chair. (3 crs.)
MAT 481. ADVANCED CALCULUS I. Logic and techniques of
proof; relations, functions , cardinality, and naive set theory ;
development of real numbers from natural numbers through
topology of the line; convergence and rel ated ideas dealing with
functions (seq uences and series) including continuity. Prerequisite:
MAT 382 and MAT 406 or Permi ssion of the Instructor. (3 crs.)
MAT 482. ADVANCED CALCULUS II. Further development of
the limit concept pertaining to functions including differentiation
and integration along with appropriate theorems and properties ;
continuation of development of sequences and series including
functions . Prerequisite: MAT 481. (3 crs.)
MAT 490. TOPOLOGY. Set theory as applied to topological spaces
including the real line; metric spaces. Prerequisite: MAT 351 or
MAT 481 or Permission of the Instructor. (3 crs.)
MAT 495. SEMINAR IN MATHEMATICS . Topics in this course
are chosen jointly by the instructor and the student or students
involved. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and chair of the
department. (Repeatable for a maximum of three crs.)
MGT - Management
This course offers students an understanding of the components that
make up an organization, its complexity, its structure and design and the
interrelationships that exist among all of its components. Prerequi.iste:
MGT 201. (3 crs.)
MGT 315. ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT AND CHANGE.
Change pervades modern society. All organizations exist within a
changing environment. To survive and develop, organizations must be
able or adapt to these changes and respond to opportunities for growth.
Change is also an inherent aspect of management. Managers must
understand and manage change if the organization is to thrive and grow.
This course is about planned organization change and is designed to
introduce the student to the field of organization development, its
definition, goals, precedents, emergence, approaches, and current
status. Prerequisite: MGT 20 I. (3 crs.)
MGT 20 I. PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT. A survey of the
theories in the field of management, covering concepts developed by
the classical school, the behavioral school, and the management
science school. Emphasis is on human factors, but the influences of
economics and technological factors are also considered. Prerequisite: PSY JOO or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
MGT 352. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. Decisionmaking and analyses of major management problems that arise in
manpower planning, recruitment, selection, development, compensation, and appraisal of employees in various organizations.
Prerequisite: MGT 201. (3 crs.)
MGT 205. ENTREPRENEURSHIP I: SMALL BUSINESS
MGT 353. COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT. The design,
implementation and evaluation of wage and salary packages in both
private and public sectors. Prerequisite: MGT 352. (3 crs.)
FUNDAMENTALS. Entrepreneurship and new venture initiation. A
study of the development of a business appropriate to the objectives
and resources of the individual entrepreneur. This course deals with
the initiation of a new business venture rather than the management
of ongoing enterprises, and treats new venture formation primarily
from the standpoint of the individual entrepreneur rather than that
of an established enterprise expanding into a new area. (3 crs.)
MGT 271 . COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN BUSINESS I. An
introduction to the basic tools and techniques of software used to
solve business problems. This course is taught on a lecturelaboratory basis in which the computer is utilized to present
applications of the spreadsheet in business situations . ( I er.)
MGT 273. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN BUSINESS II. A
continuation of Computer Applications in Business I with an
emphasis on more advanced topics and problem-solving. This
course is taught on a lecture-laboratory basis in which the computer
is utilized to present applications of the spreadsheet in business
situations. ( I er.)
MGT 301. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR. An examination of
theories and concepts relating the individual to the organization.
The course analyzes the forces which influence behavior within an
organization. Prerequisite: MGT 201 Principles of Management or
permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
MGT 305. ENTREPRENEURSHIP II: SMALL BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT. A management course designed to integrate all
business functions at a small business level. Study of the development
and management of a business plan appropriate to the objectives and
resources of the individual entrepreneur. This course deals with the
management of ongoing enterprises. A computer software package is
utilized to develop various cases and problems found in the text. Each
student develops a business plan in either Retailing Operations,
Service Business, or Manufacturing Operations. (3 crs.)
MGT 311 . ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN. Organizations .
are essential to the way our society operates and permeate and shapes our
lives. In addition to being the means for providing goods and services,
organizations create the settings in which most people will spend a good
part of their lives working either as subordinates or managers or both.
MGT 362. LABOR RELATIONS. A survey of the many facets of
employee-management relations. The course examines the histori cal,
statutory and social bases for modern workplace relationships with
emphasis given to the role of organized labor. Prerequisite: Junior
level standing or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
MGT 371. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS. An
introduction to management control systems, which include control of
production costs, standard costs, flexible budgets, managed costs, profit
centers and capital acquisitions. Prerequisite: MGT 20 I, CSC IO I, and
MGT 271 . (3 crs.)
MGT 373. COMPUTER BASED MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS. An introduction to the technology, application,
and management of computer-based information systems. Topics
covered include business computer systems, computer hardware,
computer software, data-based management systems, general
accounting application, materials control application, man agement
information processing, systems planning, and operations management. The course uses LOTUS 1-2-3. Prerequisites: CSC IO I,
MGT 371, ACC 202. (3 crs.)
~
0
~
~
00
MGT 402. STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT. The integrated decision
making of general management. Topics include corporate strategy t'!'j
and implementing corporate strategy. Prerequisites: MGT 20 I,
MKT 30 I, FIN 30 I, or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
~
~
MGT 431. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. The
concepts, problems and policies of international business enter._, ~
prises for managers. Prerequisite: Junior level standing. (3 crs.)
~
MGT 452. HUMAN RESOURCE STRATEGY AND PLANNING.
The human resource is emerging as a significant contingency in
organizational strategic plans. Personnel policies and programs as
well as the available skills, knowledge, and attitudes can provide
particular opportunities or limitations to management . This course
examines organizational human resources management from a
strategic perspective. The key focus is on exploring HR planning
and strategy concepts, developing an understanding of the related
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
187
~
~
~
~
0
,Z
00
00 analytical tools, and determining how these concepts and tools can
Z be used to enhance an organization's competitive position . (3 crs.)
0
MGT 492. SMALL BUSINESS INTERNSHIP. A program in which
~ business majors intern with a local firm for a semester. Students
~ draw upon their academic knowledge to aid the local enterprise i~
~ its over-all operati on. The type and srnpe of the problems vary w_
1th
~ each individual situation. The course 1s open to students with Jumor
~ or senior standing who have submitted a formal applicati_on, have
the recommendation of a faculty membe_r, and have a sat1_sfactory
Q.P.A. (Repeatable; Variable crs.; a maximum of 12 credlts can be
used toward the completion ·of a baccalaureate degree.)
U
MKT. 43 1. MARKETING RESEARCH. Description of behavioral
and statistical tools for designing and implementing research
projects. Prerequisites: MKT 301 , MAT 225. (3 crs.)
MKT 451. BUSINESS MARKETING. The characteristics of
business-to-business marketing are explored and developed focusing
on environment, pricing, planning, distribution, evaluation and
strategy development for marketing business and industrial products
to the professional user or buyer. Prerequisite: MKT 301. (3 crs.)
~ persuasive communications with emphasis on proven, practical selling
MKT 501. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MARKETING. Upon
completion of the course, the student will be able to evaluate and
make recommendations and decisions concerning the strategy and
tacti cs of real-life targeting and marketing mix development for
both global and country-specific markets. The course will also
cover selected elements of international marketing research. (3 crs.)
~
MTE - Manufacturing Technology
00
~
Q MKT - Marketing
MKT 222. PRINCIPLES OF SELLING. A study of basic pri.nciples of
00 techniques. Activities include interactive class discussions and video
role-playing. Prerequisite: BUS 100. (3 crs.)
~ MKT 27 1. PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING. An introduction to
0
basic principles of marketing management. Other topics covered are
U selecting target markets, develop!~g marketing mixes, fun ctions of
marketin g management. Prereqms1te: ECO 100 or ECO 201 , and
MGT 20 I. (3 crs.)
MKT 32 1. SALES MANAGEMENT. Proven management
techniques fo r remotely located field sales force member, are full y
explored. Motivation, evaluation, and control of sales force
acti vities are developed through case presentations and class
di sc ussions. Prerequi sites: MGT 201, MKT 222. (3 crs.)
MKT 33 1. RETAILING. A management and marketing anal ysis of
department, di scount, specialty and chain stores with special
emphasis on location, human resources, merchandising and
effective pricing. Prerequi site: BUS 100 recommended. (3 crs.)
MKT 341. MARKETING FOR NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS. A
marketing course designed for both business and nonbusiness majors
that differenti ates between for-profit and not-for-profit organizations,
investigates the competitive environment facing nonprofits (e.g.,
hospitals, churches, charities, colleges, performing artsgroups), and
applies research techniques and marketing management tools (product
policy, di stribution and delivery systems, monetary pricing, and
communication strategies) to the nonbusiness entity. (3 crs.)
MKT 35 1. ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT. A study of the bas ic
co mponents of the advertising mix, establishing medi a selecti on
techni ques, and determining the best vehicles for specific selling
and promotional efforts commonly confronting marketing managers
today. Prerequisite: MKT 30 I . (3 crs.)
MKT 402. MARKETING MANAGEMENT. Description and
analysis of the nature, strategies and techniques of marketing
management. Prerequisite_: MKT 301. (3 crs.)
MKT 42 1. CONSUMER BEHAVIOR. This integrates the di sciplines of psychology, anthropology, economics and sociology with
marketing to explain, understand, and predict consumer decisions.
This is achieved by exploring both the theoretical and practical
implicati ons of ( 1) individual behavior vari ables such as motivati on,
learning, perception, personality, and attitudes; (2) group influences
such as fami ly, culture, social class and reference group behav ior;
and (3) consumer decision processes such as cognitive dissonance,
brand loyalty, new product adoption and ri sk reduction. (3 crs.)
188
California University of Pennsylvania
MTE 236. NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAMMING I (LAB).
An introducti on to the procedures for manually programming
numericall y controlled equipment. Students write programs
foll owing a machine fo rm at detail , using Cartesian coordin ates for
moti on command and incorporating preparatory and miscellaneous
commands necessary to manu facture parts on a machining and
turning center. Course includes two hours of lecture and four hours
of laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
MTE 250. INTRODUCTION TO AUTOMATION (LAB ). This
course provides a variety of introductory experiences in industrial
automation. Instruction will include theoretical applications as well
as practical hands-on laboratory appli cati ons in robotics, automatic
guided vehicles (AGV 's), computer aided drafting (CAD), machine
vision, automatic identifi cati on, and programmable logic controllers
(PLC 's). Students learn what automati on is, its advantages and
di sadvantages, and how it is applied. Course includes two hours of
lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
MTE 265 . PROGRAMMABLE CONTROL SYSTEMS (LAB ).
This course focu ses on the use of programmable logic controllers
(PLCs) to control industri al sequences. Students are provided with
theoretical and hands-on experience in designing, programming,
testing and controlled by a PLC. Course includes two hours of
lecture and fo ur hours of laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
MTE 268. AUTOMATED SUPPORT SYSTEMS (LAB ). This
course emphasizes the use of non-roboti c types of automation.
These types include sensors, automatic guided vehicles (AGVs),
machine vision, and automatic identificati on. Students are provided
with theoretical and hands-on experience that will enable them to
understand the appropriate applicati on of non-robotic types of
automation in industrial situations. Additional topics include
artificial intelligence, computer interfacing, connectors, and cables.
Course includes two hours of lecture and fo ur hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: MTE 250. (3 crs.)
MTE 336. NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAMMING II (LAB ).
The second of two courses in the manual programming of numericall y controlled machines. Concentrati on is placed on continuous
path machining of parts using the linear interpretation capability of
machines to cut chords of arcs to closely approxim ate curves.
Circular interpolation is studi ed with the additi onal word addresses
that are necessary. Assignments provide experiences in three axis
linear interpolation programming and two axis circular interpolated
programming. Course includes two hours of lecture and four hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MTE 236. (3 crs.)
This is a repeatable course and may be taken as follows: Students may
take up to six credits. The extra credit may be used as a free elective or
for a credit deficiency due to other program changes. Prerequisite: Junior
or Senior Standing. ( 1-6 crs.)
MTE 337. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING NUMERICALLY
CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT (COMPACT II) (LAB). A study of
the COMPACT computer language used to produce machine tape
instructions for manufacturing parts. Students learn to access and
utilize a computer to produce part geometry and direct a machine
tool to accomplish a variety of metal machining operations. The
graphics capability of BRAVO software will be explored. Course
includes two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: MTE 236. (3 crs.)
MUS-Music
MTE 338. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING NUMERICALLY
CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT (APT) (LAB). An investigation of
the APT machine tool language for programming numerically
controlled machine tools. Students write APT programs and operate
equipment with the produced tapes to manufacture milled and
turned parts. Course includes two hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MTE 236. (3 crs.)
MTE 350. ROBOTIC SYSTEMS (LAB). This course emphasizes
the use of robots in automated applications. Students are provided
with theoretical as well as hands-on experience in the design,
programming, debugging, setup, and interfacing of industrial
robotic applications. Also discussed are servo systems, their
operation, components, functions, and application to automated
equipment. Course includes two hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MTE 250. (3 crs.)
MTE 437. ADVANCED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT (COMPACT II)
(LAB). An investigation into the more sophisticated processes of
the COMPACT II machine tool programming language. Parts are
programmed and manufactured on a CNC milling machine and
lathe using the COMPACT II language and the BRAVO3 graphic
software. Course includes two hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MTE 337. (3 crs .)
MTE 438. ADVANCED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT (APT) (LAB). The machining
of parts using matrixes, loops, pocketing, macros, and other advanced
techniques. These methods are applied to the operation of a CNC vertical
milling machine and a CNC lathe. Course includes two hours of lecture
and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MTE 338. (3 crs.)
MTE 450. APPLICATIONS OF INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(LAB). An advanced automation course that incorporates many of the
topics of previous courses, but in a more in-depth and integrated manner.
The focus is to provide students with the opportunity to learn about
automated systems through the planning and implementing of such a
system. Students are involved in the design, programming, setup,
installation, and troubleshooting of an automated system that includes
robots, but may also include an automatic guide vehicle (AGV), machine
vision system, programmable logic controllers, bar code scanners,
computers, and a computerized numerical control (CNC) machine.
Course includes two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: MTE 250, MTE 268, and MTE 350. (3 crs.)
MTE 495. MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY INTERNSHIP.
Student interns are placed with an industrial organization which most
nearly approximates their goals for employment. The intent of the
internship is to provide students with practical work experience in an
environment in which they will be dealing with practical problems
requiring real solutions in a relatively short time frame. Advisor and
Department Chairperson approval is required before course enrollment.
MUS I00. INIRODUCTION TO MUSIC. Exposes the student to the
various historical, analytical and aesthetic elements of music, thereby
providing an opportunity to broaden and enrich personal enjoyment. This
exposure to music is made through the use of visual aids, audio and video
recordings, and concerts. (3 crs.)
MUS 104. VOICE CLASS I. This course is designed for students who
want to improve their singing voice as a musically expressive instrument.
Breathing, vocal placement, and diction will be emphasized. Attention will
also be given to improving sight-singing ability. (3 crs.)
MUS 115. FUNDAMENTALS OF MUSIC. Provides a knowledge of the
fundamentals of music and an ability to execute basic skills, including the
study of notation, mythrns and meter signatures, major and minor scales
and key signatures, intervals and chords. The reading and executing of
basic mythrns and an introduction to piano keyboard is also included.
Strongly recommended for Elementary Education students and any others
interested in strengthening their knowledge of music fundamentals. (3 crs.)
MUS 191. UNIVERSITY CHOIR. The California University Choir
provides an opportunity for students to sing a wide variety of music
from both contemporary and traditional repertoire. The choir
performs frequently on campus and throughout Southwestern
Pennsylvania. Choir membership is elective; an interview with the
director is required. The course may be repeated for credit up to a
maximum of four credits. (1 er.)
MUS 192. CALIFORNIA SINGERS. The California Singers is a
small (12-18 member) vocal ensemble, with membership determined by audition. The group performs popular entertainment
music of all eras and many cultures; the style of performance is
adapted to fit the music being performed, the audience, and the
season. Smaller groups within this ensemble, such as women 's trio
or men's quartet, may rehearse separately to prepare extra concert
repertoire. Some choreography, dialogue or mime is a part of most
performances presented by California Singers. ( I er.)
MUS 196. JAZZ ENSEMBLE. Entrance by interview with Jazz Ensemble
Director. Required attendance at rehearsals and all public performances.
Membership granted only by audition. (l er.)
('j
0
e
MUS 197. CALIFORNIA CHORALE. This mixed-voice group will
create a "choral union" between the University and the communities
surrounding it. Membership is open to committed students, staff,
~
faculty and members of the community who wish to rehearse
,,,..,
together to produce concerts of choral master works of every
rJJ.
historical era. The ensemble will ordinarily rehearse once a week
~
for three hours. Audition is required for placement. (I er.)
~
MUS 198. UNIVERSITY MARCHING BAND. The University
~
Marching Band performs at football games and parades, and is the rJJ.
featured band at numerous marching band festivals . Membership in
this ensemble is open to any interested instrumentalist or equipment (J
technician. There is no audition, but an interview with the director ~
is required. Membership is also open to any student interested in
~
auditioning for Feature Twirler or for a position on the Auxiliary
~
Unit as a Silk, Dancer, or Rifle. This course is repeatable to a
~
maximum of 4 credits. (1 er.)
I""""'.]
~
MUS 199. UNIVERSITY CONCERT BAND. The University
Concert Band performs at convocations and concerts both on and
off campus. Membership in this ensemble is open to any interested
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
189
0
z
rJ'l
00 instrumentalist. No audition is necessary, but an interview with the
director is required. This course is repeatable to a maximum of 4
Z credits. ( I er.)
O
~
MUS 200. SIGHT SINGING AND EAR lRAINING. This course is
~ designed for the student who wishes to acquire comprehensive
~
musicianship skills. The student will learn the sol-fa system of note
reading and interval identification, using both stationary and
~ moveable tonic. Through sightsinging and ear training exercises, the
~ student will refine their aural skills. Students will learn to notate
simple melodies dictated as well as to sing, whistle or hum
melodies and chords represented by notation. Prerequisite: MUS
~ 115. (3 crs.)
~
U
00
Q MUS 202. NORTH AMERICAN MUSIC. Presents a panoramic view of
r-r.., the musical activities which have occurred in America from Colonial times
~
through the present. Included in this study of American folk, popular and
00 art music are the various aspects of primitive music, psalmody, early opera,
~ and concert life, African and European folk music's influence in America,
,-.._, the singing school, the musical effect of European immigrants, and the
~ roots of jazz and its ramifications. MUS I 00 is strongly recommended
prior to enrollment. (3 crs.)
O
U MUS 204. SURVEY OF THE AMERICAN MUSICAL. This course will
present the various historical, cultural, and social elements of the American
Musical. This will be accomplished through the use of visual aids, audio
recordings, television, video tapes, films, and whenever possible,
attendance at live performances. Experts in the field will be utilized as guest
lecturers. MUS I00 is strongly recommended prior to enrollment. (3 crs.)
MUS 210. VOICE CLASS II. This course is designed for students who
have taken Voice I, or have had comparable vocal training and who want to
continue to improve their s.inging voice as a musically expressive
instrument. Breathing, vocal placement and proper diction will be
emphasized. A more demanding level of vocal literature, commensurate
with the student's singing ability will be performed. Attention will also be
given to further improvement of sight-singing ability. Prerequisites: MUS
I04 and MUS 115 and MUS 200. (3 crs.)
MUS 211. KEYBOARD I. For the beginning students interested in
achieving facility at the piano. Includes playing of major and minor scales,
patterns and fingerings. Chords (I, IV, V) in both major and minor keys
followed by their inversions and the common tone chord sequence pattern.
A student completing the course should be able to play simple songs by
combining melody with chord accompaniment. It is expected that students
will be at an entry level in keyboard experience. Prerequisite: MUS 115.
(3 crs.)
MUS 300. JAZZ: HISTORY, FORM & ANALYSIS. This course
presents the historical background of jazz from 1900 to the present;
the important artists and ensembles and their contribution to the art
form; and the analysis of jazz styles and forms via guided listening
to recordings and live performances. Prerequisite: MUS 100. (3
crs.)
MUS 30 1. 20TH CENTURY MUSIC: HISTORY, FORM &
ANALYSIS. This course will demonstrate and analyze the
co mpositional and performance techniques developed in 20th
century art and popular music, and will identify those techniques as
continuing earlier procedures or reacting to and breaking away from
the music of earlier eras. The connection of new musical expression
with societal , artistic, economic and historical developments of the
20th century will be shown . The student should acquire from thi s
course an aural and intellectual grasp of new music trends, the
vocabulary to discuss these trends and an acquaintance with the
composers of the twentieth century and with some of their works.
Prerequi sites: MUS I 00 & MUS 115. (3 crs.)
190
California Unjversity of Pennsylvania
MUS 303. MUSIC MATERIALS & METHODS FOR THE
CLASSROOM TEACHER, GRADES K-8. This course is designed
to show future teachers many effective ways to use music in the
elementary and middle school classroom, as well as techniques to
second and reinforce the teaching of the music specialist. Basic
performance skills are developed, as well as K-8 classroom use of
rhythm instruments, singing games, recordings, dances, part-singing
and other creative activities. Information on resource materials is
researched and shared. Students will have the opportunity to
practice-teach selected music topics in the K-8 classroom. Prerequisite: MUS 115. Strongly recommended: MUS 211. (3 crs.)
MUS 306. THE OPERA: HISTORY, FORM & ANALYSIS. This
course will examine the origins, the history and the elements of
opera and related dramatic works for voices with instruments. The
analysis of various operas will reveal the relationship of plots and
music to the historical and national events taking place at the time
of their composition. The entire class will attend a live opera
performance if at all possible. Prerequisite: MUS 100. Strongly
recommended: MUS 115. (3 crs.)
MUS 308. THE SYMPHONY: HISTORY, FORM & ANALYSIS .
This course studies both the Symphony as an orchestral performing
ensemble and, in a much greater depth, the Symphony as a musical
form or development that has been evolving and reinventing itself
since the eighteenth century. Special notice will be taken of the
effect of social, technological, philosophical, and economic changes
on the historic development of the symphony to the present day.
Prerequisite: MUS 100. Strongly recommended: MUS 115. (3 crs.)
MUS 3 I 2. KEYBOARD II. A continuation of Keyboard I for the
more advanced student. Review of scales, chords, inversions, and
sight readings followed by the improvisation of simple accompaniments from chord symbol s. Modulation study is begun with the
study of the circle of fifths ; further methods of modulation are
introduced as time permits. Transposition at both the second and
third is introduced. A thorough study of dominant sevenths, ninths
and eleventh chords is undertaken in various keys. Prerequisite:
MUS 211. (3 crs.)
MUS 109 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, BRASS I (1 er.)
MUS 209 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, BRASS II (1 er.)
MUS 309 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, BRASS ill (1 er.)
MUS 409 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, BRASS IV (1 er.)
MUS 119 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PIANO I (1 er.)
MUS 219 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PIANO II (1 er.)
MUS 319- PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PIANO ill (1 er.)
MUS 419- PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PIANO IV (1 er.)
MUS 129 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PERCUSSION I (1 er.)
MUS 229- PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PERCUSSION II ( I er.)
MUS 329- PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PERCUSSION ill (1 er.)
MUS 429 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PERCUSSION IV (I er.)
MUS 149 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, WOODWINDS I (1 er.)
MUS 249 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, WOODWINDS II (lcr.)
MUS 349 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, WOODWINDS ill (ler.)
MUS 449 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, WOODWINDS IV ( I er.)
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
159 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, VOICE I ( I er.)
259 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, VOICE II (I er.)
359 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, VOICE III (I er.)
459 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, VOICE IV (1 er.)
NUR - Nursing
NUR 101. WOMEN' S HEALTH ISSUES. This course addresses
various health care issues, needs and concerns of women. Emphasis is
on the biological, developmental, psychological and social concepts
related to women's health care. OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS. (3 crs.)
NUR 105. PARENTING: INSIGHTS AND ISSUES. This course
examines the challenge of parenthood and effective parenting.
Explication of the functions, process and problems of parenting
serves as a foundation for discussion of effective parenting skills
and behaviors. OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS. (3 crs.)
NUR 120. THE INFORMED HEALTH CONSUMER. This course
examines the role of consumer movement and its relationship to the
health care delivery system. Emphasis is placed on educating the
consumer to knowledgeably and effectively use the health care
delivery system. OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS. (3 crs.)
NUR 200. TRANSITIONS IN NURSING. This RN/BSN transition
course is designed to assist the registered nurse student in developing and achieving professional goals. Emphasis is on educational
trends in nursing, concepts of professionalism, theories of role
transition, and culture shock. (3 crs.)
NUR 330. PHILOSOPHY OF PROFESSIONAL NURSING.
Focuses on theoretical frameworks for professional nursing
practice, including an introduction to the nursing process and
general systems theory. Assignments help students develop and
apply a personal philosophy of professional nursing, and to
independently plan appropriate interventions for multicultural
clients of all ages. Prerequisite. BSN Status. (3 crs.)
NUR 450. TRENDS AND ISSUES IN NURSING. Analysis of
professional nursing as well as bio-ethical issues from histori cal and
contemporary viewpoints with implications for professional nursing
practice in the health care delivery system. Prerequisite: BSN
Status. (3 crs.)
NUR 470. FAMILY HEALTH NURSING. An introducti on to the
theory and practice of family nursing. A variety of nursing theories,
as well as general systems theory, will provide the basis for serving
families as units as well as family subsystems and individual fami ly
members. Clinical experiences will focus on home care of families
for health promotion, restoration, and/or rehabilitation. Prerequi site:
NUR 330 and NUR 350. (6 crs.: 3 crs. Theory, 3 crs. Clinical)
NUR 475 . COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING. Focuses on the
synthesis of theories from nursing and the public health sciences with
emphasis on improving the health of the community by identifying
sub-groups that are at risk. Clinical activities focus primarily on
health promotion directed toward a total community or population
group. Prerequisite: BSN Status. (6 crs.: 3 crs. Theory, 3 crs. Clinical)
NUR 485. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT IN NURSING .
Examines professional growth from entry into the BSN program to
graduation. This capstone course culminates in completion of a
professional portfolio. Prerequisite: Thi s course must be taken the
final semester in the nursing major. (I er.)
OTA - Occupational Therapy
NUR 350. HEALTH ASSESSMENT. Concepts and skills of
history-taking and physical assess ment are emphasized, focusing on
the variations in approach as well as in findings at different stages
of human development. Prerequisite: BSN Status. (3 crs.)
OTA 100. INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY.
This course provides an introduction to the Occupational Therapy
profession. Basic principles are emphasizerd including history,
philosophy,m ethics, and the concept of the occupation. The
development of the therapeutic relationship is introduced both with
individuals natl groups. The types of practice settings are reviewed
with concentration in the three major clinical areas: physical
disabilities, psychiatric, and developmental disabilities. (3 crs.)
NUR 370. METHODS OF NURSING RESEARCH. Basic
concepts and methods related to the research process. Opportunity
is provided for the development of critical thinking and decisionmaking skills needed by the professional nurse to analyze and
evaluate research findin gs for application to practice. Prerequisite.
BSN Status. (3 crs.)
OTA 105 . INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
LAB. This beginning lab experience will allow the student to
develop observation ski lls that will help him/her identify disabi lities
that the O.T.A. learns about in the classroom and, further identify
strategies employed by the O.T. staff when planning and carrying
out treatment. (2 crs.)
NUR 375. LEADERSHIP AND CHANGE IN NURSING.
Enhances leadership skills through analysis of theories/concepts
and experiential exercises. Practicums provide for application of
general systems theory in critical analysis of situations and
decision-making within the practice of nursing to meet emerging
health needs of consumers. Prerequisite: BSN Status. (6 crs.: 3 crs.
Theory, 3 crs. Clinical)
OTA 110. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY METHODS WITH
GROUPS. This course focuses on the use of activity groups as a
treatment modality in occupational therapy. The process of
structuring a group, selecting activities, inviting patient participation and using appropriate leadership interventions and evaluating
outcomes is discussed. Analysis of group roles and dynamics is
presented. Specific examples of groups appropriate for chronic
patients are highlighted. Prerequisite: Formal admission to the
occupational therapy assistant program. (3 crs.)
NUR 406. SCHOOL HEALTH NURSING. Examines the role of
the school nurse in relation to child health supervision and health
education for the schoolage population. Clinical practicum involves
preceptorships with school nurses in local districts. Prerequisite:
BSN Status. (4 crs.: 3 crs. Theory, l er. Clinical).
NUR 410. RESEARCH UTILIZATION IN NURSING. Differentiates between conducting research and research utilization. Through
participation in research utilization activities, students learn to
synthesize research-based knowledge into applicable protocols of
care and to utilize research on an organizational level. Prerequisite:
NUR 370. (2 crs.)
(1
OTA 120. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY TREATMENT MODAL!TIES I. This course teaches the student how to use activity as a
~
therapeutic modality. Activities are broken down into steps to
~
identify the specific actions involved in performing them. The exact ~
skills needed to perform those actions, as well as the context in
.....:J
which the activity takes place are examined. After looking at
""""'::l
specific individual functional deficits, activities are chosen to
~
facilitate functional performance. The impact of lifespace, cu ltural
background, value orientation, age, disability, and environmental
~
influences are considered. Prerequisite: Formal admission to the
~
occupational therapy assistant program. (3 crs.)
r:,J
0
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
191
00.
Z OTA 130. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY TREATMENT MODALITIES II. This course gives the student the background necessary to
0 transition from the classroom to the clinic. The initial part of the
~ class deals with field work expectations and the assumption of the
c:---, COTA profess ional role. The course wi.ll also focus on dealing
~ effecti vely with the health care system . In addition, interacting with
patients and colleagues as well as the use of assistive technologies
~ by persons with disabilities is addressed. Prerequisite: Formal
admission to the occupational therapy assistant program. (3 crs.)
=:,
U
~OTA 200. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY WITH PSYCHO~ SOCIAL DYSFUNCTION. This course encompasses the evaluation
and treatment of individuals with primary or secondary psychiatric
r.....-, diagnosees. Students learn about a variety of di agnoses as defined
~ by DMS IV. Different occupational therapy practice models in
~ mental health are articulated. Specifi c evaluation tools and activities
~ are also analyzed. After reviewing the treatment planning process,
~ students practice writing goals and intervention plans. Level I
field work is also incorporated into this class. Prerequisite: Formal
admission to the occupati onal therapy assistant program. (4 crs.)
Q
0
u
OTA 208. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY WITH PHYSICAL
DISABILITIES . Etiology, signs and symptoms, and issues specific
to physical disabilities, understanding of the function and goals of
certifi ed occupati onal therapy assistants in treatment of these
disabilities. Current modalities and therapeutic techniques specific
to treatment are addresssed, practiced and mastered.Prerequisite:
Formal admission to the occupational therapy assistant program. (4
crs.)
OTA 2 10. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY PRACTICE WITH
GERIATRICS (LEVEL I FIELDWORK). This lab course will
prov ide the Occupational Therapy students with an opportunity to
observe and interact with older adults who have had an interruption
in performance, and to identify those skills and techniques
necessary to intervene into the process. Prerequisite: Formal
admi ssion to the occupational therapy assistant program. (2 crs.)
OTA 2 15. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY WITH PEDIATRICS
(LEVEL I FIELDWORK). This lab course will provide the
Occupational Therapy student with an opportunity to observe and
interact with children suffering from developmental delays due to
disabilities and to identify those ski lls and techniques necessary for
appropriate treatment. Prerequi site: Formal admission to the
occupational therapy assistant program. (2 crs.)
OTA 220. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ASSISTED LIVING
(LEVEL II FIELDWORK). Thi s experimental-based learning
mod ul e will give the occupational therapy student an opportunity to
put theory into practice in a minimum of two supervised practice
settings. The student will learn to do treatment planning, direct
servi ce, and documentaion under the idrection of an occupational
therapist in various settings. At the end of the field placement, the
student will be able to demonstrate his/her competency by designing a treatment pl an, carrying out treatment and documenting
appropriately. Prerequisite: All occupational therapy coursework
must be completed exception for level II fieldwork . (I 2 crs.)
professional qualificati ons. The role of the COTA in direct
treatment and as manager of an acti vity department are emphas ized.
Prerequisite: All occupational therapy co ursework must be
completed exception for level II fieldwork. (2 crs.)
PHI - Philosophy
PHI 100. PERSPECTIVES IN PHILOSOPHY. An introducti on to
such major philosophical issues as the nature of knowledge, reality,
religion and morals. (3 crs.)
PHI I 15. LOGIC AND LANGUAGE. An introducti on of basic
principles and techniques for distingui shing correct from incorrect
reasoning. (3 crs.)
PHI 200. WORLD RELIGIONS. The study of the seven world
religions, including their origins and doctrines. (3 crs.)
PHI 201. HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPH Y. Stud y of the
pre-Socratic philosophers, Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, Epicureans,
and the Skeptics. (3 crs.)
PHI 206. SIXTEENTH TO EIGHTEENTH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. From Descartes to Kant; modern philosophy in the wake of
the Scientific Revolution and the Reform ati on. (3 crs.)
PHI 211. FORMAL LOGIC I. Introduction to the syntax and
semantics of truth-functional and first-order languages and also to
proof theories for such languages. (3 crs.)
PHI 220. ETHICS . An examination of selected ethi cal systems and
their philosophical foundations , with special emphas is on understanding such bas ic moral concepts as good, right and duty. (3 crs.)
PHI 225. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY. An examination
of selected social or political systems and their philosophical foundations. Special emphasis on such basic concepts as natural rights,
equality, justice, individual freedom and political authority. (3 crs.)
PHI 231. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. A consideration of th e
nature of religion, speculati ons and arguments about the nature and
existence of God, the possibility of reli gious knowledge, claims to
religious experience and revelation, the problem of evil , th e belief
in immortality and the meaning of religious language. (3 crs.)
PHI 247. SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, AND SOCIETY. Examines
the philosophical issues that stem from the impact that evolving
science and technology have on people's beliefs, values, and
behavior. (3 crs.)
PHI 270. PHILOSOPHY OF MARXISM. An examination of the
basic texts of Marx and Engels and the subsequent development of
Marxist Philosophy. Attempts a criti cal evaluation in light of
contemporary political Philosophy. (3 crs.)
PHI 305. MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY. Begins with Neo-Platon ism
and proceeds with such thinkers as Augustine, Eigena, Anselm,
Thomas Aquinas, Roger Bacon, Duns Scotus and William of
Ockham. (3 crs.)
PHI 370. MEDICAL ETHICS (3 crs.)
OTA 240. PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN OCCUPATIONAL
THERAPY. This seminar course examines the roles and functions
of the COTA in screening and evaluation, program planning,
providing treatment, service management, and maintaining
192
California University of Pennsylvania
PHI 310. NINETEENTH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. A survey of
the development of German idealism after Kant and th e voluntaristic reactions to it. Also considers British Empiricism and French
Positivism. (3 crs.)
PHI 312. FORMAL LOGIC II. A continuation of PHI 211 Formal
Logic I, with emphasis on the meta-theory of truth-functional and
first-order languages. It also considers selected topics in the
Philosophy of logic and the Philosophy of mathematics. Prerequisite: PHI 211. (3 crs.)
PHI 320. ETHICAL THEORY. An examination of the possibility and
nature of ethical knowledge and the meaning of moral discourse.
Special consideration is given to contemporary discussions. (3 crs.)
PHI 325. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE. A study of the methods,
concepts and presuppositions of scientific inquiry. An attempt is
made to understand the historical development of science in the
context of various theories of knowledge and reality. (3 crs.)
PHI 335. AESTHETIC THEORY. An examination of the nature and
bas is of criticism in the fme arts and literature, the nature and
function of art, aesthetic standards, the concept of beauty, artistic
creativity and the meaning of truth in literature and the arts. (3 crs.)
PHI 370. THE PHILOSOPHY OF LAW. A survey of the debate
about tile concept of law in the history of Philosophy and an
examination of the recent revival of the debate in greater detail.
Specific topics include the nature of legal reasoning, the legal
enforcement of morality, the problem of responsibility, and the
concept of justice. (3 crs.)
PHI 405. EPISTEMOLOGY. An examination of selected theories of
knowledge including contemporary discussions. (3 crs.)
PHI 410. METAPHYSICS. Studies general problems and theories
concerning the nature of reality. (3 crs.)
PHI 415. PHILOSOPHY OF MIND. An examination of important
stages in the philosophical development of the notion of mind.
Discusses such contemporary problems as the relation of mind and
body and the nature of consciousness, and analyzes such notions as
will, emotion, action and memory. (3 crs.)
PHI 426. PHENOMENONOLOGY AND EXISTENTIALISM. A
study of the historical background and development of twentieth
century European Philosophy, with particular emphasis on such
philosophers as Husserl, Heidegger, Sartre and Merleau-Ponty. (3 crs.)
PHI 431. ANALYTIC PHILOSOPHY. An exploration of selected
philosophical issues (e.g., knowledge, truth and meaning), utilizing
recent work in conceptual and methodological analysis. Though the
course is usuall y problem-oriented, a good deal of the history of
recent Anglo-American Philosophy is covered. Recommended
prerequisites: PHI 206 and a Logic course. (3 crs.)
PHI 459. TUTORIAL IN PHILOSOPHY. (Variable crs.)
PHI 470. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY. A discussion
of some special problem or issue in Philosophy. (3 crs.)
PHI 490. SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY. A discussion of either one
prominent philosopher or a movement in philosophy. (3 crs.)
PHS - Physical Science
PHS 125. OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY. This course is
designed to present an opportunity to acquire a general understanding of the Night-Time sky as it relates to Astronomy as well as
experiences and opportunities for observation. Two class hours each
week. (2 crs.)
PHS 135. CHEMISTRY OF MATERIALS. An introduction to the
science of chemistry. This course is intended primarily for Graphic
Arts Majors. This course shows how chemistry is an integral part of
our lives and how it has both solved and created many problems in a
modem technological society. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
PHS 145. ASTRONOMY. A presentation of methods of investigation and results of astronomical discoveries. Survey of facts and
important astronomical theori es . Solar system, what is a star,
multiple star systems, variable stars and stellar evolution will be
discussed. Instruments of the astronomer, telescopes, spectroscopes
will be used. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
PTA - Physical Therapy
PTA I 00. INTRO TO PTA. An overview of the discipline of
physical therapy and the role and function of the physical therapy
assistant. Additional topics include examinations of the history of
physical therapy, physical therapy professsional organizations, legal
and ethical issues, and commonly encountered pathologies.
(3 crs.)
PTA 110. INTRO TO PATHOLOGY. Thi s course examines the
disease process on the cellular, hi stological and systemic levels.
Particular emphasis is placed upon those pathologies commonly
encountered by the physical therapist assistant in pediatric,
geriatric, orthopedic and neurol ogic patients populations. (2 crs.)
PTA 150. PHYSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP. This
introductory clinical internship provides the physical therapist
assistant student with extensive observation of activities such as
patient care, administration, qu ality assurance, and supervision of
other supportive personnel. In addition, students begin to treat
patients using principal s common to all procedures. Prerequisite:
Formal admission into the physical therapy assistant program and
completion of PTA I00. (3 crs.)
{J
PTA 200. PROFESSIONAL ISSUES FOR THE PTA. This course
is an examination of the legal, ethical and professional aspects of a
career in phys ical therapy. Important issues such as liability,
~
malpractice, practive acts, and reimbursement are discussed. Special~
attention is focused on the importance of research and preparation ~
for the PTA state board examination. Prerequisite: Formal admis- rJ'l
sion into the physical therapy assistant program. (2 crs.)
t,'!j
0
PTA 205 . CARDIOPULMONARY REHABILITATION. An
~
examination of the anatomy, physiology and pathology of the
t,'!j
cardiopulmonary system. Specific methods of assessment and
rJ'l
intervention, including indications and contraindications are
explored for a myriad of cardiolpulmonary conditions. The
laboratory portion of the course enables students to develop and
practice specific psychomotor skills pertaining to cardiopulmonary ~
rehabilitation. Prerequisite: Formal admission into the physical
~
therapy assistant program. (2 crs.)
~
{j
~
~
PHS 117. BASIC PHYSICAL SCIENCE. An elementary, nonlaboratory approach to the physical world. Topics may be selected
jointly by the students and the instructor. Three class hours each
week. (3 crs.)
0
z
rJ'l
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
193
00
Z
0
~
C"""""
~
~
~
u
OO
~
Q
~
PTA 210. NEUROLOGICAL REHABILITATION. This course is
an examination of the etiology, signs and symptoms and effects of
pathologies to the central and peripheral nervous systems. Development of patient goals and physical therapy plans for specific
neurological disorders are al so presented. Specific treatment
procedures and techniques are demonstrated and practiced in the
laboratory setting. Prerequisite: Formal admission into the physical
therapy assistant program. (3 crs.)
PTA 215 . PEDIATRIC REHABILITATION. This is a lecture/
laboratory course that encompasses etiology, signs and symptoms
and issues specific to orthopedic and neurologic disorders in
children. Development of evaluation skills, strategies for treatment
plans and physical skiils needed to treat children are emphasized.
Prerequisite: Formal admission into the physical therapy assistant
program. (3 crs.)
00
~ PTA 220. GERIATRIC REHABILITATION. This course examines
~
~
0
U
the etiology, signs and symptoms, and treatment protocols associated with disorders in gerontological populations. Development of
intervention strategies and physical therapy protocols for common
geriatric problems are emphasized. Prerequisite: Formal admission
into the physical therapy assistant program. (3 crs.)
PTA 250. PHYSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP II.
This clincial internship provides the physical therapist assistant with
the opportunity to perform their responsibilities under physical
therapist or physical therapist assistant supervision and with
positive role modeling. The experience provides exposure to a
variety of patients and learning activities. Prerequisite: All physical
therapy assistant coursework must be completed with the exception
of PTA 200. ( I 2 crs.)
PHY - Physics
PHY 101. COLLEGE PHYSICS I. Introductory Physics. Vectors,
mechanics, energy, momentum, conservation principles and
oscillatory motion. Three class hours and three laboratory hours
each week. Corequisite: MAT 281 (4 crs.)
PHY 121. GENERAL PHYSICS I. An introductory non-calculus
course dealing with mechanics and heat. Three class hours and three
laboratory hours each week. Functional knowledge of algebra and
elementary trigonometry is assumed. (4 crs.)
PHY 122. GENERAL PHYSICS II. An introductory non-calculus
course addressing the areas of sound, light and electricity and
magnetism. Three class hours and three laboratory hours each week.
Prerequisite: PHY 12 I. (4 crs.)
PHY 202. COLLEGE PHYSICS II. A continuation of College
Physics I. Heat and thermodynamics, hydrostatics, waves and
acoustics, electricity, magnetism and AC circuits. Three class hours
and three laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite: PHY IOI.
Corequisite: MAT 282. (4 crs. )
PHY 203 . COLLEGE PHYSICS Ill. A continuation of College
Physics II. Maxwell's equation and electromagnetic waves, light,
atomic and nuclear physics, and special relativity. Some review of
material from College Physics I and II. Three class hours and three
laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite: PHY 202. Corequi site:
MAT 381. (4 crs.)
PHY 221. INTERMEDIATE MECHANICS . Vector calculus,
Newtonian kinematics, and dynamics of many particle systems with
emphasis on integral relations, motion in a central potential,
194
California University of Pennsylvania
scattering theory, systems with constraints, variational principles in
mechanics, small oscillations, wave equations, and special rela4vity.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite: PHY 202. Corequisite: MAT 381. (4 crs.)
PHY 235 . GEOPHYSICS. Primary emphasis is on geophysical
prospecting for oil. Particularly focuses on the following prospecting methods: seismic refraction and reflection, gravitational,
magnetic, and electrical. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
PHY 301. INTERMEDIATE ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
Electric and magnetic fields and energy, the effects of matter on
them, circuits, Maxwell 's equations, electromagnetic waves. Vector
calculus and differential equations used. Prerequisites: PHY 203
and MAT 381. Recommended PHY 221, MAT 382 and MAT 341.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each week. (4 crs.)
PHY 331 . MODERN PHYSICS I. Relativistic kinematics and
dynamics, particle and wave aspects of radiation and particles, the
structure of the hydrogen atom, and the many-electron atoms.
Quantum mechanics introduced for the first time here. Prerequisites: PHY 203, MAT 381 . Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
PHY 341 . MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS I. Vector
calculus, Fourier series and integrals, ordinary differential equations, partial differential equations, general series representations of
functions and special functions . Prerequisites: PHY 203 and MAT
381. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
PHY 451. ADVANCED LABORATORY I. Experiments selected
from topics discussed in Modem Physics I. The lecture time is used
to di scuss error analysis, curve fitting, and points of interest to the
laboratory reports. Prerequisite: 12 Physics credits. One class hour
each week and three laboratory hours each week. (I er.)
PHY 495. PHYSICS SEMINAR. An introduction to literature,
history, teaching, and research methods in the physical sciences.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and at least 19 hours of physics
(including College Physics I-II) (I er.)
POS - Political Science
POS 100. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE. This
course is designed to introduce students to key ideas, institutions,
processes, and actors in the political world. It is intended to be a
general , not detailed, examination, and attempts to encourage
understanding, reflection and critical thinking. (3 crs.)
POS 105. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT. This is an introductory
course in American government, focusing on the major institutions
and processes in the American political system. Topics discussed in
the course include separation of powers, checks and balances, civil
liberties, political parties, the Congress, the President, the Supreme
Court, federalism, and policy-making processes. (3 crs.)
POS 205. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT. The organizational forms
of municipalities, the process of decision-making and implement;ition, and proposed solutions to problems of an urban society. (3 crs.)
POS 210. POLITICS OF WESTERN EUROPE. A comparative
analysis of the institutions, processes, and policies of the rn1tions of
Great Britain, France, and Germany, and how these nations relate to the
United States system. Prerequisites: POS 100 and POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 218 . POLITICAL PARTIES, CAMPAIGNS, AND ELECTIONS . The organization and operations of political parties in the
United States. Careful attention is given to the methods used by
parties in nominating candidates and in conducting campaigns and
to the significance of pressure groups, public opinion, and the
electorate in our political life. Prerequisite: POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 219. THE MASS MEDIA AND AMERICAN POLITICS . The
interaction of politics and the mass media within American society.
Topics include media effects on political socialization, techniques
of opinion manipulation, propaganda, press responsibility, public
opinion polling, and government control of the media. Special
attention is devoted to the use of tel evision as an instrument of
communication. Prerequisite: POS I 05 . (3 crs.)
POS 220. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION.
Primarily an introduction to the study of American public administration, this course seeks to achieve several broad objectives. First, it
conveys an understanding of the significant role played by administration in present- that role for a democratic society. It has the further purpose of
providing insight into the specific relationships between administration
and the broad political environment from which it arises and in which it
operates. Finally, and mainly, the course offers opportunity for
consideration of those more specialized and technical factors, such as
public organization, public personnel, budgeting, and executive
leadership, that are involved in the formulation and administration of
public policy. Prerequisites: POS 100, POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 222. THE ADMINISTRATION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE IN
THE UNITED STATES. The operations of the criminal justice system
in the United States. Topics include crime in American, the rule of law,
the role of the police, the function of the prosecuting and defense
attorneys, criminal courts and trial processes, sentencing, corrections,
incarceration, probation and parole. Prerequisite: POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 228. DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL THOUGHT:
CLASSICAL AND MEDIEVAL. The basic ideas, values, and
methods of the profound political thinkers and philosophers from
Classical Greece, Rome, and the Christian Church. Prerequisi tes:
POS JOO and POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 229. DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL THOUGHT: MODERN. A sequel to the questions and approaches raised in POS 228. The
major political philosophers from the Renaissance to the beginning of
the twentieth century. Prerequisites: POS 100 and POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 235. STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT. A treatment of the
organization, powers, functions, and problem of state and local governmental units. Emphasis is placed on the growing complexity of
relationships among the various levels of government as a result of
technological developments and the growth of metropolitan areas. (3 crs.)
POS 236. INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. A
practical and theoretical introduction to a study of systematic patterns
in international relations. Includes analysis of rules, instruments,
processes, decision- making factors, and confli ct resolution. (3 crs.)
POS 237. INTERNATIONAL ORGANlZATIONS . An analysis and
evaluation of the United Nations and other international organizations, and of some of the theoretical concepts and practical problems
involved. Prerequisite: POS I 00 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 281. POLITICS OF RUSSIA. Basic components of Russian
politics: background history, Marxist ideology, and the historical
development of Russian political institutions and practices from the
Revolution to the present. Prerequisites: POS 100, POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 300. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY. Primarily in
seminar fashion. Students present and discuss major ideas from
assigned readings. Formal lectures are also scheduled when needed
to present basic ideas and information. Prerequisite: Any Political
·
Science course or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 301. METHODS OF POLITICAL ANALYSIS. A description,
analysis, and application of basic research tools in the discipline of
Political Science .. Prerequisite: POS I 01, I 05, or permission of the
instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 306. CONGRESS. An intensive examination of the legislative
problems and procedures of Congress. Students are introduced to
such topics as the representational functions of Congress, the role of
parties and leaders in Congress, the importance of the committee
system, and the forces affecting congressional decision-making.
Prerequisite: POS I 05 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 307. REVOLUTION. A comparative study of the phenomenon
of revolution, encompassing the causes, events, and principal actors
in those periods that culminate in the outbreak of violent political
change. Prerequisites : POS 100 and POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 310. THE PRESIDENCY. Intensive study of the American
presidency, focusing on personality, organization of the office, use
and misuse of power, and policy making. Prerequisite: POS I 05 or
permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 314. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW: GOVERNMENTAL
POWERS. A study of the major provisions of the American
Constitution and the growth of American constitutional law based
on analysis and discussion of leading judicial decisions . Prerequisite: POS 105 or permission of instructor. (3 crs .)
POS 315. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW: CIVIL LIBERTIES. A study
of the development and meaning of the rights and liberties guaranteed to persons under the Constitution of the United States. Special
emphasis is placed on the antecedents of and the adoption of the
Bill of Rights and a description of the court structure through which
the meaning of civil liberties is determined in specific situations.
Prerequisite: POS 105 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 316. JUDICIAL PROCESS . Intensive study of the judicial
process in the United States and the relationship between the
judicial system and the larger American social system. Prerequisite:
POS I 05 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
n
O
g
POS 320. U. S. FOREIGN POLICY. Policy objectives, patterns of
decision-making, and U.S. foreign policy actions. The roles of interest 'fl'\I/
groups, public opinion, Congress, and other external influences in U. S. 00
foreign policy are also examined. Prerequisite: POS 105. (3 crs.)
~
POS 322. POLITICS OF THE MIDDLE EAST. A comparative
analysis of institutions, processes, and politics of Middle Eastern
governments and how these have been shaped by international
relations of the region. Prerequisite: POS 100. (3 crs.)
POS 323. POLITICS OF LATIN AMERICA. A comparative
analysis of institutions, processes, and politics of Latin American
countries and how these have been shaped by the international
relations of the region. Prerequisite: POS 100. (3 crs.)
POS 325. POLITICS OF ASIA. A comparative analysis of the
institutions, processes, and policies of China, Japan, and India and
how these nations relate to the system in the United States.
Prerequisites: POS 100 and POS 105. (3 crs.)
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
195
~
~
00
n
,=
~
~
~
~
0
z00
z
rJ)_
0
POS 326. POLITICS OF AFRICA. A comparative analysis of the
institutions, processes and politics of selected African nations, and
their place in the international arena. (3 crs.)
~
~ POS 327. CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL THOUGHT. A general
~
survey of the major political ideas and thinkers of the twentieth
century, drawing connections between these ideas and contempo~ rary developments in philosophy, psychology, economics, and
sociology. Prerequisites: POS 100 and POS 105. (3 crs.)
~
U
rJ).POS 329. INTERNSHIP IN POLITICAL SCIENCE. Practical field
~ experience to supplement academic work, developing professional
competencies in research and communication skills. (Variable crs.)
Q
~
POS 330. AMERICAN POLITICAL IDEAS. An advanced course
rJ)_ in political theory: the major political ideas and controversies that
,_..- are associated with the development of American political thought.
~ Prerequisite: Any Political Science course or permission of the
~ instructor. (3 crs.)
Oros 335. ADMINISTRATIVE LAW. The legal structure and political
U environment within federal administrative agencies in the United States
that formulate public policy. Emphasis is given to the growth of the
administrative state within the United States, the necessity for the
delegation of legislative authority to administrative agencies and the
need for judicial control of the bureaucracy. Prerequisite: POS 100,
POS I 05 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 450. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN POLITICS . This seminar,
required of all Political Science majors, is designed to provide
intensive examination of a specific and narrowly focused area in the
field of American politics. The course is research-oriented and
consists of individually prepared contributions by all participants,
which are discussed and critically appraised by all members of the
class. Prerequisite: Students taking this course must be Seniors
majoring in Political Science. (3 crs.)
PSY - Psychology
PSY I 00. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY. This course is a general
introduction to the scientific study of behavior. It explores topics
such as methods of research, physiological development of the
individual, learning, motivation, emotions, cognitive processes,
sensation, perception, testing, personality, behavior disorders, and
individual differences. Experimental research as well as practical
application is stressed. (3 crs.)
PSY 205. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY. Age-related changes in social,
cognitive, emotional, and physical characteristics. Development
from prenatal stages through later childhood is included. Socialization of the child is examined. Prerequisite: PSY I 00. (3 crs.)
PSY 206. ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY. Factors that influence
the growth and development of adolescents. Emphasis on the
relationship among physiological, psychological and sociological
factors and theoretical systems used to describe, explain, predict,
and work with adolescents. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 207. DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. The patterns of
physical, mental, social and emotional development throughout the
life span. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 208. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. The learning process
is examined, with emphasis on learning in school settings. The
application of current theories and research findings to classroom
situations is stressed. This course examines cognitive development,
196
California University of Pennsylvania
intelligence, moti vation, disci pline, behavioral objectives, and
measurement and evaluation. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 209. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY. This course is a comprehensive introduction to the field of Industrial Psychology. It demonstrates the application of psychological principles of behavior to
people work conditions. An examination of business and industrial
activities and the role a psychologist plays in such activities. A strong
emphasis on the practical and every day problems that confront
people in the world of work. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 211. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. The interaction between the
individual and social groups within a cultural context: the individual
in a social role, social groups, and social institutions. Prerequisite:
PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 215. PSYCHOLOGY OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN. The
psychological problems of children who have hearing, speech, mental
and personality deficits, and of children who are culturally disadvantaged
are explored, as well as characteristics of children of superior ability. A
major purpose is to gain a functional understanding of these problems
and of the procedures for helping to cope with them. The student is given
the opportunity to gain firsthand experience with exceptional children in
an observation of a special class in the public schools. Prerequisites: PSY
100, PHY 205 for Psychology Majors, PSY 100 and PSY 205 or PSY
207 for non-Psychology Majors. (3 crs.)
PSY 222. PSYCHOLOGY OF STRESS MANAGEMENT. Source
of stress, effects of stress, manifestations of stress and methods of
coping with stress will be examined with the focus being on
practical applicati on. Prerequisites: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 225. PSYCHOLOGICAL STATISTICS. This course provides
the student with a working knowledge of statistical procedures, and
their application to psychological measurement and research in the
social and behavioral sciences. A variety of statistical methods,
including measures of central tendency, variabibty, and correlation
coefficients, are presented. Hypothesis testing and prediction are also
included. The student uses the computer to analyze data and
interprets the results generated. The application of statistical
procedures to research questions in the fields of behavioral and social
sciences is emphasized. Prerequisite: PSY l00, MAT 181 (3 crs.)
PSY 235. PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING. The major areas of
learning which are focused on are behavioral, (classical conditioning,
operant conditioning and observational learning), cognitive and
neural networks. In each of these areas study progresses from basic
research to applications. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 305. PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY. The essential
factors that result in creating individual differences of human
behavior. Current theories used to explain the development and
structure of personality are presented. The characteristics of the
normal and the maladjusted personality are identified, with special
concern for developmental patterns. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 310. MENTAL HEALTH/PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJUSTMENT.
Problems of personality and mechanisms of adjustment, including a
study of the origin and resolution of conflicts, and the role of emotion
in the patterns of behavior. Prerequisite: PSY I00. (3 crs.)
PSY 311. PSYCHOLOGY OF GENDER ROLES. How gender roles
develop, the factors that sustain these roles, and how gender roles
influence the daily lives of men and women. Sex differences are viewed
from historical, biological, psychological, sociological, and anthropological perspectives. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 340. PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING. The nature and function of
measurement in psychology with concentration on test construction
problems and procedures and an examination of some typical tests in
the fields of intelligence, personality, aptitudes, abilities, and interests.
Prerequisites: PSY 100, PSY 225. (3 crs.)
PSY 345. HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY. This
course explores the evolution of psychological thought starting with its
philosophical roots. The major perspectives of psychology explored are
Structuralism, Functionalism, Behaviorism, Gestalt, Psychoanalysis,
Humanism, and Cognitive. When looking at the impact of central
figures in the field, a more inclusive approach will be utilized.
Understanding the contextual forces which shaped the discoveries and
thinking of the times on the course of the development of psychology
as a science is emphasized. Prerequisite: PSY JOO. (3 crs.)
PSY 350. PRINCIPLES OF BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION. A
consideration of the application of the principles of contemporary
behaviorism to the problem of behavior modification in educational
and clinical settings. Major emphasis is placed on the remediation of
problems of academic, emotional, and social adjustment in the
classroom context. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 360. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. This is a survey course
emphasizing the design of research strategies for evaluating hypotheses
about behavior and the quantitative analysis of research results. The
major content areas explored are psychophysics, perception, learning,
memory, cognition, individual differences, social influences, environmental and human factors. Each of these content areas will be studied
using the statistical and research techniques of scientific psychology.
Prerequisite: PSY JOO, PSY 225. (3 crs.)
PSY 365. METHODS OF RESEARCH. Hands-on experiences in
conducting research and the scientific study of behavior. Students apply
a variety of methods to research problems in a number of content areas
and are exposed to the research literature in these areas. Also included
is instruction in the preparation of a formal research report. Students
will be expected to conduct one research study and write one research
proposal. Prerequisites: PSY JOO, PSY 225, PSY 360. (3 crs.)
PSY 370. INTERVIEWING SKILLS. For students who will soon be
seeking employment in an organizational setting, providing knowledge
and practical experience in several different and specific types of
interviews, especially the selection interview for employment, the
career planning interview, exit interview and the performance
evaluation interview. Prerequisites: PSY JOO, PSY 209. (3 crs.)
PSY 375. PSYCHOPATHOLOGICAL DISORDERS OF CHILDHOOD. This course explores the various psychopathological disorders
of childhood. The particular manifestation in children will be discussed
for each disorder, with emphasis on the quantitative nature of clinical
symptom characteristics as illustrated by cast; studies. The differe~tiation between similar diagnoses and symptoms, as well as the relauonships between each disorder and other emotional familial problems,
will be discussed. Prerequisites: PSY 100, PSY 205. (3 crs.)
PSY 400. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. A survey of behavior
pathology including psychoses, neuroses, and character disorders
including drug addiction and psychophysiological disorder together
with a general consideration of etiology, treatment, and prognosis.
Prerequisites: PSY 100 and 12 credits in Psychology. (3 crs.)
PSY 410. CLINICAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY. This course is a
comprehensive introduction to the field of Clinical Child Psychology. It will explore the major concepts, research findings, and
professional issues influencing the practice of Clinical Child
Psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 100, PSY 205, PSY 375. (3 crs.)
PSY 41 I. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY I. Designed to aid students
to think creatively about the kinds of information and data to be
obtained in studying individuals. Seeks to point out some of the
problems and procedures which constitute the type of clinical
procedures. Not designed to train the student to become a clinical
psychologist, but rather an introduction to the applied areas of
clinical psychology. Prerequisites: PSY I 00, PSY 305, PSY 340,
PSY 400, and Senior standing. (3 crs.)
PSY 412. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY II. The projective techniques used to assess individual personality. The construction and
methods of interpretation of these techniques. An introduction to
some of the tools of the clinical psychologist and counselor.
Prerequisites: PSY 100, PSY 350, PSY 340, PSY 400, and Senior
standing. (3 crs.)
PSY 420. SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY. This course is a comprehensive overview of the field of school psychology. It will explore
issues related to the role and functions of school psychologists
including the psychoeducational assessment of children and
adolescents, therapeutic interventions for school-age children,
consultat ion, and legal and ethical issues in the practice of school
psychology. This course has relevancy for students pursing careers
in education as we ll as for students pursuing careers in psychology.
Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 425. SENIOR THESIS. This course is an opportunity for the
student to integrate and synthesize all aspects of their prior collegiate
academic experience as it relates to their chosen major of psychology.
The student will review research methods and current research
literature in an area that is of special interest to them, develop a
proposal for further research on an approved project in an area of
interest, conduct the research proposed, write a thesis, and present the
findings in an appropriate forum. Students will be required to present
their work for presentation and defense in a public forum, and will be
encouraged to submit the thesis for publication. Prerequisites:
PSY 100 and PSY 365 and senior standing. (3 crs.)
PSY 428. ADVANCED INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY. A more indepth survey of several important issues considered in PSY 209,
including organizational dynamics, psychological evaluations, employee
rights.laws, worker motivation, training and performance evaluation.
Prerequisite: PSY 100, PSY 209, PSY 225 or equivalent. (3 crs.)
PSY 430. PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY. The relationships
between bodily processes and behavior. The relationship between
psychological phenomena and the physiological functioning of the
organism. Sensation and perception, reflexive behavior, motivation,
emotional behavior, and critical functioning. Some laboratory
experience is included. Prerequisite: PSY I 00. (3 crs.)
(1
0
~
~
00
~
PSY 452. CLINICAL PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY I. Special
study in case study methods, psychological testing, and psychopa- ~
thology. Prerequisites: PSY I 00, PSY 340, PSY 400, PSY 411, and ~
permission of the chairperson of the department. (3 crs.)
OO
PSY 453. CLINICAL PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY II. A
continuation of Clinical Practicum I, but with greater emphasis on
psychotherapy, use of clinical instruments, diagnostic cases, and
visits to hospitals and clinics. Prerequisites: PSY 100, PSY 452 and
permission of the chairperson of the department. (3 crs.)
(1
~
~
~
~
PSY 469. PSYCHOLOGY INTERNSHIPS. Students will be placed~
with professional psychological agencies off campus . They will
integrate, under supervision, what they_ h~ve aca_demically been
studying with the duties and respons1b1ht1es assigned to them by
0
Z
OO
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
197
00.
practicing psychologists in the field. Eligibility requirements and
Z procedures for application are available at the departmental office.
0 Prerequisite: PSY 100. (Variable crs.: 3- 16)
~ SOC - Sociology
~
SOC 100. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY. This survey course
permits students to explore the rich variety of topics studied by
~ sociologists. Central to all the topics are the structures and pro~ cesses of human interaction. Emphasis is placed on the relationship
of natural and social factors in human behavior. Attention also is
r:J'j given to topics such as the meaning and function of culture; the
~ origin, function and characteristics of social institutions; and, the
genesis and nature of social pathology. (3 crs.)
~
U
Q
~
00.
~
~
0
u
SOC 110. ETHNIC, RACIAL AND SEXUAL MINORITIES.
Disadvantaged, or powerless, not simply numerical, minorities are
studied in terms of their demographic and ecological characteristics.
Contemporary issues are studied in historical context. (3 crs.)
SOC 125 . MEN, WOMEN AND WORK. Through readings, audiovisual materials, panels and informal student reports, class members
investigate the roles of men and women in the existing economic
structure, the reasons for these roles and the development of trends
and changes in the economic area. Discussion-centered. (3 crs.)
SOC 155. CHARISMAJIC LEADERS. The characteristics of charismatic leaders and the methodology used to study this phenomenon are
central themes of this course. Discussion-centered classes. (3 crs.)
SOC 165 . MODERN FREEDOM MOVEMENTS. The study of
social movements in American society. Basic focus is upon social
change brought about by social movements. (3 crs.)
SOC 175. CONTEMPORARY WOME 'S MOVEMENT. An
investigation of themes, philosophies, and activists in the current
women 's movement. (3 crs.)
SOC 205. CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS. Social issues of
popular concern in America today, such as poverty, ecology, violence,
and homosexual rights, are discussed and analyzed from a sociological
perspective. Attention is not only given to the content of the issues;
attention also is given to the place of statistics in data reporting and
analysis, what are the objective data used in support of interest group
claims, and the use of various theoretical schemes in providing alternative
explanations for each issue being a social problem. Prerequisite SOC I 00
or the permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
SOC 210. SOCIAL STRATIFICATION. The student is made more
aware of the class, status, and power inequities of our stratified
society. Class, caste, and estate systems are compared. Prerequisite:
SOC 11 0. (3 crs.)
SOC 216. SOCIOLOGY OF WORK. Basic patterns of work
behavior in American culture. Some emphasis is placed upon career
paths and the impact of technological changes upon work. (3 crs.)
SOC 220. THE FAMILY. The instituti on of the family within the
context of American culture. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 225. SOCIOLOGY OF AGING. Theoretical and research
methodological issues in the sociological study of human aging are
considered. Special emphasis is placed upon the interaction of pertinent
biological and sociological variables as they relate to a variety of topics,
including work, retirement, leisure, institutionalization, and death.
Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
198
California University of Pennsylvania
SOC 235. URBAN SOCIOLOGY. Focuses on the relationship between
the demographics of urbanization and the social-psychological characteristics of urbanism. Determinist, compositional, and sub-cultural theories
are compared. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 240. SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS. Designed as a descriptive study of
the basic institutions of society (particularly family, religion, economic,
government, and education), the course uses a cross-cultural and
comparative perspective. American institutions form the core of the
comparative analysis. Prerequisite: SOC I00 or permission of the
instructor. (3 crs.)
SOC 260. CRIME. Types of criminal behavior, the epidemiology of
crime in the United States, the social basis of law, and major etiological
forces responsible for lawbreaking. General systems theory is the basic
theoretical perspective used in this course. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 285. SOCIOLOGY OF SUBSTANCE USE AND ABUSE. The
sociology of substance use and abuse, as well as the approaches for
treatment. Special emphasis is given to alcohol and the more commonly
abused drugs (e.g., nicotine, marijuana, cocaine). The course focuses on
the social processes that influence substance abuse and the societal costs
and consequences. Prerequisite: SOC I00 or pennission of the instructor.
(3 crs.)
SOC 300. SOCIOLOGY OF DEVIANCE. Discusses the various forms
of deviant behavior, public responses to such behavior, and the causes of
such behavior. Particular attention is given to the interactive processes
which result in behavior being labeled as deviant. How the criminal
justice system copes with deviant behavior also is considered. (3 crs.)
SOC 305. SYMBOLIC INTERACTIONISM. An in-depth study of one
of the major theoretical perspectives in sociology. Its particular relationhip with social psychology is considered. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 308. SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS. Course
develops the technical and analytical skills necessary for the conduct of
social science research. Students will learn what methods are appropriate
to various types of research inquires; and, they will learn how to evaluate
research reports. (3 crs.)
SOC 3 10. COLLECTIVE BEHAVIOR. Course is a descriptive and
analytical inquiry into the relatively unstructured social responses to
social change. War resistance movements, militia movements, stock
market panics, popular fads and crazes are among the topics considered.
Attention is given to the processes, emergent structures and theoretical
explanations associated with various types of collective behavior.
Prerequisite: SOC I00 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
SOC 329. SOCIOLOGICAL INTERNSHIP. Designed to supplement
the classroom studies of sociology majors with practical field experience,
internships provide students not only with additional knowledge and
skills but with the opportunity to apply what was learned previously to on
site situations. Internships are intended to develop the major's professional competencies in observational, analytical and research skills.
(Variable crs.)
SOC 330. RELIGION AS A SOCIAL PHENOMENON. The course
is a descriptive and analytic, a scientific, study of religious
phenomena. Although the course focuses on religion in American
Society, it uses a comparative approach to understand the nature,
forms and functions of religion in society. Prerequi site: SOC I 00 or
the permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
SOC 370. SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY BUILDING. Intensive
study of how theories are constructed with special attention to logic.
Logical fallacies and the relation of theories to research hypotheses
are discussed in depth. Prerequi site: SOC JOO. (3 crs.)
SOW 270. CHILD WELFARE. Welfare of children, rights, policies,
problems, and programs. Historical and current practices, worki ng
with natural parents, supportive services, substitutes and residential
care. Prerequisite: SOW 150 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
SOC 376. SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. Considers the historical
development of sociological theory, as well as how theories are
constructed and used to explain social phenomena. Special attention
is given to the understanding and analysis of classical theori sts,
including Marx, Weber and Durkheim Prerequisite: SOC I 00 or the
permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
SOW 295 . HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SOCIAL WELFARE. Historical trends and philosophical perspectives on social
welfare programs and policy development. An overview of the
relationship of cultural and professional values to social, political
and economic institutions, with emphasis on the impact on
oppressed and vulnerable client systems. Prerequisite: SOW 150.
Recommended : POS 100, ECO 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 495. SEMINAR IN SOCIOLOGY. Capstone course for
sociology majors. The seminar will center around a current theme in
sociology. Students wiU be expected to demonstrate the use of
major concepts, methods and theories in analyzing the theme.
Prerequisite: Sociology major with junior or senior status. (3 crs.)
SOW 296. POVERTY AND RELATED SOCIAL PROBLEMS.
Poverty as a dependent and independent variable in its relationship
to other social problems and human behavior. Social policy and
programs that attempt to respond to the variety of conditions that
are both causes and effects of poverty and related behav ior wi ll be
studied. Prerequisites: SOC 100, PSY JOO, SOW 150. (3 crs.)
SOW - Social Work
SOW 150. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK. Social, political,
economic and historical dimensions of poverty and welfare services
in the United States. Complements other beginning courses in the
social sciences by integrating this knowledge in a fashion which aids
in the comprehension of welfare services while establishing a basis
for movement toward hi gher level courses. (3 crs.)
SOW 208. MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS . Analysis of the
historical, economic and political relation of American religious,
ethnic, and racial minorities in terms of social change and social
structure. Special attention given to Puerto Rican, Chicano and
Indian subcultures, as well as minority experience in the rural
environment. Sources of prej udice and discrimination and social
processes including conflict, segregation, assimilation, accommodation and cooperation. Prerequisite: SOC I 00. (3 crs.)
SOW 215. HUMAN GROWTH AND BEHAVIOR I. Foundation
knowledge, contribution of studies, research and theory in understanding human development. SOW 215 begins the life cycle from
prenatal influence through middle school age. Emphasis is on both
normal development/behavior and on differences. Illustrates how
diverse groups are affected in their development through the life
cycle, with examples from rural experience .. Prerequisites:
BIO I 03, PSY 100, SOW 150; or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
SOW 2 16. HUMAN GROWTH AND BEHAVIOR II. Foundation
knowledge, contribution of studies, research and theory in understanding human development. SOW 2 16 continues the life cycle from
adolescence through old age. Emphasis is on both normal development/
behavior and on differences. Illustrates how diverse groups are affected
in their development through the life cycle, with examples from rural
experience. Prerequisites: SOW 2 15 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
SOW 256. SOCIAL WORK INTERVIEWING. Theory, value, and
skill components necessary for effective interviewing with diverse
client systems. Communication techniques and personal attributes
which enhance problem solving are explored. Demonstration and
practice of core skills are thoroughly integrated. Prerequisites:
SOW 150, PSY 100, ENG 102. (3 crs.)
SOW 265 . JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. Causes, prevention, and
treatment of deviancy among youth. Explores impact of sex, race,
poverty, urban/rural context, and other social factors on deviance.
Examines juvenile court system, its non-adversary role, changing
attitudes toward treatment, and questi ons regarding change.
Prerequi site : PSY 100. (3 crs.)
SOW 302 MICRO PRACTICE METHODS. Assumes that human
service workers perform varied tasks with basic skills, attitudes and
knowledge, and that their development will increase self awareness
with subsequent emergence of a professional self. Students learn
problem assessment, caseload management and a variety of
counseling theories and interventive strategies with special
emphasis on unique characteristi cs of the ru ral client. Prerequisite:
SOW 2 15, SOW 256. (3 crs.)
SOW 303. HUMAN SEXUALITY AND SOCIETY. Biological,
social and cultural underpinnings of human sexuality, how sexual
behavior is learned, individual and societal problems resulting in
sexual dysfunction , practice interventions which alleviate individual
and collective societal problems. Increase students' level of comfort
with own sexuality enabling them as practitioners to address a
variety of sexual concerns. Prerequisite: Junior status or permission
of instructor. (3 crs.)
SOW 306. SOCIAL WORK IN THE RURAL ENVIRONMENT.
This course exposes the undergradu ate social work student to the
unique problems and social needs of non-metropolitan communities, in particular smaJI towns and rural areas. Students will come to
understand the social structure of such communities and the ·
pervasiveness of many social problems, especiall y poverty. Existent ,,,..,._
social welfare systems will be examined along with recommenda- \ .J.
tions for program development, resource identification, and social
planning. Prerequisites: SOW 2 16, SOW 295, SOW 302. (3 crs.)
O
e
~
SOW 348 . MEZZO PRACTICE METHODS . This course is the
third in a four-course practice methods sequence. It builds on the
rJJ.
skills developed in Interviewing and Micro Practice Methods,
~
utilizing the ecological approach to assessment and problemsolving. The course covers the history of social group work, the
~
stages of group _d_evel opment, a~sessment of goals and objectives fo r .,_
groups and fanuhes , and the pnnctples and values for intervention l ......J
and problem solving with groups and fa milies . Prerequi sites: SOW rJJ.
216, sow 302. (3 crs.)
n
~
SOW 349. MACRO PRACTICE METHODS. Macro Practi ce
Methods refer to those skill s that enabl~ the generali st social worker=
to act at an orgamzatwnal and community level to effect change in · '.J
larger social systems. These ski lls encompass planning, organi zing, ~
and administrative tasks. Proficiency at the macro level is particu- ~
larly important for the rural practitioner who may be relatively
isolated from other service providers. Through a semester-long
O
Z
rJJ.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
199
00 class project, students gain "hands on" experience in committee
Z
O
work, program development, action, research, budgeting, and many
other specific skills. Prerequisite: SOW 348. (3 crs.)
~
SOW 350. SOCIAL WORK WITH THE AGING. Development and
~ current status of policies and services related to the elderly, service
~
deli very systems and implication for social work practice concepts
for working with the elderly. Prerequisite: SOW 256 or permission
~ of instructor. (3 crs.)
~
U SOW 353. PSYCHOPATHOLOGY FOR SOCIAL WORKERS .
00 Builds on psychosocial study, assessment and treatment introduced
r....-1 in Micro Practice Methods . Acquaints student with DSM-IV-R
~ terminology and its use for generalist social work practice. Explores
scope and depth of individual psychopathology, community
Q
r. . .-, concerns, prevention and intervention approaches. Prerequisites:
~
SOW 2 16, SOW 302. (3 crs.)
00
~ SOW 366. POLICY ANALYSIS/SERVICE DELIVERY. This
~ course
SPN IO I . ELEMENTARY SPANISH I. For the student without
previous knowledge of Spanish who wishes to achieve a command
of language fundamentals. Acquisition of speech skills in the
classroom is reinforced in the language laboratory. Progressively
greater emphasis is placed on reading and writing. Three class hours
and one hour language laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
SPN 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH II. A continuation of Spanish
IO I. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: SPN 101 or one year of hi gh school Spanish. (3 crs.)
SPN 203. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I. A review of the essentials
of Spanish grammar through intensive oral and written practice to
facilitate the use of Spanish grammar and to develop the use of words
and expressions accepted throughout the Spanish-speaking world.
Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: SPN lOI and SPN 102 or their equivalents. (3 crs.)
examines the bas ic process of policy development and helps
11-f social work students devel op a conceptual framework for analyzing
O and evaluati ng policies and their consequences. Students pay
particul ar attention to the impact of social policy on people and
U human service organi zations. Built on an interdisciplinary base
(economic, political science, and sociological theories), the course
prepares students for policy practice skills taught in Social Change
(SOW 370). Prerequisite: SOW 295. (3 crs.)
SOW 370. SOCIAL CHANGE. Social change processes, strategies,
reacti ons to change, the impact of change on social policy and
social welfare institutions. Prerequisite: SOW 366. (3 crs.)
SOW 405 . SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH METHODS . Social work
scientific endeavor presented as a speci al type of problem-solving
and anal ytical thinking activity. Thrust is toward becoming critical
consumers of research reports, fundamentals for evaluating one's
professional practice, and understanding critical importance of
research as a profess ional endeavor. Prerequisites: SOW 302, SOW
295 . (3 crs.)
SOW 419. SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM I. Supervised placement
in a practice setting under a trained social worker. Application of
theoretical knowledge and skills, demonstrating competencies in
working with various client systems. Minimum of 480 clock hours.
Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor, Advanced Senior
standing, SOW 208, SOW 2 16, SOW 295, SOW 302, SOW 303,
SOW 348, and SOW 366. This course must be taken with SOW 420
SOCIAL WORK PRACT II. (6 crs.).
SOW 419-420 SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM I and II. Supervised
placement in a practice setting under a trained social worker.
Application of theoretical knowledge and skills, demonstrating
competencies in working with various client systems. Minimum of
480 clock hours. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor,
Advanced Seni or standing, SOW 208, SOW 216, SOW 295 , SOW
302, SOW 303, SOW 348, and SOW 366. This course must be
taken with SOW 419 SOCIAL WORK PRACT I. (6 crs.)
SOW 479. HONORS COURSE IN SOCIAL WORK. In-depth study
of selected social work topics for students in the Honors Program.
Major paper required. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
SOW 495 SEMINAR IN SOCIAL WORK. Selected topics of
particular significance or current importance and interest to the social
work profession. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Variable crs.)
200
SPN - Spanish
California Unjversity of Pennsylvania
SPN 204. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH II. Develops control of the
principal structural patterns of the language through di alogue and
oral reading, as well as through written exercises based on selected
readings. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: SPN 203 . (3 crs.)
Culture courses are taught in English and are intended to satisfy
General Education Humanities elective requirements as well as those
in the major. One culture course is offered each regular semester.
SPN 240. ORIGINS OF SPANISH CULTURE. The style of art,
literature and music of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries in Spain,
in which the tendency to recount wars, weddings and conquests is
evident. (3 crs.)
SPN 24 1. FOURTEENTH CENTURY SPAIN. This course examines
the style of art, literature and music of the 14th century in Spanish
culture. This is a period of consolidation, of gradual assimilation of
many influences and of significant contributions to western culture.
One of the outstanding books in literature, Li bro de buen amor, and,
in music, Las Huelgas Codex will be studied as well as Ferrer Bassa's
murals and Luis Borrassa's three-dimensional works. (3 crs.)
SPN 242. GOLDEN AGE AND BAROQUE. The Golden Age of
Spain is a course designed to capture the significance of Spain's
reawakening. It describes Lope de Vega's revolutionizing the entire
concept of dramatic form ; it details Spain's contributions to Western
Civilization in the form of great characters like Don Juan and Don
Quixote and how they influenced the cultures of the world. (3 crs.)
SPN 243 . 1700-MID NINETEENTH CENTURY. This course will
examine the style of Peninsular art, literature and music in the 18th
and first half of the nineteenth centuries. Members of the House of
Bourbon are on the Spanish throne and thereby there is a strong
French influence upon artistic expression. This is the Age of Reason
and the age of false and dictatorial sophistication of neoclassic
standards which ends with the flowering of romanticism. (3 crs.)
SPN 244. GENERATION OF 1898 MODERNISM. This course
examines the latter part of the nineteenth century, a time in Spain when
a new literary and social awareness was being expressed in the arts.
Developments in the arts set the atmosphere in which an entire
generation of artists the generation of 1898, as they were referred to, set
about the business of representing the heart and soul of Spain. This
course closes by examining the work of the intellectuals who brought
the Modernismo of Rubin Dario of Nicaragua to Spain. (3 crs.)
SPN 245. TWENTIETH CENTURY SPAIN PART I. In this course
we will consider the concept of a generation and two earlier
movements in Spanish poetry (Ultraism and Creationism) before
dealing with the poetry and the theater of the artists known as the
generation of ' 27. Also, the composers of the Grupo de Madrid, an
international film-maker, Luis Bunuel, as well as a very notorious
painter, Salvador Dali, will be discussed. (3 crs.)
SPN 246. TWENTIETH CENTURY SPAIN PART II. The
explosive growth and rebirth of Spanish culture during the present
century, especially the period following the repressive years of the
Franco regime, is studied through the works of notable intellectuals
and artists such as Salvador Dali, Pablo Picasso and Federico
Garcia Lorca. The student is offered a panoramic orientation to the
culture of contemporary Spain. (3 crs.)
SPN 247. SPANISH CARIBBEAN. The cultural achievements of
contemporary Spanish Caribbeans. It reviews changes in Caribbean
societies since the movement de avance (Vanguardism, 1927). A
sampling of the countries' art, unique music, architectural styles and
folk dances will be presented. (3 crs.)
SPN 248. ROMANTICISM IN LATIN AMERICA. The style of art,
literature and music of nineteenth century in Latin America.
Attention will be given to the subordination of form to content, the
emphasis given to imagination and emotion which often celebrates
nature, and the utilization of common man and freedom of spirit
themes. (3 crs.)
SPN 249. MEXICO TWENTIETH CENTURY. The cultural
achievements of contemporary Mexicans. Changes in Mexican
society since the I 910 revolutions and the concern of Mexican
writers with social and political themes. A sampling of the country's
art, unique music, architectural styles, murals and folk dances will
be presented. (3 crs.)
SPN 250. CONTEMPORARY ARGENTINA. A view of
Argentina's cultural tendencies in the twentieth century such as
Surrealism, as well as the intellectuals' choice of a simpler
expression of reality, surrealism, as well as the existential and neonatural styles in literature, music and visual arts. (3 crs.)
SPN 311. SPANISH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND
PHONETICS I. Intensive practice in conversation, composition and
phonetics, based on modern prose provides models of natural,
spontaneous speech, including colloquialisms. Written compositions use orthographic rules. Three class hours and one hour
language laboratory per week. Prerequisite: SPN 311. (3 crs.)
SPN 312. SPANISH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND
PHONETICS II. A study of the essential Spanish morphology,
syntax, semantics, and linguistics as reflected in some representative authors. Prerequisite: SPN 312. (3 crs.)
SPN 401 . ADVANCED COMPOSITION: GRAMMAR AND
STYLISTICS. This course is intended to provide an in-depth
grammatical analysis of the Spanish language, emphasizing shades
of differences in the meaning of words and expressions as used in
oral and written expression. (3 crs.)
SPN 405 . CERVANTES: DON QUIXOTE. Prerequisite: SPN 321
or SPN 322. (3 crs.)
SPN 416. GOLDEN AGE NOVEL. The major prose works of the
Renaissance and Baroque styles are studied: the Pastoral, Chivalric,
and Picaresque novels. Prerequisite: SPN 421 or SPN 422. (3 crs.)
SPN 421 . SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE. An introduction
to the masterpieces of Spanish literature, ranging from Poema de Mio
Cid to current authors. Represented will be all of the important
Spanish literary genres: narrative poetry (epic and ballad), lyric verse,
the short story, and selections from novels and dramas. (3 crs.)
SPN 422. SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE. A
study of representative selections from the Colonial period to the
present, with emphasis on the salient characteristics and the
distinctive contributions of each literary form in the period or
movement under study. (3 crs.)
SPN 444. HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. A history of
the development of modern Spanish, beginning with Vulgar Latin as
used in the Iberian peninsula. Attention is given to the impact of
political and cultural influences on linguistic development as well as
to making comparisons with the evolutionary development of other
Romance languages. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of Spanish. (3 crs.)
SPN 450. FOREIGN LANGUAGE COLLOQUIUM IN SPANISH.
This course is intended to promote interaction, to stimulate critical
thinking, to provide argumentative situations which will develop the
student's capacity and ability in oral and written expression. (3 crs.)
SPN 469. STUDIES IN SPANISH LITERATURE. Subject matter
to be arranged. Designed for Spanish majors who wish to take
additional credits and/or study abroad. Prerequisite: 18 hours of
Spanish (Variable crs.)
TED - Technology Education
TED 111. COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (LAB). This course
provides a broad overview of communication systems, specifica11y, print,
acoustic, light, audiovisual and electronic media as they relate to the
realm of communications. The student will experience individualized and
group laboratory activities in the combined area of generating, assembly,
processing, disseminating and assimilating of a communicative message.
Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per
week. (3 crs.)
TED 115. MATERIAL PROCESSING (LAB). This laboratory-based
course is an introduction to basic types of materials and processes of
industry. Students will study and execute a variety of industrial processes
including: casting and molding, forming, separating, conditioning,
assembling, and finishing. Students will become proficient in processing
various industrial materials such as metals, woods, and plastics. This
course serves as a foundation for al1 other laboratory courses which
require the processing of materials. Course will meet for two hours of
lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
(1
0
~
:::c
TED 305. INTRODUCTION TO TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION/
EARLY FIELD EXPERIENCE. A class for all technology education
majors; to be taken during the sophomore year. Students study the
~
development of general education in relationship to technology as
found in a pluralistic society. Readings and discussions will focus on
the taxonomies and systems for technology education, professional
~
organizations, development rates of youth, special needs students,
laboratory safety, teacher liability and certification requirements. The
(1
technology education major will be required to spend each Friday
visiting industrial sites, urban schools and a regular teaching center.
Prerequisites: IND 110, TED 111 , and TED 115. (3 crs.)
~
00
t,
00
:::c
TED 315. CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS (LAB). Students will
develop a basic understanding of the design and behavior of
structures. Through laboratory activities, students will learn how
structures are designed, why certain materials are used, how
structures withstand loads, and the impacts of structures on societal ,
biological, and technological systems. Course will meet for two
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
201
~
~
~
0
Z
00
z
00 hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites:
IND 110, TED 111 , and TED 115. (3 crs.)
0 TED 325. MANUFACTUR1NG SYSTEMS (LAB). The class begins
~
with an introduction to manufacturing technology, technical systems,
~ and a look at the historical evolution of manufacturing. Students will
~ examine the organization and management of manufacturing endeav~ ors. Finally, students will explore the various aspects of research and
~ development and will work through the process of identifying,
designing, selecting and producing products. This will be done in a
production laboratory using current equipment and processes. Course
00 will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
~ Prerequisites: IND 110, TED 111 , and TED 115. (3 crs.)
U
QTED 335. TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS (LAB ). This course
~
focuses on developing a basic understanding of the behavior of
land, water, air, and space transportation systems. Students engage
in problem solving acti vities to design, produce, test, and analyze
~ transportation systems while studying the technical subsystems of
~ propulsion, structure, suspension, guidance, control, and support.
Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours
per week. Prerequisites: IND 110, TED 111 , and TED 115. (3 crs.)
S!J
0
u
TED 425 . MANUFACTURING ENTERPRISE (LAB). An
advanced study course designed to provide laboratory based
applications of a variety of content related to the field of manufacturing. Students will participate in the design and production of a
product in a manufacturing enterprise situation which closely
parallels the function s of a manufacturing corporation. Course wiJI
meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisites: TED 325 or Junior/Senior Status. (3 crs.)
TED 435. TRANSPORTATION RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
(LAB). This course provides individual and/or small groups of students
within a laboratory class the opportunity to conduct a focused investigation of a particular transportation system or subsystem. The nature of this
investigation requires direct contact by the student with corporate,
university, and governmental libraries, laboratories, and associations. The
scope of the research and development problem could relate to local,
national, as well as international topics. The time frame of the research
could be historical, contemporary, or futuristic. Each student and/or
group is required to design, build, operate, and analyze some type of
transportation model, prototype, or simulation that demonstrates with
precision the essence of the research problem. Portfolio documentation of
the progress of the research and development problem is required.
Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per
week. Prerequisites: TED 335 and PHY 121. (3 crs.)
TED 450. TEACHING TECHNOLOGY IN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL (LAB ). In thi s course, participants learn to apply
pedagogical skills in developing curriculum materials, applying
teaching techniques, assessing student achievement and designing
laboratory layouts in the systems of communication, construction,
manufacturing, transportation and bio-related technologies.
Integrating math and science concepts in a technology learning
activity is an integral component of the course as students learn to
design, produce, use and assess technological systems. Course will
meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisite: TED 305. (3 crs. )
TED 461 . STUDENT TEACHING-TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION.
Student teaching is the culminating experience of teacher education
majors in the Technology Education curriculum. The student teacher is
assigned to and works under the supervi sion of two different master
teachers at two different fi eld locations during the semester. The
development and refinement of contemporary pedagogical skills
constitute the primary learning purpose for each student teacher.
202
California University of Pennsylvania
Specific teacher-learning skills which are developed are lesson
planning, delivery methods, organizational procedures, class control,
laboratory management, safety practices, record keeping, and
educational measurement and evaluation. An integral component of the
student teaching experience is a weekly practicum. The practicum
serves as a means of coordinating activities and interchanging ideas and
experiences of the student teachers. ( 12 crs.)
TED 500. TEACHING TECHNOLOGY IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. This course is designed for elementary and technology
edu·c ation majors. The primary objective is to develop a perspective
of the role of technology as a universal integrator of primary school
learning activities. Each student is required to develop a series of
technology-based thematic units that integrate the learning of math,
science, language arts, geography and history. As part of the
development of each thematic unit, each student designs and
constructs an elementary level artifact that reinforces all relevant
learning concepts. (3 crs.)
TED 310. STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION (1-3 crs.)
TED 330. STUDIES IN TRANSPORTATION (1-3 crs. )
TED 340. STUDIES IN CONSTRUCTION (1-3 crs.)
TED 350. STUDIES IN MANUFACTURING (1-3 crs.)
In independent study courses, the student works in an area of
interest under the guidance of an instructor with similar interests.
The student prepares triplicate copies of a proposal which presents
the objectives to be achieved, a procedural outline, special conditions, expected finding s, and assessment methods. Students are
entitled to a minimum of five hours of individual faculty time per
credit. Proposals must receive instructor and department approval
before the student registers in the course.
TED 460. HONORS IN COMMUNICATION (1-3 crs.)
TED 465 . HONORS STUDY IN CONSTRUCTION (1-3 crs.)
TED 475. HONORS STUDY IN MANUFACTURING ( 1-3 crs.)
TED 480. HONORS STUDY IN TRANSPORTATION (1-3 crs.)
Honors courses are reserved for those with a 3.0 quality point
average or better in the Technology Education curriculum specialty
courses taken.
THE - Theatre
THE 100. INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE. A study of the art and
craft of theatre from play script to play production. The course
surveys theatre history, literature, architecture, acting, directing, and
design for the student who wants to know what goes on in theatre
and what it means. Students can expect to participate in classroom
performances. (3 crs.)
THE 10 I . VOICE AND SPEECH. A practical and useful course for
the performer or anyone who wants a flexible, strong, controlled
voice. The Lessac method involving the natural ways in which the
body produces vocal sounds is primarily studied for clear and
articulate speech which is free of regional qualities, affectation,
imitation and annoying physical habits. The course also involves
transcription of the International Phonetic Alphabet for correct
pronunciation. (3 crs.)
THE 126. MAKEUP. This course covers modeling the face and the
body with makeup and with three dimensional prostheses. Historical, character, fantasy, corrective, street, and fashion makeup will be
researched and applied. Students with an advanced interest will
construct three-dimensional prostheses and hair pieces. (3 crs .)
THE 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF ACTING. An introduction to the
basic tools of the actor's craft and personal discipline for the student
through the use of acting exercises, sensitivity exercises, theatre
games, and improvisation . (3 crs.)
THE 132. BALLET TECHNIQUE I. Introductory instruction in the
basic techniques applicable to ballet as practiced in western Europe
and in the United States. Basic techniques include barre exercises,
port de bras, and center practice with jumps, beats, and turns. This
course is only suitable for the student who has no previous
experience. (3 crs.)
THE 245 . CHILDREN' S THEATRE. The selection, direction, and
production of plays for children. This course includes matching the
proper plays with the stages of child development. Excellent class for
potential teachers, parents and recreational personnel. Prerequisites:
ENG 101, ENG 102 are suggested. (3 crs.)
THE 255. PUPPETRY. The planning and production of puppet
plays. (3 crs.)
THE 271 . SCENE DESIGN I. Introduction to the theories and practice
of designing scenery with emphasis on designing for various environments. Prerequisite: THE 141 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 133. JAZZ TECHNIQUE I. Introductory, entry level experience instruction in the basic techniques applicable to American jazz
dance. The focus is on lengthening muscles and developing
isolation techniques necessary for most forms of jazz dance. The
Luigi Technique which includes standing floor, warm-up/stretch,
and center practice jumps, turns, and isolations is studied. (3 crs.)
THE 300. THEATRE DANCE I. Introductory instruction in the basic
techniques applicable to the various dance forms used in the musical
theatre. Basic forms include tap, jazz, ballet, ethnic, and modern
dance. Choreographic styles originated by Agnes DeMille, Jerome
Robbins, Bob Fosse, and Jack Cole will be demonstrated and applied.
Prerequisite: THE 232, THE 233 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 141. STAGECRAFT I. Introduction to the theory and practice
of stagecraft, involving basic set construction, painting, and play
reading. Practical experience for students majoring in all performance media (e.g., television, film ). (3 crs.)
THE 30 I. THEATRE DANCE II. The development of strength and
fluidity through an extension of techniques demonstrated in specialized study and drill . Emphasis is placed on the principles stressed in
Theatre Dance I with the addition of character shoes for the women,
and partnering work . . Prerequisite: THE 300 or permission of
instructor. Variable credits are awarded depending upon student's
experience and abilities. (1-3 crs., repeatable only for a maximum of
seven credits to count toward graduation.)
THE 201. VOICE AND INTERPRETATION. Introduction to the
basic vocal and analysis techniques necessary for effective
interpretation and presentation of non-dramatic literature; poetry,
prose, and narrative literature. (3 crs.)
THE 211. LIGHTING I. The basic theory and practice of lighting
for the stage primarily, as well as film, and television. Practical
experience for students majoring in performance media (stage,
television, film) is stressed. (3 crs.)
THE 225. COSTUME CONSTRUCTION. Basic pattern drafting and
sewing techniques applied to the construction of costumes. (3 crs.)
THE 231. INTERMEDIATE ACTING. The development of a
personal and useful acting method to develop believable characters
for the stage. The acting method is developed through intense scene
work that includes character and script analysis. Prerequisite: THE
131 Fundamentals of Acting or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 232. BALLET TECHNIQUE II. The development of strength and
fluidity through an extension of techniques demonstrated in specialized
study and drill. Emphasis is placed on quick retention of complex
combinations. Further emphasis is placed on center work to develop the
student's artistry in the dance form. Prerequisite: THE 132 or permission of instructor. Variable credits are awarded depending on the
student's experience and abilities. (1-3 crs., repeatable only for a
maximum of seven credits to count toward graduation.)
THE 302. HISTORY OF THEATRE I. The development of theatre
from the Classics through the Baroque, including representative
plays. Prerequisites: ENG 101 , ENG 102 are suggested. (3 crs.)
THE 303. AMERICAN THEATRE HISTORY. A survey of the
American theatre from colonial times to the present, including
representative plays. (3 crs.)
THE 304. WORLD DRAMA. Classical to 19th century plays
(excluding Shakespeare) studied as blueprints for theatrical presentation. Prerequisites: ENG IOI , ENG 102 are suggested. (3 crs.)
THE 305. SHAKESPEARE IN THE THEATRE. Representative
Shakespearean plays studied as theatrical presentation. Prerequisites:
ENG 101 , ENG 102 are suggested. (3 crs.)
THE 306. MODERN DRAMA. 19th and 20th century plays studied
as blueprints for theatrical presentation. Prerequisites: ENG 101,
ENG 102 are suggested. (3 crs.)
THE 308. HISTORY OF COSTUME. A survey of the history of
costume in the western world. (3 crs.)
(j
0
e
~
00.
~
THE 233 . JAZZ TECHNIQUE II. The development of strength and
fluidity through an extension of jazz techniques demonstrated in
specialized study and drill. Emphasis is placed on quick retention of
complex combinations. Further emphasis is placed on center work to
develop the student's artistry in the dance form. Prerequisite: THE 133
or permission of instructor. Variable credits are awarded depending
upon student's experience and abilities. (1-3 crs., repeatable only for a
maximum of seven credits to count toward graduation.)
THE 309. READER' S THEATRE. Advanced theory and practice of~
oral interpretation techniques. Focus moves from solo to group
~
performance and the basic staging techniques of both Reader's
Theatre and Chamber Theatre. Prerequisite: THE 201 or COM 224 ,-,,...
or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
\. .J.
THE 240. CREATIVE DRAMATICS . The stimulation and
development of creativity through playmaking exercises,
storytelling, improvisation, and sensitivity techniques useful for
potential teachers and parents. (3 crs.)
THE 312. HISTORY OF THEATRE II. The development of western ~
theatre from the Baroque to the present, including representative
plays. Prerequisites: ENG IOI, ENG 102 are suggested. (3 crs.)
00.
~
THE 311 . LIGHTING II. Advanced theory and practice of lighting
~
design for stage, television and film. Practical experience is
stressed. Prerequisite: THE 211 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.) ~
~
0
z
00.
Undergraduate C a talog 1998-99
203
00 THE 320. FUNDAMENTALS OF DIRECTING. The comprehen-
z0
sive study of the director's pre-production planning of a dramatic
production for the stage. The directorial analysis of plays and basic
fundamental s of composition, picturization, movement, and
~ improvisation with gesture, costume, and properties is studied. The
~ in-class preparation of a complete directorial script of a one act or a
~ cutting from a longer play may be directed as part of a public
~ program of student-directed plays. (3 crs.)
~ THE 325. COSTUME DESIGN. Basic principles of costume
U design. Students complete various design projects for specific plays
00 selected from a variety of historical periods. (3 crs.)
~Q THE 328. SCENE PAINTING. The practice of scenery painting for
the theatre. Students work with a variety of paints, texturing
r'T'-, materials, and application techniques. Particular emphasis is placed
OO on the enlargement of existing art works to a size suitable for stage
~ use. (3 crs.)
~ THE
0
U
331. ADVANCED ACTING. This course challenges the actor's
ability to demonstrate a personal and useful acting method through a
wide range of textual problems, historical and modem plays and acting
styles. Prerequisite: THE 231 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 341. STAGECRAFT II. Advanced practice and principles of
scenery and property construction. Practical experience with plastics,
metals, drafting, and advanced woodwork is stressed. Prerequisite:
THE 141 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 371. SCENE DESIGN II. Advanced theory and practice of
designing scenery and lighting, with emphasis on designing for
various environments. Prerequisite: THE 271 or permission of
instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 439. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN TECHNICAL PRODUCTION. An introduction to the rigor of professional work. This
course will acquaint the student with immovable deadlines and
budgets in preparation of graduate or professional work. (3 crs.)
THE 350. THEATRE PRACTICUM : ACTING . (Variable crs.)
THE 351. THEATRE PRACTlCUM: DANCE. (Variable crs.)
THE 352. THEATRE PRACTlCUM : DIRECTING . (Variable crs.)
THE 353. THEATRE PRACTlCUM : DESIGN. (Variable crs.)
THE 354. THEATRE PRACTICUM: MANAGEMENT. (Variable crs.)
THE 355. THEATRE PRACTICUM : TECHNICAL DIRECTOR.
(Variable crs.)
THE 356. THEATRE PRACTICUM : TECHNICAL
PRODUCTION. (Variable crs.) Theatre Practicum courses are the
application of learned skill s in specific areas of theatre and dance.
Credit is variable to a maximum of five credits per term and a
maximum of eighteen to be counted toward graduation. (Variable
crs.)
THE 357. THEATRE PRACTICUM : TOURING THEATRE. May
be repeated only to a max imum of IO credits. (Vari able crs.)
THE 358. THEATRE PRACTICUM : SUMMER THEATRE. May
be repeated only to a maximum of 10 credits. (Variable crs.)
THE 359. THEATRE PRACTICUM: SENIOR THESIS. Special
acting, directing, management, and design or technical involvement
in a play production. Prerequi site: Senior level only. (3 crs.)
UNI - University College
UNI 100. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR. First-Year Seminar helps
students to achieve their educational goals through the utilization of
a full range of institutional and community resources. (1 er.)
UNI 200. CAREER READINESS . This course provides knowledge
of an practical preparation for the world of work. Students conduct
self-assessment for career planning; learn how to research particular
jobs, careers, and employers ; develop skills needed for obtaining a
job; learn how the workplace is organized; and explore the options
for combining career and life expectations. (I er.)
WST - Women's Studies
WST 200. INTRODUCTION TO WOMEN' S STUDIES. An
overview of a fast growing multi-disciplinary field, focusing on the
effect of gender on human lives, including cultural beliefs about
women's nature, abilities, and role; the realities of women's personal
family, economic and political lives; and the dynamics of change.
Western and especially US materials predominate, but diverse
situations of women internationally will be considered. (3 crs.)
WST 300. SELECTED TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES.
Discussion and research on selected topics in women's studies.
Topics may be developed on an experimental basis according to the
instructor's expertise and student interest. (3 crs.)
WST 400. FEMINIST SCHOLARSHIP AND RESEARCH: A
SEMINAR. An exploration of classic and current controversies in
feminist theory and the impact of feminist scholarship on the pursuit of
knowledge, particularly in terms of method. The emphasis will be on
individual research on topics relevant to the student's major field. (3 crs.)
WST 425. PRACTICUM IN WOMEN'S STUDIES. Provides practical
experience in women's studies related work. field. In consultation with
the advisor, a student may seek placement in such situations as women's
centers, shelters, health clinics, political organizations, special interest
organizations, or newspapers. Coursework may include individual
student-instructor consultations, presentations, reading discussions, guest
lectures, field trips, research, and experiential papers. (3 crs.)
XAS - American Studies
XAS 200. INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN STUDIES. Students
are introduced to themes and methods used throughout the
American Studies Program. Utilizing an interdisciplinary approach,
the course acknowledges and encourages a variety of perspectives
from science and technology, the social sciences and the humanities. Students will explore various research methods, including the
Internet. Students engage in class discussions, readings, media
presentations, research and writing. (1 er.)
XCP - Career Planning
XCP 194. CAREER PLANNING. A course designed to help
individuals integrate educational and personal resources needed for
employment and career success. Topics include self discovery and
evaluation, decision-making, information gathering, resume development, interview techniques, and overall career strategies. (1 er.)
XGE - Gerontology
XGE 10 I . INTRODUCTION TO GERONTOLOGY. An introduction to the field of aging for majors and non-majors. A general
overview of the psychosocial, biological, cultural, and behavioral
aspects of late life. (3 crs.)
204
California University of Pennsylvania
XGE 102. AGING IN AMERICAN SOCIETY. Examination of
psychosocial aspects of work, retirement, leisure, institutionalization, and
death as experienced in contemporary America. Examination of roles and
adjustments in later life. (3 crs.)
XGE 201. AGING POLICIES AND SERVICES. An overview of
programs and services available to older adults, including the past,
present, and future of aging policies. Covered are the Older Americans
Act and amendments. Prerequisites: XGE 101. (3 crs.)
XGE 202. MIDDLE YEARS OF LIFE. Multidisciplinary life cycle
approach to middle scene. Relationship of middle-age to family, work,
and community examined. Adult developmental tasks and stages
emphasized. (3 crs.)
XGE 204. BIOLOGY OF AGING. Introduction to biological aspects of
aging, both normal and pathological. Studied are age-related changes in
the digestive, skin, musculoskeletal, endocrine, and reproductive systems.
Prerequisite: XGE 205.(3 crs.)
XGE 205 MEDIA & LIBRARY RESOURCES IN AGING (3 crs.)
XGE 210. GROUP WORK WITH OLDER ADULTS. Focuses on basic
principles of group dynamics and information about aging a~ it applies to
group work. Students are introduced to skills and specific techniques
required to facilitate groups with older adults in institutional and
community based settings. (3 crs.)
XGE 249. AGING AND THE FAMILY. Overview of the theory/
research on families in later life including a synthesis and review of
existing literature, identification of research issues and needs, and
implications of this information for practitioners, researchers, and
family members. (3 crs.)
XGE 289. MINORITY AGING/ INSTITUTIONALIZATION. An
overview of the theory, research, and policy issues regarding minority
aging and institutionalization, and implications of this information for
practitioners, researchers, and society. (3 crs.)
XGE 300. HEALTH AND SAFETY IN AGING. Information and
experience relative to health assessment, maintenance, and promotion of
wellness among older adults. Safety issues for older adults will be
presented. (3 crs.)
XGE 320. COUNSELING THE OLDER ADULT. Combines information about the aging process with information and skills practice in
counseling intervention. (3 crs.)
XGE 340. ACTIVITIES IN LONG-TERM CARE. Basic principles of
therapeutic recreation and activity program planning as it applies to
serving older adults in long-term care settings; primarily nursing homes,
personal care homes, and adult day care facilities. Students will be
introduced to the skills needed to develop and implement a well-balanced
activity program. (3 crs.)
XGE 349. SELECTED TOPICS. Roundtable discussions of selected
gerontological topics. For students wanting to study either a new topic or
a topic in more detail. Topics vary according to students and instructor.
Prerequisite: XGE 101. (Variable crs.)
XGE 350. EXERCISE FOR THE ELDERLY. Course provides
information and experiences to develop and conduct physical activity
programs for the elderly. Activities to maintain and improve health and
fitness, and corrective and therapeutic activities are also presented.
Prerequisites: XGE 204, HPE 314. (3 crs.)
XGE 370. NURSING HOMES. Examines nursing homes from
historical, medical, managerial, environmental, and psychosocial
perspectives. (3 crs.)
XGE 380. ADULT DEVELOPMENT AND AGING. Introduction to
psychology of aging. An overview of late life cognitive processes
including intelligence, learning, memory, problem solving, and creativity.
Examination of adult socialization, personality adjustment, psychopathology, and death. Prerequisites: XGE 10 I, XGE 102, XGE 204, XGE 205,
and junior level standing. (3 crs.)
XGE 439. SEMINAR IN AGING. For advanced Gerontology students to
intensively examine and discuss selected aging subjects. Topics chosen
by instructor, research paper/project required. Prerequisites: XGE 10 I,
102, 20 I, 204, senior standing, and permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
XGE 449. GERONTOLOGY PRACTICUM. Opportunity to apply
theoretical knowledge to practice through placement in agency or
institution serving older people. Practicum sites include senior centers,
nursing homes, adult day care centers, independent living facilities, or
area agencies on aging. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and
extensive coursework. (Variable crs.)
XJJ - Criminal Justice
XJJ 132. INTRODUCTION TO SECURITY. The practical and
legal basis of security, the role of the security agent in modern
society, and the interaction with law enforcement are addressed.
Basic goals of security and loss prevention, areas of specialization,
and career opportunities are discussed. (3 crs.)
XJJ 134. COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR SECURITY OFFICERS. The aim of this course is to develop effective and basic
writing and communication strategies for security officers. (3 crs.)
XJJ 155. ADMINISTRATION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE. An
overview of the American criminal justice system dealing with the
role of the police, courts, and correctional institutions. The course
also covers constitutional limits of police power; the trial process;
and sentencing structure; and the functions of the numerous
agencies within the criminal justice system. (3 crs.)
XJJ 156. NARCOTICS & DRUG ABUSE. Study of narcotics,
dangerous drugs, and the people who abuse them. Implementation,
evaluation and coordination of drug control programs. Consideration of private treatment programs, civil commitment, procedures,
public education programs, and medical treatment programs. (3
crs.)
XJJ 157. CORRECTIONAL ADMINISTRATION. Organization,
objectives and functions of a correctional agency will be studied.
Principles of Administration relating to the sound and efficient
operation of correctional facilities will be discussed with emphasis
on the special problems encountered in the field. (3 crs.)
n
0
~
~
00
~
~
~
XJJ 158. PROTECTIVE SECURITY LAW. The course acquaints 00
the student with the basic legal issues facing the private security
officer. An overview of legal powers, limitations, and general
~
liabilities will be addressed. Major topics include the powers of
~
detention, arrest, search and seizure, use of force, interrogation, and ~
most importantly, probably cause. Special emphasis will be placed i.....J
on criminal and civil penalties applicable to security agents
~
concerning abusive powers or illegal activities. (3 crs.)
n
0
XGE 369. RURAL AGING. Overview of rural, non-metropolitan areas
as they relate to older adults. Course compares rural older adults to their
urban metropolitan counterparts. (3 crs.)
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
205
00
Z XJJ 160. CRIMINAL LAW I. The laws of arrest, use of force,
interrogation, and evidence are studied. Pennsylvania law applicable
to the law enforcement officer will be emphasized. (3 crs.)
0
~
~ XJJ 165. SECURITY OPERATIONS & PRINCIPALS OF LOSS
~PREVENTION. The course introduces the technical and applied
~ practice of security. Emphasis will be on procedures and practices
~ of security personnel, the theoretical use of alarm systems, locks,
surveillance equipment, the application of safety practices and risk
assessment. Uniform security standards, survey techniques will be
00 discussed, Loss prevention programs related to internal employee
~ theft, retail theft, and insurance considerations will be emphasized.
Presents and overview of security investigative equipment,
interview and interrogation skills and preparing investigative reports
~ will be highlighted. (3 crs.)
U
Q
00
~
XJJ 170. SUPERVISORY TECHNIQUES. This course is an
to the duties and responsibilities of the supervisor in all
Ii-I' organizations. Topics to be covered are business tools and skills a
supervisor utilizes as manager; interrelationships between the
supervisor and other departments and techniques dealing with
employee problems and groups. (3 crs.)
~ introduction
O
U
XJJ 175. FIRST AID & CPR/FIRST RESPONSE. Theory and
practice of general first aid techniques are covered, including the
treating of illness, wounds, shock, and emergency rescue. Also
included will be Hazmat Response, identification and treatment of
communicable diseases, and identification of local health organizations. (3 crs.)
XJJ 180. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & FIRE PREVENTION. The
course provides an introduction and examines regulations regarding
"Right To Know Laws, Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), basic
Occupational Safety & Health Act (OSHA) requirements, hazardous materials identification and response. The course examines
occupational hazards, injuries, diseases and relative prevention. (3
crs.)
XJJ 185. SPECIAL SECURITY ISSUES & PROBLEMS. This
course is a study of requirements and specific problems in security
such as substance abuse, organized labor awareness, domestic
violence, and protection from abuse petitions, work place violence
and employee escort. The course also examines typical improprieties of the industry, security officer negligence, stress management,
and interactions with public law enforcement. (3 crs.)
XJJ 215 . INVESTIGATIVE CONCEPTS. This course reveals
fundamentals of investigative theory developing informational
processes; principles of interviewing and question construction;
instrumentation techniques; identification of persons and things;
and investigation, and current issues involving invasion of privacy
are also considered, (3 crs .)
XJJ 249. DIRECTED STUDIES . This is a seminar for advanced
criminal justice students who will study and analyze typical
criminal justice problems. Extensive library work is required along
with independent study of various problems. Special seminars may
be considered for course credit at the discretion of the criminal
justice coordinator. (3 crs.)
206
California University of Pennsylvania
XJJ 256. PROBATION, PARDON & PAROLE. Probation, pardon
and parole are examined as judicial process and an executive
function. Emphasis is to be placed on the philosophical approach to
probation, pardon and parole. Contemporary methods such as work
release programs, halfway houses, and parole clinics are to be
examined. (3 crs.)
XJJ 257. RULES OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE. A study of
criminal procedures which will examine the process by which the
criminal law is brought to bear on individuals in society - as spelled
out in the Pennsylvania rules. The course considers all aspects of
the criminal processes from the filing of the complaint through the
pretrial and trail stages and into the sentencing and pretrial or trial
sentencing phases such as probation, parole, and post correctional
proceedings as controlled by these rules. (3 crs.)
XJJ 261. INTERVIEW & INTERROGATION. Fundamentals of the
interviewing process and interrogative technology, taking into
consideration the nature, methods, and principles of interviewing
with emphasis on role playing in interviews. (3 crs.)
XJJ 262. CRIMINAL EVIDENCE. A comprehensive analysis of
the rules of evidence. Particular subjects include Judicial Notice
Presumptions, the Nature of Real and Circumstantial Evidence,
Burden of Proof, Province of Court and Jury, Documentary
Evidence, Confessions, Admissions and Witnesses. The course will
give particular emphasis to evidence in criminal cases. Prerequisites: XJJ 155. (3 crs.)
XJJ 270. CRIMINOLOGY. The nature and causation of crime.
Approaches to the study of crime and its treatment and prevention.
The sociology of criminal law and the nature of criminal behavior:
theories and research . Prerequi site: HS I 55 . (3 crs.)
XJJ 275. JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. Biological, psychological
and sociological factors in juvenile delinquency. A survey of
theories of juvenile delinquency. Modern trends in prevention and
treatment. (3 crs.)
XJJ 281. ORGANIZED CRIME. This course is a study in the
development, structure, and operation of organized crime in the
United States today. Emphasized will be the major crime families,
the extend and types of their criminal activities, as well as present
efforts utilized to combat organized crime in both the public and
pri vate sectors. (3 crs.)
XJJ 282. POLICE ETHICS & PROBLEMS . Police Ethics and
Problems introduces the student to the psychological and sociological factors effecting law enforcement and community response.
Critical issues examined wilJ include di ssent and civil disobedience,
discriminatory and selective law enforcement, police militancy,
police ethics, and the effects of stress and job burnout in the
criminal justice profession. (3 crs.)
XJJ 283 . CRIMINAL JUSTICE INTERNSHIP. The Criminal
Justice Internship affords second year students an opportunity to
work with a local law enforcement or criminal justice agency.
Cooperating agencies include the Sheriff's office, a local magistrate, a police department, Juvenile and Adult Probation, and Drug
and Alcohol Services. (Variable crs.)
Undergraduate Catalog 1997-98
207
208
California University of Pennsylvania
UNIVERSITY SERVICES
Louis L. Manderino Library
The Louis L. Manderino Library hou ses a collection of some
365,000 volumes, 1.4 million microforms, 60,000 audiovisual materials, over 30,000 US Government Documents, and
subscribes to over 1400 serial su bscriptions. In addition, the
library has access to several databases with over 1,830
periodical titles available in full-text. As part of the Keystone
Library Network, the library shares a common integrated
library system with the other 13 university libraries in the
State System of Higher Education. Not only can students
access California's on-line catalog but, the on-line catalogs
of the other libraries in the system as well. To supplement the
research potential of students, the library provides on-line
searching of databases at remote sites via the DIALOG online searching services, as well as providing document
delivery service of periodical articles through subscription to
the UMI/British Library Document Supply Centre. As a
member of the Interlibrary Delivery Service of Pennsylvania,
shipping and receiving library materials is accomplished in
three days or less. For additional information, please check
the library's homepage at www.library.cup.edu.
VULCAT
Computerized information retrieval has made library
research fas ter, more thorough, and more efficient at Manderino Library. VULCAT, the on-line public access catalog,
enables the student to sit at any of a dozen or more terminals
and, by means of an easy series of commands, not only
quickly locate any books, audiovisual materials, or government documents in the library 's collection, but also print out
automaticall y the titles, call numbers, and circulation status
of those materials. VULCAT can also be accessed from
various on-campu s personal computers and, by means of a
telephone modem, by anyone who has a home computer.
INFOTRACSEARCHBANK
INFOTRAC SEARCHBANK, is an Internet resource that
students can use to access 1000 full-text magazine and
journal articles. This resource is also accessible via te lephone
modem. In addition, the library also has a local area CDROM network that provides access to PSYCLIT, CUMULATIVE INDEX TO NURSING AND ALLIED HEALTH
LITERATURE, NEWSPAPER ABSTRACTS , MODERN
LANGUAGE ASSOCIATION BIBLIOGRAPHY, EDUCATION INDEX, ERIC, APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY INDEX, BOOKS IN PRINT PLUS , and BUSINESS PERIODICALS INDEX. Other speciali zed sources on
disc include GROLIER MULTIMEDIA ENCYCLOPEDIA,
PC GLOBE, and PC USA . Brief tutorial session s, on-line
help, and individual assistance from reference librarians aid
the student who may need additional guidance.
The library also offers such services as a large reference
collection, Netscape access to the World Wide Web, photocopiers, a pamphlet file, sy llabi for courses offered at the
university, computer software, a collection of art slides, a
curriculum library for teacher education students, and a
media services center with equipment and audiovisual
materials plus lamination and binding services. In add ition,
Manderino Library is an official Federal Government
Documents Depository and regularly receives, in hard copy,
microform, or CD-ROM format, large number of government
documents, such as census data, reports, maps, and the
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD . The Documents Librarian
will assist with the use of these important resources.
The staff of the Louis L. Manderino Library are "userfriendly" and welcome any suggestions not onl y fo r materi als to add to the collection but for improvement of services
u ~.
rj
Z
~
~
~
~
rJl
~
~
~
rJl
~
~
~
(1
~
rJl
Undergraduate Catalog 1997-98
209
~Technology On Campus
UComputing Services Center
>
The University Computing Services Center is located in the
-,_,, basement of Manderino Library. Staff offices are open Monday
~ through Friday from 8:00 AM. until 4:00 P.M. User facilities in
~ the World Culture Building are available for student use.
00. The computer facilities at the university are separated into
~ two distinct functional areas. One area deal s with providing
~ computer resources to meet the instructional and research
~ needs of the university, such as student access for coursework
00. and the Manderino Library on-line catalog. The other area
~ deals with providing resources to meet the administrative
~ needs of the university.
::: Computer Accounts
Z
~
Students who register for classes automatically have a
VMS and Windows/NT computer account created for their use
during the semester. There is no charge for the service or for
the use of the computer network.
User Information Resources
An Introductory Users' Manual for VMS Users is
avai lable for a nominal charge at the information desk in the
lobby of the Student Union. This manual is a must for all new
or infrequent VMS users. It describes some of the basics to
effectively utilize the VMS computers on campus. Included in
the guide are instructions on how to log on to the systems, how
to use the file editor, and how to compile programs.
There is also an Introductory Internet Guide available at the
information desk in the Student Union for a nominal charge.
This guide contains the basics to assist the user in getting started
in accessing the resources available on the Internet.
In addition, there are several handouts on specific topics
available in the Instructional Computing Facility to assist in
the use of the computer systems.
Campus Network
The university campus buildings are connected together
via a high-speed state-of-the-art ATM local area network.
Fiber Optic ATM connects every floor to the campus backbone and each floor has switched Ethernet to every room
including offices, classrooms, labs and dorm rooms.
Southpointe Center is connected via a high-speed ATM WAN
which extends all computer resources to Southpointe. The
network also provides the capability for distance learning
programs. The university is connected to the Internet via
SSHENET II. Thi s statewide network includes all of the
State System of Higher Education Universities and the Office
of the Chancellor.
2 10
California University of Pennsylvania
Computing Services Center Facilities
The VMS computers are mainted by the Computing
Services Center. The computer system is a VMS-Cluster with
a total of 1,364 megabytes of memory and approximately 53
gigabytes of disk storage. Tape processing for system backups
and restores is managed using a tape cartridge system. A
magnetic tape drive is also avai lable. Printing is accomplished
with high speed line printers and laser printers with PostScript
capability.
Instructional Computing Facility
The Instructional Computing Facility (ICF) located in the
basement of the World Culture building, is the main center for
student campus network access and general use desktop
computing. This facility contains various personal computer
systems and printers in the laboratories and classroom. The
facility provides access to adaptive technology systems.
Entrance to the ICF is through the University Avenue
(west) entrance or via the elevator. Generally, the labs are
open seven days a week during fall and spring semesters and
five days a week during summer sessions. However, schedules
may change and the hours are posted each semester in the ICF
and can be requested by calling 724-938-4335 or by typing
HOURS at the system prompt. The labs are closed during
holidays and sess ion breaks.
Instructional Applications
The university maintains many applications packages in
support of instructional computing which are served to the
university community from a central location. These applications
include statistical packages, word processing systems, spreadsheet
and database applications, and computer aided design and
drafting. In addition, the university provides World Wide Web
browsers for both graphical and text-based Web access.
Distance Education
As a leader in technology instruction , California
University of Pen nsylvania has numerous courses that are
currentl y delivered via distance learning. Classes can
originate, and be received at, either the main campus or from
the Southpointe Center in Canonsburg, PA. These courses are
delivered instantly using state-of-the-art videoconferencing
systems across the uni versity's data network. In this manner,
instantaneous interaction can be accomplished between
students and their in structors.
Di stance education provides opportunities to reach
other resources that may not normall y exist in the traditional
classroom environment. These include lectures and seminars
that originate at other local, state, national or global organizations and institutions that can be received and delivered to
various sites.
Other Campus Facilities
Many departments have microcomputers for student and
staff use; only some of the facilities are listed here.
Additional campus microcomputer laboratories are
located in and operated by various departments on campus
including: Applied Industry and Technology, Business and
Economics, Mathematics and Computer Science, College of
Education, and the English Department's Word Processing
Laboratory. The Office of Life Long Leaming also features a
microcomputer laboratory. The Southpoint Center provides a
laboratory for instructional use. Contact your department for
specific information about laboratory facilities available for
educational purposes.
Teacher Education Computer Lab
The College of Education and Human Services maintains a
computer laboratory in the Keystone Education Building, Room
402. The facility is equipped and designed to train prospective
teachers to use computers as tools to support their teaching and
instructional management roles.
For printing, there are laser printers networked to the
computers. Student workers are always on hand to assist
students and monitor the equipment. The EDCC also has
opportunities for work-study jobs for students with a
moderate to strong background in word processing or
computer science.
The EDCC director is available via e-mail or in person
to answer questions about the lab. More information about
the EDCC or the English department is available on the
department's website at http://www.english.cup.edu.
Student Access Center Computer Lab
Located on the first level of the Natali Student Center,
the access center houses a Macintosh Computer Lab.
The computer lab permits student access to a number of
computers provided for personal use. The lab is open seven
days a week (including evening hours) and remains open
twenty-four hours a day during the last weeks of the semester. The Student Association, Inc., supports and maintains
the computer lab.
Equipment includes teaching stations, consisting of
Macintosh computers linked to a laser printer. There are more
than I 00 titles of instructional software available for examination and evaluation.
The laboratory facilities are used for formal instruction
for the course EDF 301, Computers for Teachers, about one
half of each weekday. During the remainder of the day, until
10:00 p.m., the laboratory is staffed and available to complete assignments for the course, which is required of all
Teacher Education majors, or other uses students may have.
Other than the inexpensive data disks, there is no cost to
students.
English Department Computer Center (EDCC)
The English Department has its own computer center for
word processing, desktop publishing, Internet research and
distance learning. The EDCC, located in Dixon Hall, consists
of a lab classroom with PC-compatible computers, an open lab
area with PC-compatible computers, and an additional lab
with Macintosh computers. The EDCC classroom is available
for various English courses, including Scientific and Technical
Writing, Business Writing, Journali sm and English Composition I and II. When the EDCC is not being used for teaching, it
is available for general student use.
These computers are a part of the university 's network,
and they can be used to communicate via e-mail, access the
Internet, browse the World Wide Web and acess software
applications available on the campus network .
Undergraduate Catalog 1997-98
211
~ Campus
Learning Labs
UMathematics Lab
~
The following services and resources are offered free in
the Mathematics Laboratory in 115 Noss Hall:
~ I. tutorial support in math and math-related courses
~ 2. video tape tutorials on most algebra topics
r.fJ 3. computer-directed instruction software for many topics
~ 4. math anxiety software and reference books
>.
~
Success in a math course is achieved by working on
~ assignments as soon as possible after class and by making
~ accomplishments each day. Students who have difficulty with
~
math courses should call 938-5893 to schedule a 30-minute
~ appointment. They should bring attempted homework with them.
>
~
The Lab's video tape tutorials are written by one of the
Z authors of the Introductory Algebra text. They are informa-
~ tive to students who need algebra assistance in any course.
The tapes, 15-30 minutes long, are available for use in the
Math Lab and on overnight sign-out basis.
One hundred fifty computer-directed instruction software
disks are available. The disks give two to three screen overviews, three or four worked problems, and three or four
practice problems. Software is available for topics from basic
mathematics to calculus. Most computer software lessons can
be completed in 15 minutes.
Nationally renowned authors claim that half of all college
students are math anxious. Many math anxious students have
physiological symptoms, including headaches or stomach aches.
Students with these symptoms only in math environments should
discuss this with a Math Lab tutor or with the Math Lab Director.
The Math Lab is located in 115 Noss Hall, the telephone
number is 724-938-5 893 .
Reading Clinic
When your reading assignments make you feel as if you
are lost in the university jungle, come to the Reading Clinic for
a free one-hour tutoring session. Staffed by one faculty
member and two graduate assistants, the Clinic teaches
techniques to improve reading comprehension and vocabulary.
T he Clinic offers help in identifying main ideas, making
inferences, drawing conclusions, understanding concepts and
fac ts, test-taking skills and building vocabulary. Students
make appointments to work privately with a tutor or schedule
an independent lab session that is staff-directed.
The Reading Clinic is housed in the Keystone Building,
Room 200A and is open from 9:00 a. m. to 4:00 p.m.,
Monday through Friday.
2 12
California University of Pennsylvania
Writing Center
The Writing Center is a non-credit English language
resource provided by, and administered through, the English
department. An integral part of the three-course Composition
Program, the Writing Center's main purpose is to assist
students at every level and from every academic discipline
with their writing projects. Students visit the Writing Center
for various types of assistance, including help in getting started
on a writing assignment; consultation about thesis, organization and development; assistance with grammar; information
about bibliographies and footnotes; and help with proofreading and editing. Proceeding entirely on a one-to-one basis,
visitors receive the optimal amount of individual attention
from trained tutors who use a collaborative model tutoring
method. In this model, tutors function not as authoritarian
experts who take over a student's paper in order to "fix it up,"
but rather as coaches and guides who collaborate with writers
in ways that facilitate the process of writers solving their own
writing problems and developing their own ideas.
Located on the first floor of Dixon Hall adjacent to the
English Department Computer Lab, the Center is open during
the regular academic year from 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. ,
Monday through Thursday, 9:00 a.m. to noon on Friday, and
4:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. on Sunday (a variable summer schedule
is also offered). In addition, the Center provides on-line
tutorial services via its " Virtual Writing Center," accessible at
the following URL: http://www.english.cup.edu/wcenter/
wcenter.htrnl
At this web site, students can utilize the "Virtual Library,"
a collection of eight rich links dealing with just about any
writing subject imaginable, from scores of grammar handouts,
to on-line dictionaries and search engines, to the broad world
of publishing and more. In addition, students can receive online tutoring assistance with their writing via the OWL (Online Writing Lab) . The OWL allows a writer to electronically
pose a question about her writing, or to electronically send a
portion of her writing, to which she will receive an e-mail
answer or response from one of the Writing Center tutors.
A completely free service, anyone is welcome to walk
in, caU for an appointment (724-938-4336), or visit via the
Virtual Writing Center.
CARE Project
Services for Students with Learning Disabilities
The CARE Project is the designated provider of services to
students with learning disabilities who are enrolled in California
University of Pennsylvania. The university is committed to
providing services for this population which will increase the
prospects for success. Students with learning disabilities have
two different levels of service available to them.
Specialized Support Service Program (SSSP)
The Specialized Support Service Program (SSSP) serves
a maximum of 40 participants each semester on a fee-forservice basis. A commitment by the student to the required
responsibilities and procedures of the SSSP is carried out
through a contractual agreement with the participants,
parents and CARE staff. All SSSP students must participate
in Structured Academic Management Seminars. First
semester students attend seminars for a minimum of eight
hours per week. Subsequent levels of participation are based
on the student's academic performance. The SSSP provides:
* mandatory, supervised study/seminar sessions;
* daily monitoring of academic performance;
* training in recording assignments and grades;
* assistance in task management for immediate and
long-term course assignments;
* individual and small group training in implementation
of appropriate study skills;
* guida.nce and training as needed for skills related to
independence and self-advocacy
(legal and academic responsibilities, accountability,
organization);
* word processing equipment and appropriate software;
* progress reports to parents; and
* referral to/liaison with other campus support facilities
and departments .
Non-fee accommodations are provided upon request
from the student and when supported by the documentation
on file with the CARE Project office.
Additional Information
1. It is the responsibility of the student to self-identify to the
CARE Project office regarding the disability.
2. It is the responsibility of the student to provide appropriate documentation to the CARE Project office.
3. Students follow the same California University admission
procedures and standards required by the Admissions
office. Question regarding California University's admission procedures should be directed to that office at 412/
938-4404.
4. Determination of eligibility of services from the CARE
Project is a separate procedure. Questions regarding
CARE Project application, required documentation and
subsequent follow-up communications should be directed
to the CARE office at Keystone Education Building Room 110, phone 724-938-5781.
Applicants may also write to:
CARE Project
California University of Pennsylvania
250 University Avenue - Box 66
California, Pennsylvania 15419-1398
5. Applicants are encouraged to begin correspondence with
the CARE Project as soon as possible.
To facilitate the provision of services, applicants may
begin procedures with the CARE Project office at the
same time as they begin the admissions procedures with
the Admissions office.
Modified Basic Support Program (MBSP)
The MBSP insures the availability of basic services for
all students with learning disabilities enrolled in the university. Non-fee accommodations are provided upon request
from the student and when supported by the documentation
on file with the CARE Project office.
MBSP participants generally function independently within
the university system. The CARE Project staff is available to
assist these students in the development of self-advocacy skills
as required by the learning disability, e.g., providing assistance
with accommodation requests and university procedures and
providing information regarding available tutorial centers.
Participants may meet with a member of the CARE Project staff
in a conference setting if requested.
Undergraduate Catalog 1997-98
21 3
~ Career
U
Services
The primary purpose of Career Services is to assist students
in developing, evaluating, and effectively implementing
appropriate career plans. Undergraduates, seniors, graduate
~ students, and alumni may obtain general advice and information
~ on career and job search strategies.
requirements. It is expected that the student's cooperative
education experience(s) will span two semesters or summers
while enrolled at California.
~
>
CO-OP Eligibility
rJ'J
•
•
On-campus interviews and informational sessions are
~ scheduled for students interested in meeting with representa~ tives from business firm s, government agencies, industries,
~ and school di stricts seeking candidates for employment. The
rJ'J "career center" houses career planning and company
~ literature as well as information on current job opportunities.
~ The Career Services Department provides evening hours
three days a week while classes are in session.
>
~
z
~•
•
•
•
•
•
Three Ways to Fit CO-OP Into an Academic
Program:
Students are encouraged to yisit Career Servicesto:
schedule a session on the computerized guidance
system, CHOICES ;
one-on-one career guidance;
use the career center media, including: videos, audio
tapes, and computerized software resources;
see a staff member about any career issues , including
graduate and professional schools;
attend career workshops, job fairs , and special programs;
learn about alumni who will discuss their careers;
investigate cooperative education, internships, and
service learning opportunities;
register for undergraduate one-credit CAREER
READINESS course;
register for graduate one-credit
CAREER TRANSITION SEMINAR course
make an appointment for a "mock" interview;
access "Career Connections" Job Hot Line for full-time,
part-time, co-op, internships, and seasonal jobs;
enroll in disc management;
information guides for resume writing, interviewing,
cover letters, and job search ;
get the most up-to-date information on company
recruiting visits;
sign-up for campus interviews and information sessions;
search the "web" for job opportunities.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative Education (CO-OP), allows students to be
employed-whether in business, industry, government,
education or service organizations-in paid positions directly
related to their academic majors or career plans. Cooperative
Education positions are pre-professional, monitored by
fac ulty members, and coordinated by the university. Students
may be employed part or full-time, and may choose to work
duri~g the fall, spring and/or summer semester. Undergraduates, as well as graduate students, in all academic majors are
encouraged to participate provided they meet the eligibility
2 14
•
Completion of Career Readiness, a 1 credit course.
Completion of 30 credits (Associate's - 15; Master's -6)
Student must have at least a 2.0 overall quality grade
point average (3.0 for Master's).
Agreement to complete 2 co-op experiences
(experiences can be completed in the summer)
1 semeseter for Associate's or Master's.
California University of Pennsylvania
1. Work part-time while still enrolled full time in classes.
2. Work full time with no classes scheduled for the
summer.
3. Work full time or part-time in the summer.
Where Can I Work?
•
•
•
Students can work either locally or nationwide.
Last year, CO-OP advertised 747 positions
throughout the U.S. and abroad.
The CO-OP staff also assists students in
developing CO-OP sites in any location.
How Does CO-OP Differ from Internships?
All CO-OP positions are paid--Intemship positions can be either
paid or unpaid.
CO-OP is administered through Career Services--Internships
are administered through Academic Departments.
Students do not receive credit for CO-OP experience--All
internship experiences are for credit.
(Students do receive notation on their transcript for their COOP experience.)
Cooperative Education positions are advertised on the
Job Hotline. Students who enroll in Cooperative Education
are eligible to apply for advertised positions. Additional
information and appointments with members of the Cooperative Education staff are available in the Career Services
Department at (724) 938-4413 .
Visiting Student Program
Students at California University may choose to enroll
for a time at any of the other 13 institutions in the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education; and similarly students
from those 13 may enroll at California. These institutions are
Bloomsburg, Cheyney, Clarion, East Stroudsburg, Edinboro,
Indiana, Kutztown, Lock Haven, Mansfield, Millersville,
Shippensburg, Slippery Rock, and West Chester Universities
of Pennsylvania.
The purposes of this program are to allow students at one
institution to participate, for a limited period of time, in
courses, programs or experiences not available at their home
institution, without loss of institutional residency, eligibility
for honors or athletics, or credits toward graduation; and to
expand options available to students in such matters as student
teaching, clinical experiences, internships, and international
exchange programs.
Further information may be obtained from the Office of
the Provost. Catalogs of the participating institutions may be
consulted in the offices of the college deans, or in Manderino
Library.
The procedures and standards for this Visiting Student
Program are as follows. (They apply equally to students in
any of the 14 SSHE institutions.)
1. The student must have satisfactorily completed at least
27 credits at California, and be in good academic
standing.
2. The student must obtain advance approval from California University to complete specified studies at a sibling
university under this program. Each university specifies
the approval procedure for its own students ' participation and for students from SSHE universities.
3. The student must present evidence of approval from
California University and evidence of visiting university
acceptance at the time of registration at the sibling
university.
4. A student may complete up to 18 credits in a single
semester and up to 16 credits of summer work as a
visiting student.
5. All credits and grades accrued at the sibling university
will be accepted in full by California University, and
thereafter treated as California University credits and
grades .
6. The student registers at, and pays tuition and fees to, the
State System university visited. A student wishing to
divide a courseload between two institutions during the
same term registers and pays appropriate tuition and fees
at both universities.
Public Safety
The Department of Public Safety and University Police at
California University is a fully recognized law enforcement
agency as authorized by 71 P.S. 646, the Administrative Code of
1929 as amended and Title 18 of the Pennsylvania Consolidated
Statutes, (Crime and Offenses) and 24 P.S. 20-1006--A(l4) 202010A (5) of the State System of Higher Education Act.
The department consists of professionally trained individuals capable of responding to requests for assistance in routine
and emergency situations. The department, a diverse group of
police officers, communications, and secretarial staff, provides
continuous 24 hour assistance to the university community.
The staff includes a director, assistant director, two shift
supervisors and ten additional commissioned police officers
who have received training at the Pennsylvania State Police
Academy. Three public safety communications officers and
one departmental secretary contribute to the operation of the
department. Public safety personnel are certified in CPR,
basic first aid procedures, and the emergency medical
airborne evacuation policy and procedure for transportation
of the seriously ill or critically injured.
Additional services offered to university students, faculty,
and staff consist of parking and traffic management, criminal
investigations, health, fire, and safety surveys, special event
planning, accident investigation, and crime prevention information and presentations.
Pursuant to the Pennsylvania College and University
Security Act, and the Federal Crime Awareness and Campus
Security Act of 1990, post-secondary institutions, including
colleges and universities, must provide information with respect
to campus crime statistics and security policies of the institution
and prepare, publish and distribute to all applicants, students and
employees, annually, information with respect to these areas.
The information is compiled by California University, and
made available through the Office of Admissions, the Office of
Student Development and Services, and the Office of Public
Safety.
~
0
Z
<
~
~
00
~
~
~
00
~
~
~
~
~
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1997-98
215
~ Character
Education Institute
UThe California University Character Education Institute
~
opened in January 1995 , in response to a report from the
>: Pennsy lvania State System of Higher Education urging the
~ system' s universities to give increased attention to values
~
during the 1990s.
00
~ Goals
~ The
~
"IJJ.•
of the Institute
Character Education Institute has two broad goals:
To serve as a resource to the university 's colleges,
~ departments, and student organizations as they contribute to
~
the moral development of California University students.
>, •
To provide an outreach to local school districts and
~ parents as they influence the moral development of their
Z
~ children.
.
Services
•
The institute maintains a resource center that contains
character education curriculum materials, books, journals,
news letters, audio and videotapes, and a clipping file on
special subjects ; e.g., values in athletics.
These material s are available to university faculty, staff,
admini strators, and students and to staff and school directors
from local school districts.
•
The director of the Character Education Institute can
prov ide consultant help to members of the university
community as they seek to infuse the school's core values
into their areas of responsibility.
•
Consultant services are also available to local school
districts that want to study formal character education
programs.
•
Parenting programs are available to local school districts
and other organizations concerned with character development.
The Character Education Institute is located in 409 Keystone
Education Center, across Third Street from Natali Student
Center. To obtain additional information about the California
Uni versity Character Education Institute, please contact:
Director, Character Education Institute
California University of PA
250 University Avenue
California, PA 15419-1394
Telephone: (724) 938-4500
Fax : (724) 938-4156
2 16
California University of Pennsylvania
University Advancentent
The Office of University Advancement develops programs
and undertakes activities that promote understanding of, and
support for the university's goals. It provides information and
services for students, parents of students, alumni, faculty, the
business community, regional citizens, the media and donors to
the university and the Foundation for California University of
Pennsylvania. University Advancement is responsible for
alumni relations, public relations, development and public
service.
Alumni Relations
The Office of Alumni Relations, located in Old Main
under the twin towers, is the liaison between the university
and its 37,000 living alumni, who receive copies of The Cal
U Review (alumni magazine), The University Viewbook (the
university's annual report), and notices about various special
events. The office arranges Move In Day, Alumni Day, and
numerous social and cultural programs for alumni both on
and off campus. Alumni Relations manages the network of
alumni chapters across the nation and works closely with the
Alumni Association (see below). In addition, the office of
Alumni Relations is home to the Student Ambassadors
Program and maintains a toll-free telephone hotline with
information changing daily (1-800-4-CAL-NEWS or 724938-4507 locally).
Foundation for California University of
Pennsylvania
The Foundation for California University of Pennsylvania, located on the third floor of South Hall, raises funds
from foundations , businesses, alumni, staff, faculty and
friends to benefit the university. It undertakes annual fund
campaigns, deferred or planned giving programs and capital
campaigns. It also administers a fund which loans money to
students for travel in the event of family emergency.
Mon Valley Renaissance
Mon Valley Renaissance, located on the first floor of
South Hall and various other sites, is the university's unique
public service agency which helps foster regional economic
development. It helps individuals and businesses through
counseling, training, business consulting services and
government contracting/export assistance.
Alumni Association
The California University Alumni Association serves
California University and its alumni by fostering beneficial
relationships among alumni, students and the university. By
awarding scholarships, it also encourages outstanding
acad_e mic and extracurricular achievement by undergraduate
and graduate students.
Public Relations
The Office of Public Relations, located on the first floor
of Dixon Hall, informs the campus community and public at
large of the university's activities and news. For example,
this department notifies hometown newspapers of student
accomplishments. The department also manages university
advertising, information on the university web site, produces
numerous publications and acts as the media contact.
The university's alumni have been organized since 1939.
Today, nearly 37,000 graduates and numerous former
students are members of the Association. A board comprised
of three classes of alumni directors is elected for three-year
terms. The board officers work closely with the University 's
President and the Office of Alumni Relations .
Undergraduate Catalog 1997-98
217
Student Development and Services
Inherent in the university 's mission is a commitment to the
total development of all students. The Office of Student
Development and Services, under the direction of the vice
president for Student Development and Services, is administratively responsible for the implementation of this commitment.
The central focus of the program is personalization of the
university experience, with concern for not only individual
intellectual development but for personal, social, and physical
development as well.
For additional information and regulations governing
student life and conduct besides what is given below, students
should refer to the current edition of The Student Handbook.
Opportunities for work-study jobs, graduate assistantships, internships, and volunteer work assignments are
avail able for qualified students. Check with the various
offices or departments to inquire about openings. This can be
an opportunity to enhance curriculum studies.
Student Development and Services provides
services to students in the following areas :
Activities
The Student Association, Inc. (SAI) is a non- profit
corporation financed in part by the Student Association Fee,
which is paid each term by every student. The executive
director is a university employee, who directs the affairs of
SAI, and serves as the liaison between SAI and the university.
Programs provided by the Student Association, Inc., are
determined by the student congress and by the Student
Association, Inc., board of directors. Student Association
fees are budgeted, appropriated, disbursed and accounted for
by SAI with the concurrence of the president of the university.
SAI coordinates the co-curricular activities provided by
the university, including homecoming, Roadman University
Park, concerts, plays, musical productions, movies, outdoor
recreation, the Herron Recreation and Fitness Center,
intramural sports, dances, picnics, California University
Television (CUTV), WVCS Radio, and other special events.
Intercollegiate athletics are partially funded by SAL In
addition, SAI coord inates the activities of student clubs and
organizations. The student handbook provides a complete
listing of active student clubs and organizations.
Adult Student Organization
Ath letics
Bookstore
Campus Ministry
Commuter Center
Counseling Center
Dining Service
Disabled Student Services
Greek Life
Drug/Alcohol Program
Health Center
Herron Rec and Fitness Center
Housing
International Students
Judical Affairs
Leadership Development
Media/Publications
Minority Affairs
Residence Hall Programming
Student Association, Inc.
Student Government
Study Around The World
Summer Camps/Conferencing
Women's Center
Veterans Affairs
Wellnes /Awareness
Clubs and Organizations
A large an·ay of active clubs and student organizations are
offered through academic departments and the Student
Association, Inc. These groups provide social, educational,
community service and leadership opportunities for students.
They are advised by student selected members of the fac ulty
and staff. Students are encouraged to initiate and support
new groups which reflect interests not represented by
existing organizations. A complete list of SAI-funded
organizations, their current advisors and phone numbers may
be fo und in the Student Handbook.
218
Student Association, Inc.
California University of Pennsylvania
Publications coordinated by SAI include a student
handbook, an organ izational handbook, The California
Times (the student newspaper), Monocal (the yearbook), and
a number of brochures and pamphlets.
SAI is responsible fo r the development and maintenance
of the George H. Roadrnan University Park, a 104-acre area
located orte mile from campus on Route 88 South. Facilities
include tennis courts, baseball, foo tbal l, soccer, softball, rugby,
and intramural fields; picnic areas and Adamson Stadium.
Student Congress
Student congress is the official student governing body. It
represents and serves the entire student population. It provides
for a student fo rum, establishes channels for the communication of students' concerns to the proper administrative and
faculty personnel, implements programs and activities that
enrich campus life, and creates opportunities for students to
exercise and develop leadership skills. For more information
contact Edward Eagle at (724-938-4303).
Student Activities Board (SAB)
Many diverse forms of cultural and contemporary
entertainment are offered to our students primarily through
the Student Activities Board (SAB.) This organization is
composed entirely of full-time students who meet weekly to
view and discuss the possibilities of hosting different
entertainment and cultural programs for the entire university
community. These activities provide a significant opportunity for students to become more involved with their campus
as well as to experience the grownth and personal development which involvement provides.
The type of programs that SAB sponsors or co-sponsors
with other university organizations include: the weekly
movies shown in the Vulcan Theatre, the series of events
surrounding our Homecoming Theme, the spring "Jazz
Experience" celebration, The Reed Arts Center Gallery
Exhibits and many others. In addition, SAB sponsors and cosponsors several off-campus trips to several Pittsburgh
sporting events, performances at the Pittsburgh Public theatre
and opportunities to see national and local recording artists
in concert venues in the Pittsburgh area.
Participation in these and other groups is strongly
encouraged. To find out more about SAB, the types of
entertainment and programs they provide, and how you can
become a member, call 724-938-4303 or stop by their office
located on the third floor of the Natali Student Center.
Housing
The university provides residence hall accommodations for
approximately 1300 students in six separate facilities.
Women reside in Clyde Hall and Stanley Hall; men reside
in Longanecker Hall and McCloskey Hall. Men and women are
accommodated on separate floors of Binns Hall and Johnson
Hall. Johnson has been designated the "Cal Hall" California
Academic Leadership Hall (see specialty housing).
Application for Housing
First-time freshman students are required by the university to live in the residence halls for the first two semesters of
their college career with the following general exceptions:
1. students commuting from the residence of their
parents or legal guardians,
2. married students,
3. students who are 21 years of age or older by the date of
registration.
Freshmen and transfers who indicate the need for oncampus housing receive application forms with their acceptance letter. On-campus housing is at a premium and there
are a limited number of spaces available. Freshmen are
given priority as long as available space exists. Students are
encouraged to apply no later than May 1.
Upper-class students interested in on-campus housing
should contact the housing office in Johnson Residence Hall.
Mailing address is:
Residential Facilities Office
Johnson Residence Hall - Box 39
250 University Avenue
California University of Pennsylvania
California, PA 15419-1394
or phone (724-938-4444)
Upper-class students are given specific instructions for
securing a spac~ in the residence halls for the fall semester.
The instructions and the contract are distributed in the hall s
during the spring semester. An upper-class housing fair is
conducted in April. The university retains the right to assign
all students to certain residence halls, floors and roommates
in the best interests of the university.
Housing contracts are for one academic year, September
through May. The housing contract commits the student to
university housing for both the Fall and Spring semesters.
Contracting for a room for an academic year or Spring
semester does not guarantee that housing will be provided in rJ).
subsequent years.
"'"'3
d
Room Deposit
An advance room deposit of $100* is required with the
housing contract in order to reserve a room for the following
academic year. The deposit is held in the student's account
and applied toward the spring semester. First-year students
who wish to reside in a residence hall will receive a hou sing
contract with their admissions packet. The contract and card
must be signed and returned to the Bursar's Office, 250
University Avenue, California University of Pennsylvania,
with the $100 deposit.
Upper-class students will receive specific instructions
on obtaining a housing contract are available from the
Director of Housing, Residential Facilities Office, Johnson
Residence Hall. Schedules and deadlines for housing
contracts are posted for each academic year. Withdrawal
from the contract will result in partial or total forfeiture of
the deposit. In addition, the student may be held liable for
that semester's room and board charges.
*Student who experience difficulty paying thi s advance
deposit should contact the Housing office.
~
trj
z"'"'3
~
trj
<
trj
~
0
~
~
trj
z"'"'3
z>
~
rJ).
trj
Damage Charges
~
Students are held responsible for the cost of damage,
breakage, or loss and/or the return of university property.
~
(j
trj
rJ).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
219
Residence Life
Each university residence hall is supervised by a staff
which is headed by a residence hall director who lives in the
residence hall. Residence hall directors are readily available
to students who may request direction or assistance. The
director, with the assistance of graduate assistants and
undergraduate resident assistants, has charge of the residence
facility, including programming activities.
Inter-Residence Hall Council. The council is the
representative body of the students residing in and elected
from the various residence halls . The students assist in the
governance of this organization and participate in a number
of the organization's service projects as well as governance
issues for the residence halls .
A detailed description of the university's residence life
program, residence facilities, and residence hall rules and
regulations is included in the Residence Life Handbook.
Specialty Housing
Residence Life offers students the option to live in a
wellness community made up of students who philosophically share a concern for personal health issues. Although
possession or consumption of alcohol and drugs on state
property is not permitted, students who abstain from the use
of tobacco, alcohol or other chemical substances may request
a space in one of these areas. Please check the front of the
hou sing card to make this request and return all information
as early as possible to ensure the best chance of your request
being honored.
Johnson Hall is designated as the University Honors
Program Residence Hall. Incoming freshman must be
admitted in the University Honors Program in order to be
housed in Johnson Hall.
An academic leadership area is also available in Johnson
Residence Hall. This area is offered to students who have
completed 24 semester hours at California University, have
maintained a minimum grade point average of 3.0 or better
and demonstrate leadership potential. Selection for residency in this area is competitive and depends on the number
of students who qualify. In addition to the grade point
average requirement, other eligibility criteria will be used
including a possible interview. All rooms are wired with
fiber optic computer hookup and each floor in Johnson Hall
has a computer lab.
Residence Life also offers students the opportunity to
live in other designated specialty housing. Those requesting
an assignment to a specialty housing area would reside in a
community of students who share a common interest in a
variety of student organizations such as Greek letter affiliations , athletics, band, choir or clubs and organizations. Any
group of students interested in living together can follow a
220
California University of Pennsylvania
simple procedure to secure a location in the residence halls.
Please indicate your desire to live in a special housing area
on the front of the housing card under the special interest
section. All contracts received by the April deadline will be
reviewed and those groups and organizations that have
shown a desire to live together will be contacted for further
details concerning their specific housing needs.
Fiber Optics
The Residence halls are wired for direct access to the
university mainframe system via CAT-5 connections. This
will allow residence hall students to access e-mail, library
information and the internet from their rooms. There are
hardware requirements and special instructions for requesting
an interface card to be installed in computers to gain access to
the system. Contact the Residence Life office in Johnson Hall
for further details.
Evening Tutoring Program
In cooperation with the Academic Services department,
an evening tutoring program is available in three of the
residence halls . This program is available to all students. A
detailed schedule of evening tutor sites and hours is posted
throughout the campus each semester.
Residence Life Support Services Program
The initial objective of the Residence Life Support
Services Program is to assist new students with the transition
from home to college. The voluntary "Buddy Program"
matches a new student with a well-adjusted upper-class
resident student in the same residence hall in order to assist in
the transition. The upper-class mentor is available to guide,
direct, encourage and support the new student throughout the
first year. The Residence Life Support Services Center in
Stanley Hall is available to assist students in finding university
support programs suited for the individual's needs.
Off-campus housing
The primary consideration of off-campus housing is to
help the student secure safe, appropriate housing and to
educate the student about this endeavor.
The principle goals of the off-campus housing office are:
• to provide a "base of operation" for securing off-campus
housing.
• to assist in securing off-campus housing and to promote
responsible landlord/tenant/community relations.
• to promote the safety and welfare of all students residing in
off-campus housing.
• to ensure that students have useful resource materials at their
disposal.
• to provide effective communication between the university,
area officials and the community about off-campus housing
issues.
• to expand programs to include campus/community/civic
service and volunteerism within the off-campus student
community.
• to ensure that the rights of individuals with disabilities are
upheld in relation to off-campus living and accommodations.
Our on-going objective is to educate and promote the
safety and welfare of all students residing in off-campus
housing facilities.
University Off-Campus Housing Disclaimer
The information contained in the off-campus housing
list is provided as a service to students. The data collected or
transcribed may at times be inaccurate. The university, its
employees, or the students are not responsible for any claims
or damages that may be incurred. The Off-Campus Housing
and Affairs Office makes no warranty of the conditions,
terms, prices or other information contained therein . This
information is to be used as a guide to help students locate
off-campus hou sing and is not to be taken as approved or
sanctioned off-campus housing. This does not create an
enforceable obligation to any party from California University of Pennsylvania, the Pennsylvania State System of
Higher Education, or the students of California University.
CALCard--University ID Card
The CalCard is both a campus identification card and a
convenient and safe way to make purchases and use services on
campus. The CalCard is available to all California University of
Pennsylvania students, faculty, staff and eligible guests.
The CalCard comes ready to use, preprogrammed with
basic services, and then enhanced based on your needs. To
begin using the deposit accounts, simply make an initial deposit
at the Bursar's Office.
Cal Card Services
Manderino Library - The CalCard is the key to checking out
materials at Manderino Library. This basic service is included
on every CalCard.
Tickets* - Cal U students receive free admission to all home
intercollegiate sporting events .
Fitness Center* - Cal U students receive unlimited access to the
Herron Recreation and Fitness Center. Faculty, staff, alumni,
and Southpointe students who have purchased a membership,
will use their CalCard to gain admission to the fitness center.
Entertainment* - Cal U students receive free admission to
most entertainment events sponsored by the Student Association, Inc. Your CalCard will provide free admission to the
Vulcan Theater, Comedy Roundup, Underground Cafe, as ~ell
as dozens of other events each semester.
AAA - Part of the basic service of each student CalCard is the
AAA - roadside assistance program. Under this program, Cal U
students can receive free limited roadside assistance from AAA.
To use this feature, simply call the toll free number on the back
of your CalCard.
*Students matriculating at Cal U Southpointe Center must
purchase membership or tickets for recreational and entertainment events on campus.
CalCard Accounts
CalCard works like a credit card in that you don't have to carry
cash. But it's better than a credit card because you deposit money in
your account in advance so you don't have to worry about paying a
bill at the end of the month. Finance charges are eliminated.
CalCard works like a checking account in that your accounts are
debited each time you make a purchase. But it's better than a
checking account because you don't have to carry your checkbook,
replace checks, or carry several forms of identification for check
approval.
Meal - Everyone enrolled in a meal plan will use the CalCard to pay
for their meals. Whether eating at Gallagher Dining Hall, or using
the meal equivalency at the Gold Rush, Market Place Convenience
Store, or the Food Court, just give your CalCard to the cashier. Your
Meal account is automatically reduced by one meal. Everyone
enrolled in a meal plan will automatically receive a Dine account
with an amount of$100, $125, or $250 depending on the meal plan
purchased.
Dine - Opening a declining balance Dine account is as simple as
making a deposit at the Bursar's Office. This expands eating
options to include the Market Place convenience store. Your Dine
account can be used to pay for food at Gallagher Dining Hall, Patio
Grille, the Gold Rush Room, and the Washington Food Court.
Shop - A CalCard Shop account is your master debit account and it
allows for the purchase of items and services. This debit account is
opened by making an initial deposit. Use your Shop account to
purchase textbooks and other merchandise in the Cal U Bookstore,
food from any campus location including Gallagher Dining Hall , and
snacks from vending machines. You can also use your CalCard to
operate laundry and copy machines, purchase postage stamps and
pay overdue book fines.
Vend - Once you have deposited money in your Shop account, you
can begin to make purchases from various machines located on
campus. These machines include most food vending and beverage
machines, Manderino Library copy machines and circulation
printers, and all laundry machines.
Dining Services
The goal of University Dining Services is to provide a
quality, cost effective, innovative dining program for students
living on and off campus. The university encourages student
involvement and awareness to help provide quality, nutritious
meals at a reasonable cost. The dining halls provide an important
environment for student interaction and socialization.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
221
Do you want an all-you-can-eat, one-price-at-the-door
option? Gallagher Dining Hall offers something for everyone, and
even provides take-out. Are you looking for fast food with friends
between classes? The staff at Herron Patio and the Washington
Food Court aim to please. What about an early morning bagel,
gourmet coffee or late night munchie? The convenience store
provides those items, and much more. Interested in a formal lunch
with faculty and staff? Try the dining room buffet in the Gold
Rush Room, Natali Student Center. Need advice on special
dietary concerns? The dining service management team
provides dietary service for all your needs.
Students living in the residence hall have the opportunity to
choose from three meal plans:
Plan A: 19 meal plan with $100 Dine dollars.
Plan B: 14 meal plan with $100 Dine dollars.
Plan C: 125 meal/$250 dine Block Plan.
Commuters may choose from the three meal plans above, or
select from the following additional options offered specifically to
meet the needs of the busy off-campus resident:
Plan D: 7 meal plan with $ 100 dine dollars.
Plan E: 125 meal/$125 dine Block Plan
Plan F: Dine dollars only plan, with initial minimum
balance of $50 dine dollars.
All students who live in a university residence hall are
required to accept assignment to the meal program. The offcampus and commuter plans are for one full semester and
may not be terminated. Dine dollars are included in each
meal package and are non-refundable. The meal package
refund policy for students who withdraw from the university
is based on the Refund/Repayment Schedule published by
the bursar's office under the refund section of this catalog. A
detailed dining service brochure may be obtained from the
assistant dean for student services, Natali Student Center,
(724) 938-4513 .
Commuter Center and Services
Commuter students comprise nearly two-thirds of the total
student population. The commuter center has been established as a
"home base" for these students. Located on the second level of the
Natali Student Center, a number of services and opportunities can be
found and are made available with the assistance of the staff assigned
to this area.
In addition to the professional support staff, the center is staffed
by members of the Commuter Council. Students will find a
comfortable place to relax away from the classroom. The center
provides a lounge, general university information, travel information,
a food preparation area including a microwave oven and refrigerator,
television and lockers. A telephone is available for essential calls.
The Commuter Council also provides leadership, socialization
and support for commuter students. All members of the university
community are encouraged to take part in activities associated with
the center.
222
California University of Pennsylvania
Student Service Access Center
Located on the first level of the Natali Student Center, the access
center houses a Macintosh Computer Lab, the Community Service
Information Outlet, and Study Around the World program resources.
The computer lab permits student access to a number of
computers provided for personal use. The lab is open seven days a
week (including evening hours) and remains open twenty-four hours
a day during "finals" week. The Student Association, Inc., supports
and maintains the computer lab.
Students can obtain information regarding opportunities in
community service by volunteering through the Community Service
Information Outlet. Information regarding a number of organizations
which enlist volunteers in a wide variety of activities is provided
through the Guidebook to Community Service Opportunity.
Non-Traditional Student
Organization
The university has a long-standing tradition of serving our
region by providing educational opportunities to non-traditional
students. Non-traditional students are generally identified as
individuals who I) seek a degree following a hiatus from
schooling; 2) seek a second degree; 3) seek career skills
enhancement; or 4) take non-degree, or continuing education
courses.
California University continually strives to plan and deliver
programs to enhance non-traditional student services.
Contact the Commuter Center Office, located on the second
floor of the Natali Student Center, for further details or assistance. 724-938-4439 ext. 243.
Women's Center
The Women's Center in Clyde Hall is a service provided
primarily for female students of the university. However, males as
well as community residents are welcome to participate in the
activities of the Center.
The goals of the Women's Center are to supplement the
academic education of the students and to prepare them to deal
with barriers in life.
Activities are designed to help female students grow and
develop an understanding of how women can impact the future.
Through special programs and individual counseling, the Center
highlights options available to women. In addition, the Center
provides programs to help students find creative ways to solve
problems and manage the ever-changing roles of women.
The Center recognizes the needs of women and serves as a
conduit to see that the needs are addressed. The services provided
are advocacy, counseling, information, interest assessment,
referrals, support groups, workshops, special events and activities.
Opportunities are available for students to serve on the
Advisory Board of Directors, serve on special events committees,
share ideas for programs and participate in the Mentoring
Program. The Women 's Center, 114 Clyde Hall, (724-938-5857)
is open Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
Veterans Affairs
The Office of Veterans Affairs, located in Johnson Hall (724938- 4076/4077), is open from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through
Friday. Evening hours may be arranged by appointment.
All matters pertaining to veterans and those entitled to
veterans' benefits are handled in this office. The staff also processes
all VA forms and enrollment certifications for eligible students.
All Veterans, Reservists, National Guard personnel, and
eligible dependents applying for entrance to the university should
contact the Office of Veterans Affairs at an early date so that
necessary VA paperwork can be processed to assure timely
payments of educational benefits. Veterans are also advised to take
advantage of the university's program to award college credits for
military service schools.
The on-campus Veterans Club sponsors the Colonel Arthur L.
Bakewell Veteran's Scholarship Fund. Two $ 1,000 scholarships are
currently awarded.
and social background in consu.ltation with the SAW coordinator and their academic advisor. Students return from exchanges
with new perspectives on their education and lives.
A successive candidate for exchange has a willingness to
undertake exposure to unfamiliar academic, cultural and social
environments. Through exchange exposure, the student
frequently becomes more independent as a learner, reflecting
the self-reliance and self-confidence gained as a result of having
taken a decisive role in planning their future and carrying
through with those plans.
The SAW Program is essentially divided into two opportunities; domestic exchanges through the National Student
Exchange (NSE) consortium and study-abroad through a
multitude of program offerings.
The Study Around the World program coordinator will
assist California University students, prospective students
and visiting exchange students. The coordinator may be
contacted through the Office of Student Development and
Services, located in Natali Student Center.
National Student Exchange
Campus Ministry
Spiritual development is an integral part of the process of
education and of human growth. A campus ministry, staffed by
professional campus ministers, fosters the development of spiritual
and religious student life.
The Campus Ministry of California University of Pennsylvania is located in the Natali Student Center, Room 143. Office hours
are from JO a.m. unti.l 4 p.m. on weekdays while the university is in
session. Campus ministers are on call twenty-four hours a day.
Some of the services provided are worship, pastoral counseling,
spiritual direction, information about local churches, and literature
from participating faiths. The Campus Ministry sponsors or cosponsors a variety of religious or service programs.
Students and their families, faculty and staff of the university
are welcome to come to the Campus Ministry office at all times.
They may also call the Campus Ministry at 724-938-4573.
Campus Ministry cooperates with Student Development and
Services and with other university departments for the well-being
of the students.
The Catholic chaplains are funded by the Catholic Diocese of
Pittsburgh. The Protestant chaplain is funded by the United
Campus Ministry Council of California, which also places
members of the Coalition for Christian Outreach. Although the
chaplains are members of particular denominations, they serve all
students, regardless of church affiliation. The chaplains will put
students in touch with a priest, minister, cleric or rabbi of their
chosen denominations.
Study Around the World
Program
Through the student exchange experience, students may
complement or supplement their degree program. The Study
Around the World program (SAW) administers both domestic
and study-abroad opportunities. Each participant selects a
program that will enrich their acadernic, cultural, recreational
The NSE is most popular with California University
students as it combines the ease of academic applicability to
programs at California University with financial
affordability. A student may study at the NSE member
institution of their choice for up to a full academic year,
undertaking courses approved for application to their degree
program at California through approval of their academic
advisor. In most cases, the student has the choice to pay
either California University tuition or in-state tuition at the
host institution.
Basic familiarity with surroundings can also be viewed as
advantageous by the student as all NSE member institutions
are located in either the United States or U.S . territories. The
number of NSE consortium member institutions grows each
year. The following schools are currently members of NSE:
Alabama A & M University; Alabama State University ; University of Alabama; University of Alaska, Anchorage; University of
Alaska, Fairbanks; University of Alaska, Southeast; Northern
Arizona University; California Polytechnic State University, San
Luis Obispo; California State Polytechnic University, Pomona ;
California State University, Bakersfield; California State University, Chico; California State University, Domingue Hills; Cali fornia State University, Fresno; California State University, Hayward; California State University, Los Angeles; California State
University, Northridge; California State University, San Bernardino; Humbolt State University; Sonoma State University ; Fort
Lewis College; Mesa State College; University of Northern
Colorado; University of Southern Colorado; Western State
College; Eastern Connecticut State University; University of
Connecticut; University of Delaware; Florida International
University; Florida State University ; University of West Florida;
University of Georgia; University of Guam ; University of Hawaii
at Hilo; University of Hawaii at Manoa; Boise State University ;
Idaho State University ; Illinois State University; Northeastern
Illinois University; Indiana University ; Purdue University, Fort
Wayne; University of Northern Iowa; Fort Hays State University ;
Morehead State University; Murray State University; Grambling
State University; Louisiana State University; Southern University ;
University of New Orleans; University of Maine; University of
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
223
Maine at Farmington; University of Maine at Fort Kent; University of Southern Maine; Bowie State University; St. Mary's
College of Maryland; Towson State University; University of
Maryland at College Park; University of Massachusetts at
Amherst; University of Massachusetts at Boston; Westfield State
College; Michigan Technological University; Mankato State
University; Moorehead State University ; University of Minnesota,
Twin Cities; Southwest Missouri State University; University of
Missouri-Columbia; University of Missouri-St. Louis; Montana
State University-Bozeman; University of Montana; University of
Nebraska at Kearney ; University of Nevada, Las Vegas; University of Nevada, Reno ; University of New Hampshire; Rutgers
University; The College of New Jersey; William Paterson College
of New Jersey; Eastern New Mexico University; New Mexico
State University; University of New Mexico; Hunter College of
the City University of New York; SUNY College at Buffalo;
SUNY at Plattsburgh; SUNY College at Potsdam ; SUNY Center
at Stony Brook; East Carolina University; North Carolina Central
University; North Carolina State University; University of North
Carolina at Wilmington ; Bowling Green State University; East
Central University; Oklahoma State University; Eastern Oregon
State College; Oregon State University; Portland State University;
Southern Oregon State College; University of Oregon; California
University of Pennsylvania; East Stroudsburg University of
Pennsylvania; lndiana University of Pennsylvania; West Chester
University of Pennsylvania; Inter American University of Puerto
Rico, San German; Universidad de! Sagrado, Coraon; University
of Puerto Rico, Cayey; University of Puerto Rico, Humacao;
University of Puerto Rico, Mayague; University of Puerto Rico,
Rio Piedras ; Rhode Island College; University of Rhode Island;
College of Charleston; South Carolina State University; University of South Carolina; Winthrop University; Northern State
University; South Dakota State University; University of South
Dakota; University of Memphis; Southwest Texas State University ; University of North Texas; University of Texas at El Paso;
University of Texas at San Antonio; University of the Virgin
Islands; University of Utah; Utah State University; Johnson State
College; Virginia Commonwealth University; Virginia State
University; Virginia Tech ; Central Washington University;
University of Washington ; Washington State University; Western
Washington University; West Virginia University ; University of
Wisconsin, Eau Claire; University of Wisconsin, Green Bay;
University of Wisconsin, River FaUs; University of Wyoming.
Study Abroad
A multitude of Study Abroad opportunities exist for students
at California University as Study Abroad can take a student to
practically any comer of our earth. Inherently, Study Abroad
exchange presents a unique challenge to the student. Study
Abroad requires advanced planning with respect to academic,
cultural and financial considerations. The student must also be
willing to carry through with this planning over an extended
period of time. However, the result of the Study Abroad commitment can be a splendid one that in many ways sets the Study
Abroad student apart from others.
224
California University of Pennsylvania
Cal U Student Bookstore
The Cal U Student Bookstore, located on the second
level of the Natali Student Center, offers a variety of services
for all students, faculty and staff. Students can purchase new
or used textbooks for their classes, with used books representing a 25 % savings. A textbook reservation service is also
available, allowing students to pre-order books before the
first week of class.
The Cal U Student Bookstore offers a variety of other
items : Cal U clothing and giftware, magazines , newspapers,
CDs, greeting cards, and computer software. School supplies, general reading books, and health and beauty aids are
also available. We offer free special orders for any book that
is not in stock.
Convenient store hours are:
Monday - Thursday 7:45 a.m. - 7 p.m.
Friday 7:45 a.m . - 5 p.m.
Saturday 11 a.m . - 5 p.m.
To place telephone orders or make inquiries, call (724)
938-4324 during business hours .
CUTV (California University
Television)
CUTV, California University Television, is the
university's cable TV station which is owned and operated
by the Student Association , Inc. CUTV is seen in over
50,000 homes, 24 hours a day through various cable systems,
as well as providing programming to other broadcast
systems . The mission of CUTV is to produce and provide
programming of regional community interest, while giving
students valuable "hands-on" educational experience in many
areas. Students can get involved with CUTV in a variety of
technical areas including camera work, editing, direction and
other production roles, as well as on-air talent positions.
These experiences for the Communication Studies major are
invaluable to be hired in the field. For the student involved
with CUTV as an activity, the technical , team-building and
leadership skills acquired translate into any walk of life.
CUTV produces a variety of informational, educational
and entertainment programs . Some of these programs include
CUTV Newscenter - a weekly news show, Pride and
Progress - a news magazine show focusing on Fayette
County, a variety of local government meetings, including
the Washington County Commissioners, Fright Night Fridays
- a skit oriented horror movie show and Outtakes with Fiore a show dedicated to previewing and reviewing new movies.
CUTV is also heavily involved with University and area high
school sports coverage. CUTV produces all of California
University 's football and basketball coverage. CUTV also
produces a weekly coach's show for the sport in season, as
well as our popular High School Football Game of the Week.
CUTV has also been responsible for producing several
Distance Learning courses to the region. These classes on tv
provided area viewers the opportunity to gain college credits
from the comfort of their homes.
The California Times
(California Student Newspaper)
CUTV has been nationally recognized and awarded by
several organizations. The National Association of Collegiate
Broadcasters (NACB) have awarded CUTV their "Best in the
Nation" award for 1998, as well as awards for news, sports
and news magazine shows. These awards were judged by
CNN, ESPN and A&E. CUTV also received many coveted
TELLY awards for our sports and documentary coverage.
Any student can become part of the award winning team.
Stop by the CUTV studios, located in the Natali Student
Center, or contact J.R. Wheeler, Director of CUTV, room 150
of the Natali Student Center, phone: 938-4303 or e-mail:
Wheeler@cup.edu.
The California Times introduces students to the basic
newspaper publication process. The newspaper is published on
a weekly basis during the fall and spring semester, and four
times during the summer. Students learn production skills
using the computers available for production and students also
learn writing and editing skills.
WVCS (California Radio Station)
Owned and operated by the Student Association, Inc.
(SAI), California University's radio station, WVCS, is a 24
hour a day, 3300 watt FM station with a coverage radius of
40 miles. WVCS typical audience member is in the 15-35
age bracket, residing in the five county region (Washington,
Fayette, Greene, Westmoreland and Allegheny), with
secondary listeners in parts of Maryland and West Virginia.
WVCS, founded in the early 70's with a mission of
broadcasting to the regional audience, features news, sports,
public service information and the best in popular musical
entertainment from a variety of genres. WVCS accomplishes
this mission with student broadcasters, while providing an
important educational opportunity, through "hands-on"
experience. Since WVCS is owned by SAI, students involved
with the station don't have to be Communication Studies
majors . Students need only to have the desire to become
involved. Students who have this interest go through a
designed training program that familiarizes the student with
the equipment, FCC rules and regulations, broadcasting
skills and production. Students who successfully complete
the training program are able to become on-air DJ's or news
reporters. WVCS has an upscale, Top 40 format, with a
variety of specialty shows covering all forms of music from
country to alternative. WVCS is a comfortable place to work
and learn and many life long friendships have started at
Power 92. All this experience makes the student extremely
marketable in the field. For those involved just as an activity,
the various skills translate into other majors . Besides, being a
radio personality is just plain fun!
Students can take a personal tour and talk in further
detail about the exciting opportunities available at WVCS.
Questions may be directed to (724-938-4303) or by e-mail:
flores@cup.edu or wheeler@cup.edu.
Intercollegiate Athletics
The university sponsors a comprehensive athletic
program for both men and women. The athletic program is
regulated by the policies of the athletic council and administered by the director of athletics. It is governed by the Office
of Student Development and Services with the vice president
as the senior administrative officer.
Thirteen varsity sports are available to students who
desire to participate in intercollegiate athletics and who meet
the academic standards of the university, the PSAC and the
NCAA. Freshman students must apply to the NCAA
Clearinghouse to be eligible to compete in intercollegiate
athletics during their freshman year. Specific requirements
may be obtained from the high school counselor, the university athletic director or the Dean for Enrollment Management
and Academic Services.
Academic progress for athletes is monitored and a
professional staff of athletic trainers is always available.
Many assistant coaches and graduate assistants help to
coordinate the varsity sports program.
Thirteen varsity sports are available to students: for men,
baseball, basketball , football , soccer; for women, basketball,
softball, tennis, soccer and volleyball. Cross-country and
track and field are available for both men and women.
Multicultural Student
Programming
The Office of Multicultural Student Programming
provides programs and activities which support the ideals of
a culturally diverse student population. It serves as an
advocate for students from various backgrounds and offers
consultation to other members of the university community
when they plan programs or activities.
The office of Multicultural Student Programming is
located in the Center for Student Growth and Development,
telephone extension 4056. Hours are 8 a.m. to 4 p.m.
Monday through Friday.
Social Fraternities and
Sororities
A sorority or fraternity is an organization whose
members have chosen to establish a close affirmation and
friendship with each other. Membership helps to provide
leadership opportunities and career preparation.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
225
There are 22 sororities and fraternities to choose from at
California University. Every chapter encourages and expects
above average scholarship and participation in various
activities which offer valuable experience. Community
service is also encouraged.
The decision to join a sorority or fraternity is up to the
individual and should not be taken lightly. Both the
Panhellenic and Interfraternity (IFC) councils suggest that
individuals who may be undecided about Greek membership
consider participating in Rush before making that decision.
Rush is a series of open houses, informal gatherings, parties
and other social events which potential members attend to
help them choose membership in a particular fraternity or
sorority.
Greek Life can ultimately enhance the college experience at Cal U and leave you with positive experiences that
last a lifetime.
Initiates are expected to pay for pledging, initiation and
social dues. Pledging fees are used to purchase pledge
manual s, notebooks, materials and pledge pins. Initiation
fees pay for national dues, subscription to the national
magazine, lifetime membership dues and the initiation
ceremony. Social dues help to pay for officer budgets and for
Rush, special events and social service projects.
Academic Honorary
Fraternities
Many academic departments at California University feature honorary fraternities for outstanding students.
Please see the department description or talk to your advisor
about an honorary fraternity in your major.
Recreational Services
The mission of the Department of Recreational
Services is to provide facilities, programs, and developmental opportunities for the University community. To accomplish this aim the department provides the university community, a personable and pleasurable opportunity to actively
participate in sports. Opportunities range from the informal
to highly organized, from novice to skilled, from relaxed to
intense, easy to difficult, and from the safe to high adventure.
Recreational Services has a wide range of programs which
are designed to meet the diversified needs of our participants .
Whether your interested in aquatics, club sports, fitness,
intramural sports, instructional sports programs or outdoor
adventure, we have something for you.
Intramurals
California University of Pennsylvania adheres to state,
local , and federal guidelines in all hazing matters. Our
position on hazing is consistent with state prohibition on
hazing activities. This prohibits all forms of hazing by all
members of fraternities and sororities. Any infraction of
state, local , or federal guidelines reported to a Greek advisor
or to the Office of Student Development and Services will be
dealt with accordingly. Cal U has recognized the dignity of
every individual and has expressed strong opposition to all
form s of hazing.
The Intramural Program is designed to provide
students with a flexible , yet structured environment in which
to participate. Activities are administered in league format
with various divisions servicing men's, women 's, open and
co-ed recreational teams. Teams and individuals must
formally register for activities. The program is open to all
current students, faculty and staff. For more information
contact Recreational Services, (724-938-5907).
For more information call the Greek Development
Office at (724) 938-4303.
Health Services
Fraternities
Acacia
Alpha Chi Rho
Alpha Kappa Lambda
Alpha Phi Alpha
Delta Chi
Delta Sigma Phi
Kappa Alpha Psi
Phi Beta Sigma
Phi Kappa Theta
Phi Mu Delta
Phi Kappa Sigma
Tau Kappa Epsilon
Theta Xi
226
Sororities
Alpha Kappa Alpha
Alpha Sigma Alpha
Alpha Sigma Tau
Delta Phi Epsilon
Delta Zeta
Theta Phi Alpha
Phi Sigma Sigma
Sigma Kappa
Zeta Phi Beta
California University of Pennsylvania
The mission of the University Health Services is to
provide high quality health care for our students, to direct
students to other health care providers when appropriate, to
provide emergency care for all members of the university
community, to address the specific health needs of those
members of the student population with special problems, and
to conceive, develop and implement relevant health education
programs for the university community.
The Downey-Garofalo Health Center is open 24 hours a
day, seven days a week while the university is in session. A
staff of full-time registered nurses is on duty at all hours. A
qualified physician is on duty for four hours a day, Monday
through Friday, during specified hours.
University health services are available to all registered
undergraduate and graduate students. Employees, both faculty
and staff, conference participants, visiting athletes and other
visitors will be given emergency treatment if such an emergency occurs on the university campus. For the most part, the
University Health Center is an out-patient facility. However, ·
from time to time, emergencies may be accommodated
overnight. In some cases, short-time confinement of students
coming from homes located a great distance from the university is also approved. One of the university physicians will
determine when a student should return home for treatment
and recovery. The physician will also refer students to local
hospitals in emergencies and for other treatment beyond the
capabilities of the University Health Center. The University•
Health Center does not assume responsibility of doctor,
hospital bills or prescription costs accrued by the students for
treatment beyond capabilities of the University Health Center.
In cases of emergency, Brownsville General Hospital will
usually be used for primary care. The final decision in
hospital selection is the student's. Student must submit
completed health form as part of admissions process.
Medical Absences
Students who are unable to attend classes because of
illness should contact their professors, explain their absences, and arrange completion of any work that may have
been missed. The Health Center does not issue medical
excuses, but will send written notification to professors only
in the following circumstances, provided that the student
initiate the request:
( 1) If a student consults a health care professional at the
Health Center, and the health care professional determines
that the student has or had sufficient medical reason not to
attend class (or to fulfill other academic obligations),
notification will be sent to the student's professors but only if
the student makes a request at that time.
(2) If a student has consulted a private physician, who has
determined that the student has or had sufficient medical
reason not to attend class (or to fulfill other academic
obligations), and the physician notifies the Health Center to '
that effect in writing, notification to this effect will be sent to
the student's professors.
(3) If a student is confined for longer treatment or care at the
infirmary section of the Health Center, verification of the
confinement will be sent to the student's professors. If a
student is hospitalized elsewhere or requires extended recovery with bed rest, written notification should be sent from the
attending physician to the Health Center, which will notify the
student's professors.
Upon notification from the Health Center or any other
health care professional , the professor may decide whether to
consider the notification as a valid excuse from class or other
academic obligations.
A professor may call the nurse supervisor of the Health
Center for verification of a student's visit, but a visit can be
verified only if a student was actually seen by a health
professional.
The delivery of high quality health care is the heart of
the Health Center. All areas of the Health Center are under
strict rules of confidentiality. Medical information will be
released by patient's written consent, by a properly executed
subpoena, and to appropriate university offices in an emergency if knowledge of the information is necessary to protect
the health and safety of the student and other individuals.
Counseling and Psychological
Services
The Counseling Center staff provides personal, social,
psychological and career choice services to students with
problems that interfere with their adjustment and effective
educational performance while at the university.
Students having trouble understanding their feelings,
maintaining satisfactory social and interpersonal relationships, or
coping with academic demands, may benefit from seeing a
counselor, social worker or psychologist at the Counseling Center.
Students can call the Center at 724-938-4191, or contact
the receptionist in the Center's office in the DowneyGarofalo Health Center for an appointment with a licensed
psychologist or counselor. They can make the appointment
themselves or be referred by a professor, fellow student, staff
person or management personnel.
Students can talk to a counselor in private with assurance that the discussion will remain confidential. Most
appointments are of an individual nature, but special interest
groups can be organized. The special interest groups may
meet on a weekly basis dealing with stress, test anxiety, selfdisclosure, interpersonal relationships, parents, occupational
choice, depression, sex or other topics of interest to all
members in the group.
In addition, interest, intelligence, aptitude and personality
tests and questionnaires may be used to gather more information. Through counseling a student will learn how to interpret
this informatio·n and make better choices in university life.
The professional counselors have extended their services
by developing a strong referral system locally on campus and
off campus. Referrals can be made to any department or office
on campus for financial aid, student work-study programs,
tutoring, academic advising, and other matters. Further, there
is a close liaison with the Student Development Office,
residence hall directors, the Health Center, the Speech and
Hearing Clinic, the Rehabilitation Office, the Veterans Affairs
Office, the Women's Center, the Campus Ministry, and other
divisions of the university.
A formal agreement between Southwestern Pennsylvania Human Services, Inc. (SPHS) and California University
of Pennsylvania provides diversified counseling services
beyond the scope of the Counseling Center.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
227
Under this agreement SPHS and its affiliated corporations
provide certain rehabilitative and therapeutic treatment
services to students and employees of California University
upon referral to the agencies by the university, its agents and
associates or the students or employees themselves. These
services include drug and alcohol assessment and treatment,
mental health services, and primary health care services. Also,
other health and social services which are requested by the
university and are within the scope of SPHS and its affiliates
may be provided. For further information on the drug and
alcohol program on campus, see the section on CHOICES.
Please call 724-938-4191 or drop in at the Health
Center. Office hours: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. daily, Monday
through Friday. Weekend and evening sessions are by
appointment.
CHOICES
CHOICES is the drug and alcohol education and prevention program located in Downey-Garofalo Health Center. It is
one approach by California University of Pennsylvania to
provide a drug free community. CHOICES provides programs
for the university and surrounding communities aimed at
increasing awareness of alcohol and drug related issues.
These programs include consultation, counseling, education,
self-development, substance-free activities, and support
groups for co-dependency and Adult Children of Alcoholics.
CHOICES is made up of three primary components: the
Consortium, BACCHUS, and the Assessment and Intervention
Program. Each of these is an integral member of the
program's development and expansion within the campus
community.
The Consortium is a combined effort by California and
eight neighboring universities to provide a forum for discussion of relevant and current issues in drug and alcohol
prevention and education as well as the sharing of developmental programming ideas. The Consortium offers California
and other universities access to a resource library consisting of
videos, books, pamphlets, and other information related to
drug and alcohol use and abuse.
BACCHUS (Boost Alcohol Consciousness Concerning
the Health of University Students) is a student organization
developed under the guidance of advisors from the office.
BACCHUS strives to help individuals explore their attitudes
and behavior regarding alcohol and drug use. BACCHUS is
an educational component focusing on self-responsibility and
conscientious decision making.
Assessment and Intervention is designed to assist those
whose behavior may be harmful to themselves or others
because of alcohol or drug abuse. This program offers an
opportunity for students to learn facts and to dispel myths
concerning the use of alcohol and other drugs. Through group
interaction activities students gain a sense of self and the
impact their actions have on others.
228
California University of Pennsylvania
Services For Students With
Disabilities
Students with disabilities are provided an equal opportunity to participate in student services and activities conducted
by the university. No qualified student is, on the basis of
disability, excluded from participation in, denied the benefits
of, or otherwise subjected to discrimination under any
academic, research, occupational training, housing, health,
insurance, counseling, financial aid, physical education,
athletics, recreation, transportation, other extracurricular, or
other post-secondary program or activity offered or sponsored by this university. Students with disabilities must
provide official documentation of disabilities.
University programs and facilities are accessible to
students with disabilities, and special needs of students are
recognized . The Office of Services for Students with
Disabilities, Room 114, Clyde Hall , provides individualized
assistance to those in need. Information on disabled students
services may be obtained through the coordinator of Services
for Students with Disabilities.
Students in need of attendant services should contact the
coordinator at the earliest practicable date.
Office for Students with Disabilities' Assistive
Technology Laboratory
The Office for Students with Disabilities' Assistive
Technology Laboratory provides students with severe disabilities experiential contact with state-of-the-art technology to
augment their abilities to identify resources and to bridge the
gap between their educational tenure and their preparation for
gainful employment. The goals of the Assistive Technology
Lab are to provide:
• a comprehensive resource base, and
• accessibility and support services.
The Lab is multi-purpose, and the equipment is designed
to provide structured learning opportunities for students with
severe disabilities. It helps students establish their learning and
information gathering goals for assistive technology, and
focuses on (1) what needs to be accomplished, and (2) what
needs to be learned. It helps students with severe disabilities to
define their needs.
The Lab provides assessment, evaluation and individual
initiatives for assistive technology. It provides students with
severe disabilities the opportunity to learn about and use
various assistive technology devices and equipment. In
addition, students have an opportunity to use these specialized devices on a temporary loan basis.
The Assistive Technology Laboratory hours are 9 a.m. to 4
p.m., although additional hours may be negotiated. For more
information, contact the Office for Students with Disabilities at
(724) 938-4012, or stop in 114 Clyde Hall.
Parking for Students with Disabilities
Numerous parking spaces have been reserved for the
exclusive use of persons with disabilities who have mobility
or other physical problems. These spaces are reserved for
such use at all times.
Persons with disabilities who require special parking
privileges must apply for a special temporary/permanent
parking permit at the Office of Public Safety. Persons with
disabilities desiring a permanent privilege must apply to the
state Department of Transportation. Applications are
available in the Office of Services for Students with Disabilities and the Office of Public Safety.
General Code of Conduct
The responsibility for administering student discipline at
the university is vested in the Division of Student Development. Staff in the division investigate cases of misconduct,
meet with students to discuss their rights and responsibilities
and refer the case to the appropriate hearing body. Conduct
rules, disciplinary penalties and complete hearing procedures
are contained in the Rules of Conduct and Judicial Procedures handbook.
The university reserves the right, in the interest of all its
students, to decline admission, to suspend, or to require the
withdrawal of a student from university housing and/or the
university after all appropriate university procedures have
been followed.
Registration at the university assumes the student's
acceptance of responsibility for compliance with all regulations published in the catalog, as well as any rules found in
any official publication.
Student Judicial System
The Dean of Student Development is responsible for
administration of the judicial system and the conduct
regulations. This office conducts pre-hearing interviews with
students charged with a violation of the conduct regulations
which may take place on or off campus, takes administrative
disciplinary action in certain cases, conducts student/faculty
judicial board hearings, maintains all university disciplinary
records and serves as a resource to faculty, staff and students
for disciplinary matters.
For additional information and regulations governing
student life and conduct, students should refer to the current
edition of the Vulcan Adventure student handbook and the
Rules of Conduct and Judicial Procedures handbook.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
229
230
California University of Pennsylvania
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
231
Governance And Administration
State System of
Higher Education
Board of Governors
F. Eugne Di xon, Jr., chair; R. Benjamin Wiley, vice chair; Syed R.
Ali-Zaidi, Muriel Berman, Jeffrey W. Coy, Daniel P. Elby, Glenn
Y. Forney, Charles A. Gomulka, Eugene W. Hickok, Jr., F. Joseph
Loeper, Kim E. Lyttle, Rocco A. Ortenzio, Thomas J. Ridge, Jere
W. Schuler, Patrick Stapleton, John K. Thornburgh, Christine J.
Toretti , Jason B . Bozzone, Christopher J. Cersk.i
California University
Council of Trustees
Frank R. DeLuca, chair; Steven Stout, vice chair; Judy B . Ansill,
Carmine A. Durzo, Annette D. Ganassi, Paul H. Lemmon, Edward
M. Paluso, John K. Thornburgh, Aaron A. Walton, Robert Wetzel,
James H. McCormick, ex officio.
California University of
Pennsylvania Administration
President
Angelo Armenti Jr.
Executive Staff Assistant to the President
Dee Stalvey
Special Assistant to the President for EEO/Social Equity Officer
Dolores Rozzi
232
California University of Pennsylvani a
Academic Affairs
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs
Curtis C. Smith
Executive Staff Assistant to the Provost
Carol K. Kubalinsk.i
Associate Provost and Associate Vice President for Student
Retention
Harry M. Langley
Associate Provost and Associate Vice President of Enrollment
Management a.nd Registrar
J. Drew McGuk.in
Associate Provost and Associate Vice President for Academic
Affairs
Don Thompson
Dean, College of Education and Human Services
Stephen A. Pavlak
Director of Student Teaching
Betty A. Ford
Dean, Eberly College of Science and Technology
Richard B. Hart
Dean, College of Liberal Arts
Jesse A. Cignetti
Dean, School of Graduate Studies and Research
George W. Crane
Dean of Library Services
William L. Beck
Director of Lifelong Learning
Joyce A. Hanley
Director of Southpointe Center
Stephanie Urchick
Dean of Admissions
Norman G. Hasbrouck
Assistant Director of Transfer Admissions
Amy C. Woodward
Assistant Director of Admissions
Paul Burns
Assistant Director of Admissions
William Edmonds
Assistant Director of Admissions
Jenifer Sigado
Assistant Director of Admissions
Carolyn A. Smalley
Associate Director of Academic Records
Charles E. Talbert
Director of Career Services
Marilyn Natili
Coordinator of Cooperative Education
Meaghan Redigan
Associate Director of Career Services
Jeanine Metal
Director of Institutional Research
Richard L. Kline
Director of Honors Program
Edward Chute
Director of Women's Studies Program
Patricia Hartman
~ Student Development and Services
Administration and Finance
Vice President for Administration and Finance
Allan J. Golden
~ Director, Student Association, Inc.
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Paul E. Burd
Helen E. Ulicne
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Associate Vice President for Administration and Finance
Charlene Mc Vay
Eugene P. Grilli
~ Dean for Student Development/University Judicial Officer
Comptroller
00,
Timothy Susick
Eric Larmi
~ Dean for Residence Life
Director of Budget
William F. Behrendt
Rosanne Pandrok
~ Associate Dean for Student Development
Bursar
~
Alan K. James
Rebecca Ray
~ Assistant Dean of Residential Facilities/Conferences
Director of Computing Services Center
Shawn Urbine
Richard E. Cerullo
~ Assistant Director of Veterans Affairs/ADA Compliance Officer
Director of Financial Aid
~
Charles Williamson
Robert Thorn
Director of Women 's Center, Coordinator of Disabled Services
Director of Grants
Albertha Graham
Sandra Huska
Residence Hall Directors
Lamont Coleman, Richard Dulaney, James Pflugh,
Director of Environmental Health and Safety
Leslie Loase, Sheleta Webb
Sharon Elkattani
Director of Athletic Development/Off-campus Housing Coordinator · Director of Personnel
Wayne Miller
Penelope Stanick
Dean/International Student Adviser
Director of Physical Plant
Nancy J. Tait
Thomas Jameson
Counseling Psychologists
Director of Public Safety
Gloria Brusoski, Mary Ann Salotti
Richard Pomager Jr.
Counselor, Drug & Alcohol Specialist
Director of Purchasing
Liz Gruber
Carl Maurer
Nursing Supervisor
Director of Inventory and Risk Insurance Management
Celeste Roskevitch
Thomas Taylor
Nurse Educator
Director of Payroll
Norma Snyder
Margaret M. Miller
Dean for Student Services/Director, Student Association, Inc.
Barry Niccolai
Associate Dean for Student Services
Lenora Angelone
Vice President for University Advancement
Assistant Dean for Student Services
Lawrence Sebek
Richard H. Webb
Assistant Dean for Student Services
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
John G. Watkins
Rene E. Brooks
Director, Food Service Director
Associate Vice President for University Advancement
John Derring
David J. Lieb
Athletic Director
Executive Director, Mon Valley Renaissance
Thomas Pucci
Richard H. Webb
Associate Athletic Director/Senior Women's Administrator
Director of Alumni Relations
Karen Fetsko-Hjerpe
Christopher Meehan
Associate Athletic Director, Director of Vulcan Sports Network
Director of Public Relations
Paul Flores
Beth Baxter
Campus Ministry
Director of Government Agency Coordination Office
Joseph E. Hopkins
Media Director, Student Association, Inc.
Director of Planned Giving
Jay R. Wheeler
Joann L.S. Naser
Associate Program Director, Student Association, Inc.
Director of Annual Giving
Joy Helsel
Jeffrey Petrucci
Director of Business Operations, Student Association, Inc.
Director of Advancement Services
Richard Olshefski
Cheryl Vogrig
Bookstore Manager
Director of JPTA/Elderbostel
Dale Davis
Director of Recreational Services
Terrie Greene
Paul Fazio
Administer of Training/Director of UMWA Career Center
Associate Director of Recreational Services, Student Association, Inc.
Belinda Holliday
Charles Bohn
Director of Entrepreneurial Assistance Center
Michael Brna
~ Vice President for Student Development and Services/Executive
~
Z
Q
University Advancement
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
233
Faculty
(Date of first appointment to California University of Pennsylvania.)
Holiday Eve Adair. ( 1997) Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A.,
University of Akron; M.A. University of Akron; Ph.D. , University
of Akron
John C. Black. ( 1989) Associate Professor, Educational Studies.
B.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of
Pittsburgh; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh
Jerry M. Blackmon. (1985) Associate Professor and Assistant Chair,
Mathematics and Computer Science; B.S. , Oklahoma State
University ; M.S ., Oklahoma State University ; Registered Professional Engineer (Electrical) P.E.
Randall Adkins. ( I 998) Assistant Professor, Poli tical Science. B .A.,
Marsha11 University; M.A. , Miami Uni versity; Ph.D., Miami
University
William F. Bl ank. (1965) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
M.A.T., Duke University
Dencil K. Backus. (1983) Assistant Professor And Chair, Communication Studies. A.B. , Glenville State College; M.A. , West Virginia
University
William F. Blose!. ( I 976) Associate Professor, Business and
Economics. B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh; C.P.A.
Mitchell M. Bailey. ( 1959) Associate Professor, Biological And
Environmental Sciences. B.S., Cali fo rni a University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Rutgers University
Marce11a A. Rye Blout. (1968) Professor, Communication Studies.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A. , West Virginia
University; Ed.D., West Virginia University
Jan W. Balling. (I 966) Professor, Biological And Environmental
Sciences. B.A., University of Louisville; M.S ., Purdue University ;
Ph.D., University of Louisville
David F. Boehm . (1989) Associate Professor and Chair, Biological
and Environmental Sciences. B.S., West Liberty State College;
M.S ., West Virginia University ; Ph.D. , West Virginia University
Rollin M. Barber. (1976) Professor, Social Science. B.S., Ohio State
University; M.S. , Ohio State Univer ity ; Ph.D., Ohio State
University
Barbara H. Bonfanti . (1994) Associate Professor, Communication
Disorders. B.S., Indiana Uni versity of Pennsylvania; M.S., St.
Francis Co11ege of Illinois; M.Ed., California University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Uni versity of Pittsburgh
Bruce D. Barnhart. (1984) Professor, Sports Medicine. B.S. ,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Californi a University
of Pennsylvania; A.T.C., Ed.D., West Virginia University
John F. Bauman. (1969) Professor, History. B.A. , Ursinus College;
M.A., Temple University; Ph .D. , Rutgers University
Robert A. Bauman. (1968) Professor, Special Education. B.S.,
Geneseo College; M.S. , Indiana University; Ed.D., Indiana
University
William J. Beardsley. ( I969) Assistant Professor, English. B.A. ,
West Virginia University; M.A., West Virginia University
William F. Behrendt. ( I971) Associate Professor, Student Services;
Dean For Residence Li fe . B.S. , Californi a University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Peter J. Belch. ( 1968) Professor and Coordinator of Graduate
Program, Special Education. B.S ., California University of
Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia University; Ed.D. , West Virginia
University
Kaddour Boukaabar. ( 1997) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science; B.S., Univer of Wahran, Algeria; M.S., Florida
Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University
Mark E. Bronakowski. ( 1984) Professor, Industry and Technology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , California
University of Pennsylvania; Ed .D., West Virginia University
Burrell A. Brown. ( 1989) Professor and Chair, Business and
Economics. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; MBA.,
University of Pittsburgh; J.D., University of Pittsburgh
Edward Brown. ( 1967) Associate Professor, Social Work and
Gerontology. B.S ., University of Pittsburgh; M.L.S ., Carnegie
Mellon University; M.S.W. , University of Pittsburgh
Robert A. Brown. ( 1969) Professo r, Counselor Education and
Services. B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.Ed., University of
Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
William Bennett. (1967) Assistant Professor, English. B.A.,
University of Pittsburgh; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
Walter A. Brumm. (1988) Associate Professor and Chair, Social
Science. B.A. , Wittenberg University ; B.D., Methodist Theological
School of Ohio; M.A., Kent State University; Ph.D., Ohio State
University
William B. Biddington. (1977) Professor and Chair, Health Science
and Sports Studies. B.S. , West Virginia University ; M.S., West
Virginia University; ATC; Ed. D., West Virgini a University
Gloria Brusoski. (I 998) Associate Professor, Counselor Education.
B.A., Duquesne University, M.Ed., Gannon University, P.h.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
Foster E. Billheimer. (1969) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., University
of Texas; Ph.D., Rutgers University
Thomas P. Buckelew. (1969) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S., Muhlenberg College; M.S., University of South
Carolina; Ph .D., University of South Carolina
234
California University of Pennsylvania
John J. Burns. (1969) Professor, Philosophy. B.A., University of
Notre Dame; M.A., University of Toronto; J.D., Duquesne University
Malcolm P. Callery. ( 1978) Professor, Theatre. B.S ., California
University of Pennsylvani a; M.F.A., Southern Illinois University
David N. Campbell . (1988) Professo r and Chair, Educational
Studies. B. Ed., Southeastern Louisiana University; M.S ., Uni versity of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Illinois
Dorothy M. Campbell. ( 1973) Professor, Elementary Education.
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Christine Crawford. ( 1992) Assistant Professor, Academic Development Services. B.A., California University of Pennsylvani a; M.A.,
West Virginia University
Rick Allen Cumings. (1992) Associate Professor, Communication
Studies. B.A. , University of Illinois; B.A. , Moody Bible Institute;
M.A., Marquette University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Bernard J. DeFilippo. (1990) Associate Professor, English. B.S .,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., California University
of Pennsylvania; D.A., Carnegie Mellon Universi ty
James 0 . Carter. (1990) Assistant Professor, Communi cati on
Studies. B.A., Marshall University; M.A., Ohio University
Anette M. DeNardo. (1985) Professor, Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed.,
California University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., West Virginia
University
Raymond A. Catalano. ( 1967) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed .,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Brigham Young
University
Elwin Dickerson. (1989) Professor and Assistant Chair, Elementary
Education. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; Ed. D. , West Virginia
University
Richard Cavasina. (1992) Associate Professor, Psychology, B.S.,
Duquense University; M.S., Duquesne University ; Ph.D., West
Virginia University
Robert F. Dickie. (1966) Professor, Special Education. B.S.,
Bridgewater State College; M.A., Michigan State University; Ed.D.,
Michi gan State University
M. Arshad Chawdhry. (1976) Professor, Business and Economics.
B.S., University of Agriculture (Pakistan); M.S., University of
Agriculture (Pakistan); M.A., University of Maryland ; M.S.,
University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Illinois
Robert W. Dillon, Sr. (1970) Professor, English. A.B., Fairfield
University; M.A. , Ohio University; Ph.D., Ohio University
Ronald A. Christ. (1970) Professor, Elementary Educati on. B.S .,
University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
Edward J. Chute. ( 1990) Director of Honors Program, Professor,
English. B.A., St. Vincent College; M.A., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D. , University of Minnesota.
Pamela B. Cignetti ( 1990) Professor, Elementary Education;
Director, Reading Clinic. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvani a; M.Ed., California University of Pennsylvani a; Ed.D, University
of Pittsburgh
Clyde W. Clendaniel. (1968) Associate Professor and Chair,
Physical Science. B.S., California University of Pennsy lvania;
M.A.T., Indiana University
Debra M. Clingerman . ( 1984) Associate Professor, Business and
Economics. B.A., Califo rni a University of Pennsylvania; M.B.A. ,
West Virginia University
Ismail Cole. (1984) Professor, Business and Economics. B.A.,
Harvard College; M .A. , Tufts University; Ph .D., Univers ity of
Pittsburgh
Donald J. Conte. (1968) Associate Professor, Earth Sciences. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Indiana University of
Pennsylvania; M.S., Cali forni a University of Pennsylvan ia
Gai l S. Ditkoff. (1986) Professor, Psychology. B.A., State University of New York at Binghamton; M.S. , State University of New
York at Albany; Ph.D., State University of New York at Albany
Theodore L. Dominick. (1969) Professor, Physical Science. B.S .,
California University of Pennsylvania; Ph .D., West Virginia
University
Ronald G. Dreucci. ( l 973) Professor, Industry and Technology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California
University of Pennsylvania; Ed .D., West Virginia University
Raymond E. Dunlevy. (1978) Associate Professor, Art. B.S., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Dilawar M umby Edwards. ( 1972) Professor, Educational Studies.
I.Sc. , St. Aloysius' College, Jabalpur, India; B.E. (Hons.), Govt.
Engineering College, Jabalpur, India; M.E.(I), Indian Institute of
Science, Bangalore, India; M.Sc. in Ed., Indiana University; Ph.D.,
Indiana University
Harry L. Ervin. ( 197 I) Assistant Professor, Health Science and
Sport Studies. B.S. , Hardin-Simmons Coll ege
R. Michael Feldman. (1969) Professor, Communication Disorders.
B.A., University of Pittsburgh ; M.A., Universi ty of Iowa; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University; CCC Audi ology
Audrey Beth-Fitch. ( 1995) Assistant Professor, History. B.A.,
University of Calgary; M.A. , Un iversity of Toronto ; Ph .D.,
Uni vers ity of Glasgow
Elaine S. Costello. (1966) Instructor, Physical Science. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvani a
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
235
tC-:,
~
Paul A. Flores. ( 1985) Assistant Professor and Chair, Athletics;
Associate Director Of Athletics. B.S., East Stroudsburg University
of Pennsylvania; M.S., East Stroudsburg University of Pennsylvania
~ Sylvia L. Foil. (1990) Associate Professor and Director ofTeleviU
.......-1 sion Studio, Communication Studies. B.S.S., Northwestern
~
~
University; M.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D. , Northwestern
University
J. K. Folmar. (1969) Professor, History. B.A. , Samford University ;
M.A. , Birmingham-Southern College; Ph.D., University of Alabama
(Tuscaloosa)
Nicholas S. Ford. (1992) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., Michigan State University; M.S ., West
Virginia University; Ph.D. , Michigan State University
Ronald L. Forsythe. (1968) Assistant Professor, English. B.S .,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., North Dakota State
University
George J. Frangos. ( 1966) Professor, Educational Studies. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia
University; Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Gabriel C. Fusco. ( 1967) Professor, Physical Science. B.S.,
Duquesne University; M.S., Duquesne University; Ph.D., University
of Colorado
John S. Gibson, Jr. (1967) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.A.,
Michigan State University
Lizbeth A. Gillette. ( 1986) Professor, Educational Studies. B.S.,
Carnegie Mellon University; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh;
M.Pub.Mgmt., Carnegie Mellon University ; Ed.D., University of
Pittsburgh
Charles A. Gismondi. ( 1969) Associate Professor, Communication
Disorders; B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., West
Virginia University; CCC Speech Pathology
William Giuliano. ( 1998) Assistant Professor, Biological and
Environmental Sciences. B.S., University of New Hampshire, M.S.,
Eastern Kentucky University, P.h.D., Texas Tech University
Max A. Gonano. ( 1982) Professor, Music; Director of Bands.
B.F.A., Carnegie Mellon University; M.F.A. , Carnegie Mellon
University
Judith A. Good. (1990) Associate Professor, English. B.S.,
Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Pennsylvania State University
Jack D. Goodstein. (1967) Professor, English. B.A., Queens
College; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., New York University
Helen M. Grochmal. (1991) Assistant Professor, Library Services.
B.A., Wilkes College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.L.S.,
Rutgers University
Richard C. Grim. (1983) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S.,
Arkansas State University ; M.S., Arkansas State University; Ed.D.,
University of Tennessee
Robert H . Grimes. (1961) Assistant Professor, English. B.A., West
Virginia University; M .A. , West Virginia University
Elizabeth A. Gruber. ( 1990) Assistant Professor, Student Services.
B.S. , Bowling Green State University; M.A., Youngstown State
University
William A. Gustin. ( 1988) Associate Professor, Earth Sciences.
B.S., Indiana State University; M.A., Indiana State University
Gene Patrick Halboth. (1965) Associate Professor, English. B.A.,
Marquette University; M.A., University of Chicago
Judith I. Hall. (1984) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., University of Pittsburgh
John M. Hanchin. (1967) Professor, English. B.A. , Duquesne
University; M.Ed., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Mary A. Hart. (1984) Assistant Professor, Social Work and
Gerontology. B.S., Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A., Duquesne
University; Graduate Aging Specialist Certificate, University of
Nebraska, Omaha
Patricia L. Hartman. (1989) Professor, English; Director, Women 's
Studies. B.A., Abilene Christian University; M.A.T., Johns Hopkins
University; M.A., Ohio University; Ph.D. , Ohio University
Phil Hayes. (1970) Professor, Student Services. B.S., Fairmont State
College; M.Ed., West Virginia University; Ed.D., West Virginia
University
Wilburn Hayden, Jr. (1998) Associate Professor, Social Work and
Gerontology. B.A., St. Andrews College; M.S.W., University of
North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Toronto
Joseph C. Heim. ( 1990) Associate Professor, Social Science. B .A.,
University of Pittsburgh; M .A., University of Pittsburgh; M. Phil.,
Cambridge University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; Certificate,
International Finance, Wharton Graduate School of Business,
University of Pennsylvania
Richard James Helldobler. (1988) Associate Professor and Chair,
Theatre. B.B.A., University of Toledo; M.A., Bowling Green State
University, Ph.D., Bowling Green State University
Gregg Gould. (1991) Associate Professor, Physical Science. B.A.,
Colgate University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
William Hendricks. (1990) Professor, English. B.A. , Case Western
Reserve University; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
Albertha L. Graham. ( 1971 ) Associate Professor, Student Services,
Director, Women's Center. B.S., Robert College; M. Ed., Loyola
University of Chicago; PhD., University of Pittsburgh
Keith D. Hepner. (1995) Assistant Professor, Educational Studies.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania, M.Ed., California
University of Pennsylvania, Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh.
236
California University of Pennsylvania
Nancy H. Hepting. (1997) Associate Professor, Communication
Disorders. B.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh
Elizabeth Jones. (1992) Associate Professor, Social Science. B.A.,
American University; M.A., American University; Ph.D. American
University
Barbara Hess. (1990) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania;
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Geraldine M. Jones. (1974) Assistant Professor, Chair, and Upward
Bound Director, Academic Development and Services. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California University
of Pennsylvania
Glen R. Hider. (1998) Applied Engineering and Technology.
Assistant Professor, A.S ., State University of New York; B.S., State
University College Oswego; M.S. , Eastern Illinoi s University;
Ed.D. , West Virginia University
Macdonald N. Kale. ( 1985) Associate Professor, Communication
Studies. B.A., Governors State University; M.A., Governors State
University; M.A., University of Illinois, Chicago; Ph.D., Indiana
University, Bloomington
Karla A. Hoffman. ( 1990) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., Towson State University; M.Ed. , University of Massachusetts; CAGS University of Massachusetts
John R. Kallis. (1985) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California University
of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Larry D. Horath. ( 1990) Associate Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S., Eastern Illinois University; M.S., Eastern Illinois
University; Ph.D., Texas A&M University
Robert H. Kane, Jr. (1988) Professor, Health Science and Sport
Studies. B.S., University of Connecticut; M.S., University of
Southern Maine; P.T.; A.T.C.; Ed.D., West Virginia University
Rene L. Horath. (1989) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S.,
Peru State College; M.S., Texas A&M University ; Ph.D., Texas
A&M University
Carol L. Kaplan. (1984) Professor, Foreign Languages and
Cultures. B.A., Northwestern University; M.A., Northwestern
University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Karen L. Hornung. ( 1981) Professor, Social Work and Gerontology.
B.A., Geneva College; M.A., University of New Mexico; Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska; Graduate Aging Specialist, University of
Michigan; Faculty Fellow, Geriatric Education Center of Pennsylvania
Gary W. Kennedy. (1962) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia
University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Ronald C. Hoy. (1969) Professor and Chair, Philosophy. B.A.,
University of California at Berkeley; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh
Henry A. Huffman. (1995) Associate Professor, Educational
Studies. B.S ., California University of Pennsy lvania, M.Ed. ,
University of Pittsburgh, Ed.D. , University of Pittsburgh.
Barry B. Hunter. (1968) Professor, Biological and Environmental
Sciences. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S.,
University of Minnesota; M.Ed., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., West Virginia University
Clyde Y. Kiang. (1972) Associate Professor and Chief Cataloger,
Library Services. B.A., National Taiwan University; M.A., Western
Michigan University; M .A ., Michigan State University
William G. Kimmel. (1976) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.A., Wilkes College; M.S., Pennsylvania State
University ; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Richard L. Kline. (1972) Assistant Professor, Student Services;
Director of Institutional Research. B.S., Pennsylvania State
University; M.S ., California University of Pennsylvania
Madelon Jacoba. (1988) Professor, English. B.A., Albion College;
M.A., Purdue University; Ph.D., Purdue University
David V. Kolick. ( 1988) Associate Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; A.S., California
University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California University of
Pennsy Ivania
Susan Jasko. (1998) Assistant Professor, Communication Studies.
B.A., William Patterson College; M.A., Ohio State University;
Ph.D., Ohio State University
Stanley A. Komacek. (1987) Professor and Chair, Industry and
Technology. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed.,
Miami University; Ed.D., West Virginia University
Kirk R. John. ( 1990) Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Indiana University of
Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; NCSP;
Pennsylvania Certified School Psychologist; Pennsylvania Licensed
Psychologist
Robert J. Kopko. (1979) Associate Professor, Business and
Economics . B.S ., Elon College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University; C.P.A.
David L. Johnson. (1968) Professor, Physical Science. B.S.,
University of Kansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State University
David T. Jones. (1985) Associate Professor, Business and Economics.
B.S., Waynesburg College; M.S., West Virginia University; C.P.A.
Robert A. Korcheck. (1967) Professor, English. B.A., St.
Bonaventure University ; M.A., West Virginia University; Ph.D.,
West Virginia University
Kade Kos. (1961) Professor and Cataloger, Library Services. B.S.,
Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M.L.S., Syracuse University;
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
237
~
Alan H. Krueck. (1_966)_ Professor, For~ign Languag~s and Cultures.
B.A., Syracuse Uruvers1ty; M.A., M1ch1gan State University; Ph.D.,
~ University of Zurich
~
~ Ewald C. Krueger. (I 967) Associate Professor, Biological and
U Environmental Sciences. B.S ., Oshkosh State College; M.S., West
~
~
Virginia Majewski. ( 1991 ) Assistant Professor and Chair, Social
Work and Gerontology. Ph .D., University of Pittsburgh
Margaret A. Marcinek. (1983) Professor and Chair, Nursing. B.S .,
Pennsylvania State University; M.S. ., Uni versity of Maryland;
Ed.D. , West Virginia University ; R.N.
Virginia University
John Paul Lambertson (1998) Assistant Professor, Art Department.
B.A., Mary Washington College, Ph.D., University of Illinois
Paula J. Martasian. ( 1995) Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A. ,
University of Rhode Island; M.A., University of Rhode Island;
Ph.D., University of Rhode Isiand ;
Paul L. Lancaster. (1969) Associate Professor and Chair, Special
Education. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S. ,
California University of Pennsylvania
J. Gregory Martin. ( 1969) Professor, Elementary Education. B.A. ,
Miami University; M.A.T., Cornell University; Ph.D., Cornell
University
Frederick S. Lapisardi. (1968) Professor, English. A.B. , Niagara
University; M.A., Niagara University; Ph.D., New York University
Elizabeth Mason. (1987) Professor and Chair, Psychology;
Supervisor, School Psychology Clinic. B.S ., Indiana University of
Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Ind iana University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D. ,
Ball State University; NCSP; Pennsylvania Certified School
Psychologist; Licensed Psychologist
Regis Lazor. (1972) Associate Professor, Special Education. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of
Delaware
Anthony Lazzaro. (1966) Professor, Physical Science. B.S .,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of North
Carolina; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Karen L. LeMasters. (1986) Professor, Business and Economics.
B.S., West Virginia University; M.B.A., West Virginia University;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Robert T. Little. (1970) Professor, Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. ,
California University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., West Virginia
University
John W. Loney. (1984) Associate Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.S., Michigan Technological University
Sam P. Lonich. (1989) Associate Professor, Psychology. B.S .,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., California University
of Pennsylvania; Pennsylvania Certified School Psychologist,
Licensed Psychologist
John Lynch. (1998) Assistant Professor, Chemistry and Physics.
B.S., Tufts University; M.S ., University of Colorado; Ph.D. ,
University of Colorado
John H. Lucy. (1972) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A ., West Virginia
University ; Ph.D ., The Ohio State University
Andrew J. Machusko. (1970) Professor and Chair, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania;
M.A. , University of Georgia; Ph.D. , University of Georgia
F. Mel Madden. ( 1976) Professor, Social Work and Gerontology.
S.T. B., St. Anthony-on-the Hudson (with Catholic University);
M.A. , Montclair State College; Ed.D. , University of North Dakota
Sean C. Madden. (1989) Professor and Chair, History. B.A. , Xavier
University; M.A. , University of Notre Dame; D.A., Carnegie
Mellon University
238
California University of Pennsylvania
Richard M. Matovich . (1968) Associate Professor, and Interlibrary
Loan/documents Librarian, Library Services. B.S., California
University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , Duquesne University; M.L.S.,
University of Pittsburgh
Anthony P. McGrew. ( 1968) Associate Professor, Earth Sciences.
B.S ., Brigham Young University; M.A., Brigham Young University
Phyl lis S. Mcilwain. ( I 969) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S.,
Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania; Ph .D. , University of Pittsburgh
Carol A. McMahon. (1974) Assistant Professor, Health Science and
Sport Studies. B.S. , Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania;
M.Ed. , University of Pittsburgh
James T. Mc Vey. (1966) Assistant Professor, English. B.A. ,
Youngstown University; M.A. , University of Virginia
James R. Means, Jr. ( 1986) Associate Professor, Industry and
Technology. B.S., West Virginia University ; M.S. , University of
Pitt burgh
BeverIy J. Melenyzer. ( 1991 ) Professor, Elementary Education.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California
University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D. , Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Edward Mendola. ( 1989) Assistant Professor, Business and
Economics. M .S., Waynesburg College; M.S., Robert Morris
College; C.P.A.
Ellen M. Michael. ( 1992) Associate Professor. Music. B.A. , St.
Catherine; M.M., University of Wisconsin ; Ph .D., University of
Pittsburgh
Ronald L. Michael. ( l 969) Professor, Social Science. B.S.,
Jamestown College; M .A. , University of North Dakota; Ed.D., Ball
State University
Richard Miecznikowski. (1990) Professor and Chair, Art. B.S .,
Indiana Univer ity of Pennsylvania; M.F.A. , State University of
New York, College of Ceramics at Alfred University
Patricia Milford. ( 1989) Associate Professor, Communication
Studies. B.A., George Mason University; M .A., Eastern Michigan
University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Mahmood A. K. Omarzai . (1979) Professor, Business and Economics. B.A., Y.D. College, India; M.A., Karachi University, Pakistan;
M.A. , Indiana University; Ph.D., Indiana University
C. Allan Miller. (1976) Professor, Biological and Environmental
Sciences. B.S. , Buena Vista College; M .A., Mankato State College;
Ph.D., North Dakota State University
William W. O'Donnell. (1995) Associate Professor, Theatre. B.F.A.,
Pennsylvania State University; M.F.A., Wayne State University
Patrick L. Miller. ( 1967) Assistant Professor, Communication
Studies. B.S ., Dickinson State University; M.A., Colorado State
University
Susan J. Monge!!. (1990) Associate Professor, Business and
Economics. B.A., Seton Hill College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Thomas C. Moon. ( 1969) Professor, Biological and Environmental
Sciences. B.A., Kal amazoo College; M.A.T., Oberlin College;
Ph.D., Michigan State University
Michele A. Pagen. (1998) Assistant Professor, Theatre. B.A.,
California University, M .A., Bowling Green State University,
P.h.D., Bowling Green State University
David W. Pajerski. (1969) Professor, Physical Science. B.S .,
University of Pittsburgh; M.S., University of New Hampshire;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Suzanne M . Palko. (1984) Associate Professor, Nursing. B.S .N.,
Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M.S.N., University of
Pennsylvania; R.N.
Lawrence L. Moses. (1969) Professor and Chair, Earth Sciences.
B.S., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania
State University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Raldo 0 . Parascenzo. (1965) Associate Professor and Chair,
Foreign Languages and Cultures. B.A., University of Pittsburgh;
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; M . Lit., University of Pittsburgh;
D.Ph. & Lit., International University of Mexico
Ben A. Mule. (1972) Associate Professor, Special Education. B.S.,
State University of New York at Geneseo; M.Ed. , University of
Rochester
Young J. Park. (1977) Professor, Business and Economics. B.P.A.,
Korea University; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., Temple
University
Jeanette Mullins. (1975) Professor, Biological and Environmental
Sciences. B.A., Wayne State University ; M.S. , Wayne State
University; Ph.D. , North Dakota State University
William G. Parnell. (1968) Professor and Chair, Counselor
Education and Services. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Eastern Michigan University; Ed.D., West Virginia
University
William M. Murdick. ( 1969) Professor, English. B.A. , State
University of New York; M.F.A. , University of Iowa; Ph.D. , Indiana
University of Pennsylvania
John P. Nass. (1990) Associate Professor, Social Science. B.A.,
Michigan State University ; M.A., Western Michigan University;
Ph .D., The Ohio State University
J. Alan Natali . (1986) Associate Professor, English. B.S., California
University of Pennsylvania; M.A., California University of
Pennsylvania
Richard R. Nemec. ( 1967) Associate Professor, Communication
Disorders. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., West
Virginia University ; CCC Speech Pathology
Diane H . Nettles. ( I989) Professor, Elementary Education. B .A.,
University of South Florida; M.A., University of South Florida;
Ph.D., University of South Florida
Marsha L. Nolf. (1987) Associate Professor and Bibliographic
Lecturer, Library Services. B.A. , Waynesburg College; M.L.S .,
University of Pittsburgh
George D. Novak. (1959) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania;
M.Litt. , University of Pittsburgh
Mark L. Nowak. (1985) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S .,
University of Wisconsin, Stout; M.S., Texas A&M University;
Ed.D., Texas A&M University; C.P.R.
Lisa Patchner. (1998) Assistant Professor, Social Work and
Gerontology. B.A., Kings College, M.S.W., West Virginia University, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Pratul C. Pathak. (1990) Professor and Chair, English. B.A. ,
University of Delhi, India; M.A., University of Delhi, India; L.L.B .,
University of Delhi, India; M.A., University of WisconsinMilwaukee; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee
Brian K. Paulson. ( 1989) Associate Professor and Assistant Chair,
Biological and Environmental Science. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus
College; M.S., Michigan Technological University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
Joseph E. Pecosh. (1967) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S. ,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia
University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Jeffrey L. Petrucci. (1981) Associate Professor, University Advancement. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A. ,
California University of Pennsylvania
Albert R. Pokol. (1965) Associate Professor, Chair, and Reference
Librarian, Library Services. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Duquesne University; M.L.S ., University of Pittsburgh
Alton N. Powe. (1973) Professor, Academic Development and
Services. B.A., Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. ,
California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
239
tt:"",
~
Jay R. Powell . ( 1972) Professor, Special Education . B.S., University
of lllinoi s; M.A., Southern lllinois University; Ph.D., Southern
lllinois University
Anthony J. Saludis. (1969) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S .,
Duquesne University; M.Ed., Duquesne University ; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
Community College, B.R.E., Baptist Bible College, M.T. , Grace
Theological Seminary, M.S., University of Illinois
Joseph A. Sanfilippo. (1965) Professor, Industry and Technology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Ball State
University; Ed.D., West Virginia University
William J. Procasky. (1965) Professor, Earth Sciences. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., University of
Nebraska; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Carmen Scialla. (1998) Assistant Professor, Music. B.M., State
University of New York, M .M., University of Rochester, Ph.D.,
Louisiana State University
Thomas G. Pucci. (1991 ) Associate Professor, Athletics; Director of
Athletics. B.S., California State University at Sacramento; M.Ed.,
Pacific University; Ed.D. , University of New Mexico.
Joseph G. Schickel. (1988) Assistant Professor, Industry and
Technology. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M. Ed.,
Clemson University
Anthony S. Pyzdrowski. (1990) Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. A.S., Pennsylvania State University; B.S., West
Virginia University; M.S., West Virginia University; Ph.D., West
Virginia University; E.I.T.
Elwyn M . Schmidt. (1966) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., West
Virginia University
~ Loring Prest. (1998) Instructor, Manderino Library. A.A. , Brevard
U
~
~
Joanne Raleigh. (1975) Associate Professor and Act I 01 Director,
Academic Development and Services. B.S., California University of
Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , California University of Pennsylvania
Margarita Ribar. (1985) Associate Professor, Foreign Languages
and Cultures. B.S., Universidad Pedag6gica, Bogota, Colombia;
M.S., Duquesne University
Clyde A. Roberts. ( 1992) Associate Professor, Business and
Economics. B.S. , Marshall University; M.B.A., Marshall
Univeristy ; D.D .A., University of Kentucky
Joni L. Roh. (1991 ) Assistant Professor, Health Science and Sport
Studies. B.S., West Virginia University; M.A., University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill ; A.T.C.
Horace S. Rockwood, ill. (1969) Professor, English. A.B., Boston
University; M .A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of
Michigan
Joanne Rodriguez-Naeser. (1984) Assistant Professor and Director
of Student Support Services, Academic Development and Services.
B.A., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California
University of Pennsylvania
Lawrence D. Romboski. (I 969) Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M .A.,
Rutgers University; M.S. , Rutgers University; Ph .D., Rutgers
University
John Rybczyk. (1997) Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.S., Michigan State University; M.S ., Eastern Michigan University; Ph .D., Louisiana State University
Melvin J. Sally. (1973) Professor, Academic Development and
Services. B.S., West Virginia University ; M.Ed., California
University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh
Mary Ann Salotti. ( 1994) Assistant Professor, Student Services;
Counseling Psychologist. B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M. Ed.,
Duquesne University; Ph. D., Uni versity of Pittsburgh
240
California University of Pennsylvania
William F. Schweiker. (1972) Professor, Social Science. B.A., West
Virginia University; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota
Lisa M. Schwerdt. (1990) Professor, English. B.S., Florida
International University; B.A., Florida International University;
M .A., Purdue University; Ph.D., Purdue University
Richard D. Scott. (1971) Professor, Psychology. B.A., Pennsylvania
State University; M.S., University of Massachusetts; Ph.D.,
University of Tennessee
Terry E. Scott. ( 1966) Associate Professor and Chair, Health
Science and Sport Studies. B.A., William Jewell College; M.A. ,
Washington University of St. Louis
Mary Semen. ( 1998) Assistant Professor, Special Education. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of
Vermont; Ed.D., West Virginia University
Louise E. Serafin. (1991 ) Associate Professor, Business and
Economics. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; E.M.B.A. ,
University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.
Betty Shaw. (1988) Associate Professor and Reference Librarian,
Library Services. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.L.S., Carnegie
Mellon University; M.A., Indiana State University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Caryl Sheffield. ( 1991 ) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Slippery Rock
University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Debra A. Shelapinsky. (1986) Associate Professor, Nursing. B.S.N.,
University of Akron; M.S.N. , University of Pittsburgh; R.N.; P.N.P.
John W. Shimkanin. (1990) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S.,
Moravian College; M.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
Penn State University
Sylvia E. Sholar. ( 1995) Assistant Professor, Communication
Studies. B.A., Georgia Southern University; M.A., University of
Georgia; Ph.D., Temple University
Alfred E. Simpson. (1976) Professor, Industry and Technology.
B.S., Southern University; M.A., West Virginia University; Ph.D. ,
The Ohio State University
Dennis C. Sweeney. (1991) Associate Professor, Psychology. B.S.,
University of North Carolina; M.A. , Bowling Green State University; Ph .D., Bowling Green State University
John S. Skocik, Jr. (1967) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania;
M.S., West Virginia University
Barbara Ann DeMartino Swyhart. ( 1986) Professor, Philosophy.
B.A., Marquette University; M.A. , Marquette University; Ph.D.,
Temple University
Nancy A. Skocik. (1990) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania;
M.Ed., California University of Pennsylvania
Marc A. Sylvester. ( 1973) Professor, Biological and Environmental
Sciences. B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.S., West
Virginia University; Ph.D., West Virginia University
Michael D. Slaven. (1992) Assistant Professor, Hi story. B.A. , West
Virginia University ; M.A. , West Virginia University; Ph.D. , West
Virginia University
James E. Syphers. ( 1993) Assistant Professor, Social Work and
Gerontology. B.A. , University of New Hampshire; M.S .W.,
University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Walden University
Michael J. Slavin. (1989) Associate Professor, Theatre. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A. , West Virginia
University ; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University
Nancy J. Tait. ( 1971 ) Professor, Student Services; Counselor,
Center for Student Development. B.S., Lake Erie College; M.S.,
Northern Illinoi s University; Ed.D., Indiana University
Darrell L. Smith. (1968) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , California University
of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Texas A&M University
P. Ronald Tarullo. ( 1978) Professor, Business and Economics. B.A.,
Marietta College; M.A. , University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University
of Pittsburgh
Gary A. Smith. (1967) Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A.,
Juniata College; M.A. , Wayne State University
C. R. Thomas. ( 1965) Professor, English. B.A., West Virginia
University ; B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West
Virginia University; M.Ed. , California University of Pennsylvania;
Ed.D., West Virginia Universi ty
Madeline C. Smith. (1990) Professor and Assistant Chair, English.
B.A., Mt. St. Mary College; M.A., SUNY-New Paltz; Ph.D., West
Virginia University
Jannene MacIntyre-Southworth. (1988) Professor, Elementary
Education. B.S. , Ball State University; M.A. , Ball State University ;
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Gregory A. Spicer. (1998) Associate Professor, Communication
Studies. B.S ., Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M .S., Southern
Illinois University.
Margaret A. Spratt. (1988) Associate Professor, History. B.A.,
Transylvania University; M.A., Duke University ; Ph.D., University
of Kentucky
Jacqueline Stefanik. ( 1984) Professor, Nursing. B.S.N., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.N., West Virginia University ; M.P.A.,
West Virginia University; C.R.N.P.
Michael Steinagel. ( 1998) Assistant Professor, Health Science and
Sport Studies. B.S., Duquesne University, M.Ed., University of
Virginia
Jeffrey S. Sumey. (1990) Assistant Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S., West
Virginia University
Lynn R. Surrey. ( 1988) Associate Professor, Student Services;
Counseling Psychologist. B.A. , Olivet Nazarene University ; M.A.,
University of Missouri at Kansas City; Ph.D. , University of
Missouri at Kansas City
Gene G. Suskalo. ( 1967) Associate Professor, Music. B.S.,
Duquesne University; M .S., Duquesne University ; M.Music,
Duquesne University
John M. Thompson. (1987) Professor, Industry and Technology.
B.S ., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., University of Pittsburgh;
Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh
Susan G. Urbine. (1990) Assistant Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Clemson
University
Virginia Rider Valentino. ( 1994) Associate Professor, Mathematics
and Computer Science. B.A., West Virginia University; M.S., West
Virginia University ; Ed.D., West Virginia University
John R. Vargo. (1970) Associate Professor, Elementary Education.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia
University
Robert A. Vargo. ( 1984) Professor, Earth Sciences. B.S., California
University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D.,
Syracuse University
Jaros Iav V. Vaverka. ( 1990) Associate Professor, Industry and
Technology. B.S., Dux School of Mines, Czech Republic; M.B.A.,
Baldwin-Wallace College; M.S., Columbia Pacific University;
D.I.T., University of Northern Iowa
Carole A. Waterhouse. ( 1986) Professor, English. B.A., University
of Pittsburgh ; M.F.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Ohio
University
Paul D. Williams. ( 1986) Professor and Director of Math Lab,
Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., California University of
Pennsylvania; M.S. , Clarkson University; Ed.D., University of
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
241
~ Pittsburgh
~ Sylvia S. Williams. (1965) Associate Professor, Psychology;
~
Coordinator, Graduate Program; Director, School Psychology
~ Clinic. B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., West Virginia
U
University; Pennsyl vania Certified School Psychologist; Licensed
. ~ Psychologist; NCSP
~
Beverly G. Willison. (1978) Professor, Social Work and Gerontology. B.A. , Duquesne University; M.S.W., University of Pittsburgh;
Ed.D., West Virginia University; N.C.C., L.S .W., A.C.S.W.
James Wood. (1987) Professor, Social Science. B.A. , Colorado
State University; M.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Arizona
State University
Richard M. Wyman. (1992) Professor and Chair, Elementary
Education . B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.Ed., Tufts
University ; Ed.D., University of Washington
William A. Yahner. ( 1989) Associate Professor and Coordinator,
Writing Center, English. B.S, Edinboro University of PA; M.A. ,
Edinboro University of PA; Ph.D., Indiana University of PA
Mohamed Yamba. (1989) Assistant Professor, Social Science. B.A.,
University of Ghana; M.A.I.A. , Ohio University; M.A. , Ohio
University ; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Albert E. Yates. (1964) Associate Professor and Chair, Communication Disorders. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
West Virginia University; CCC Speech Pathology
George Yochum. (1989) Associate Professor, Communication
Studies. B.A., University of Pittsburgh ; M.A., University of
Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
John R. Young. (1991 ) Associate Professor, Educational Studies.
B.A., Lincoln University; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
Jerzy S. Zderkowski. (1992) Assistant Professor, Business and
Economics. B.A., Krakow; M.B.A., Krakow; M.B.A., University of
Pittsburgh
Robert L. Zoppetti. ( 1961 ) Associate Professor, Physical Science.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania
State University
Edwin M. Zuchelkowski. (1985) Professor, Biological and
Environmental Sciences. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., West Virginia University
242
California University of Pennsylvania
A
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 55
Academic Dismissal 35
ACADEMIC POLICIES 33
Academic Probation 35
Accounting, Associate of Science in 84
Accounting, Bachelor of Science in BA 83
Add/Drop 37
Administration and Finance 234
Administration and Managem, Associate of Science in
84, 85
Administration and Management, Bachelor of Art 81
Administrative Withdrawals 37
Admission to a Closed Section 36
Advance Deposit 15
Advanced Placement Credit 12
Aging Specialist Certificate 137
Alumni Association 218
Alumni Relations 218
ANT-Anthropology 146
Anthropology, Bachelor of Arts in 133
Appealing a Grade or Other Academic Decision 34
Applied Computer Science, Bachelor of Science 122
Applied Engineering and Technology
56
ART 70
ART-Art 147
Art, Bachelor of Arts in 70
Art with K-12 Teacher Certification 71
Assistive Technology Laboratory 229
Associate Degree Programs 84
Associate Degrees 66
ATE - Athletic Training 149
Athletic Grant-in-Aid 20
Athletic Training, Bachelor of Science in 115
Athletic Training/Education Certification, Bachelo 115
Attendance 33
Auditing A Course 36
Automation Technology, Associate of Science in 66
B
Bachelor of Science in 62, 65
Banking Option 85
BIO-Biology 151
BIOLOGICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 72
Biology, Bachelor of Science in 73
Biology, Pre-professional 78
Board of Governors 235
Bookstore 225
BUS - Business 153
Business & Economics Option 81
Business Administration, Bachelor of Science in 82
BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 81
Business Economics, Bachelor of Science in BA 81
INDEX
C
CalCard 222
Campus Ministry 224
CARE Project 214
Career Services 215
Character Education Institute 217
CHE - Chemistry 153
Cheating and Plagiarism 34
Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in 86
Chemistry, Certification in Secondary Schools 87
CHOICES 230
CIS - Computer Information Systems 154
CMD - Communication Di sorders 154
College Level Equivalency Program (CLEP) 39
COM - Communication Studies 155
Communication Disorders, Bachelor of Science in Ed 90
Communication Speech, Certification in 92
Communication Studies, Bachelor of Arts in 91
Communication Theatre, Certification in 142
Community College Graduates 13
Commuter Center and Services 223
Computer Accounts 2 11
Computer Based Systems Management, Bachelor of Sci 83
Computer Science (Applied), Bachelor of 122
Computer Science Technology, Associate of Science 124
Computer-B ased Management, Associate of Science in 85
Conduct, Code of 230
Conferring of Degrees 40
Confidentiality Of Records 41
Cooperative Education 215
Cooperative Engineering Program 88
Council of Trustees 233
Counseling and Psychological Services 228
Course Challenges 37
Course Descriptions
ACC -Accounting 146
Course Numbering System 33
Credit By Examination 37
Credit Overload 36
135
Criminal Justice, Associate Degree in
CSC - Computer Science 157
CUTV (California University Televi sion) 225
D
Dean 's List 41
Developmental Courses 49
Dining Plans 14
Dining Services 222
Disabilities, Students With 229
Disabilities, Students with 229
DMA - Developmental Mathematics 185
Drafting Technology, Associate of Science in 67
Dual Majors 39
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
243
E
Earl y Admiss ion for High-School Students 11
Earl y Childhood, Bachelor of Science in Edu 103
Early Childhood Education I 03
Earl y Childhood Education, Associate of Science in 105
Early Childhood/Elementary Education, Bachelor of 104
Earl y Childhood/Special Education (Dual Major), Ba 140
Early Warning Notices (EWN) 50
Earned Credit Hours 25
Earth Science, Bachelor of Science in 96
Earth Science, Certification in 96
EAS - Earth Science 159
Eberl y College of Science and Technology 7, 48
ECE - Early Childhood Education 161
ECO - Economics 162
Economics, Bachelor of Arts in 82
EDE - Elementary Education 163
EDF - Educational Foundations 164
EDS - Educational Studies 167
Educati on and , College of 7
Education and Human Services, College of 44
EDUCATIO AL STUDIES 101
EET - Electronic Engineering Technology 165
Electrical Engineering Technology, Bachelor of Sci 59
Elementary Education , Bachelor of Science in 103
Elementary/Early Childhood Education 102
Elementary/Middle School Education, Bachelor of Sc 104
Elementary/Special Education (Dual Major) 139
E G - English 166
English, Bachelor of Arts in 108
Engli sh, Certification for Secondary School 109
Eng li h Department Computer Center 211
E S - Environmental Studies 170
Environmental Sciences, Certification in 74
Enviro nmental Studies, Bachelor of Science in 74
Environmental Conservation Option 75
Enviro nmental Pollution Control Option 76
Enviro nmental Resource Option 76
Enviro nmental Science Option 75
Wildlife Biology Option 75
ESP - Special Education 171
Evening Tutoring Program 221
F
Federa l Aid Programs 19
Fees 14
FlN - Finance 172
Fi nance, Bachelor of Science in BA 83
Fl ANCIAL AID , DISBURSEMENT OF 16
Fi nancial Aid Refunds 25
Fi rst-Year Seminar (FYS) 50
Foreign Language, Certification in K-12 11 2
Foreign Language, International Studies 112
FOREIGN LANGUAGES & CULTURES 111
Foundation for California University of Pennsylvania 218
244
California University of Pennsylvania
Fraternities 226
FRE - French 172
French, Bachelor of Arts in 111
G
GCT - Graphic Communication Technology 173
General Education 49
General Education, Graduation in 46
General Entrance Requirements 10
General Option 96, 97, 133
GEO - Geography 175
Geography 89
Geography, Bachelor of Arts in 97
Geography, Bachelor of Science in (Applied Option) 98
Geology, Bachelor of Science in 99
GER - German 176
German, Bachelor of Arts in 111
Gerontology, Bachelor of Science in 137
Good Academic Standing 34
Grade Reports 35
Grading System 34
Graduate Credit Load 39
Graduate School of Research 7
Graduate Studies and Research, School of 51
Graduates of California University 11
Graduation Requirements 40
Graphic Communications Technology, Bachelor of Sci 60
H
HEALTH SCIENCE & SPORT STUDIES 114
Health Services 227
HIN - Harrisburg Internship Program 178
HIS - History 178
HISTORY 117
Hi story, Bachelor of Arts in 118
HON - Honors Program 180
Honors 41
Honors at Graduation 41
Honor Convocation 41
Honor Program 119
Housing 220
HPE - Health and Physical Education 181
HSD - Hi ghway Safety and Drivers Education 182
Human Resource Management, Bachelor of Science in 83
Human Services 7
Humanities, Bachelor of Arts in 120
HUMANITIES PROGRAM 120
I
ID Card 222
Incomplete Grades 35
IND - Industry and Technology 182
Industrial Management, Bachelor of Science in 123
Industrial/Organizational Psychology, Bachelor of 131
INDUSTRY AND TECHNOLOGY 107
Industrial Technology, Bachelor of Science in 62
International Students 11
International Studies, Bachelor of Arts in
Business and Economics Option 82
Foreign Language Option 112
Geography Option 98
Political Science Option 134
ITE - Industrial Technology 184
J
Judicial System 230
L
Late Payment Fee 15
Late Registration Fee 15
Leaming Disabilities, Services for Students with 214
Liberal Arts, College of 7, 47
Library, Louis L. Manderino 210
LIT - Literature 184
M
Management and Computer Science Option 123
Management, Bachelor of Science in BA 83
Marketing, Bachelor of Science in BA 83
MAT- Mathematics (including DMA) 185
Mathematics and Computer Science, Bachelor of 122
MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 121
Mathematics, Bachelor of Arts in 122
Mathematics, Certification in 123
Medical Technology, Bachelor of Science in 77
Mentally/Physically Handicapped Education, Bachelo 138
Meteorology, Bachelor of Science in 96
MGT - Management 187
Military Transfer Credits 27
Minors
Accounting 85
Anthropology 135
Biology 80
Business 85
Business & Commercial Writing 110
Ceramics 71
Computer Science 124
Crafts 71
Creative Writing 110
Earth Science 100
Economics 85
Environmental Sciences Concentration 80
Finance 85
French 112
Geography 100
Geology 100
German 112
History 118
Information Systems 124
Journalism 110
Literature 110
Management 85
Marketing 85
Mathematics 124
Music 125
Painting 71
Philosophy 129
Political Science 135
Printmaking 71
Psychology: General 131
Psychology: Industrial Organizational 131
Public Administration 135
Public Communication 94
Public Relations 94
Sculpture 71
Sociology 135
Spanish 112
Technical Writing 110
Television Production 94
MKT - Marketing 188
Mon Valley Renaissance 218
Mortuary Science, Bachelor of Science in 78
MTE - Manufacturing Technology 188
Multicultural Student Programming 226
MUS - Music 189
MUSIC 125
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
245
N
R
National Student Exchange 224
Natural Sciences, Bachelor of Arts in 88
Non-Matriculating Students 11
Non-Traditional Student Organization
NUR - Nursing 191
Nurse, School Nurse Certification 128
Nursing, Bachelor of Science in 126
Radio & TV Option, Bachelor of Arts in Communicati 92
Reading Clinic 213
Readmission to the University 38
Refund/Repayment Policies 27
Registered Nurse Program, Washington Hospital 78
Registration 36
Repeating a Course 36
Requirements, General Entrance 10
Requirements, Specific Entrance 11
Residence Life 221
Residence Life Support Services Program 221
Room and Board 14
223
0
Off-campus housing 221
Oceanography, Bachelor of Science in 96
Ombudsperson 50
OTA-Occupational Therapy 191
p
Parking for Students with Disabilities 230
Parks and Recreation, Bachelor of Arts in 99
Payment Information 15
Payment Plans 15
Personal Computer Applications, Certificate In 124
PHI - Philosophy 192
Philosophy, Bachelor of Arts in 129
PHS - Physical Science 193
PHY - Physics 194
Physics, Bachelor of Arts in 86
Physics, Certification in Secondary Schools 87
Placement Testing/Advising Center 50
Political Science, Bachelor of Arts in 133
Political Science, International Studies 134
POS - Political Science 194
Post-Baccalaureate Students 11
Pre-Law
Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy 129
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science 133
Pro-Rata Refund Policy 15
Probationary Assistance (PASS) Program 50
Professional Writing Program, Bachelor of Arts in 108
Professional Writing Radio-Television 109
PSY - Psychology 196
Psychology, Bachelor of Arts in 130
Public Administration Option 133
Public Relations, Bachelor of Arts in Communicatio 93
Public Relations Office 218
Public Safety 216
246
California University of Pennsylvania
s
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy 25
Schedule Adjustments 37
Scholarships 21, 22
Science, General Certification in Secondary School 88
Screen Printing Technology, Associate of Science i 68
Second Majors 40
Semester System 33
SOC - Sociology 198
SOCIAL SCIENCES 132
Social Sciences, Bachelor of Arts in 134
Social Studies, Certification in 134
Social Work, Bachelor of Science in 136
SOCIAL WORK AND GERONTOLOGY 133
Sociology, Bachelor of Arts in 133
Sororities 226
Southpointe Center 51
SOW - Social Work 199
Spanish, Bachelor of Arts in 111
SPECIAL EDUCATION 138
Special Grades 26
Specialty Housing 221
Specific Entrance Requirements 11
Speech And Hearing Clinic 90
Speech Communication, Bachelor of Arts in 92
SPN - Spanish 200
Student Activities Board (SAB) 220
Student Association, Inc. 219
Student Congress 219
Student Development and Services 219
Student Employment 20
Student Responsibilities and Academic Advising 33
Student Service Access Center 223
Student Teaching 46
Studies and Research 7
Studies for Secondary Schools 73
Study Abroad 225
Study Around the World Program 224
T
Teacher Education, Admi ssion to 45
Teacher Education Computer Lab 211
Technology Education, Certification in Education 63
TED - Technology Education 201
THE - Theatre 202
The California Times (California Student Newspaper 226
THEATRE 141
Theatre, Bachelor of Arts in 142
Transcripts 35
Transfer Credit Evaluation 12
Transfer Credits 40
Transfers 11
Travel and Tourism, Bachelor of Arts in Geography 98
Tuition 14
u
University Advancement 218
University Advancement 234
University College 50
University Refund Policies 28
University Refund Policy 15
UNI - University Studies 204
V
VULCAT 210
Veterans 11
Veterans Affairs 224
Veterans Deferment 15
Veterans: Course Credit for Military Service 13
Visiting Student Program 216
Vi siting Students 11
w
Withdrawal 38
Women 's Center 223
WOMEN' S STUDIES 143
Women 's Studies, Certificate in 143
Writing Center 213
WST- Women 's Studies 204
WVCS (California Radio Station) 226
X
XAS - American Studies 204
XCP - Career Planning 204
XGE - Gerontology 204
XJJ - Criminal Justice 205
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
247
Tentative Academic Calendar
1998-99
Spring Semester 1999
Fall Semester 1998
August 30
Move-In Day for Residence Hall
Students
January 17
Orientation
January 18-19
Orientation & Registration
August 31September 1
Orientation & Registration
January 20
Classes Begin
September 2
Classes Begin
January 18-23
Add Period
August 31September 5
March 2
Add Period
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University without
Academic or Financial Aid Penalty
September 7
Labor Day (no classes)
March 15-20
Spring Break (no classes)
October 13
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University without
Academic or Financial Aid Penalty
March 23
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for
Returning Students
October 20
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for
Returning Students
March 30
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for New
Students
October 27
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for New
Students
April 2-3
Easter Break (no classes)
April 16
November24
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University
May 8
Semester Ends (Last Day of Class)
November 25-29
Thanksgiving Break (no classes)
May 8
Commencement
December 19
Semester Ends (Last Day of Class)
May 10
Grades Due from Faculty
December 2 1
Grades Due From Faculty
Summer Sessions 1999
248
California University of Pennsylvania
May 10
May Session Classes Begin
May 31
Memorial Day (no classes)
June 7
First Five Week/fen Week Summer
Sessions Begin
July 5
Fourth of July Holiday (no classes)
July 10
First Five Week Summer Sessions End
July 12
Second Five Week Summer Sessions
Begin
August 14
Second Five Week/fen Week Summer
Sessions End
(j
>
~
~
z~
~
~
Tentative Academic Calendar
1999-2000
Fall Semester 1999
August 29
Move-In Day for Residence Hall
Students
August 30-31
Orientation & Registration
September 1
Classes Begin
September 1-4
January 16
Orientation
January 17-18
Orientation & Registration
January 19
Classes Begin
January 19-22
Add Period
February 29
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University without
Academic or Financial Aid Penalty
March 13-17
Spring Break (no classes)
March 21
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for
Returning Students
March 28
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for
New Students
April 21-22
Easter Break (no classes)
April 14
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University
May6
Semester Ends
May6
Commencement
May8
Grades Due from Faculty
Add Period
September 6
Labor Day (no classes)
October 12
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University without
Academic or Financial Aid Penalty
October 19
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for
Returning Students
October 26
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for
New Students
November 23
Spring Semester 2000
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University
November 24-28
Thanksgiving Break (no classes)
December 18
Semester Ends
December 20
Grades Due From Faculty
Summer Sessions 2000
May 8
May Session Classes Begin
May29
Memorial Day (no classes)
June 5
First Five Week/fen Week Summer
Sessions Begin
July 4
Fourth of July Holiday (no classes)
July 8
First Five Week Summer Sessions End
July 10
Second Five Week Summer Sessions
Begin
August 12
Second Five Week/fen Week Summer
Sessions End
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
249
Pennsylvania
California University of Pennsylvania
*
Directions to California
From Harrisburg, Philadelphia
From Baltimore MD, Washington DC
PA Turnpike West to ew Stanton, Exit #8
Interstate 70 West to Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
Interstate 70 West to PA Turnpike West to
New Stanton, Exit #8
Interstate 70 West to Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
From Scranton
Interstate 81 South to PA Turnpike
PA Turnpike West to New Stanton, Exit #8
Interstate 70 West to Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
From Erie, Pittsburgh
Interstate 79 South to Interstate 70 Exit
Interstate 70 East to Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
From Pittsburgh
PA 51 South to Interstate 70 West to Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
250
California University of Pennsylvania
From Ohio, Wheeling WV
Interstate 70 East to Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
From Charleston, Morgantown WV
Interstate 79 North to Interstate 70 East to
Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
From Uniontown
Route 40 West to Toll Road 43 North exit. Take the California exit. At end of ramp go straight through business district.
Follow road straight to campus.
Southwestern Pennsylvania
From Monroeville
Southpointe
Center
(see map)
Greensburg
Waynesburg
From Morgantown
From Morgantown
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
251
California Area
Directions from
Toll 43
After toll booth, take the
California exit (2nd exit).
Bear right at the end of exit,
then make the first left (3rd
St - business district).
Travel straight through the
town of California and the
road will bring you onto
campus.
Roadman Park
& Stadium
252
California University of Pennsylvania
Cal U Southpointe Center
to Pittsburgh
t
North
Cal U Southpointe
Center, located in the
Bailey Engineers 11
building, is just off 1-79
in the Southpointe
Technology C.e nter,
located in Canonsburg
Directions:
Follow I-79 to Exit 1OA
Follow Southpointe
Blvd. to the second
intersection of
Technology Drive and
turn right.
Southpointe
2
Golf Course
C
·o
O-
s
::::,
c2
Southpointe
Commons
-..::: Drive
A
Jr::'
·
Baile
Eng inee
~
CALU
Southpointe
Center
to Exit 10
to Washington
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
253
Cal U Campus
~
..
EJ
+
...
"
J:
I~
cl!!il
::,
-
.d
(.)
.
"'
.d
••
FB
1aaJlS AJOlfJ!H
...J
dm
:0
0
l!!il
254
California University of Pennsylvania
...J
I
BUILDING
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
c:::
::,
~
i
c::
"'0
n
"'s
f
-'°'°
00
I
'°
'°
N
Ul
Ul
DIRECTORY
Azorsky Administration Building
Frich Biological Science Bldg. (BSC)
Carter - Black Culture Center
Coover Hall (COO)
Dixon Hall (DIX)
Gallagher Dining Hall
Hamer Hall (HAM)
Downey-Garofalo Health Services Bldg.
Student Growth and Development Center
9. Herron Fitness Center (HER)
10. Industrial Arts Building (IAR)
11. Keystone Education (EDU)
12. Morgan Learning and Research Center (LRC)
13. Main Hall (MAI)
14. Manderino Library (LML)
15. Military Science Building
16. Natali Student Center
17. New Science Building (NSC)
18. Noss Annex
19. Noss Hall (NOS)
20. Public Safety
21. Reed Arts Center
22. South Hall
23. Steele Auditorium
24. Student Development Annex
25. Vulcan Hall
26. Duda World Culture Building (WCU)
27. Watkins Academic Building (WAC)
RESIDENCE HALLS
28. Binns Hall (Men's Dorm)
29. Longanecker Hall (Men's Dorm)
30. Stanley Hall (Women's Dorm)
31. Clyde Hall (Women's Dorm)
32. Johnson Hall (Cal Hall Honor's Dorm)
33. McCloskey Hall (Men's Dorm)
OTHER BUILDINGS
34. Maintenance Building
35. Maintenance Building
36. Maintenance Building
PARKING AREAS
B - Faculty and Staff
C - Faculty and Staff
D - Faculty and Staff
E - Faculty and Staff
J - Faculty and Staff
L - Faculty and Staff
M - Faculty and Staff
S - Student
X - Faculty and Staff
256
California University of Pennsylvania
California Unlyersity of Pennsylvania
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
Social Security Number: - - - - - - ~ - - - - - - - - - - - Last Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ First Name: - - - - - Ml :
Mr.
Mrs.
Miss
Ms.
Please circle one:
Address : _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
City: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ State: _ _ Zip Code:
Telephone:
Starting Year: _ _ _ _ Please Circle One:
High School:
Fall
Spring
Summer
High School Graduation Date: __
If applicable, list college/university last attended and degree earned: _ _ __
Intended Major: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Please circle prospective level of entry:
Certification Visiting Student
Freshperson Transfer
Activity/Athletic Interest: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
California University of Pennsylvania
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
Social Security Number: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Last Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ First Name:
- - - - - Ml :
Mr.
Ms.
Miss
Mrs.
Please circle one:
Address:
------------------------City: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ State: _ _ Zip Code: _ _ __
Telephone: (
Starting Year:_ _ _ _ Please Circle One:
High School:
Fall
Spring
Summer
High School Graduation Date: __
If applicable, list college/university last attended and degree earned: _ _ __
Intended Major: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Please circle prospective level of entry:
Freshperson
Transfer
Certification
Visiting Student
Activity/Athletic Interest: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
INTHE
UNITED STATES
FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 1 CALIFORNIA, PA
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
CALIFORNIA UNIVERSITY OF PA
OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS
250 UNIVERSITY AVENUE
CALIFORNIA PA 15419-9902
I111 II, I, I, 1I11 I111 IIII I,, I, I,, I, I,, II, 1111 I, III111 I
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 1 CALIFORNIA, PA
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
CALIFORNIA UNIVERSITY OF PA
OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS
250 UNIVERSITY AVENUE
CALIFORNIA PA 15419-9902
l,,,11,l,l,,l,,l,,,lll,l,,l,l,,l,l,,ll,,,,,l,lll,,,I
California
University
of Pennsylvania
It's all about you!
Office of Admissions
California Universi ty of PA
250 University Avenue
California, PA 15419
phone: 1.888.412.0479
or 724.938.4404
fax: 724.938.4564
E-mail: inquiry@cup.edu
Website: www.cup.edu
Office of Financial Aid
phone: 724.938.4415
A n ,e,nber of Pe11nsylvw1 ia S
State Syste1·1, of Higher Educatio11
Cali(om ia Univers ity of Pen nsylva nia is
co mmiued to upltoldi11g th e 11gh.ts and
dig11ity o f all i11divid uals . Therefore, ii is
the policy of the u n iversity to prevem a nd
eliminate u nlaiv{ul d iscriminatio n based
on race, co/01; religion , na1io11al origi11,
sex , age, sexllal o rie11tation, nwrital stattls,
disabili~v or veteran status within the
u niversity com111 w1it:v.
I
V
E
R
s
I
T
y
1998-99
Undergr:aduate
Catalog
California University of Pennsylvania
250 University Avenue
California, PA 15419-1394
(724) 938-4000
www.cup.edu
Undergraduate Catalog
1998-1999
Volume 95
Number 1
California University of Pennsylvania is a member of
the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education
California University of Pennsylvania
is a
MEMBER
of the
Association of State Colleges and Universities
American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education
ACCREDITED
by the
Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
Accredited in Teacher Education
by the
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education
Accredited in Social Work
by the
Council on Social Work Education
Accredited in Athletic Training
by the
Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP)
Accredited in Nursing
by the
National League of Nursing
Equal Opportunity
California University of Pennsylvania acknowledges that equality of opportunity is the cornerstone of a free and democratic
society. As a state-owned institution, it accepts the duty of putting the principle of equal opportunity into practice. As an institution of
higher education, it accepts the responsibility of teaching that principle by its policies and actions. Consequently, California University
of Pennsylvania commits itself, ethically and legally, to the equal opportunity policies of a system of fair and open recruitment and
acceptance of students regardless of sex, race, color, religious creed, lifestyle, affectional or sexual preference, disability, present or
previous military service, ancestry, national origin, union and political affiliation, and age. Nevertheless, mindful of the reality of past
injustices and present societal needs, the university reserves the right to employ a limited use of racial, ethnic, and sexual criteria to
accomplish remedial objectives when necessary.
Once students are admitted to California University of Pennsylvania, the same rights, privileges, programs and activities are made
available to all without regard to arbitrary and irrelevant criteria. Financial aids, especially scholarships, guaranteed loans, grants, work
study programs, assistantships, and internships, are provided on an equal opportunity basis. Likewise, advisors and counselors are
available to all students. Special programs have been established to meet the needs of students and are available on a fust-come, firstserved basis to all students without regard to race, national origin, or religion. However, in the case of living arrangements, sex and
disability distinctions are made to better serve and accommodate all students. Finally, in accordance with recent federal and state
legislation, architectural and programmatic modifications have been implemented to ensun( that no qualified student is prevented from
succeeding at California University of Pennsylvania because of disability.
In addition, California University of Pennsylvania engages in an open and equitable system of recruitment and employment of
faculty and staff candidates. It practices a non-discriminatory system of compensation, including pay, promotion, tenure, transfer,
education, training and other benefits of employment.
California University of Pennsylvania prides itself on having created a workplace and learning environment free from discrimination and harrassment. If situations or co,nditions to the contrary occur, an immediate and appropriate redress will take place. Persons
aware of such situations or conditions are encouraged to contact the Social Equity Officer (724-938-4014), the Title IX Coordinator
(724-938-4351 ), or the Section 504 ADA Coordinator (724-938-4076).
2
California University Of Pennsylvania
From the President
California University of Pennsylvania is in the
opportunity business. Since 1852, thousands of students have
seized the opportunity we offer: to improve not only their
lives but the lives of the people they have touched.
Our alumni are practicing professionals in health care,
education, law, public service, business, environmental
studies, and government, and the list doesn't stop there. From
South American rain forests to the Hubble space telescope,
California University graduates are using their education to
continue the never-ending search for knowledge. In all walks
of life, California University graduates are helping to make
the world a better place.
At California, we place great emphasis on people. We
have a dedicated faculty, a caring and concerned staff,
excellent facilities, an exemplary educational program, and a
variety of extra-curricular activities, all dedicated to helping
students get the most from their college experience.
Leaming is not confined to the classroom. The
university experience should be a broad one. Personal growth
is proportionate to the wise use of the many resources
available. So we encourage our students to become involved
in the total life of the university and its surrounding
communities.
We also foster a family atmosphere. We are small
enough to care about individuals, and yet large enough to be
able to offer a variety of programs.
You should take time to read through this catalog. It
can tell you much about the university and its programs. You
and your family are invited to make a personal visit any time.
Angelo Arrnenti Jr. , President
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
3
Table of Contents
MISSION ........................................................................... 7
Goals .. .. ... .. ...... ... .. .. ...... ... .................. .. ................................ 7
Objectives ........ .............. ................. .......... ............. ..... ... ..... 8
ADMISSIONS ................................................................. 10
TUITION & FEES ......................................................... 14
FINANCIAL AID ........................................................... 16
Financial Aid Programs ..... .. .............. ..... .... ........... ... ....... . 19
California University Scholarships .. ................ .... ......... .... 21
ACADEMIC POLICIES ................................................ 33
ACADEMIC ORGANIZATION ................................... 44
ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS ... 53
Academic Development Services ...... ............ ...... ............. 55
Applied Engineering and Technology ......... .... ................. 56
Art ... ... ....... ....... .. .. ........... .... .... .. ....... ....... ..... .................. .. . 70
Biological And Environmental Sciences ...... ...... ........ ...... 72
Business And Economics .............. .. ................ ..... .... ........ 81
Chemistry And Physics .... .... ...... .. .... .. .. ................... .... ...... 86
Communication Disorders .. ......... ........... ..... ..... ............ .... 89
Communication Studies .................................................... 91
Earth Science ........................ ... .. ..... .................... .. .... .... .... 95
Educational Studies ....... ...... .... .. ... ......... ........ ..... ...... ..... . 101
Elementary/Early Childhood Education ...... ........... ........ 102
English ................... .......... ......... .. ... .. .......... ..... .. .. ...... .... .. I07
Foreign Languages And Cultures ........... .. .......... ....... ..... 11 I
Health Science and Sport Studies .... ... ......... ..... ... .. ......... 114
History ......... ..... .. ... ....... ...... .. ......... .... ....... ... .......... ......... 117
Honor's Program ........... ........ ... ............. .. ... ... .. .... .. ... .. .... 119
Humanities Program ........ ...... .... .... .... .... .. .. ...... .. .... ... .... .. 120
Mathematics And Computer Science ............... ... ........... 12 1
Music .... ..... ....................... ..... ... ... ... ..... ... .... ........... ....... .. 125
Nursing ........... ..... ...... ...... ... ... ...... ...... ..... .. ... ......... .. .... .... 126
Philosophy ......... .... ..... .... .............. .......... ..... ....... .. ... ....... 129
Psychology .... ........... ....... ........... ........ ... ........ ..... ... .. ....... 130
Social Sciences .... ... .... .. .............. ..... ...... .. ........ .... .. ......... 132
Social Work And Gerontology ..... ... ... ........ .... ...... .... ..... .. 136
Special Education ... ... ... ........ .. ... ..... ..... ........... ... ........... .. 138
Theatre .... .... .. .. ... ..... ............ .... ...... ..... ..... ..... .... ...... ......... 141
Women 's Studies Program ........... ............... ........ ......... ... 143
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ........................................ 146
ACC - Accounting .......... ..... ........ ..... ... ..... ..... ... .... ...... .. .. 146
ANT - Anthropology .... .................. .. ..... .. .. .... .. ... ... .. ... ... . 146
ART-Art ............. ..................... ... .. ........... .. ...... ... .. .... ..... 147
ATE - Athletic Training ...... ... ...... ... ......... ...... ..... ...... ...... 149
BIO-Biology ......... .......... .... ..................... ..... ....... ..... ...... 150
BUS - Business ........ ......... ...... .. ... ... ........ ...................... .. 153
CHE - Chemistry .... .. ... .... .... ..... .... .. ......... .... .. ............... .. 153
4
California University Of Pennsylvania
CIS - Computer Information Systems ........ ..... ... ... ......... 154
CMD - Communication Disorders .............. ..... .... .. ........ 154
COM - Communication Studies ................... ......... .. .. ..... 155
CSC - Computer Science ........... .. .. ........ ..... ... ................. 157
DMA - Developmental Mathematics (see MAT) .. ...... .. . 185
EAS - Earth Science .................... ................ ................... 159
ECE - Early Childhood Education .......... .... .. ................ . 161
ECO - Economics ......... ..... .... ..... .... ......... ....... ... .. ........ ... 162
EDE - Elementary Education .. ... .. .... ......... .. .... ........ .... ... 163
EDF - Educational Foundations .... ........................ .. ...... . 164
EDS - Educational Studies ...... ..... ........... ....................... 164
EDU - Education ....... ......... ........ ...... ....... ....................... 165
EET - Electrical Engineering Technology ....... .. ... .... ...... 165
ENG - Engli sh ..... ....... ....... ..... ... ...... .. ................. ............ 166
ENS - Environmental Studies ..... ................. .. ................. 170
ESP - Special Education ............ .... ...... .... ..... .... .. .... .... ... . 171
FIN - Finance ............... ... .... ..... .... ...... ..... .. ....... ....... ........ 172
FRE - French .... .... ... .. ... .... .. .... .......... .. ......... .... .. .... ........ . 172
GCT - Graphic Communication Technology ... .... .......... 173
GEO - Geography ............ ...... .. ..... .. ....... .... ... .... ..... ...... ... 175
GER - German .. ...................... ................ .. ................ ...... 176
HIN - Harri sburg Internship Program ..... .... ..... ...... .. ...... 178
HIS - Hi story .. ........... .. .............................. ..................... 178
HON - Honors Program ...... ... ... .. ...... ......... .... ... .... .... ... ... 180
HPE - Health and Physical Education ....................... ..... 181
HSD - Highway Safety and Drivers Education .. .... ... ..... 182
IND - Industry and Technology .. ...... ............... ............... 182
ITE - Industrial Technology .. ..... .... ... ......... .... ... .. ... ........ 184
LIT - Literature ............................................. ......... ..... .... 184
MAT - Mathematics (including DMA) ........... ....... ......... 185
MGT - Management ..... ......... ....................... ....... ...... .... . 187
MKT - Marketing .............. ....... ... .... ........ ....... ............... . 188
MTE - Manufacturing Technology ..... ..... ..... .............. .... 188
MUS - Music ..... .. .. .. ..... .. ....... ...... ... ........ .... .. ........ ..... ..... 189
NUR - Nursing .... ... ...... ..... ... .................. ... ....... .... ....... ... 191
OTA - Occupational Therapy ......... .. .... ...... ..................... 191
PHI - Philosophy ..... ..... .. ... ..... .... ..... ..... .... .... .. .. ...... ........ 192
PHS - Physical Science ....... ..... ..... ... ..... .... ... ..... ....... ...... 193
PTA - Physical Therapy ....... .... ........... .......... ..... ... ... ... .... 193
PHY - Physics .................. ... .... ....... ................. .. ... ..... ... .. . 194
POS - Political Science .... ... ..... .... ......... ....... ...... ........ ..... 194
PSY - Psychology ... ..... .. .. .. ... ... .. ... ........ ... ... ...... .............. 196
SOC - Sociology .. ......... ..... .... .. .............. ........... ....... .... .. . 198
SOW - Social Work ... .. .. ....... ... .. ... ... ...... .... ... .. ... .. ........... 199
SPN - Spanish ............................. .. ........... ... ......... ... ... ..... 200
TED -Technology Education ..... ... ...... ...... ... ... .. ........... .. 201
THE - Theatre ... .. .............. ............. ... ... .... ..... ............ ...... 202
UNI - University Studies .... .. ............... .. .... .. ............. ...... 204
WST - Women 's Studies ........... ..... ..... ..... ..... .......... ........ 204
XAS - American Studies ...... .. .... .... ..... ..... ..... .... ..... ...... .. 204
XCP - Career Planning ..................... ... .. .... ... ... .. ...... ..... .. 204
XGE - Gerontology ............. ..... .... ..... .... .... ....... ... ... ... ..... 204
XJJ - Criminal Justice .......... .... .. ............ .......... .. ... .......... 204
UNIVERSITY SERVICES .......................................... 210
Louis L. Manderino Library .. .... ................ ........ ... ... .... ... 210
Technology On Campus .................. .. ... .. ..... .... ............... 211
Computing Services Center .... .. .. .. .. .. ......................... .. .. . 211
Instructional Computing Facility ..... .... ............. ............. . 211
Instructional Applications .. ............ ..... .. ........ .. .. .. ....... ..... 211
Other Campus Facilities .... .... .. .. .......... ... .. .. .. .... ....... .. .. .. . 212
Campus Leaming Labs .... .. ... .. .... ........ ...... ... .. ... .... .. ..... .. . 213
CARE Project .... .... .... .... .................. .. ... ......... ......... ....... . 214
Career Services .. .. .. ............. ....... .. ......... .. ... .... .. .... .. .... .. .. . 215
Cooperative Education .... ........... .. ........................ ........ .. 215
Visiting Student Program .. ... .. .. .. ..... .. .... .. ... .. .. ... ...... ... .. .. 216
Public Safety ..... ....... ......... .... ....... .... .. .. .. .... .... .. ...... ....... .. 216
Character.Education Institute .... .. ...... .. .......... .. ......... .. .... 217
CALENDAR .................................................................. 251
Academic Calendar ............................. ......................... .. 251
1998-1999 ....... .... ..... ...... .. ........ .... .. ...... .... ... .. ... .... ........... 251
1999-2000 .. .. .. ... .. ....... .... ..... .. ... .... ... ..... .... .... ..... .......... ... . 252
MAPS ............................................................................. 253
Pennsylvania Map ... .. .. .................................................... 253
Directions to California ........ .. ......... .. ...... ... ... .. ............... 253
Southwestern Pennsylvania Map ..... .. ............................. 254
California Area Map ........................ .. ............. .. .............. 255
Cal U Southpointe Center .... .... ......................... ...... .. ...... 256
Campus Map ................. ................ .. .................... .. ....... .. . 257
Building Directory ... ... .. ........... ....... ..... ... .... .. .... ....... .. .... . 258
UNIVERSITY ADVANCEMENT ............................... 218
STUDENT DEVELOPMENT AND SERVICES ....... 219
Student Association, Inc ........... .. ........ .. .... .... ...... .. ...... .. .. 219
Student Congress ........................... .. ..... ..... .. ..... .. ..... ... .... 219
Student Activities Board (SAB) ...... .. ..... ... ...... .... .. .. .... .. . 220
Housing ... ............................................. ..... ............... ....... 220
CalCard - The University ID Card .... .... ................. .. .. .. ... 222
Dining Services ... .. ............. .. ............. ................ ......... .. .. 222
Commuter Center and Services ......... .. ... .... .. ........ .. ........ 223
Student Service Access Center .. .. .. .... ...... ...... ... .. ..... ....... 223
Non-Traditional Student Organization .... .. ............ .. .. .. ... 223
Women's Center ............. ... .. ......... .... .. ... ...... .... ........ .... ... 223
Veterans Affairs .. .. ...... ..... .. ... .. .. ... ... .. .. ............ .. .... .. ... ..... 224
Campus Ministry .. ... .. .... .... ... ........... .. .. ....... ..... ........... .... 224
Study Around the World Program .... .... .... ... .. .. ............... 224
Cal U Student Bookstore ......................... ...... .. .... ........... 225
CUTV (California University Television) ...... .. .... .. ........ 225
WVCS (California Radio Station) .............. ..... ............... 226
The California Times (California Student Newspaper) .. 226
Intercollegiate Athletics .... ...... .. ....... .. ..... .... ....... .. ....... .. .. 226
Multicultural Student Programming ...... .. ............. .. ........ 226
Social Fraternities and Sororities .................... ...... ... .... .. 226
Academic Honorary Fraternities .. .. ...... .. ... .. .. .. ...... ... .. .. .. 227
Recreational Services ..................... .. .......... .. ...... .. .......... 227
Intramurals ... ... ..... .. ......... ........ ........ ...... .... ... .... ... .... ..... ... .... ..
227
Health Services ..... ...... ..... ... .... ..... .. .... ..... ... ... .. ........ ..... ... 227
Counseling and Psychological Services ........ .. .... .... ... .. .. 228
Services For Students With Disabilities .. ........... .... ... ..... 229
General Code of Conduct .. .. .......................... .. ...... .. .. ..... 230
Student Judicial System ............ .. ............. .. .... ... .. ............ 230
GOVERNANCE AND ADMINISTRATION ............. 233
FACULTY ..................................................................... 235
INDEX ........................................................................... 246
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
Califomja Unjversity of Pennsylvania
1998-1999 Undergraduate Catalog
July 1998 • Vol. 95, No. l
Edited by: Office of Academic Affairs
Page Layout and Design: Office of Public Relations
Cover Design: Lorish, Inc.
Photographs:
Printer: Custom Printing Company
6
California University Of Pennsylvania
Mission
California University of Pennsylvania's mission is to
provide quality education at a reasonable cost. To this end
the university:
(1) offers undergraduate instruction in the liberal arts ,
education, human resources, the professions, business,
science and technology ;
(2) offers a graduate education to, and beyond, the master's
degree, in certain areas of study;
(3) helps meet the region's economic, social, cultural, and
recreational needs;
(4) fosters research and service;
(5) encourages the intellectual growth of its faculty, as well
as its students.
Goals
California's special mission is to develop programs in
science, technology, and applied engineering.
California University of Pennsylvania is a multipurpose,
regional university firmly committed to offering students of
widely varied ages, backgrounds, interests and needs, a
broad range of educational opportunities and experiences.
Thus, the university endeavors to provide a contemporary
array of degree programs-associate, baccalaureate and
masters-which will enable the student to develop as an
intelligent, caring individual who will be able to function as
a contributing, productive member of society.
The university recognizes the important relationship that
exists between those disciplines which enhance one 's ability
to think critically, reason analyticall y, communicate effectively, maintain historical perspective and promote good
citizenship and those disciplines which provide the specialized knowledge and the critical intellectual skill s to perform
effectively in a wide variety of settings. To this end, it is the
purpose of the university to prepare men and women to meet
the challenges of the world of work in education, business,
industry, government, the professions, the human services,
and graduate and professional schools.
As a regional institution, the university strives to present
a diversity of programs and services for those residing in its
service area. A principle goal of the University Advancement, especially in its Mon Valley Renaissance program, is
to provide different kinds of assistance related to economic
development.
The university also offers to local residents access to
many social and cultural activities.
The College of Education and
Human Services
The principle goal of the College of Education and
Human Services is to maintain a diversity of contemporary
curricula appropriate for the preparation of new teachers and
the improvement of teachers already in the field . In addition,
the College sponsors the development and delivery of a
variety of special programs for the purpose of educating
practitioners in a number of human service areas.
The College of Liberal Arts
Through traditional courses of study, the College of
Liberal Arts attempts to teach reflective thinking that enables
graduates to make responsible social decisions in a multicultural world. The Liberal Arts programs are designed to
present students with options that call upon precise knowledge, cultural perspectives, aesthetics, and personal and
professional communication skills in order to create informed, as well as technologically literate, graduates.
The Eberly College of
Science and Technology
The Eberly College of Science and Technology 's goal is
to make available an array of scientific, technological and
career-oriented programs which prepare students for the
increasingly complex demands of the industrial, business and
health fields as well as for further study in graduate and
professional schools.
The School of Graduate
Studies and Research
The goal of the Graduate School is to provide an
opportunity for those who already have undergraduate
training to further develop their experience at the graduate or
post-graduate level.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
Objectives
The faculty and students of the university are participating members of an educational institution charged with
preservation, discovery, and dissemination of knowledge in
the arts, sciences, technologies, vocations and professions,
and with the creative application of that knowledge in their
lives both as individuals and as members of society.
The objectives of the university are:
(1) to provide a liberal education which aims at developing
analytical thinking and individual initiative and responsibility;
(2) to provide flexible, innovative programs and support
services that are responsive to a broad range of student
and regional needs;
(3) to provide a professional faculty and an effective
administration;
(4) to create and maintain a learning environment in which
the rights of all are respected;
(5) to provide a wide range of learning opportunities for
students interested in associate, baccalaureate, graduate,
and non-degree programs;
(6) to promote effective communication among faculty,
students, administration, and the general public;
(7) to provide a diversity of intellectual, cultural, social and
recreational activities and experiences for the university
and surrounding communities;
(8) to encourage thoughtful and responsible faculty and
student participation in local , state, national , and
international affairs ;
(9) to require high standards of teaching and scholarship
and to encourage participation in professional activities;
(10) to foster academic research which contributes to human
knowledge and the vitality of the institution; and
(11) to maintain an on-going system of self-evaluation
whereby the goals of the institution serve as the criteria
for determining the institution's effectiveness.
8
California University Of Pennsylvania
The university is in the Borough of California, a
community of approximately 6,000 residents, located on the
banks of the Monongahela River, about an hour's drive south
of Pittsburgh. It is accessible via Interstate 70, Exits 15 (PA
43), 16 (Speers), or 17 (PA 88, Charleroi) or via U.S. 40 (PA
43 or 88). The Mid-Mon Valley/ Fayette Expressway (PA
43) links California to the federal Interstate Highway system.
The university is approximately 30 minutes from Exit 8
(New Stanton) on the Pennsylvania Turnpike, and an hour
from Greater Pittsburgh International Airport.
The main campus consists of 38 buildings situated on 84
acres. An additional 104-acre recreation complex, George H.
Roadman University Park, is located one mile from campus.
This complex includes a football stadium, an all-weather
track, tennis courts, a baseball diamond, a softball diamond,
soccer and rugby fields, a cross country course, areas for
intramural sports, and picnic facilities.
The geographic location of the university gives the
resident student opportunities to explore and pursue a wide
variety of activities.
Located on the Appalachian Plateau, an area of rolling hills,
the university is a short drive from camping, hiking, fishing,
hunting, white water rafting, and canoeing, and skiing activities
in the Laurel Mountains. In addition to cultural activities
provided on campus, the student has easy access to the Pittsburgh metropolitan area, located only 30 miles north of the
campus.
This provides an opportunity to enjoy the Pittsburgh
Symphony, the Pittsburgh Ballet, the Civic Light Opera, the
David L. Lawrence Convention Center, the Pittsburgh Steelers,
Penguins, and Pirates, various museums and all of the excitements and attractions of a metropolitan area.
The institution that is now California University of
Pennsylvania began as an academy more than 140 years ago.
It has evolved over the years into a multi-purpose university.
One of the fourteen state-owned institutions of higher
education in the Pennsylvania State System of Higher
Education, it has the strength and stability of a university
system, but it retains its own flavor and unique history.
1852: A two-story Academy, offering education from kindergarten through college was established in the recently founded
community of California. The institution was supported by local
taxes and the donations of some residents of the community.
1864: A ten-acre plot for the Academy, still the center of the
university, was purchased.
1865 : The Academy obtained a charter as a Normal School
for its district and became a teacher-preparatory institution.
I 874: The institution was renamed the South-Western
Normal School.
1914: The Commonwealth acquired the institution and
renamed it the California State Normal School. The curriculum became exclusively a two-year preparatory course for
elementary school teachers.
1928: The institution became California State Teachers
College, returning to its previous status as a four-yeardegree-granting institution, with increasing opportunities for
liberal arts education. Under the presidency of Robert Steele
( 1928-1951 ), California began to concentrate on industrial
arts and atypical education (what is now called special
education) and otherwise expanded its curricula. The
campus grew to 35 acres, and a number of new buildings
were erected.
I 959: During the presidency of Michael Duda (1956-68),
liberal arts curricula were introduced, and the college
became California State College. In 1962 a graduate
program was introduced. The degrees of M.A. and M .S.
were initiated in 1968. During Dr. Duda's presidency, more
than a dozen new buildings were completed, and the size of
the student body and faculty increased more than four-fold.
1974: During the presidency of George H. Roadman (19691977), the college developed a special mission in Science
and Technology, to complement its traditional roles in
Liberal Arts and Education.
1983: On July 1, 1983, the college became a part of the
State System of Higher Education and changed its name to
California University of Pennsylvania. Under the leadership
of President John P. Watkins (1977-1992), the College of _
Science and Technology became fully operational, offering
programs in such varied areas as mathematics and computer
science, industrial management, nursing, energy technology,
robotics, and electrical engineering technology.
1992: Angelo Armenti Jr. appointed president of California
University.
1996: College of Science and Technology renamed Eberly
College of Science and Technology in honor of the Eberly
Foundation for its philanthropic generosity.
1997: Cal U Southpointe Center in the Southpointe Technol- ~
ogy Center in Canonsburg, PA, opened in January, offering a
variety of courses and programs. Ground broken for the new
Eberly Science and Technology Center -a state-of-the-art
~
facility for the study of science and technology scheduled to
t,'!'j
open during I 998-99 academic year.
~
.Z
:=
00.
(Additional information may be found in the book by Regis ~
J. Serinko, California University of Pennsylvania: The
~
People's College in Monongahela Valley, published in 1992). ~
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
9
Ad01issions
How to Apply
To request application material s use the tear-out form
inside the back cover.
Address inquiries to:
Admissions Office
California University of Pennsylvania
250 University Avenue
California, PA 15419-1394
(724) 938-4404 (TELEPHONE)
(724) 938-4564 (FAX)
E-mail Address: Inquiry@cup.edu
WWW.CUP.EDU
General Entrance
Requirements
Admission standards have been establi shed to select
those students who will be most likely to succeed in the
various programs of the university.
l.
Academics. An applicant must be a graduate of an
approved or accredited secondary school or have an
equivalent preparation as determined by any state's
Department of Education.
2.
Assessment and Abi lity Standards. An ability to do
work in higher education should be evident from an
assessment examination such as the Scholastic
Assessment Test (SAT). In certain instances, other
kinds of evidence may be used to determine the
ability to do such work.
3.
Character and Personality. Applicants must be able
to demonstrate that they possess the personality
traits, interests, attitudes, and personal characteristics necessary for higher education.
4.
Admission to Special Curricu la. A student seeking
admi ssion to a special curriculum may be required
to complete additional requirements or have earned
specific credentials.
We encourage applicants to write or cal l for an appointment
to visit the university.
All applications are individually evaluated. As soon as
applications are complete, deci sions are reached and applicants notified. Every attempt is made to complete this
process within two weeks.
To be considered for admission the applicant must
submit the following :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Completed application form
Application fee
High school transcript which includes class rank
(or GED certificate)
Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) or American
College Testing (ACT) scores (may be waived for
applicants who have been out of high school for at
least three years or have an Associate, R. N., or
Baccalaureate degree)
Transfer students must submit college transcripts.
Students in special categories of admission should check the
section on Specific Entrance Requirements.
Evaluation of Applicants
The admissions committee considers as many variables
as possible: class rank, cumulative grade point average, type
of curriculum completed in relation to proposed major,
guidance counselor or other recommendations, on-campus
interview, standardized test scores, activities, and maturity.
Each of the variables contributes to the assessment of
applicants.
10
California University Of Pennsylvania
Specific Entrance Requirements
7.
A. Freshmen
Students attending a post-secondary institution for the first
time are considered new freshmen. All students in this classification must submit a completed application, application fee,
official high school transcript including class rank, and GED
certificate (if applicable). Results from the Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) or the American College Test (ACT) must be
sent, if available. These test results may be waived for applicants
who have been out of high school for at least three years.
B. Transfers
Students seeking to transfer to California University from
another post-secondary institution must submit a completed
application, application fee, official transcripts from all
institutions attended after high school and official high school
transcripts, if applicable. If a degree has not been earned
beyond high school, applicants must also submit high school
transcripts, including the results of all standardized test scores.
Students must be in good academic and social standing
at the last institution attended in order to qualify for admission to California University. In cases where students have
been out of school for at least one semester, special consideration will be given.
See later in this section for information about how
transfer credits are evaluated.
C. Visiting Students
Students who wish to enroll at California with the
expectation of transferring credits to their home institution
and do not wish to receive a degree from California University are classified as vi siting students.
An application with application fee must be submitted.
Admission is granted for the approved semester only.
D. Early Admission for High-School Students
High school students may be eligible for admission to
California University provided the following requirements have
been met:
1.
The student must submit a completed application and
pay the application fee.
2.
The applicant must have completed the sophomore
year of high school and be enrolled in a college
preparatory curriculum.
3.
An early admission clearance form must be completed
with all necessary signatures affixed.
4.
The student's official high school transcript must be
submitted and reflect a cumulative grade point average
of 3.00 for the past two years. (For up-coming juniors,
ninth- and tenth-grade averages will be used.)
5.
The applicant must have taken the PSAT, SAT, or ACT
examination and scored at least 1050 on the PSAT or
SAT or 23 on the ACT.
6.
The student's status will be classified as provisional for
each session while still in high school.
8.
The student must submit a completed early admission
clearance form and a transcript for each session that
enrollment at California University is desired.
At the completion of the student's high school
program, a second application must be submitted
with the final high school transcript. A second
application fee is not required. At this time the
student will be in a degree program.
E. Graduates of California University
Post-associate and post- baccalaureate students who
graduated from California University and are seeking an
additional degree must re-apply (with application fee) to
the Admissions Office.
F. Other Post-Baccalaureate Students
Students who graduated from another institution and
want to enroll in undergraduate programs at California
University must submit a completed application, application
fee, and official transcripts from each institution attended.
G. International Students
International students are required to submit an international student application form to California University. All
official transcripts, TOEFL scores, a statement of financial
support, and letters of recommendation must be submitted.
Assuming that all records indicate that international students
could be successful, final admission is contingent upon acceptable clearance from the education authorities of the home
country and from the Department of Justice, Immigration and
Naturalization Service, of the United States.
Applicants from foreign countries must have competency in
the use of English as demonstrated through the Test of English
as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) examination. The minimum
TOEFL score is 450.
International students must subscribe to the insurance plan
of California University. For identification purposes, international students can obtain a United States Social Security
number.
H. Non-Matriculating Students
Students who have completed all secondary school
requirements may take courses at California University
without being a candidate for a degree. Non-Matriculating
students must submit a completed application, application
fee , and all appropriate official transcripts. Tuition and fees
are the same as for degree students.
I. Veterans
Veterans of the United States armed forces who have
not attended an institution of higher education since their
honorable discharge are admitted to California University
upon following the general admission procedures.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
11
Student Credentials
All credentials presented in support of an application for
admission become the property of the university and cannot
be returned to the student. The complete file will be retained
according to the provision of university policy and the
Family Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended.
All information filed in support of the application must
be complete and authentic. Any false information may be
grounds for denial or dismissal.
Social Security Numbers
Transfer Credit Evaluation
1.
2.
3.
Social Security numbers , which serve as the permanent
student identification number, must be entered on the
application for admission . Students who do not have a social
security number should obtain one.
Pennsylvania Residency
Residency is determined at the time of admission.
Change of residency may only occur by appealing to the
Residency Appeals Committee. For further information,
contact the office of the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs after admission and prior to registration.
4.
5.
Advanced Placement Credit
A student who has taken Advanced Placement examinations under the auspices of the Educational Testing Service
may receive credit for them at California, provided the score
is 3.00 or higher.
6.
7.
12
California University Of Pennsylvania
The university will transfer no more than 75 credits
per student from an accredited two-year community
or junior college, 98 credits from an accredited
four-year institution, or 98 credits from combined
accredited two-year and four-year colleges towards
a Bachelor's degree (four years). No more than
fifteen credits towards an associate degree (two
years) at California University may be transferred.
Developmental courses are not transferable.
Courses are considered for transfer to California
University in the following order:
(a) Courses for which the grade earned was A, B, or
C;
(b) Courses for which a Pass grade was given;
(c) Courses for which the student received a D
grade as part of an earned degree .
Grades of D are not transferable unless they are
counted as part of an associate degree granted at a
public institution or a community college which has
an articulation agreement with California University
of Pennsylvania. No course for which a D grade
was received will be transferred after a total of 64
credits has been transferred.
When credits are transferred, only the credits are
counted as advanced standing; the grade point
average of transfer courses is not calculated with
California University earned courses.
Although credits will always transfer according to
these provisions, regulations that govern the
national professional accreditation of certain
programs offered at California University of
Pennsylvania may not permit some courses taken in
programs not similarly accredited at other two- and
fo ur-year institutions to be transferred as the
equivalents of courses that may be similarly entitled
or described in this catalog.
As articulation agreements are ratified, changes to
this policy may occur.
Community College Graduates
Special Provisions
The university subscribes to the Articulation and
Transferability Agreement between the State System of
Higher Education and Community Colleges. This agreement
applies to transferability of credits from Middle States or
other regionally accredited two-year and junior colleges. The
details of this agreement are:
1. Since completion of an associate degree demonstrates a student's motivation to complete a baccalaureate degree, preference for admission will be
given to applicants who have completed the
associate degree.
2. A transfer student who has completed a two-year
degree program should normally expect to complete
a baccalaureate program in two additional years. In
certain speci alized programs of the receiving
institution, however, a longer period may be
necessary for majors in these programs.
3. The D grade obtained by two-year college students
is treated by the senior institution in the same
manner as the senior institution treats the Ds of its
indigenous students. Pl acement of the D grade on
the program distribution sheet may vary from
program to program.
4. Secondary school transcripts as well as test scores
are considered as guidance tool s and not determinants of transfer to the four-year institution . The
awarding of the associate degree is considered to
have satisfied the high school graduation requirement.
Veterans: Course Credit
for Military Service
Veterans may be awarded credit for their military
training and military schools. All veterans, reservi sts, and
National Guard members who have been honorably discharged (or honorably discharged from active duty) may be
eligible for credits. Credits are awarded primaril y in the
category of Free Electives.
Each veteran or reservist seeking such an award must
submit a copy of DD 214 to the Director of Veterans Affairs.
Army veterans who entered the army after October 1, 1981 ,
should submit an A.A.R.T.S . transcript; Air Force veterans
who served after 1974 should submit a C.C.A.F. transcript.
Evaluations based on the latest American Council of Education Guides will be forwarded to the appropriate Dean for
approval.
>
~
~
~
00.
00.
~
0
z
00.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
13
Tuition
Pennsylvania Residents
Full Time Undergraduate (per semester)
for 12 to 18 Credits
$1,734.00
for each additional Credit
144.00
Part Time Undergraduate (per semester)
for each Credit (less than 12)
144.00
Full Time Graduate (per semester)
for 9 to 15 Credits
$1,734.00
for each additional Credit
193.00
Part Time Graduate (per semester)
for each Credit (less than 9)
193.00
Non-Pennsylvania Residents
Full Time Undergraduate (per semester)
for 12 to 18 Credits
$4,412.00
for each additional Credit
368.00
Part Time Undergraduate (per semester)
for each Credit (less than 12)
368.00
Full Time Graduate (per semester)
for 9 to 15 Credits
$3,118.00
for each additional Credit
346.00
Part Time Graduate (per semester)
for each Credit (less than 9)
346.00
NOTE: Summer tuition is billed at part time rates
on a per credit basis.
Room and Board
Room (per semester)
$1,423.00
Single
1,059.00
Double
Triple
851.00
Weekly Rate (Summer Session only) $58.00
Board (per semester)
$1,075.00
19 meals
1,025.00
14 meals
1,085.00
10 meals
Weekly Rate (Summer Session only)
$72.00
19 meals
12 meals
$64.00
Off-Campus Dining Plans
Board (per semester)
19 meals
$1,075.00
1,025.00
14 meals
660.00
7 meals
125 meal block
960.00
$50.00
Dine Dollars Plan
(minimum starting balance)
14
California University Of Pennsylvania
Fees*
Student Association Fee
Undergraduate
12 or more credits
6 to 11 credits
1 to 5 credits
Graduate
9 or more credits
6 to 8 credits
1 to 5 credits
$130.00
63.00
32.00
$75.00
$52.00
$32.00 ·
Student Union Building Fee
12 or more credits
6 to 11 credits
1 to 5 credits
$75.00
38.00
19.00
University Service Fee
9 or more credits
1 to 8 credits
$85.00
50.00
Student Center Operations
and Maintenance Fee
12 or more credits
6 to 11 credits
1 to 5 credits
$75.00
52.00
38.00
Academic Support Fee
Fall/Spring
12+ credits
11 credits
10 credits
9 credits
8 credits
7 credits
6 credits
5 credits
4 credits
3 credits
2 credits
1 credit
Summer/Special Sessions
Per credit
$173.40
158.95
144.50
130.05
115.60
101.15
86.70
72.25
57.80
43.35
28.90
14.45
$5.00
*Southpointe Students should contact the
Southpointe Center office for fee information.
NOTE: All university tuition, fees and room and board
rates are subject to change upon proper approval of the
Council of Trustees and/or the Board of Governors .
Payment Information
Advance Deposit
Students who take advantage of early registration will-receive
a billing statement with instructions by mail. Students who enroll
at residual registration should be prepared to make payment at the
time of registration.
All first-year students, transfers and readmitted students are
required to submit a $75 .00 advance deposit payable to California
University of Pennsylvania. It is to be paid in advance of registration and is credited to the student' s account for the first semester.
This is a non-refundable fee.
Payment at Residual Registration
All fees will be assessed at the time of registration. Payment
may be made by cash, check, money order, or certified bank draft
made payable to California University of Pennsylvania, or by
VISA, MasterCard, or Discover Card. If financial aid has been
awarded, this amount will be deducted from the bill. Payment
plans (with initial payment) may be contracted· at this time.
Payment Plans
Room Deposit
An advance room deposit of $100.00, held in the student's
account and applied toward the spring semester, is required in order
to reserve a room for the following academic year. First-year
students will receive a housing contract with their Admissions
Packet. The contract and card must be signed and returned to the
Bursars Office with a $100.00 deposit.
Late Registration Fee
Payment plans are available each semester. Payment plans
enable you to pay your costs on a monthly basis. Payment plan
information and contracts will be included with each semester bill.
Students who register after the first day of the semester will be
charged a $25.00 late registration fee.
Third Party Billing
Late Payment Fee
Some companies and government agencies pay tuition
directly to the university. If tuition is to be paid in this manner,
please supply authorizing forms or letters to the Bursar's Office.
A late payment fee of $25.00 will be assessed when a student
fails to pay the required fees by the due date or when a student fails
to pay according to an approved payment plan.
Veterans Deferment
Return Check Charge
Military veterans receiving G. I. Bill benefits may request
deferment, if needed, from the Veterans Affairs office.
A $25.00 fee will be charged for any check which is made
payable to California University of Pennsylvania and returned by
the bank.
University Refund Policy
This refund policy applies to any student who withdraws or
changes enrollment status after their first semester of attendance at
California University. Students who meet this basic criteria will
have their university charges calculated according to the following
schedule:
Time of withdrawal or drops:
Refund
First 10% (in time) of the enrollment period
11 % to 25% (in time) of the enrollment period
26% to 50% (in time) of the enrollment period
after 50% (i n time) of the enrollment period
90%
50%
2.5 %
0%
Degree Fee
A fee of $10.00 must be paid by each candidate for a degree
from California University of Pennsylvania. A student is not
permitted to complete graduation from the university until this fee
has been paid.
CLEPFee
A one-time fee of $25.00 is charged for the administration and
recording of CLEP (College Level Equivalency Program) credits
regardless of the number of credits awarded.
Pro-Rata Refund Policy
This refund policy applies to any student who meets the
following criteria: receives federal financial aid; attends the
university for the first time; and withdraws or changes enrollment
status on or before the 60 percent point of the enrollment period.
Students who meet all three criteria will be assessed university
charges (tuition and fees, room and board, etc.) eqtial to the portion
of the enrollment period completed.
Schedule of Pro-Rata Refunds
Time of withdrawal or drop:
Refund
Prior to the second day of classes
First 10% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 20% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 30% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 40% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 50% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 60% (in time) of the enrollment period
After the 60% (in time) of the enrollment period
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
0%
NOTE: Financial aid recipients should refer to "refund/repayment
policies" located in the Financial Aid section of the catalog.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
15
Financial Aid
Mission Statement
The primary mission of the Financial Aid Office at California
University of Pennsylvania is to provide fi nancial planning
and assistance to students and their families in meeting the
costs of education. In fulfilling this mission, each student
will be given careful consideration and the university will
determine financial assistance based on federal, state, and
institutional guidelines. Financial aid programs have been
established to provide access to higher education with
guidelines to insure fairness in disbursing available funds to
qualifying students. The Financial Aid Office strives to
insure that courteous, timely, and accurate financial aid
services are delivered to all students seeking assistance from
our office.
Location & Office Hours
The Financial Aid Office is located on the first floor of the
Azorsky Administration Building. The office hours are 8:004:00, Monday through Friday. Appointments are encouraged
but a daily on-call counselor is available to assist walk-ins.
Students can contact the Financial Aid Office by calling
(724) 938-4415 or by Fax at (724) 938-4551. In addition, a
24-hour voice mail and question/answer box telephone
system is available to assist students and parents with general
financial aid information or to request financial aid materials.
Application and Awarding
Information
Application Process
In order to qualify for assistance from federal, state, and
university financial aid programs, a student must complete a
paper or electronic version (see "Electronic FAFSA Options"
section for information on filing electronically) of the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and forward it
to the Federal processor as soon as possible after January 1
of each year. Prior year aid recipients will receive a renewal
version of the FAFSA which can be used to apply for
financial aid for the new award year. Students who file their
FAFSA (paper or electronic version) by April 1 will receive
priority consideration for all Federal financial aid programs
available at California University. Students can obtain a
paper version of the FAFSA form from the Financial Aid
Office (FAO), high school guidance counselor office, or local
college/university.
16
California University Of Pennsylvania
Electronic FAFSA Options
The Department of Education has established a customer
service line for FAFSA Express users. Students needing
assistance with hardware, software, installation, transmission, or if they want to check the status of their pending
application, should contact the FAFSA Express Customer
Service Line at 1-800-801-0576.
Internet Application
FAFSA on the Web is an Internet application developed by
the U.S. Department of Education which allows students to
complete and submit an electronic version of the 1998-99
Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)
directly to the federal processor. The "FAFSA on the Web"
site uses the (domestic) version of Netscape Navigator 3.0 or
higher, which keeps a student's information private and
secure during transmission over the Internet. Students
wanting to complete their 1998-99 FAFSA via the web can
do so after January 1, 1998. After transmitting an application over the Internet, students mail their signed signature
page to the Department. The CPS will determine their
eligibility for financial aid within 72 hours after receiving the
completed application. FAFSA on the Web has a customer
service line (1-800-801-0576) where users may check the
status of their applications and receive assistance with
hardware, software, and transmission. The FAFSA on the
Web site is located at: www.fafsa.ed.gov.
FAFSA on the Web Benefits:
• FAFSA on the Web is free .
•
•
•
•
•
•
Students can save their application information to
diskette so that it can be completed and transmitted at a
later time.
FAFSA on the Web doesn ' t require software to be
installed, so it takes less time before students can
actually use the application.
Students can access the FAFSA on the Web page from
anywhere, including school or home, making it more
convenient to complete the application.
FAFSA on the Web automatically edits applicant
answers before transmitting, resulting in better
information and fewer applications rejected by the CPS.
FAFSA on the Web uses skip logic, so it will only ask
students those questions that they need to answer.
FAFSA on the Web can support an unlimited number of
users, allowing thousands of students to apply at once.
Financial Aid Formula/Eligibility
When a student applies for Federal student aid, the information reported on the FAFSA is used in a formula approved by
Congress. This Federal formula determines a student's
Expected Family Contribution (EFC), the amount the family
(student and parents, if applicable) is expected to contribute
toward the student's education. Remember, this formula
only measures a family's ability, not willingness, to contribute toward the student's educational costs.
The basic elements included in determining the EFC are:
• contribution from the parents' income
• contribution from the student's income
• contribution from the parents' assets
• contribution from the student's assets
In addition to these basic elements, household size, number
of students in college, and the age of the oldest parent are
also reflected in the calculation of the student's EFC. If your
EFC is below a certain amount, you will qualify for a Federal
Pell Grant. To determine eligibility for other Federal aid, a
student's EFC is used in the following equation:
Cost of Attendance - Expected Family
Contribution= Financial Need
The EFC is then deducted from the total cost of attendance.
The cost of attendance includes both direct costs and indirect
costs (see "Elements in the Cost of Attendance" for additional information). The difference between the total cost and
how much the student and family is expected to contribute is
the difference in the student's eligibility for need-based
financial aid. Most Federal aid is awarded on the basis of
financial need. However, regardless of the student's financial
need, all students will qualify for some type of Federal
· financial aid.
Elements in the Cost of Attendance
Each year the university establishes a total "cost of attendance" budget based on a student's housing status (commuter, dormitory, or off-campus), enrollment status (fulltime or part-time), and residency status (in-state or out-ofstate). The cost of attendance budget represents the total
educational expenses a student may incur while attending our
university, and is a critical element in determining a student's
eligibility for financial aid assistance. The elements of this
budget are both "direct" institutional expenses (tuition/fees
and/or university room/board), as well as "indirect/living
costs" (off-campus housing, books/supplies, and/or personal
expenses) not billed by the university.
Please Note: The indirect/living expenses a student actually
incurs will vary significantly from student to student. A
student's program of study, year-in-school, housing/board
arrangements, student's budgeting skills, and many other
variables will impact the total expenses within this budget
element. The university determines the indirect/living costs
for each student based on data collected from students, local
bookstores, and local landlords. This data is analyzed to
arrive at "average" expenses incurred by most students.
Awarding Process
The following steps are involved in the need analysis and
awarding process:
1. Within two to three weeks after the student submits the
completed FAFSA form (paper or electronic version) to
the Federal processor, the Department of Education will
send a Student Aid Report (SAR) to the student. This
document includes the student's Expected Family
Contribution (EFC). This is the amount the student's
family is expected to contribute toward the student's
educational costs.
2. The Financial Aid Office (FAO) will electronically
receive the information contained on the student's SAR
in order to determine the student's eligibility for
financial aid.
3. Once the FAO has received the FAFSA results and other
requested information, e.g. , tax returns, verification
material , a student's eligibility for financial aid assistance will then be determined.
4. The FAO will then mail a financial aid award letter to
the student. The award letter will indicate the student's
eligibility for one or more financial aid programs.
Typically, the awarding process begins in early April of
each year.
* Reapply Each Year Financial aid is not renewed automatically. Federal requirements and/or the student's and/or
family's financial situation may change, therefore, students .
must reapply each year.
Revisions, Cancellations, Repayments
California University reserves the right to review, revise, or
cancel a financial aid award at any time due to: ( I) a change
in the student's enrollment status at California University
~
and/or a change in the student's financial aid eligibility; (2) ~
failure to comply with policies, procedures, or laws pertaining to these programs; and (3) the availability of federal,
state, and university funds for each program. Students will be
notified of any revision and/or cancellation. Students who
(1
fail to meet the financial aid requirements may be required to ~
repay all or a portion of the assistance used during any
affected semester(s). See "How Registration Affects Finan- ~
cial Aid Eligibility" for additional information regarding
adjustments to financial aid awards.
Z
>
Z
>
>
9
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
17
Financial Aid
Time Line
J
a
n
u
Items to Complete
Gather financial aid documentation
necessary for completion of the F AFSA
Obtain a Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (F AFSA)
.
Mail your F AFSA to the Federal
processor. THE EARLIER THE
BETTER! (Keep a copy for your
records!)
Review your Student Aid Report (SAR)
for errors and make any necessary
corrections.
Provide the Financial Aid Office with all
requested information.
b
r
u
a
r
y
M
a
r
A
p
r
C
I
h
I
A
M
a
y
J
J
u
u
n
e
u
g
I
u
y
s
t
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
April 1 - F AFSA priority deadline for
consideration for Federal Campus-Based
Programs (FWS, FSEOG, & Perkins)
X
Financial aid award letters mailed to
students. Students must sign and return
letter to FAO.
X
May 1 - FAFSA deadline for PHEAA
State Grant
X
File Stafford Loan application with
lender. (See Stafford Loan Processing
Cycle for additional information.)
X
X
X
X
Receive results of PHEAA Grant
eligibility.
X
X
X
X
Receive billing statement from Bursar's
Office.
Due date for paying Fall semester bill.
18
a
r
y
F
e
California University Of Pennsylvania
X
X
Rights and Responsibilities of
Financial Aid Applicants
Every student has the right to apply for financial aid and to
request and receive reconsideration of any financial aid
decision. Students also have the right to know how their
financial need and family contributions are calculated.
Students and parents are expected to provide accurate
information on all application materials and may be asked to
provide photocopies of their latest federal income tax
returns.
The Federal Government requires the Financial Aid Office to
insure that financial information from all sources is accurate
and truthful. When forms are used to establish eligibility for
federal student aid funds, false statements or misrepresentations may subject those providing the information to a fine,
imprisonment (or both) under provisions of the U.S. Criminal Code. Students also have the responsibility to notify the
Financial Aid Office of any change occurring in their
financial position from that which was reported on the
application, e.g., eligibility for Social Security or veteran's
benefits, receipt of scholarships, grants or other assistance,
change in residency, etc.
FINANCIAL AID
PROGRAMS
Federal Aid Programs
Grants
Federal Pell Grants are awarded to undergraduate students
to assist with their educational costs. This grant is intended
to be the "floor" of the financial aid package and may be
combined with other forms of aid in order to meet the cost of
education. The amount of a Pell Grant is determined by the
student's and family's financial resources . The Federal Pell
Grant Program will notify applicants of their eligibility
through a Student Aid Report (SAR) mailed to their permanent address. The Pell Grant annual award ranges from $400
to $3000.
300 hours during May-August) employment opportunities
are available to qualified students. Students interested in
summer employment must complete a "Summer Work-Study
Application".
Loans
Federal Perkins Loans provide low-interest loans to eligible
undergraduate students who demonstrate exceptional need.
The Perkins Loan award ranges from $1500 to $2500.
Continued borrowing under the program from year to year
depends on the availability of funds . Thi s loan bears an
interest rate of five percent a year, and repayment of principle may be extended over a ten year period. The normal
minimum monthly repayment is at least $30. For borrowers
who received their loan after June 30, 1987, repayment of
principle and interest begins nine months after students end
their studies. California University of Pennsylvania awards
the Joans and is responsible for collecting loan payments
from borrowers in repayment.
Cancellation Provisions: Borrowers becoming full-time
teachers in public or other nonprofit private elementary or
secondary schools with a high enrollment of students from
low income families or designated teacher shortage areas, in
certain fields, may cancel all of their loans. Full-time
teachers of handicapped children may be eligible for
complete cancellation of the loan. In addition, a borrower
who becomes a full-time staff member in a preschool
program of the Economic Opportunity Act (Head Start), a
full-time nurse, or medical technician , in certain states, may
also be eligible for cancellation of the loan (subject to federal
funding approval). Borrowers serving as volunteers in the
Peace Corps are eligible for cancellation of 15-20% of the
total Perkins Loan obligation, depending on the length of
active service in the Peace Corps plus the accrued annual
interest. Most government sponsored loans, such as Stafford
Loans, defer repayment during the time a person serves in
the Peace Corps. Borrowers serving in the Armed Forces of
the United States can have a maximum of 50 percent of the
loan canceled at the rate of 12 1/2 percent a year, plus
interest, for each complete year of service in an area of
hostilities.
Student Employment
Deferment Provisions: Interest and principle payments are
deferred during any period in which the borrower is carrying ~
at least 1/2 the normal academic work load at an institution ~
of higher learning, or up to three years if the borrower is on
full-time active duty as a member of the Armed Forces of th.e
United States, is a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act, or is
a volunteer under the Economic Opportunity Act (VISTA). (j
Federal Work-Study Employment provides part-time
employment to undergraduate students who typically
demonstrate exceptional financial need. Students are paid the
Federal minimum wage and typically work eight hours per
week during the academic year. During summer sessions
both part-time (10 hours a week) and full-time (maximum of
Federal Stafford Loans provide low-interest loans to
students regardless of income or financial need. A student
who applies for a Stafford Loan and demonstrates financial
need will be eligible for a "Subsidized" Stafford Loan. The
federal government will pay the interest on this loan while
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grants (FSEOG) are generally targeted to Pell-eligible
recipients who demonstrate exceptional need. The FSEOG
annual award typically ranges from $600 to $1200.
.Z
>
.Z
~
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
>
~
>
s
19
~ the student is enrolled in school. A student who applies for a
li---i Stafford Loan but does not demonstrate sufficient or remaining financial need will qualify for an "Unsubsidized"
~ Stafford Loan. The borrower is responsible for the interest on
this loan while enrolled in school. For students whose loans
li---i were first disbursed after July 1, 1994 and who have no
outstanding balance on a Stafford, PLUS, or SLS Loan, the
interest rate is variable, but not higher than 8.25 %. The
maximum Stafford loan limit a student can borrow is as
zfollows:
<
<
U
Z
<
~ Stafford Loan Borrowing Chart
Grade Level
Annual Amount *
freshman
up to $2,625
up to $3,500
sophomore
junior/senior
up to $5,500
up to $8,500
graduate
* combined total of Subsidized & Unsubsidized
Please Note: Independent students, and dependent students
whose parents cannot obtain a PLUS Loan, may increase
their "Unsubsidized" Stafford Loan limit by the following
amounts:
Grade Level
freshman/sophomore
junior/senior
graduate
Additional Amount
up to $4,000
up to $5,000
up to $10,000
Federal Parents Loans for Undergraduate Students (PLUS)
are available to parents who possess good credit and wish to
borrow to provide for their son's or daughter's education.
The annual loan limit is the cost of education less other
fin ancial aid received by the student. The interest rate is
variable, but not higher than 9.00%.
State Programs
Grants
PHEAA Grants provide need-based state grant assistance of
up to $2,900 per year. This grant program is funded by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and is administered by the
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency
(PHEAA). Students receive up to eight full-time semesters of
PHEAA Grant assistance or sixteen semesters of part-time
assistance.
Eligibility Criteria:
• The student must be a Pennsylvania resident.
•
The student must complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) by May 1 each year.
• The student must be enrolled on at least a half-time basis
in a PHEAA-approved undergraduate program of study.
•
The student must be a high school graduate or the
recipient of a GED.
•
The student must demonstrate academic progress for
continued aid.
20
California University Of Pennsylvania
Other State Grants: Several states, including Massachusetts,
Vermont, Connecticut, West Virginia, Rhode Island, and
Ohio, have state grants which can be transferred to schools
outside the state. Interested students may obtain information
concerning these programs from their high school guidance
counselors or from their appropriate State Higher Education
Agency.
Student Employment
State Work-Study Program (SWSP)
Institutional work-study that is funded through State and
University matched funds. Thi s program provides students
with employment opportunities in high technology and
community service positions. Students are paid the Federal
minimum wage and typically work eight hours per week
during the academic year. Students must complete the SWSP
Student Application/Placement Form (available in FAO in
early September) and meet the following eligibility criteria:
•
be a Pennsylvania resident;
•
complete the FAFSA Form;
• be a state grant or Subsidized Stafford Loan recipient;
and secure employment in one of the SWSP areas oncampus.
Limited summer employment opportunities are available
through this program. During summer sessions (full-time
students may be eligible to work up to 37 1/2 hours for a
maximum of 300 hours during May-August) employment
opportunities are available through this program. Students
interested in summer employment must complete a "Summer
Work-Study Application " in addition to the SWSP application. Additional information regarding this program can be
obtained by contacting the Financial Aid Office.
University Programs
Student Employment - Institutional employment (NonFWSP) provides employment opportunities to students
regardless of financial need. Students are paid the federal
minimum wage and typically work eight hours per week
during the academic year. During summer sessions both parttime (10 hours a week) and full-time (maximum of 300
hours during May-August) employment opportunities are
available to qualified students. Students interested in summer
employment must complete a "Summer Work-Study Application ". Interested students must file the FAFSA form to
qualify. Additional information regarding this program can
be obtained by contacting the Financial Aid Office
Athletic Grant-in-Aid - California University of Pennsylvania offers athletic grant-in-aid assistance to outstanding
student athletes in selected intercollegiate sports programs,
for both women and men. Interested students should contact
the Athletic Department.
Scholarships - California University of Pennsylvania offers a
number of meritorious and need-based scholarships to new
students. All students who complete the California University Admissions Application are automatically considered for
all new student scholarships. However, selected applicants
for some of the scholarship awards may be required to
complete additional information for final determination of
the award.
The scholarships offered range from $100 to full tuition for
the academic year.
Many of the scholarships are renewable awards based on the
student maintaining minimum academic standards and
demonstrating financial need, if applicable.
The Faculty Scholarship is the most prestigious meritorious
scholarship offered to new students. This renewable scholarship is awarded to students who score above 1200 on their
SAT and rank in the upper 10% of their high school graduating class. The award amount is up to the value of in-state
tuition.
California University
Scholarships
AAUW Scholarship: The California Branch of the American
Association of University Women awards a $400 per year scholarship to a full-time, female upperclassman over 30 who wants to
complete her undergraduate degree at the university. The scholarship may be renewed upon maintenance of a 3.00 grade point
average. Those interested should contact the Financial Aid Office
(724- 938-4415).
Alumni Scholarships: Ten renewable scholarships up to $430 are
given to freshmen entering with an SAT score of at least 1100,
grade point average of 3.25, and a rank in the first or second tenth
of their graduating class. Inquiries should be directed to the
Admissions Office (724-938-4404).
a
Colonel Arthur L. Bakewell Veterans Scholarships: Two $1,000
scholarships are offered by the Veterans Club to an honorably
discharged veteran undergraduate sophomore attending the
university full-time with a minimum 3.00 grade point average.
Eligible individuals should contact the Veteran Affairs Office
(724-938-4076).
Gabriel P. Betz Scholarship: This annual scholarship of $1,000 is
awarded to a student or students who are juniors majoring in
Geography. A departmental scholarship committee announces the
award during the fall semester. Interested candidates should contact
the Earth Science Department (724- 938-4180).
Board of Governors' Scholarships: These scholarships, which
waive tuition every semester for four years, are given to 14 entering
freshmen with at least a 2.5 grade point average and a combined
SAT score of 850. Interested students should contact the Admissions Office (724-938-4404).
The Edward McNall Burns Scholarship: This annual $500
scholarship is apportioned to a student or students majoring in
Social Science, Economics, or History and Urban Affairs who have
completed between 45 and 60 credits at the university. Applicants
must submit a signed and dated letter of intent, a recent transcript
showing outstanding academic ability, and proof of financial need
as determined by the Financial Aid Office. Interested students
should contact the Social Science Department (724-938-4042).
California Area Chamber of Commerce Scholars Fund: This
annual non-renewable $500 scholarship is awarded to a full-time
freshman who meets the following criteria: (1) graduated from
California High School ; (2) ranked in the top two-fifths of their
class; (3) have a competitive SAT score; (4) who are active in the
community; and (5) demonstrate financial need. Interested students
should contact the Chair, University Scholarship Committee (724938-5863).
California PTA Scholarship: The California High School PTA
awards a $500 scholarship to a freshman student who has graduated
from California High School. The scholarship is based on academic
performance and financial need. Applications are available in the
California High School's Guidance Office after February I st of
each year.
California University of Pennsylvania Faculty Scholarships: The
Cal U faculty awards a limited number of full-tuition (in-state)
scholarships per year to a selected number of freshmen . Minimum
qualifications are: (1) admission as a full-time student at California
University of Pennsylvania; (2) a combined SAT score above I 200;
and (3) rank in the upper 10% of their high school graduating class.
Inquiries should be directed to the Chair, University Scholarship
Committee (724-938-5863).
Charles and Mary Coen Scholarship: This annual non-renewable
$605 scholarship is awarded to a junior who resides in Washington
County. Selection is based on scholastic achievement and financial
need. The Financial Aid Office will select the recipient of this award.
J. Robert Craig Scholarship: A $500 first-semester scholarship is
awarded to an incoming freshman or transfer student exhibiting
excellence in the natural sciences. Proof of this ability must be
verified by a letter of recommendation from the applicant's science
teacher. Interested freshmen should contact the Educational Studies
Department (724-938-4140) or the Physical Sciences Department
(724-938-4147).
Pete J. Daley II Government Scholarship: This $250 scholarship is
awarded each semester to a deserving student majoring in Political
Science who resides in the 49th Legislative District. The scholarship is based on academic performance and financial need. Inquiries
regarding this scholarship should be directed to the Financial Aid
Office (724-938-4415).
~
James T. & Martha E. Davis Scholarship: This annual non-renew- ~
able $1000 scholarship is awarded to an academically talented junior
who demo~strates ?nancial need and resides in one of the following~
Pennsylvania counties: Fayette, Greene, Washington, or Westmoreland. ~
The Scholarship Committee will select the recipient of this award.
Z
Z
(j
Earth Science Faculty Scholarship: This $500 scholarship is
awarded to a student majoring in Earth Science, Geography, or
~
Geology. The applicant must have a minimum 3.00 grade point
~
average in their major. The award is made at the end of the student 's ~
junior year. Those interested should contact the Earth Sciences
~
Department (724-938-4180).
~
~
~
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
21
9
Eberly Family Scholarships: These renewable scholarships are
awarded to freshmen who have demonstrated academic promise and
~ reside in Fayette County. The scholarship value is up to full tuition
~ for an academic year. Each recipient must maintain sufficient
~ academic progress to continue receiving the award. Interested
~ students should contact the Admissions Office (724-938-4404).
~
~
UDr. Calvin Fleming Scholarship: A $1000 scholarship is awarded to
an outstanding student in the Natural or Physical Sciences with a
preferred composite SAT score of 1200. Inquiries should be directed
to the Chair, University Scholarship Committee (724-938-5863).
Z
<
~ Ke1111y Hager Memorial Scholarship for Graphic Communica~ tions:
This non-renewable scholarship is awarded to a student
majoring in Graphic Communications, who has completed at least
64 credits, has a minimum grade point average of 3.00, and
demonstrates fin ancial need. Interested students should contact the
Applied Engineering and Technology Department (724-938-4085).
The David W. Hambacher Scholarship: A $500 scholarship is
awarded to a senior who is attending Graduate School, has a grade
point average of 3.0 or greater, demonstrates community service,
and financi al need. Those interested should should contact the
Psychology Department (724-938-4100).
Marjorie Henshaw Holman Award: This annual non-renewable
$500 scholarship is awarded to a full-time freshman who meets the
following criteria : ( I) majoring in elementary education; (2) have a
g. p.a. of 3.0 or higher, and (3) be a graduate of Uniontown High
School. Interested students should contact the Chair, University
Scholarship Committee (724-938-5863).
Oren Holman Scholarship: This annual scholarship is awarded to
undergraduate students based on academic achievement and
financial need. Inquiries regarding this scholarship should be
directed to the Financial Aid Office (724-938-4415).
Delila C. Jenkins Scholarships: These renewable scholarships are
awarded to freshmen Education majors demonstrating financial need.
The scholarship value is up to full tuition for an academic year. Each
recipient must maintain satisfactory academic progress in order to
continue receiving the award. Applicants must submit the "Free
Application for Federal Student Aid" to be considered. Those
interested should contact the Admissions Office (724-938-4404).
Rotary District #733 Charles C. Keller Endowment Fund Scholarship: This annual scholarship is awarded to a student based on
academic achievement and financial need. Priority is given to a student
whose parents or grandparents were Rotarians from District #733, or to
the student who participated in Rotary youth-related programs such as
Interact, Rotaract, or youth exchange. If no applicant meets either of
the Rotarian criteria, priority consideration will then be given to nontraditional students. Inquiries regarding this scholarship should be
directed to the Financial Aid Office (724-938-4415).
Michael Keller Scholarship: This annual non-renewable scholarship is awarded to a non-traditional student who is at least 30 years
old . This scholarship is based on academic performance (minimum
3.0 grade point average) and financial need. Interested students
should co ntact the Office of Lifelong Leaming (724-938-5840) .
Paul J. Killius Jr. Special Education Scholarship: This annual
scholarship of $900 is awarded to a freshman student majoring in
Special Education who resides in the local area of the university and
demonstrates financial need. Interested students should contact the
Foundation Office (724-938-4553).
22
California University Of Pennsylvania
Joseph A. Main AFGE/UMWA Scholarship: This annual $550
scholarship is awarded to an academically talented and financially
needed undergraduate. Preference will be given to students born and
raised in the following Pennsylvania counties: Allegheny,
Armstrong, Beaver, Butler, Fayette, Greene, Indiana, Washington or
Westmoreland. Interested candidates can request an application
from the Foundation office or from AFGE Local 1916, located in
Bruceton, PA.
Debra Maley Scholarship: This annual renewable scholarship is
awarded to a freshman from Bentworth High School. The scholarship is based on academic performance and financial need. The
Financial Aid Office will select the recipient of this award.
Donala Maley Technology Education Scholarship: This annual
scholarship of$ I 000 is awarded to an incoming freshman majoring
in Technology Education. Selection is based on scholastic achievements and financial need. Interested students should contact the
Chairperson of the Maley Scholarship Committee (724-938-4085)
for an application and additional information.
Albina R. Malpeu.i Memorial Scholarship: This non-renewable
scholarship of $750 is awarded to a student enrolled in the College
of Liberal Arts, who has completed at least 64 credits but not more
than 96 credits, has a minimum grade point average of 3.25, and
demonstrates financial need. Interested students should contact the
Chair, University Scholarship Committee (724-938-5863).
Joseph Lynn Marino Memorial Award: An award of $200 to $500
is granted each semester to a full-time undergraduate with a 3.50
overall grade point average. The applicant must be enrolled in the
College of Liberal Arts and must have completed six credits in
Anthropology. Those interested should contact the Chair, University
Scholarship Committee (724-938-5863).
Minor Major Memorial Award: This annual award (currently $350)
is given to a scholastically outstanding student in any of the English
curricula. There is no application. Those interested should contact the
English Department (724-938-4070).
Minority Scholarship: This annual non-renewable scholarship is
awarded to a deserving minority student. Interested students should
contact the Director of the Women's Center/Disabled Student
Services (724-938-5857).
Mon Valley NAACP Scholarship: A $600 renewable scholarship is
awarded to a freshman who graduated from one of the following
school districts: Charleroi, Belle Vernon, Ringgold, Monessen,
Yough, California, or Bentworth. Nominations must be made by the
school district. Minimum qualifications are: (I) a combined Sat score
of 850 or ACT score of 19; (2) rank in the upper 25% of the high
school graduating class; (3) attained at least a 2.50 cumulative grade
point average; (4) demonstrate financial need beyond other financial
aid grant programs; (5) an African-American high school senior; and
(6) admission as a full-time student at California University. Those
interested should contact the Admissions Office (724-938-4404).
Elmo Natali Endowment Fund: This annual scholarship is awarded
to a deserving student who is a member of the California University
Football Team. Interested students should contact the Athletic
Department (724-938-4019).
Kurt Nordstrom Memorial Scholarship: This scholarship is
awarded each semester to a student majoring in Printing Management. A departmental committee announces its decision each
semester. Interested students should contact the Applied Engineering and Technology Department (724-938-4085).
Mary Noss Freshmen Scholarships: A $750 non-renewable
scholarship is awarded to an incoming freshman from each of
Washington County's fourteen public schools. The recipients,
chosen by a committee in each high school, must attend the
university full-time in order to receive the award. Eligible applicants should contact their guidance counselor.
Walter Radishek Outstanding Future Teacher Award: This $750
non-renewable scholarship is awarded to a scholastically outstanding senior education major who has completed student teaching.
Inquiries should be directed to the College of Education at (724938-4125).
Private Assistance
Scholarships/Grants -There are also many other agencies
and organizations which provide financial assistance. These
include civic clubs, fraternal organizations, religious groups,
employers, organizations, unions , etc. Guidance counselors,
local civic leaders or local librarians are of great help in
researching such avenues of financial assistance. For
additional information, see "Financial Aid World Wide Web
(WWW) Sites" for help in locating assistance from these
agencies/organizations.
Rudez-Pezo Scholarship Fund: This an nual $550 scholarship is
awarded to an academically talented and financially needy
undergraduate. First preference will be given to students majoring
in the College of Education and Human Services. If no appropriate
candidate is selected from that College, it will be open to students
enrolled in the Eberly College of Science and Technology. Interested candidates should contact the Chair, University Scholarship
Committee (724-938-5863).
Payment Plans - California University offers payment plans
which enable you to pay college costs in specified increments on a monthly basis. Many families find monthly
payment plans make paying for college more manageable.
Contact the Bursar's Office at 724-938-4431 for additional
information.
Elsbeth E. Santee Scholarship: Awarded to an outstanding student
majoring in one or more of the Foreign Languages. Minimum
qualifications are a 3.00 grade point average in the Foreign
Language Major(s) and at least two completed courses in the
Foreign Languages. Inquiries should be directed to the Foreign
Languages Department (724-938-4246).
Private Education Funding - In addition to the Federal loan
programs, there are also private sources of educational loans.
These are typically private, credit-based loans sponsored by
banks and state agencies or private guarantors. The results of
the FAFSA are not used in determining eligibility for these
programs. Contact the Financial Aid Office for additional
information.
Shaltenbrand/Westerwald Pottery Scholarship: This $550 per year,
non-renewable scholarship is awarded to an incoming freshman
who graduated in the upper 10% of his/her class. This scholarship is
awarded first to anyone from the following counties: Allegheny,
Fayette, Greene, Washington, or Westmoreland; and second to a
Pennsylvania resident. Interested students should contact the
Financial Aid Office at (724-938-4415).
Charles W. Slick Football Scholarship: This annual scholarship is
awarded to a deserving student who is a member of the California
University Football Team. The scholarship is awarded based on
academic performance and good citizenship qualities. Interested
students should contact the Athletic Department (724-938-4019).
John K. Thornburgh Honors Scholarship: This annual renewable
$200 scholarship is awarded to a full-time undergraduate student
who meets the following criteria: (I) enrolled in the University
Honors Program ; (2) achieves a 1200 SAT or hi gher; and (3) have at
least a 3.75 g.p.a. Interested students should contact the Chair,
University Scholarship Committee (724-93 8-5863).
Tselepis Football Scholarship: This annua l scholarship is awarded
to a freshman or upperclass student from Aliquippa High School
who is a member of the California University Football Team.
Interested students should contact the Athletic Department (724938-4019).
Undergraduate Assistantships: Ten $1,000 renewable scholarships
are awarded to outstanding first-time freshmen entering on a fulltime basis. Minimum qualifications are a 3.25 grade point average
and a combined SAT score of I I00. Interested students should
contact the Admissions Office (724-938-4404).
Welsh Scholarship: This annual $600 scholarship is awarded to an
Education major who has completed at least 96 credits, has a
minimum grade point average of 3.00, and demonstrates financial
need. The recipient is chosen by the Dean of the College of
Education and Human Services. Inquiries should be directed to the
College of Education and Human Services (724-938-7425).
Special Benefits
Veterans benefits are available to many veterans who are
discharged from the Armed Forces or active members of the
National Guard or Reserves. Additional information may be
obtained by contacting the Veterans Affairs Office at
(724) 938-4076.
Office of Vocational Rehabilitation (OVR) is a service to
conserve the working capacity of persons with an impairment who still have reasonable expectations of becoming
employed. Students who might qualify for vocational
rehabilitation aid to attend college should contact their
county Office of Vocational Rehabilitation.
IMPORTANT STEPS IN
APPLYING FOR A
STAFFORD LOAN
J.
2.
File the paper or electronic version of the FAFSA form.
Obtain a Stafford Loan application from a lender or the
Financial Aid Office. Please Note: PHEAA Loan
Division will mail a loan application to any Pennsylvania student answering ''ye3" to the question
"interested in student loans" on the Renewal FAFSA
or FAFSA form.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
23
6.
Compl ete the borrower section of the application. The
amount of the loan request cannot exceed the student's
annual loan limit under the Stafford Loan Program (see
"Stafford Loan Borrowing Chart" listed below). Please
be sure that aJI questions are complete and that the
student signs and dates the application.
Submit the completed loan application to the lender if
the loan is being processed by a Pennsylvania lender or a
PHEAA-approved, non-Pennsylvania lender. If applying
fo r a Stafford Loan through a non-PHEAA-approved
lender, submit the application to the Financial Aid Office
at Cali fo rni a University.
The certification step is the most important step in the
applicati on process. During thi s step the Financial Aid
Offi ce determines the student's actual loan amount and
type of Stafford (subsidized and/or unsubsidized) based
on the student's fin ancial need. If the application is filed
with a Pennsylvania lender or PHEAA-approved, nonPenn sylvani a lender, this certification process will be
compl eted electronically through the Financial Aid
Office's computer system . The non-PHEAA- approved
loan will be certified and returned via the mail.
Once the application has been certified by the Financial
Aid Office, the lender will authorize the di sbursement of
loan proceeds (Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) or
check) at the appropriate time. First-year, first-time
Stafford Loan borrowers will not receive their loan
proceeds until thirty days after the first day of classes.
The lender will send a "Disclosure Statement" informing
the student of the amount, type, and expected di sbursement date of the loan proceeds. All first-time Stafford
Loan borrowers are required to attend an "Entrance
Interview " before receiving the loan proceeds.
How Registration Affects Financial Aid
Eligibility
Federal regulations and institutional guidelines require
students to be registered before any financial aid monies can
be disbursed. In addition , all federal and state financial aid
programs specify minimum enrollment requirements in order
for a student to receive any (maximum or partial) assistance
from these programs. These minimum enrollment requirements are broken into four enrollment classifications: fulltime, three-quarter-time, half-time, and less-than-half-time.
The chart below indicates the number of credits used to
determine a student's enrollment status.
Enrollment Status
Number of Credits Registered
Full Time
12 c redits o r more (unde rgraduate)
9 cre dits o r mo re (g raduate)
Three-Quarter Time
9 to I I c red its (undergraduate)
7 to 8 credits (gradu ate)
Half-Time
6 to 8 credits (undergraduate)
5 to 6 credi ts (gradu ate)
Less-Than-Half-Time
Less than 6 credits (unde rgraduate )
Less than 5 credits (graduate)
Listed below is an eligibility chart that defines the credit
hour requirements for each of the fi ve federal aid and
PHEAA Grant programs, as well as the percentage of the
maximum award a student may qualify for under all four
enrollment classifications.
Enrollment Status
Eligible for
Award
% of
Maximum
Award
Full Time
Yes
100%
3/4 Time
Yes
75 %
Crediting Financial Aid to a Student's Account
1/2 Time
Yes
50%
In general, once a student's financial aid award(s) has been
fi nali zed (all requested form s received, verification compl eted, enrollment verified, and default status reviewed), the
student's semester award amount(s) (except Federal Stafford
Loans and Federal College Work-Study) will be credited to
hi s/her account beginning with the second week of the
semester. Federal Stafford Loans will also be credited to a
student's account once loan proceeds have been received and
appropri ate authori zation (endorsement of loan check or a
signed EFT authorization form) has been secured and all
other eli gibility criteria have been satisfied . Federal College
Work-Study funds are di sbursed bi-weekly to the student in
the fo rm of a payroll check based on the number of hours
worked during the pay period . Please Note: Federal regulations prevent the delivery of the first disbursement of
Federal Stafford Loan proceeds to first-year, first-time
borrowers until thirty days after the first day of classes.
Less than 1/2 Time
Yes
Varies
Full Time
Yes
100%
1/2 or 3/4 Time
Yes.
Detenni ned
by PHEAA
Varies
Less than 1/2 Time
No
No Award
Full Time to 1/2 Time
Yes
100%
Less than 1/2 Time
No
No Award
100%
Financial Aid
Program
DISBURSEMENT OF
FINANCIAL AID
24
Cali fo rnia University Of Pennsylvania
Pell Grant
PHEAA Grant
Stalford Loans
Federal SEOG
& Perkins
Loan
Federal Work
Study
Full Time
Yes
3/4 to 1/2 Time
Yes
50%
Less than 1/2 Ti me
No
No Award
Full Time ID 1/2 Time
Yes
100%
Less than 1/2 Time
No
No Award
Determining Award Eligibility Based On
Enrollment Status
Please Note: Federal and state financial aid awards may be
adjusted according to this chart for any student whose enrollment status (as defined above) changes before 60% of the
enrollment period, e.g., fall or spring semester, or a special
summer session, has elapsed. This would occur when a student
drops a class( es) or withdrawals from the university.
Financial Aid Refunds
Financial aid which exceeds the amount the student owes to
the university (direct costs) will be di sbursed to the student in
the form of a refund check to cover indirect educational costs
such as books and supplies, off campus housing and transportation. These refunds will be available starting with the
second week of the semester for Stafford Loan refunds and
all other student financi al aid refunds if the student has
satisfied the eligibility requirements for each award. Please
Note: Even though refund checks will be available starting
the first week of the semester, a financial aid refund check
could be delayed if one or more of the following statements is
true: 1) student is a first year, first time borrower (Stafford
refund only); 2) student's f ederal and/or state aid has not
been finalized; 3) student 's loan application was filed late;
and/or 4) the loan application or the "Free Application for
Federal Student Aid" (FAFSA) is delayed at the processor
(federal student aid prog ram, guarantee agency/lender) due
to missing or incorrect information.
Financial Planning
Students planning to attend California University of Pennsy lvania should be aware that the cash from many of the
financial aid programs is not available until the second week
of the semester for which the funds are intended. Students
should plan to come to the university with enough personal
money for early term purchases (books, materials, art
supplies, etc.) without depending upon financial aid funds.
Maintaining Financial Aid Eligibility
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy
Purpose of Policy
Federal regulations require all institutions that administer
Title IV student assistance programs to monitor the academic
progress toward a degree or certificate of those students
applying for or receiving assistance from those programs. All
California University students applying for Title IV federal
assistance must meet the standards stated in thi s policy,
regardless of whether or not they prev iously received aid.
The financial aid programs governed by these regulations are
as follow s:
Federal Pell Grant
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG)
Federal Perkins Loan
Federal Stafford Loan (Subsidized/Unsubsidized)
Federal Plus Loan
Federal Work-Study
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) standards include
three elements: 1) maximum time frame within which a
degree or certificate must be granted, (2) minimum credit
hours earned per academic year, and (3) minimum cumul ative grade point average (g.p.a.).
Review Period
The review of a student's "Satisfactory Academic Progress"
(SAP) standing occurs annually at the end of the spri ng
semester. A student's SAP standing will be based on hi s/her
academic performance during the academic year [fall and/or
spring semester(s)] . Students who are not making satisfactory academic progress are typically notified in early
summer.
Maximum Time Frame
Maximum time frame is defined as the required length of
time it will take a student to complete a degree program
based on the appropriate enrollment status (full-time, threequarter time, or half-time). For a student to remain eli gible
for federal aid, the student must conform to the follow ing
time frame for completion of a Baccalaureate Degree:
Associate Degree
Enrollment Status * Number of Elit:ible Semesters
Full-time (12 or more credits)
6 semesters
9 semesters
Three-quarter time (9 to 11 credits)
Half-time (6 to 8 credits)
12 semesters
Bachelor Degree
Enrollment Status * Number of Elit:ible Semesters
Full-time (12 or more credits)
11 semesters
Three-quarter time (9 to 11 credits)
16 semesters
Half-time (6 to 8 credits)
22 semesters
Minimum Earned Credit Hours
In order to monitor a student's progress toward compl eting a
degree in a prescribed amount of time, a measure of annual
progress has been established. The minimum earned credit
hours component requires student aid applicants and recipients to successfully earn a minimum number of credit hours
per year based on a student's enrollment status. A student
must meet the following earned credit hour standards based
on hi s/her enrollment status:
Enrollment Status* Total Earned Credits Per Year
Full-time (12 or more credits))
24 credits
Three-quarter time (9 to 11 credits) 18 credits
Half-time (6 to 8 credits)
12 credits
* Assumes a student's enrollment status (full-time, threequarter time, or half-time) remained constant throughout the
academic year. The minimum earned credit hours standard
listed above will differ if the student's enrollment status
varies throughout the academic year.
Undergraduate Catal og I 998-99
25
Minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
Each semester the university reviews the "grade point
average" (g.p.a.) of each student in order to determine
whether the student is maintaining "good academic standing". The university has established minimum grade point
averages that students must maintain in order to achieve
"good academic standing". Listed below are the minimum
grade point averages for each class level:
Freshman 1.75
Sophomore 1.85*
Junior
Senior
1.95
2.00
*Students pursuing an Associate Degree must have a 2.0
g.p.a. in orde r to graduate.
A student who fails to meet minimum academic standards
(required g.p.a), as defined by the university, will be placed
on academic probation status for one semester. Students are
eligible to receive financial aid during the probation
semester(s). At the end of the probation semester(s), a
student must: (]) achieve the required minimum grade point
average (student is removed from academic probation); or
(2) achieve at least a 2.0 grade p oint average during the
probationary semester ( if this requirement is met, the student
will continue on academic probation). A student who is
unsuccessful in attaining either one of these levels of
academic performance will be academically dismissed from
the university. Students who are academically dismissed are
considered ineligible for Title IV federal aid. However, a
student who is academically dismissed and is approved for
re-admi ssion (through the university's PASS Program only)
will be placed on ''financial aid probation." During financial
aid probation a student is eligible to receive Title IV federal
aid (see "Financial Aid Probation" section for additional
info rmation).
Special Grades
I (Incomplete): An incomplete grade does not earn credit or
in fl uence the grade point average in the semester in which
the course work was taken. If an incomplete has been
resolved and the student has earned a passing grade, the
credit and grade will be counted toward satisfying the
minimum credit hour standards and grade point average
requirements.
W (Withdrawal): All withdrawal categories do not earn
credit(s) toward graduation or toward satisfying the credit
requirements of the SAP Policy.
P (Pass): If thi s grade is awarded, the credits apply toward
graduation and toward sati sfying the minimum earned credit
hour standards, but will not impact a student's grade point
average.
26
Califo rnia University Of Pennsylvania
Repeated Courses: For a course that has been repeated, only
the last grade earned is used in calculating the grade point
average and the credits are awarded onl y fo r the semester in
which it was repeated. However, each time a student enrolls
in a course, the course is counted as part of the maximum
time frame.
Military Transfer Credits
In most cases, mil itary training and/or service school
experience credits can be counted in the total credit hours
earned by a student for satisfying the minimum credit hour
progression requirement. However, the military training and/
or service schoo l experience will only be used in satisfying
the minimum earned credit hour requirement during the
student's firs t year of attendance at Califo rnia University.
PHEAA Grant Progress Standard
Even though the PHEAA Grant is a non-Title IV aid program, the satisfactory academic progress requirements for
thi s program are si_milar to the federal policy. For students to
remain eligible fo r a PHEAA Grant, he/she must meet the
following minimum earned credit hour standard after every
two semesters of state grant assistance:
Enrollment Status* Total Earned Credits Per Year
Ftill-time (12 or more credits)
24 credits
Part-time (6 to 11 credits)
12 credits
For PHEAA Grant purposes, the repeated course(s) can be
counted only once in meeting the 12 or 24 credit hour test.
Please Note: A student can only receive a maximum of 8
full-time or 16 part-time semesters of PHEAA Grant
assistance.
Financial Aid Probation
If a student fa il s to achieve the Satisfactory Academic
Progress Standards during the review period as outlined in
thi s policy, the student will be placed on financial aid
probation. Students who fail to meet progress standards
should refer to the "Financial Aid Suspension" section li sted
below. Students will remain on financial aid probation for the
next award year and will be eligible to receive federal Title
IV fi nancial aid assistance during this probationary period.
Please Note: Students will not be granted financial aid
probation for two consecutive academic years.
Financial Aid Suspension
If a student fail s to achieve the minimum earned credit hour
standard and/or the minimum grade point average upon the
conclusion of a student's fi nancial aid probationary period,
the student will be placed on fin ancial aid suspension.
Students placed on financial aid suspension (progress) will
become ineligible for future Title IV assistance until the
student's SAP deficiency is resolved.
Eligibility for Reinstatement
In order to be reinstated, the student must successfully
achieve the required grade point average as mandated by the
SAP Policy and/or successfully make up his/her credit
hour(s) deficiency at his/her own expense. The student may
use the summer or any semester of the academic year to
eliminate his/her deficiency. Students may take course work
at another college or university to resolve the minimum
credit-hour deficiency, provided that the credits earned at that
institution are transferable to California University and the
student's college dean or appointed designee has authorized
the transient course work. Students who make up their credithour deficiency at an institution other than California
University must have a Financial Aid Transcript sent to the
Financial Aid Office.
Students who make up their deficiency must complete and
return the Satisfactory Academic Progress Form, along with
all required documents, to the Financial Aid Office before their
deficiency status can be cleared. Please Note: Only successfully earned credits, not grades, are transferable back to
California from another approved institution. Students can
only improve their grade point average by taking and successfully completing course work at California University.
Appeal Procedures
All Title IV recipients have a right to appeal a financial aid
suspension decision by submitting a "SAP Appeal Form" to
the Financial Aid Office with a written explanation of the
reason(s) the student failed to meet the Satisfactory Academic
Policy Standards. Appeal forms are available in the Financial
Aid Office. The deadline date for filing an appeal is the third
week of classes in any semester that the student is applying for
financial aid. Students will be officially notified within 7 to 10
days after filing the appeal form . If the appeal is denied, final
appeal must be made to the Director of Financial Aid within
10 working days of the date of the denial letter.
below is the definition of each policy and appropriate
schedule.
Definition of Pro-Rata Refund Policy
This refund policy applies to any student who meets the
following criteria: receives federal financial aid ; attends the
university for the first time ; and withdraws on or before the
60 percent point of the enrollment period. Students who meet
all three criteria will be assessed university charges (tuition
and fees, room and board, etc.) equal to the portion of the
enrollment period completed.
Schedule of Pro-Rata Refunds
If the student withdraws:
Prior to the second day of classes
First 10% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 20% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 30% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 40% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 50% (in time) of the enrollment period
First 60% (in time) of the enrollment period
After the 60% (in time) of the enrollment period
Refund
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
0%
Definition of Federal Refund Policy (University Refund
Policy)
This refund policy applies to any student who withdraws
after their first semester of attendance at California University. Students who meet this basic criteria will have their
university charges calculated according to the following
schedule:
Schedule of Federal Refunds
If the student withdraws during:
First 10% (in time) of the enrollment period
11 % to 25% (in time) of the enrollment period
26% to 50% (in time) of the enrollment period
after 50% (in time) of the enrollment period
Refund
90%
50%
25 %
0%
NOTE: Federal regulations require the university to use the
Refund/Repayment Policies
Definition of "Refund"
The term "refund" is defined as financial aid and/or cash
payments minus the amount retained by the institution for
the student's actual period of enrollment. Any student who
withdraws from the university may be eligible for a refund of
university charges, according to the published refund policy.
However, a student who receives financial aid and withdraws
from the university may be required to refund all or a portion
of the financial aid awards to the appropriate financial aid
program(s).
University Refund Policies
Official withdrawal from the university may entitle the
student to a refund of university fees . The amount of the
refund of university fees will be based on one of two refund
policies: Pro-Rata or Federal Policy. The student's
enrollment status at the time of withdrawal from the university will determine which refund policy will be used. Listed
refund policy (Pro Rata or Federal) that provides the largest
refund to the federal aid program(s). Therefore, both the
formulas are applicable in determining a refund for a federa l
aid recipient who withdraws during hi s/her first semester of
attendance.
Distribution Policy
If it is determined that a portion of a student's eligible refund .,.
of university charges consists of student financial aid, the
~
Federal Government requires that aid be returned to the
~
financial aid program(s) in the following priority order:
>
zn
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan
Federal Subsidized Stafford Loan
Federal PLUS Loan
~
Federal Perkins Loan
Federal Pell Grant
~
Federal SEOG
Other Title IV Aid Programs
Other Federal, State, Private, or Institutional Aid Programs ~
~
The Student
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
27
>
>
~ Repayment Policy
Mach 25
::: Definition of "Repayment"
~ Repayment is defined as the amount a student must repay of
~ student financial aid that is given directly to the student as a
cash disbursement to cover non-institutional costs.
Mach 25 is a simple and fas t scholarship resource locator.
Students develop a profile of themselves to locate scholarships that best match their qualifications.
http://www.mach2S.com
<
~
Federal Financial Aid Sites
U Repayment Procedures
Z
<
Z
A student who withdraws and receives a cash di sbursement
of student financial aid for non-institutional charges may be
required to pay all or a portion of the student financial aid to
~ the appropriate financial aid program(s). The foll owing
~ policies are used in determining the amount to be repaid by
the student, if any:
1. Non-institutional housing/board costs are pro-rated
based on the remaining months in the seme ter.
2. One half of the academic year allowance for books,
supplies and personal/miscellaneous expenses is
considered to be expended when a student begins
classes.
3. Transportation costs are pro-rated based on the remaining weeks in the semester.
4. Once pro-rated expenses are determined for that
semester, the institution will subtract this amount from
the total cash disbur ed to the student for the payment
period. If it is determined that a repayment is necessary,
the appropriate program will be refunded and the student
will be billed. Please ote: If the repayment owed is
$100 or less, the student will not be billed.
HEATH Resource Center's 1996 Financial Aid
for Students with Disabilities
The HEATH Resource Center of the American Council on
Education operates a national clearinghouse on postsecondary education for individuals with di sabilities.
Disabled students may call l-800-544-3284 or e-mail at
heath @ace.nche.edu.
Project EASI (Easy Access for Students and
Institutions)
Provides information regarding Planning for Your Education,
Applying to School, Receiving Financial Aid, Repaying Your
Loan, and various other pertinent financial aid information.
http://www.easi.ed.gov/
The Student Guide
This site provides general information regarding Federal
financial aid programs, eligibility, application process,
deadlines, special circumstances, and a glossary. This site is
provided by the Department of Education.
http://www.ed.gov/prog_info/FSA/Student Guide/
Distribution Policy
If it is determined that a student is required to repay all or a
portion of the student financial aid disbursed to him/her, the
Federal Government requires that it be returned to the
appropriate program(s) in the following priority order:
1. Federal Perkins Loan
2. Federal Pell Grant
3. Federal SEOG
4. Other Title IV Aid Programs
5. Other Federal, State, Private, or Institutional Aid Programs
Financial Aid
Resource Information
Financial Aid World Wide Web (WWW) Sites
The World Wide Web provides a wealth of information through
the culmination of thousands of computers internationally.
Many Web sites also provide links to other relevant information.
Scholarship Search Sites
Financial Institution Sites
National City
This web site provides helpful resource information on the
Federal Family Educational Loan Program, helpful tips on
managing your money, paying for college, and a college
planner.
http://www.national-city.com/natcity/affordit/student
PHEAA
This site developed by the Pennsylvania Higher Education
Assistance Agency provides various types of fi nancial aid
information and resources for parents and students.
http://www.pheaa.org/
PNC Bank Education Loan Center
This web site provides an introduction to educational
financing , variou s financial calcul ators, helpful tutorial s,
glossary, and other related web links .
FastWEB
http://www.eduloans.pncbank.com/
Scholarship resource locator created in 1995. You will be
given an on-line questionnaire and personal mai lbox ID.
Scholarships will be posted to you and updated periodically.
http://www.fastweb.com
Sallie Mae Home Page
28
California University Of Pennsylvania
Sallie Mae is a provider of financial services and operational
support for higher education. http://www.slma.com/
Financial Aid Resource Sites
Colle2e Board On-Line
This site attempts to orient parents and students to the
process of applying to college and the financial aid process.
http://www.collegeboard.org
Financial Aid Information Pa2e
Subject Index - Provides an alphabetical subject index to the
resources listed in the Financial Aid Information Page.
Copyright 1995 by Mark Kantrowitz
http://www.finaid.org/
Mappin2 Your Future
This site provides students and families with information
about college, career, and financial aid choices through a
state-of-the-art public service web site. http://
www.mapping-your-future.org
PASFAA
This site was developed by the Pennsylvania Association of
Student Financial Aid Administrators to provide helpful
financial aid resource information to parents and students.
Visitors to thi s site will find information on college planning,
listing of Pennsylvania Universities and College, preparing
your child for college, and the NCAA Guide for College
Bound Athletes. http://www.sru.edu/pasfaa
Important Financial Aid Telephone Numbers
Federal Government
Federal Student Aid Information
l-800-433-3243
Federal Student Aid Hotline TDD
1-800-730-8913
Pell Grant (Duplicate SAR)
l-319-337-5665
Immigration and
Naturalization Services
1-415-705-4205
IRS Tax Listing (Form 1722)
1-800-829-1040
Selective Service
1-708-688-6888
Social Security Admini stration
1-800-772-1213
PHEAA
Grant Division
Loan Division
1-800-692-7435
1-717-720-2800
1-800-692-7392
1-717-720-2860
Student Loan Servicing Center
SLSC
1-800-233-0557
Financial Aid Glossary
1040 Form, 1040A Form, 1040E Form: The Federal Income Tax
Return that is required to be filed by each person who received
income during the previous year.
Academic Year: The period of time school is in session, consisting
of 30 weeks of instruction.
Appeal: An appeal is a formal request made by the student to have
a financial aid administrator review a student's unusual circumstances which may affect the student's aid eligibility (i.e. , death of a
parent, unemployment, etc.)
Award Letter: An official letter issued by the Financial Aid Office
that lists the financial aid awarded to the student. Students are
required to check the award(s) they wish to receive, sign the award
letter, and return it to the Financial Aid Office.
Bursar's Office: The Bursar's Office is the university office
responsible for the billing and collection of university charges,
receives loan proceeds and issues refund checks.
Campus-Based Aid Programs: There are three financial aid
programs funded by the Federal Government but administered by the
school, using Federal Guidelines. These programs are the Federal
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), Federal
Perkins Loan Program, and the Federal Work-Study Program.
College Work-Study: College Work-Study is a part-time job for
undergraduate students. This is often referred to as the Federal
Work-Study Program.
Commuter Student: A student who resides at home and commutes
to school daily.
Cost of Attendance: The Cost of Attendance (COA), also known as
the cost of education or "budget", is the total amount used to
calculate a student's aid eligibility. This amount includes tuition and
fees, room and board, allowances for books and supplies, transportation, and personal and incidental expenses.
Custodial Parent: In the event a student's parents are separated or
divorced, the custodial parent is the one who is providing more than
1/2 of the student's support. If both parents provide equal support,
then the Custodial Parent is designated by the one with whom the
student lived the most during the past 12 months .
Dependent Student: A student who is 23 years old or younger and is
supported by their parents. A parent refusing to provide support for their
child's education is not sufficient for the child to be declared independent.
Disbursement: Disbursement is the release of loan proceeds to the
school for delivery to the borrower.
Disclosure Statement: The disclosure statement is a statement from
the lending institution that provides the borrower with information
regarding the approval amount of the loan, interest rate, origination
and insurance fees, and any other finance charges incurred.
Electronic Funds Transfer: Used by most lenders to wire funds
for Stafford Loan proceeds directly to participating schools without
requiring a check for the student to endorse.
~
~
Z.
>
Enrollment Status: Indication of total credits scheduled for an
~
enrollment period. For financial aid purposes, you must be enrolled L.....
at least half-time to receive aid.
n
>
~
~
Expected Family Contribution (EFC): The Expected Family
Contribution is the amount of money that the family is expected to
contribute to the student's education. This is based on the Federal
Methodology need analysis formula dictated by Congress.
Financial Aid Transcript: The Financial Aid Transcript is a record
of any federal aid received by the student at each post-secondary
school attended.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
>
s
29
Q Financial Aid Package: This includes any aid such as grants,
~ scholarships, loans, and work-study offered to the student to assist
in the funding of their education.
~
<
~ Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA): The FAFSA
u
is used to apply for all need-based aid. The information contained
within this document is used to calculate all financial aid for the
student.
Z
<
Gift Aid: Gift aid i financial aid which is not repaid, such as
scholarships and grants.
~
Grant: Type of financial aid based on financial need that a student
Z does
not repay.
~
~ Independent Student: An independent student must meet at least
one of the following criterion:
Age 24 or older.
Veteran of the U.S. Armed Forces
Enrolled in a graduate or professional program beyond a
bachelor' degree
Married
Orphan or ward of the court, or a ward of the court until age 18
Legal dependents other than spouse for which you are responsible
Loan: Loans are borrowed money that a student must repay with
interest.
Need: The difference between the Cost of Attendance and the
Expected Family Contribution is known as financial need.
Pell Grant: A Pell Grant is a federal need-based grant.
Scholarship: A scholarship is gift aid which is not repaid.
Stafford Loan: A Stafford Loan comes in two forms, Unsubsidized
and subsidized. Students are required to pay interest on an
Unsubsidized loan ; whereas, the government pays the interest on a
subsidized loan while the student i in school , during the six-month
grace period, and during any deferment periods.
Subsidized Loan: A subsidized loan is a loan which the government pays the intere ton the loan while the student is in school,
during a six-month grace period, and during any deferment periods.
Subsidi zed loans are based on need, and may not be used to finance
the fami ly contribution.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG): The
SEOG is a Federal grant program.
Unmet Need: Unmet need is the difference between the student's
financial need and the total need- based aid.
Unsubsidized Loan: An Un ubsid.ized loan is a loan which the
governmen t does not pay the interest. The borrower is responsible
for the interest on an Unsubsidized loan from the date the loan is
disbursed, even while the student is still in school.
Untaxed Income: Contribution to IRAs, Keoghs, tax-sheltered
annuities, and 40l(k) plans, as well as worker's compensation and
welfare benefits.
U.S. Department of Education: The US Department of Education
admini sters several Federal student financial aid programs,
including the Federal Pell Grant, the Federal SEOG, the Federal
Work-Study, the Federal Perkins Loan, the Federal Stafford Loan,
and the Federal PLUS Loan.
Verification : Verification is a review process in which the Financial
Aid Office determines the accuracy of the information provided by
the student and parents on their FAFSA. During this process, the
student will be required to submit requested documentation.
30
Californja University Of Pennsylvania
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
31
32
California University Of Penn ylvania
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Student Responsibilities and
Academic Advising
Students are responsible for securing current infonnation
about university policies and for meeting all relevant requirements. Students follow the requirements and provisions of the
catalog that is in effect at the time of their initial enrollment.
Students who have interrupted their education for more than one
year are subject to the provisions of the catalog which is current
at the time of their readmission to the university. The university
reserves the right to change policies, curriculum requirements,
and other provisions as needed.
Faculty advisors are available to assist students in planning
their academic program, but students have the responsibility for
meeting all requirements for their degrees. Students are urged
to take advantage of the advisory and consultation services
available at the university. They should feel free to consult with
professors, academic advisors, department chairpersons, the
deans, and the Provost. All of these university representatives
maintain regular office hours for student consultations.
Attendance
Regular class attendance is a prerequisite to successful class
perfonnance. University policy permits class absence for cause
but places an obligation for successful completion of course work
on the student. There is no single, university-wide policy on class
attendance or on cuts; but professors may establish their particular
policies on absences, assess reasonable penalties if students do not
observe these policies, and treat unexplained absences as
unexcused absences. The student must, in all cases, arrange to
make up examinations or other work missed because of absence,
according to tenns and a schedule agreeable to the professors.
It is the student's responsibility to infonn professors of the
cause of any absence, if possible, in advance. Students should
notify their college Dean of lengthy absences due to illness or
other causes, and appropriate documentation may be required in
such cases. The Dean will in tum notify the professors concerned.
Requests for absence due to official university activities, such as
field trips or athletic contests, must be made to the appropriate
university official.
Semester System
California University operates on a semester system
with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 15 weeks.
In addition, there is a Summer term which typically includes
a 10 week session and two five week sessions which run
from June to August in addition to special sessions in May
and August.
Course Numbering System
Courses numbered 100 to 499 are undergraduate
courses. Courses numbered 500 may be taken for undergraduate or graduate credit, and courses numbered 700 &
800 are graduate level courses. In certain circumstances,
undergraduate students are allowed to take graduate level
courses for either undergraduate or for graduate credit.
Courses are numbered in the following way :
100-199
Freshman level
200-299
Sophomore level
300-399
Junior level
400-499
Senior level
Generally, courses whose numbers end in 9 (such as 209 and
459) consist of independent study or internship and registering for
such courses typically requires special permission.
Credits
Credit for course work is recorded in credit hours . For
most courses, one credit hour represents one class meeting
per week. For laboratory classes, the ratio may differ
somewhat from one department to another, but usually two
or three hours of laboratory work are worth one credit hour.
A full-time student is one who is taking twelve or more
credits. A student taking fewer than twelve credits is considered a part-time student.
Students expecting to progress from one class to the next
on an annual basis and graduate in four years should complete an average of 32 credits per year, or 16 credits per
semester.
The Health Center does not issue medical excuses. Under
certain circumstances the Health Center will notify professors
about students' absences (or other failure to fulfill academic
obligations) due to medical conditions; on the basis of this
notification, individual professors in tum will determine whether
or not to excuse the absences.
The temporary grade of Incomplete is not automatically
awarded even if excused or explained absences have prevented
completion of required work by the end of the semester.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
33
00
~
~
u
~
~
0
~
u
~
~
~
Q
<
u
<
Grading System
California University uses the following grading system
for all courses:
Interpretation
Grade
Quality Points
per Credit Hour
4
Superior Attainment
A
Above Average
B
3
Average
C
2
Below Average
D
1
F
Failure
0
AU
Not calculated
Audit
I
Not calculated
Incomplete
Incomplete Failure
IF
0
p
Not calculated
Passing
w
Official Withdrawal
Not calculated
WP
Not calculated
Withdraw Passing
WF
Withdraw Failing
0
wx
Not calculated
Administrative Withdrawal
Not calculated
Unofficial Withdrawal
uw
Quality Point or Grade Point
Average
To calculate a quality point average (QPA) or grade
point average (GPA) divide the total number of quality points
earned in regular courses at this university by the total
number of credit hours attempted. For example, if a student
has attempted a total of 60 credits, with 12 credits worth of A
(= 48 quality points), 24 of B (= 72), 15 of C (= 30), 6 of D
(= 6), and 3 of F (= 0), that student would have a total of 156
grade points, or a QPNGPA of 2.60.
In computing QPNGPA, the following courses are not
counted: courses transferred from other institutions, advanced placement courses, courses passed by examination,
courses in which a P grade was assigned, CLEP credits, or
credits granted for military service.
If a student repeats a course, only the repeat grade is
counted. AJthough developmental courses do not count
towards graduation, the credits earned in them are used to
determine a student's QPA.
Appealing a Grade or Other
Academic Decision
In appealing a grade, a student should first contact the
professor who issued that grade to discuss the reason for the
grade. If the student is not satisfied with the professor's
explanation, the student should then contact the professor's
department chairperson. This latter contact must be in
writing and must be filed with the chairperson within thirty
university calendar days after the beginning of the subsequent fall or spring semester following the term in which the
grade in question was given.
If accord is not reached at the chairperson level, the
student may then appeal to the college dean . The final source
of appeal is the Provost. This final step should be taken only
if there is no possibi lity for a resolution at an earlier stage,
and only if the student is convinced that arbitrary and/or
capricious standards were applied.
In the case of other academic decisions, the student
should follow the same appeal procedure insofar as possible.
In matters relating to student conduct and discipline, the
Vice President for Student Development has authority to
review appeals: see the section on the General Code of
Conduct and the Student Judicial System in this catalog.
Cheating and Plagiarism
Truth and honesty are the subjects and the necessary prerequi sites for all education. Consequently, students who attempt
to improve their grades or class standing by cheating on
examinations or plagiarism on papers may be penalized by
disciplinary action ranging from a verbal reprimand to a
failing grade in the course. If the situation appears to merit a
more severe penalty, the professor may refer the matter to the
appropriate dean or to the Provost, with a req uest for formal
di sciplinary action, which may result in suspension or
expulsion from the university.
Good Academic Standing
Students who achieve the minimum Quality Point
Average (QPA) or Grade Point Average (GPA) for their class
rank are in good academic standing.
Class Rank
Freshman
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
Total Number of
Credits Earned
1-31
32-63
64-95
96 or more
Minimum GradePoint Average
1.75
1.85
1.95
2.00
AH earned credits including transfer credits and other
advanced standing credits that have been officially accepted
are counted in determining a student's class rank. All
attempted credits at California University are used in
determining a student's GPA.
34
California University Of Pennsylvania
Students who do not achieve the minimum GPA for their
class rank will be subject to Academic Probation or Academic Dismissal. Satisfactory Academic Progress is also
required for continued eligibility for financial aid.
Academic Probation
A student whose total number of credits attempted has
reached or exceeded twelve and whose overall GPA is below
the specified minimum for his or her class rank will be
placed on Academic Probation.
Before registering for a new term , students on Academic
Probation must have their schedules approved by the
Associate Provost for Student Retention and must agree to
satisfy additional requirements during the probationary
semester.
A student on Academic Probation who attains the
minimum overall GPA for his or her class rank and satisfies
other requirements will be removed from Academic Probation.
A student on Academic Probation who attains a 2.00
GPA during the probationary semester and sati sfies other
requirements, but fail s to attain the minimum overall GPA
for his or her class rank will be permitted to return to the
university on Continuing Academic Probation .
A student on Academic Probation who does not attain the
overall GPA for his or her class rank and does not achieve a
2.00 GPA for the probationary semester, or fails to satisfy
other requirements will be dismissed from the university.
Academic Dismissal
The university reserves the right to refuse the privilege
of further attendance to students who have failed to meet
minimum academic requirements.
If a student's cumulative grade point average remains
below the required minimum after a probationary semester,
the term grade point average during a probationary semester
is below 2.00, and the student fails to meet other requirements, he or she will be dismissed from the university.
Incomplete Grades
An Incomplete (I) is assigned when a professor is
convinced the student can complete or make up work which
has been missed or is incomplete because of reasons acceptable to the professor. However, in all cases, the professor has
the option of submitting a final grade based on work completed and may refuse to accept late work. However, when
appropriate explanation and documentation of an illness are
given, professors will not penalize students if makeups are
possible or if grading on work completed is reasonable.
After the required work has been completed, the
professor will submit a Change of Grade form to the
Registrar's Office. The student, however, is responsible for
contacting the professor regarding arrangements which
should be made to complete the work for the course. (Students are not required to register for the course again)
If the required work is not completed within one
calendar year, the Incomplete grade will be converted to I-F.
This conversion will occur even if the student has not been
enrolled at the university during this calendar year. The I-F
grade is considered in the computation of the student's grade
point average as an F grade. Students who wish to have an
extension of the time allowed to complete the work must
obtain approval from the dean of their college.
Graduating seniors must resolve their Incomplete grades
by the last day of classes of the term in which they intend to
graduate. Otherwise, these Incompletes immediately become
I-F's, and graduation may be correspondingly affected.
Grade Reports
At the end of each semester and summer session, grade
reports are mailed to students at their permanent home
address . For thi s reason, all students should be certain the
Registrar's Office has their correct permanent address. In
compliance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy
Act of 1974, such grade reports are sent to students and not
to their parents or guardian . A grade report will not be sent if
a student's academic records have been sealed.
Midterm grades are also reported for some students.
These reports are available from each student's academic
advisor or in the Office of Student Retention .
Transcripts
Transcripts are issued by the Academic Records Office,
Room 103 in the Administration Building. Each transcript
costs $3 .00, and payment must be received before the
transcript is issued. Checks and money orders should be
made payable to California University of Pennsylvania. All
transcripts are issued according to the provisions of the
Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as
amended: see also the section on Confidentiality of Records
in this catalog.
A request for a transcript must be made in writing, to
ensure that academic information is not improperly disclosed.
Telephone requests for transcripts cannot be honored. The
request may be made by completing a form in the Registrar's
Office or by writing a letter to that office indicating (a) the
number of transcripts required, (b) the type of transcripts
required (i.e., undergraduate, graduate, or both), and (c) the
name and address of the person or institution where the
transcript should be sent. Transcripts will not be issued to a
third party without the written consent of the student.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
35
00
~
~
u
~
~
0
~
u
~
~
~
~
<
U
<
If a transcript is issued to a student, a notation to that
effect appears on the transcript. Transcripts marked in this
manner are sometimes not considered official when presented to a third party by the student.
Transcripts are issued as quickly as possible, but in busy
periods of the academic year there may be some delay.
Requests should therefore be made well before the transcript
is due elsewhere.
No transcript will be issued to a student whose financi al
obligations to the university have not been met in full .
Registration
obtain written permi ion from their advisor and the Dean of
their college. Only in exceptional circumstances will a
student be allowed to register for more than 2 1 credits.
Additional tuition and fees are charged for all credits in
excess of 18.
During the Summer terms, students may register for 6
credits in any one session or 18 credits fo r the summer
without special permi ssion. Matri culating students wishing
to register for additi onal credits during the Summer terms
must obtain written permission from the Dean of their
college, and nonmatricul ati ng students wishing to register for
additional credits mu st obtai n permission from the Director
of the Summer School Program. Students are charged tuition
and fees on a per credit basis for all courses during the
summer.
Eligibility to Register
All students who have been admitted to the university
and who are in good academic, financial, and disciplinary
standing are eligible to register. Students who are not in good
standing with the university may, under special circumstances, be given clearance to register for classes.
Enrollment and Matriculation
A student seeking a degree or credit certificate from
California University is considered a matriculated student
and mu st meet the graduation or completion requirements for
his or her declared major or program. An individual who
enrolls for cl asses but is not seeking a degree or credit
certificate from California University is considered a nonmatriculated student. A nonmatriculati ng student wishing to
matricul ate into a degree or credit certificate program must
sati sfy admission requirements for that program.
Registration Procedures
Registration for an upcoming semester may be completed during the registration periods identified in the
Schedule of Classes published each semester. Thi s pub Iication contains specific information and instructions regarding
these registration periods.
Registration includes academic advising, scheduling
courses, and payment of tuition and fees. Prior to scheduling
classes, each student should meet with his or her academic
advisor to di scuss his or her progress and develop a schedule
for the upcoming semester. Entering a student's schedule into
the university 's registration system creates a financial
obligation by the student to the university, and students who
do not make pay ment arrangements by the announced due
date will have their semester schedules canceled.
Admission to a Closed Section
A student seeki ng admis ion to a closed section should
obtain a schedule adju stment form and consult with the
instructor or chairperson of the department which offers the
course. Admission to a closed section requires the signature
of the instructor or department chair and the Dean of the
college which offers the course.
Repeating a Course
A student may repeat a course previously taken at
California University. In uch cases, onl y the later grade will
be counted in the student's QPA . The original grade, however, will remain on the student's transcript. Some courses
may be repeated for credit and are exempt from thi s policy.
Auditing A Course
A student may audit a course with the understanding that
he or she will receive neither a grade nor credit for the
course. The course will be li sted on the student's transcript
without affecting the QPA. Once a course is registered for
audit, it cannot be converted back to a credit course.
Students may initi ate
the following schedule:
15 week sess ion
5 week ession
10 week session
an audit of a course according to
before the end of the first 6 weeks
before the end of the first 2 weeks
before the end of the first 4 weeks
Audit courses are billed at the same rate as courses taken
for credit.
Audit form are avail able in the Academic Records
Office, Room 103 of the Administration Building.
Credit Overload
Credit By Examination/Course Challenges
During the Fall and Spring semesters, full-time students
may register for 18 credits without special permi ssion.
Students wishing to register for 19 or more credits must
Students may earn credit for a course by passing an
exami nation rather than taking the course. In order to do so,
the student must obtain pennission from the chairperson of
the department that offers the course. The student mu st
36
California University Of Pennsylvania
register for the course and pay tuition and fees for the course.
Once a student registers to challenge a course, it cannot be
converted back to a regular course.
Students may initiate
. the following schedule:
15 week session
5 week session
IO week session
6.
to challenge a course according to
before the end of the first 6 weeks
before the end of the first 2 weeks
before the end of the first 4 weeks
Only grades of P (Pass) or F (Fail) will be recorded, and
the course will be further identified on the student's transcript by the symbol CE. A passing grade does not affect the
QPA; however, a failing grade will lower the QPA. Earned
credits will count towards graduation.
Ceasing to attend class does not constitute official
withdrawal! Students must officially drop from a
course. Leaving a course without officially dropping it
may result in the assignment of an F grade by the
professor. If the professor does not assign a grade, the
designation of UW (unauthorized withdrawal) will be
assigned by the Registrar.
Withdrawal from the
University
A student who decides to withdraw from the university
during any academic term , regardless of the reason, must
contact the Registrar's Office immediately. All withdrawals
are governed by the following regulations:
Course challenge forms may be obtained in the Academic Records Office, Room 103 of the Administration
Building.
1.
Schedule Adjustments
(Add/Drop)
An honorable dismissal is granted to a student who
withdraws from the university in the official manner, has
met all financial obligations to the university, and has
been properly cleared by the Registrar.
2.
If the student withdraws officially during the first six
weeks of a semester, a W grade is recorded for each
course scheduled. A W grade carries no academic
penalty and is not counted in the student's QPA. For an
official withdrawal from a five-week session, W grades
will be recorded during the first two weeks only.
3.
After the sixth week of the semester, a student who
makes an official withdrawal receives WP or WF grades
in all courses scheduled. Professors assign A, B, C, D, or
F grades, and the Dean assigns WP grades to A, B, and
C, and WF to D or F grades. For five-week courses the
WP-WF grades are assigned after the end of the second
week.
4.
No student is permitted to withdraw officially from the
university during the last three weeks of a semester or
summer term.
5.
Leaving the university without notifying the Registrar's (j
Office and making an official withdrawal may result in
automatic failure for all courses scheduled. It also makes~
the student ineligible for refund of tuition and fees , and _.
may affect academic status and financial aid. Improper ~
withdrawals will be classified as unauthorized with~
drawal and the designation UW used for all registered
~
courses if another grade has not already been assigned (j
by the professor.
~
Class schedules may be changed during the add/drop
period using the schedule adjustment forms. All schedule
adjustments are governed by the following regulations.
I.
Prior to making schedule adjustments, a student should
consult with his or her academic advisor to discuss how
the adjustment will affect his or her academic progress.
2.
Courses may be added prior to the second class meeting
during the Fall and Spring semesters and during the first
day of a summer term . Adding a course may require the
signature of the instructor, department chair, and/or
college dean.
3.
Students may drop courses without having a grade
assigned during the first six weeks of a semester; before
the end of the second week of a five-week summer
term ; or before the end of the fourth week of a ten-week
summer term.
4.
After the deadline for dropping a course without grade
assignment, students who drop a course or courses will
receive WP or WF grades. Each professor will assign the
appropriate grade and the College Dean will translate A,
B, and C grades to WP, and D and F grades to WF.
5.
No student is permitted to drop a course: during the last
three weeks of a semester; during the last two weeks of a
five-week summer term; or during the last three weeks
of a ten-week summer term.
>
>
0
~
~
n
~
~
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
37
~
Administrative Withdrawals
~
~
The university administration has the authority to
withdraw a student from the university and to revoke that
student's registration at any time for the following reasons :
~
0
1.
=-u
2.
U
~
Registration in violation of university regulations (e.g.,
academic ineligibility to register) .
Failure to comply with academic requirements (e.g.,
unsatisfactory class attendance, violation of the learning
contract for students on academic probation, etc.).
~
~
3.
Failure to pay university tuition and fees by the due date.
Q
4.
Disciplinary suspension or dismissal for the remainder
of an academic term or longer.
~
5.
Severe psychological or health problems such that the
student cannot be permitted to continue in attendance.
<
6.
Other reasons deemed appropriate by the proper
administrative officer.
Grades of WP, WF, WX are recorded for Administrative
Withdrawals. The grade ofWX is not computed in the student's
grade point average and therefore involves no academic penalty.
The Registrar must authorize the recording of this grade.
If a student registers in violation of the academic
eligibility rule, the registration is declared invalid, the tuition
and fees paid by the student are refunded in full, and no
grades are recorded.
In other cases of Administrative Withdrawal, the date of
the withdrawal and the reason for the withdrawal are used to
determine the grade to be recorded and the amount of tuition
and fees to be assessed or cancelled. In most cases, the
regular tuition and fee assessment and refund policies of the
university prevail.
For Administrative Withdrawals during the first six
weeks of a semester or two weeks in a five-week summer
session, the grade of WX is recorded for all courses on a
student's schedule. No other grades, such as Incomplete, are
assigned. After this period, the date of the Administrative
Withdrawal and the reason for the withdrawal are considered:
l.
For failure to comply with academic requirements, only
WP or WF grades are assigned.
2.
For failure to pay tuition and fees, only WX is assigned.
3.
For Disciplinary Suspension or Dismissal, only WP or
WF grades are assigned.
4.
5.
For health or psychological reasons, WX or - only with
the approval of the affected instructor - an Incomplete
may be assigned.
For other reasons not covered in 1-4, grade assignments will
be at the discretion of the Provost or his or her designee.
38
California University Of Pennsylvania
The Registrar has the authority to antedate an administrative withdrawal if circumstances warrant such action .
Disciplinary suspensions or dismissals are initiated by
the appropriate authority in the Office of Student Development and written notification is sent to the Registrar, who
cancels the student's registration and notifies other administrative offices and faculty members as necessary.
If faculty members have reason to inquire about a
specific case of Administrative Withdrawal , they should
consult the Registrar or the Office of the Provost. In certain
cases, the student's right to confidentiality may not permit
full disclosure of the circumstances.
Readmission to the University
Students who wish to return to the university after an
absence of three consecutive terms and are in good standing
with the university must apply for readmission to the dean of
the undergraduate college in which they will be enrolled
following their readmission .
In cases of Academic Dismissal, readmission to the
university is not automatic . Students who have been
dismissed for unsatisfactory academic performance will be
considered for readmission only if they have satisfied the
conditions for readmission that were stipulated at the time of
their dismissal. Students who have been academically
dismissed must apply for readmission through the Office of
Student Retention.
Any student who has been academically dismissed will
be denied Title IV financial assistance (federal grants, loans,
and student employment). Therefore, if readmitted, the
student must attend without the benefit of Title IV financial
aid until the required minimum GPA for his or her class rank
and/or the completion of the minimum credit hour standard
have been achieved. Exceptions may be considered for
students on Financial Aid probation or have filed a Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) appeal (please refer to the
Satisfactory Academic Progress policy statement issued by
the Office of Financial Aid).
In the case of Disciplinary Suspensions or Dismissals,
students must satisfy the conditions for readmission that
were stipulated at the time of their dismissal, and receive
permission from the Vice President for Student Development
to return to the university.
Applications for readmission should be submitted at
least one week before the registration date for the term in
which the student desires to enroll.
Former students will not be readmitted to the university
until all past indebtedness has been paid.
College Level Equivalency
Program (CLEP)
The university offers the opportunity to earn undergraduate credit through the College Level Equivalency
Program (CLEP), which has two testing categories, the
General Examination and the Subject Examination.
The General Examination is a series of tests in five
separate areas: English Composition, Natural Sciences,
Mathematics, Humanities, and Social Science/History. A
student may earn up to thirty credits by passing the appropriate tests in this area.
The Subject Examination comprehensively tests a single
subject, such as General Psychology, Statistics, etc. A student
who passes one of these examinations is awarded credit for a
comparable course at the university.
The CLEP program is administered by the Office of
Career Planning and Placement Services and the Southpointe
Center. There is a one-time fee of $25 .00 for evaluation of
the CLEP results and recording the results on the student's
transcripts.
Transfer Credits
Current students who wish to take courses at some other
college or university to transfer back to California University,
should get approval to do so from their advisor and from the
dean of their college at California University before registering
for and taking such courses. Students seeking to transfer credits
to California University should note the following guidelines:
1.
Transfer credits are us ually determined by their equ ivalency to California University courses.
2.
Only courses in which a grade of C or better is earned
will transfer.
3.
Credits transfer, but grades and quality points do not.
Transfer credits cannot raise a student's QPA; therefore,
do not take repeat courses at another institution .
4.
Courses taken at a community college, the equivalents of
which are designated as upper-level courses at California, may transfer only as electives rather than equivalents to courses offered at California University.
The university does not grant credits for Life Experience.
Undergraduate Credit for
Graduate Course
Undergraduate students may enroll in graduate courses
for undergraduate credit if they meet the necessary requirements for those courses . Individual departments determine
the prerequisites for each course. Graduate status may be a
prerequisite for admission to some courses. Graduate credits
used to fulfill undergraduate requirements may not also be
used to fulfill requirements in a graduate program.
Graduate Credit Load for
Seniors
Undergraduates who are in their last term on campus
and who are completing or have completed all the requirements for their undergraduate degree may enroll in graduate
classes for graduate credit. They must fulfill aII requirements
for entrance into Graduate School (other than the undergraduate degree or teaching certification).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
39
~
U
Dual Majors, Second Majors
And Second Degrees
~
California University grants the following degrees: B.A.;
B.S.; B.S. in Education; B.S.N; and AS. (All except the last are
four-year, baccalaureate degrees.) These are referred to below as
~ degree areas.
~
0
u
~
~
~
Q
<
u
<
A distinction is drawn between the following objectives and
opportunities and between the means to achieve them: (l) a Dual
Major; (2) a Second Major; and (3) a Second Degree. These
opportunities, as explained below, are the only ones offered. The
university will, for example, award only one degree from any
degree area. None of these opportunities should be confused with
any certification programs, such as those in Teacher Education.
l. More than One Major:
(a) A Dual Major is the simultaneous pursuit of two
baccalaureate majors in the same degree area. These
majors may be in a single department or two departments, and each must be recorded in the appropriate
dean's office. Courses from one major area may be used
to satisfy requirements in the other major. Both majors
are recorded on the transcript, but all requirements for
each major must be satisfied before the degree is
conferred, and only one degree is conferred.
(b) A Second Major may be pursued only (a) after the
completion of a baccalaureate degree and (b) in the same
degree area as a first major. It does not lead to a second
degree. The prospective student must apply through the
Office of Admissions, register the intention of pursuing a
Second Major, and fulfill any of the requirements of that
Second Major that have not yet been satisfied.
2.
A Second Degree may be pursued by any student (a)
who has previously earned an associate or baccalaureate
degree from any regionally accredited institution
(including California University) or (b) who is currently
pursuing a degree at California University. The second
degree must be in a different degree area from the
degree already earned or being pursued. A student who
is currently in a degree program at California University
must apply for the second degree program through the
Office of Admissions.
Transfer credits from other institutions and prior credits
from California University of Pennsylvania may be used to
satisfy requirements for the Second Degree. A minimum of
30 credits must be taken in the Second Degree program by
transfer students.
A minimum of 158 credits must be accumulated whether
the degrees are earned simultaneously or consecutively. All
departmental , college, and university requirements for the
Second Degree must be satisfied . The transcript records the
Second Degree and the date of its completion. (The university will not award an associate degree to a student who
holds a baccalaureate degree in the same area.)
40
California University Of Pennsylvania
Graduation Requirements
Students should become acquainted with the graduation
requirements for their program of study. Students are
responsible for meeting all graduation requirements and for
submitting the required forms on time.
Compliance with the following general policies and
procedures will help students prepare for graduation:
1.
The period during which application for graduation must
be made is posted throughout campus and printed in the
Schedule of Classe$ and the California Times. Students
must apply for graduation in the appropriate dean 's
office by the deadline. All credentials for graduation ,
including an application for a teaching certificate where
appropriate and transcripts of credits from other institutions , must be submitted on time. Graduation may be
delayed if a student's record is incomplete.
2.
A minimum of 128 semester credits, including the
satisfactory completion of all required courses, is
necessary for graduation. Developmental courses, ENG
100, MAT 098, MAT 099, DMA 092, DMA 094, and
EDE 100, do not count towards graduation, though the
credits earned in them are used to determine class
standing and grade point average.
3.
Students in all curricula must complete a minimum of
thirty credits of the last sixty credits at California
University of Pennsylvania.
4.
An overall grade point average of 2.5 is required in the
Teacher Education curricula. An overall grade point
average of 2.0 is required in most programs of study.
Certain other programs may require minimum grades in
courses within the major.
5.
In the College of Education and Human Services,
candidates in teacher education programs must complete
Student Teaching.
6.
All financial obligations to the university must be paid in
full before graduation can be approved.
Conferring of Degrees
Degrees are conferred in May (at the end of the spring
semester), in August (at the end of the summer session), and
in December (at the end of the fall semester); but Commencement is held only once a year, in May. Students who
graduate in August or December may participate in the
Commencement exercises of the following May, but their
diplomas and official university transcripts record their date
of graduation as of the month and year in which their degree
was conferred.
Attendance at the Commencement exercises is appropriate, unless unusual circumstances warrant graduation in
absentia. Permission to graduate in absentia is granted by the
President of the university, or his designee. Candidates for
graduation should contact the President's Office, or his
designee 's office, and request permission to be excused from
the Commencement ceremony.
An associate degree-seeking student designated as a
Presidential Scholar must have a cumulative GPA of 3.25 at
California and have completed 45 credits, all of which must
have been taken at this university.
Both full-time and part-time students may, if qualified, be
named Presidential Scholars.
A graduate of California University of Pennsylvania is a
member of the class of that calendar year in which the degree
was conferred. That is, if one graduated in May, August, or
December of 1996, one is a member of the class of 1996
regardless of the year one may have attended Commencement.
Honors at Graduation
Commencement Honors are awarded to students in the
graduating class who have earned 64 credits at California
University in a baccalaureate degree program and achieved
the required QPA.
Highest Honors (Summa Cum Laude)
High Honors (Magna Cum Laude)
Honors (Cum Laude)
3.75 to 4.0
3.50 to 3.74
3.25 to 3.49
Credits, grades, and quality points earned as part of a
previously completed associate or first degree or from CLEP
exams, are not calculated for commencement honors
designation.
Dean's List/Semester Honors
Full-time students are honored by being placed on the Dean's
List on the basis of grade-point average at the end of each
semester as follows :
Highest Honors
High Honors
Honors
3.75 to 4.0
3.50 to 3.74
3.25 to 3.49
Honors Convocation
The university recognizes, encourages and rewards
academic excellence on the part of Master's, baccalaureate,
and associate degree-seeking students by naming Presidential
Scholars at the annual Honors Convocation in the spring
semester. This award is a unique distinction, separate and
apart from Commencement Honors.
A baccalaureate degree-seeking student designated as a
Presidential Scholar must have a cumulative GPA of 3.25 in a
baccalaureate program and have completed 64 credits (if a
junior) and 96 credits (if a senior), of which at least 30 must
have been taken at this university (calculated beyond an earned
associate degree or other first degree, if applicable, and in the
present baccalaureate degree program).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
41
~
Confidentiality Of Records
~
The university 's poJjcies on the confidentiality and
disclosure of student records are based on the Family
Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (Public Law 93380), as amended.
u
~
~
0
~
2.
After a request to inspect a record has been received,
the request must be honored withjn a reasonable
period of time: according to federal law, not to exceed
45 days.
3.
Limitations on the Right of Access by Students
I. Introduction
u
Official student records are established and maintruned in a number of administrative offices for a
variety of legitimate educational purposes. In assuming responsibility for the reasonable protection of
these student records, the university recognizes its
obligation to comply with the Family Education
Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. Important sections of
this federal law are summarized below.
~
~
~
Q
<
~ II. Ownership of Records
The following are not subject to inspection by students:
a.
Confidential letters and statements of recommendation
which were placed in the educational records before
January l , 1975.
b.
Financial records of the parents of the student, or any
information contruned therein .
c.
Medical, psychiatric or simj)ar records that are used
solely in connection with treatment. Such records can
be reviewed by a physician or other appropriate
professional of the student's choice.
4.
Disclosure of Information to Third Parties
In most circumstances students have the right to
withhold their records from external trurd parties
requesting to inspect these records . Exceptions to this
general principle are as follows:
a.
Disclosure of student information will be made to a
third party if written consent is given by the student in
question.
b.
Information concerning a student will be released if
properly subpoenaed pursuant to a judicial proceeding.
c.
AJI necessary academic and/or financial records of
students may be di sclosed to the appropriate persons
or agencies without a student's prior consent in
connection with a student's application for, or receipt
of, financial aid.
d.
Further limited disclosure of certain kjnds of information may be required in special circumstances in
compliance with the federal law previously cited.
All records kept concemjng students, including those
records originating at other colleges or universities
and required for admission, are the property of
California University of Pennsylvarua.
III. Definition of a Student
A student is defined as any person currently or
previously matriculated on an official basis in any
academic program of the University.
IV. Public Information Regarding Students
1.
2.
The following is classified as public and may be
released without the prior consent of a student: a
student's name, address (both local and permanent),
telephone number, e-mail address, place and date of
birth, academic curriculum, dates of attendance, date
of graduation, degrees and awards received, most
recent educational institution attended, participation in
student activities (including athletics), and height and
weight (for athletic teams).
Students may request that any or all of this information not be made public. Such requests must be
submitted in writing to the Registrar's Office or (in the
case of graduate students) to the Dean of the School of
Graduate Studies before the beginning of any academic term.
V. Disclosure of Student Records
1.
42
Upon proper identification, students may inspect their
own official records in the presence of the administrator in charge of records.
California University Of Pennsylvanja
VI. Student Challenge to Record Entries
1.
Students have the right to submit written or typed
rebuttals to negative information contruned in their
fil es. A rebuttal statement shaJI become part of the
file, and in cases where the negative information is
reviewed by or transmitted to a third party, it must be
accompanjed by the student's statement of rebuttal.
2.
3.
4.
Students may challenge the accuracy and/or appropriateness of material combined in their files. Once such
a challenge has been made in writing, it will be the
responsibility of the university official in charge of the
file to determine the validity of the challenge, if
possible. The university official shall make a written
response to the challenge of the student, specifying
the action taken. Should a factual error be found in
any materials, the university official is authorized to
make the appropriate corrections.
The following university officials are responsible for
student records within their respective administrative areas:
If options 1 and 2 of this section are unsatisfactory,
students may request a formal hearing to challenge
inaccurate, misleading, or inappropriate information
in their records. The University Record Hearing
Committee shall conduct a hearing in accordance with
the procedures outlined in Public Law 93-380, as
amended.
These officers are responsible for the maintenance of all
official student records under their jurisdiction in accordance
with the policies of this statement and the relevant state and
federal laws. If further information is required, a student
should contact the appropriate university official .
VIII. University Officials Responsible for
Student Records
1. Provost and Vice-President for Academic Affairs
2. Vice-President for Student Development and Services
3. Vice-President for Administration and Finance
4. Vice-President for University Advancement
The substantive judgment of a faculty member or
administrator about a student's work, as expressed in
grades and/or written evaluations, is not within the
purview of this policy statement. Such challenges by
students may be made through the regular administrative channels already in existence for such purposes.
VII. Responsibility of University Officials
1.
University officials in charge of student files are
responsible for the reasonable care and protection of
such files in accordance with university policy. This
includes the responsibility for the release of confidential information only to authorized persons.
2.
A log sheet, indicating the inspection or release of a
student's file, must be kept in the student's file.
3.
University officials may classify student materials and
records under their supervision as active or inactive as
circumstances warrant. At the discretion of the official
in charge, inactive records may remain in the file but
need not be circulated. Inactive records may be
reviewed by a student upon request.
4.
A university official may take the initiative in an
attempt to purge unfavorable evaluations, or opinion
records of a prejudicial nature, in a student's file . This
may be done by returning the material to the person
who submitted it or by requesting from the author that
the material be destroyed.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
43
Academic Organization
Under the direction of the Provost and Vice President for
Academic Affairs, three undergraduate colleges and the
Graduate School administer the academic affairs of the
university. Each of these divisions is administered by a dean
who is responsible for the operation of the college or school.
The College of
Education and Human Services
Teacher Education Programs
California University of Pennsylvania has a long and
distinguished history of preparing teachers with nearly 30,000
teacher education alumni. The College of Education and
Human Services has developed and maintained a reputation of
excellence in the preparation of teachers. Because of its
accreditation by NCATE, and its requirement of the NTE,
California's graduates are able to obtain a teaching certificate in
every state in the U.S .
The College of Education and Human Services is
composed of the departments of Academic Development
Services, Communication Disorders, Counselor Education &
Services, Educational Stu.dies , Elementary Education/Early
Childhood, Health Science and Sports Studies, Social Work
and Gerontology, and Special Education.
If you attend California University as a teacher education
student you may enroll in any of the following majors: Comprehensive Special Education, Elementary Education (Kindergarten
to Grade Six), Early Childhood Education (Nursery School to
Grade Three), Technology Education, and Secondary Education. The Secondary Education curriculum provides an opportunity to major in Science (Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Earth
Teacher education programs are offered through the
Science, General Science, or Environmental Education),
departments of Educational Studies, Elementary Education/
English, Communication (Speech or Theatre), Mathematics,
Early Childhood, Applied Engineering and Technology, and
Modern Foreign Languages (Spanish, French, or German), and
Special Education. The departments of Academic DevelopComprehensive Social Science. Certification in Art Education is
ment Services, Health Science and Sports Studies, and Social
available through a co-operative program with other area
Work and Gerontology form the human services component
colleges. It is also possible to have a dual major. For example,
of the College. The Department of Communication Disorders
some students choose a dual major in Elementary and Special
offers an undergraduate program, but it does not lead to
Education or Early Childhood and Special Education. For
teacher certification. Certification in Communication
additional information on the curricular requirements for each
Disorders is offered only at the graduate level. Counselor
certification program, consult the appropriate departmental
Education and Services offers programs leading to graduate
description in this catalog.
degrees and to Elementary and Secondary Counselor
certifications.
In addition to professional studies courses and courses in
an area of concentration, all students must complete general
education courses. The College of Education & Human
Services Council has adopted the following objectives for the
general education portion of education programs. To
develop in the prospective teacher:
l . the ability to communicate with adequate skill in the
areas of speaking, writing, reading and listening;
2. knowledge, attitudes, skills, and understanding in the
natural sciences, the social sciences, technology, and the
humanities;
3. the ability to promote better understanding and relationships among individuals and groups; and
4. to provide the prospective teacher opportunities for
development of leisure time and healthful living
activities.
Upon completion of a Teaching Certification program, a
student will receive a Bachelor of Science in Education
degree and an Instructional I Certificate. All candidates for
teaching certification must also take and pass the NTE. The
Teaching Certificate is a license to teach in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and is valid for up to six years of
teaching in Pennsylvania whenever they might occur.
44
California University Of Pennsylvania
In order to convert the Instructional I Certificate into a
lifetime valid Instructional II Certificate, a teacher must have
three years of successful teaching experience in PA and a
Master's Degree or twenty-four credits. These credits may be
undergraduate, graduate, or in-service credits or any combination. The only restriction is that these credits must be taken
at a four-year institution.
The programs in Gerontology, Athletic Training,
Communication Disorders, and Social Work lead to a
Bachelor of Science degree, but not to teacher certification,
although many students combine a major in Athletic Training
with a teacher certification program.
require this clearance prior to field experiences).
5. By the completion of a minimum of 128 credits and for
graduation in a teacher education major, the student will
maintain a 2.50 Q.P.A. overall and in the major, complete steps I through 4 of the admission and retention
process, successfully complete student teaching, and
complete all required forms and return them to the
Dean's office by the posted deadline.
6. Requirements for receiving a recommendation for
teacher certification. The candidate will complete steps
1 through 5 of the admission and retention process, take
and pass the Principles of Leaming and Teaching and
appropriate Specialty Area sections of the Praxis Series,
then complete and return the required documents to the
Dean's office.
Admission to Teacher Education
Admission to the university is not a guarantee that a student
majoring in education will be admitted to Teacher Education,
complete the program (which includes student teaching), and
receive a teaching certificate. The College of Education and Human
Services has established standards that all education majors must
meet in order to complete the Teacher Education Program. Some of
these standards are embodied in the Admission to Teacher Education Program, which must be initiated by the candidate during the
semester preceding the completion of 64 credits.
In order to be admitted, a student must complete the
following steps:
1. By the completion of 32 credits, the student will
complete 15 hours of field experience in an approved site
and file a report in the departmental office, achieve a
2.50 Q.P.A., meet the entry requirements in reading,
math and writing by test or course work, pass a speech
and hearing test, and complete an initial admission
orientation and the sign-off sheet.
2. By the completion of 64 credits, the student will achieve a
2.50 Q.P.A. overall and in the major, complete a cumulative total of 30 hours of field experience in approved sites
and file reports in the departmental office, take and pass
the General Knowledge and Communication Skills tests
of Praxis Series of Core Battery Tests, and receive a
positive recommendation from the department screening
committee. (NOTE: Students who fail to meet the
requirements of steps 1 and 2 may not be permitted to
register for courses in their area of specialization).
3. By the completion of 96 credits, the student must receive
a second positive recommendation from the department
screening committee, complete a cumulative minimum of
45 hours in approved field experiences and file reports in
the departmental office, and apply for student teaching.
4. By the completion of 96 credits and before student
teaching, the student will maintain a 2.50 Q.P.A. overall
and in the major, complete all courses required for student
teaching (see department policy statement), present a
portfolio which incorporates/demonstrates essential
performance competencies established by the student's
major department, and submit Act 34 and 151 clearance
prior to student teaching (NOTE: Some departments may
Transfer students will have two semesters to achieve the
requirements for their step, determined by the number of
credits transferred.
Professional Field Experiences
Educators have observed that those who enter the
teaching profession with a wide variety of contacts with
young children, adolescents, and adults usually become
superior teachers. Many of those who fail as teachers or
remain mediocre throughout their careers lack such experiences. A program of professional field experiences has been
devised by each department. In some cases, these experiences include not only school activities but also activities in
community agencies . Professional field experiences include
all those contacts with children, youth, and adults (through
observation, participation and teaching) that make a direct
contribution to understanding the teaching-learning process.
California University students are placed in clinical and
field experiences, devised and supervised by faculty in their
appropriate curricula, in a diversity of educational sites.
Placement is first effected in the Policy Studies in American
Education and Educational Psychology. The second tier of
clinical experiences is included in subject-related courses.
These vary depending on the curriculum. The third tier is
student teaching. University students are supervised closely
by a professor from California and a cooperating te~cher in
the schools. Gradually, student teachers are given increased
responsibility for professional assignments, so that by the
completion of the experience they are prepared to assume
independent classroom authority.
Field-based and clinical experiences are systematically
and sequentially selected to provide opportunities for
education students to observe, plan, and practice in a variety
of professional settings. Students participate in field-based
and/or clinical experiences with culturally diverse and
exceptional populations.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
45
Graduation in General Education
Candidates who have been admitted as majors in an
education program will apply for admission as a cadidate for
teacher certification when 64 credits (including transfer
credits) have been earned. If they have not met all requirements for candidacy, their applications will be held for two
semesters to permit them to correct deficiencies. if still not
approved, they may elect to transfer to another curriculum,
or, if they have earned 96 credits, may obtain special
permission from the Dean or designee to take 12 credits in
lieu of student teaching and graduate in General Education
without teacher certification. Only students who have been
majors in a specific department within the College of
Education may be graduated in General Education.
The latter option (waiver of student teaching and
teaching certification) is also available to students, who for
exceptional reasons, change their plans about career teaching
but wish to complete their baccalaureate programs. The
student must initiate, both in writing and in person, a request
to do so with the Director of Student Teaching.
Such requests must be reviewed and approved by the
Director of Student Teaching. If the waiver request and
course credits in lieu of student teaching credits are approved, the student may earn a degree B.S . in Education
without teaching certification.
Student Teaching
Student teaching is conducted under the supervision of
the Director of Student Teaching. Students who are candidates for certification are required to earn twelve semester
hours of credit in student teaching. However, student
teaching is a competency based program and may continue
beyond one semester.
Candidates are certified to teach only if they demonstrate ability to teach effectively. Teaching competency is
determined by the Director of Student Teaching, the university supervisor, and the cooperating teacher or teachers. The
student teacher is also required to take a practicum while
student teaching. Student teachers are not generally permitted to enroll in other courses during the student teaching
experience.
Student teaching is normally conducted in selected
public schools located in the service area of the university.
Alternative programs on an Indian reservation and overseas
experiences are also available. Interested students should
discuss this possibility with the Director of Student Teaching.
Students are required to declare their intentions to student
teach during the student teaching meeting which is held the
February prior to the student teaching assignment.
46
California University Of Pennsylvania
The institutional philosophy regarding student teaching
is to prepare students adequately to assume their responsibilities in the teaching profession with the knowledge and skill
essential to their areas of specialization. Student teaching is
designed to provide a climate wherein the student may
exhibit creativity and the ability to make critical judgments
based upon knowledge and reason.
Applications for student teaching may be secured at the
Dean's Office and must be submitted in February for the next
academic year. An application and information meeting will
be scheduled near February 1 each year.
Before students may be assigned to thi s vital part of the
teacher education curriculum, they must:
1. be admitted to Teacher Education;
2. obtain departmental approval as having satisfactorily
completed the required preparatory work;
3. maintain a quality point average of 2.50 in the specialization and overall ; and
4. be admitted to Student Teaching.
Transfer students are not assigned to student teaching
until they have completed at least 24 credits of work at this
university. Graduates of other colleges and universities must
meet the requirements of admission to Teacher Education
and the requirements of the program of their choice before
being assigned to student teaching.
Student Teaching for Experienced Teachers
Teachers who have had one or more years of classroom
teaching experience may be permitted to complete the
student teaching requirement by special arrangement after
consultation with the Director of Student Teaching.
Appeal Procedure for Certification Students
Students appealing decisions regarding teaching
certification should contact the Dean of Education and
Human Services to discuss their concern. If accord is not
reached at this level, the student may appeal to the Provost.
The final source of appeal is with the Certification
Appeals Committee, Department of Education, Harrisburg,
Pennsylvania. This step should be taken only if there is no
possibility for a resolution at an earlier stage, and only if the
student is convinced that arbitrary and/or capricious standards were applied.
U.S Citizenship - A Requirement for Teacher
Certification in Pennsylvania
No permanent certificate may be granted to any person
who is not a citizen of the United States and no provisional
certificate may be granted to any person who is not a citizen
or who has not declared in writing to the Department of
Education the intention of becoming a citizen.
The College of Liberal Arts
The Liberal Arts are concerned with human values and
social issues. They depend on the ability to think analytically,
to understand other cultures and their history, as well as our
own, and to appreciate artistic responses to our world.
Liberal Arts disciplines enrich life by giving it greater
meaning, and by enabling people to adapt to changing
employment, personal , and social demands. In essence, a
liberal arts education stresses the transferability of knowledge and skills from one circumstance to another, ensuring
that the individual can meaningfully adapt to new personal
and professional situations.
The College of Liberal Arts is comprised of the departments of Art, Communication Studies, Earth Science,
English, Foreign Languages and Cultures, History, Music,
Philosophy, Psychology, Social Sciences, and Theatre. Those
departments, and the Department of Business and Economics, collectively offer a wide variety of major programs of
study and minors . Each program includes a general education component and an area of concentration.
The Liberal Arts philosophy informs all programs of
study within the College. A broad general education course
of study encourages students to explore a variety of course
offerings and to become aware of the ways many different
disciplines understand and view the world.
Students should select a major by the end of the third
regular semester or upon the completion of 45 credit hours.
This does not prohibit students from changing their major
later in their careers; however, they will have difficulty
completing requirements within eight semesters if they
change majors after three semesters.
Students who do not want a major limited to a single
discipline have two degree program options: the Humanities
and Fine Arts Major, and the Social Sciences Major. The
curriculum in each is flexible and permits interdisciplinary
study.
Support Services
The College supports the Writing Center in Dixon Hall
and the School Psychology Clinic in Morgan Leaming
Research Center. The Writing Center assists any student with
writing problems, while the School Psychology Clinic
provides free testing in several areas. Information about what
tests are offered and when they are given can be obtained at
the Psychology Department Office, Room 319, LRC.
The College Office in Noss 103 coordinates activities of
common interest across the College. One important concern
shared by the College is the need to relate classroom
instruction with experiences outside the classroom that can
assist the student in determining career directions, including
graduate education. Accordingly, the College supports and
implements field experiences in such areas as Archaeology
and the Earth Sciences. Equally important are the internship
opportunities offered by several departments.
An internship is a regularly offered course, usually taken
at an off-campus location and is under the dual supervision
of an agency as well as a faculty supervisor. Internships are
not job training programs, and students are not paid accordingly, although some internships provide compensation for
expenses incurred by the student. Guidelines and applications for internships are to be secured from the office of the
sponsoring department.
The College Office provides a number of student
services. Among them are the review of a student's progress
toward graduation and graduation clearance; transfer credit
evaluation; consideration of requests for required course
substitution approval ; permission to take courses at other
institutions for transfer to California University, including
courses at schools outside the United States; the review of
applications for readmission ; and processing changes of
academic major requests. Students who have questions about
College policies and procedures should contact the College
Office, Noss 103.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
47
Z The Eberly College of Science
8 and Technology
t:
The Eberly College of Science and Technology includes
the departments of Applied Engineering and Technology,
Biological and Environmental Sciences, Business and
~ Economics, Chemistry and Physics, Mathematics and
Computer Science, and Nursing. The College offers Associate and Bachelor's degree programs designed to prepare
students to meet present and future requirements of specific
~ professions.
~
N
Z
<
C,
0
u
~
~
~
Q
<
u
<
The objective of the degree programs of the Eberly
College of Science and Technology is to prepare men and
women for responsible positions in business, government,
industry, health care, and other complex organizations. As
well, several of the college programs prepare students to
undertake further study in graduate and professional schools.
Each curriculum includes both a general education
component and a technical education component. The
curricula are divided this way so that students will receive a
well-rounded education and so that breadth of knowledge
will increase their usefulness as professional employees and
as citizens in the community. The general education component for all curricula of the Eberly College of Science and
Technology provides the foundation for the students' liberal
education. All students, regardless of major, are required to
complete this portion of their program. The number of
credits in General Education varies from program to program.
Each major within the Eberly College Science and
Technology includes the necessary technical , scientific, and
support courses to provide the basis for advanced study in a
professional area. Classroom theory is frequently supplemented by laboratory and workshop experiences where the
interrelationship between general principles and application
is emphasized. Advanced study in each discipline is emphasized during the junior and senior years. Additionally, several
programs provide students with opportunities to participate
in either an internship in business or industry or a clinical
year of study in a hospital setting where the students'
educational experiences are utilized in the workplace.
48
California University Of Pennsylvania
General Education
The General Education component of the various majors
offered by the University provides the foundation for
students' liberal education, and all students, regardless of
major, are required to complete this portion of their program.
The required general education sequence for each program of
study is outlined in the appropriate departmental description.
All students are expected to achieve competency in writing.
In the College of Liberal Arts and the College of Education
and Human Services, this includes completing ENG 101 and
ENG 102. In the Eberly College of Science & Technology,
this includes ENG 101 and another writing course (e.g.,
ENG 102, ENG 211 or ENG 2 17) depending on the student's
major. Students are encouraged to complete these courses
within their first few semesters. The Eberly College of
Science & Technology broadens the skill area for several of
its majors to include courses in mathematics and communication. In the College of Education and Human Services,
teacher education students must also take Oral Communication (COM 100), General Psychology (PSY 100), and
courses in Health and Aids Prevention Education.
All students must complete courses in the categories of
Humanities, Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences. Each
student should consult the requirements for his or her major
regarding specific courses which may be required or recommended for these categories, the number of credits required
in these categories, and the number of disciplines which must
be represented in each category. In addition, most programs
include a category of Free Electives which the student can
complete in consultation with his or her advisor.
Courses which satisfy Humanities General Education
requirements include those with the following prefixes:
ART, COM, ENG, FRE, GER, LIT, MUS, PHI, RUS, SPN,
and THE. In the Eberly College of Science & Technology,
students who select ENG or LIT courses for this category
may use only general survey and literature courses, and
students who select COM courses for this category may use
only non-performance courses to fulfill this category. In the
College of Liberal Arts, students must complete at least one
course with an ART, MUS , or THE prefix in this category.
Courses which satisfy Social Science General Education
requirements include those with the following prefixes: ANT,
ECO, GEO, HIS , POS , PSY, SOS, SOW, and SOC.
In the College of Liberal Arts and in some programs in the
Eberly College of Science & Technology, students must also
complete at least three courses designated as writing component courses and one course designated as a laboratory
component course. More information on the courses which
have been so designated is available in the College of Liberal
Arts office.
Developmental Courses
All new freshmen (students attending a post-secondary
institution for the first time) and some transfer students take
placement tests before their first registration at California to
determine their levels of ability in mathematics and writing.
Students who do not submit SAT scores also take a placement test in reading .
Students who do not achieve predetermined scores on
these tests must enroll in appropriate developmental courses.
These courses, ENG 100 (English Language Skills), DMA
092 (Introductory Algebra), DMA 094 (Intermediate
Algebra) and EDE 100 (Reading, Studying, and Listening
Skills), are described in the course listings in this catalog.
Because these developmental courses are preparatory to a
university academic experience, the credits awarded in them
do not count toward the fulfillment of the number of credits
for graduation; nor may they be used in fulfillment of General
Education requirements. However, the grades achieved in
these courses are used in establishing a student's grade point
average, class standing, eligibility for financial aid, and
eligibility for participation in co-curricular activities.
~
>
~
~
::
~
n
0
~
Courses which satisfy Natural Science General Education
requirements include those with the following prefixes: BIO,
CHE, CSC, EAS, ENS, MAT, PHS, and PHY. In the Eberly
College of Science & Technology, students may not select
courses from disciplines in which their area of concentration
requires two or more courses from the discipline. In the
College of Liberal Arts, students may not use CSC 101
Microcomputer and Application Software in this category.
~
>
z
~
N
~
~
0
z
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
49
Z University College
8
Philosophy
.
.
.
.
The components of University College which are operational
are:
~
University College 1s a means to aid students m ach1eving educational, career and personal goals through the
utilization of a full range of institutional and community
~ resources. It helps to both stimulate and support students in
their quest for an enriched quality of life. University College
~ empowers students to identify and accomplish life goals
~ consistent with their abilities and interests as well as to
acquire skills and attitudes which promote life-long learning
~ pursuant to intellectual and personal growth. In summary,
University College promotes the California University of
Pennsylvania's mission of total student development.
<
N
Z
C,
O
u
~
~
~
Q
<
u
<
University College Provides
1) A guided transition from high school or the world of
work into the university environment by:
a) developing personal advisor-advisee relationships
(using faculty and peer/student mentors) ;
b) assessing basic skills and knowledge;
c) assessing career interests and related activities;
d) helping to develop an academic plan based on
student skills and interests.
2) An introduction to a liberal education and its importance
in life-long learning by:
a) developing proficiency in basic academic skills necessary for academic success at the university (reading,
writing and mathematical skills);
b) developing proficiency in personal skills which support
learning (study skills, time management and interpersonal skills);
c) introducing students to the breadth of human knowledge,
including historical consciousness, issues of cultural
ethnicity and nationality, global interdependence, and,
values and ethics in personal, professional and community life.
3) Opportunities to explore various areas of interest, major
areas of study and career options by:
a) introducing students to the concepts, strategies and
resources associated with career planning;
b) providing students with on-the-job experiences (co-ops,
internships and field experiences);
c) enabling students to evaluate career options, to set
personal and realistic goals and to measure progress
toward the attainment of those goals.
50
California University Of Pennsylvania
Advising and Placement Testing Center
The Advising and Placement Testing Center serves to
coordinate placement testing, coordinate schedule development for entering students, pre-register students in developmental courses, monitor successful completion of developmental course work, and provide retesting opportunities for
students. The Center does not replace faculty advising but
helps to coordinate and supplement it.
First-Year Seminar (FYS)
FYS is designed to help students make a smooth
transition into the university environment. It is a one-credit
course required of most first-time students. Topics covered
in the course include: Time management, campus life issues,
library, writing/studying skills, math/reading skills, financial
aid, academic and career planning, health issues, and
individual assistance. The FYS is taught by some of our best
faculty.
Probationary Assistance (PASS) Program
The PASS Program provides the additional structure and
support which may be necessary for student academic
success. Participation in the PASS Program is required of
students who are on First Academic Probation and students
who have been dismissed for academic reasons and are
subsequently readmitted. Students meet weekly with faculty,
staff or graduate assistants to reinforce life/academic goals,
time-management, study skills, campus resources (resource/
referral), academic advisee responsibilities and the appeal
process. Data indicate that students who participate actively
in PASS have a greater probability of succeeding academically than those who do not.
Early Warning Notices (EWN)
The Early Warning Notices are voluntary responses from
faculty and staff about students who may be experiencing
academic difficulty. The Office of Student Retention
contacts students who have been identified and offers
assistance.
Ombudsperson
The Office of Student Retention is contacted by students
who need information, general assistance or who encounter
difficulties with processes, procedures or personalities on
campus. Established means of dealing with such concerns
are used (i.e. students are informed of the appropriate
processes or procedures to follow and expected to use these).
The Office of Student Retention monitors the concern(s) and
becomes involved directly only if established means do not
resolve the issue(s).
The School of
Graduate Studies and Research
The School of Graduate Studies and Research offers
twenty-eight academic majors within the school leading to
either the Master of Education, Master of Arts, or Master of
Science degrees .
In addition, there are state-accredited supervision
certificates offered beyond the master's degree, in such areas
as Technology Education and Reading.
Over the past twenty-five years, students completing
master's degrees at this institution have enjoyed success in
pursuing doctoral degrees in various professions at reputable
graduate schools throughout the United States.
Many academic departments offer courses within their
upper-division classes that can be taken by academically
qualified undergraduates as well as graduate students.
Course offerings of the School of Graduate Studies and
Research are not listed in this catalog. Information and
schedules may be obtained by writing or calling the Graduate
School at (724) 938-4187.
Office of Lifelong Learning
Evening/Weekend College
The Evening/Weekend College is designed to
provide nontraditional students with the opportunity to enter
and complete a degree program or take advantage of credit
courses for personal enrichment or professional development
(for nondegree seeking individuals).
Degree Options
Advising
Students in the Evening/Weekend program are
assigned academic advisors who are experienced in the needs
and concerns of adult students and are available to meet
during the day or evening hours to discuss academic goals
and objectives. The professional staff in the Office of
Lifelong Leaming is also available during the day and
evening to assist students. Interested students should make
an appointment with the Office of Lifelong Leaming (724938-5961) prior to registration for guidance and information
on course selection, transfer credit evaluation, and to discuss
any questions they may have.
Southpointe Center
California University offers a number of programs and
courses at an off-campus center located in the Southpointe
Industrial Complex in Canonsburg, PA. Programs are
geared to the needs of the population and businesses in the
area. Most classes are offered at night and on weekends to
accommodate adult student schedules. The facility includes
a computer lab, science lab, library with electronic accessibility, and fiber optic connections for distance learning and
video teleconferencing.
Students may earn degrees in several undergraduate
programs. Bachelor degree programs are offered in business
administration, humanities, social sciences, natural sciences,
and nursing. An associate degree program in computer
science is currently available, as well as certificate programs
in gerontology and computer science. In addition, several
graduate degree programs are offered.
For additional information on programs and admissions, "1-,...
please contact the California University Southpointe Center ~
at 1-888-333-CALU or 724-873-2760.
\ J..
>
The Evening/Weekend College has three baccalaureate degree programs available. These include a B.A. degree
in Humanities, B.A. degree in Social Sciences and a B.A.
degree in Natural Sciences. These may be completed entirely
in the evening or on the weekend by students enrolled in this
program. Areas of concentration within these degrees are
designed in consultation with an academic advisor and are
subject to the availability of courses in any one term. Courses
are offered during the Fall, Spring and Summer sessions. In
addition, students who are still deciding what they are
interested in can take courses as a nondegree seeking student
without declaring a major area of study.
tj
~
~
~
(j
0
~
~
z>
~
N
~
~
0
z
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
51
52
California University Of Pennsylvanja
Acade01ic Depart01ents and Prograins
Academic Development Services ..................... ......... ....... 55
Applied Engineering and Technology ................ .. ............ 56
Art .......................................... ... ........................................ 70
Biological And Environmental Sciences .... .. .. .... .............. 72
Business And Economics ........ ............ ......... ...... .. ............ 81
Chemistry And Physics .............................. ... ...... .......... .... 86
Communication Disorders ........ ..... ....... ... ......................... 89
Communication Studies .... .. .............................................. 91
Earth Science ...... ....... .. ..... .. ...... ... ... .. ................... ............. 95
Educational Studies .................... ........................ .. .......... 101
Elementary/Early Childhood Education ............. ....... ..... 102
English ............. ............. ................................ .. ...... ......... . 107
Foreign Languages And Cultures .. .. ....... .... .................... 111
Health Science and Sport Studies ........ ... .... .................... 114
History ................................................. .... .. .. .............. .... . 117
Honor's Program ................ .. .... ........ .. ............................ 119
Humanities Program .......................... .. ........................... 120
Mathematics And Computer Science .. .... ...... .... .... ...... ... 121
Music .... ... ... ........ .... ..... .... .... .. ......................... ..... .... ... .... 125
Nursing ..... ..... .......... ........ .. ... .. .. .......... ..... .......... ....... ...... 126
Philosophy ....... ..... .... ............. ......... ... ..... ... ..... ......... ... .. .. 129
Psychology ......... .... ...... .... ....... ........... .. ..... .... ... ... ... ... .. ... 130
Social Sciences .......................................... .. ................... 132
Social Work And Gerontology .......... .. ... ...................... ... 136
Special Education ........................................................... 138
Theatre ................. .................... .. .. ........... .. ........ .... ... .. ... .. 141
Women's Studies Program ......... ............ ......................... 143
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
53
54
California University of Pennsylvania
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
Purpose
The Department of Academic Development Services
operates three grant-funded programs: ACT 101 , Student
Support Services and Upward Bound. These programs help
students adjust to and cope effectively with academic and
related non-academic challenges. Services are available to
the entire student population ; however, they are primarily
intended for students whose educational or economic
backgrounds make completion of a college degree program
difficult. Faculty provide services in the following areas:
1
Instruction and Tutoring
Tutors review lecture notes, textbook and other course
materials, teach course related vocabulary words,
prepare students for completion of course assignments
and demonstrate the use of course related technologies.
Tutors are available for courses in most academic
disciplines. A three-credit course entitled, Reading,
Study and Listening Skills (EDE 100) is offered to first
year students.
2.
Academic Counseling
Counselors provide educational and career guidance and
academic advisement. New students are interviewed and
receive both an academic plan and an orientation.
Counselors help students schedule and register for
courses; monitor each student's academic performance,
and provide students with information concerning
academic policy, procedures, and practices. Students are
encouraged to discuss personal problems with counselors. All discussions are treated confidentially. Students
are often referred to one of the several other student
service offices for additional assistance.
The Department of Academic Development Services is
located in Noss Annex. Office hours are from 8:00 a.m. to
4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and weekends and
evenings by appointment. Anyone desiring services or
information is encouraged to stop at the office or call
724-938-4230.
Faculty
Assistant Professor Geraldine M. Jones , chair; Professors Alton N. Powe, Melvin J. Sally; Associate Professor Joanne
Raleigh; Assistant Professors Christine Crawford, Joann Rodriguez-Naeser.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
55
APPLIED ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
Purpose
Facilities
Curri cul a in the Department of Applied Engineering and
Technology integrate a comprehensive program in the
management of technology with a broad liberal education to
prepare the graduate to function in a technology-related field
of indu stry or education . Students develop a strong background in the fundamentals of science, mathematics and
technology o they may integrate and apply their knowledge
and skill s to management situations in industry or laboratory
teaching situations in education . In addition , students
become aware of the impact of technology on the global
communi ty and the quality of life, both for the individual and
fo r soc iety.
Technology courses are taught in the Shriver L. Coover
Complex, which houses twenty-two laboratories in two
buildings. Laboratories are furnished with state-of-the-art
equipment. Some of the facilities include: three electrorucs
laboratories, a computer numerical control machining
laboratory, a microprocessor lab , an automation/robotics
technology laboratory, two graphics laboratories, a desktop
publishing laboratory, an electronic imaging laboratory, two
photographic darkrooms, a material testing laboratory, a
foundry, a machine tool laboratory, and state-of-the-art
computer-aided drafting/design and multimedia technology
labs. In addition, laboratories for communication, manufacturing, and transportation technology are available for use in
the Technology Education program .
Programs
The Department of Applied Engineering and Technology
offers 15 technology-rel ated degree options in four
bachelor's and four associate degree programs. The Department has earned a national reputation of excellence for its
many technology programs.
CADD/Drafting Lab. On April 2, 1998, the department
dedicated Coover Hall 141 as the Dr. Jay D. Helsel Computer-Aided Drafting and Design Lab. It features 25 Windows NT networked PC's with 233 MHz Pentium processors. Instruction is provided in Release 14 of AutoCAD,
CAD KEY 97 and ANSYS finite element analysis software.
Bachelor's Degree Programs:
Multimedia Technology Lab. The department recently
developed a graduate certificate program in Multimedia
Technology. The Multimedia Technology Lab in Coover Hall
112 features six Windows based Dell Pentium PC's and six
Apple G3 PowerPC Macintosh computers. Instruction is
provided on a variety of scripting, authoring, digital editing,
video and productivity software packages; including
Macromedia Authoriware, Director and Freehand,
QuarkXPress, Adobe Photoshop, Netscape Navigator,
Internet Explorer, Strata Videoshop and Adaptec Toast Pro.
Electri cal Engineering Technology
Graphjc Communications Technology:
Options Electro Graphi cs
Flexography
Management
Offset Lithography
Screen Printing
Industrial Technology:
Options Automation (Robotics)
Computer Numerical Control
Drafting and Design
Electronics
Industrial Management
Technology Education
Associate Degree Programs:
Automation Technology: Computer Numerical Control
Drafting Technology
Screen Printing
Students have 24 hour access to the CADD/Drafting and
Multimedia Technology labs. The department has more than
150 computers in its laboratories. Both Windows-based and
Macintosh computers are available. Windows-based machines are used mostly in CAD, robotics and machine
control. The Macintosh computers are primarily used in
graphics, design and desktop publishing.
Faculty
Professor Stanley A. Komacek, chair; Professors Mark Bronakowski , Ronald G. Dreucci, Richard C. Grim, Rene Horath,
John R. Kalli , John H. Lucy, Mark L. Nowak, Joseph E. Pecosh, Joseph A. Sanfilippo, Alfred E. Simpson, Darrell Lee
Smith , John M. Thompson ; Associate Professors Larry Horath, David V. Kolick, John Loney, James R. Means, Jr., Jaroslav
V. Vaverka ; Assistant Professors Glenn Hider, Joseph G. Schickel, Jeffrey Sumey, Susan E. Urbine.
56
California Uni versity of Pennsylvani a
Special Features of the Department
some programs below.
Internships
Annual Spring Technology Conference
Bachelor's degree stude nts in Electrical Engineering
Technology, Graphic Communications Technology and
Industrial Technology have the opportunity to complete an
internshjp as part of their degree requirements. Students
work in an organization related to their employment goals
where they receive practical experience in applying what
they have learned at the university. The internshjp credits are
applied to the degree as technical elective or specialization
area elective credits.
Prospective students are e ncouraged to attend the
Department' s Annual Spring Technology Conference. Thi s
conference provides an excellent opportunity to tour faci lities
and observe a variety of dynamic a nd exciting laborato ry
activities, as well as interact with fac ulty and students.
Parents, teachers, admi nistrators, guidance coun selors
and friends are cordia lly invited to attend this very speci al
conference. For additional information concerning the Annu al
Spring Technology Conference, please call 724-938-4085, emaj] the Department Chair: komacek @cup. edu , or chec k the
Department home page at www.itech. cup. edu .
Scholarships
There are several scholarsrup opportunities for Graphk
Communications Technology, Manufacturing Technology and
Technology Education students in the Department. For more
information on the scholarsrups, contact the Department.
Graphic Communications Technology Scholarships:
Foundation of Flexographic Technical Association
Scholarsrup
International Publishing Management Association
Scholarshjp
Kenny Hager Memorial Scholarship
Kurt Nordstrom Memorial Scholarship
National Scholarship Trust Fund
Pittsburgh Club of Printing House Craftsmen
Scholarship
Industrial Technology Scholarship:
Society of Manufacturing Engineers Scholarship
Technology Education Scholarships:
Donald Maley Technology Education Scholarship
Technology Education Association of Pennsy lvania
Scholarship
Student Awards
Each year, the Department honors five graduating
seniors who have excelled academica lly. Selection is based
upon grade point average and faculty vote . The 1998
Industry and Technology Award Recipients were:
•Applied Engineering and Technology Faculty Award for the
Associate of Science Deg ree - John Wesley Stull
•Applied Engineering and Technology Faculty Award for the
Bachelor of Science Degree - Paul A. Hayes
•Electrical Engineering Tec hnology Faculty Award - Carl R.
Bowers
•Technology Education Faculty Award - Paul A. Hayes
•The Pittsburgh Club of Printing Hou se Craftsmen Award Kelly Sue Parker
Student Achievements
The Department has many outstanding students. During
this past year, over 100 students in the Department were on
the Dean 's List, with nearly 40 of those receiving highest
honors . Also, a number of Applied Engineering and Technology students participate in the Honors Program at the
university. Current students and alumni have excelled in
many areas . Examples are provided in the descriptions of
Department Network Server & World Wide
Web Home Page
The Department majntains its own computer netwo rk,
whjch is connected to the university campus network and the
Internet. Visit the Applied Engineering and Technology home
page on the World Wide Web to take a virtual tour, find e-mail
addresses, review home pages created by students and fac ulty
and learn more about special events in the Department. The
URL for the home page is: www.itech. cup. edu
The home page resides on Ryker, the Department
network server. Students may apply for a Ryker account and
develop their own home pages, use e-mail and surf the ne t.
Student Clubs
The Department offers five student clubs. Student clubs and
their members have attended conferences across the country,
conducted industrial field trips, completed service projects for the
uruversity and communjty and offered social events for students.
Students are encouraged to participate in the clubs to develop the
cooperation, management and leadersrup skjJls that employers
seek today for the team approach used in industry and education .
Student clubs in the Depaitment include:
•Electrical Technologies Club
•Institute for Electrical and Electroruc Engineers Student Branch
•National Association of Industrial Technology
•Screen Printing Student Association
•Student Chapter of the Pittsburgh Club of Printing House
Craftsmen
•Technology Education Association of Califorrua
Desktop Video Conferencing Capabilities
The Department of Industry and Technology has desktop
video conferencing capabilities through an Intel ProShare sy tern,
wruch communicates over ISDN lines. ProShare gives the students
and faculty in the Department the ability to send and receive realtime video and audio with anyone who has an H.320 compatible
video conferencing system. ProShare can also be used to transfer
data and grapruc files, such as photos, CAD drawings and artwork.
During the Department's 1997 Spring Technology Conference, a group of students from Seaholm lligh School in Michigan
gave a demonstration of their Automation/Robotics class project to
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
Electrical Engineering Technology
conference attendees at Cal U. On another occasion, Cal U
Applied Engineering and Technology personnel participated in a
live video conference bridge that connected six schools simultaneously from Pennsylvania, Michigan, California and Georgia.
The Department is also a participant in a project funded by the
Telecommunications and Information Infrastructure Assistance
Program of the federal government that connects the six high
schools in Fayette County, Pennsylvania with the university.
Electrical Engineering Technology deals with both
abstract and practical concepts from science, mathematics,
engineering and technology. Emphasis is placed on applications of current technology to meet the needs of everyday
problems and situations. The Electrical Engineering Technology program provides students with the knowledge required
to design , develop, modify, maintain and repair sophisticated
electrical and electronic systems.
Coover Hall also houses a Distance Leaming classroom,
which includes a VTel video teleconferencing unit, an Elmo
projection system , an InFocus computer/video projector and
an electronic whiteboard. The video teleconferencing
capabilities are being used to deliver distance education
courses. The Department plans to use the equipment for
virtual tours, video teleconfe rences, distance learning,
Student Teaching demonstrations and Early Field Experience
observations.
Career Outlook
Tech Prep Program
The Department is involved in the Cal U Tech Prep
Program, which is an outreach initiative that focuses on
helping high school students prepare for and achieve
associate and baccalaureate degrees in fields related to
technology, business and computer science.
The Cal U Tech Prep Program helps local school
di stricts develop curriculum materials, provides crosscurricular inservice fo r teachers and helps promote articulation agreements between high schools and the university.
Applied Engineering and Technology professor, Dr.
Joseph Pecosh, is the Director of Field Services for Tech
Prep. Also, Dr. Glenn Hider, the Cal U Tech Prep Curriculum
· Specialist, teaches part-time in the Department.
Opportunities for employment in the field of Electrical
Engineeri ng Technol ogy are diverse and plentiful. Graduates
will find challenging jobs in all areas of the United States.
Typical positions include:
Electronic Design
Software Development
Instrumentation Design Electronic Field Representative
Systems Control
Sales Repre entative
Microprocessor/Computer Applications
Engineering Administration
The program had a 100% placement rate of its graduates
last year with starting salaries averaging over $32,000.
Curriculum
The Electrical Engineeri ng Technology program provides
students with a comprehensive understanding of the current
engineering technology avai lable to solve many of the technical
problems confronting business, industry and government.
The necessary background in math, physics and
computer science is provided so that meaningful mathematical modeling can be introduced and applied.
Computer/microprocessor interfaci ng and programming
are heavily used to demonstrate flexibility and simplicity in
instrumentation design , communications, signal processing,
and controls.
Classical linear systems are presented to provide the
student with an understanding of linear active filters ,
transient analysis, transducer interfacing, linearization ,
instrumentation, commu nications and controls.
Finally, the student has an opportunity to develop wider
intellectual horizons through the university ' general
education program.
Program Admission
In addition to the conventional fre hman admission
procedure, student admission also includes those who have
successfully completed a two-year associate degree in
Electrical Engineering Technology or its equivalent.
Students graduati ng with an Electrical Engineering
Technology associate degree from in titutions havi ng an
articulation agreement* with the univer ity will normally
enter the program with junior class standing.
*Articulation agreements:
Butler County Community College
Community College of Allegheny County - South Campus
Westmoreland County Community College
Students with an educational background in a field related
to Electrical Engineering Technology who apply for admission
to the program will be eval uated on an individual basis.
58
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in Electrical
Engineering Technology (129 crs.)
Graphic Communications
Technology
A. General Education : 60 credits
Humanities - 15 credits minimum
COM 250 Oral Communication: Management
ENG 101 English Composition I
ENG 217 Scientific & Technical Writing
Humanities Electives - six credits
A reliable system for the transmission of messages is
necessary in our fast-paced world. Print and electronic
media serve as very effective methods of transferring those
messages. Graphic communications involves all of the
people, processes, material s, and related fields necessary to
reproduce words, pictures, ideas and symbols in printed form
on physical media; such as paper, metal or cloth, in any
quantity, and electronic form for the World Wide Web and
other electronic presentation media.
Natural Sciences - 27 credits minimum
CSC 12X Computer Science (Any language)
MAT 181 College Algebra
MAT 191 College Trigonometry
MAT 281 Calculus I
MAT 282 Calculus II
PHY 10 I College Physics I
PHY 202 College Physics II
Natural Science Electives - 4 credits
Social Sciences - nine credits minimum
Free Electives - nine credits minimum
B. Professional Specialty : 69 credits
Electrical
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
EET
Engineering Technology - 45 credits
110 DC Circuits
160 AC Circuits
170 Digital Electronics Design
210 Linear Electronics I
220 Introduction to Electric Power
260 Linear Electronics II
270 Introduction to Microprocessor Design
310 Methods in Engineering Analysis
320 Network Analysis
330 Advanced Microprocessor Design
360 Microprocessor Engineering
370 Instrumentation Design I
Electrical Engineering Electives - choose 16 credits from the
following:
EET 400 Senior Project Proposal
EET 410 Automatic Control Systems
EET 420 Instrumentation Design II
EET 430 RF Communications
EET 440 Computer Networking
EET 450 Senior Project
EET 460 Digital Signal Processing
EET 475 Biomedical Engineering Technology
EET 476 Biomedical Engineering Technology
Internship
Technical Electives - eight credits minimum
The graphic communications industry is large and
diverse and employs over one million people. Thi s large and
ever-changing industry is experiencing many technological
changes that will create new skills, jobs and challenges for
tomorrow 's workers.
The Graphic Communications Technology program at
California University prepares graduates to enter the field by
offering a curriculum of technical studies with laboratorybased experiences in the major printing processes. The
curriculum includes courses in general education, management, a core concentration, and a technical specialty area.
Students have the opportunity to concentrate in one of five
technical specialty areas: Electro Graphics, Flexography,
Management, Offset Lithography, and Screen Printing.
The facilities used in this program include three wellequipped graphic communication laboratories with two
photographic darkrooms, a photo-imaging laboratory, a
desktop publishing laboratory, and a pressroom. The labs are
equipped with desktop color imaging systems, cameras, film
processors, printing presses and a wide variety of other
specialized graphic communications equipment.
Career Outlook
The future for people involved in graphic communications is bright. The size and tremendous diversity of the
industry provides a wide variety of career opportunities for
men and women of all interests, talents and educational
levels. Recent estimates indicate that between 50,000 and
100,000 people will be needed in the near future to accommodate the growth of the printing and publi shing industry.
Typically; Graphic Communications Technology
graduates expect to fill positions in printing production,
printing sales, quality control, customer service, estimating,
scheduling, print buying, World Wide Web publishing,
product design, marketing, equipment sales and technical
service. Opportunities are available with advertising agencies, publishers, commercial printers, manufacturers of
equipment and graphic communications suppliers, as well as
graphic communications electronic equipment and control
systems.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
59
Achievements by Students
Students in the Graphic Communications Technology
program pride themselves on their technical capabilities in a
variety of production processes. The following students
demonstrated their skills by winning National Guttenburg
Press Awards in 1996 at the International Graphic Arts
Association Conference:
Edward Amber, Bryan Koons and Josh Cross - Honorable
Mention, Flat Color Screen Process.
Dan Glackin - Third Place, Flat Color Screen: Cardboard.
Jason Lisica - Third Place, Flat Color Screen: Adhesive.
Loretta Long - First Place, Flat Color Screen: Adhesive.
Kelly Parker and Christopher Miller - First Place, Single
Color Letterpress.
Joseph Petrucci - Second Place, Flat Color Screen.
Renee Tommasin - First Place, Four Color Screen Process:
Textile.
Other achievements of Graphic Communications Technology
Students include: Ronald Rosiek received the Youth Volunteer of the Year from the Brownsville Area Revitalization
Corporation.
Daniel Donovan was selected for Who 's Who in American
High Schools for three straight years.
The following Graphics Communications Technology majors
received scholarships:
Courtney Marshall - National Scholarship Trust Fund
Scholarship, Pittsburgh Club of Printing House Craftsman
Scholarship
Kimberly Conkle - Debra F. Maley Hardy Scholarship
Alisa Jamison - 1996-1997 Foundation of Flexographic
Technical Association Scholarship
Nhan Nguyen - Kurt Nordstrom Memorial Scholarship for
Graphic Communications Technology
Suzanne Yusko - Kenny Hager Memorial Scholarship for
Graphic Communications Technology
Frank Kansky - Kenny Hager Memorial Scholarship for
Graphic Communications Technology
Ryan Moline - International Publish Management Association Scholarship
Curriculum
The Graphic Communications Technology program
provides students with an understanding of graphic communications concepts applicable to the job. In addition, it
provides students with a broad understanding of business
management principles, analytical/verbal skills, computer
applications and a firm general education background.
A unique opportunity in this program is the Graphic
Communications Internship whereby students may spend a
junior or senior semester or a summer working in an industrial or commercial setting. Students experience how various
jobs are produced and how problems are solved in a work
situation. In addition, the employer has an opportunity to
observe students as prospective employees.
60
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in Graphic
Communications Technology
A. General Education: 52 credits
COM
ENG
ENG
MAT
MAT
PHY
PHS
250 Oral Communication: Management
101 English Composition I
217 Scientific & Technical Writing
182 Tech Math I
192 Tech Math II
121 General Physics I
135 Chemistry of Materials
Humanities Electives - six credits
Social Science Electives - six credits
Natural Science Electives - six credits
Free Electives - 12 credits
B. Technical Education : 76 credits
Management - 27 credits
ECO 201 Intro to Microeconomics
GCT 342 Estimating and Cost Analysis I
ITE
101 Industrial Safety
ITE
375 Principles of Production
ITE 445 Quality Control
MGT 201 Principles of Management
MGT 352 Human Resource Management
MGT 362 Labor Relations
MKT 222 Principles of Selling
Core Concentration - 30 credits
GCT 100 Graphic Communication Processes I
GCT 110 Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 200 Graphic Communications Processes II
GCT 220 Black and White Photography
GCT 225 Principles of Layout and Design
GCT 240 Desktop Publishing
GCT 270 Lithographic Techniques
GCT 330 Flexo & Package Printing
GCT 365 Color Imaging
GCT 460 Substrate and Ink
Specialization Block - 19 credits
Choose one of the following areas of specialization (options).
Electro Graphics:
IND 130 Introductory Circuit Analysis
IND 135 Digital Electronics
IND 235 Intro to Microprocessors
GCT 485 Graphics Seminar
GCT 495 Internship
Technical Elective
Flexography:
GCT 380 Advanced Flexo Techniques
GCT 430 Flexo Print Productions
GCT 485 Graphics Seminar
GCT 495 Internship
Technical Elective
Management:
ACC 20 I Accounting I
MAT 171 Math of Finance I
MKT 301 Principles of Marketing
GCT 485 Graphics Seminar
GC1' 495 Internship
Technical Elective
Offset Lithography:
GCT 370 Advanced Lithographic Techniques
GCT 4 70 Web Offset
GCT 485 Graphics Seminar
GCT 495 Internship
Technical Elective
Screen Printing:
GCT 210 Advanced Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 310 Screen Printing Productions
GCT 485 Graphics Seminar
GCT 495 Internship
Technical Elective
Approved Replacement Courses For Internship:
Management - six credits
ACC 201 Accounting I
BUS 100 Intro to Business
BUS 242 Business Law I
MAT 171 Math of Finance I
MGT 301 Organizational Behavior
MGT 353 Compensation Management
MGT 431 International Business Management
MKT 301 Principles of Marketing
Technical - three credits
GCT 210 Advanced Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 230 Color Photography
GCT 310 Screen Printing Production
GCT 370 Advanced Lithographic Techniques
GCT 380 Advanced Flexo Techniques
GCT 470 Web Offset
Approved Technical Electives
GCT 210 Advanced Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 230 Color Photography
GCT 310 Screen Printing Production
GCT 370 Advanced Lithographic Techniques
GCT 380 Advanced Flexo Techniques
GCT 470 Web Offset
IND 110 Technical Drawing I
IND 130 Introductory Circuit Analysis
IND 135 Digital Electronics
IND 165 Machine Processing I
IND 215 Computer Aided Drafting I
IND 230 Introduction to Linear Electron/cs
IND 235 Introduction to Microprocessors
IND 270 Hydraulic/Pneumatic Fluid Power
IND 278 Plastics Technology
IND 335 Advanced Microprocessors
IND 355 Wood Technology
ITE
181 Materials Technology I
MTE 250 Introduction to Automation
Additional courses may be recommended at advisor's
discretion.
Industrial Technology
Industrial Technology is a field of study designed to
prepare technical and technical management professionals
for employment in business, industry andgovernment. To
fulfill the growing need for trained technologists, students
receive a broad, flexible education which enables them to
enter the workforce in a variety of professional positions.
Additionally, students have the opportunity to specialize in
one of several areas: computer numerical control, automation, electronics, drafting and design, and industrial management.
The Industrial Technology program provides students
with a broad, flexible education, enabling them to enter the
manufacturing work force in a variety of professional positions. The facilities generally available to majors in the
manufacturing technology program include: a materials
technology/materials testing laboratory, a machine laboratory
with a foundry, an automation technology laboratory (robotics,
hydraulics, pneumatics), computer facilities with CAD and
other software to support various industrial technology and
management courses, a computer numerical control laboratory, drafting laboratories, and electronics laboratories.
Career Outlook
Opportunities for employment in the field of Industrial
Technology are diverse. Graduates find challenging job
placements in all geographical areas of the United States.
Some careers in Industrial Technology are:
Production Supervisor
Sales Representative
Production Control
Product Design
Prototype Development
Purchasing
Industrial Teaching
Industrial Research
CNC Field Representative
Manufacturing Supervisor
Systems Analysis
Safety Management
Quality Control Supervisor
Curriculum
The Industrial Technology Program provides students with
experiences in industrial and manufacturing processes that will
help them understand problems they may face in a industrial
environment. Basic concepts are studied in technical foundations courses such as technical drawing, electronics, automation/
robotics, statics and strength of materials and industrial safety.
Advanced technology in CADD, robotics, hydraulics
and computer numerical control, production analysis and
systems, cost estimating and quality control provide a
capstone of computer-assisted techniques used by modern
industry to increase quality and productivity.
This technical background, coupled with managerial subjects
and the general education requirements, positions Industrial
Technology students for many attractive job opportunities.
An important opportunity in this program is the internship.
Students may spend a semester or a summer working in an
industrial setting. An internship broadens the student's education, offering experience in day-to-day operations of a manufacturing facility. Students observe how products are produced and
how problems are solved. In addition, the employer has an
opportunity to observe students as prospective employees.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
61
Bachelor of Science in Industrial
Technology
Area of Specialization - 18 crs
Student must complete all courses in a single specialization
block to satisfy degree requirements.
A. General Education: 48 credits
COM 250
csc 101
ENG
ENG
MAT
MAT
Oral Communication: Management
Microcomputers and Application Software
101 English Composition I
217 Scientific & Technical Writing
182 Tech Math I
192 Tech Math II
Humanities Electives - six credits
Natural Science Electives - six credits
Free Electives - 12 credits
B. Industrial Technology: 80 credits
Physical Science - 8 Credits
CHE 101 General Chemistry I
PHY 121 General Physics I
Industrial Technology - 30 Credits
IND 110 Technical Drawing I
IND 130 Introductory Circuit Analysis
IND 135 Digital Electronics OR
IND 230 Introduction to Linear Electronics
IND 165 Machine Process I
IND 215 CAD I
ITE 181 Material Technology I
ITE 325 Statics and Strength
ITE 480 Problems in Industrial Technology
MTE 250 Introduction to Automation
MTE 236 Numerical Control Programming I
#EET 170 Digital Electronics Design may be substituted
for IND 135 Digital Electronics
Supervision - 24 Credits
ECO 201 Introductory Microeconomics
ITE 101 Industrial Safety
ITE 375 Principles of Production
ITE 385 Industrial Cost Estimating
ITE 420 Production Analysis
ITE 445 Quality Control
MGT 201 Principles of Management
MGT 362 Labor Relations
62
California University of Pennsylvania
Automation/Robotics
ITE 460 Principles of Manufacturing
MTE 268 Automated Support Systems
MTE 350 Robotic Systems
MTE 265 Programmable Control Systems
Technical Electives
Computer Numerical Control
IND 265 Machine Processes II
ITE 460 Principles of Manufacturing
MTE 336 Numerical Control Programming II
MTE 337 COMPACT II or MTE 338 APT
Technical Electives
Drafting and Design
IND 210 Technical Drawing II
IND 315 CAD II
IND 415 CAD III
IND 416 Intro Solid Modeling/Finite Elements
Technical Electives
Electronics
IND 135 Digital Electronics OR
IND 230 Introduction to Linear Electronics
IND 235 Introduction to Microprocessors OR
EET 270 Intro. to Microprocessor Design
IND 335 Advanced Microprocessors OR
EET 330 Advanced Microprocessor Design
EET 360 Microprocessor Engineering
Technical Electives
Industrial Management
ACC 201 Accounting I
ACC 202 Accounting II
ECO 202 Introductory Macroeconomics
MAT 225 Business Statistics
Technical Electives
Approved Technical Electives
ACC 201 Accounting I
ACC 202 Accounting II
ACC 331 Cost Accounting I
ACC 332 Cost Accounting II
ECO 202 Introductory Macroeconomics
ECO 301 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics
EET 160 AC Circuits
EET 170 Digital Electronics Design
EET 220 Introduction to Electric Power
EET 270 Intro. to Microprocessor Design
EET 330 Advanced Microprocessors
EET 360 Microprocessor Engineering
FIN 301 Financial Management
IND 135 Digital Electronics
IND 210 Technical Drawing II
IND 230 Introduction to Linear Electronics
IND 235 Introduction to Microprocessors
IND 265 Machine Processes II
IND 278 Plastics Technology
IND 310 Technical Drawing III
IND 315 CAD II
IND 320 Architectural Drafting & Design
IND 335 Advanced Microprocessors
IND 355 Wood Technology
IND 270 Hydraulic/Pneumatic Fluid Power
IND 415 CAD Ill
IND 416 Intro Solid Modeling/Finite Elements
ITE 301 Industrial Safety Evaluation &
Government Agencies
ITE 311 Industrial Ergonomics
ITE 460 Principles of Manufacturing
MAT 225 Business Statistics
MAT 273 Basic Calculus
MTE 268 Automated Support Systems
MTE 265 Programmable Control Systems
MTE 336 Numerical Control Programming II
MTE 337 COMPACT II
MTE 338 APT
MTE 350 Robotic Systems
MTE 437 Advanced COMPACT II
MTE 438 Advanced APT
MTE 450 Applications of Industrial Automation
MTE 495 Internship (1-6 credits)
Technology Education
The Technology Education program prepares the
prospective teacher for employment in both elementary and
secondary schools. Graduates of this program are awarded a
Bachelor of Science Degree in Education and are eligible for
an Instructional I Certificate qualifying them to teach
Technology Education in grades K-12.
An ever-expanding knowledge base in a global community makes it necessary for Technology Education majors to
develop strong academic backgrounds in the humanities,
sciences, mathematics and personal communication skills. In
addition, they must demonstrate an understanding of
teaching proficiencies that are requisite within a
multicultural society.
Technology Education majors are required to complete a
series of laboratory classes related to the technological
systems of communication, construction, manufacturing and
transportation. In these laboratory courses, students develop
skills in the use of tools, materials and processes as they
design, produce, use and evaluate technological systems.
Computer applications using current software and support
devices are emphasized. Students interact extensively with
the universal systems model. Once equipped with an
extensive understanding of the fo ur technological systems
and the universal systems model , students have the opportunity to evaluate the social, cultural, economic and environmental impacts of technology.
Accreditation
The Technology Education program has earned full
accreditation by the National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education (NCATE), the International Technology
Education Association's (ITEA), Council on Technology
Teacher Education (CTTE) and the Pennsylvania Department
of Education (PDE).
Internationally Recognized Program
In 1998, the Cal U Technology Education program was
one of four recognized by the International Technology
Education Association's (ITEA) Council on Technology
Teacher Education (CTTE) as an Outstanding Technology
Teacher Education Program. The program received the award
at the 1998 International Technology Education Association
Conference in Dallas, Texas.
Career Outlook
Currently, there is a significant shortage of Technology
Education teachers within Pennsylvania and throughout the
nation. Since 1992, every Cal U Technology Education
graduate who sought a teaching position was employed.
Most graduates report receiving multiple job offers. The
average starting salary of graduates in 1996 was nearly
$30,000. Teacher salaries have been increasing over the past
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
63
several years with some school districts raising their top
salary scale to over $80,000 per year.
The practical, hands-on nature .of Technology Education
creates opportunities for Technology Education teachers to
qualify for summer employment within business and
industry. Such occasions provide teachers an excellent
opportunity for continued professional development and
additional income.
The Technology Education Program at California
University of Pennsylvania enjoys an international reputation
of the highest order. This program and its antecedents have
been offered at California for more than 60 years. During
that period, the program has produced many outstanding
graduates who have established leadership positions within
education and the corporate world.
A degree in Technology Education provides students
with several career options. Most graduates teach at the
elementary or secondary school levels, but many choose to
attend graduate school and eventually teach at the university
level. Still others have distinguished themselves in a variety
of positions in government, business and the corporate world.
Achievements by Students and Alumni
The Technology Education program has a Jong history
of producing outstanding students. Many graduates distinguish themselves in education. For example, more than two
dozen graduates of the program are listed in the 1996-97
Industrial Teacher Education Directory, which lists professors of technology at colleges and universities across the
country. Other examples of recent achievements of students
and graduates include:
Current Students
Randy Forigner received the Technology Education
Association of Pennsylvania Scholarship.
Paul Hayes designed the Web home page for the
Southpointe Center of California University.
Ben Jacob received a California University Faculty
Scholarship Award.
Clay McGalla designed the Web home page for the
Technology Education Association of Pennsylvania.
Nate Mentzer was President of the Pennsylvania Technology Student Association, (TSA).
Richard Mitchel was selected to design the Web home
pages for the Technology Education Association of
Pennsylvania and WVCS, California University 's radio
station.
Steven David Reiner received several awards, including
the Bill Vanderbeek Memorial Award from the Indian
Valley Junior Women 's Club, the Technology Education
Outstanding Mechanical Ability Award from the Indian
Valley Kiwanis'. and the Goschenhoppen Historical Society
Apprenticeship Scholarship Award.
Lisa Wurzelbacher received the Dr. Donald Maley Technology Education Scholarship Award.
64
California University of Pennsylvania
Alumni
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Arnall Cox received the 1997 Florida Program Excellence Award from the International Technology Education
Association.
James Armstrong and Bruce Wells received the 1997
Middle School Program Excellence Award from the
Technology Education Association of Pennsylvania and
the International Technology Education Association.
Terry Crissey received the I 997 Teacher Excellence
Award from the Technology Education Association of
Pennsylvania and the International Technology Education
Association.
Chris Heater and Dean Ridgeway received the 1997
Senior High School Program Excellence Award from the
Technology Education Association of Pennsylvania and
the International Technology Education Association.
Van Hughes received the 1998 Technology Education
Service Award from the American Vocational Association.
Mike Kozuchowsky received the 1997 Outstanding
Regional Vice-President Service Award from the Technology Education Association of Pennsylvania.
Richard Long received the Silver Service Award from the
Technology Education Association of Pennsylvania.
Mike Pierno received a 1997 Engineering Education
Award from Chrysler Corporation.
Dave Shultz received the 1997 Outstanding Service
Award from the Technology Education Association of
Pennsylvania.
Curriculum
Technology Education includes the study of selected
technological systems that explore the solutions of technological problems and their associated impacts encountered by
people as they design, produce, use and evaluate technologies. The four primary systems that make up the Technology
Education Curriculum include: Communication, Construction, Manufacturing and Transportation.
Communication Systems include the study of the technical
methods by which humans communicate. These systems
include experiences in such areas as drafting, design, computeraided drafting and design, digital photography, multimedia,
graphic communications, electronic communications, World
Wide Web publishing, Internet applications, computer networking, video production and desktop publishing.
Construction Systems include the study of combining
resources into structures such as houses, factories, roads,
dams and stadiums. To understand construction technology,
materials, processes, engineering principles, and impacts
related to construction are examined.
Manufacturing Systems include the study of methods by
which people design, produce, use and assess goods and
products. This system includes courses which provide an
understanding of fabricating, forming, combining and testing
materials such as composites, wood, metals, plastics and
ceramics. Also included is the use of computer-aided
manufacturing and an enterprise approach to manufacturing
technology.
Transportation Systems include the study of how people,
products and materials are transported from one place to
another. Students study various transportation systems within
the four natural environments: land, marine, air and space.
They also experience activities that reflect an operational
knowledge of the subsystems common to most transportation
systems including: structures, propulsion, guidance, control,
suspension and support.
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Certification in Technology
Education for Grades K-12
(130 crs.)
A. General Education: 47 credits
Humanities - 15 credits minimum
1
COM 101 Oral Communication
1
ENG 101 English Composition I
1
ENG 102 English Composition II
Natural Sciences - 17 credits minimum
'PHY 121 General Physics I & Lab
BIO
103 Contemporary Issues in Biology
CHE 101 General Chemistry I & Lab
1
MAT 181 College Algebra
MAT 191 College Trigonometry
Social Science - 9 credits minimum
'PSY 100 General Psychology
Social Science Electives - six credits
Health or Physical Activity - three credits minimum
HPE 314 First Aid Personal Safety
Free Electives - 3 credits
B. Professional : 35 credits
Professional Education: 26 credits
'EDF 290 Policy Studies in American Education
EDS 465 Developmental Reading Secondary School
1
EDU 210 Teaching in a Multicultural Society
1
EDU 340 Mainstreaming Exceptional Learner
1
PSY 208 Educational Psychology
TED 461 Student Teaching and School Law
Professional Specialty: 9 credits
1
TED 305 Introduction to Technology Education/
Early Field
1
TED 450 Teaching Technology in the Secondary
School
1
TED 500 Teaching Technology in the Elementary
School
C. Technological Systems: 48 credits
Communication Technology - 12 credits
1
TED 111 Communication Systems
GCT 200 Graphic Communication Processes II
1
IND 110 Technical Drawing I
IND 215 Computer Aided Drafting I
Construction Technology - 6 credits
1
TED 315 Construction Systems
Construction Elective3
'Denotes courses required before student teaching.
Manufacturing Technology - 12 credits
1
TED 115 Material Processing
1
TED 325 Manufacturing Systems
1
TED 425 Manufacturing Enterprise
MTE 250 Introduction to Automation
Transportation Technology - 12 credits
1
TED 335 Transportation Systems
TED 435 Transportation Research & Development
1
IND 130 Introductory Circuit Analysis
IND 135 Digital Electronics
2
Technical Electives - 6 credits
Approved Technical Electives
GCT 110 Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 220 Black & White Photography
GCT 225 Principles of Layout and Design
GCT 240 Electronic Desktop Publishing
101 Drawing and Design
IND
IND
165 Machine Process I
IND
184 Energy and Power Systems
IND 210 Technical Drawing II
IND 230 Introduction to Linear Electronics
IND 235 Introduction to Microprocessors
IND 270 Hydraulic-Pneumatic Fluid Power
IND 278 Plastics Technology
IND 282 Small Gasoline Engines
IND
315 Computer Aided Drafting II
3
IND 320 Architectural Drafting and Design
3
IND 345 Construction Processes I
IND
355 Wood Technology
181 Materials Technology I
ITE
MTE 236 Numerical Control Programming I
MTE 265 Programmable Control Systems
MTE 268 Automated Support Systems
MTE 350 Robotic Systems
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
65
Curriculum
Independent Study Courses
TED 310 Studies in Communication (1-3 Cr.)
TED 330 Studies in Transportation (1-3 Cr.)
TED 340 Studies in Construction (1 -3 Cr.)
TED 350 Studies in Manufacturing (1-3 Cr.)
TED 460 Honors Study in Communication (l-3 Cr.)
TED 465 Honors Study in Construction (1-3 Cr.)
TED 475 Honors Study in Manufacturing (1-3 Cr.)
TED 480 Honors Study in Transportation (1-3 Cr.)
1
Denotes courses required before student teaching.
See Approved Technical Electives for accepted electives.
3
Denotes Construction Electives
2
Pennsylvania Certification requires a satisfactory
score on the National Teachers Exam.
Students must complete 15 hours of field observation per
year (60 total) . Act #34 and Act #151 clearance checks are
required before a student can complete field observations or
student teach .
Associate Degrees
The Department offers three associate degrees, Automation Technology: Computer Numerical Control (CNC) ,
Screen Printing and Drafting Technology.
The associate degree requires the completion of 64-66
credits. Associate degree credits can be transferred toward the
completion of a Bachelor of Science degree. The associate
degree is designed to provide graduates with the skills
essential to enter the work force as skilled technical workers.
Automation Technology: Computer Numerical
Control
Computer Numerical Control (CNC) of machine tools
provides manufacturing industries a means of increasing
productivity and requires that industries have educated
personnel who can develop complex computerized numerical
control programs.
California University of Pennsylvania has an outstanding Computer Numerical Control Machining Laboratory. It is
equipped with two Bridgeport CNC vertical milling machines and a CNC lathe. High speed terminals, plotters and
microcomputers are available for the preparation of programs.
Career Outlook
Career opportunities appear to be excellent. People trained
in the programming of computer numerical control machines
can expect to be employed as CNC Technicians. Personnel with
CNC skills are needed in most geographic regions in the United
States. Jobs are available to graduates who excel.
66
California University of Pennsylvania
Students in the Computer Numerical Control option of the
Automation Technology Program will learn to write manual
programs in the format detail of the machine tool, employing
linear and circular interpolation addressing three axes.
COMPACT II and APT are the two primary machine
tool languages studied. Computer programs prepared by the
students are interfaced with the machine tool with post
processor software. Students load programs into the memory
of a CNC lathe or mill and manufacture the part. Students,
therefore, are experienced CNC machine operators, as well
as manual, APT, and COMPACT II programmers.
The principle objective of the Computer Numerical
Control Program is to provide students with sufficient skills
and experti se in programming and operating computerized
numerical control equipment to secure employment in the
field.
Upon completion of the program, the graduate is expected to
be able to:
1. Program, set up, and operate CNC equipment, such as
lathes and mills.
2. Program using COMPACT II and APT programming
languages .
3. Prepare supporting documentation for machine setup
and operation.
4. Program linear and circular moves.
5. Machine parts on a mill and a lathe using CNC programs he/she prepared.
Associate of Science in
Automation Technology: Computer
Numerical Control Option (66 crs.)
A. General Studies: 27 credits
CSC 120 Problem Solving and Program Con.
ENG 101 English Composition I
ENG 217 Scientific & Technical Writing
MAT 182 Technical Math I
PHI 24 7 Science, Technology & Society
Humanities Elective - three credits
Social Science Elective - three credits
Natural Science Elective - three credits
Free Elective - three credits
B. Technical Studies: 39 credits
Computer Numerical Control Machining - 24 credits
IND 165 Machine Processing I
IND 265 Machine Processing II
MTE 236 Numerical Control Programming I
MTE 336 Numerical Control Programming II
MTE 337 Computer Programming Numerical
Control Equipment (COMPACT II)
MTE 338
Computer Programming Numerical
Control Equipment (APT)
MTE 437 Advanced Computer Programming
Numerical Control Equipment
(COMPACT II)
MTE 438 Advanced Computer Programming
Numerical Control Equipment (APT)
Related Electives - 15 credits
IND 110 Technical Drawing I
IND 135 Digital Electronics
IND 210 Technical Drawing II
IND 235 Introduction to Microprocessors
IND 270 Hydraulic/Pneumatic Fluid Power
IND 235 Introduction to Microprocessors
IND 270 Hydraulic/Pneumatic Fluid Power
Drafting Technology
Drafting is considered the primary means of communicating technical ideas. It is the graphic language of industry and is
essential to the process of design, manufacturing, and service. A
modem drafting laboratory and a well equipped CAD laboratory with terminals and plotters are available to support this
program. A variety of industrial CAD software is used.
Career Outlook
As we continue to grow technologically, the need for
drafting technicians will continue to increase. Since technological growth is expected to continue for many years to
come, the need will, presumably, also continue to grow.
Curriculum
The principle objective of the Drafting Technology
program is to provide students with sufficient skills and
expertise to secure employment in drafting or a related field. In
addition, credits earned in this Associate Degree program are
applicable to four-year Bachelor of Science degree programs.
Upon completion of the program, the graduate is
expected to be able to do at least the following :
1. Communicate technical ideas through freehand sketching.
2. Make technical drawings that fully describe a design idea.
3. Solve technical problems by using the tools and techniques of drafting.
4. Prepare pictorial presentation drawings.
5. Write technical reports that are clear, concise, and
accurate.
6. Prepare drawings and solve design problems using
CADD systems.
Associate of Science in Drafting
Technology (66 crs.)
A. General Studies: 27 credits
CSC 120 Problem Solving & Programming Constructs
ENG 101 English Composition I
ENG 217 Scientific & Technical Writing
MAT 182 Technical Math I
PHI 247 Science, Technology & Society
Humanities Elective - three credits
Social Science Elective - three credits
Natural Science Elective - three credits
Free Elective - three credits
B. Technical Studies: 39 credits
Technical Drawing - 30 credits
EAS 271 Cartography
IND 110 Technical Drawing I
IND 101 Drawing and Design
IND
IND
IND
210
215
218
IND
IND
IND
310
315
320
Technical Drawing I
Computer Aided Drafting I
Descriptive Geometry and Surface
Development
Technical Drawing III
Computer Aided Drafting II
Architectural Drawing & Design
Related Area Electives - nine credits
(Select three of the following)
GCT 100 Graphic Communication Processes I
IND 165 Machine Processes I
ITE 101 Industrial Safety
ITE 181 Materials Technology I
Screen Printing Technology
Screen printing is a component of the rapidly growing
graphic communications industry. Because of the increasing
complexity of the communications industry, individuals
trained in screen printing are in demand.
Four outstanding graphic laboratories, each with modem
equipment, serve this program. Modem color imaging
equipment, screening presses, dryers, computer stencil
transfer equipment, semi-automated printing presses and
other support items are available in the labs.
Career Outlook
Career opportunities are good. People trained in screen
printing will find employment opportunities in most segments
of the communications industry; small printing companies and
large corporations with communications divisions.
Curriculum
The principle objective of the Screen Printing program is
to provide students with knowledge and expertise in the
applications of screen printing, thus enabling them to become
productive members of the graphic communications industry.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
67
~
C,
0
~
0
z
==
u
This program of studies offers the flexibility of scheduling business electives for the acquisition of knowledge and
skill s to initiate and manage a screen printing business or
company division.
l.
2.
3.
~ 4.
~
Q
5.
After completing the program, the graduate will be able to:
Identify materials capable of being screen printed, based on a
particular application.
Formulate a plan for the production of a screen printed
product consistent with the individual's career objective.
Produce quality screen printing plates for given applications.
Screen print a quality image on a designated material, in
accordance with detailed specifications.
Assess the quality and value of screen printed productions.
Recognize the importance of membership in professional
associations which support individual career objectives and
further professional growth.
z
6.
C,
In addition, all credits earned in this Associate (two
year) program, are transferable to a four year Bachelor of
Science degree program.
<
z
~
~
Associate of Science in Screen
~ Printing Technology (66 crs.)
~
A. General Studies: 27 credits
CSC 120 Problem Solving & Programming Constructs
1,,,,,,,/
ENG 101 English Composition I
ENG 217 Scientific & Technical Writing
~
MAT 182 Technical Math I
PHI 247 Science, Technology & Society
Humanities Elective - three credits
Social
Science Elective - three credits
~
~
Natural Science Elective - three credits
Free Elective - three credits
~
MINORS
Automated Control - 21 Credits
Required: IND 110, Technical Drawing I; IND 165, Machine
Processes I ; MTE 236, Numerical Control I; MTE 250,
Introduction to Automation
Electives: ITE 460, Principles of Manufacturing; MTE 265,
Programmable Control Systems; MTE 268 , Automated
Support Systems ; MTE 336, Numerical Control Programming II; MTE 350, Robotic Systems ; MTE 495, Internship.
Computer Numerical Control - 21 Credits
Required: IND 110, Technical Drawing I; IND 165, Machine
Processes I; MTE 236, Numerical Control Programming I;
MTE 250, Introduction to Automation
Electives: IND 215, CAD I; IND 265, Machine Processes II;
ITE 460, Principles of Manufacturing ; MTE 336, Numerical
Control Prog II; MTE 337, CNC Programming-COMPACT;
MTE 338, CNC Programming-APT; MTE 437, Advanced
CNC-COMPACT; MTE 438 , Advanced CNC-APT; MTE
495 , Internship
Electrical Engineering Technology (EET) - 21
Credits
Q
Required : EET 110, DC Circuits; EET 170, Digital Electronic Design; EET 270, Introduction to Microprocessors;
EET 330, Advanced Microprocessors
Electives; Any two of the following: EET 160, AC Circuits;
EET 210, Linear Electronics I; EET 220, Introduction to
Electric Power; EET 360, Microprocessor Engineering; EET
440, Computer Networking
~
Graphic Communications Technology (GCT) 21 Credits
r
~
Z
~ B . Technical Studies: 39 credits
<
Screen Printing - 30 credits
GCT 100 Graphic Communication Processes I
GCT 110 Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 210 Advanced Screen Printing Techniques
GCT 220 Black and White Photography
GCT 225 Principles of Layout & Design
GCT 240 Electronic Desktop Publi shing
GCT 310 Screen Printing Productions
GCT 342 Estimating & Cost Analysis
IND 101 Drawing and Design
ITE 101 Industrial Safety
Related Area Electives - nine credits
(Select three of the following)
GCT 200 Graphic Communication Processes II
GCT 230 Color Photography
GCT 270 Lithographic Techniques
IND 130 Introductory Circuit Analysis
IND 278 Plastics Technology
ITE 375 Principles of Production
PHY 135 Chemistry of Materials
68
California University of Pennsylvania
Required: GCT 100, Graphic Communications Processes I;
GCT 200, Graphic Communications Processes II ; GCT 220,
Black and White Photography; GCT 225, Principles of
Layout and Design; GCT 240, Desktop Publishing
Electives: GCT 110, Screen Printing Techniques; GCT 210,
Advanced Screen Printing Techniques; GCT 230, Color
Photography; GCT 270, Lithographic Techniques; GCT 330,
Flexography and Package Printing Processes; GCT 342,
Estimating and Cost Analysis; GCT 365, Color Imaging;
GCT 370, Advanced Lithographic Techniques; GCT 390,
Gravure Printing; GCT 460, Substrates and Inks
Manufacturing Technology - 21 Credits
Required: IND I 10, Technical Drawing I; IND 215, Computer Aided Drafting I; ITE 181 , Material Technology I;
MTE 250, Introduction to Automation ; ITE 101, Industrial
Safety
Electives: ITE 311, Industrial Ergonomics; ITE 375, Principles of Production ; ITE 420, Production Analysis; ITE 445,
Quality Control ; MTE 495 , Internship
APPLIED ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
0\
\0
00
0\
0\
OJ)
0\
0\
.....,
0
u
'iii
ca
:::l
B
ell
ell
-0
gi
Cl.)
c::
-0
:::>
Careers
ART
Purpose
The study of artistic expression is a study of the development of art forms such as sculpture and painting; the study
of technique, that is the use of color, design, and perspective
to achieve the artist's objectives; and a retrospective on what
a culture and society has seen, valued, and understood about
its place in the world order.
Art is a product of human creativity, a manifestation of the
human spirit and meaning. The study of art is included in a
liberal education because it informs students about the universal
search for meaning and meaningful expression, about their past,
and about how each person learns to move from a literal and
concrete level of understanding to a more symbolic one.
Programs
The Art major can take ( 1) a general Art major or (2) an
Art Certification program for teaching in either a primary or
a secondary school. The certification program is undertaken
in conjunction with area colleges since California University
does not confer certification in art. Art courses are taken at
California University ; the Art Education and student teaching
courses are taken through Carlow College or Washington and
Jefferson College.
At Carlow College the student must complete Secondary
Art Methods and Materials (AE 327), Elementary Art Student
Teaching (AE 409), Secondary Arts Student Teaching (AE
410). AE 327 will be billed at current California University
credit costs plus the usual studio fees. The student teaching
courses will be billed at current rates for tuition and fees for
full-time Carlow students. California University also has a
similar agreement with Washington and Jefferson College.
The Art program is flexible . It directs students into
various areas of art, including art history, basic technique
courses, and a series of studio courses in one or more of the
following: drawing, painting, sculpture, crafts, ceramics, and
printmaking. The program of study prepares students to enter
graduate school as well as to pursue careers in professions
utilizing art.
Students can become professional artists in their area of
specialization, although most will need to undertake graduate
education if they are to be successful professionals. Commercial art, in advertising and in broadcast media, continues to
be a major employer of art students. The BA in Art Education will provide a student with K-12 certification for
teaching art in the public schools in the elementary and
secondary levels.
Graduates with studio art training have opportunities to
work in various museum settings, in art galleries and in
interior decorating establishments. They also can seek
positions in design departments and as art directors in large
corporations. Artists can use their talents in conjunction with
other areas of specialty, such as Biology, History, and
Archaeology. Artists can be illustrators in these areas .
Finally artists may link the study of art with another
discipline. Examples include medical art; the utilization of
art in therapy, for persons interested in the areas of psychology and art; and the linkage of art, archaeology, and history
in the recording of artifacts and in reconstructive work.
Bachelor of Arts in Art
Curriculum
Cooperative Programs
The university also has an agreement with The Art Institute
of Pittsburgh which permits a graduate of the Institute's two-year program to receive sixty credit hours toward a Bachelor of
Arts degree from California University. A second agreement
between the schools permits California University students to
take courses during their junior year at the Institute and receive
up to thirty credits in transfer if they complete one year of fulltime course work there.
The junior year program with the Pittsburgh Art Institute
permits students to take courses not available at California
University in the areas of visual communication, illustration,
interior design, photography, industrial design technology,
etc. These courses of study prepare students for positions in
commercial art-for example, advertising, publishing and
corporate communication. Students acquire knowledge and
experience in preparing art and layouts for reproduction.
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Required Art Courses (36
credits) Drawing I (ART 110); Design 2-D (ART 119);
Design 3-D (ART 120); Ceramics I (ART 113); Painting I
(ART 118); Printmaking I (ART 117); Sculpture I (ART
118); Advanced Drawing (ART 310); Intro to Crafts (ART
126); nine credits in Art History: Select three of the following courses: Art History : Ancient-Medieval (ART 122); Art
History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123); Art History:
Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art History: Modem
and Contemporary (ART 125); nine credits in a non concentration area with a faculty advisor; 12 credits in a studio
concentration; 11 credits in related electives.
Faculty
Professor Richard Miecznikowski , chair. , Associate Professor Raymond E. Dunlevy,
Assistant Professor John Paul Lambertson
70
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Arts in Art with K-12
Teacher Certification
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of education
courses at California University which include: Policy
Studies in American Education (EDF 290), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Student Teaching through
Carlow.
(B) Area of Concentration: Required Art Courses (36
credits) Drawing I (ART 110); Design 2-D (ART 119);
Design 3-D (ART 120); Ceramics I (ART 113); Painting I
(ART 116); Printmaking I (ART 117); Sculpture I (ART
118); Advanced Drawing (ART 310); Intro to Crafts (ART
126); nine credits in Art History, Select three of the following
courses: Art History: Ancient-Medieval (ART 122); Art
History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123); Art History:
Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art History: Modem
and Contemporary (ART 125) nine credits in a non concentration area with a faculty advisor; 12 credits in a studio
concentration, 11 credits in related courses At California
University: Art for Elementary (EDE 205); At Carlow:
Secondary Art Methods and Materials (AE 327).
Pennsylvania Certification requires satisfactory scores on all
three core batteries and the specialty, Art Education, on the
PRAXIS (NTE).
Art Appreciation. Select one of the following: ART 110
Drawing I, ART 310 Advanced Drawing
Crafts Concentration
Required: ART 126 Intro to Crafts, ART 213 Crafts Studio,
ART 313 Crafts Studio, ART 413 Crafts Studio (repeated for
six credits)
Electives:
Select one of the following: Art History: Ancient-Medieval
(ART 122); Art History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123);
Art History: Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art
History: Modem and Contemporary (ART 125), ART 106
Art Appreciation. Select one of the folJowing :
ART 110 Drawing I, ART 310 Advanced Drawing
Painting Concentration
Required: ART 116 Painting I, ART 296 Painting Studio,
ART 396 Painting Studio, ART 496 Painting Studio (repeated for six credits)
Electives:
Select one of the folJowing : Art History: Ancient-Medieval
(ART 122); Art History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123);
Art History: Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art
History: Modem and Contemporary (ART 125), ART 106
Art Appreciation
Select one of the following : ART 110 Drawing I, ART 310
Advanced Drawing
Printmaking Concentration
Minors
A minor in art would be helpful if you are interested in ,
building a "specialty" in another curriculum such as a
business major with an art minor who wants to work in
gallery art sales or as a curator. Perhaps you just love art as a
hobby, and having a minor in art would help you improve
your skills. A minor in art combined with a degree in
education would provide a future classroom teacher with an
area of concentration that could enhance employment
opportunities. Minors are available in ceramics, crafts,
painting, printmaking and sculpture.
Ceramics Concentration
Required: ART 113 Ceramics I, ART 293 Ceramics Studio,
ART 393 Ceramics Studio, ART 493 Ceramics Studio
(repeated for six credits)
Electives:
Select one of the following: Art History: Ancient-Medieval
(ART 122); Art History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123);
Art History: Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art
History: Modem and Contemporary (ART 125); ART 106
Required: ART 117 Printmaking I, ART 297 Printmaking
Studio, ART 397 Printmaking Studio, ART 497 Printmaking
Studio (repeated for six credits)
Electives:
Select one of the following : Art History: Ancient-Medieval
(ART 122); Art History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123);
Art History: Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art
History : Modem and Contemporary (ART 125), ART 106
Art Appreciation
Select one of the following: ART 110 Drawing I, ART 310
Advanced Drawing
Sculpture Concentration
Required: ART 118 Sculpture I, ART 298 Sculpture Studio,
ART 398 Sculpture Studio, ART 498 Sculpture Studio
(repeated for six credits)
Electives:
Select one of the following: Art History: Ancient-Medieval
(ART 122); Art History: Renaissance-Rococo (ART 123);
Art History: Impressionism to Cubism (ART 124); Art
History: Modem and Contemporary (ART 125); ART 106
Art Appreciation
Select one of the following : ART 110 Drawing I, ART 310
Advanced Drawing.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
71
BIOLOGICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
SCIENCES
Purpose
The Department of Biological and Environmental
Sciences is housed in a modem, multi-million dollar fourstory building, equipped with an array of biological and
environmental science instruments. Specialized areas include
both scanning and transmission electron microscope facilities, an animal room, greenhouse, herbarium, plant growth
facilities , museum and photographic facilities . Teaching
laboratories are equipped for the study of anatomy, botany,
cytology, ecology, embryology, entomology, genetics,
microbiology, parasitology, physiology, zoology, mammalogy, water pollution biology, ichthyology, behavioral
ecology, biometry, physiological ecology, solid waste
management, air quality monitoring, dendrology, ornithology
and wildlife biology.
Biology
The Biology program is an intensive scientific curriculum which prepares students for graduate work in the
biological sciences and career work in many biologically
related areas . The major emphasis of this program is to
provide students with a broad scientific core of courses,
including studies in chemistry, physics, mathematics, and
biology.
Students have the opportunity to select a wide range of
biological elective courses that best fulfill their needs for
future work or graduate study, ranging from the molecular to
the population level. Practical laboratory experience emphasizes critical thinking and the use of instrumentation to study
living systems. Academic credit can be obtained for practical
internship experiences.
Academic Societies
Beta Beta Beta is the national honor society for
biological sciences. The Upsilon Theta chapter was chartered
in 1978. The society fosters the pursuit of knowledge,
research experience, and service, in our students. Students
can achieve membership in this society if they maintain a
QPA of 3.25 after completing 60 credit hours and are
extended an invitation to join. Further information can be
obtained at the department office.
The university 's student chapter of the National
Wildlife Society was recently chartered in 1996. Membership is open to all students interested. The student chapter
won first place in the field competition and second place in
the quiz bowl at the 1997 Northeastern Conclave of The
Wildlife Society.
Awards
Students in the department have a long history of
winning awards for research presentations at regional
scientific meetings. In addition, each year outstanding
students in the department are recognized for their collegiate
endeavors. The students are selected for awards based on
Q .P.A., scholarly activity, and service. The awards presented
and the 1998 recipients are listed below:
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania University Biologists Award
for Outstanding Student in the Life Sciences - Matthew
Grimm
Academic Excellence in Biological Sciences Award - Scott
Smith
Academic Excellence in Environmental Sciences Award Melinda Ross
Outstanding Woman Graduate in the Life Sciences - Elizabeth Fox
Pheasants Forever Award for the Outstanding Student in
Wildlife Biology - Amy Howe.
Careers
Career opportunities include preparation for graduate
work in biology and related fields , for industrial research, for
government research, for careers in public health, and in the
many health-related fields .
Faculty
Associate Professor David F. Boehm, chair; Associate Professor Brian K. Paulson, assistant chair;
Professors Jan W. Balling, Foster E. Billheimer, Thomas P. Buckelew, Raymond A. Catalano, Barry B. Hunter,
William G . Kimmel , C. Allan Miller, Thomas C. Moon, Jeanette Mullins, Marc A. Sylvester; Edwin M. Zuchelkowski;
Associate Professors Mitchell M . Bailey, Ewald C. Krueger; Assistant Professors William M . Giuliano, John M.
Rybczyk.
72
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in Biology
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits):
English Composition I-II (ENG 101, 102); 12 credits of
Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of
Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free Electives.
Students must successfully complete at least three designated
writing component courses and one designated laboratory
component course in the General Studies area. Students must
successfully complete at least three semester hours from at
least three different disciplines in the Humanities, Natural
Science, and Social Science categories.
(B) Area Of Concentration (68 credits):
Required Major Courses (19 credits): Principles of Biology
(BIO 115), General Zoology (BIO 120), General Botany
(BIO 125), Genetics (BIO 318), Evolution (BIO 478).
Related Courses (27 credits): General Chemistry I-II (CHE
101 , 102), Organic Chemistry I-II (CHE 331,332), General
Physics I-II (PHY 121, 122), Calculus I (MAT 122), or Basic
Calculus (MAT 273).
Core Electives (22 credits): (At least one course must be
chosen from each core and ALL courses must be 300 and
400 level.)
Quantitative and Techniques Core: Scientific Photography
(BIO 342), Electron Microscopy (BIO 431 ), Biometry (BIO
466), Cell Biology (BIO 480), Design & Analysis (ENS
495).
Botany Core: Plant Anatomy (BIO 307), Plant Ecology (BIO
314), Economic Botany (BIO 332), Soil Science (BIO 334),
Plant Physiology (BIO 335), Plant Taxonomy (BIO 336),
Mycology (BIO 407), Dendrology (BIO 442).
Zoology Core: Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (BIO 305),
Human Anatomy (BIO 306), Embryology (BIO 317), Animal
Hi stology (BIO 325), Parasitology (BIO 327), Ornithology
(BIO 337), Marnmalogy (BIO 400), Herpetology (BIO 433),
Ichthyology (BIO 435), Entomology (BIO 445).
Physiology Core: Human Physiology (BIO 328), Plant
Physiology (BIO 335), Environmental Physiology (BIO 486).
Cell and Molecular Biology Core: Microbiology (BIO 326),
Genetics (BIO 318), Human Genetics (BIO 405), Clinical
Microbiology (BIO 426), Cellular Ultrastructure (BIO 432),
Immunology (BIO 450) , Cell Biology (BIO 480), Neurobiology (BIO 520).
Ecology Core: Ecology (BIO 310), Plant Ecology (BIO
314), Soil Science (BIO 334), Ornithology (BIO 337),
Mammalogy (BIO 400), Herpetology (BIO 433), Ichthyology (BIO 435), Ethology (BIO 441), Entomology (BIO
445), Water Pollution Biology (BIO 488), Principles of
Wildlife Management (ENS 420), Wildlife Management
Techniques (ENS 423).
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Certification in Biology for
Secondary Schools
This program gives students the biology and related
scientific and math background appropriate for secondary
teachers of biology. Students also receive extensive
training in pedagogy.
Curriculum
(A) General Education (47 credits):
Humanities (15 credits) including: English Composition I
(ENG 101) and English Composition II (ENG 102);
Natural Sciences (11 credits) including: Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331), General Physics I (PHY 121), Basic
Calculus (MAT 273**); nine credits in Social Science;
three credits in Health and Physical Education; Oral
Communication (COM 101); General Psychology (PSY
100); and three credits of Free Electives. **Based upon
student competence other Mathematics prerequisites may
be required: Pre-calculus, Trig, Algebra. NOTE: Courses
taken in the categories of Humanities, Natural Sciences
and Social Sciences must be taken from at least two
disciplines.
(B) Professional Education (41 credits):
Educational Psychology (PSY 208), Teaching in a
Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Policy Studies in
American Ed (EDF 290), Problems of Secondary Education (EDS 300), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301),
Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302),
Mainstreaming the Exceptional Child (EDU 340),
Educational Tests & Measurements (EDS 430) , Student
Teaching & School Law (EDS 461 ), Developmental
Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Teaching of
Sciences (EDS 467*). *Modem Methods in Secondary
Schools may be taken in place of the "Teaching of' course
with permission of your advisor.
(C) Academic Specialization (40 credits):
Required Biology Courses - 16 credits: Principles of
Biology (BIO 115), General Zoology (BIO 120), General
Botany BIO (125), Genetics (BIO 318); Biology Core
Electives (16 credits) One course must be chosen from
each of the following cores:
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
73
Botany Core - Plant Anatomy (BIO 307), Plant Ecology
(BIO 314), Economic Botany (BIO 332), Soil Science (BIO
334), Plant Physiology (BIO 335), Plant Taxonomy (BIO
336), Mycology (BIO 407) , Dendrology (BIO 442).
Zoology Core: Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (BIO 305),
Human Anatomy (BIO 306), Embryology (BIO 317), Animal
Histology (BIO 325), Parasitology (BIO 327), Ornithology
(BIO 337), Mammalogy (BIO 400), Herpetology (BIO 433) ,
Ichthyology (BIO 435) , Entomology (BIO 445).
Physiology, Cell and Molecular Core: Microbiology (BIO
326), Human Physiology (BIO 328), Plant Physiology (BIO
335), Human Genetics (BIO 405), Clinical Microbiology
(BIO 426), Cellular'tJltrastructure (BIO 432), Immunology
(BIO 450) , Evolution (BIO 478), Cell Biology (BIO 480),
Environmental Physiology (BIO 486) , Neurobiology (BIO
520).
Ecology Core: Ecology (BIO 310), Plant Ecology (BIO 314),
Soil Science (BIO 334), Ornithology (BIO 337), Mammalogy (BIO 400), Herpetology (BIO 433) , Ichthyology (BIO
435) , Ethology (BIO 441), Entomology (BIO 445) , Water
Pollution Biology (BIO 488) , Field Biology (ENS 205),
Principles of Wildlife Management (ENS 420), Wildlife
Management Techniques (ENS 423) .
~ Bachelor of Science in Education:
~
~
Certification in Environmental
Studies for Secondary Schools
"'1,/ This program gives students the ecological and environmen-
0
tal background appropriate for secondary teachers in
~ environmental science.
8
~
Curriculum
(A) General Education (47 credits):
Humanities (15 credits) including: English Composition I
(ENG 101) and English Composition II (ENG 102), Scientific Technical Writing (ENG 217) ; 11 credits in Natural
Sciences including General Chemistry I (CHE 101), General
Physics I (PHY 121), Basic Calculus (MAT 273**); nine
credits in Social Science; three credits in Health and Physical
Education ; Oral Communication (COM 101) ; General
Psychology (PSY 100); and three credits of Free Electives.
**Based upon student competence other mathematics prerequisites may be required: Pre-calculus, Trig, Algebra.
NOTE. Courses taken in the categories of Humanities ,
Natural Sciences and Social Sciences must be taken from at
least two disciplines.
(B) Professional Education (41 credits) :
Educational Psychology (PSY 208), Teaching in a
Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Policy Studies in American Ed (EDF 290) , Problems of Secondary Education (EDS
74
California University of Pennsylvania
300), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Mainstreaming the Exceptional Child (EDU 340), Educational Tests & Measurements
(EDS 430) , Student Teaching & School Law (EDS 461 ),
Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465),
Teaching of Sciences (EDS 467*). *Modem Methods in
Secondary School s may be taken in place of the "Teaching
of' course with permission of your advisor.
(C) Academic Specialization (40 credits):
Principles of Biology (BIO 115), General Zoology (BIO
120), General Botany (BIO 125) ; Environmental Science:
Introduction to Environmental Science (ENS 101), Field
Biology (ENS 205) , Seminar in Environment Conservation
(ENS 494) , Environmental Ed Workshop (ENS 497).
Pennsylvania Certification requires a satisfactory score
on the NTE.
Bachelor of Science in
Environmental Studies
The Environmental Studies Program prepares students
for careers in a variety of related fields and for graduate
school. The major emphasis of the program is to provide
students with a broad core of courses in biology and ecology,
supplemented with chemistry, physics , and mathematics.
A steady demand exists for such environmental scientists as
wildlife biologists, fishery biologists, water analysis technicians,
air pollution control monitors, environmental health technicians,
and interpretative naturalists. Many graduates are employed in
these areas by private industry and by state and federal agencies.
Some graduates further their education through work leading to
the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees and
teach and do research at a college or university.
All students have the opportunity to select from a wide range
of science elective courses in order to fulfill their objectives for
future employment or graduate school. Almost all courses include
a laboratory or field component in which students bring theory,
methodology, and instrumentation to bear on specific problems.
Internships with governmental and private agencies are available
to qualified applicants for academic credit.
A senior independent research problems class (which limits
enrollment to fewer than 14 students for more effective learning)
gives students practical experience with all phases of a research
problem: literature review, experimental design, data collection,
analysis, interpretation and scientific writing. Some of the topics
that have been examined include water pollution biology, small
mammal population dynamics, plant and animal species
diversity, comparisons between different types of habitats,
shorebird food selection, the effects of acid mine drainage on
the distribution of streamside terrestrial vegetation, and the
effects of strip mining on ecological succession.
Curriculum
Students are not pennitted to select for General Education, courses in the Humanities, Social Sciences or Natural
Sciences from a discipline in which their program requires
two or more courses from that discipline. Exceptions to this
policy are: ENGLISH: All general survey and literature
courses are permitted in the Humanities area. COMMUNICATION STUDIES : All non-perfonnance based courses are
pennitted in the Humanities area. Students must fulfill their
requirements in the Humanities, Social Sciences, and Natural
Sciences by taking courses in two different disciplines .
Options
Environmental Conservation
(A) General Education (48 credits):
English Composition I-II (ENG 101 , 102), Scientific and
Technical Writing (ENG 217), College Algebra (MAT 181 ),
Basic Programming Language (CSC 105), Statistics (MAT 215),
General Electives (30 credits): six credits in Humanities; six
credits in Social Sciences; six credits in Natural Sciences; 12
credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area Of Concentration (80 credits):
Required Core Area (28 credits): Principles of Biology (BIO
115), General Zoology (BIO 120), General Botany (BIO 125),
Introduction to Geology (EAS 150), General Chemistry I-II
(CHE 101 , 102), Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331).
Area of Specialization (18 credits): Conservation of Biological
Resources (BIO 206), Ecology (BIO 310), Dendrology (BIO
442), Biometry (BIO 466), Design & Analysis (ENS 495).
Related Core electives (14 credits): Plant Ecology (BIO 314),
Soil Science (BIO 334), Plant Taxonomy (BIO 336), Ornithology (BIO 337), Mammalogy (BIO 400), Ichthyology (BIO
435), Ethology (BIO 441), Entomology (BIO 445), Environmental Physiology (BIO 486), Water Pollution Biology (BIO
488), Wildlife Management Techniques (ENS 423).
Ancillary Cores (20 credits): Earth Science, Parks and
Recreation, Social Science, Physical Science or Business
Management. All credits must be taken in a single core
according to the students interests and approved by the
faculty advisor, Director of Environmental Studies and
Department Chairperson.
Business Core: Intro to Business (BUS 100), Business Law
(BUS 242), Current Economic Issues (ECO 200), Intro
Microeconomics (ECO 201), Principles of Management
(MGT 201 ). Choice of BUS, ECO, or MGT courses with
approval of advisor.
Parks and Recreation Core: Scenic Areas of the U.S. (EAS
264), Site Planning and Design (GEO 362), Geography of
U.S. and Pennsylvania (GEO 220), Cultural Res. Management (ANT 205), Historic Sites Arch. (ANT 226). Choice
of an additional course with advisors approval.
Social Science Core: Urban Sociology (SOC 235), Culture
Change and Culture Shock (ANT 250), Intro to Public
Policy (POS 300), History of Urban America (HIS 236).
Choice of additional courses from the following: Social
Stratification (SOC 210), Sociology of the Workplace
(SOC 215), Cont. Social Problems (SOC 205), State and
Local Government (POS 235), Municipal Government
(POS 205).
Earth Science Core: Historical Geology (EAS 200), Earth
Resources (EAS 232), Meteorology (EAS 241) or,
Climatology (EAS 242). Choice of EAS courses 300 level
or above and approval of advisor.
Physical Science Core: Organic Chemistry II (CHE 332),
Analytical Chemistry I (CHE 261), Analytical Chemistry
II (CHE 262), Geochemistry (CHE 255). Choice of
additional CHE courses with advisors approval.
Environmental Science
(A) General Education (48 CREDITS):
English Composition 1-11 (ENG 101, 102), Scientific and
Technical Writing (ENG 217), College Algebra (MAT
181), Basic Calculus (MAT 273) or Calculus I (MAT 281),
Problem Solving & Programming Constructions (CSC
120) or Intro to Computer Science with Pascal (CSC 123).
General Electives (30 credits): six credits in Humanities;
six credits in Social Sciences; six credits in Natural
Sciences; 12 credits Free Electives.
(B) Area Of Concentration (80 CREDITS):
Required Core Area (36 credits): Principles of Biology
(BIO 115), General Zoology (BIO 120), General Botany
(BIO 125), General Chemistry I-II (CHE 101 , 102),
Organic Chemistry I-II (CHE 331, 332), General Physics
I-II (PHY 121, 122).
Area of Specialization (26 credits): Ecology (BIO 310),
Genetics (BIO 318), Evolution (BIO 4 78), Biometry (BIO
466), Environmental Physiology (BIO 486), Environmental Research Problems (ENS 459) , Design and Analysis
(ENS 495).
Related Electives (18 credits): Students can elect to specialize
in the animal ecology core, or in the plant ecology core, or
select courses from both areas. 18 credits from the following
Animal Ecology and/or Plant Ecology Cores:
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
75
Animal Ecology Core: Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
(BIO 305), Parasitology (BIO 327), Omjthology (BIO 337),
Mammalogy (BIO 400), Herpetology (BIO 433), Ichthyology (BIO 435) , Entomology (BIO 445), Ethology (BIO 441 ),
Water Pollution Biology (BIO 488), Principles of Wildlife
Management (ENS 420).
Plant Ecology Core: Plant Ecology (BIO 314), Plant Taxonomy (BIO 336), Soil Science (BIO 334), Dendrology
(BIO 442).
Environmental Pollution
Control
(A) General Education (48 credits):
English Composition I-II (ENG 101 , 102), Scientific and
Technical Writing (ENG 217), Basic Calculus (MAT 273) or
Calculus I (MAT 281 ), College Algebra (MAT 181 ), Problem
Solving/Programming Constructions (CSC 120) or Intro to
Computer Science with Pascal (CSC 123). General Electives
(30 credits): six credits in Humanities; six credits in Social
Sciences; six credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits Free
Electives.
(B) Area Of Concentration (80 credits) :
Required Core Area (32 credits): Principles of Biology (BIO
115), General Zoology (BIO 120), General Botany (BIO
125), General Chemistry I-II (CHE 101 , 102), Organjc
Chemistry I-II (CHE 331 , 332), Analytical Chemistry I
(CHE 261).
Area of Specialization (39 credits) : Ecology (BIO 3 IO),
Microbiology (BIO 326), Biometry (BIO 466), Environmental Physiology (BIO 486) , Water Pollution Biology (BIO
488), Technjques in Water and Wastewater Analysis (ENS
341), Air Quality Monitoring (ENS 430), Solid Waste
Management (ENS 431), Environmental Regul ations (ENS
432), Environmental Research Problems (ENS 459), Design
and Analysis (ENS 495).
Related Electives (9 credits): Soil Science (BIO 334), Plant
Taxonomy (BIO 336), Omjthology (BIO 337), Mammalogy
(BIO 400) , Ichthyology (BIO 435) , Dendrology (BIO 442),
Entomology (BIO 445) , Principles of Wildlife Management
(ENS 420) , Wildlife Management Techniques (ENS 423).
Wildlife Biology
(A) General Education (49 credits):
English Composition I-II (ENG 101 , 102), Scientific and
Technical Writing (ENG 217), Oral Communications (COM
101), Pre-Calculus (MAT 199), Basic Calculus (MAT 273),
or Calculus I (MAT 281), Microcomputer and Application
Software (CSC l01). General Electives (31 credits): six
credits in Humanjties*; six credits in Social Sciences*; six
credits in Natural Sciences; 13 credits Free Electives.
76
California University of Pennsylvani a
* To fulfill the requirements for certification as a
wildlife biologist by The Wildlife Society, you must take
nine credits of your humanities and social science electives
from the following areas : ECO, SOC, PSY, POS, HIS, ENG,
LIT, FRE, GER, or SPN.
(B) Area Of Concentration (79 credits):
Biology Core (30 credits): Principles of Biology (BIO 115),
General Zoology (BIO 120), General Botany (BIO 125),
Ecology (BIO 310), Genetics (BIO 318), Plant Taxonomy
(BIO 336) or Dendrology (BIO 442), Biometry (BIO 466),
Design and Analysis (BIO 495).
Physical Science Core (11 credits): General Chemistry I-II
(CHE 101 , 102), and one course from the following - Soil
Science (BIO 334), Introduction to Environmental Geology
(EAS 131), Introduction to Geology (EAS 150), Organic
Chemistry I (CHE 331), College Physics I (PHY 101), or
General Physics I (PHY 121).
Wildlife Management Core (12 credits): Principles of
Wildlife Management (ENS 420), Wildlife Management
Techniques (ENS 423) , Animal Population Dynamics (ENS
492).
Wildlife Biology Core (8 credits): Ornithology (BIO 337),
Marnmalogy (BIO 400), and Herpetology (BIO 433).
Law, Policy, and Planning Core (6 credits): Environmental
Regulations (ENS 432), Land Use Analysis (GEO 317),
Political Geography (GEO 345), Site Planning and Design
(GEO 362), Recreation Industry Management (GEO 378),
Urban Planning (HIS 234).
Related Electives ( 12 credits): Any 300 or 400 level BIO or
ENS courses not being used to fill another requirement.
Environmental Resources
(A) General Education (48 credits):
English Composition I-II (ENG 101, 102), Scientific and
Technical Writing (ENG 217), College Algebra (MAT 181),
Statistics (MAT 215), Problem Solving/Program Construction
(CSC 120) or Pascal (CSC 123). General Electives (30 credits):
six credits in Humaruties; six credits in Social Sciences, six
credits in Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area Of Concentration (80 credits):
Required Core Area (14 credits): Introduction to Environmental Science (ENS 101), General Chemistry I-II (CHE
101 ,102), Contemporary Issues in Biology (BIO 103).
Area of Specialization (22/23 credits) : Introduction to
Geology (EAS 150), Hydrology (EAS 201), Earth Resources
(EAS 232), Meteorology (EAS 241), Advanced Environmental Geology (EAS 541), Soil Science (BIO 334) or a Field
Course (EAS *), two Field Courses (EAS*).
*Courses listed with asterisk denote a field course.
Related Electives (43/44 credits): At least six credits must be
taken from each of the following groups and 24 credits must
be 300 level or higher.
GROUP I: Geochemi stry (CHE 255), Areal Geology (EAS
170)*, Hi storical Geology (EAS 200), Carbonate Geology
(EAS 304), Mineralogy (EAS 331 ), Petrology (EAS 332),
Micropaleontology (EAS 350), Sedimentology (EAS 421 ),
Structural Geology (EAS 425), Optical Mineralogy (EAS
430), Field Course in Earth Science (EAS 491) *, Field
Course in Geology (EAS 492)*, Tectonics (EAS 527),
Reservoir Evaluation (EAS 547).
GROUP II: Introduction to Oceanography (EAS 163),
Climatology (EAS 242), Synoptic Meteorology (EAS 251),
Field Work in Hydrology (EAS 302)*, Field Work in
Meteorology (EAS 341 )*, Dynamic Meteorology (EAS
342), Geomorphology (EAS 343)*, Geology of Pennsylvania
(EAS 366)*, Coastal Geomorphology and Marine Resources
(EAS 563)*, Economic Geography (GEO 200), Physiography of the U.S (GEO 520).
GROUP III: Remote Sensing (EAS 255 ), Cartography (EAS
271), Computer Cartography (EAS 273), Field Mapping
(EAS 372)*, Statistical Cartography (EAS 373), Map and
Aerial Photo Interpretation (EAS 375), Field Methods in
Earth Science (EAS 436)*, Field Methods in Geology (EAS
437)*, Quantitative Applications in Earth Science (EAS
528), Map Principles (GEO 110).
GROUP IV: Conservation of Biological Resources (BIO
206), Ecology (BIO 310), Plant Ecology (BIO 314), Air
Quality Monitoring (ENS 430), Solid Waste Management
(ENS 431), Environmental Regulations (ENS 432).
Bachelor of Science in
Medical Technology
Advances in medical science have occurred at an
accelerating pace in recent years, and great progress has been
made in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. Research
findings in biochemistry and advances in instrumentation
technology have increased the quality of American health
care and have generated a growing demand for peop le
trained in the field of medical technology. The Medical
Technology program prepares students to hold key positions
in the medical laboratory.
The Medical Technology program of this university is
approved by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists, a
member of the American Medical Associ ation (AMA) .
California University of Pennsylvania is formally affiliated
with seven hospital schools of medical technology.
The program involves a three-year program on
campus and one year (12 months) at one of the approved
affiliated schools or one acceptable to California University of Pennsylvania. Upon the completion of the clinical
or internship year, the student is granted a Bachelor of
Science degree from California University of Pennsylvania as well as a certificate in medical technology from the
hospital school.
In addition, graduates take the national test given by
the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American
Society of Clinical Pathologists. The students who
successfully pass this examination become registered
medical technologists M.T. (A.S.C.P.)
The university's hospital affiliations include:
Altoona Hospital
Altoona, PA
Conemaugh Valley Memorial Hospital Johnstown, PA
Latrobe Area Hospital
Latrobe, PA
St. Vincent Hospital
Erie, PA
To enhance the student's opportunity of being
accepted by one of our affiliated hospital schools of
medical technology for the fourth or clinical year, it is
strongly recommended that the student maintain a
minimum of a 3.0 quality point average in the natural
sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics)
and a minimum of a 3.0 overall quality point average .
Qualified men and women are in demand as medical
technologists to hold responsible positions in blood
banking, microbiology, parasitology, chemistry, serology,
hematology, and nuclear medicine, as well as in supervisory positions in laboratories.
Curriculum
(A) General Education (37 credits):
English Composition I (ENG 101), Principles of Management (MGT 201); six credits in Humanities; six credits in
Social Sciences; six credits in Natural Sciences; 13 credits
in Free Electives.
Students are not permitted to select for general education,
courses in the Humanities, Social Sciences, or Natural
Sciences from a discipline in which their program requires
two or more courses from that discipline. Exceptions to
this policy are: ENGLISH: All general survey and
literature courses are permitted in the Humanities area.
COMMUNICATION STUDIES: All non-performance
based courses are permitted in the Humanities area.
Students must fulfill their requirements in the Humanities,
Social Sciences, and Natural Sciences by taking courses in
two different disciplines.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
77
(B) Area Of Concentration (62 credits):
Biological Sciences (35 credits): Principles of Biology (BIO
115), General Zoology (BIO 120), Human Anatomy (BIO
306), Genetics (BIO 318), Microbiology (BIO 326), Parasitology (BIO 327), Human Physiology (BIO 328), Clinical
Microbiology (BIO 426), Immunology (BIO 450).
Ancillary Courses (27 credits): General Chemistry 1-11 (CHE
101 , 102), Analytical Chemistry I (CHE 261), Organic
Chemistry I (CHE 331), General Physics 1-11 (PHY 121 ,
122), College Algebra (MAT 181).
(C) Approved School Of Medical Technology (29 credits):
The following courses are strongly recommended by the
Hospital Schools of Medical Technology to be used as free
electives in general education area: English Composition II
(ENG 102), Organic Chemistry II (CHE 332), Mycology
(BIO 407), Biochemistry I (CHE 411), Statistics (MAT 215).
Pre-professional Biology
Students in the health professions commit themselves to
a lifelong process of self-education; therefore, the development of scholarly motivation, independence, and creativity
are vital to professional medical competence. Acquiring an
understanding of people, their societies, and their history is a
valuable asset in the practice of the health professions.
Consequently, a liberal education in the humanities and the
arts, as well as in the social and natural sciences, provides
the best professional preparation. In addition, the student
should demonstrate competence and concentrated study in a
curriculum or field of special interest. Although students
interested in the health professions do not necessarily major
in Biology, they should plan to take a significant number of
biology courses.
Varied program offerings make it possible to satisfy
requirements for pre-medical, pre-dental, pre-veterinary,
pre-podiatry, pre-pharmacy, pre-chiropractic, and other prehealth fields . Those interested should contact the Biology
Department to discuss their career plans. Academic credit
can be obtained for practical internship experience.
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits):
English Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102). Twelve credits of
Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of
Social Sciences; and 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area Of Concentration (68 credits):
Required Core Courses (39 credits): Principles of Biology
(BIO 115), General Zoology (BIO 120), General Botany
(BIO 125), General Chemistry 1-11 (CHE 101, 102), Organic
Chemistry 1-11 (CHE 331,332), General Physics I-II (PHY
121, 122), Basic Calculus (MAT 273) or Calculus I (MAT
281).
Area of Specialization (20 credits): Genetics (BIO 318),
Human Anatomy (BIO 306) or Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy (BIO 305)*, Human Physiology (BIO 328), Cell
Biology (BIO 480), Microbiology (BIO 326).
*Recommended for pre-veterinary
Related Electives (nine credits): Embryology (BIO 317),
Animal Histology (BIO 325), Parasitology (BIO 327),
Clinical Microbiology (BIO 425), Immunology (BIO 450),
Biochemistry I (CHE 411).
Bachelor of Science in Mortuary
Science
Today the expansion of knowledge occurs at such a
rapid rate that the average person cannot keep pace with all
of the information thataffects his or her life. In professional
careers a broad understanding of the changing world is
closely related to success. In the mortuary science profession, we find phenomenal growth in knowledge, technology
and improved delivery systems of service to the public. An
awareness of changes in the areas of embalming, funeral
home management, business management, sociological and
pyschological patterns will enhance the effectiveness of the
practitioner.
Careers
Highly qualified individuals can achieve success as
members of well-established mortuary firms or as selfemployed practitioners. Careers in teaching and research are
also available.
Objectives
•
•
•
Students must successfully complete at least three designated
writing component courses and one designated laboratory
component course in the General Studies area. Students must
successfully complete at least three semester hours from at
least three different disciplines in the Humanities, Natural
Science, and Social Science categories.
78
California University of Pennsylvania
The program objectives are:
to prepare students with academic background for entry
into school of mortuary science;
to prepare the student with an academic background that
can challenge the changing technology and demands of
society;
to expand the opportunities for entry into a technological
world.
Curriculum
The mortuary science year, through affiliation with the
Pittsburgh School of Mortuary Science, is accredited through
the American Board of Funeral Service Education, National
Association of Colleges of Mortuary Science, National
Conference of Funeral Service Examining Boards of the
United States, Inc. This program is designed for three years
of approved study on campus and one year of study at the
Pittsburgh Institute of Mortuary Science.
Upon completion of the program, the student is granted
a Bachelor of Science degree from California and a diploma
from the Pittsburgh Institute. Upon completion of a one-year
resident intern period, the candidate applies for the State
Board Examinations and licensure as a funeral director and
embalmer.
The curriculum requires 128 credits: 100 credits in
required and elective California University courses and 28
credits for the institute year at an approved mortuary science
institute.
(A) General Education (42 credits):
English Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102), General Psychology (PSY 100), Elements of Economics (ECO 100), six
credits in Humanities; six credits in Social Sciences; six
credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Free Electives.
Students are not permitted to select courses in the Humanities, Social Sciences and Natural Science areas from a
discipline in which their program requires two or more
courses from that discipline. Exceptions to this policy are:
ENGLISH: All general survey and literature courses are
permitted in the Humanities area. COMMUNICATION
STUDIES: All non-performance based courses are permitted
in the Humanities area. Students must fulfill their requirements in the Humanities, Social Sciences, and Natural
Sciences by taking courses in two different disciplines.
(B) Area Of Concentration (58 CREDITS):
Required: Principles of Biology (BIO 115), General Zoology
(BIO 120), General Botany (BIO 125), Biology Elective*,
Human Anatomy (BIO 306), Human Physiology (BIO 328),
Microbiology (BIO 326).
*Requires advisor approval.
Ancillary Courses (15 credits): General Chemistry I-II (CHE
101, 102), Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331), College Algebra
(MAT 181).
Dying (EDF 318), Oral Communication (COM 101),
Animal Histology (BIO 325), Parasitology (BIO 327),
Organic Chemistry II (CHE 332). These are suggested
electives to be used in the general education components.
The Washington Hospital School Of
Nursing - Registered Nurse
Program
The Washington Hospital School of Nursing (WHSN)
Registered Nurse Program is a cooperative venture
between California University and the WHSN. Entrance
into the program requires successful performance by the
prospective student on the qualifying examination given
by the WHSN and subsequent acceptance for admission to
both the WHSN and California University of Pennsylvania. The program of study leading to the certificate of
completion given by WHSN and licensure as a registered
nurse, following successful completion of the prescribed
curriculum and examinations as required by law, is 27
months in duration .
The cooperative nature of this program is based upon
the university providing a minimum of 40 credits in
traditional science and general education courses and the
WHSN providing the traditional nursing courses and
clinical experiences required for certification as a registered nurse.
Because of the necessity to limit enrollment at
WHSN, the availability of university classes may be
limited. This is particularly critical with regard to the
science classes,Anatomy and Physiology I and II, Chemistry for the Health Sciences, Basic Microbiology and
Basic Principles of Nutrition where, depending upon
circumstances, enrollment may be restricted to students
who have been formally accepted into the WHSN Program. Individuals who wish to earn a degree from the
university may continue in the Bachelor of Science
Nursing Program offered by the university following
completion of the WHSN Program. However, other
qualifications and/or examinations may be required prior
to entry into the university BSN Program. (See the
description of the Nursing Program).
Complementary Courses (15 credits): Accounting I (ACC
201), Ethics (PHI 220), Mental Health (PSY 310), Social
Psychology (PSY 211), Principles of Sociology (SOC 100).
(C) School Of Mortuary Sciences (28 credits):
Strongly recommended electives : Introduction to Political
Science (POS 100), Basic Programming Language (CSC
105), Sculpture I (ART 118), Mathematics of Finance (MAT
171 ), Business and Professional Writing I (ENG 211),
Principles of Management (MGT 201), The Family (SOC
220), Introduction to Social Work (SOW 150), Death and
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
79
oo
Minors
~ Biology Concentration
u
u
00
Required: BIO 115 Principles of Biology, BIO 120 General
Zoology, BIO 125 General Botany.
Electives: A minimum of nine credits from the biology core
electives listed under the Bachelor of Science in Biology
degree requirements. Courses must come from at least three
different core areas.
~
Environmental Sciences Concentration
z~
Required: BIO 115 Principles of Biology, BIO 120 General
Zoology, BIO 125 General Botany, BIO 310 Ecology.
Electives: Two approved courses from the animal and plant
ecology cores listed under the Environmental Sciences
option of the degree program in Environmental Studies.
z~
~
~
z~
i
~
>
z
~
Q
z
<
~
<
u
~
~
0
~
0
~
~
80
California University of Pennsylvania
BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS
Purpose
The Business and Economics Department offers a number
of degree programs, with emphasis given to the development
of fundamental skills that will be beneficial to graduates in
both their professional and private lives. The department
recognizes that the keys for success are flexibility and
adaptability. The department's programs are fully supported
with state-of-the-art computer facilities including current
software utilized in the business community.
After careful analysis of the current demands in the labor
marketplace, the department has designed four distinct degree
approaches, each serving a specific student interest and
· potential employment. The four degree approaches are:
1. Bachelor of Arts in Administration and Management
2. Bachelor of Arts in Economics
3. Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (with
various specialized options)
4. Two-year Associate Degree programs (in the fields of
Accounting, Administration/Management, Banking,
and Computer Based Management)
Additionally, many department courses will be of value to
students enrolled in other fields . The practical nature of course
material will assist any student desiring to gain knowledge of
business principles regardless of major. The faculty and office
staff within the department will gladly assist students to
determine courses meaningful to their fields.
Awards
Achievement is recognized in several ways. Membership is
open to qualified successful students in Omicron Delta Epsilon,
an honorary Economics Fraternity, the Accounting Club, the
Economics Club, the Marketing Club, and the Society for the
Advancement of Management. These organizations are involved
in a variety of social and scholastic activities. In addition, the
achievements of outstanding graduating seniors are recognized
with the following awards:
• Wall Street Journal Award for outstanding achievement in the
study of Business or Economics;
•Alfred z.effiro Award for excellence in the study of Business,
Management;
•Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award for
high scholastic achievement in the study of Accounting;
•John Apessos Award for excellence in the study of Management.
Bachelor of Arts in
Administration and
Management
Bachelor of Arts in Administration and Management
provides for a broad-based flexible curriculum that meets the
needs of a business student with liberal arts interests. The
graduation requirements for this degree make it ideal for the
transfer student since it permits maximum utilization of
previously completed course work.
Graduates will be prepared for a variety of management
positions in business, industry and government.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits in Humanities; 12 credits in Natural Sciences; 12 credits in Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Introductory
Microeconomics (ECO 201); Introductory Macroeconomics
(ECO 202); Money and Banking (ECO 304); Labor Economics (ECO 311); six additional credits of upper level Economics courses; Accounting I (ACC 201) & II (ACC 202);
Managerial Accounting (ACC 321 ); Principles of Management (MGT 201); Principles of Marketing (MKT 271);
Financial Management (FIN 301); Labor Relations (MGT
362); six additional credits of upper-level courses in Accounting, Business, Finance, Management or Marketing;
Technical Mathematics (MAT 182) or College Algebra (MAT
181); Business Statistics (MAT 225); Micros & Applications
Software (CSC 101); Oral Communication: Management
(COM 250); Business Writing I (ENG 211); Industrial
Psychology (PSY 326); and five credits of related electives
approved by one's advisor.
Faculty
Professor Burrell Brown, chair; Associate Professor Clyde Roberts, assistant chair; Professors Ismail Cole,
Karen L. LeMasters, Mahmood A. K. Omarzai, Young J. Park, P. Ronald Tarullo;
Associate Professors William F. Blose!, Debra Clingerman, David T. Jones, Robert J. Kopko, Susan J. Mongell, Louise
E. Serafin, Jerzy Zderkowski; Assistant Professor Edward Mendola.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
81
oo Bachelor of Arts in Economics
~
Bachelor of Arts in Economics is a multipurpose program, with the objective of providing students with a liberal
~ arts background and an understanding of the behavior of
people as both producers and consumers. The program
develops an understanding of the economic problems facing us
today at all levels of government and business. This approach
has been found to be attractive to many employers in industry,
government, and business and is an excellent preparation for
~ graduate study in economics, business administration, hospital
ad mini stration, law, public administration and urban planning.
Many students successfully enter the labor market immediately following graduation, bypassing graduate studies.
~
0
Z
0
U
Q
Z
,<
00 Curriculum
00
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
~ 102); 12 credits of Humani ties; 12 credits of Natural Sciences;
Z
Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration offers
several degree programs that can be tailored to the needs of
each student. Often , when students begin their college
studies, they have not full y determined career direction .
The various specialized options of this degree permit
modification of emphasis as the student's interests become
defined without loss of credits earned toward graduation.
The faculty offers a diverse background of practical business
experience and scholarly achievement to equip the graduating
student with the skills necessary for success in business.
Students may focus on one of the following specialized
options: Accounting, Computer Based Management, Marketing, Finance, Human Resource Management, Management,
Business Economics, and General.
12 credits of Social Sciences ; 18 credits of Free Electives.
~
00
(B) Area of Concentration: Economics Core: Introduction
to Microeconomics (ECO 201); Introduction to Macroeco~ nomics (ECO 202); Money and Banking (ECO 304); Intermediate Microeconomics (ECO 301 ); Intermediate Macroeconomics (ECO 302); 14 additional credits of Economics
electives (at 200 level or above). Communication Skills:
Business Writing I (ENG 211) or Advanced Writing (ENG
375); Quantitative Skills: Technical Math I (MAT 182) or
College Algebra (MAT 181 ), Mathematics of Finance (MAT
17 1); Micros and Application Software (CSC 101 ); Business
Statistics (MAT 225); Mathematical Economics (ECO 320).
Related Courses: Accounting I (ACC 201) and Accounting II
(ACC 202); five related courses approved by one's advisor.
~
Bachelor of Arts in
International Studies: Business
& Economics Option
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition 1-11
(ENG 101 , 102), 12 credits of Humanities and Fine Arts, 12
credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18
credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits) : Business &
Economics: (ACC 201) Accounting, (MGT 201) Principles of
Management, (ECO 201) Introductory Microeconomics, (ECO
202) Introductory to Macroeconomics, (FIN 301) Financial
Management, (MKT 271) Principles of Marketing, (MKT 431)
International Business Management. Languages Select courses
fro m FRE, GER, or SPN: (203) Intermediate I, (204) Intermediate II, (3 11 ) Conversation, Composition and Phonetics I, (312)
Conversation, Composition and Phonetics II, Culture and
Civilization Elective, Language Elective. Geography (GEO
200) Economics of Geography, Area Study Electives (six
credits). Restricted Electives (18 credits) Selected in consultation with advisor. Related Electives (two credits)
82
California University of Pennsylvania
The business world grows increasingly complex, as
computer applications permit more sophi sticated decisionmaking. California University 's Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration is designed to insure that students
acquire sufficient background for a broad range of careers in
business, industry and government. Labor Relations,
Marketing, Accounting, Production, M anagement, Finance
and Communications are emphasized.
Career opportunities are in such positions as those of
accountant, banker, city manager, general manager, government agency administrator, hospital administrator, industri al
relations manager, insurance agent, office manager, personnel manager, production manager, purchasing agent, retail
manager, sales manager, sales representative, securities
analyst, and stock broker.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I (ENG 101); Business
Writing I (ENG 211); Group Discussion Management (COM
102); College Algebra (MAT 181) or Technical Math I (MAT
182); Mathematics of Finance I (MAT 171) or Basic Calculus
(MAT 273); Business Statistics (MAT 225); six credits in
Humanities; six credits in Social Sciences; six credits in Natural
Sciences; 12 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Business Writing II (ENG 212)
or Advanced Writing (ENG 375); Oral Communication: Management (COM 250); Micros & Applications Software (CSC 101);
Industrial Psychology (PSY 326); Introductory Microeconomics
(ECO 201 ); Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202); Money
and Banking (ECO 304) or Intermediate Macroeconomics (ECO
302); Labor Economics (ECO 311) or Intermediate
Microeconomics (ECO 301) or Managerial Economics (ECO
322); Introduction to Business (BUS 100) or Business elective.
Accounting I (ACC 201) and II (ACC 202); Cost Accounting I
(ACC 331) or Managerial Accounting (ACC 321); Principles of
Management (MGT 201); Principles of Marketing (MKT 271);
Financial Management (FIN 301); Labor Relations (MGT 362);
Strategic Management (MGT 402).
Options
Accounting
Intennediate Accounting I (ACC 30 l ); Intennediate Accounting
Il (ACC 302); nine credits of additional upper-level Accounting
(ACC) courses (no internship credits); 11 credits in Accounting,
Business, Economics, Finance, Management or Marketing
courses 200 level or above (Recommended: Business Law I
[BUS 242] and Business Law Il [BUS 243]).
Business Economics
Intennediate Microeconomics (ECO 301); Intermediate
Macroeconomics (ECO 302); Mathematical Economics
(ECO 320); 11 credits of Economics electives 200 level or
above; five credits from Accounting, Business, Finance,
Management, Marketing electives.
Computer Based Systems Management
Fifteen credits of selected computer science courses; Management lnfonnation Systems (MGT 371); Computer Based
Management Systems (MGT 373); Applied Econometrics
(ECO 421); Upper level Accounting, Business, Economics,
Finance, Management or Marketing elective.
Management
Organizational Behavior (MGT 301); Human Resource
Management (MGT 352); Business Law I (BUS 242); nine
credits of Upper level Management (MGT) courses (no
internship credits) and eight credits of Management related
courses to be selected with the approval of one's advisor.
Marketing
Principles of Selling (MKT 222); Sales Management (MKT 321);
Marketing Management (MKT 401), Advertising Management
(MKT 351), Consumer Behavior (MKT 431), Marketing
Research (MKT 431), Business Marketing (MKT 452); five
credits of the following (which may be 200 level or above of
Accounting, Business, Economics, Finance, Management or
Marketing (MKT) electives): Applied Econometrics (ECO 421),
International Business Management (MGT 431 ), Real Estate
Fundamentals (FIN 351 ), Real Estate Practice (FIN 352),
Insurance and Risk Management (FIN 341 ), Retailing (MKT
331 ), Marketing for Non-profit organizations (MKT 341 ),
Business Law I (BUS 242).
Finance
Introduction to Finance (FIN 201); Personal Money Management (FIN 211); Advanced Financial Management (FIN 302);
Investments (FIN 305); Financial Markets and Institutions (FIN
411); Applied Econometrics (ECO 421); and seven credits from
the following (three to six of which may be 200 level or above):
Accounting, Business, Economics, Finance, Management or
Marketing electives; Bank Management (FIN 531 ); Upper
Level Finance elective; International Business Management
(MGT 431); Industrial Organization (ECO 401); Public Finance
(ECO 405); International Economics (ECO 431 ); Real Estate
· Fundamentals (FIN 351); Real Estate Practice (FIN 352),
Business Law I (BUS 242).
General
Twenty-six credits of Accounting, Business, Economics,
Finance, Management, Marketing electives (200 level or above).
Human Resource Management
Business Law I (BUS 242), Human Resource Management
(MGT 352); Organizational Behavior (MGT 301); Compensation Management (MGT 353); Development of Interviewing
Skills (PSY 370); 11 credits from the following (may include up
to three credits of Management electives): Demographic
Analysis (GEO 217), Human Ecology (GEO 240), Social
Psychology (PSY 320), Psychology of Gender Roles (PSY
311 ), Psychology of Stress Management (PSY 222), Psychology of Personality (PSY 405), Psychological Testing (PSY
340), Advanced Industrial Psychology (PSY 428), Men,
Women, and Work (SOC 125), Sociology of Workplace (SOC
215); Business, Society and Government (BUS 342).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
83
Associate of Science in
oo Associate Degree Programs
U
An alternative for students not wishing to make an immediAdministration and Management
~ ate four-year commitment to education is the two-year associate
~
0
z
0
u
~
Q
z
<
00
00
~
z
degree program in several disciplines.
The accounting student may wish to pursue a two-year
course of study in Accounting preparatory to entering a juniorlevel accounting position. Those interested in a two-year
program in Administration/Management or Computer Based
Management can also pursue an Associate Degree program.
These curricula provide sufficient background in basic
management skills to qualify graduates for many entry-level
supervisory positions in business and industry. For students
desiring a career in the financial service industry or for the
employees of financial institutions, an option in Banking is
available in the Administration and Management Associate
Degree curriculum.
~
Of course, a student can transfer all of the course work
completed at any time to the appropriate four-year program
~ leading to a Bachelor's Degree. No more than fifteen credits can
~ be transferred from another institution to fulfill the requirements
for the Associate Degree programs. The Department of Business
and Economics offers this two-year associate degree to provide
students with high quality training in accounting. In the career
ladder concept, the university has designed the program so that
students may transfer into many four-year business programs.
00
Careers are available in a number of fields in business and
government, including purchasing, sales, bookkeeping, and
accounting.
Associate of Science in
Accounting
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG 101);
Business Writing I (ENG 211), College Algebra (MAT 181) or
Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182); Micros & Applications
Software (CSC 101); Science, Technology and Society (Plfl
246); three credits in Humanities; three credits in Social Sciences;
three credits in Natural Sciences; three credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Intro to Business (BUS 100);
Accounting I (ACC 201) and II (ACC 202); Cost Accounting
(ACC 331); Principles of Management (MGT 201); six credits
from Elements of Economics (ECO 100), Current Economic
Issues (ECO 200), Intro Micro (ECO 201), and Intro Macro
(ECO 202); six credits of Accounting electives to be selected
with approval of advisor; six - 11 credits of accounting,
Business Economics, Finance, Management and Marketing
electives (with the approval of advisor some of these electives
may be selected from Industrial Psychology (PSY 209),
Mathematics of Finance I (MAT 171), Business Statistics (MAT
225), Oral Communication Management (COM 250).
84
California University of Pennsylvania
This two-year associate degree provides students with
the basic instruction for an entry level management position
with business or industry. In addition, all of the credits
earned in this program are transferable to the four-year
degree.
Careers available to the graduate of this program include
a number of junior management positions in business and
government, including sales, purchasing, employee relations,
and general management.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG
101); Business Writing I (ENG 211); College Algebra (MAT
181) or Technical Mathematics (MAT 182); Micros &
Applications Software (CSC 101 ); Science, Technology and
Society (Plfl 246); three credits in Social Sciences; three
credits in Natural Sciences; three credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Introduction to Business
(BUS 100); Accounting 1-11 (ACC 201 & 202); Principles of
Management (MGT 201); six credits from Elements of
Economics (ECO 100), Current Economic Issues (ECO 200),
Introductory Microeconomics (ECO 201), Introductory
Macroeconomics (ECO 202); 20 credits of Restricted
Electives to include 12-18 credits of Accounting, Business,
Economics, Finance, Management, and Marketing courses;
and three-nine credits from Computer courses, Industrial
Psychology (PSY 326), Mathematics of Finance I (MAT
171), Business Statistics (MAT 225), Sociology, or Social
Science, Psychology elective, Oral Communication Management (COM 250).
Associate of Science in
Minors
in the Business and Economics field are available to
Administration and Management Minors
students majoring in disciplines other than Business and
Economics. The various minors offered and required courses
Banking Option
The two-year associate degree in Banking is an option
under the Administration and Management program. This
curriculum is designed to meet the needs for junior level
management positions in the financial services industry.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG 101);
Business Writing I (ENG 211); College Algebra (MAT 181) or
Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182); Micros & Applications
Software (CSC 101); Science, Technology and Society (PHI
246); three credits in Humanities; three credits in Social Sciences;
three credits in Natural Sciences; three credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Accounting I (ACC 201) and II
(ACC 202); Managerial Accounting (ACC 321); Elements of
Economics (ECO 100); Introductory Microeconomics (ECO
201); Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202); Principles of
Management (MGT 201); Financial Management (FIN 301);
Money and Banking (ECO 304); two credits of Finance
elective; nine credits from A.I.B. courses or from a list of
selected courses in Business, Mathematics, and Finance.
Associate of Science in
Computer-Based
Management Systems
The Business and Economics Department offers this
two-year associate degree to provide students with general
management and computer skills.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG
101); Business Writing I (ENG 211); College Algebra (MAT
181) or Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182); Micros &
Applications Software (CSC 101); Science, Technology and
Society (PHI 246); three credits in Humanities ; three credits
in Social Sciences; three credits in Natural Sciences; three
credits of Free Electives.
for each are as follows:
Accounting Minor
BUS 100, Intro Business; ECO 100, Elements of Economics;
ACC 201, Accounting I; ACC 202, Accounting 11; ACC 331, Cost
Accounting I.
Upper Level (300- and above) Accounting Electives (six credits).
Business Minor
BUS 100, Intro Business; ECO 100, Elements of Economics;
ACC 201, Accounting I; MGT 201, Principles of Management.
Upper Level (300- and above) Business (ACC/BUS/FIN/MGT/
MKT) Electives (nine credits).
Economics Minor
BUS 100, Intro Business; ECO 201, Intro Microeconomics ;
ECO 202, Intro Macroeconomics; ECO Elective.
Upper Level (300- and above) Economics Electives (nine
credits) .
Finance Minor
BUS 100, Intro Business; ECO 100, Elements of Economics;
ACC 201, Accounting I; FIN 211, Personal Money Management; FIN 301, Financial Management.
Upper Level (300- and above) Finance Elective (six credits) .
Management Minor
BUS 100, Intro Business; ECO 100, Elements of Economics;
MGT 201, Principles of Management;
MGT 301, Organizational Behavior; MGT Elective.
Upper Level (300- and above) Management Electives (six
credits).
Marketing Minor
BUS 100, Intro Business; ECO 100, Elements of Economics;
MKT 222, Principles of Selling; MKT 271, Principles of
Marketing, MKT Elective.
Upper Level (300- and above) Marketing Electives (six
credits).
(B) Area of Concentration: Introduction to Business
(BUS 100); Accounting I (ACC 201) and II (ACC 202);
Principles of Management (MGT 201); Management
Information Systems (MGT 371) or Computer Based
Management Systems (MGT 373); six credits from Elements
of Economics (ECO 100), Current Economic Issues (ECO
200); Introductory Microeconomics (ECO 201), and Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202); nine credits of selected
computer courses; Managerial Accounting (ACC 321) or
Cost Accounting (ACC 331); three credits of Economics
elective; two credits of Accounting, Business, Economics,
Finance, Management or Marketing elective.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
85
CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
Purpose
The Chemistry & Physics Department houses both the
Chemistry and Physics programs at the university. These
programs are located in the New Science building which was
renovated in 1984. Along with the building renovation the
department acquired state-of-the-art chemical instrumentation , and more recently has acquired a number of computers
for use in both the physics and chemistry programs.
Bachelor of Science in
Chemistry
This program focuses upon studies of the nature and
structure of matter and provides a strong foundation in the
fundamentals of chemistry, physics and mathematics. Upon
successful completion of this program, the graduate is
qualified to assume a position as a chemist in either the
private or public sector. Program graduates should also be
well prepared to undertake graduate studies leading to the
M.A., M.S., or Ph.D. in Chemistry.
Through consultation with an advisor, students obtain
information that will guide them toward a proper selection of
electives in General Education. Such a judicious selection of
electives based upon the student's objectives may help to
promote additional career opportunities and also satisfy the
admissions standards of various professional and graduate
schools . Some graduates have thus chosen to continue their
education or to pursue careers in medicine, dentistry,
pharmacy, management, college and university teaching, and
research.
Career opportunities include positions as analytical
chemist, quality control specialist, industrial management
trainee, technical writer, chemical purchasing agent and sales
person with the chemical industry.
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: General Chemistry 1-11
(CHE 101, 102), Inorganic Chemistry (CHE 205), Analytical
Chemistry I (CHE 261), Instrumental Analysis (CHE 262),
Organic Chemistry 1-11 (CHE 331,332), Individual Work
(CHE 368), Physical Chemistry 1-11 (CHE 451,452),
Chemistry Seminar (CHE 495) and four credits of Required
Chemistry electives, Calculus 1-11 (MAT 281,282), College
Physics 1-11 (PHY 101, 202), 16 additional credits of related
electives.
Bachelor of Arts in Physics
The program leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in
Physics offers the student a variety of choices which may be
tailored to one's needs. The flexibility of the program allows
the graduate to prepare for many occupations, including
admission to an advanced degree program in physics or
engineering, and technical or research positions with industry
or government.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits in Humanities, 12 credits in Natural Sciences, 12 credits in Social Sciences; 18 credits of free
electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: College Physics I-II-III
(PHY 101, 202, 203), Intermediate Mechanics (PHY 221),
Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism (PHY 301), Modern
Physics I (PHY 331), Calculus I-II-III (MAT 281, 282, 381),
Differential Equations (MAT 406), General Chemistry 1-11
(CHE 101 102), six credits of Physics Electives, 19 credits of
Advanced Related Electives.
The program also provides preprofessional training in
medicine, dentistry, and law, as well as preparation for
graduate school.
Curriculum
Faculty
Associate Professor Clyde W. Clendaniel, chair; Professors Theodore L. Dominick,
Gabriel C. Fusco, David L. Johnson, Anthony Lazzaro, David W. Pajerski;
Associate Professors Gregg Gould, Robert L. Zoppetti; Assistant Professor John Lynch
86
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Certification in
Education: Certification in
Chemistry for Secondary Schools Physics for Secondary Schools
Curriculum
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities,
including Composition I-II (ENG 101-102), 11 credits in
Natural Sciences, including Principles of Biology (BIO 115),
Organic Chemistry II (CHE 322), and an approved Earth
Science elective, 9 credits in Social Sciences, 3 credits in
Health or Physical Activities, Oral Communication (COM
101), General Psychology (PSY 100), 6 credits of Free
Electives, including a science elective.
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities, including
Composition I~ II (ENG 101, 102), 11 credits in Natural
Sciences, including Principles of Biology (BIO 115), General
Chemistry II (CHE 102), and an Earth Science elective, 9
credits in Social Sciences, 3 credits in Health or Physical
Activities, Oral Communication (COM 101), General Psychology (PSY 100), 3 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Professional Education: Educational Psychology
(PSY 208), Policy Studies in American Education (EDF 290),
(PSY 208), Policy Studies in American Education (EDF 290),
Problems of Secondary Education (EDS 300), Computers for
Teachers (EDF 301), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF
302), Mainstreaming the Except. Child (EDU 340), Teaching
in a Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Educational Tests &
Measurements (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in
Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Teaching of Science in
Secondary Schools (EDS 467*), Student Teaching and School
Law (EDS 461). *Modem Methods in Secondary Schools
may be taken in place of the "Teaching of' course with
permission of your advisor.
Problems of Secondary Education (EDS 300), Computers for
Teachers (EDF _301), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF
302), Mainstreaming the Except. Child (EDU 340), Teaching
in a Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Educational Tests &
Measurements (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in
Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Teaching of Science in
Secondary Schools (EDS 467*), Student Teaching and School
Law (EDS 461). *Modem Methods in Secondary Schools
may be taken in place of the "Teaching of' course with
permission of your advisor.
(C) Professional Specialization: General Chemistry I-II
(CHE 101 , 102), Geochemistry (CHE 255), Analytical
Chemistry I (CHE 261), Organic Chemistry I (CHE 331),
Biochemistry (CHE 441), Physical Chemistry I (CHE 451),
Individual Work I (CHE 368), Calculus I (MAT 281),
Calculus II (MAT 282), College Physics I (PHY 101).
Pennsylvania certification requires a satisfactory score
on the National Teachers Exam.
(B) Professional Education: Educational Psychology
(C) Professional Specialization: College Physics I-II-III
(PHY 101,202 and 203), Intermediate Mechanics (PHY 221 ),
Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism (PHY 301), Modem
Physics (PHY 331), Mathematical Methods of Physics I (PHY
341), Physics Seminar (PHY 495), Calculus I-II-III (MAT
281, 282 and 381), General Chemistry I (CHE 101).
Pennsylvania certification requires a satisfactory score on
the National Teachers Exam.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
87
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Certification in General Science
for Secondary Schools
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities,
including Composition I-II (ENG 101 , 102), 9 credits in
Natural Sciences, including Pre-Calculus (MAT 199), 9 credits
in Social Sciences, 3 credits in Health or Physical Activities,
Oral Communication (COM 101 ), General Psychology (PSY
I00), 6 credits of Free Electives, including a science elective
and College Algebra (MAT 181).
(B) Professional Education: Educational Psychology (PSY
208), Policy Studies in American Education (EDF 290), Problems
of Secondary Education (EDS 300), Computers for Teachers
(EDF 301), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302),
Mainstreaming the Except. Child (EDU 340), Teaching in a
Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Educational Tests & Measurements (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools
(EDS 465), Teaching of Science in Secondary Schools (EDS
467*), Student Teaching and School Law (EDS 461). *Modern
Methods in Secondary Schools may be taken in place of the
"Teaching of' course with permission of your advisor.
(C) Professional Specialization: General Zoology (BIO 120),
General Botany (BIO 125), General Chemistry I-II (CHE 101 ,
l02), General Physics 1-11 (PHY 121 and 122), Intro to Geology
(EAS 150), Introduction to Oceanography (EAS 163), and five
credits of Science electives from BIO, CHE, EAS, or PHY.
Pennsylvania certification requires a satisfactory score on the
National Teachers Examination.
Cooperative Engineering
Program
California University of Pennsylvania participates in
cooperative liberal arts engineering programs with both the
Pennsylvania State University and the University of Pittsburgh. The student undertakes a three-year curriculum at
California University of Pennsylvania concentrating on studies
in liberal arts and pre-engineering courses in natural sciences.
Upon successful completion of that curriculum and the
recommendation of faculty, the student spends two years at the
Pennsylvania State University or the University of Pittsburgh,
at which time the student will complete the engineering course
requirements as specified by the institution.
Some advantages of such cooperative programs include
the following :
I . For students who have yet to choose between engineering
or another discipline as a field endeavor, the programs
provide initial studies in both the arts and sciences at
California University of Pennsylvania, during which time
they may ascertain whether their abilities and interests lie
in the field of engineering or another discipline.
2. The program permits qualified students to receive both a
liberal and technical education at relatively low cost.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 9 credits in Humanities including Perspectives in Philosophy (PHI 100), 6 credits in
Natural Sciences, 12 credits in Social Sciences, including
Elements of Economics (ECO 100), Composition I-II (ENG
101 , 102), Oral Communication (COM 101).
(B) Area of Concentration: Technical Drawing I (IND
110), Seminar, General Chemistry I-II (CHE 101 , 102),
College Physics I-II-III (PHY 101 , 202, 203), Calculus 1-11III-IV (MAT 281, 282, 381, 382), Linear Algebra I (MAT
341), Problem Solving and Programming Constructions
(CSC 120), Differential Equations (MAT 406), Mathematical
Methods of Physics (PHY 341) 13 credits of Engineering
Discipline Courses.
Bachelor of Arts in
Natural Sciences
This extremely flexible program provides the student
with an opportunity to structure a course of study that
encompasses the broad areas of science and mathematics.
Students enrolling in this program are expected to work
carefully and regularly with their academic advisor to
develcip a program that meets their individual needs. Information on the curricular structure of this program is available
in both the Chemistry & Physics Department office and the
office of the Eberly College of Science and Technology.
88
California University of Pennsylvania
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS
Purpose
The coursework and practicum experiences in the
Communication Disorders program are integrated within the
overall undergraduate program in order to provide students
with a broad understanding of the scientific bases of normal
speech and hearing processes and the diagnostic and rehabilitation procedures necessary to remediate communication
disorders. The department provides clinical services for
individuals who have communication disorders. Students
observe and/or assist in diagnostic evaluations and therapy
programs. Their involvement includes experiences with
people of all ages, ranging from pre-school to adult.
The Department of Communication Disorders is
accredited by the Council on Academic Accreditation (CAA)
of the American Speech, Language and Hearing Association
(ASLHA).
The undergraduate program in the Department of
Communication Disorders (CMD) is a preprofessional
degree program. Students, therefore, should be aware that
they are preparing themselves for future graduate training in
the profession of Speech/Language Pathology. An Education
Certification track is available at the graduate level only.
Students who desire the Pennsylvania Certificate must
complete certain required courses in Education, pass the
National Teachers Exam , and successfully complete the
graduate program in CMD .
Students planning to complete the undergraduate
program in CMD should maintain a grade point average
(GPA) sufficient to enhance the probability that he/she will
be admitted to a graduate program. The student must also
understand that most graduate programs in CMD require a
minimum GPA of 3.0 in order to apply and many programs,
including that at California University of Pennsylvania,
require a GPA higher than 3.0 to insure admission .
To facilitate the attainment of a 3.0 or better GPA, the
faculty in CMD have determined that students should
maintain the following minimum GPAs at the indicated
points in their undergraduate program:
Overall CMD
2.5
2.5
End of Freshman Year (32 crs.)
End of Sophomore Year (64 crs.) 2.8
2.8
End of Junior Year (96 crs.)
3.0
3.0
Graduation (128 crs.)
3.0
3.0
Students who are not achieving the above minimum
standards will be counseled each semester concerning the
options which are available to them: (1) make a more
concerted effort to improve their level of performance, (2)
consider transferring to some other program, or (3) graduating from the program with the minimum allowable GPA
(2.5), but with the understanding that employment opportunities in the profession with only the B.S. degree will be
extremely limited if not totally nonexistent. Every effort will
be made to assist students with whatever option they choose.
Objectives
The objectives of this program are to:
• Develop an understanding of the basic acou stical,
anatomical and neurological development of normal
speech, language and hearing,
• Develop knowledge of the various di sorders affecting
speech and language and the underlying pathologies and
symptoms of the disorders ,
• Create awareness of the instruments and procedures
available to assess speech and language di sorders and
develop the ability to select and use such instruments
correctly,
• Develop the clinical skills to effectively perform
therapeutic procedures to correct or improve speech and
language disorders,
• Instill the principles and practices of ethical profess ional
behavior.
Faculty
Associate Professor Albert E. Yates, chair; Professor R. Michael Feldman; Associate Professors Barbara Bonfanti ,
Charles A. Gismondi, Nancy H. Hepting, Richard R. Nemec.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
89
~
~
Bachelor of Science in Education: Speech And Hearing Clinic
The Speech and Hearing Clinic is primarily a training facility
Communication Disorders
for the students in the Department of Communication
;
Curriculum
0
00
~
Q
z
0
~
~
u
~
z~
~
~
0
u
(A) General Education (56 credits): Humanities: 18
credits (from two disciplines), including Composition I-II
(ENG 101-102) and Oral Communication (COM 101 ),
atural Sciences: nine credits (from two disciplines), Social
Sciences: nine credits (from two disciplines), three credits
Health or Physical Activities, General Psychology (PSY
100), Free Electives: 14 credits.
(B) Related Professional Courses (33 credits selected
from adviser-approved university courses), including
Developmental Psychology (PSY 207); Teaching in a
Multicultural Society (EDU 210) or Ethnic, Racial, and
Social Minorities (SOC 110); Computers for Teachers (EDF
301 )
(C) Communication Disorders (39 credits): ASHA Basic
Science Requirements (selected from matrix): six credits in
Biological Sciences, Physical Sciences, or Mathematics, six
credits in Behavioral or Social Sciences, Survey of Speech
Pathology (CMD 100), Language and Speech Development
(CMD 105), Phonetics (CMD 203), Anatomy and Physiology (CMD 204), Acoustics and Psychoacoustics (CMD 213),
Speech Pathology I (CMD 300), Speech Pathology II (CMD
301 ), Introduction to Audiology (CMD 305), Assessment of
Speech and Language (CMD 320)*, Clinical Practicum
(CMD 400). * strongly recommended for all CMD students.
90
California University of Pennsylvania
Disorders. Speech and hearing services are available to the
immediate community and surrounding counties, as well as
to students and faculty of the university.
Programs offered during the regular semester include:
1. A preschool program offering a developmentally appropriate curriculum for three to five year-old children
within a classroom setting. Class size is limited to 20
students. Hours of operation are: MWF from 9:30 a.m. to
11 :30 a.m.
2. Diagnostic and therapeutic services are available to
individuals of all ages with various speech and language
disorders.
3. Hearing screenings and comprehensive hearing evaluations are provided to the pediatric and adult population.
Recommendations and assistance with hearing aid
selection is also available.
The Speech and Hearing Clinic is located in the Learning
Research Center, Room 296, and the phone number is 724938-4175. The Clinic is a free service to all university
students.
COMMUNICATION STUDIES
Purpose
Communication Studies is the discipline which focuses on
human communicative behavior and its influence on our personal,
professional, social and cultural lives. The faculty in Communication Studies believes that human communication is fundamental
to an individual 's capacity to function as an effective and ethical
participant in an information society. To that end, students should
understand communication from both broad theoretical and
specifically applied perspectives. Accordingly, the department
offers courses and activities designed to help students deal with
the demands of varied communication situations. The curriculum
provides the student with an opportunity:
• to understand more fully the human communication process
and how it affects the ways people interact when making
decisions, developing relationships, and influencing each
other, and
• to develop communication skills which enhance the
individual person's capacity to function in communication
situations at work, home, social gatherings, and in civic
organizations.
Programs
Students majoring in Communication Studies have four
academic program options:
(1) The Speech Communication Option focuses on developing an understanding of the uniquely human capacity for
producing and using symbols. Throughout life, during nearly
every conscious minute, humans are either formulating messages
or passing judgment on the messages formulated by others.
Students in this program develop an understanding of and skill in
the human ability to share and examine facts, ideas, opinions,
values, and attitudes.
(2) The Radio/Television Option emphasizes the application
of mass communication theory to audio and video production.
The electronic communication media have had an immense
impact on human communication. Understanding the dynamics
of these technologies and their effects is the most important focus
on this degree program. Graduates will have an understanding of
the dynamics, as well as, skills necessary to function in entry level
jobs in many organizations concerned with mediated messages.
(3) The Public Relations Option seeks to create graduates
who understand how public opinion emerges and changes. It
seeks to provide the tools graduates will need for helping clients
track changes in public opinion and create messages using an ever
increasing variety of media. Students who complete the degree
requirements may advise a wide variety of organizations regarding their publics' responses to policies, programs, campaigns, and
messages.
(4) The fourth option is for persons who want to teach in
the area of Communication. The Communication Studies
Department in cooperation with the College of Education
and Human Services provides course work necessary for
secondary school certification in communication with a
speech concentration.
In addition to the four options identified above, students
majoring in any other program on campus may minor in one
of three programs available in Communication Studies. The
minors available in the department are Public Communication, Public Relations, and Television Production. Successful
completion of any of the three minor programs requires that
the student complete twenty-one (21) credits.
The academic programs are enhanced by co-curricular
activities offered in each option area. In addition, junior and
senior students who have maintained a 3.0 grade point
average are encouraged to seek internship opportunities in
regional radio-television studios, public relations agencies,
advertising firms , municipal governments, school districts ,
hospitals, labor organizations, and businesses.
The on-campus television studio and radio station
provide students with "hands-on" production experience in
the electronic media. The television studio supports student
video production.
The radio station, WVCS , broadcasts regionally. It is a
student-operated and student-managed station with a faculty
member from Communication Studies serving as educational
advisor.
Honor Society
Pi Kappa Delta is the honor society for intercollegiate
debaters, individual events competitors, and teachers of
communication. The Penn Zeta Chapter was organized in
1963. Undergraduate students can achieve membership in
this society if they meet the minimum standards of forensic
participation and are extended an invitation to join. Further
information can be obtained at the departmental office.
Awards
Each year the faculty in Communication Studies selects
a deserving graduating senior as an Outstanding Graduate.
The honoree receives a plaque, a one-year membership in
the Speech Communication Association, the national
organization for communication professionals , and a one
year subscription to one of its five professional journals.
Faculty
Assistant Professor Dencil K. Backus, chair; Professor Marcella A. Rye Blout; Associate Professors, Rick A. Cumings,
Sylvia L. Foil, MacDonald N . Kale, Patricia Milford, Gregory A. Spicer, George Yoch um ; Assistant Professors, James 0.
Carter, Susan Jasko, Patrick L. Miller, Sylvia E. Sholar.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
91
Q
Bachelor of Arts in
Communication Studies:
Radio & TV Option
Z
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free
Electives.
oo Careers
~
Aside from the obvious careers in broadcast journalism
or public relations, graduates can obtain positions in management training programs, as speech writers and as salespeople.
~ Communicating effectively and evaluating the communica~ tion efforts of others are inescapable activities associated
OO with any job. By understanding the theory and mastering the
skills associated with a Communication Studies degree
program, graduates who can demonstrate their capabilities
make themselves attractive to a wide variety of employers.
An undergraduate major or minor in communication
~ studies is an asset for careers in law, religion, education,
~ labor relations, politics, marketing and human resource
~ development. Unless one seeks employment in which highly
technical, specialized knowledge is required (e.g. accounting,
~ medical technology, computer programming, and others) the
career opportunities with a Communication Studies degree
~ are extensive. Those considering a degree in this department
~ are urged to consult with the chairperson or other faculty in
~ the department to identify additional possibilities.
~
0
U
Z
6u
Bachelor of Arts in
Communication Studies:
Speech Communication Option
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences;
12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Core Courses (27 credits):
Perspectives on Communication (COM 100), Oral Communication (COM 101) or Oral Communication Management
(COM 250); Fundamentals of Discussion (COM 107) or
Group Discussion Management (COM 102); Survey of Radio,
Television, and Film (COM 105); Interpersonal Communication (COM 165); Persuasion (COM 350); Communication
Criticism (COM 461); Communication Research Techniques
(COM 481); Communication Theory (COM 490);
Major Courses: Intercollegiate Forensic Activities (COM
201 ); Voice and Articulation (COM 210); Introduction to Oral
Interpretation (COM 224); Argumentation and Debate (COM
230); Presidential Rhetoric (COM 235); Language and
Behavior (COM 315); Advanced Oral Interpretation (COM
324); Public Communication Law and Policy (COM 370).
Related Courses: A minimum of seventeen ( 17) additional
credits -nine of which must be at the 300 or 400 levelwhich both the student and advisor agree enhance achievement of the student's academic objectives.
Assuming that it is desirable to graduate in the normal fouryear period, it is expected that students will:
1. Register for and complete 16-18 credit-hours each
semester.
2. Complete both ENG 101 & 102 before taking other
writing courses.
3. Select courses to compensate for Internship ineligibility.
4. Complete major courses on schedule and make-up
shortcomings in General Education and electives
during summer terms.
92
•
California University of Pennsylvania
(B) Area of Concentration: Core Courses (27 credits):
The core courses in the Radio & TV Option are the same as
those listed above in the Speech Communication Option.
Major Courses (12 credits): Audio Production I (COM 141;
Video Production I (COM 142); Media Criticism (COM
463); Radio & Television in a Free Society (COM 445).
Performance or Production (six credits from one area)
Performance: Voice and Articulation (COM 210); Introduction to Oral Interpretation (COM 224); Radio & Television
Announcing (COM 246); Broadcast Reporting (COM 336).
Production : Audio Production II (COM 241) ; Video Production lI (COM 242) ; Audio Aesthetics & Applications (COM
341); Video Aesthetics & Applications (COM 342). WRITING (6 credits): Radio & Television Commercials (COM
331); Radio & Television News (COM 332); Radio &
Television Drama (COM 335). Management (three credits):
Broadcast Management (COM 355); Public Communication
Law & Policy (COM 370); Professional Video Communications (COM 410).
Related Courses: 14 credits in advisor-approved related area.
At least six credits from outside Communication Studies and
at least six credits at the 300/400 level.
Assuming graduation is desirable in the normal four-year
period, it is expected that students will :
1. Register for and complete 16-18 credit-hours each
semester.
2. Complete both ENG 101 & 102 before taking other
writing courses.
3. Select courses to compensate for Internship
ineligibility.
4. Complete major courses on schedule and make-up
shortcomings in General Education and electives
during summer terms.
Bachelor of Arts in
Communication Studies:
Public Relations Option
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Core Courses (27 credits.):
The core courses in the Public Relations Option are the same
as those listed above for the Speech Communication Option.
Major Courses (18 credits); Introduction to Public Relations
(COM 203); Public Relations Applications (COM 303);
Language & Behavior (COM 315); Communication Law and
Policy (COM 370); Public Relations Campaign Management
(COM 438) ; Public Relations Cases & Problems (COM
484).
Restricted Electives (23 credits): Writing Courses (six - nine
credits): Radio & Television Commercials (COM 331)* or
Radio & Television News (COM 332); Journalism I (ENG
167) or Journalism II (ENG 169) or Journalism III (ENG
312); Advanced Writing (ENG 375) or Copywriting (ENG
401)* or Article Writing (ENG 435) or Advertising (ENG
437). Business, Society & Government Courses (six - nine
credits): Principles of Management (MGT 201), Introduction
to Public Administration (POS 220), Principles of Marketing
(MKT 271), Advertising Management (MKT 351), Business
Society & Government (BUS 342). Technical Skills Courses
(six - nine credits) : Electronic Desktop Publishing (GCT
240) is a required course in this category; Graphic Communications Process I (GCT 100), Black & White Photography
(GCT 220), Principles of Layout & Design (GCT 225),
Communication Design (ART 211), Video Art/Design (ART
361), Audio Production I (COM 141), or Video Production I
(COM 142). Internship (zero - five credits) : Students
majoring in Public Relations are encouraged to plan to take
Communication Internship (COM 459) but must have a 3.0
GPA in the major to do so.
* Students are not permitted to satisfy this requirement by
taking both COM 331 and ENG 401.
Assuming that the goal is to graduate in a normal four-year
period, it is expected that students will:
l. Register for and complete 16-18 credit-hours each
semester.
2. Complete both ENG 101 & 102 before taking COM
203 .
3. Have extensive writing instruction and experience
before taking COM 303 .
4 . Select courses to compensate for Internship
ineligibility.
5. Complete major courses on schedule and make-up
shortcomings in General Education and electives
during summer terms.
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Certification In Communication
(Speech Concentration) For
Secondary Schools
The Secondary Education Communication program is
designed to enable the teacher candidate to develop personal
communication skills and performance competencies and
attitudes, in order to become a conduit of learning, as well as a
resource person for facilitating communication in educational
and community settings.
The Communication teacher not only helps young people
develop communication competency, both verbal and nonverbal,
but also encourages students to be sensitive to creative expression. Communication teachers assist students in developing
effective speaking and listening skills, facilitate the development
of critical skills in reading and writing, encourage appreciation
of aesthetic expression in film, theatre, and television.
A Communication teacher is certified for grades seven
through 12 and is qualified to teach the traditional English areas,
such as literature, writing and linguistics, as well as speech and
theatre.
At California University this multi-disciplinary, comprehensive program has been broadened to include teaching
competencies in media such as radio, television, film, and
photography. Students majoring in Communication take a
common core of courses, which includes a number of English,
Speech, and Theatre courses, and, choose a concentration in
either Speech or Theatre.
Communication students receive valuable pre-professional
experiences through campus contacts as forensic judges and
coaches for secondary school teams, assisting and advising
schools concerning play productions, and hosting area elementary and secondary schools at university play productions.
Pennsylvania Certification requires a satisfactory score on
the National Teachers Exam.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities, including
Composition 1-11 (ENG 101-102) and Communication Theory
(COM 490); nine credits in Natural Sciences; nine credits in
Social Sciences; three credits in Health or Physical Education;
Oral Communication (COM 101); General Psychology (PSY
100)
(B) Professional Education: Educational Psychology (PSY
208), Policy Studies in American Education (EDF 290), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Applied Instructional Technology
(EDF 302), Problems of Secondary Education (EDS 300),
Educational Tests and Measurements (EDS 430), Teaching of
English (EDS 440), Developmental Reading in Secondary
Schools (EDS 465), Teaching in a Multicultural Society (EDU
210), Mainstreaming Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Student
Teaching & School Law (EDS 461).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
93
00
~
~
Q
~
~
00
z
0
~
~
u
~
z
~
(C) Academic Specialization: Speech Concentration
ENGLISH: English Grammar and Usage (ENG 345);
Advanced Writing (ENG 375), English Literature I (ENG
301) or English Literature II (ENG 302), Shakespeare (ENG
425), Survey of American Literature I (ENG 337), Survey of
American Literature II (ENG 338).
THEATRE: Select courses to total six credits: Fundamentals of Acting (THE 131), Stagecraft I (THE 141),
Fundamentals of Directing (THE 320) or Practicum (THE
350-358)
COMMUNICATION: Audio Production I (COM 142),
Intercollegiate Forensic Activities (COM 201), Introduction
to Oral Interpretation (COM 224), Argumentation and
Debate (COM 230), Persuasion (COM 350). Select one of
the following : Language and Behavior (COM 315), Communication Criticism (COM 461) , Communication Research
Techniques (COM 481). Select one of the following: Video
Production II (COM 242), or Advanced Oral Interpretation
(COM 324).
~
~
0
U Minor
Public Communication Concentration
Courses required for completing this minor are: Oral
Communication (COM 101); Survey of Radio, TV, & Film
(COM 105); Introduction to Public Relations (COM 203);
Presidential Rhetoric 1960 to the Present (COM 235); Public
Communication Law & Policy (COM 370) ; Radio & TV in a
Free Society (COM 445); Communication Criticism
(COM 461)
Public Relations Concentration
The course requirements for completing a minor in
Public Relations are: Introduction to Public Relations (COM
203) ; Public Relations Applications (COM 303); Language
and Behavior (COM 315) ; Public Communication Law &
Policy (COM 370); Public Relations Campaign Management
(COM 438); Communication Research Techniques (COM
481 ); Public Relations Cases and Problems (COM 484)
Television Production Concentration
The required courses for completing this minor are:
Survey of Radio, TV, and Film (COM 105); Audio Production I (COM 141); Video Production I (COM 142); Video
Production II (COM 242). Select from the following six
credits in Script Writing: Radio & Television Commercials
(COM 33 l ); Radio & Television News (COM 332); and/or
Radio & Televi sion Drama (COM 335). Students electing to
minor in TV Production should also select three credits from
the following : Broadcast Reporting (COM 336); Appreciation of Film (COM 360); or Professional Video Communications (COM 410).
94
California University of Pennsylvania
;;,
EARTH SCIENCE
Purpose
The Department of Earth Science is committed to
the practical advancement of knowledge; to serv ing the
local, national , and world community; and to the education
of earth scientists and geographers. To fulfill this commitment, the department offers a broad spectrum of courses,
tutoring, research, and services that enable a student, with the
help of an advisor, to acquire a body of knowledge and
variety of skills that serve as a basis for a professional career.
The department is also committed to research and to the
enhancement of the human condition through cooperation
with individuals, communities, departments, institutions,
organizations, and government agencies.
A student in geography or in the traditional earth
sciences can attain his education within the department by
fulfilling the requirements listed in published distribution
sheets that include core courses, required electives, and
related electives. The department provides its students with
opportunities to work with modem technologies, software,
data bases, and field methods . In addition to the traditional
lecture, seminar, discussion, and laboratory courses, the
department offers field courses designed to give practical
experiences.
The Department of Earth Science has adopted a
holistic philosophy of geography and the earth sciences that
lays the foundation for interdi sciplinary relationships.
Traditional academic di sciplines, such as physical geography,
cultural geography, regional geography, and economic
geography, or divisions such as meteorology, geomorphology, and hydrology, are presented in a manner that ties
together information or principles from related disciplines .
The goal of the department is to produce a well- rounded,
well-trained individual who is ready for a professional career.
Programs
The department has five programs and, within those
programs, nine study options. The Earth Science major has
three study options: General , Meteorology, and Oceanography. There is a Geography major with three options: General,
Applied, and Travel and Tourism. The Earth Science and
Geography majors and options each have a common core of
required courses. Finally, there are three single option
majors: Geology, International Studies: Geography, and
Parks and Recreation Management.
The department, ·n conjunction with the College of
Education and Human Services, provides a teacher certification program for those interested teaching Earth Science in
secondary schools. In order to be certified to teach in
Pennsylvania, students must pass the National Teachers
Exam. Students interested in the latter should secure
further information through the College of Education and
Human Services. See also the section on General Science
Certification and Comprehensive Social Studies in this
catalog.
All majors stress the equal importance of general
education and professional development. Field experiences
and internships help the student to integrate classroom
activities with "real world" experiences. This planned and
progressive problem-solving approach is central to the
educational program.
Honors
The national Earth Science honor society, Sigma
Gamma Epsilon, has a chapter (AZ) on campus. Students
recognized for their academic and professional achievements
are elected to it. Honor students in Geography are eligible for
induction into Gamma Theta Upsilon. Membership is al so
available to students of high scholastic attainment in the
California University Chapter of Rho Phi Lambda Fraternity.
Rho Phi Lambda is the professional honor society for parks
and recreation majors.
Careers
A student who desires a professional career in the
earth sciences or in geography in most instances will need to
have an advanced degree. Thi s is the case for such professions as geologist, meteorologist, hydrologi st, climatologist,
oceanographic technician, environmental geologist, regional
planner, and cartographer. Undergraduates seeking employment, however, will find opportunities in businesses undertaking environmental assessments.
Students with undergraduate majors in Parks and
Recreation Management or Travel and Tourism can enter the
job market, in such positions as directors or staff persons in
schools, governmental agencies (municipal and military, for
example), industries or resorts with recreational programs or
as travel managers, sales staff or meeting planners.
Faculty
Professor Lawrence L. Moses, chair; Professors William J. Procasky, Robert A. Vargo ; Associate Professors Donald
J. Conte, William A. Gustin, Anthony P. McGrew.
Underg~aduate Catalog 1998-99
95
Bachelor of Science in
Earth Science: General Option
Bachelor of Science in Earth
Science: Oceanography Option
Curriculum
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences;
12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Common core courses
include Astronomy (PHY 145), Introduction to Geology (EAS
150), Introduction to Oceanography (EAS 163), Historical
Geology (EAS 200), Meteorology (EAS 241), General
Chemistry I (CHE 101), General Physics I (PHY 121),
Hydrology (EAS 202), Map Principles (GEO 110), College
Algebra (MAT 181), or Technical Math I (MAT 182), and a
field experience course (EAS).
Thirty-one credits of required electives from these four
groups of earth science courses; a minimum of six credits
must be taken from each group. At least 15 credits must be at
the 300 level or above. Group I: Carbonate Geology (EAS
304), Mineralogy (EAS 331), Petrology (EAS 332), Micropaleontology (EAS 350), Sedimentology (EAS 421), Stratigraphy
(EAS 422), Optical Mineralogy (EAS 430) . Group II: Introduction to Environmental Geology (EAS 131 ), Climatology
(EAS 242), Synoptic Meteorology (EAS 250), Dynamic
Meteorology (EAS 342), Geomorphology, (EAS 343),
Advanced Environmental Geology (EAS 541 ), Coastal
Geomorphology (EAS 563), Physiography of the United
States (GEO 520). Group III: Earth Resources (EAS 232),
Structural Geology (EAS 425), Tectonics (EAS 527), Reservoir Evaluation (EAS 547). Group IV: Remote Sensing (EAS
255), Cartography (EAS 271), Computer Cartography (EAS
273), Field Mapping (EAS 372), Statistical Cartography (EAS
373), Map and Air Photo Interpretation (EAS 375), Quantitative Applications in Earth Science (EAS 528).
Any of the following courses will count as the field
experience: Geology of Pennsylvania (EAS 166), Areal
Geology (EAS 170), Field Work in Hydrology (EAS 302),
Field Work in Meteorology (EAS 341), Field Mapping (EAS
372), Field Methods in Earth Sciences (EAS 436), Field
Methods in Geology (EAS 437), Field Course in Earth
Science (EAS 491), Field Course in Geology (EAS 492),
Coastal Geomorphology (EAS 563), Field Methods in
Geography (GEO 445), Field Course in Geography (GEO
491) .
96
California University of Pennsylvania
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences;
12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Common core courses
include Astronomy (PHY 145), Introduction to Geology
(EAS 150), Introduction to Oceanography (EAS 163),
Historical Geology (EAS 200), Meteorology (EAS 241),
General Chemistry I (CHE 101), General Physics I (PHY
121), Hydrology (EAS 202), Map Principles (GEO 110),
College Algebra (MAT 181), or Technical Math I (MAT
182), and a field experience course (EAS).
Twelve credits of required oceanography courses: Micropaleontology (EAS 350), Sedimentology (EAS 421 ), Seminar in
Oceanography (EAS 463), and Coastal Geomorphology (EAS
563), and 19 credits of related electives with consent of advisor.
Any of the following courses will count as the field experience: Geology of Pennsylvania (EAS 166), Areal Geology (EAS
170), Field Work in Meteorology (EAS 341 ), Geology of
Pennsylvania (EAS 366), Field Mapping (EAS 372), Field
Methcxls in Earth Sciences (EAS 436), Field Methcxls in Geology
(EAS 437), Field Course in Earth Sciences (EAS 391), Field
Course in Geology (EAS 492), Field Methcxls in Geography
(GEO 445), Field Course in Geography (GEO 491).
Bachelor of Science in Earth
Science: Meteorology Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities ; 12 credits of Natural Sciences;
12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Common core courses
include Astronomy (PHY 145), Introduction to Geology
(EAS 150), Introduction to Oceanography (EAS 163),
Historical Geology (EAS 200), Meteorology (EAS 241 ),
General Chemistry I (CHE 101), General Physics I (PHY
121), Hydrology (EAS 202), Map Principles (GEO 110),
College Algebra (MAT 181 ), or Technical Math I (MAT
182), and a field experience course (EAS).
Twenty-five credits ofrequired meteorological courses:
Climatology (EAS 242), Synoptic Meteorology (EAS 250), Field
Work in Hydrology (EAS 302), Field Work in Meteorology (EAS
341 ), Dynamic Meteorology (EAS 342), Seminar in Meteorology
(EAS 464), Regional Climatology (EAS 550), General Physics II
(PHY 122), plus an additional six credits of mathematics.
Any of the following courses will count as the field experience: Geology of Pennsylvania (EAS 166), Areal Geology (EAS
170), Field Mapping (EAS 372), Field Methcxls in Earth Sciences
(EAS 436), Field Methods in Geology (EAS 437), Field Course
in Earth Sciences (EAS 491 ), Field Course in Geology (EAS
492), Coastal Geomorphology (EAS 563), Field Methods in
Geography (GEO 445), Field Course in Geography (GEO 491).
Bachelor of Science in
Education:
Certification in Earth Science
for Secondary Schools
Curriculum
(A) General Education : 15 credits in Humanities,
including Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); 9 credits in
Natural Sciences, including a Biology, a Mathematics, and a
Physical Science elective; 9 credits in Social Sciences; 3
credits in Health or Physical Activities; Oral Communication
(COM 101 ); General Psychology (PSY 100); 9 credits of
Free Electives.
(B) Professional Education : 77 credits total forty -one
credits - Required: Educational Psychology (PSY 208),
Policy Studies in American Ed. (EDF 290), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300), Educational Tests and Measurements
in Secondary Schools (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in
Secondary Schools (EDS 465 ), Computers for Teachers
(EDF 301), Teaching in a Multi-Cultural Society (EDU 210),
Mainstreaming Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Teaching
of Science in Secondary Schools (EDS 467) or
Modem Methods (EDS 455), Student Teaching and School
Law (EDS 461).
Professional Specialization: Twenty-four credits - Required:
Introduction to Geology (EAS 150), Introduction
to Oceanography (EAS 163), Meteorology (EAS 241),
Astronomy (PHS 145), General Chemistry I (CHE 101), PreCalcu lus (MAT 199), General Physics I (PHY 121).
Restricted Electives: 12 credits to be chosen from the
following: Environmental Geology (EAS 131), Physical
Geography (EAS 160), Geology of Pennsylvania (EAS 166),
Historical Geology (EAS 200), Hydrology (EAS 202), Earth
Resources (EAS 232), Climatology (EAS 242), Synoptic
Meteorology (EAS 250), Scenic Areas of the United States
(EAS 264), Computer Cartography (EAS 273),
Field Methods in Earth Science (EAS 436), Field Methods in
Geology (EAS 437), Field Course in Earth Science (EAS
491), Field Course in Geology (EAS 492), Advanced
Environmental Geology (EAS 541 ), Regional Climatology
(EAS 550), Coastal Geomorphology (EAS 563), Map
Principles (GEO 110), Physiography of the United States
(GEO 520).
Pennsylvania Certification requires a passing grade on
the National Teachers Exam.
Bachelor of Arts in Geography:
General Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 10 1,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Twenty-one credits Required: Human Geography (GEO 105), Map Principles
(GEO 110), Physical Geography (EAS 160), Economic
Geography (GEO 200), Urban Geography (GEO 210),
Cartography (EAS 271) or Map and Air Photo Interpretation
(EAS 375), and Seminar in Geography (GEO 493).
Restricted Electives - (24 credits). Six to be taken from the
following li st of Area Studies: Geography of U.S. and PA
(GEO 220), Geography of Europe (GEO 325), Geography of
Latin America (GEO 328), Geography of Russia (GEO 331).
Nine to be taken from the following list of Cultural Geography Systematic courses: Demographic Analysis (GEO 2 17),
Human Ecology (GEO 240), Marketing Geography (GEO
306), Geographic Information Systems (GEO 311 ), Historical Geography (GEO 340), Political Geography (GEO 345),
Physiography of the U.S. (GEO 520). Nine to be taken from
the following li st of Earth Science Systematic courses:
Hydrology (EAS 202), Earth Resources (EAS 232), Meteorology (EAS 241), Climatology (EAS 242), Remote Sensing
(EAS 255), Computer Cartography (EAS 273), Geomorphology (EAS 343).
Related Electives - 18-23 credits must be taken with a
minimum of three credits from each of the following areas.
Economics: Current Economic Issues (ECO 200), Introductory Microeconomics (ECO 201), Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202), Money and Banking (ECO 304),
International Economics (ECO 431), Economics of Growth
and Development (ECO 433). Political Science: Politics of
Western Europe (POS 210), Introduction to International
Relations (POS 236), International Organizations (POS 237),
Politics of Russia (POS 281), Politics of Asia (POS 325),
Politics of Africa (POS 326). Computer Science: Statistics
(MAT 215), Pascal (CSC 205), Cobol I (CSC 218), Computer Operations (CSC 300), Info. Structures (CSC 377).
English: Great Books (ENG 203), Busi ness Writing I (ENG
211 ), Romantic Literature (ENG 341), Survey of American
Literature I (ENG 337), Survey of American Literature II
(ENG 338). History: Expansion of American Foreign Policy
(HIS 215), History of England (HIS 216), History of
Contemporary Europe (HIS 225), History of Urban America
(HIS 236). Sociology: Contemporary Social Problems (SOC
205), Urban Sociology (SOC 235), Social Institutions (SOC
240), Crime (SOC 260).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
97
Bachelor of Arts
in Geography:
Applied Option
Bachelor of Arts
in Geography:
Travel and Tourism Option
Curriculum
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
I 02) ; 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(A) General Education : Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
102); 12 credits of Humanities; 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences; 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Thirty-three credits Required: Human Geography (GEO 105), Map Principles
(GEO 110), Physical Geography (EAS 160), Economic
Geography (GEO 200), Urban Geography (GEO 210),
Remote Sensing (EAS 255), Cartography (EAS 271),
Computer Cartography (EAS 273), Geographic Information
Systems (GEO 311), Statistical Cartography (EAS 375), and
Map and Air Photo Interpretation (EAS 375).
(B) Area of Concentration: 30 credits Required: Map
Principles (GEO 110), Survey of Travel and Tourism (GEO
150), World Cities/Geography of Urban Tourism (GEO 205),
Retail Travel (GEO 285), Systems Applications for Travel
Industry (GEO 350), Comprehensive Travel Planning (GEO
358), Corporate Travel Operations (GEO 425), Introduction
to Business (BUS 100), Oral Communication: Management
(COM 250), and Business Writing I (ENG 211).
Thirty-eight credits of TRAVEL AND TOURISM ELECTIVES . A minimum of six credits must be taken from each
of the following four groups. At least 15 of the credits must
be at the 300 level or above. Group I: Art History I (ART
102), Art History II (ART !03), Art History ill (ART 104),
Art Appreciation (ART 106), Human Geography (GEO !05),
Hi storical Geography (GEO 340), Introduction to Music
(MUS 100), Survey 20th Century Music (MUS 106), Survey
American Musical (MUS 203). Group II: Climatology
(EAS 242), Scenic Areas of the U.S. (EAS 264), Scenic
Areas of the World (EAS 270), Geography of Europe (GEO
325), Geography of Russia (GEO 331), Political Geography
(GEO 345), Seminar in Geography (GEO 493), Politics of
Soviet Union (POS 281). Group III: Group Discussion :
Management (COM 102), International Economics (ECO
431), Introduction to Finance (FIN 201), Hospitality Industry
and Operations (GEO 155), Economic Geography (GEO
200), Urban Geography (GEO 210), Marketing Geography
(GEO 306), Site Planning and Design (GEO 362), Meeting
and Convention Planning (GEO 363), Developing and
Management of Leisure Enterpri e (GEO 374), Recreation
Indu stry Management (GEO 378), Program Planning and
Administration (GEO 412), Developing the Master Plan
(GEO 474), Principles of Management (MOT 201), Principles of Selling (MKT 222), Principles of Marketing (MKT
27 I ). Group IV: French I (FRE 101 ), French II (FRE l 02),
Intermediate French I (FRE 203), German I (GER 101 ),
German II (GER 102), Intermediate German I (GER 203),
Spanish I (SPN 101), Spanish II (SPN 102), Intermediate
Spanish I (SPN 203). This program permits a student to take
an internship (GEO 479) for 3-12 credits to be used as
electives. Requires advisor's approval .
Restricted Electives: 18 credits: Introduction to Micro
Computer Applications Software (CSC 101 ), Statistics (MAT
215), Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 317), plus nine
credits to be taken from the following list of Earth Sciences
and Geography Systematic courses: Field Work in Hydrology (EAS 302), Field Work in Meteorology (EAS 341), Field
Mapping (EAS 372), Field Methods in Earth Science (EAS
436), Field Methods in Geology (EAS 437), Seminar in
Oceanography (EAS 463), Seminar in Meteorology (EAS
464), Field Course in Earth Science (EAS 491 ), Quantitative
Applications in Earth Science (EAS 528), Demographic
Analysis (GEO 217), Marketing Geography (GEO 306),
Land Use Analysis (GEO 3 L7), Political Geography (GEO
345), Field Methods in Geography (GEO 445), Field Course
in Geography (GEO 491).
Related Courses: 17 credits at the 200 level and above,
chosen with the advisor's approval, that will complement the
student's goals and career aspirations.
Bachelor of Science in Geology
98
California University of Pennsylvania
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: 68 credits Required Courses
- 35 credits are: Introduction to Geology (EAS 150), Historical Geology (EAS 200), Hydrology (EAS 202), Mineralogy
(EAS 331), Petrology (EAS 332), Geomorphology (EAS
343), Sedimentology (EAS 421), Stratigraphy (EAS 422),
Structural Geology (EAS 425), Tectonics (EAS 527), an
earth science field experience to be chosen from the following list: Field Work in Hydrology (EAS 302), Field Work in
Meteorology (EAS 341), Field Mapping (EAS 372), Field
Methods in Earth Science (EAS 436), Field Methods in
Geology (EAS 437), Field Course in Earth Science (EAS
491), Field Course in Geology (EAS 492);
Other required - 16 credits: General Chemistry 1-11 (CHE
101, 102), General Physics 1-11 (PHY 121 , 122), nine credits
of Math/Computer Science; and eight credits of related
electives both with consent of advisor.
Bachelor of Arts in
International Studies:
Geography
The International Studies Program is administered by
the Department of Foreign Languages and Cultures. The
Department of Earth Science supervises students who pursue
the geography option in that major.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 ,
102); 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Geography, 21 credit
hours: Economic Geography (GEO 200); Urban Geography
(GEO 210); Demographic Analysis (GEO 217); Political
Geography (GEO 345); Geography of Europe (GEO 325);
Geography of Latin America (GEO 328); and one additional
geography class to be chosen from the following list:
Geography of U.S. and PA (GEO 220), Geography of Europe
(GEO 325), Geography of Latin America (GEO 328),
Geography of Russia (GEO 331). Languages, 21 credit
hours: Intermediate 1-11 (203, 204); Conversation, Composition and Phonetics 1-11 (311, 312); Culture courses, nine
credit hours: to include culture courses from the Foreign
Language Department.
Related Electives: 21 credits. A minimum of three credits to
be chosen from the following groups, Economics/Manage-
ment: Current Economic Issues (ECO 200), Money and
Banking (ECO 304), Comparative Econ. Systems (ECO
351), International Economics (ECO 431), Economics of
Growth & Dev. (ECO 433); History: Expansion of American
Foreign Policy (HIS 215), History of Contemporary Europe
(HIS 225), History of Eastern Europe (HIS 230), History of
the Cold War (HIS 240), History of Russia (HIS 245);
English: Great Books (ENG 203), World Lit to 1600 (ENG
205), World Lit after 1600 (ENG 206), Business Writing I
(ENG 211), English Lit. I (ENG 301), English Lit. II (ENG
302), 19th Century Amer. Literature (ENG 303), 20th
Century Amer. Lit. (ENG 304); Political Science: American
Foreign Policy (POS 207), Politics of Western Europe (POS
210), Intro to Public Administration (POS 220), Intro to
International Relations (POS 236), International Organization (POS 237), Politics of the Developing Areas (POS 270),
Politics of Russia (POS 281 ), Presidency (POS 310), Politi'cs
of Africa (POS 326); Mathematics/Computer: Visual Basic
(CSC 205), COBOL I (CSC 218), Computer Operations
(CSC 300), Information Structures (CSC 377), Statistics
(MAT 215); Psychology: Social Psychology (PSY 211),
Industrial Psychology (PSY 209), Psychology of Personality
(PSY 305); Philosophy: Formal Logic I (PHI 211), Ethics
(PHI 220), Social and Political Philosophy (PHI 225),
Science, Technology and Society (PHI 247), Philosophy of
Marxism (PHI 270), Ethical Theory (PHI 320), Philosophy
of Mind (PHI 415), Analytical Philosophy (PHI 431).
Five additional credits of related electives (can include
an internship) to be chosen from the following group,
Business: Federal Income Tax I (ACC 218), Investments
(FIN 305), Insurance & Risk Mgt. (FIN 341), Principles of
Selling (MKT 222), Marketing Research (MKT 431); Social
Science: Culture Change and Culture Shock (ANT 250),
World Ethnology (ANT 255), Origins of Man (ANT 285),
Social Stratification (SOC 210), Urban Sociology (SOC
235); Communication Studies: Persuasion (COM 350),
Argumentation and Debate (COM 230).
Bachelor of Arts in
Parks and Recreation
Management
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102); 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences; 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: 68 credits. Core Courses : 21
credits to include: Map Principles (GEO 110),
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
99
Economic Geography (GEO 200), Site Planning and Design
(GEO 362), Developing and Managing Leisure Enterprise
(GEO 374), Recreation Industry Management (GEO 378),
Program Pl anning and Administration (GEO 412), Developing the Master Plan (GEO 474).
Required Electives: 12 credits to be chosen from the following: Introduction to Business (BUS 100), Oral Communication Management (COM 250), Business Writing I (ENG
211), Human Geography (GEO 105), Geographic Information Systems (GEO 311), Land Use Analysis (GEO 317),
Principles of Management (MGT 201), Municipal Government (POS 205), Introduction to Public Administration (POS
220), Industrial Psychology (PSY 209).
Restricted Electives: 12 credits to be selected from the
following groups. Geography: Survey of Travel and Tourism
(GEO 150), Hospitality Industry and Operations (GEO 155),
World Cities (GEO 205), Urban Geography (GEO 210),
Demographic Analysis (GEO 217), Marketing Geography
(GEO 306), Urban Transport (GEO 315), Political Geography (GEO 345 ), Comprehensive Travel Planning (GEO 358),
Physiography of the U.S. (GEO 520) ; Social Work: Intro. to
Social Work (SOW 150), Minority Group Relations. (SOW
208), Juvenile Delinquency (SOW 265), Human Sexuality/
Society (SOW 303), Policy Analysis/Service (SOW 366);
Marketing: Principles of Marketing (MKT 271 ), Marketing
for Non-Profit Org. (MKT 341 ); Sociology: Cont. Social
Problems (SOC 205), The Family (SOC 220), Sociology of
Aging (S OC 225), Urban Sociology (SOC 235), Crime (SOC
260); Environmental Studies: Prine. of Wildlife Mgmt.
(ENS 420), Wildlife Mgmt. Tech. (ENS 423). Biology: Basic
Care of Plants (BIO 104), Conservation of Biological
Resources (BIO 206); Athletic Training: Human Anatomy
Ext. I (ATE 200), Athletic Training I (ATE 220), Nutrition
for Sports (ATE 240); Psychology: Child Psychology (PSY
205), Ado!. Psychology (PSY 206), Ind. Psychology (PSY
209), Soc. Psychology (PSY 2 11 ); Gerontology: Intro. to
Gerontology (XGE 101 ), Aging in Am . Soc. (XGE 102),
Aging Policy & Svc. (XGE 20 1), Biology of Aging (XGE
204); Theatre: Voice and Speech (THE 101); Business:
Intro. to Busi ness (BUS 100), Business Law I (BUS 242);
Economics: Elements of Econ. (ECO 100); Accounting:
Accounting I (ACC 201), Non-Profit Account. (ACC 34 1);
Political Science: Intro. to Political Science (POS 100),
American National Government (POS 105), Public Administration (POS 220), Municipal Government (POS 205 ), Intro.
to Public Policy (POS 300); Finance: Insurance Risk and
Management (FIN 341); Math/Computer Science: Basic
Programming Language (CSC 105), Prob. Solv/Prog. Const.
(CSC 120), Math of Finance I (MAT 171 ), College Algebra
(MAT 181), Statistics (MAT 215), Business Statistics (MAT
225); Communication: Group Discussion-Mgmt. (COM
I 02), Argument/Debate (COM 230), Oral CommunicationMgmt. (COM 250), Persuasion (COM 350); Health &
Physical Education: First Aid/Personal Safety (HPE 314);
Management: Principles of Management (MOT 201), Small
Business Funds (MOT 205), Comp. App. in Business I
100
California University of Pennsylvania
(MGT 271), Organization Behavior (MGT 301), Small
Business Management (MGT 305), Human Resources
Management (MOT 352), Labor Relations (MOT 362);
English: Journalism I (ENG 167), Business Writing I (ENG
211), Business Writing II (ENG 212); Earth Sciences: Intro
to Geology (EAS 150), Physical Geography (EAS 160),
Meteorology (EAS 241), Climatology (EAS 242), Scenic
Areas of the United States (EAS 264), Scenic Areas of the
World (EAS 270), Cartography (EAS 271), Field Mapping
(EAS 37 1).
Related electives: 23 credits. Internship: 0 to 12 credits.
Minors
Earth Science Concentration
Required : EAS 150 Introduction to Geology, EAS 200
Hi storical Geology, EAS 436 Field Methods III in Earth
Science, EAS 541 Advanced Environmental Geology.
Electives: Select three from the following : EAS 163 Introduction to Oceanography, EAS 202 Hydrology, EAS 241
Meteorology, EAS 242 Climatology
Geology Concentration
Required: EAS 150 Introduction to Geology , EAS 200
Historical Geology, EAS 33 1 Mineralogy or EAS 421
Sedimentology, EAS 343 Geomorphology or EAS 437 Field
Methods III in Geology, EAS 425 Structural Geology or
EAS 527 Tectonics, EAS 437 Field Methods III in Geology
or EAS 492 Field Course in Geology, EAS 541 Advanced
Environmental Geology
Geography Concentration
Required: GEO 311 Geographic Information Systems or
GEO 3 17 Land Use Analysis , GEO 325 Geography of
Europe, GEO 345 Political Geography.
Electives: Select four of the following: GEO 100 Introduction to Geography, GEO 105 Human Geography, GEO 200
Economic Geography, GEO 210 Urban Geography, GEO
220 Geography of the US and PA.
EDUCATIONAL STUDIES
Purpose
Programs
The Educational Studies Department is responsible for
the Secondary Education Program at the undergraduate
level , the Principals Program and the Superintendents
Program at the graduate level, and professional courses in
the College of Education and Human Services and in the
Graduate School.
Secondary certification is offered in Biology, Chemistry,
Communication* (with a concentration in either Speech or
Theater), Comprehensive Social Studies, Earth Science,
English* , Environmental Education, General Science,
Mathematics, Modem Foreign Languages (French, German,
and Spanish), and Physics. The curriculum for each certification program is listed in the description of the department
which offers the academic area for that program.
*Communication and English certifications allow
teaching in both areas.
The department is committed to educational reform and
works in partnerships with a number of public schools.
Through field experiences and student teaching, Secondary
Education majors are expected to become involved in these
teaching centers and in the activities of the department.
All programs in the department are engaged in professional development. Periodic reviews of student progress
including board review are part of that professional preparation as are long-term personal/professional relationships.
Additional opportunities are available. Athletic Training
may be combined with certification in an academic area.
Technology Education is offered through the Department of
Applied Engineering and Technology. Art certification is
available through a cooperative agreement with other area
colleges. These opportunities are described more fully in the
description of the department offering these majors .
Individuals with bachelor's degrees may become
certified through the Certification Only Program taking those
courses required for public school certification.
Secondary Education Majors are advised both in the
department and in their academic area.
All Pennsylvania teachers must pass the Praxis II
examinations for certification. A grade point average of 2.5
must be maintained both overall and in the academic
specialization in order to be admitted to and maintain good
standing in the teacher education program.
Faculty
Professor David Campbell, chair; Professors Dilawar Mumby Edwards, George J. Frangos, Lizbeth A. Gillette;
Associate Professors John C. Black, Henry A. Huffman, John R. Young ; Assistant Professor: Keith D. Hepner
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
101
ELEMENTARY/EARLY
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Purpose
Honor Society
The Elementary/Early Childhood Education Department
seeks to have students acquire the knowledge, skills, and
attitudes essential to becoming successful members of the
teaching profession. All course work and experiences in the
major prepares students to meet the following standards:
1. Knowledge of subject matter
2. Knowledge of human development and learning
3. Adapting instruction for individual needs
4 . Multiple instructional strategies
5. Classroom motivation and management skills
6. Communication skill
7 . Instructional planning skills
8. Assessment of student learning
9. Professional commitment and responsibility
10. Partnerships
Kappa Delta Pi, an international honor society in education,
has a California University chapter. Students in education who
have demonstrated a high level of academic achievement are
invited to apply for induction.
Programs
The Elementary/Early Childhood Education Department
offers four majors: Early Childhood Education, Elementary
Education, Elementary/Middle School Education, and Early
Childhood/Elementary Education. The department also offers an
Associate Degree in Early Childhood Education.
The Elementary/Early Childhood and Special Education
Departments together offer two dual majors: Elementary/Special
Education and Early Childhood/Special Education.
See also: Special Education in this catalog, for dual majors
in Early Childhood and Special Education and in Elementary
Education and Special Education.
The College of Education is recognized by the National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. The Placement
and Career Services Office aids students seeki ng teaching
positions locally and out-of-state.
Careers
It is predicted that more than two million public school
teachers will retire by the year 2000. The future looks bright for
those students interested in a career in early childhood, elementary, or middle school education. Students with undergraduate
degrees in these fields are prepared to pursue advanced study in
a variety of disciplines.
Admission to the Program
Students in all curricula must maintain a 2.5 Quality Point
Average and achieve a satisfactory score on the General
Knowledge and Communication Skills tests of Praxis II: Core
Battery, a National Teacher Exam .
Prerequisites for all EDE (except EDE 100) and ECE
courses include completion of 48 college or university
credits with a minimum 2.5 Q .P.A., and achievement of a
satisfactory score on the General Knowledge and Communication Skills tests of Praxis II : Core Battery.
Faculty
Professor Richard M. Wyman, Jr., chair; Professor Elwin Dickerson, assistant chair; Professors Dorothy M. Campbell,
Ronald A. Christ, Pamela B. Cignetti, Gary W. Kennedy, J. G. Martin, Phyllis S. Mcllwain, Beverly J. Melenyzer, Diane H. Nettles,
Anthony J. Saludis, Caryl J. Sheffield, John Shirnkanin, Jannene Southworth; Associate Professor John R. Vargo.
102
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in Education: Bachelor of Science in
Early Childhood Education
Education: Elementary
(129 crs.)
Education (129 crs.)
Curriculum
Curriculum
(A) General Education (5 1 crs.): 18 credits in Humani ties
(including English Comp I, English Comp II, Oral Communication, Art History or Art Appreciation, Literature or Culture,
and Music or Philosophy) : 15 credits in Natural Sciences
including 6 credits in Mathematics, Biological Science,
Physical Science and Environmental Science, 15 credits in
Social Sciences (including Geography, American Government,
US History, Economics and General Psychology), 3 credits in
Health and Physical Acti vities.
(A) General Education (51 crs.): 18 credits in Humanities (including Engli sh Composition I, Eng li sh Composition
II, Oral Communication, Art Hi story or Art Appreciation,
Literature or C ul ture, and Music or Philosophy); 15 credits in
Natural Sciences (including six credits in Mathematics),
Bi ological Science, Physical Science and Environmental
Science, 15 credits in Social Sciences (including Geography,
American Government, US History, Economics and General
Psycho logy), three credits in Health and Physical Activities.
(B) Professional Education (33 crs.): Policy Studies for
American Education (EDF 290), Computers for Teachers
(EDF 301 ), Teaching in a M ul ticultural Society (EDU 2 10),
Educational Psychology (PSY 208), Chi ld Psychology (PSY
205), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302),
Mainstreaming Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Student
Teaching (EDE 46 1).
(B) Professional Education (33 crs.): Policy Studies fo r
A merican Education (EDF 290), Computers for Teachers
(EDF 301 ), Teaching in a Multicultural Society (EDU 2 10),
Educati onal Psychology (PSY 208); Child Psychology (PSY
205), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302),
M ainstreaming Exceptional Learners (ED U 340), Student
Teaching (EDE 461 ).
(C) Professional Specialization (33 crs.): Field Experience with Wants, Toddlers, and Preschoolers (ECE 203),
Instructional Strategies in Elementary and Earl y Childhood
Education (EDE 2 11 ), Children's Literature (EDE 3 11),
Mathematical Content in Early Childhood (ECE 3 15), Early
Childhood Education Semi nar (ECE 405), Field Experience
Elementary School (ED E 321), Emergi ng Literacy (ECE 302),
Thematic Teaching in Early Childhood (ECE 304), Parent and
Community Involvement in Education (ECE 3 19), Assessing
Children's Performance (EDE 450), Elective in Elementary/
Early Childhood.
(C) Profess ional Specialization (33 crs.): Instructional
Strategies in Elementary and Early Ch il dhood Education
(EDE 2 11), Language and Literacy in the Elementary School
I (EDE 300), Mathematical Content and Method in the
E lementary School (EDE 305), Teaching of Social Studies
for E lementary Grades (EDE 306), Science for the E lementary School (EDE 307), Children's Literature (EDE 3 11 )
Field Experiences Middle School (EDE 320), Field Experiences E lementary School (EDE 32 1), Language and Literacy
in the Elementary School II (EDE 340), Assessing C hildren 's
Performance (EDE 450), Parent and Community Invo lvement in Education (ECE 3 19).
(D) Area of Concentration: ( 12 credits in one selected
area; six credits must be 300-400 level)
Humaniti es: Language, Cul tures, Literature, Philosophy,
Fine Arts
Natural Sciences: Mathematics, Bi o logy, and Physical
Science
Social Sciences : Hi story, Political Science, Sociology,
Anth ro pology, Psycho logy, and Econom ics
Technology/Computer Sc ience: Computer Science and
Technology courses
Health E ducation: Health, Safety, and First Aid
Community and Family : Parenting, Socio logy,
Anthropology, Psycho logy, Social Wo rk
(D) Area of Concentration : ( 12 credits in one selected
area; six credits must be 300-400 level)
Humanities: Language, Cultures, Literature, Phil osophy,
F ine Arts
Natural Sciences: M athematics , B io logy, and Physical
Science
Social Sciences: Hi story, Political Science, Socio logy,
A nthropology, Psychology, and Economics
Technology/Comp uter Science: Computer Science and
Technology courses
Health Education : Health , Safety, and First Aid
Women's Studies
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
103
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Elementary/Middle
School Education (134 crs.)
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Early Childhood/
Elementary Education (135 crs.)
Curriculum
Curriculum
(A) General Education (51 crs .): 18 credits in Humanities (including English Composition I, English Composition
II, Oral Communication, Art History or Art Appreciation,
Literature or Culture, and Music or Philosophy); 15 credits in
Natural Sciences (including six credits in Mathematics),
Biological Science, Physical Science and Environmental
Science, 15 credits in Social Sciences (including Geography,
American Government, US History, Economics and General
Psychology), three credits in Health and Physical Activities.
(A) General Education (51 crs.): 18 credits in Humanities
(including English Composition I, English Composition II, Oral
Communication, Art History or Art Appreciation, Literature or
Culture, and Music or Philosophy); 15 credits in Natural
Sciences including six credits in Mathematics, Biological
Science, Physical Science and Environmental Science, 15
credits in Social Sciences (including Geography, American
Government, US History, Economics and General Psychology),
three credits in Health and Physical Activities.
(B) Professional Education (33 crs.): Policy Studies for
American Education (EDF 290), Computers for Teachers
(EDF 301), Teaching in a Multicultural Society (EDU 210),
Educational Psychology (PSY 208); Child Psychology (PSY
205), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302),
Mainstreaming Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Student
Teaching (EDE 461 ).
(B) Professional Education (33 crs.): Policy Studies for
American Education (EDF 290), Computers for Teachers (EDF
301), Teaching in a Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Educational Psychology (PSY 208): Child Psychology (PSY 205),
Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Mainstreaming
Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Student Teaching (EDE 461 ).
(C) Professional Specialization (38 crs.): Instructional
Strategies in Elementary and Early Childhood Education
(EDE 211), Language and Literacy in the Elementary School I
(EDE300), Mathematical Content and Method in the
Elementary School (EDE 305), Teaching of Social Studies
for Elementary Grades (EDE 306), Science for the Elementary School (EDE 307), Children 's Literature (EDE 311),
Parent and Community Involvement in Education (ECE
319), Field Experiences Middle School (EDE 320), Field
Experiences Elementary School (EDE 321), Teaching in the
Middle School (EDE 330), Language and Literacy in the
Elementary School II (EDE 340), Assessing Children's
Performance (EDE 450), Reading in Secondary Schools
(EDS 461 ).
(D) Area of Concentration: (12 credits in one selected
area; six credits must be 300-400 level)
Humanities: Language, Cultures, Literature, Philosophy,
Fine Arts
Natural Sciences: Mathematics, Biology, and Physical
Science
Social Sciences: History, Political Science, Sociology,
Anthropology, Psychology, and Economics
Technology/Computer Science: Computer Science and
Technology courses
Health Education : Health, Safety, and First Aid
Women 's Studies
104
California University of Pennsylvania
(C) Professional Specialization (45 crs): Instructional
Strategies in Elementary and Early Childhood Education (EDE
211), Children's Literature (EDE 311), Mathematical Content
and Methods in the Elementary School (EDE 305), Teaching of
Social Studies for Elementary Grades (EDE 306), Science for
the Elementary School (EDE 307), Field Experiences with
Infants, Toddlers, and Preschoolers (EDE 203), Emerging
Literacy (ECE 302), Thematic Teaching in Early Childhood
(ECE 304), Mathematical Content in Early Childhood (ECE
315), Parent and Community Involvement in Education (ECE
319), Early Childhood Education Seminar (ECE 405), Assessing Children's Performance (EDE 450), Language and Literacy
in the Elementary School I (EDE 300), Language and Literacy
in the Elementary School II (EDE 340), Field Experiences
Elementary School (EDE 321).
(D) Area of Concentration: (six credits in one selected
area)
Humanities: Language, Cultures, Literature, Philosophy,
Fine Arts
Natural Sciences: Mathematics, Biology, and Physical
Science
Social Sciences: History, Political Science, Sociology,
Anthropology, Psychology, and Economics
Technology/Computer Science: Computer Science and
Technology courses
Health Education: Health, Safety, and First Aid
Community and Family: Parenting, Sociology, Anthropology, Psychology, Social Work
Associate of Science in
Early Childhood Education (72 crs.)
Curriculum
(A) General Education (24 crs.): 9 credits in Humanities
(including English Composition I, Oral Communication, and
Art History or Art Appreciation or Literature or Culture or
Music or Philosophy): 6 credits in Natural Sciences (including
Mathematics and Biological Science or Physical Science), 6
credits in Social Sciences (including General Psychology, and
Geography or American Government or US History or
Economics), 3 credits in Health and Physical Activities.
(B) Professional Education (15 crs.): Computers for
Teachers (EDF 301), Teaching in a Multicultural Society
(EDU 210), Educational Psychology (PSY 208); Child
Psychology (PSY 205), Applied Instructional Technology
(EDF 302).
(C) Professional Specialization (21 crs.): Instructional
Strategies in Elementary and Early Childhood Education
(EDE 211), Children's Literature (EDE 311), Assessing
Children 's Performance (EDE 450), Field Experiences with
Infants, Toddlers, and Preschoolers (EDE 203), Emerging
Literacy (ECE 302), Thematic Teaching in Early Childhood
(ECE 304), Parent and Community Involvement in Education
(ECE 319).
(D) Area of Concentration: (12 credits in one selected area)
Humanities: Language, Cultures, Literature, Philosophy,
Fine Arts
Natural Sciences: Mathematics, Biology, and Physical
Science
Social Sciences: History, Political Science, Sociology,
Anthropology, Psychology, and Economics
Technology/Computer Science: Computer Science and
Technology courses
Health Education: Health, Safety, and First Aid
Community and Family: Parenting, Sociology,
Anthropology, Psychology, Social Work
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
105
106
California University of Pennsylvania
ENGLISH
as many as sixteen credits of internship experience. Policies and
procedures regarding internships can be secured from the
departmental office or faculty internship supervisor.
Purpose
Honor Society
English is a comprehensive discipline. Its scope encompasses a study of the evolution of the language itself, the various
types of writing, the literature in English (poetry, drama, fiction,
and essay regardless of national origin), and the comparative
study of literature.
As a course of study, English enables people to express
themselves clearly and to read their ideas and those of others in
an appreciative and critical manner. The ideas expressed are
boundless, the content emotive as well as rational.
What is written is a personal and social record of the
struggle to create meaning. Insight into the past and present
creates a common core of ideas to be considered by scholars in
many disciplines.
Language competency is essential to the exchange of ideas,
the successful completion of course work and meaningful
employment. To insure that students will develop their language
skills and will have the means to meet these expectations, the
university requires that all entering students take the English
placement examination.
Initial course placement is based on the results of that
examination. Placement into either English Language Skills
(ENG 100) or Composition I (ENG IOI) depends on the results
of this holistically scored writing sample.
Since college performance incorporates the ability to
express ideas clearly, all students are encouraged to take the two
composition courses during their first semesters. Furthermore,
all students must take three writing component courses prior to
graduation . A list of approved courses can be secured from the
College of Liberal Arts.
Sigma Tau Delta is the National English Honor Society.
The California University chapter, Delta Theta, was chartered in
1959 and is the oldest chapter in the Pennsylvania State System
of Higher Education. Membership in Sigma Tau Delta is open
not only to English majors, but also to all those who have
English as an interest, provided they have at least a 3.0 average
in their English courses, rank in the highest 35% of their class in
general scholarship, have completed at least three semesters of
college, and have completed at least two courses in literature in
addition to freshman English.
Programs
The English major has seven options or areas of specialization. They are the general English program; five options in the
Professional Writing Program: Business and Commercial
Writing, Creative Writing, Radio-Television Media, Scientific
and Technical Writing and Journalism ; and, for persons who
want to teach English or to teach in an allied area, secondary
school certification in English, in Theater and in Communication are offered in cooperation with the College of Education
and Human Services.
A well developed internship system supports classroom
studies in the Professional Writing Program. Depending upon
the Professional Writing option undertaken, a student may take
Awards
The English Department encourages and rewards academic
achievement in several ways.
The Eleanore C. Hibbs Writing Award is given annually to
one student each in Composition I and Composition II. An
applicant for the award must submit an essay that was written
for that class and that carries the recommendation of the
student's instructor. All entries are judged by a special committee of the English Department. The two winners receive $150
prizes plus certificates of merit, both awarded at a luncheon in
May.
The Minor W. Major Award is given annually to a junior
who has achieved distinction in the study of English. The award
is based on merit alone. A departmental committee reviews the
academic records of prospective recipients, usually English
majors, and singles out the student who best meets its standards.
The award, named for Dr. Minor W. Major, late professor of
English, includes a certificate of merit and cash.
The English Faculty Award is given annually to the student
in English whose development has been most noteworthy over
four years . The recipient receives a certificate of merit and an
inscribed book, awarded at the senior dinner in May.
Careers
Besides preparing the graduate for graduate work in
English and American literature, English education, linguistics,
library work, law, and a number of other fields, the English
program offers career opportunities in such positions as
secondary school teacher, newspaper reporting, magazine
editing, creative writing, public information, advertising,
copywriting, communications, proof reading, and radio and
television editing.
Faculty
Professor Pratul Pathak, chair; Professor Madeline C. Smith, assistant chair; Professors Edward J. Chute, Robert W. Dillon, Sr. ,
Jack Goodstein, John M . Hanchin, Patricia Hartman, Madelon Jacoba, William Hendricks, Robert A. Korcheck, Frederick S.
Lapisardi , William M. Murdick, Horace S. Rockwood, Lisa M. Schwerdt, Charles R. Thomas, Carole Waterhouse; Associate
Professors Bernard J. Defilippo, Judith A. Good, Gene Patrick Halboth, J. Alan Natali, William Yahner; Assistant Professors
William J. Beardsley, William K. Bennett, Ronald L. Forsythe, Robert H. Grimes, James T. Mc Vey.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
107
Bachelor of Arts in English
Professional Writing Program
The liberal arts English program provides not only an
extensive introduction to literature, but also offers sufficient
flexibility for students to shape their emphasis within the study
of literature and language.
Within the context of a liberal education, the professional writing program offers students preparation for careers
in writing, editing, and publishing.
Curriculum
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: English Literature I-II (ENG
301 and 302), Survey of American Literature I & II (ENG
337 & 338), Chaucer (ENG 415) or Milton (ENG 427) or
Survey of Old and Middle English Literature (ENG 310),
Shakespeare (ENG 425), History of Literary Criticism (ENG
348) or Practical Criticism (ENG 448), Introduction to
Linguistics (ENG 347) or History of the English Language
(ENG 346) and 12 credits of 300-400 level English courses.
Related Courses: 30 credits, at least 15 of which must be in a
related discipline approved by the advisor and at least 15 of
which must be at the 200 level or above.
General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102), 12
credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12
credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free Electives.
Options
Business and Commercial Writing
Area of Concentration: Advanced Writing (ENG 375),
Advertising (ENG 437), Great Books (ENG 203), Business
Writing I (ENG 211) and II (ENG 212), Journalism I (ENG
167), Research for Writers (ENG 308), Publishing the
Magazine (ENG 351), Writing for Publication (ENG 496).
Nine credits of restricted electives (three of the following
courses): Studies in Writing (ENG 352), Article Writing
(ENG 435), Journalism II (ENG 169) and III (ENG 312),
Copywriting (ENG 401), Directed Projects in English (ENG
478), English Grammar and Usage (ENG 345).
Twenty-one credits of related courses: Introduction to
Business (BUS 100), Accounting I (ACC 201), Introductory
Microeconomics (ECO 201), Introductory Macroeconomics
(ECO 202), Principles of Marketing (MKT 271 ), Principles
of Selling (MKT 222), Principles of Management (MGT
201 ). Eleven credits of electives.
Creative Writing
Area of Concentration: Poetics (ENG 318), Creative Writing:
Fiction (ENG 376) or Poetry (ENG 377), Creative Writing
Seminar (ENG 495), Publishing the Magazine (ENG 351),
Advanced Writing (ENG 375), Article Writing (ENG 435),
Studies in Writing (ENG 352), Research for Writers (ENG
308), Writing for Publication (ENG 496).
Three of the following restricted elective courses: Great
Books (ENG 203), Adaptation of Literary Materials (ENG
430), Creative Writing: Drama (ENG 378), Business Writing
I (ENG 211), Scientific and Technical Writing (ENG 217),
Advertising (ENG 437), Journalism I (ENG 167), Creative
Writing: Fiction (ENG 376) or Poetry (ENG 377),
Copywriting (ENG 401).
Thirty-two credits of electives drawn from literature (300
level and beyond), linguistics, speech, foreign languages, and
theater, including 12 hours of electives from any one area. As
many as 16 credits may be internship credits.
I
108
California University of Pennsylvania
Journalism
Area of Concentration: Word Processing (ENG 151 ),
Journalism I (ENG 167) and Journalism II (ENG 169) and
Journalism m (ENG 312), Press Law and Ethics (ENG 306),
American Journalism (ENG 254), Newspaper Reporting I
(ENG 334), Writing for Publication (ENG 496). Six of the
following : Research for Writers (ENG 308), Article Writing
(ENG 435), Studies in Writing (ENG 352), Newspaper
Reporting II (ENG 335), Publishing the Magazine (ENG
351), Sportswriting I (ENG 313), Sportswriting II (ENG
314), Advertising (ENG 437). Twelve credits in a related
discipline, 16 credits in internship or related electives.
Scientific and Technical Writing
Area of Concentration: Writing Core: Advanced Writing
(ENG 375), Journalism I (ENG 167), Scientific and Technical Writing I (ENG 217), Scientific and Technical Writing II
(ENG 218), Publishing the Magazine (ENG 351 ), Article
Writing (ENG 435), Research for Writers (ENG 308),
Studies in Writing (ENG 352), Writing for Publication (ENG
496), Literature Core: Six credits from among Great Books
(ENG 203), English Literature I (ENG 207) and English
Literature II (ENG 208), Survey of American Literature I
(ENG 337), Survey of American Literature II (ENG 338).
Restricted Electives: 14 credits from among English Grammar and Usage (ENG 345), Journalism II (ENG 169),
Advertising (ENG 437), Copywriting (ENG 401), Business
Writing I (ENG 211), Directed Projects in English (ENG
478). Three to eight credits of literature electives, and a three
to 11 credit internship. 21 credits of scientific or technical
courses with 15 credits in one discipline code.
Bachelor of Science in
Education:
Certification in English for
Secondary Schools
This program provides the background and certification
required for a beginning public school English teacher.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Humanities (15 credits minimum) including Composition I (ENG 101), Composition II
(ENG 102), Theater Course, World Literature to 1600 (ENG
205) or World Literature since 1600 (ENG 206), Natural
Science (nine credits minimum), Social Science (nine credit
minimum), Health or Physical Activities (three credit
minimum), Oral Communication (COM 101), General
Psychology (PSY 101).
(B) Professional Education: (41 credits). Applied
Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Policy Studies in
American Education (EDF 290), Educational Psychology
(PSY 208), Problems of Secondary Education (EDS 300),
Educational Tests and Measurements (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Teaching
in a Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Mainstreaming
Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Computers for Teachers
(EDF 301), Teaching of English in Secondary Schools (EDS
440), Student Teaching and School Law (EDS 461).
(C) Professional Specialization: (45 credits). Composition Theory and the Teaching of Writing (ENG 372), History
of the English Language (ENG 346), English Grammar and
Usage (ENG 345), Critical Theory and the Teaching of
Literature (ENG 371), Introduction to Linguistics (ENG
347), Argumentation and Debate (COM 230).
(D) Advanced Requirements: (27 credits). Survey of
American Literature I (ENG 337), Survey of American
Literature II (ENG 338) or American Literature elective,
English Literature I (ENG 301), English Literature II (ENG
302), Shakespeare (ENG 425), Communication Theory
(COM 490), Fundamentals of Acting (THE 130) or Stagecraft (THE 141) or Fundamentals of Directing (THE 320).
Students must also achieve a satisfactory score on the
National Teachers Exam in order to obtain Pennsylvania
Certification.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
109
=
rJj
ii--4
Minors
~ Literature Concentration
~
z~
Required Courses (12 credits): (select one from each group)
ENG 106 Intro to Poetry, ENG 107 Intro to Fiction, or ENG
108 Intro to Drama
ENG 205 World Lit to 1600 or ENG 206 World Lit after
1600
ENG 301 English Lit I or ENG 302 English Lit II
ENG 337 Survey of American Literature I or ENG 338
Survey of American Literature II
English Electives (nine credits at 300-400 level)
Business & Commercial Writing Concentration
Required Courses (12 credits): ENG 211 Business Writing I,
ENG 212 Business Writing II, ENG 308 Research for
Writers, and ENG 167 Journalism I or ENG 217 Sci & Tech
Writing or ENG 437 Advertising.
Restricted Electives (9 credits, 6credits minimum must be
ENG): ENG 312 Journalism III, ENG 345 Grammar &
Usage, ENG 375 Advanced Writing, ENG 401 Copywriting,
ENG 419 Internship 3-credit limit, ENG 435 Article Writing,
COM 102 Group Disc Management, COM 203 Intro to
Public Relations, COM 250 Oral Comm Management, ECO
100 Elements of Econ, GCT 225 Prine layout & Design,
MGT 201 Principles of Management, MKT 271 Principles of
Marketing.
Creative Writing Concentration
Required Courses (6 credits): ENG 495 Creative Writing
Seminar, ENG 496 Writing for Publication.
Creative Writing Electives (3-9 credits): ENG 376 Creative
Writing: Fiction, ENG 377 Creative Writing: Poetry, ENG
378 Creative Writing: Drama.
English Electives (6-12 credits): ENG 203 Great Books,
ENG 308 Research for Writers, ENG 318 Poetics, ENG 351
Publish the Magazine, ENG 352 Studies in Writing, ENG
430 Adapt Lit Materials, ENG 435 Article Writing.
Journalism Concentration
Required Courses (12 credits): ENG 167 Journalism I, ENG
169 Journalism II, ENG 306 Press Law & Ethics, ENG 312
Journalism III.
Restricted Electives (9 credits, 6 credits minimum must be
ENG): ENG 254 History of American Journalism,
ENG 313 Sportswriting I, ENG 334 Newspaper Reporting I,
ENG 336 Computer Assisted Reporting, ENG 351 Publish
the Magazine, ENG 401 Copywriting, ENG 419 lnternship-3 credit limit, ENG 435 Article Writing, ENG 437
Advertising, COM 246 Radio & TV Announcing, COM 332
Radio & TV: News, OCT 225 Prine Layout & Design.
110
California University of Pennsylvania
Technical Writing Concentration
Required Courses (12 credits): ENG 212 Business Writing II,
ENG 217 Sci & Tech Writing I, ENG 218 Sci & Tech
Writing II, ENG 308 Research.
Restricted Electives (9 credits, 6 credits minimum must be
ENG) : ENG 345 Grammar & Usage, ENG 375 Advanced
Writing, ENG 419 Internship--3 credit limit, ENG 435
Article Writing, GCT 225 Print Layout & Design.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND CULTURES
Purpose
Bachelor of Arts in French
Rapid political and economic changes in the world require that
students not onJy understand other cultures but that they can
communicate with persons in those cultures. In this sense familiarity with speaking and reading a foreign language and being aware
of how persons in other countries think about the world is pragmatic. Instruction in an unfamiliar language also helps students see
the world from a different perspective. Inasmuch as that occw·s,
students improve self-awareness, lose a blind ethnocentrism, and
gain a greater appreciation of all cultures, including their own.
Curriculum
Programs
The department administers three programs: a liberal arts
language program in German, French, and Spanish; a language
certification program for students who plan to teach in one of the
language areas; an International Studies program with options in
Business and Economics, Foreign Languages, Geography, and
Political Science (consult the descriptions for the Departments of
Business & Economics, Earth Sciences, and Social Sciences for
additional information on the International Studies programs).
Students in these programs will develop listening, speaking,
reading and writing ski lls, as well as an awareness of cultural
diversity and its impact on human behavior.
Language and culture are closely aligned, and a series of
culture courses, taught in English, are available. These indicate
how artistic expression, geography, and economic and historical
development mutually influence each other.
A minor in foreign languages is offered in French, German,
and Spanish to provide a global component and international
perspective to a liberal arts education and to prepare you for a
world where cross cultural communication is vital for success.
Placement
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Intermediate French I-II (FRE
203 and FRE 204), French Conversation, Composition, and
Phonetics I-II (FRE 311 and FRE 312), Advanced Composition: Grammar and Stylistics (FRE 401), French Colloquium
(FRE 450), Studies in French Culture (six credits), Survey of
French Literature I-II (FRE 421 and FRE 422), Geography of
Europe (GEO 325). Six credits in one other foreign language,
three credits in each of History, English, Philosophy, Psychology, and Communication Studies. Fourteen credits of related
electives taken with the adviser's approval.
Bachelor of Arts in German
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Science, 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Intermediate German I (GER
203) and II (GER 204), German Conversation and Composition I (GER 311) and II (GER 312), Advanced Composition:
Grammar and Stylistics (GER 401), Studies in German
Culture (six credits), Survey of German Literature I (GER
421 ) and II (GER 422), German Colloquium (GER 450) or
History of the German Language (GER 452), Geography of
Europe (GEO 325), six credits in one other foreign language,
at least three credits in each of Philosophy, Psychology,
Communication Studies, History, and English. Fourteen
credits of e lectives taken with the adviser's approval.
Students entering a foreign language course will be evaluated in
order to determine the proper course level placement for them.
Students who wish to receive credit for previously acquired language
proficiency can take a CLEP examination or a chalJenge examination.
Bachelor of Arts in Spanish
Awards
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
102), 12 credits of H umanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free Electives.
The Elsbeth E. Santee Scholarship Fund grants renewal awards
annualJy for students majoring in a foreign language who maintain a
3.0 QPA in their major. Information about the award and application
procedures is available in the department office.
Careers
Linguistic ability in languages other than English can promote
employment opportunities in organizations working internationally,
especially legal, banking and commercial corporations, national
and regional governmental agencies, social service and religious
organizations, educational institutions, communications, importexport and travel businesses and a variety of translation services.
Curriculum
(B) Area of Concentration: Intermediate Spanish I (SPN
203) and II (SPN 204), Spanish Conversation and Composition I (SPN 3 11 ) and II (SPN 312), Advanced Composition:
Grammar and Stylistics (SPN 401), Studies in Hispanic
Culture (six credits), Survey of Spanish Literature (SPN
421), Survey of Spanish-American Literature (SPN 422),
Geography of Latin America (GEO 328), Spanish Colloquium (SPN 450), six credits in one other foreign language,
at least three credits in each of Philosophy, Psychology,
Communication Studies, History and English. Fourteen
credits of electives taken with the advisor's approval.
Faculty
Associate Professor Raldo Parascenzo, chair; Professors Carol L. Kaplan, Alan H. Krueck; Associate Professor, Margarita Ribar
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
111
Bachelor of Arts in
International Studies:
Foreign Language Option
(A) General Education (60 credits) : Composition 1-11
(ENG 101 , 102), 12 credits of Humanities and Fine Arts, 12
credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18
credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Language I Select
courses from FRE, GER, or SPN: 203 Intermediate I, 204
Intermediate II, 311 Conversation, Composition and Phonetics I, 312 Conversation, Composition and Phonetics II,
Culture and Civilization Elective, Language Elective.
Language II Select courses from FRE, GER, or SPN: 203
Intermediate I, 204 Intermediate II, 311 Conversation,
Composition and Phonetics I, 312 Conversation, Composition and Phonetics II, Culture and Civilization Elective,
Language Elective. Geography (9 credits) Selected from
geography area study courses. Restricted Electives (18
credits) Selected in consultation with advisor. Related
Electives (5 credits)
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Certification in
Foreign Language Teaching for
Grades K-12 French, German
or Spanish
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities including
Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102), nine credits in Natural
Sciences, nine credits in Social Sciences, three credits in Health
or Physical Activities, Oral Communication (COM 101),
General Psychology (PSY 100), nine credits of Free Electives .
(B) Professional Education: Policy Studies in American
Education (EDF 290), Educational Psychology (PSY 208),
Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Problems of
Secondary Education (EDS 300), Educational Tests and
Measurements in Secondary Schools (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Teaching in a
Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Mainstreaming the Exceptional Child (EDU 340), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301),
Teaching of Modern Languages K through 12 (EDS 466*),
Student Teaching and School Law (EDS 461). *Modern
Methods in Secondary Schools may be taken in place of the
"Teaching of' course with permission of your advisor.
112
California University of Pennsylvania
(C) Professional Specialization: Intermediate I (203) and II
(204), Conversation and Composition 1-11 (311 and 312),
Advanced Composition, Grammar and Stylistics (FRE, GER, or
SPN 401), six credits Culture and Civilization, Survey of
Literature 1-Il (421 and 422); Foreign Language Colloquium in
appropriate language (FRE, GER, or SPN 450); six credits of
electives in major field in second foreign language.
Students must also achieve a satisfactory score on the
National Teachers Exam.
Minors
French Concentration
Required: FRE 101 Elementary French I, FRE 102 Elementary French II, FRE 203 Intermediate French I, FRE 204
Intermediate French II, FRE 311 French Conversation,
Composition, and Phonetics I, FRE 312 French Conversation, Composition, and Phonetics IL
Elective: Select one course from the following : FRE 401
Advanced Composition; Grammar & Stylistics, FRE 421
Survey of French Literature I, FRE 422 Survey of French
Literature II, FRE 450 Foreign Language Colloquium in
French
German Concentration
Required: GER 101 Elementary German I, GER 102
Elementary German II, GER 203 Intermediate German I,
GER 204 Intermediate German II, GER 311 Ger Conversation, Composition, and Phonetics I, GER 312 Ger Conversation, Composition, and Phonetics II
Elective: Select one course from the following: GER 401
Advanced Composition; Grammar & Stylistics, GER 421
Survey of German Literature I, GER 422 Survey of German
Literature II, GER 450 Foreign Language Colloquium in
German.
Spanish Concentration
Required: SPN 101 Elementary Spanish I, SPN 102 Elementary Spanish II, SPN 203 Intermediate Spanish I, SPN 204
Intermediate Spanish II, SPN 311 Span Conversation,
Composition, and Phonetics I, SPN 312 Span Conversation,
Composition, and Phonetics II.
Elective: Select one course from the following : SPN 401
Advanced Composition; Grammar & Stylistics, SPN 421
Survey of Spanish Literature, SPN 422 Survey of SpanishAmerican Literature, SPN 450 Foreign Language Colloquium in Spanish
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
113
Health Science and Sport
Career Outlook
Studies
Purpose
The Department of Health Science and Sport Studies
offer the Athletic Training Education Program (ATEP),
accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied
Health Education Programs (CAAHEP) and the State Board
of Physical Therapy. Students may major in athletic training
or combine athletic training with teacher education. The
basic concept of athletic training involves prevention, care,
treatment, and rehabilitation of athletic injuries.
.,.
,.
.
\.
.',,
Job opportunities for certified athletic trainers have
increased substantially, and the employment potential for
athletic trainers should continue to increase. The ultimate
goal of this program is to prepare graduates for certification
by the NATABOC and for careers in athletic training.
Modem athletic training rooms are located in Hamer
Hall and Adamson Stadium. The cadaver anatomy laboratory
is also located in Hamer Hall. The California University
intercollegiate athletic program, which is a strong NCAA
Division II program and a member of Pennsylvania State
Athletic Conference (PSAC), comprises 13 varsity sports that
enable students to gain valuable experience as student
athletic trainers. Students will also receive additional hours at
many area high schools or local colleges as partial fulfillment
of their required clinical experience.
Many high schools hire athletic trainers to help provide
better health care for their interscholastic athletic programs.
In addition, four-year colleges and universities as well as
junior and community colleges provide significant possibilities for employment. Positions with professional teams exist;
however, they are fewer in number than those associated with
interscholastic athletic programs.
The Department also offers courses reflecting the
wellness concept. Presently, it functions as a service oriented
department. However, there is a certification program in
Driver Education Certification.
Admission to the Program
The department offers a certification program for a
student seeking to become qualified as a Driver Education
teacher in the secondary schools. In order to fulfill the
requirements of this program, the student must complete a
minimum of 12 semester hours. Six of the 12 hours are
required in the program (HSD 300, Introduction to Safety,
and HSD 305 , Driver Education and Traffic Safety) .
I
.-
The high incidence of injuries occurring through athletic
participation has become a national concern and has created
demand for individuals who have completed athletic training
courses, fulfilled clinical requirements, and earned a minimum of a bachelor's degree.
The same 12 hours required in the Driver Education
Endorsement Program can be used as free electives in the
30-hour free elective block. For further information concerning the program, contact the chairperson of the Health
Science and Sport Studies Department in Hamer Hall.
There is also growing employment in sports medicine
and rehabilitation clinics for athletic trainers.
Admission into the Athletic Training Education Program
is competitive, and only a limited number of students are
selected each year. Applications for the Athletic Training
curriculum are accepted during the second semester of the
freshman year and screened by the Admissions and Academic Standards Committee (AASC). During this semester,
the student submits a letter of application to the AASC,
which screens, interviews, and selects the remaining students
to be admitted.
Criteria for selection are a minimum of a 3.00 QPA, or a
composite score of 17, minimum 100 observation hours,
interview with a departmental faculty member, and completion of the freshman examination.
.,,
"
.
Faculty
Professor William B. Biddington, chair; Professors Bruce D. Barnhart, Robert H. Kane, Jr; Associate Professors Harry L.
Ervin, Carol A. McMahon, Terry E. Scott; Assistant Professor, Joni L. Roh
114
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Athletic Training
Curriculum
This program will lead a prospective student to a
Bachelor of Science degree in Education without teacher
certification.
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities
including Oral Communication (COM 101); English
Composition I-II (ENG 101, 102); nine credits in Natural
Sciences; nine credits in Social Sciences; two credits in
Physical Education and 34 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Practicum Athletic Training
I, II (ATE 100, 110); Substance Abuse Education (ATE 120);
Human Anatomy & Physiology I (ATE 205); Human
Anatomy & Physiology II with Laboratory (ATE 215);
Health (HPE 105); General Psychology (PSY 100); Kinesiology (HPE 308); Exercise Physiology (HPE 309); Athletic
Training 1-11 (ATE 220, 260); Administrative Aspects of
Athletic Training (ATE 230); Nutrition for Sports (ATE 240);
Emergency Medical Technician (HPE 500); Practicum
Athletic Training ill (ATE 300); Modality Principles and
Techniques with Laboratory (ATE 320); Therapeutic
Exercise with Laboratory (ATE 330); Orthopedic Evaluations in Sports Medicine (ATE 400); Sports Medicine
Practicum (ATE 405); Sports Medicine Research (ATE 460);
arid Pharmacology for the Allied Health Professions (ATE
500). Clinical experience: minimum of 800 hours.
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Athletic Training/Education
Certification
(Dual Major)
Options for dual major are:
Biology, Chemistry, Communication (Speech), Communication (Theatre), Early Childhood, Earth Science, English,
Foreign Languages, General Science, Mathematics, Physics,
Social Studies, Special Education
The dual major in Athletic Training/Education Certification
enables interested students to pursue the education and training
necessary for a dual career as effective teachers and athletic
trainers. The requirements listed below are for the Athletic
Training component alone. Students interested in this program
should contact the Program Director of the Athletic Training
Education Program for details on the dual major. This program
also requires satisfactory performance on the National Teachers
Exam.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities
including Oral Communication (COM 101); Engli sh
Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 , 102); nine credits in Social
Sciences; nine credits in Natural Sciences; three credits in
Physical Education.
(B) Area of Concentration: Practicum Athletic Training I,
II (ATE 100, 110); Substance Abuse Education (ATE 120);
Human Anatomy & Physiology I (ATE 205); Human Anatomy
& Physiology II with Laboratory (ATE 215); Health (HPE
105); General Psychology (PSY 100); Kinesiology (HPE
308); Exercise Physiology (HPE 309); Emergency Medical
Technician (HPE 500); Athletic Training I-II (ATE 220, 260);
Administrative Aspects of Athletic Training (ATE 230);
Nutrition for Sports (ATE 240); Practicutn Athletic Training
ill (ATE 300); Modality Principles and Techniques with
Laboratory (ATE 320); Therapeutic Exercise with Laboratory
(ATE 330); Orthopedic Evaluations in Sports Medicine (ATE
400); Sports Medicine Practicum (ATE 405); Sports Medicine
Research (ATE 460) ; and Pharmacology for the Allied Health
Professions (ATE 500).
Clinical experience: minimum of 800 hours during junior
and senior years.
(C) Professional Education Requirements: As required
by the College of Education and Human Services.
(D) Professional Specialization (Second Major): As
required by the specific major.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
115
116
California University of Pennsylvania
HISTORY
Awards
Purpose
The recording and explanation of the events that
constitute social, organizational, or personal existence
comprise the discipline of history. History, with its special
concern for what is unique in human events, is an integrative
discipline. Its narratives and explanations are contextual. As
such, historians take cognizance of the works of artists,
philosophers, and social scientists.
The History Faculty Award for Academic Excellence is
given annually to the History major who has demonstrated
outstanding achievement.
The Edward McNall Bums Scholarship Award is given
annually to any individual majoring in Anthropology,
Sociology, Political Science, Economics, or History. See the
department office for further information.
For example, social historians utilize the methods of the
social scientist. This integrative aspect of historical narrative
Teacher, archivist and museum curator are professions
and explanation continues to make it a primary part of a
directly related to the history major. Careers in law, religion,
Liberal Arts education. In as much as it reveals every
person's past, it makes possible greater personal freedom and foreign service, both corporate and government, and diplomacy have a great reliance on historical knowledge.
creativity.
Careers
Programs
The department offers a B. A. in History. The History
major is general in nature, providing students with the
opportunity to select areas of topical interest. In relation to
the major, the department, in conjunction with the College of
Education and Human Services, provides requisite courses
for Social Science certification for teaching in secondary
schools. Students interested in teacher certification can
secure further information from the College of Education and
Human Services office.
The department also offers a minor in History which
students in other majors may use to expand their educational
opportunity.
Honor Society
Students who meet the academic requirements are
eligible for membership in Phi Alpha Theta, the International
Honor Society. Information can be obtained from faculty
advisors and the department office.
Faculty
Professor Sean C. Madden, chair; Professors John F. Bauman, J. K. Folmar;
Associate Professor Margaret A. Spratt; Assistant Professors A. Beth Fitch, Michael Slaven.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
117
t0
~
Bachelor of Arts in History
Minor in History
Curriculum
Required: HIS 101 History of the US to 1877, HIS 102
History of the US since 1877, HIS 104 History of Europe to
1740, HIS 106 History of Europe since 1740.
Electives (nine credits): Any three HIS courses, 300-level or
above.
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
00
=
~
(B) Area of Concentration: Required Western History 15 credits: History of the United States to 1877 (HIS 101),
History of the United States since 1877 (HIS 102), History of
Western Society to 1740 (HIS 104), History of Western
Society since 1740 (HIS 106), History Seminar (HIS 495). A
minimum of two courses in Non-Western History - 6 credits.
HIS 111, HIS 112, HIS 147.
History Electives - 24 credits: these must include at least
three topical and three chronological courses selected from
the following list: (HIS 107) History of Southwestern
Pennsylvania; (HIS 188) Local History; (HIS 200) History of
Pennsylvania; (HIS 201) Civil War and Reconstruction; (HIS
203) History of Transportation in Pennsylvania; (HIS 204)
Historical Perspectives on Aging; (HIS 210) Introduction to
Public History; (HIS 215) Expansion of American Foreign
Policy; (HIS 216) History of England; (HIS 217) AfroAmericans in U.S . History; (HIS 218) History of Sport in
America; (HIS 220) United States Military History; (HIS
225) History of Contemporary Europe; (HIS 226) History of
Medieval Europe; (HIS 227) Renaissance and Reformation;
(HIS 230) History of Eastern Europe; (HIS 234) Urban
Planning in Historical Perspective; (HIS 236) History of
Urban America; (HIS 238) History of American Labor; (HIS
240) History of the Cold War; (HIS 245) History of Russia;
(HIS 247) History of Ethnic America; (HIS 250) American
Constitutional History; (HIS 260) Women in U.S. History;
(HIS 262) Women in Ancient and Medieval European
History ; (HIS 275) Pittsburgh History; (HIS 304) Great
Depression and World War II; (HIS 305) Contemporary
History of the U.S. ; (HIS 310) Christianity to 1700; (HIS
329) History Internship; (HIS 350) Adolf Hitler; (HIS 379)
Special Problems in History.
Social Science Electives - nine credits: these credits must
consist of one course from each of three disciplines selected
from ECO, SOC, GEO, ANT, POS.
Related Electives - 14 credits to be selected in consultation
with advisor.
118
California University of Pennsylvania
HONORS PROGRAM
Purpose
Awards
The Honors Program at California University of
Pennsylvania provides an opportunity for an enhanced
educational experience to our most talented students and
faculty. Honors Program students desire to pursue intellectual and creative growth beyond the usual requirements of
their major field of study and intend to cultivate their
individual and personal aspirations to learn. Honors Program
students and faculty expect to explore and participate in
scholarly, professional, and artistic exerci ses outside the
classroom ; they engage in community service activities
which complement their academic studies and nurture their
personal sense of commitment and communal responsibility.
Honors students anticipate exercising leadership while at
California University; they prepare to become leaders while
students in our program , and they expect to continue as
leaders when they graduate.
Currently, the Honors Program annually presents the
following awards: Senior Thesis Project Award and the
Outstanding Honors Program Graduating Senior Award.
Membership
Membership in the University Honors Program is by
invitation only. However, the Honors Program promotes
outstanding intellectual achievement throughout the university, and undergraduate students in any program or division
of the university may participate in the Honors Program.
Each year, the applicati ons of all incoming first year and
transfer students are reviewed, and those students with the
very highest indicators of past and future academic success
are invited to participate in the Honors Program.
Curriculum
Courses, designated as Honors Courses, are restricted to
members of the Honors Program and are offered at all class
level s. In such courses enrollment is kept low to encourage
and ensure close interaction between student and professor.
Additionally, most regular university course offerings at all
levels may have an honors component. In such courses
(called addenda) , honors students fulfill the same requirements as other students in the class but honors students
perform certain independent work which is designed to
enhance the regular departmental courses and which is
agreed upon in writing by the student, the professor, and the
Director of the Honors Program . In all such courses, the
successful completion of the course and its honors component is indicated on the student's transcript.
Honors Program students are expected to maintain a
minimum grade-point average sufficient to achieve the
Dean 's List (3 .25) and to graduate with Honors. Additionally,
students must complete a minimum of 24 credits, including
addenda and thesis project, within the Honors Program
Inquiries about the Honors Program may be made of the
Director, California University of Pennsylvania, California,
PA 15419-1394, (724) 938-4535.
Programs
Each summer (since 1985) two Honors Program
students receive scholarships to participate in the SSHE
Summer Honors Program. Thi s program is noted for its
academic quality and its opportunity, typically, to study
abroad in such places as Ru ssia (1995), Austria (1996) ,
England (1997), and Italy (1998). Honors Program students
have the opportunity to participate in the California Academic Leadership Hall concept which includes specialty
housing in Johnson Hall as well as educational, social, and
recreational programming. The Honors Program maintains a
small , but high quality, computer fac ility in Johnson Hall
reserved for the exclusive use of its students and faculty.
Honors Advisory Board
Professor Edward J. Chute (English), director; Dean Jesse A. Cignetti (Liberal Arts), Associate Professor Gregg Gould
(Physical Science), Dean Richard B. Hart (Science and Technology), Associate Provost J. Drew McGukin (Academic
Affairs), Professor Beverly J. Melenyzer (Elementary Education), Sarah A. Molik (Honors Program Student),
Associate Professor Marsha L. Nolf (Library Services), Dean Stephen A. Pavlak (Education and Human Services),
Associate Professor Michael J. Slavin (Theatre), Assistant Professor Gary A. Smith (Philosophy), Associate Professor
Carole A. Waterhouse ffine:lish) , Professor James Wood (Social Science)
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
119
HUMANITIES PROGRAM
Purpose
Bachelor of Arts in Humanities
Humanities are most often considered a curricular area
or category in which a number of majors coexist interdependently. For example, Foreign Languages, Art and English are
program areas under the Humanities heading. However,
Cal ifo rnia University has a separate Humanities program ,
which works particularly well for those students who find
that their goals lie somewhere between two or three different
Humanities areas.
Curriculum
The Humanities program is designed to allow greater
freedom in shaping an integrated university program responsive to the students' unique interests and permit the greatest
breadth fo r studying the interrelationsrups between disciplines. This program stresses breadth of knowledge and
interdi sciplinary awareness. Students have the opportunity, as
well as the responsibility, to develop unique, integrated and
personalized programs combining courses from Humanities
areas.
120
Califo rnia U niversity of Pennsylvania
(A) General Education : English Composition 1-11 (ENG
101 , 102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural
Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration. Introductory Courses (38
credits): Select courses from the following disciplines: ART,
COM, ENG, FRE, GER, LIT, MUS, PHI, SPN, and THE.
Introductory courses are usually designated as 100- or 200level. Advanced Courses (30 credits). Select courses from
the following disciplines: ART, COM, ENG, FRE, GER, LIT,
MUS , PHI, SPN, and THE. Elective Courses (0-15 credits):
A maximum of fifteen credits from outside the Humanities
area may be taken with permission of the student's faculty
advisor.
MATHEMATICS AND
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Programs
The Bachelor of Science degree in Applied Computer
Science is designed to provide the student with a strong
computer science background supplemented with a substantial
core of courses in a related academic discipline. The degree
enables a student to apply the Computer Science training to an
academic area of their choice.
The Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematics and
Computer Science is a careful blending of courses that offers
the student both theory and applications in mathematics and
computer science. It prepares you for a position in business,
industry or government or to go on to graduate studies in Math
or Computer Science.
The Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Management: Management and Computer Science Option emphasizes management and business courses along with computer
science courses. The program is designed to prepare the
student for continued study at the graduate level or for
employment in business, industry, or government.
The Bachelor of Arts degree in Mathematics is a sufficiently
flexible program that permits the student to select courses that
meet particular interests and needs. It allows for both depth and
breadth of study in mathematics as well as study in the natural
sciences. It is designed to provide the student with an excellent
background for graduate studies in mathematics and for employment opportunities in business, industry, or government.
The Bachelor of Science in Education degree is a
program designed for the student who wishes to pursue a
career in secondary teaching of mathematics. It provides the
prospective teacher the opportunity to acquire the knowledge, attitudes, skills, and understanding necessary to
become an effective educator.
The Associate degree in Computer Science is a twer-year
program designed to provide the student with career-oriented
computer science technology background. Though its emphasis
is on training for job placement in the computer industry after a
twer-year curriculum, the program is designed to allow for
transfer into a four- year Bachelor of Computer Science
programs.
In addition to the degree programs, there is offered an
18-credit hour certificate program in personal computer
applications. The program is designed so that you can
concentrate the courses in the area of C.I.S. and learning how
to use micro computers in your daily lives.
Internships
Provision is made in several of the programs to accommodate student internships. The availability of these internships is
dependent upon the needs of various governmental agencies
and private employers, and they are not a guaranteed part of
the program. If selected, the student may earn a salary as well
as college credit and invaluable experience.
Faculty advisors work carefully with the student to
select the courses best suited to the student's interests and
goals. An open-door policy prevails in the Department of
Mathematics and Computer Science so that students may
discuss problems freely with their advisors or members of
the department.
Student work-study assignments are available for those
who desire and qualify for employment. Students may assi st
in the Mathematics Department, the Computer Center, the
Computer Laboratory, or the Mathematics Laboratory.
Hence, students learn while they earn.
Awards
In order to encourage and recognize academic achievement, the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science
makes the following awards:
Computer Science Award : The computer science award is
presented annually to the graduating student of the Mathematics and Computer Science Department who has
achieved a high level of academic excellence in computer
science courses.
Frederick E. Atkins Memorial Award: In honor of the contributions made by Frederick E. Atkins to the Mathematics
Department and to the many students he taught, an award
established in his name is presented to the graduating student
of the Mathematics and Computer Science Department who
has achieved a µigh level of academic excellence in Mathematics courses, in either the Mathematics and Computer Science
program or the Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics program.
Faculty
Professor Andrew J. Machusko, chair; Associate Professor, Jerry M. Blackmon, assistant chair;
Professors Anette M. DeNardo, Nicholas Ford, Robert T. Little, Anthony S. Pyzdrowski, Lawrence D. Romboski , Paul D .
Williams; Associate Professors William F. Blank, Kaddour Boukaabar, John S. Gibson, Jr. , Judith I. Hall, Barbara Hess,
Karla A. Hoffman, George D. Novak, Elwyn M. Schmidt, John S. Skocik, Jr., Nancy A. Skocik, Virginia Rider Val entino
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
121
tJ Bachelor of Science in
z
Applied Computer Science
~ Curriculum
~
u
00
~
~
~
~
~
~
0
u
Q
z
<
00
u
~
~
~
~
(A) General Education: English Composition I-II (ENG
101 , 102), Scientific and Technical Writing I (ENG 217), Oral
Communication or Oral Communication Management (COM
101 or COM 250), Problem Solving and Program Constructions (CSC 120), PreCalculus (MAT 199), six credits in
Humanities, six credits in Social Sciences, six credits in
Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Statistics (MAT 215), Discrete
Mathematics (MAT 272), Basic Calculus (MAT 273), Linear
Algebra I (MAT 341), COBOL I or FORTRAN (CSC 218 or
224), C Programming (CSC 223), Logic & Switching Theory
(CSC 316), Assembly Language Programming (CSC 323),
Object Oriented Programming (CSC 333), Information
Structures (CSC 377), Computer Architecture (CSC 378),
Software Engineering (CSC 396), Operating Systems (CSC
400), Data Communications (CSC 405), LISP Programming
(CSC 410), Structures of Programming Languages (CSC 455).
Twelve credits of Computer Science Electives selected from
the following: COBOL I or FORTRAN (CSC 218 or 224),
COBOL II (CSC 318), Computer Graphics (CSC 324),
Hypermedia and CAI (CSC 357), Systems Analysis (CSC
375), Computer Science Internship (CSC 419), Artificial
Intelligence (CSC 420), Numerical Analysis (CSC 424), Data
Base Management Systems (CSC 456), Language Translation
(CSC 460), Theory of Languages (CSC 475)
=
~
~
(C) Related Area: 20 credits of related electives must be
taken in a single discipline selected by the student and
approved by the faculty advisor and the department chairperson (at least 14 credits must be 200 level or higher) .
Bachelor of Science in
Mathematics and Computer Science
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I-II (ENG
101 , l 02) , Scientific and Technical Writing _(ENG 217),
Problem Solving and Program Constructions (CSC 120),
Discrete Math (MAT 272) , Formal Logic I (PHI 211), six
credits in Humanities, six credits in Social Sciences, six
credits in Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Calculus I-II (MAT 281,282),
Linear Algebra I (MAT 341 ), Abstract Algebra (MAT 35 L),
Calculus ill-IV (MAT 381 , 382), Differential Equations (MAT
406), Statistical Analysis I (MAT 461), six credits from Mathematics courses listed, C Programming (CSC 223), FORTRAN
(CSC 224), Logic and Switching (CSC 316), Assembly Language
(CSC 323), Object Oriented Programming (CSC 333), Information Structures (CSC 377), Computer Architecture (CSC 378),
Software Engineering (CSC 396), Operating Systems (CSC 400),
Numerical Analysis (CSC 424), Structures of Programming
Language (CSC 455), Theory of Languages (CSC 475), 14
credits selected either from Group I or Group II only.
Group I:
CSC 324-Computer Graphics
CSC 357-Hypermedia & CAI
CSC 405-Data Communications
CSC 410-LISP Programming
CSC 419-Internship (maximum six credits)
CSC 420-Artificial Intelligence
CSC 460-Language Translation
Group II: CSC 218-COBOL I
CSC 318-COBOL II
CSC 324-Computer Graphics
CSC 357-Hypermedia and CAI
CSC 375-Systems Analysi s
CSC 405-Data Communications
CSC 419-Internship (maximum six credits)
CSC 456-Data Base Management Systems
NOTE: Other specific requirements relative to this program
are avai lable in the department office.
The program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in
Mathematics and Computer Science is a careful blending of
courses which offer students the theory and application of
problems in mathematics and computer science.
Bachelor of Arts in
Mathematics
A demanding but versatile program, it permits students
with a deficiency in mathematics to take introductory courses
to provide them sufficient background to effectively take
courses in their area of concentration. Although the introductory courses do not count in the area of concentration, they do
count as free electives in the program.
(A) General Education : Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free Electives.
This program is designed to prepare the student for
continued study at the graduate level or for employment in
business, industry, and government in computer operations,
computer programming, systems analysis, or computer
equipment analysis, or as a computer specialist in research,
analysis, information storage and retrieval, or computer sales.
Curriculum
(B) Area of Concentration: Calculus I, II, ID, IV (MAT
281 , 282, 381 , 382), Geometry (MAT203), AbstractAJgebral
(MAT 351), Linear Algebra I (MAT 341 ), Statistical Analysis I
(MAT 461), Differential Equations (MAT 406), Advanced
Calculus I (MAT 481) and II (MAT 482), Topology (MAT 490).
(C) 12 credits in Physics and/or Chemistry.
(D) 20 credits in Natural Science Electives.
*Other specific requirements relative to this program are
available in the department office.
122
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Certification in
Mathematics for Secondary
Education
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities,
including Composition I - II (ENG 101, 102), 9 credits in
Natural Sciences, 9 credits in Social Science, 3 credits in
Health or Physical Activities, Oral Communication (COM
101), General Psychology (PSY 100), 9 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Professional Education: Policy Studies in American
Education (EDE 290) Educational Psychology (PSY 208),
Applied Instruction Tech (EDF 302), Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300), Educational Tests and Measurements
(EDS 430), Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools
(EDS 465), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Teaching in
a Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Mainstreaming Exceptional Child (EDU 340), Teaching of Mathematics in
Secondary Schools (EDS 460*), Student Teaching and
School Law (EDS 461). *Modem Methods in Secondary
Schools may be taken in place of the "Teaching of' course
with permission of your advisor.
(C) Professional Specialization: Required: Calculus I, II,
III (MAT 281,282,381), Discrete Mathematics (MAT 272),
Geometry (MAT 203), Abstract Algebra I (MAT 351),
Statistical Analysis I (MAT 461), Linear Algebra I (MAT
341 ), History of Mathematics (MAT 304), Basic Programming Language (CSC 105) or Introduction to Computer
Science with Pascal (CSC 123).
Students must have a 2.5 QPA in the Area of Professional
Specialization before being accepted to student teach.
Restricted Electives: Choose one from Group I and one from
Group II.
NOTE: Other specific requirements relative to this
program are available in the department office.
Bachelor of Science in
Industrial Management:
Management and Computer
Science Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG
101), Business Writing I (ENG 211), Scientific and
Technical Writing (ENG 217), Math of Finance I (MAT
171), Pre-Calculus (MAT 199), Basic Calculus (MAT
273), 6 credit in Humanities, 6 credits in Social Sciences
6 credits in Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Free Elective;.
(B) Area of Concentration: Statistics (MAT 215) or
Business Statistics (MAT 225), Math of Finance II (MAT
271), Discrete Mathematics (MAT 272), Oral Communication Management (COM 205), General Psychology (PSY
100), Industrial Psychology (PSY 209), Micro Applications Software (CSC 101), Problem Solving and Programming Constructions (CSC 120), COBOL I (CSC 218), C
Programming (CSC 223), Survey of Operations Research
(CSC 309), COBOL II (CSC 318), Systems Analysis
(CSC 345), Information Structures (CSC 377), Software
Engineering (CSC 396), Data Base Management (CSC
456), at least 5 credits of elective Computer Science
courses taken from the list (200 level or higher).
(C) Related Area: Accounting I (ACC 201), Accounting II (ACC 202), Managerial Accounting (ACC 321),
Introductory Microeconomics (ECO 201), Introductory
Macroeconomics (ECO 202), Principles of Management
(MGT 201), Financial Management (FIN 301), Labor
Relations (MGT 362), Managerial Information Systems
Group I: Calculus IV (MAT 382), Differential Equations
(MAT 406), Abstract Algebra II (MAT 451), Statistical
Analysis II (MAT 462), Linear Algebra II (MAT 441),
Honors Course in Mathematics (MAT 469), Theory of
Equations (MAT 305), Seminar in Mathematics (MAT 495).
Group II: Basic Program Language (CSC 105), Introduction
to Computer Science with Pascal (CSC 123), Introduction to
Computer Science with C (CSC 223), Assembler Language
(CSC 323), Information Structures (CSC 377), Systems
Analysis (CSC 375).
Students must also achieve a satisfactory score on the
National Teachers Exam in order to acquire Pennsylvania
certification
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
123
(MGT 371) .
Associate of Science in
Computer Science Technology
This two-year associate degree program provides
students with training in computer science technology. This
high quality program is career oriented.
All credits earned in this program are directly transferable
to the four year Bachelor's degree in Industrial Management:
Management and Computer Science Option.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: English Composition I (ENG
101), Science and Technical Writing (ENG 217), Problem
Solving and Programming Constructs (CSC 120), College
Algebra (MAT 181) or Technical Mathematics I (MAT 182),
Science, Technology, and Society (PHI 247) , 3 credits in
Humanities, 3 credits in Social Sciences, 3 credits in Natural
Sciences, 3 credits in Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Mathematics of Finance I
(MAT 171 ), Statistics (MAT 215) or Business Statistics
(MAT 225), Discrete Mathematics (MAT 272), Micros and
Applications Software (CSC 101 ), Cobol I (CSC 218), C
Programming (CSC 223), Computer Operations (CSC 300),
Hypermedia and CAI (CSC 357), Information Structures
(CSC 377), 12 credits Mathematics or Computer Science
courses selected from the list above (200 level or higher) .
Certificate In
Personal Computer Applications
The Mathematics and Computer Science Department
offers an 18 credit hour certificate program in personal
computer applications . This program is designed for both
undergraduate students interested in concentrating their
elective course work in the area of microcomputer applications and non-degree seeking students interested in learning
how to use microcomputers in their daily lives. The course
requirements are divided into the two areas: Programming (6
credits) and Application Software (12 credits).
Curriculum
(A) Computer Programming (6 credits): Problem
Solving and Programming Constructions (CSC 120), Visual
Basic (CSC 202).
(B) Application Software (12 credits) : Introduction to
Microcomputer Application Software (CSC 101 ), Introduction to Data Base Applications Software (CIS 150), Introduction to Telecommunications and Local Area Networks (CIS
215), DOS, Windows and the Internet (CSC 201).
124
California University of Pennsylvania
Minor in Mathematics
Required: (15 credits): MAT 272 Discrete Mathematics,
MAT 281 Calculus I, MAT 282 Calculus II, MAT 341 Linear
Algebra I, MAT 381 Calculus III.
Electives: (Six credits from the following list): MAT 201
Mathematical Modeling, MAT 203 Geometry, MAT 351
Abstract Algebra I, MAT 382 Calculus IV, MAT 406
Differential Equations, MAT 441 Linear Algebra II, MAT
461 Statistical Analysis I.
Minors in Computer Science
Computer Science Concentration
Required : MAT 272 Discrete Mathematics, CSC 120
Problem Solving and Programming Constructions, CSC 233
C Programming, CSC 316 Logic and Switching Theory, CSC
377 Information Structure.
Electives: Select any two of the following courses: CSC 202
Visual Basic, CSC 218 COBOL I, CSC 224 FORTRAN,
CSC 333 Object Oriented Programming, CSC 375 COBOL
II, CSC 396 Software Engineering, CSC 419 Computer
Science Internship.
Information Systems Concentration
Required : CSC 101 Microcomputers and Applications
Software, CSC 120 Problem Solving and Programming
Constructions, CSC 201 DOS Windows and Internet, CIS
150 Introduction to Data Base Applications, CIS 215
Introduction to Local Area Networks and Telecommunications.
Electives: Select any one of the following: CSC 223 C
Programming, CSC 300 Computer Operations, CSC 309
Survey of Operations Research, CSC 357 Hypermedia and
CAI, CSC 419 Computer Science Internship .
MUSIC
Purpose
People have always been express ive abo ut the circumstances of their lives, as wel l as abo ut their hopes and
dreams. One form of that expression is music. To comprehend its meaning and importance necessitates relating it to an
historical context and to understanding the science of sound
producti on behind thi s art form. Music is not simply an end
in itself. Mu sic is al so a means by which the val ues and
interests of a society are revealed.
The music curriculum is designed to give a general
introduction to the appreciation of modern and classical
music as well as to provide interested students with the
opportunity to participate in the university 's instrumental and
vocal ensembles.
Program
The university has no major in music. The curriculum
serves the General Studies program of the university. It
provides students with the opportunity and flexibility to
structure a course of study from across di sciplines in the
humanities.
Minor in Music (Proposed)
24 credits
Students enrolled at California University may elect
to work toward a 24 credit Minor in Mu sic. This curriculum
will offer the mu sicall y inclined student the opportunity to
pursue a program which emphasizes hi s or her musical
interests.
The attainment of the Music Minor may be especially valuable to those who seek an Area of Concentration
or an enhancement to their chosen field. In addition, many or
all of the courses may be used to fulfill general education
requirements for any baccalaureate degree and may be
transferable to school s which offer a Music degree.
Minor in Music Concentration
Required: MUS 100 Introduction to Music, MUS 115
Fundamentals of Music, MUS 200 Sight Singing & Ear
Training (9 crs.)
History, Theory and Education Electives: MUS 202 North
American Music (MUS 100), MUS 204 History of the
American Musical, MUS 300 Jazz: History, Form & Analysis, MUS 301 20th Century Music: History Form & Analysis, MUS 303 Music Materials & Methods for the Classroom
Teacher, Grades K-8, MUS 306 The Opera: History, Form &
Analysis, MUS 308, The Symphony: History, Form and
Analysis, (9 crs. min).
Applied Electives: MUS 104 Voice Class I, MUS 210 Voice
Class II, MUS 211 Keyboard I, MUS 312 Keyboard II, MUS
109-409 Private Instruction - Brass, MUS 119-419 Private
Instruction - Piano, MUS 129-429 Private Instruction Percussion, MUS 149-449 Private Instruction Woodwind,
MUS 159-459 Private Instruction - Voice (3 crs. min) .
1. Private Instruction Repeatable Courses are available to
Music Minors.
2. To achieve the minor in 24 credits, any student who begins
private instruction at the 100 or 200 level must take their 300
level courses from the History, Theory and Education
Elective List.
Performance Electives (Repeatable Courses): MUS 191
University Choir, MUS 192 California Singers, MUS 196
Jazz Ensemble, MUS 198 University Marching Band, MUS
199 University Concert Band (3 crs. min) .
*9 of the 24 credits must be at 300 and/or 400 level.
Faculty
Professor Max Gonano, chair; Associate Professors Gene G. Suskalo, Ellen Michael; Assistant Professor Carmen Scialla.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
125
NURSING
Purpose
California University's Nursing Department offers an upper
di vision program leading to a Bachelor of Science in Nursing for
registered nurses from associate degree and diploma programs.
The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing
Council of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs and the
Commission on Collegiate ursing Education .
The RN/BSN program is designed to provide the graduate
with an educational foundatio n in the arts and sciences as
well as nursi ng, to serve as a basis for graduate education
and as a com mitment fo r lifelong learning. Additionally, the
program assists the RN with the synthes is of theories and
research findi ngs into the role of the professional nurse, and
builds upon the RN's competencies in nursi ng by providing
increasi ngly complex experiences in a variety of settings.
All of the academic requirements of the university apply to
the ursing program. In addition, a minimum grade of "C" is
required in each upper-division nursing course. Admission to
upper division nursing courses require completion of an Entry
Level Portfolio, including evidence of RN licensure in
Pennsylvania, CPR certification, OSHA inservice on universal
precautio ns, annual health evaluation, professional liability
insurance, personal heal th insurance, and two professional
references. Specific information and fo rms concerning these
requirements are available in the ur ing Department.
Advanced Placement
Step I : Eligibi lity for Advance Pl acement. Credit for basic
nursing education will be awarded via a modified version of
the Pennsylvania Nursing Articulation Model. Simply stated,
if yo u meet one of the fo ll owing criteria, yo u are eligible to
register for the Entry Level Portfolio: (1) Graduation from an
NLN accredited ADN or diploma program within the past
three years; (2) Graduation from an NLN accredited ADN or
diploma program more than three years ago, with 1000 hours
of nursing practice within the past three years; (3) If neither
of the previous conditions are met, successful completion of
the NL Mobility Profile TI exams.
Step 2: Advance Placement Credit. In order to receive 30
credits advanced placement in nursing, yo u must successfully complete the Entry Level Portfolio. The first step in
compl etion of the Entry Level Portfolio is attendance at a
mandatory orientation session. Students are advised to attend
an orientation session the semester before enrolling in upper
di vision nursi ng courses.
Contact the Department of Nursing for a registration form
to reserve a seat at the orientation session of your choice.
Should you have any questions about this process, please
don ' t hesitate to contact the Department of Nursing at (724)
938-5739.
Scholarship Opportunities
Scholarship opportunities for RN students entering this
program are available through various local, state and
national nursing organizations. Additionally, the Department
of Nursing maintains a Nursing Honor Society and a Nursing
Alumni Society which presents a yearly award to the
outstanding graduating senior.
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Curriculum
PreBSN (67 Credits):
I. General Education
A Communication Skills
English Comp I (ENG 101 )
English Comp II (ENG 102)
Group Discussion Management (COM 102)
B. Soci al & Behavioral Sciences
General Psychology (PSY 100)
Principles of Sociology (SOC 100)
Developmental Psychology (PSY 207)
C. Humanities/Fine Arts
Perspectives in Philosophy (PHI 100) or
Ethics (PHI 220) or Medical Ethics (PHI 307)
D. Natural Sciences (optional challenge exams):
Anatomy & Physiology (BIO 230 & BIO 260)
Chemistry for Health Professional s (CHE 150)
Microbiology (BIO 226)
II. Nursing
A. Advanced Placement or NLN Mobility II Exams
Care of the Adult Client
Care of the Client during Childbearing/Care of Child
Care of Client with a Mental Disorder
B. Entry Level Portfolio
30
TOTAL OF A & B
TOTAL PreBSN
67
** All preBSN requirements must be successfully completed
before being admitted to upper division nursing courses.
Status change from preBSN to BSN occurs upon completion
of all preBSN requirements.
Faculty
Professors Margaret A. Marcinek, chair; Professor Jacqueline Stefanik;
Associate Professors Debra A. Shelapinsky and Suzanne M . Palko .
126
California University of Pennsylvania
Associate of Science Degree in
Nursing (71 Credits)
BSN (61 Credits)
I.
General Education
Statistics (MAT 215 or 225)
Social Psychology (PSY 211) or
Industrial Psychology (PSY 209)
Humanities Elective
II.
The cooperative nursing program offered by the Community
College of Allegheny County and California University of
PA affords students the opportunity to complete the requirements for an associate degree in nursing on the campus of
California University of PA. Students may complete the nonnursing, general education requiremets at California University of PA, while completing nursing courses offered by
~CAC on the California campus. Upon successful completion of the program, students are awarded an associate degree
in nursing from Community College of Allegheny County,
and are eligible to sit for the National Council Licensure
Examination (NCLEX-RN).
Supportive Courses
Principles of Management (MGT 201)
Computer Science Elective
Supportive Electives: XGE, CSC, ENG 211,
COM, MGT, NUR 200, BIO. (Choose any two)
III. Nursing
Philosophy of Professional Nursing (NUR 330)
Health Assessment (NUR 350)
Methods of Nursing Research (NUR 370)
Leadership & Change in Nursing (NUR 375)
Research Utilization (NUR 410)
Trends & Issues in Nursing (NUR 450)
Family Health Nursing (NUR 470)
Community Health Nursing (NUR 475)
Professional Development (NUR 485)
IV.
Students who earn an associate degree are prepared for
entry-level positions in nursing, and provide direct client care
in a structured health care setting. Upon successful completion of both the associate degree program and the licensure
examination (NCLEX), students may matriculate into the
upper division Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN)
program offered at California University. This degree
prepares the student to practice in a wide variety of health
care settings, expands career advancement opportunities for
the RN, and provides a foundation for graduate education .
Free Electives
TOTAL PreBSN MAJOR
TOTAL BSN MAJOR
TOTAL FOR DEGREE
67
61
128
Curriculum
I.
General Education
English Composition (ENG 101)
English Composition II (ENG 102)
Introduction to Psychology (PSY 100)
Math Elective
Computer Science Elective
Humanities Elective
II.
Supportive Courses
Anatomy & Physiology I (BIO 230)
Anatomy & Physiology II (BIO 260)
Microbiology (BIO 226)
Developmental Psych (PSY 207)
Intro to Sociology (SOC 100)
NOTE: General education courses may be accepted as
transfer credits from accredited institutions.
A minimum of 42 credits, including all upper division
nursing courses, must be completed at California University
of Pennsylvania.
Selected courses may be challenged by examination. Specific
information on challenge examinations may be obtained
from the Department of Nursing.
III. Nursing /CCAC Courses
Universal Self Care Requi sites (NSG 101)
CCAC
Basic Health Deviation (NSG 102) CCAC
Health Care Requisites
Nursing Research (NSG 105) CCAC
Developmental Self Care Requisites (NSG 201)
CCAC
Developmental Self Care (NSG 202) CCAC
Complex Health Deviation (NSG 213) CCAC
Self-Care Requisites
Complex Health Deviation (NSG 214) CCAC
Self-Care Requisites
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
127
C, School Nurse Certification
z
~
00
~
~
z
The School Nurse Certification program is offered jointly
through the College of Education and the Department of
Nursing. The registered nurse who completes the School
Nurse Certification program will have the ability to appl y the
knowledge and skills obtained in the BSN program in
meeting the health care needs of children in elementary and
secondary school settings. Students who successfull y
complete the program are eligible to apply fo r the School
Nurse Certificate (Education Speciali st I) issued by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.
RN/BSN students may complete the 13 required credits for
certification as supportive and free electives wi thin the BS
major. Registered nurses who have prev iously earned a BSN
must complete a minimum of the 13 required credits.
In order to participate in the school nurse practicum experi ence (NUR 406), the student must prov ide evidence of:
current licensure as a registered nurse in Pennsy lvania,
current CPR certification, first aid certificati on (advanced
certification preferred), physical exam including tuberculin
testing or chest X-ray, attendance at OSHA inservice on
universal precautions, professional liability insurance, and
Act 34 and Act 33 Clearance Forms.
Curriculum
Policy Studies in American Education (EDF 290)
Educational Psychology (PSY 208)
Introduction to the Exceptional Child (ESP 501)
School Health Nursing (NUR 406)
128
California University of Pennsylvania
PHILOSOPHY
Purpose
Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy
The word "philosophy" comes from two Greek words that
mean love (phileo) and wisdom (sophia), and throughout much
of history anyone who sought knowledge was called a philosopher. Socrates, though, was esteemed to be a good philosopher
because he was aware of how little he knew. In knowing this,
however, he was wiser than some "authorities" and "experts"
whose unreflective confidence in their beliefs was mistaken. In
this tradition, philosophy became the academic discipline which
critically studies the justification of beliefs and attempts to put
together different kinds of beliefs to form a workable view of
reality as a whole. In brief, philosophy is the critical study of
theories about truth, knowledge, reality, and values.
Curriculum
Philosophy students study the historical development of
theories about the nature of knowledge, reality, and values, and
they learn how to assess such theories. Students develop abilities
to think logically, to explore issues from different perspectives,
and to present their ideas effectively in writing.
Programs
The philosophy major is a program of study covering the
history of philosophy, logic, and issues in philosophy which
might be grouped as ethical, epistemological, or metaphysical. In
addition to the traditional philosophy major, the department also
offers a Philosophy/Pre-Law option. This option is not required
for those intending to go to law school, but it indicates courses
which might be useful for students planning a career in law.
Activities
The Philosophy Department advises the student Philosophy Club. Thi s club gives students informal social opportunities for di scussions, debates, and lectures. The Philosophy
Department also hosts topical lectures and forums.
Careers
Philosophy majors go on to a variety of careers: law,
ministry, teaching, civil service, management, to name a few.
Indeed, the philosophy major is well suited for any career that
val ues critical reasoning, logical problem solving, and an ability
to look at issues from many perspectives. Increasingly the
business world is looking for this kind of liberally educated
person. Philosophy majors work closely with their advisors to
choose major and non-major courses that will help them achieve
their individual educational and career goals. The philosophy
program at California University is designed to be flexible so
that it can be tailored to a variety needs and interests.
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101 ,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Sciences, I 8 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Required (24
credits): Logic and Language (PHI 115) or Formal Logic I (PHI
21 I), History of Ancient Philosophy (PHI 201), 16th to I 8th
Century Philosophy (PHI 206), Social and Political Philosophy
(PHI 225) or Philosophy of Law (PHI 370), Ethical Theory
(PHI 320), Philosophy of Science (PHI 325) or Epistemology
(PHI 405) , Metaphysics (PHI 410) or Philosophy of Mind (PHI
415), Tutorial (PHI 459) or Seminar (PHI 490).
Restricted Electives (15 credits): five Philosophy
courses, with two at the 200 level or higher, and three at the
300 level or higher.
Related Electives (29 credits) .
Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy:
Pre-Law Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education : Composition 1-11 (ENG 101 ,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences,
12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Required (18 credits):
Logic and Language (PHI I 15), History of Ancient Philosophy
(PHI 201), 16th-18th Century Philosophy (PHI 206), Social and
Political Philosophy (PHI 225), Ethical Theory (PHI 320),
Philosophy of Law (PHI 370).
Restricted Electives (15 credits): five Philosophy
courses, with two at the 200 level or higher, and three at the
300 level or higher.
Related Fields (24 credits): Business Law I (BUS 242),
Interpersonal Communication (COM 165) or Argumentation and
Debate (COM 230) or Persuasion (COM 350), English Grammar
and Usage (ENG 345 ) or Advanced Writing (ENG 375), History
of US to 1877 (HIS IO I), History of US since 1877 (HIS I 02),
American Government (POS I 05) , Development Political
Thought: Classical and Medieval (POS 228) or Development
Political Thought: Modem (POS 229), Constitutional Law-Gov
Powers (POS 314) or Constitutional Law - Civil Lib (POS 315) or
Judicial Process (POS 316).
Related Electives: ( 11 credits).
Minor in Philosophy
Required: PHI 115 Logic and Language or PHI 21 I Formal
Logic I, PHI 206 History of Ancient Philosophy, PHI 206
16th to 18th Century Philosophy.
Electives: 12 credits of Philosophy courses at the 300-400
level.
Faculty
Professor Ronald C. Hoy, chair; Professors John J. Bums, Barbara Ann DeMartino Swyhart; Assistant Professor Gary A. Smith.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
129
PSYCHOLOGY
Purpose
Careers
Psychology is one of the social/behavioral sciences
engaged in the systematic study of behavior and experience.
Psychology focuses on the study and explanation of patterns
of individual behavior. The latter rests not only on mental
processes but on social and physiological ones. The field of
psychology seeks to understand individual behavior as an
end in itself as well as use that information to assist persons
to live more productive and fulfilling lives.
Traditionally, psychologists have been employed in
universities, schools and clinics. Today, more than ever
before, they can be found working in businesses, hospitals,
private practice, courtrooms, sports competitions, police
departments, government agencies, private laboratories, the
military and other settings.
Programs
The department offers two majors: General Psychology
and Industrial/Organizational Psychology. Industrial/
Organizational Psychology is the research and applied
specialty which is concerned with the impact of organizational dynamics upon individual decision-making. It is the
major for students interested in human resource management
careers. Within the General Psychology major there are
options for students interested in counseling and mental
health care careers, or educational, child, or developmental
psychology. The department makes available to its majors a
publication entitled "The Survival Manual," which states
policies, procedures, course requirements, and other information of interest to majors.
Awards
The David W. Harnbacher Memorial Fund Scholarship
Award is given annually. Applicants must be Psychology
majors with a 3.0 grade point average and have completed 96
credits. Information about the award is available in the
departmental office. The award is given in the Spring
semester.
An Outstanding Senior Award is given annually at the
spring Psychology Club banquet.
Honor And Professional
Societies
Qualified majors can join Psi Chi, the national honor
society. The department also sponsors a Psychology Club
which hosts guest speakers, organizes trips to conferences of
professional interest, and provides career and employment
information.
A Bachelor of Psychology in the Industrial/Organizational area can find employment in personnel resource
management. Students will be prepared to do personnel
recruitment, training, testing, and supervision. Most career
opportunities in psychology, however, require an advanced
degree.
Bachelor of Arts in Psychology
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: General Psychology (PSY
100), Psychological Statistics (PSY 225), Psychology of
Learning (PSY 235), History and Systems of Psychology
(PSY 345), Experimental Psychology (PSY 360).
One of the following: Child Psychology (PSY 205), Adolescent Psychology (PSY 206), Developmental Psychology
(PSY 207).
Two of the following: Educational Psychology (PSY 208),
Industrial Psychology (PSY 209), Social Psychology (PSY
211 ), Psychological Testing (PSY 340).
One of the following: Psychology of Personality (PSY 305),
Abnormal Psychology (PSY 400).
Nine to 24 credits of additional Psychology courses.
Seventeen to 35 credits in related electives, including courses
in at least three of the following areas: Anthropology,
Biology, Chemistry, Education, Gerontology, Social Work,
Political Science, Philosophy, Physics, Sociology, and
Special Education.
Faculty
Professor Elizabeth Mason, chair; Professors Gail Ditkoff, Richard Scott, Sylvia S. Williams,
Associate Professors Holiday Adair, Richard Cavasina, Kirk John , Dennis C. Sweeney;
Assistant Professors Sam Lonich, Paula Martasian.
130
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Arts in Industrial/
Organizational Psychology
Personnel officers today need more than just the
traditional economic and statistical tools: they need insight
into organizational dynamics and strong decision-making
tools. For this reason a solid training in psychology is an
important asset for anyone interested in what may be called
human resource management, the general area of personnel
supervision in government, business, or industry.
Psychology has contributed significantly to the research
and practical application involved in recruiting, interviewing,
and testing. Similarly, the areas of training, job design, and
employee motivation have been heavily influenced by
research done in psychology. In this area of concentration,
the student takes traditional business and personnel-related
courses but also sufficient courses in behavioral sciences to
develop the necessary analytical skills demanded of personnel officers in any field.
This area of concentration prepares students not only for
further graduate work in Industrial/Organizational Psychology but for the numerous positions entailing personnel
recruitment, training, testing, and supervision.
Minors
Psychology: General Concentration
Required: (9 credits): PSY 100 General Psychology, PSY
225 Psychological Statistics, PSY 305 Psychology of
Personality, PSY 360 Experimental Psychology.
Electives: (6 credits):
Select one: PSY 205 Child Psychology, PSY 206 Adolescent
Psychology, PSY 207 Developmental Psychology
Select one: PSY 208 Educational Psychology, PSY 209
Industrial Psychology, PSY 211 Social Psychology, PSY 235
Psychology of Leaming.
Select two 300- or 400-level Psychology Electives: (6
credits) 300-level or above.
Psychology: Industrial Organizational
Concentration
Required: (21 credits) PSY 100 General Psychology, PSY
209 Industrial Psychological, PSY 370 Interviewing, PSY
428 Advanced Industrial Psychology, MGT 352 Human
Resource Management, MGT 353 Compensation Management, MGT 362 Labor Relations.
Curriculum:
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: General Psychology (PSY
100), Advanced Industrial Psychology (PSY 428), Experimental Psychology (PSY 360), Social Psychology (PSY
211), Psychological Statistics (PSY 225), Industrial Psychology (PSY 209), Psychology of Leaming (PSY 235), Psychology of Testing (PSY 340), History and Systems (PSY
345), Interviewing Skills (PSY 370), Principles of Management (MGT 201), Organizational Behavior (MGT 301),
Human Resource Management (MGT 352), Compensation
Management (MGT 353), Labor Relations (MGT 362).
Eight credits of psychology electives. Fifteen credits of
Restricted Electives from Communication Studies, Business,
Accounting, Economics, Industrial Technology Education,
Computer Assisted Workshops, and English.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
131
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Purpose
Common to the degree programs offered by the Department of Social Sciences is the study of people interacting
with one another. Their common approach is scientific, that
is, they study patterns of human behavior by objective,
measurable methodologies.
Anthropology is the most comprehensive since there is
no aspect of human development or behavior that it does not
study, although it traditionally has focused on pre-industrial
societies. Anthropology includes such diverse subject areas
as ethnology, medical and psychological anthropology,
archaeology, and human evolution.
Political Science is the most prescribed of the discipline
majors offered in the department. It limits its interests to the
political aspects of human behavior, both national and international, including the study of power and organizations. Pre-law
and Public Administration are two optional areas of study.
Sociology is the systematic study of all features of group life,
beginning with the family and ending with global arrangements.
Because it is a multi-paradigm science, students are educated to
appreciate a wide range of theoretical perspectives and research
methods. The Sociology Program offers course work in the
structures and processes of social interaction. The place of
sociology in interdisciplinary studies also is emphasized.
The Social Science Area major is general and interdisciplinary in nature. It presents an overview, as well as the
interrelationships, of all the social science disciplines. Along
with sociology, anthropology and political science, it
includes psychology, history, geography and economics.
Criminal Justice is a cooperative program between the
Community College of Beaver County and California
University of Pennsylvania. Students interested in obtaining
this degree must contact the Department of Social Science
Office and be approved by the chairperson for admittance to
the program.
Programs
Anthropology, Social Science and Sociology are majors
without optional specializations. Political Science is a major with
three options: General Political Science, Public Administration,
and Pre-Law. The Public Administration option is an interdisciplinary field of study with courses offered through the programs
in Business and Economics, as well as Political Science.
Under the International Studies Program, Political Science
advises the International Studies: Political Science option. This
course of study is interdisciplinary. Finally, the department, in
conjunction with the College of Education and Human Services,
provides a teacher certification program for those interested in
teaching the social sciences in secondary schools.
Field experiences are available in archaeology. An
archaeology field school runs during the summer school
session. Students participate in the excavation of a site.
Internships
An internship js a form of field experience. Anthropol.
ogy students do internships-at the Carnegie Museum in
Pittsburgh and various historical sites, such as Bushy Run
and the Fort Necessity Historical Park. Political Science
students are placed in governmental agencies, law firms and
offices of public administrators and elected officials where
they can observe and practice what they have learned in the
classroom. Sociology majors are placed in police departments, private investigation agencies, and governmental and
private agencies serving the homeless and juvenile offenders.
Honor Societies
Anthropology majors are eligible for membership in the
Gamma Chapter of Lambda Alpha, the national honor society.
Requirements are the completion of twelve credits of Anthropology course work and a 3.0 grade point average or higher in
the major, as well as an overall 2.7 grade point average.
Students in the social sc.iences·are eligible for membership in Pi Gamma Mu, the soc_ia1 science honor society.
Students must have completed sixty-four unive~sity credits,
including a minimum of twenty credits in social science
course work, and have a 3.0 or higher grade point average.
Awards
The Joseph Lynn Marino Memorial Award is presented
annually. For consideration an applicant must have a minimum grade point average of 3.5, be enrolled in the College
of Liberal Arts and have successfull y completed two courses
in Anthropology.
The Edward McNall Bums Scholarship Award is given
annually to any individual majoring in anthropology,
sociology, and political science.
Faculty
Associate Professor Walter A. Brumm, chair; Professors Rollin M. Barber, Ronald L. Michael , William F. Schweiker,
James C. Wood ; Associate Professors Joseph C. Heim, John P. Nass, Jr. ; Assistant Professors Randall Adkins, Elizabeth A.
Jones, Mohamed Yamba, Community College of Beaver County faculty member Carolyn Kupperman .
132
California University of Pennsylvania
The George S. Hart Memorial Award for Academic
Excellence is given annually to the graduating senior with
the highest GPA in the Social Sciences Area.
Contact the departmental office for further information.
Careers
Students with an undergraduate degree can secure work in
entry level social service and personnel resource areas. Career
opportunities, however, increase with the attainment of
graduate course work and degrees. The social sciences as a
whole prepare students to enter careers in law, public administration, the ministry, personnel resource management, education, social service professions and law enforcement.
Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition 1-11
(ENG 101, 102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of
Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of
Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Introduction to
Anthropology (ANT 100),Archaeology Field School (ANT 101),
World Ethnology (ANT 255), Archaeology (ANT 290) or
Prehistoric American Indians (ANT 355), Human Origins (ANT
390), Anthropological Thought (ANT 421), 15 credits of electives
in anthropology, Principles of Sociology (SOC 100), Psychological Statistics (PYS 225), Social Science Research Methods (SOC
308), and 23 credits of related electives or a minor.
Bachelor of Arts in
Political Science: General Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition 1-11
(ENG 101, 102), 12 credits in Humanities, 12 credits in Natural
Sciences, 12 credits in Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Introduction to
Political Science (POS 100), American National Government
(POS 105), Seminar in American Politics (POS 450). One
course .each in American Politics, Political Theory, International
Relations/Comparative Politics, and Public Administration/
Public Policy. Twelve credits of Political Science electives. At
least nine credits must be at the 300 level or above. Related
courses (35 credits): History of the United States to 1877 (HIS
101), History of the United States since 1877 (HIS 102), History
Western Society to 1740 (HIS 104), and History Western
Society since 1740 (HIS 106), and 23 credits in related courses
or a minor, all of which must be at the 200 level or above.
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science:
Public Administration Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition 1-11
(ENG 101, 102), 12 credits in Humanities, 12 credits in Natural
Sciences, 12 credits in Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Political Science:
Introduction to Political Science (POS 100), American National
Government (POS 105), Introduction to Public Administration
(POS 220), Introduction to Public Policy (POS 300), Methods
of Political Analysis (POS 30 I), Seminar in American Politics
(POS 450). Management (15 credits): Introduction to
Microeconomics (ECO 201 ), Introduction to Macroeconomics
(ECO 202), Financial Management (FIN 301), Principles of
Management (MGT 201), Marketing for Non-Profit Organizations (MKT 341).
Related Courses (Nine credits): Computer Science Elective,
Group Discussion: Management (COM I02), Oral Communication: Management (COM 250). Public Administration Electives
(24 credits). Electives: Two credits
Bachelor of Arts in Political
Science: Pre-Law Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition I-II (ENG
101,102), l2creditsofHumanities, 12creditsofNatural
Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Political Science (24
credits): Introduction to Political Science (POS 100), American
National Government (POS 105), Seminar in American Politics
(POS 450). One course each in American Politics, Political
Theory, International Relations/Comparative Politics, Public
Administration/Public Policy and Public Law. Nine credits of
Political Science electives. At least nine of the preceding 24
credits must be at the 300 level or above.
Related courses (35 credits): History of the United States to 1877
(HIS 101), History of the United States since 1877 (HIS 102),
History of Western Society to 1740 (HIS 104), History of Western
Society since 1740 (HIS I06), and 23 credits in related courses or
a minor, all of which must be at the 200 level or above.
I
I
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
133
~
Bachelor of Arts in Sociology
U
Curriculum
Z
~
U
00
~
~
u
0
00
(A) General Education (60 credits): . Composition I-II
(ENG 101, 102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural
Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Required courses (30 credits):
Principles of Sociology (SOC 100), Ethnic, Racial, and Sexual
Minorities (SOC 110), Social Stratification (SOC 210), The
Family (SOC 220), Social Institutions (SOC 240), Symbolic
Interactionism (SOC 305), Social Science Research Methods
(SOC 308), Sociological Theory (SOC 376), Seminar in
Sociology (SOC 495), Statistics (MAT 215) or Psychological
Statistics (PSY 225).
Sociology Electives, 18 credits, distributed in three categories of
electives: Institutions, Collective Behavior and Social Issues.
Social Science Electives or a minor, 21 credits.
Bachelor of Arts in
Social Sciences
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition 1-11
(ENG 101, 102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of
Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of
Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: (68 credits): Required (30
credits): nine credits of 100 level introductory social science
courses; 21 credits of 200 level courses, one each in anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science,
psychology, history and sociology.
Related electives (15-20 credits): All courses used to fulfill
these electives must satisfy four conditions: must not be in
the discipline selected as "Area of Interest," must have direct
relevance to analyzing and understanding human behavior,
must be from three or more disciplines and must have the
advisor's approval .
Area of Interest (18-23 credits): Courses are taken within a
single social science discipline.
Bachelor of Arts in
International Studies: Political
Science Option
Curriculum
(A) General Education (60 credits): Composition I-II
(ENG 101 , 102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of
Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of
Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration (68 credits): Political Science:
POS 210 Politics of Western Europe, POS 236 Introduction
to International Relations, POS 237 International Organizations, POS 326 Politics of Africa, POS 281 Politics of
134
California University of Pennsylvania
Russia, POS 325 Politics of Asia. Language Select courses
from FRE, GER, or SPN: 203 Intermediate I, 204 Intermediate II, 311 Conversation, Composition and Phonetics I, 312
Conversation, Composition and Phonetics II, Culture &
Civilization Elective, Language Elective. Geography: GEO
345 Political Geography, Area Studies (six credits), Restricted Electives (18 credits), Related Electives (five
credits).
Bachelor of Science in Education:
Certification in Social Studies for
Secondary Schools
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities,
including Composition I - II (ENG 101 , 102), nine credits in
Natural Sciences, nine credits in Social Sciences, three
credits in Health or Physical Activities, Oral Communication
(COM 101), General Psychology (PSY 100), nine credits of
Free Electives.
(B) Professional Education: Policy Studies in American
Education (EDF 210), Educational Psychology (PSY 208),
Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Problems of
Secondary Education (EDS 300), Educational Tests and
Measurements in Secondary Schools (EDS 430), Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Teaching in a Multicultural
Society (EDU 210), Mainstreaming Exceptional Learners
(EDU 340), Teaching of Social Science in Secondary
Schools (EDS 445) or Modem Methods (EDS 455), Student
Teaching and School Law (EDS 461).
(C) Professional Specialization: Introduction to Anthropology (ANT 100); Introduction to Geography (GEO 100),
Map Principles (GEO 110), Historical Geography
(GEO340), Physical Geography (EAS 160); History of the
United States to 1877 (HlS 101), History of the United States
since 1877 (HIS 102), History of Western Civilization to
1740 (HlS 104), History of Western Civilization Since 1740
(HlS 160), and a non-western history course; Elements of
Economics (ECO 100), Introductory Microeconomics (ECO
201) or Introductory Macroeconomics (ECO 202), Introduction to Political Science (POS 100), American Government
(POS 105); Principles of Sociology (SOC 100) and one
additional Sociology course.
Students must also achieve a satisfactory score on the
National Teachers Exam in order to acquire Pennsylvania
certification.
Associate Degree in Criminal
Justice
Curriculum
The associates degree from the Community College of
Beaver County comprises 63 credits.
(A) General Education (27-28 credits): Composition
I and II (ENG 101 , 102); Oral Communication (COM 101);
Principles of Sociology (SOC JOO); General Psychology
(PSY 100); Biology; American National Government (POS
105); Computer Science Elective; Humanities Elective.
(B) Area of Concentration (36 credits): Administration of Criminal Justice (XJJ 155); Criminal Law I (XJJ
160); Interview and Interrogation (XJJ 261 ); Narcotics and
Drug Abuse (XJJ 156); Correctional Administration (XJJ
157); Criminology (XJJ 270) ; Police Ethics and Problems;
Criminal Evidence (XJJ 262) ; Criminal Justice electives.
Minors
Students can earn a minor in anthropology, political
science, public administration, or sociology. Each minor is
made up of specified course work and is comprised of
twenty-one credits. For further information inquire at the
departmental office.
Anthropology Concentration
Required: ANT 100 Introduction to Anthropology
Select three: ANT 231 Medical Anthropology, ANT 250
Culture Change & Culture Shock, ANT 255 World Ethnology, ANT 280 Indians of North America, ANT 290 Archaeology.
Select three: ANT 300 Cultural Views of Women, ANT 355
Prehistoric American Indians , ANT 360 Historic Sites
Archaeology, ANT 390 Human Origins.
Political Science Concentration
Required: POS 100 Intro to Political Science, POS 105
American Government
Electives: Select two : 200-level Political Science (POS)
courses from approved list
Select three: 300-level Political Science (POS) courses from
approved list
Public Administration Concentration
Required: POS JOO Introduction to Political Science, POS
105 American National Government, POS 220 Introduction
to Public Administration.
Electives: Select four of the following : POS 205 Municipal
Government or POS 235 State & Local Government, POS
300 Introduction to Public Policy, POS 310 Presidency, POS
314 Constitutional Law: Government Powers, POS 3 I 5
Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties, POS 316 Judicial
Process:
Sociology Concentration
Required: (12 credits) SOC 100 Principles of Sociology,
SOC 110 Ethnic, Racial, and Sexual Minorities or SOC 210
Social Stratification, SOC 165 Modem Freedom Movements
or SOC 216 Sociology of Work or SOC 225 Sociology of
Aging, SOC 240 Social Institutions, SOC 308 Social Science
Research Methods
Sociology Electives: (Nine credits) SOC 305 Symbolic
Interactionism, SOC 310 Collective Behavior, SOC 330
Religion as a Social Phenomenon, SOC 376 Sociological
Theory, SOC 495 Seminar in Sociology.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
135
SOCIAL WORK
AND GERONTOLOGY
Programs
The Social Work Program 's primary objective is to
provide the student with generalist skills for entry into
beginning social work practice in a variety of agencies and
human service settings. The secondary objectives are to:
( 1) prepare students for entrance into graduate programs of
social work and related professional schools, (2) contribute
to the general college education of non-social work majors
by helping students understand social welfare needs,
services, and issues relevant to a modem industrial democracy, and (3) contribute to the provision of social welfare
services and to the social work profession through service,
research and continuing education.
Careers
Graduates are eligible for membership in the National
Association of Social Workers and for advanced standing in
accredited graduate social work programs. The program
provides career opportunities in such areas as personal
services (case management, family development, counseling), protective services, mental health, public welfare, and
informational/advising services (education, crisis centers,
consulting and public interest advocacy).
Admission
Full admission into the Social Work program requires
that the student apply to the major after completing several
basic social work courses. Among other things, full admission requires a 2.0 GPA both overall and within the major.
Continued good standing and graduation require achieving a
2.5 average in the major.
Bachelor of Science in
Social Work
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG IOI ,
102), 12 credits in Humanities, 12 credits in Natural Sciences, 12 credits in Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Foundation (3 credits) Introduction to Social Work (SOW 150); Practice Interventions (12 credits); Social Work Interviewing (SOW 256),
Micro Practice Methods (SOW 302), Mezzo Practice
Methods (SOW 348), Macro Practice Methods (SOW 349);
Human Behavior/Social Environment (12 credits)Human Growth and Behavior I-II (SOW 215,216), Minority
Group Relations (SOW 208), Human Sexuality and Society
(SOW 303); Social Welfare Policy and Services (9 credits)
- History and Philosophy of Social Welfare (SOW 295),
Policy Analysis/Service Delivery (SOW 366), Social Change
(SOW 370); Research (3 credits) - Social Work Research
Methods (SOW 405); Special Interests (I 7 credits) Juvenile Delinquency (SOW 265), Child Welfare (SOW
270), Poverty & Related Social Problems (SOW 296), Social
Work in Rural Environment (SOW 306), Social Work with
Aging (SOW 350), Psychopathology for Social Workers
(SOW 353), Seminar in Social Work (SOW 495) , Abnormal
Psychology (PSY 400); Field Work (12 credits) - Social
Work Practicum I-II (SOW 419, 420).
Faculty
Associate Professor Virginia Majewski, chair; Professors Karen L. Hornung, F. Mel Madden, Beverly B. Willison,;
Associate Professors Edward Brown, Peg Christopher; Assistant Professors Mary Hart, Wilburn Hayden, Jr., Lisa
Patchner, James Svohers.
136
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in
Gerontology
The Gerontology Program is dedicated to providing the
student with a broad range of academic and practical experience that will enable the graduate to function in a variety of
settings, such as, administration, planning, management, and
delivery of services to older persons. Working with older
adults is a projected employment growth area. California
University has the only Bachelor of Science in Gerontology
program among the fourteen universities in the State System
of Higher Education.
The objective of the program is to increase the number
and competency of persons working with older adults, their
families and their communities. The Center in the Woods
(formerly the California Area Senior Center) provides
supervision from Gerontology faculty and a professional
staff for a variety of student experiences. It is one of the few
senior centers in the nation that has a working relationship
with an academic program in gerontology.
Aging Specialist Certificate
The Aging Specialist Certificate is becoming recognized
as the minimum credential of qualification in the field of
aging. The Certificate in Gerontology is designed primarily
for either undergraduates interested in working with older
adults in relation to their undergraduate major (e.g., Social
Work, Psychology, Nursing, Communication Disorders) or
people who are currently working with or on behalf of older
adults who have had practical experience in the field of aging
but who have had little formal training. The Aging Specialist
Certificate is 18 hours of course work in Gerontology
including a three-credit practicum experience.
Curriculum
Six credits in Gerontology: Introduction to Gerontology
(XGE 101), Aging Politics and Services (XGE 201). A
minimum of 9 credits of selected Gerontology courses
chosen in consultation with the advisors of the Gerontology
Program. Three-credit practicum course (XGE 449).
Curriculum
(A) General Education: Composition 1-11 (ENG 101,
102), Business Writing I (ENG 211), 12 credits in Humanities, including Oral Communication (COM 101), 12 credits
in Natural Sciences, including one computer course, 12
credits in Social Sciences, 15 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Area of Concentration: Foundation (6 credits) Introduction to Gerontology (XGE 101), Aging in American
Society (XGE 102); Required -Aging Policies and Services
(XGE 201), Biology of Aging (XGE 204), Media and
Library Resources in Aging (XGE 205), Adult Development
and Aging (XGE 380), Seminar in Gerontology (XGE 439);
Eighteen credits in major electives selected from the following: Middle Years of Life (XGE 202), Group Work with
Older Adults (XGE 210), Aging and the Farnily (XGE 249),
Minority Aging/Institutionalization (XGE 289), Health and
Safety in Aging (XGE 300), Counseling the Older Adult
(XGE 320), Activities in Long-Term Care (XGE 340),
Exercise for the Elderly (XGE 350), Rural Aging (XGE
369), Nursing Homes (XGE 370), Foundations of Death and
Dying (EDF 318), Literature and Aging (ENG 223), Historical Perspectives on Aging (HIS 205); Related courses (16
credits) include - Introduction to Social Work (SOW 150),
Word Processing (ENG 151), First Aid and Personal Safety
(HPE 314), Social Work with the Aging (SOW 350), one
other 200, 300, or 400 level social work course, one 200,
300, or 400 level course in Management or Marketing; Field
Experience (6 credits) - Gerontology Practicum (XGE 449),
including both community setting (three credits) and
institutional setting (3 credits); Related Electives of 1 to 7
credits.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
137
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Purpose
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Mentally/Physically
Handicapped Education
The Department of Special Education, accredited by the
American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education,
NCATE, PDE, CEC, and Middle States, offers several programs
leading to the baccalaureate degree with a major in Special
Education. Majors in either Early Childhood or Elementary
Education may dual major in Special Education. Graduates of
these programs receive certification in both Early Childhood/
Elementary and Mentally and/or Physically Handicapped.
This program, leading to the Pennsylvania Instructional
Level I certification, entitles the graduate to teach children with
the following disabilities: Mental retardation, learning disability, physical disabilities, emotional disturbance, and brain
damage.
Careers
Objectives
The field of special education, both within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and nationally, continues to grow,
providing excellent professional career opportunities. Recent
federal legislation has mandated new services for handicapped
youngsters and provided increased funding . The impetus
should be toward an increased growth rate in special education
programs, particularly for children with severe and/or profound disabilities. Graduates of the Mentally and/or Physically Handicapped program are qualified to assume several
professional roles including: special education classroom
teacher, resource room teacher, homebound instruction
teacher, hospital teacher, and a variety of roles in sheltered
workshops and community-living arrangements for handicapped adults .
The general objectives of the program are to demonstrate:
• an understanding of the nature of disabling conditions
and the impact of these conditions on normal growth and
development,
• an ability to effectively use alternative instructional
strategies appropriate to the needs of exceptional children,
•the ability to identify the educationally relevant characteristics of various exceptional children and to effectively
diagnose and prescribe appropriate educational experiences,
•the ability to function as a competent classroom manager
in promoting learning among disabled students,
•competency to initiate instructional programs that
facilitate appropriate career and vocational goals for the
mentally and/or physically disabled .
Curriculum
The growth of mainstream/inclusion programs for mildly
handicapped youngsters has been rapid. It has been recognized
that children with mild forms of disabilities typically attain
higher levels of achievement in the regular class environment
than in the special self-contained classroom. These children
do, however, need special help and remedial instruction in
some areas of the curriculum. Thus, the resource room is
becoming an increasingly common means of addressing the
needs of children while continuing to maintain their enrollment in regular classrooms. This process of integrating/
including the disabled child should be initiated early, preferably at the preschool level, or no later than the early elementary years. Teachers trained in Early Childhood or Special
Education will be able to provide excellent resource services
to both children and the other staff members of an elementary
school. Graduates of this program are qualified to assume
several professional roles, including regular early childhood
classroom teacher (nursery-third grade), special education
classroom teacher; mentally retarded, emotionally disturbed,
physically disabled, learning disabled, brain-damaged
(nursery-twelfth grade), and resource room teacher.
(A) General Education: 18 credits in Humanities including
Oral Communication (COM 101), English Composition I (ENG
101), and English Composition II (ENG 102); nine credits in
Natural Sciences; 12 credits in Social Sciences including
General Psychology (PSY 100); three credits of Health or
Physical Education Activities ; 11 credits of Free Electives.
(B) Professional Education: Policy Studies in American
Education (EDF 290), Developmental Psychology (PSY 207),
Educational Psychology (PSY 208), Applied Instructional
Technology (EDF 302), Teaching in a Multicultural Society
(EDU 210), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Student
Teaching Practicum and School Law (ESP 461).
(C) Area of Concentration: Exceptional Child I (ESP 101),
Behavior Principles I (ESP 301), Exceptional Child II (ESP
200), Behavior Principles II (ESP 401 ), Education of the
Severely/Profoundly Handicapped (ESP 502), Diagnostic
Testing/Prescriptive Teaching (ESP 503), Curriculum Planning
& Methods I (ESP 504), Curriculum Planning & Methods II
(ESP 505), Habilitation Training (ESP 506), Physical
Education Activities for the Exceptional Child (HPE 338).
Faculty
Associate Professor Paul L. Lancaster, Jr. , chair; Professors Robert A. Bauman, Peter J. Belch, Robert F. Dickie,
Jay R. Powell; Associate Professors Regis Lazor, Ben A. Mule; Assistant Professor Mary Semen
138
California University of Pennsylvania
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Early Childhood/
Special Education (Dual Major)
Students of superior academic achievement who are
majoring in either Early Childhood Education or Special
Education are encouraged to consider pursuing a dual curriculum
leading to Pennsylvania certification in both fields . Students who
successfully complete this dual-major program will possess
demonstrated competencies in facilitating the assimilation of the
mildly disabled into the mainstream of American education and
society.
Special Education/Early Childhood dual majors must
demonstrate the competencies associated with each of the
individual certificate programs (refer to the Early Childhood and
Special Education programs). In addition, they must demonstrate
the ability to:
• identify students who are in need of some.special service,
• work effectively with other teachers in cooperatively
planning programs for children with special needs,
• facilitate the social acceptance of children with disabilities
by structuring classroom environments that reinforce positive
interpersonal relationships,
• complete educational assessment of the learning needs of
students,
• develop individual educational prescriptions based on
assessment data,
• effectively modify instructional strategies or materials to
provide for the unique needs of students manifesting learning
disabilities .
(C) Early Childhood Courses: Field Experience Infant/
Toddler/Day (ECE 203), Art for Elementary Grades (EDE
205), Teaching Music Elementary (EDE 207), Teaching
Physical Education for Early/Elementary Childhood (EDE
218) or Physical Education Activities for the Exceptional
Child (HPE 338), Field Experience Elementary (EDE 321),
Children's Literature (EDE 311), Mathematics Content in
Early Childhood (ECE 315), Early Childhood Seminar (ECE
405), Instructional Strategies (EDE 211), Emerging Literacy
(ECE 302), Thematic Teaching in Early Childhood (ECE
304), Parent and Community Involvement (ECE 319).
(D) Special Education Courses: Exceptional Child I
(ESP 101), Behavior Principles I (ESP 301), Exceptional
Child II (ESP 200), Behavior Principles II (ESP 401),
Education of the Severely/Profoundly Handicapped (ESP
502), Diagnostic Testing/Prescriptive Teaching (ESP 503),
Curriculum Planning & Methods I (ESP 504), Curriculum
Planning & Methods II (ESP 505), Habilitation Training
(ESP 506).
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 18 credits in Humanities,
including Oral Communication (COM 101), English Composition I (ENG 101), English Composition II (ENG 102), Art
History or Art Appreciation, one Literature/Culture course,
one Music/Philosophy course; 15 credits in Natural Sciences,
including two Math courses (100 level or above), Biology,
Physical Science, and Environmental Science; 15 credits in
Social Sciences, including General Psychology (PSY 100),
American Government/Political Science, Geography, U.S.
History, and Economics; 3 credits in Health and Physical
Education Activities, including First Aid and Personal Safety
or Health Coed and one Physical Education Elective.
(B) Professional Education: Policy Studies in American
Education (EDF 290), Teaching in a Multicultural Society
(EDU 210), Child Psychology (PSY 205), Educational
Psychology (PSY 208), Applied Instructional Technology
(EDF 302), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Student
Teaching Practicum and School Law (ESP 461).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
139
Z Bachelor of Science in
8 Education: Elementary/Special
~ Education (Dual Major)
U Students of superior academic achievement who are
~
majoring in either Elementary Education or Special Education
are ~nco~age~ to ~ursue a dual curriculum leading to Pennsylvarua certification in both fields. Since current educational
~ thought advocates the placement of mildly disabled youngsters
~ in regular classrooms with special education resource services
made available to the student and the classroom teacher,
~ students who successfully complete this dual major program
will p?ss~ss demonstrated competencies in facilitating the
~ ass~lat1on of th~ mildly disabled into the mainstream of
~ Arnencan educat10n and society.
Q
<
U
00.
Special Education/Elementary Education dual majors must
demonstrate the competencies associated with each of the
individual certification programs (refer to the competencies
given in this and the Elementary Education sections of this
catalog). In addition, they must demonstrate the ability to:
• identify students who are in need of some special service,
• work effectively with other teachers in cooperatively
planning programs for children with special needs,
• facilitate the social acceptance of children with disabilities by structuring classroom environments that reinforce
positive interpersonal relationships,
• complete educational assessment of the learning needs of
students,
• develop individual educational prescriptions for children
based on assessment data,
• effectively modify instructional strategies and/or materials
to provide for the unique needs of students with learning
disabilities.
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 18 credits in Humanities
including Oral Communication (COM IOI), English Composition I (ENG 101), English Composition II (ENG 102), Art
History or Art Appreciation, one Literature/Culture course
one Music/Philosophy course; 15 credits in Natural Scien;es,
including two Math courses ( 100 level or above), Biology,
Physical Science, and Environmental Science; 15 credits in
Social Sciences, including General Psychology (PSY JOO),
American Government/Political Science, Geography, U.S.
History, and Economics; three credits in Health and Physical
Education Activities, including Health Coed and one credit
of Physical Education Elective.
(B) Professional Education: Policy Studies in American
Education (EDF 290), Teaching in a Multicultural Society
(EDU 210), Child Psychology (PSY 205), Educational
Psychology (PSY 208), Applied Instructional Technology
(EDF 302), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Student
Teaching Practicum and School Law (ESP 461).
140
California University of Pennsylvania
(C) Elementary Education Courses: Teaching Health and
Physical Education for Early/Elementary Childhood (EDE
218) or Physical Education Activities for the Exceptional
Child (HPE 338), Art for the Elementary Grades (EDE 205),
Teaching Music Elementary (EDE 207), Field Experience
Elementary (EDE 321), Instructional Strategies (EDE 211),
Mathematics Content and Methods in the Elementary School
(EDE 305), Teaching Social Studies Elementary Grades
(EDE 306), Science for Elementary/Early Childhood (EDE
307), Children's Literature (EDE 311 ), Language and
Literacy I (EDE '.:,00), Language and Literacy II (EDE 340),
Parent and Community Involvement (ECE 319).
(D) Special Education Courses: Exceptional Child I
(ESP 101), Behavior Principles I (ESP 301), Exceptional
Child II (ESP 200), Behavior Principles II (ESP 401),
Education of the Severely/Profoundly Handicapped (ESP
502), Diagnostic Testing/Prescriptive Teaching (ESP 503),
Curriculum Planning & Methods I (ESP 504), Curriculum
Planning & Methods II (ESP 505), Habilitation Training
(ESP 506).
THEATRE
Purpose
As one of the performing arts, theatre is a means of selfexpression and social communication. Whether we study
pure dramatic expression or musical dramatic expression, we
seek to understand how speech, dance and other non-verbal
aspects of production such as lighting, scenery, and costumes, communicate ideas and emotion and how they are
used for entertainment, education, reform and other social
purposes.
Each student organization shares the facilities and
faculty of the department. Steele Auditorium has a fully
equipped 955-seat proscenium stage, and scenery, lighting,
costume, property shops, storage space and classrooms. A
state-of-the-art 16 channel sound mixer with multiple
microphone and line inputs on-stage and in the theatre has
recently been installed. A complete renovation and revision
of the stage and building's lighting system is in progress.
The study of the dramatic arts serves not only Theatre
majors but those in other di sciplines concerned with human
interaction and symbolic expression , e.g., art, education,
communication, political science, sociology, English and
psychology. Students who are aware of the hi story and
technology associated with theatre enhance their appreciation
of this art form, through either active or passive participation.
The Theatre Department rewards creative excellence by
offering opportunities for upper level students to produce
shows, and to direct or design both major and minor (one-act
plays) productions. Theatre majors are required to take one
practicum credit during each semester they are enrolled.
These credits give the students practical experience in
various areas of theatrical production: technical production,
dance, acting, design, management, directing, technical
direction, touring theatre, and summer theatre. Students must
use the practicum experience to broaden and enlarge their
experience in the field of theatre.
Program
Theatre is an undergraduate degree program in the
College of Liberal Arts and is included in the undergraduate
degree Secondary Education Communication Certification
program in the College of Education and Human Services. A
master's degree program in Communication that includes
theatre studies is available in the School of Graduate Studies.
Theatre serves a dual function . It provides occupational
education and training for talented students pursuing careers
in theatre, and it provides both educational and performance
opportunities for all students on campus. Six dance courses,
ranging from basic ballet to theatre dance, give the major a
competitive advantage in professional preparation.
In cooperation with the Student Association, Incorporated, the Theatre Department sponsors five play-producing
groups with membership open to all students: University
Players; Children 's Theatre, which annually performs before
young audiences of more than 3,000; Stories ' n Things, which
carries improvisational drama directly to schools; Mon Valley
Ballet Theatre, producing dance productions; and Theatre
Now, which presents experimental drama in innovative
stagings. These organizations either individually or in combination, present six on-campus play, dance, and musical
productions. In addition, the department sponsors a preprofessional summer stock company which offers the opportunity for the student to work in a repertory environment.
Honor Society
Since 1938, outstanding students have annually been
elected to the University Players' Hall of Fame. Membership
in Alpha Psi Omega, the national honorary Theatre fraternity,
is achieved through active participation in theatre productions.
Careers
Graduates of California University work throughout the
country in professional and semi-professional theatre, in film
and television, in teaching, community and regional theatre,
recreation, and in rehabilitation theatre, public relations,
interior decoration, costuming, and arts management.
Faculty
Associate Professor Richard J. Helldobler, chair; Professor Malcolm P. Callery;
Associate Professors Willi am O ' Donnell , Michael J. Slavin; Assi stant Professor Michele A. Pagen.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
141
Bachelor of Arts in Theatre
Minor in Theatre
Curriculum
Required: THE 100 Introduction to the Theatre, THE 131
Fundamentals of Acting, THE 132 Ballet Technique I or
THE 133 Jazz Technique I, THE 151 Stagecraft I. Electives:
Select nine credits from Practicum courses (THE 350-358).
(A) General Education: Composition I-II (ENG 101,
102), 12 credits of Humanities, 12 credits of Natural Sciences, 12 credits of Social Sciences, 18 credits of Free
Electives.
(B) Concentration: Required: Introduction to the Theatre
(THE 100), Ballet Technique I (THE 132), History of Theatre
I-II (THE 302 & 312), Stagecraft I (THE 141), Fundamentals
of Acting (THE 131), Practicum: Senior Thesis (THE 359),
practicum courses (THE 350-358), 24 credits of theatre
electives in disciplines closely related to Theatre.
Bachelor of Science in
Education: Certification in
Communication (Theatre
Concentration) for Secondary
Schools
Curriculum
(A) General Education: 15 credits in Humanities,
including Composition I-II (ENG 101-102); nine credits in
Natural Sciences; nine credits in Social Sciences; three
credits in Health or Physical Education; Oral Communication (COM 101); General Psychology (PSY 100).
(B) Professional Education: Educational Psychology
(PSY 208), Policy Studies in American Education (EDF
290), Computers for Teachers (EDF 301), Applied Instructional Technology (EDF 302), Problems of Secondary
Education (EDS 300), Educational Tests and Measurements
(EDS 430), Teaching of English (EDS 440), Developmental
Reading in Secondary Schools (EDS 465), Teaching in a
Multicultural Society (EDU 210), Mainstreaming Exceptional Learners (EDU 340), Student Teaching & School Law
(EDS 461 ).
(C) Academic Specialization: Theatre Concentration
English: English Grammar and Usage (ENG 345);
Advanced Writing (ENG 375), English Literature I (ENG
301), English Literature II (ENG 302), Survey of American
Literature I (ENG 337), Survey of American Literature II
(ENG 338), Select one of the following courses: Shakespeare
(ENG 425), Shakespeare in the Theatre (THE 305).
Theatre: Fundamentals of Acting (THE 131), Stagecraft
I (THE 141 ), Fundamentals of Directing (THE 320), six
credits in THE history or THE literature courses, three
credits of THE electives, Practicum: Senior Thesis.
Communication: Argumentation and Debate (COM
230), Communication Theory (COM 490).
142
California University of Pennsylvania
WOMEN'S STUDIES PROGRAM
Purpose
Certificate in Women's Studies
Women 's Studies is an interdisciplinary field that examines the diverse experiences, contributions and perspectives of
women and considers how ideas about gender have shaped
human lives. Women 's Studies views the world from the perspectives of women who differ widely in race, class, age, and
many other ways. Because these perspectives have often been
left out of traditional studies, interdisciplinary study of women
and gender can provide a new and vital framework for approaching knowledge in other disciplines, posing questions that may
not have been asked before.
A certificate in Women's Studies is not a degree but is an
undergraduate specialization. It makes an excellent complement for many majors, since virtually every field of study is
affected in some way by gender.
Women and men in Women 's Studies classes encounter
intriguing questions and challenging information that may touch
on personal identity, relations between men and women, contributions of women to their world, and the history and future
of gender. Since traditional education has paid scant attention
to gender or to the half of humanity that is female , Women's
Studies helps to fill a major gap and provides the opportunity
for individuals to become better rounded and more aware.
Career Outlook
More and more women are joining the work force outside
the home, as well as continuing in important roles in homemaking and child rearing. With these rapid changes, it is becoming increasingly important to understand the social forces
that influence how much power people have. The Women's
Studies Certificate Program helps prepare both women and men
to deal more effectively with gender relations in professional
and personal life. Whether the student's major field is in education, social services, business, communications, medicine,
or science, any field of study will be enhanced by the approach
to knowledge offered in this program.
Special Activities
Curriculum
A student may pursue the certificate by one of two routes:
Fifteen credit option. Required courses: Introduction to
Women's Studies (WST 200), Feminist Scholarship and Research: A Seminar (WST 400), Practicum in Women 's Studies
(WST 425). Electives: six credits among the electives listed
below, from two different disciplines.
Eighteen credit option. Required courses: Introduction
to Women's Studies (WST 200), Feminist Scholarship and Research: A Seminar (WST 400). Electives: 12 credits among the
electives listed below, from three different disciplines.
Certificate Electives: Survey of American Women Writers (ENG 315), Women in United States History (HIS 260),
Women in Ancient and Medieval European History (HIS 262),
Women as Hero (LIT 127), Women's Health Issues (NUR 101),
Psychology of Gender Roles (PSY 311), Ethnic, Racial, and
Sexual Minorities (SOC 110), Men, Women, and Work (SOC
125), Contemporary Women 's Movement (SOC 175), Cultural
Views of Women (ANT 155), Human Sexuality (SOW 303),
Seminar in Social Work: Sexual Assault Counseling (SOW
495), Middle Years of Life (XGE 202), Selected Topics in
Women 's Studies (WST 300), Practicum in Women 's Studies
(WST 425).
Inquiries regarding the Women's Studies Program may be made
of the director, California University of Pennsylvania, California, PA 15419, (724) 938-4251.
In addition to course work, Women's Studies students may
wish to participate in a variety of special activities. The Program sponsors guest speakers, luncheon discussion sessions,
and other special events, as well as publishing its own newsletter, The Tide, which encourages student involvement.
Faculty
Professor Patricia L. Hartman, director.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
143
144
California University of Penn sylvania
DISCIPLINE CODES
ACC - Accounting ...... ........ ............. ........ ..... 146
ANT -Anthropology .... ...... .......................... 146
ART -Art ............................................... ..... .. 147
ATE - Athletic Training ............ .... .... ... ... ...... 149
BIO-Biology ......... ............. .... ........... ..... ....... 150
BUS - Business ... .......................... .... ........ .... 153
CHE - Chemistry .. ............... ................. ........ 153
CIS - Computer Information Systems .... .... .. 154
CMD - Communication Disorders ............... 154
COM - Communication Studies .... .. ......... .... 155
CSC - Computer Science .... ........ .... .... .. ...... .. 157
DMA - Developmental Mathematics ............ 159
EAS - Earth Science ................... ...... ... ......... 159
ECE - Early Childhood Education ........... ..... 161
ECO - Economics ............................. ....... ..... 162
EDE - Elementary Education .................. ..... 163
EDF - Educational Foundations .............. .... . 164
EDS - Educational Studies ....... ....... ........... .. 164
EDU - Education .... ....... ........ ..... ..... ......... ........ ..
165
EET - Electronics Engineering Technology . 165
ENG - English ........ ........... ..... ...... ... ...... ... .... 166
ENS - Environmental Studies ...... ....... .......... 170
ESP - Special Education .................... ...... ..... 171
FIN - Finance ....... ........... ....... ................. ...... 172
FRE - French ..... .... ......... .... ... .... ............ .... ... 172
GCT - Graphic Communication Technology 173
GEO - Geography ... ........ ..... ............. ............ 175
GER - German .... ........ .......... .............. ....... ... 176
HIN - Harrisburg Internship Program ... .... .... 178
HIS - History ...... ......... ....... .. .. ........ ............ .. 178
HON - Honors Program ... ............... .. ... ..... .... 180
HPE - Health and Physical Education .... ..... . 181
HSD - Highway Safety & Drivers Education 182
IND - Industry and Technology ... .... ... .......... 182
ITE - Industrial Technology .... ...... ... .. ... ..... ... 184
LIT - Literature .. ..................... ...................... 184
MAT - Mathematics (including DMA) ........ . 185
MGT- Management ...... ..... ..... ..... ......... ....... 187
MKT- Marketing .. .............. .... .. ... ..... ........... 188
MTE - Manufacturing Technology .... ........... 188
MUS - Music ....... ... ........ .......... ..... .... ..... ...... 189
NUR - Nursing ........... .............. ...... ........ ..... . 191
OTA -Occupational Therapy ..... ......... ..... ...... 191
PHI - Philosophy ............. .... ... ...... ...... ...... .... 192
PHS- Physical Science ............ .. ...... ........ .... . 193
PHY - Physics .... ...... .... ......... .... ....... .... .. .. .. ... 194
POS - Political Science ......... ........... ... .. ... ..... 194
PSY - Psychology ................. ............ ............ 196
PTA - Physical Therapy ............ .. .. ................ 193
SOC - Sociology ... ... ... ... ....... ... .................. ... 198
SOW - Social Work .......... ....... .. ..... .. ... ..... ... . 199
SPN - Spanish ..... .. ........ ............. ... .... ....... ..... 200
TED - Technology Education .. .. .. .... ... ..... ..... 201
THE - Theatre ... .... ............ ...... ........ .............. 202
UNI - University College .. .......... ................. . 204
WST - Women's Studies .... ..... ..... .. .. ............. 204
XAS - American Studies ...... ... .. ... ............. .... 204
XCP - Career Planning ...... ..... ............. ......... 204
XGE - Gerontology ..... .... .............. ...... ....... .. 204
XJJ - Criminal Justice .... ......... ........ .............. 205
n
0
~
~
00
~
~
~
00
n
~
~
~
0
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
145
z
Cl'JACC -Accounting
ACC 20 I . ACCOUNTING l. The fundamentals of debit and credit;
the use of journals and ledgers; basic accounting procedures ;
~ adj usti ng and closing entries ; completion of accounting cycle;
~ preparation of pertinent financial statements. (3 crs.)
0
~ ACC 202. ACCOUNTING II. A continuation of basic accounting
~ principles with an emphasis on partnership and corporate account~
ing. Prerequisite: ACC 201. (3 crs.)
~ACC 218. FEDERAL INCOME TAX l. An introduction to
~ individual federal income tax accounting. (3 crs.)
Q ACC 30 I. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I. In-depth treatment
r......-, of bas ic accounting principles and concepts. A preparation for
~
advanced courses in accounting and for the theory and practice
~
(3 crs.)
C/'J sections of the uniform CPA examination. Prerequisite: ACC 202.
~ ACC 302. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II. A continuation of
0 the in-depth treatment of basic accounting principles and concepts
U with the emphasis on corporations. A preparation for advanced
courses in accounting and for the theory and practice sections of the
uniform CPA examination. Prerequisite: ACC 301. (3 crs.)
ACC 3 18. FEDERAL INCOME TAX II. Advanced topics in federal
taxation. Partnerships, decedents, estates, trusts, corporations,
pension and profit sharing plans, foreign income, securities
transactions, etc. Prerequisite: ACC 2 I 8. (3 crs.)
ACC 32 1. MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING. For non-accounting
majors; emphas izes the use of accounting data in the decisionmaking process of a business enterprise. Topics covered are costvolume relationships; manufacturing costs and analysis; relevant
cost analysis; budgeting and variance analysis; responsibility
accounting and cost allocation; job and process product costing.
Prerequisite: ACC 202. (3 crs.)
ACC 33 1. COST ACCOUNTING I. An introduction to basic costaccounting principles, cost-volume, profit analysis, standard
costing, process and job order costing and departmental budgeting.
Prerequisite: ACC 202. (3 crs.)
ACC 332. COST ACCOUNTING II. A survey of special topics in the
field of manufacturing accounting. Prerequisites: ACC 331. (3 crs.)
A.CC 341. NONPROFIT ACCOUNTING. An introduction to
accounting for governmental and not-for-profit organizations,
including analysis of current, plant, and other general and special
funds. Emphasis will be given to planning, programming, and
budgeting to achieve institutional objectives. Cost benefit analysis
wi ll also be developed within the framework of fund s allocation to
specific programs. (3 crs.)
ACC 40 I. ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING. Special
topics in accounting. Mergers and acquisitions, consolidated
financial reports, fiduciaries, etc. Prerequisite: ACC 202. (3 crs.)
ACC 418. TAX PLANNING AND CONCEPTS. This course deals
with the broad recognition of the tax effect on business decisions,
and a practical approach to tax planning for both the corporate and
indi vidual taxpayer. (3 crs.)
146
California University of Pennsylvania
ACC 431. INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING. A study of the
current state of International Accounting standards (IFAC's) and
their relationship to the multinational corporation. Prerequisite:
ACC 302. (3 crs.)
ACC 441. AUDITING. Internal control evaluation and fin ancial
compliance, professional ethics, auditing standards and procedures,
statistical sampling and EDP auditing. Prerequisite: ACC 301. (3 crs.)
ACC 491. ACCOUNTING INTERNSHIP. Practicum with Public
Accounting firm s, government, or industry. Prerequisites: 18 credits in
Accounting and permission of instructor. (Repeatable; Variable crs. ; a
maximum of 12 credits may be used towards a baccalaureate degree.)
ACC 495 . SEMINAR IN ACCOUNTING THEORY. A review of
the Accounting literature with special emphasis on those topics
concerning contemporary issues in Accounting. Prerequisite: ACC
302. (3 crs.)
ANT - Anthropology
ANT 100. INTRODUCTION TO ANrHROPOLOGY. An introduction to biological anthropology (primatology, hominid evolution,
variation in modem man), archaeology (methods, evidences of the
evolution and diffusion of culture), anthropological linguistics, and
cultural anthropology (methods of participant observation, comparative
data from non- Western societies, diversity and unity of culture). (3 crs.)
ANT 101. ARCHAEOLOGY FIELD SCHOOL. An introduction to
archaeological procedures by participation in the excavation of a
site. Students will be involved in all phases of an archaeological
excavation, from initial preparation of the site for excavation
through the processing of artifacts at the campus archaeological
laboratory. (3-6 crs., summer only)
ANT 200. OLD WORLD PREHISTORY. A middle-level survey of
the main archaeological focal points of the Old World, requiring a
basic understanding of archaeological concepts, goals and techniques. (3 crs.)
ANT 210. PRIMITIVE INSTITUTIONS. Analysis and comparison
of the social, political, and religious instituti ons of pre-literate and
pre-industrial peoples. (3 crs.)
ANT 220. AZTECS, MAYAS , AND INCAS . An introduction to and
survey of the ethnology and pre-conquest archaeology of the
advanced American Indian cultures of Meso--America and the
Andean Culture area. Inquiry into the problems of cultural
precocity. Prerequisite: ANT 100. (3 crs.)
ANT 225. EIGHTEENTH AND NINETEENTH CENTURY FOLK
CRAFTS AND TRADITIONS . Placing American fo lk crafts and
traditions in cultural perspective by learning how to identify such
crafts and traditions, determining how they have evolved through
time, and identifying the role such practices held in the American
family. Students learn the rudiments of a number of the crafts and
traditions by observing them being performed and by doing them.
They learn how to gather material folk cultural data by collecting data
on a craft or folk tradition in Southwestern Pennsylvania. (3 crs.)
ANT 231. MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. An introductory course
that emphasizes the contributions from biological anthropology,
archaeology, and cultural anthropology to the study of human
sickness and health. Prerequisite: ANT I 00. (3 crs.)
ANT 235. ENCULTURATION. A cross-cultural examination of the
universal human problem of transforming a neonate into a functioning adult in a particular culture. (3 crs.)
ANT 250. CULTURE CHANGE AND CULTURE SHOCK.
Conditions and factors which stimulate or retard cultural change are
considered with reference to specific historical, ethnol ogical and
sociological data and theories. Emphasizes the impact of Western
technology upon non-Western cultures while also treating of the
primitivization of the Western world. Prerequisite: ANT 100. (3 crs.)
ANT 255 . WORLD ETHNOLOGY. An advanced course in cultural
anthropology, in which comparative data from text and films about
non-Western cultures are used to reveal cultural differences and
similarities and the nature of the ethnographic enterprise. (3 crs.)
ANT 280. INDIANS OF NORTH AMERICA. Social anthropology
and cultural ecology of American Indian cultures. (3 crs.)
ANT 281. SUB-SAHARAN AFRICA. The cultural anthropology
of selected African groups, past and contemporary. (3 crs.)
ANT 290. ARCHAEOLOGY. A comprehensive survey of archaeology: history, theory and techniques. (3 crs.)
ANT 300. CULTURAL VIEWS OF WOMEN. This discussion based course is structured around the theme of how various world
societies have viewed women. The cross-cultural perspective is the
means by which American students learn to appreciate other
cultural points of view and become more self-aware of their own
cultural views about women. (3 crs.)
ANT 325. CULTURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: HISTORICAL PRESERVATION. The need for preservation of cultural
resources (historic preservation), the legislation supporting such
work, and the way the work is performed. Students learn what is
meant by historic preservation and cultural resource study, what
types of questions preservationists must seek answers to, how
significant resources (historic and archaeological) are identified,
how to determine whether a resource is considered significant, how
to do architectural descriptions of historic structures, and how to
complete the National Register of Historic Places nomination
forms. Part of the course involves on-site study of resources.
Prerequisite: ANT 100. (3 crs.)
ANT 385. PRIMATE SOCIETIES AND BEHAVIOR. Advanced
study of the non-human primates, including classificatio n to the
generic level. Prerequisite: ANT 285 or permission of the instructor.
(3 crs.)
ANT 390. HUMAN ORIGINS . Contemporary biological anthropology, emphasizing the evolutionary theory, genetics, non-human
primates, taxonomic classification, the evolution of human beings
as part of the evolution of the primates, the importance of technology, and the emergence and development of culture. (3 crs.)
ANT 421. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT. Within a seminar
context, the history of anthropological thought is examined from the
period of the Enlightenment until modem times. Particular
emphasis is placed on the emergence of the various schools of
anthropology th at have developed and waned over the past I00
years. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior, Anthropology major, or
permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
ANT 495 . SEMINAR IN ANTHROPOLOGY. (3 crs.)
ART-Art
ART 106. ART APPRECIATION. An introduction to the major
movements in art which helped shape western civilization. Thi s
course is a survey of historical and contemporary approaches to
painting, sculpture, and architecture. (3 crs.)
ART 110. DRAWING I. A beginning course in drawing skills and
techniques stressing line, contour and val ue studies, and the study of
linear perspective. This course stresses rendering techniques and the
visual skills necessary for the student to draw what he sees. (3 crs.)
ART 113. CERAMICS I. An introductory exploration of clay
through hand building techniques and the potter's wheel. Students
examine the various forms and fun ctions of the ceramic vessel. The
course focuses on forming processes and the glaz ing and firing of
pieces made in the studio. (3 crs.)
ART 116. PAINTING I. An introducti on to the fund amentals of
painting. Emphasis is placed on fund amental techniques of
rendering, including the study of light and shadow, color, intensity
control and projecti on and recession of objects in space. Work and
exercises are done primarily in oil pai nts. Work in watercolor or
acrylic may be done with prior approval of the instructor. (3 crs.)
ANT 329. ANTHROPOLOGY INTERNSHIP. Learning new ideas
and skills, as well as applying those already learned in class, is the
objective of an internship. Internships are conducted under the
guidance of both an on-site and a campus supervisor. Internships
are a means for exploring career opportunities. (Variable crs.)
ART 117. PRINTMAKING I. This course is designed to develop an
interest and techniques into making woodcuts, lithographs,_
etchings, engravings, serigraphs, monoprints, and photo pnnt
processes. (3 crs.)
ANT 355. PREHISTORIC AMERICAN INDIANS . The archaeology and reconstructed culture of Indi ans of the eastern United
States. (3 crs.)
ART 118. SCULPTURE I. Introduction to the basic language,
elements, media, tools, techniques and principles of the organization
of sculpture. The bas ic techniques of manipulation, subtraction,
substitution and addition involving different medi a and tools. (3 crs.)
ANT 360. HISTORIC SITES ARCHAEOLOGY. Techniques,
philosophy, work, and aims of that branch of history and anthropology that studies the American past from a cultural-archaeological
point of view. The course includes study of military and community
restorations based on historical archaeology, such as Colonial
Williamsburg, Plymouth Plantation, Independence Square, Fort
Michilimackinac, Fort Ligonier, and Fort Necessity. Some laboratory and field experiences included. Prerequisite: ANT I 00. (3 crs.)
Cl
0
d
ti)
~
t,'!"j
~
t,'!"j
r.,:;_
(j
ART I I 9. DESIGN 2-D.An examination of elements and principles
used in two-dimensional visual composition. The student uses a
~
variety of media to solve problems in the theory and practice of art : :
fundamentals. (3 crs.)
· ~
~
ART 120. DESIGN 3-D. An examination of elements and principles ~
of three-dimensional visual composition. These include all the
elements and principles used in two-di mensional design, as well as ~
the concepts of mass and volume. (3 crs.)
O
C/1
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
147
z
00
ART 122. ART HISTORY: ANCIENT- MEDIEVAL. Introduces
students to the historical unfolding of the earliest significant ideas,
images, events, artists, and personalities involved with the visual
~ arts - from cave art to the dawning of the Renaissance. The textual
~ focus is upon these earliest visual arts from Europe, Asia, and
~ Northern Africa. Through lectures, visual aids, and opportunities for
~ study in the field, students with or without any prior knowledge of
~ visual art will learn how to make the art of this period accessible
and useful. (3 crs.)
0
U
00 ART 123. ART HISTORY: RENAISSANCE--ROCOCO. Intro~ duces students to the historical unfolding of significant ideas,
~ images, events, artists, and personalities involved with the visual
arts in Europe between the 14th and 17th centuries. The textual
~ focus is upon the visual arts of Europe, but will also include a few
00 outstanding visual examples from other parts of the world. Through
~ lectures, visual aids, and opportunities for study in the field,
~ students with or without any prior knowledge of visual art will learn
Ii-' how to make the art of this period accessible and useful. (3 crs.)
0 ART 124. ART HISTORY: IMPRESSIONISM TO CUBISM.
U lntroduces students to the historical unfolding of significant ideas,
images, events, artists, and personalities involved with the beginnings of "modem" Western visual arts. The textual focus is largely
aimed at the visual arts of Europe, but will also include a few
outstanding visual examples from the U.S. and other parts of the
world. Through lectures, visual aids, and opportunities for study in
the field, students with or without any prior knowledge of visual art
will learn how to make the art of this period accessible and useful.
(3 crs.)
ART 125. ART HISTORY: MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY.
lntroduces students to the historical unfolding of significant ideas,
images, events, artists, and personalities involved with the visual
arts at the changing of the millenium. The textual focus is upon the
visual arts of Europe and North America and will include outstanding visual examples from other parts of the world. Through lectures,
visual aids, and opportunities for study in the field, students with or
without any prior knowledge of visual art will learn how to make
the art of our time accessible and useful. (3 crs.)
ART 126. INTRODUCTION TO CRAFTS. Students will explore
the principles of basic studio techniques using fiber arts, stained
glass and jewelry. Design issues will be addressed through a variety
of studio problems using each media. Problem solving skills and
craftsmanship will be stressed, as well understanding the role of the
craftsperson in society as a producer of objects within a specialized
discipline. (3 crs.)
ART 21 I. COMMUNICATION DESIGN . This studio course
provides hands-on experience using design tools and techniques to
create pictorial symbols which communicate ideas in a universal
language. The course also explores the history of pictures/symbols
used as language. (3 crs.)
ART 213,313, 413 . CRAFT STUDIO. This studio concentration
explores a large spectrum of contemporary textile, stained glass or
jewelry techniques. Areas of investigation for the textile area, for
example, include advanced loom work, textile treatment, innovative
design of soft sculpture. In the jewelry concentration, the students
could explore centrifugal or lost wax casting, enameling, found
material. ln the stained glass area, the students will experience
slumping, fusing, beveling and sculptural forms. Emphasis is, at all
times, on innovative design, imagination in the utilization of
148
California University of Pennsylvania
technique and material, as well as general craftsmanship. Prerequisite: ART 126 lntro to Crafts (3 crs. -Art 413 is repeatable to 18
crs.)
ART 232. MICROCOMPUTER AS A TOOL FOR THE ARTIST.
An introduction for the art major to micro computers and appropriate hardware/software for art production in various media. It is a
studio course in which works of art are developed with the aid of
the computer. Art majors must have completed at least two studio
requirements prior to taking this course. (3 crs.)
ART 245 . TAPESTRY WEAVING. An introduction to both
traditional and contemporary tapestry techniques. Emphasis is on
imaginative use of traditional techniques with each student expected
to design and execute creative, well-crafted woven pieces in a
variety of unusual material. (3 crs.)
ART 260. WATERCOLOR I. Basic watercolor techniques. Emphasis
is placed on both transparent and opaque water colors. (3 crs.)
ART 293, 393, 493. CERAMIC STUDIOS. An advanced course in
ceramic skills and techniques on the potter's wheel and in-hand
forming methods. Considerable emphasis will be placed on glazing
and firing a body of work completed through an in-depth study area
in clay. Prerequisite: Ceramics I (ART 113). (3 crs. -ART 493 is
repeatable to 18 crs.)
ART 296, 396, 496. PAINTING STUDIOS. A progressive level of
painting studios developing proficiencies in painting techniques,
rendering skills, and the visual analysis of forms . Students explore a
variety of painting methods, subjects and themes towards the goal
of having each student achieve a unique approach to form and
content. Prerequisite: ART 116 Painting I. (3 crs. - ART 496 is
repeatable to 18 crs.)
ART 297,397,497. PRINTMAKING STUDIOS . A successivelevel studio course designed to enable students who wish to pursue
in depth printmaking techniques and further develop their creativity
in this area. Students will also be expected to demonstrate critical
thinking and analysis of materials and the use of such in the various
media. Prerequisite: ART 117 Printmaking I. (3 crs. - ART 497 is
repeatable to 18 crs.)
ART 298, 398, 498. SCULPTURE STUDIOS . A successive-level
studio course designed to enable students who are seriously
interested in sculpture, the opportunity to experiment with many
types of media and to investigate other seasonable materials which
can be used as sculpture. They will be expected to impose on
themselves problems which demonstrate critical thinking and
analysis of materials. Prerequisite: ART 118 Sculpture I. (3 crs. ART 498 is repeatable to 18 crs.)
ART 303. SECONDARY ART METHODS. A study of the
development of secondary art students, as well as the study of
materials and their utilization in the development of a secondary art
program. (3 crs.)
ART 310. ADVANCED DRAWING. This advanced drawing course
explores expressive drawing techniques and drawing media, and is a
continuation of work to improve performance of academic drawing
skills. Emphasis is placed on drawing from a model to develop a
knowledge of human anatomy and to understand its effects on the
surface information of the human form. Basic drawing skills are
required. Prerequisite: ART 110 Drawing I or equivalent. (3 crs. repeatable to I 8 crs.)
ART 329. ART INTERNSHIP. Supervised experience providing the
specific technical ski lls used in the art world outside the classroom
and studio, e.g., mounting exhibits, techniques of art restorati on,
graphic arts production techniques, and promoting arts and cultural
events. (Variable crs.)
ART 360. WATERCOLOR II. A course designed to further the
study of transparency and opaque watercolor. Includes techniques in
gouache, egg tempera, and fresco painting. (3 crs.)
ART 36 1. VIDEO ART/DESIGN. A course that teaches the
information and skills necessary to produce graphics presentations
on a computer and transfer those presentations onto video tape.
Produce such products as video slide shows, video titling, simple
character generation and animation of video screens. (3 crs.)
ART 460. SELECTED TOPICS. An exploration of material not
covered in regular art studios or art history classes. It will provide
fac ulty and students the opportunity to explore new ideas and
techniques of selected topics in depth. (3 crs.)
ATE - Athletic Training
ATE 100. PRACTICUM ATHLETIC TRAINING I. The course of
basic athl etic training skills and techniques taught to the entry level
athletic training student, such as medical record keeping, training
room maintenance, emergency procedures, etc. (1 er.)
ATE 105. CURRENT ISSUES IN JXI'HLETICS. A comprehensive
overview of life skills that provide educational experience and services in
order to develop well balanced life styles for the student athletes and
other interested students. The course examines decision making, planning
and fulfillment of life goals, as well as contemporary issues, problems
and controversies within the intercollegiate athletic setting. (3 crs.)
ATE I 10. PRACTICUM ATHLETIC TRAINING II. The course
consists of basic athletic training ski lls and techniques taught to the
entry level athletic training student, such as preventive taping
techniques and evaluation of basic injuries. Prerequisite: A grade of
C or better in ATE 100. ( I er.)
ATE 115. FOUNDATIONS OF STRENGTH TRAINING AND
CONDITIONING. To facilitate an understanding of strength
training and conditioning concepts, the adaptation of strength
trainirig and conditioning on the human body, and the practical
application of this knowledge in designing resistance training
programs. (2 crs.)
ATE 120. SUBSTANCE ABUSE EDUCATION. The knowledge of
substance abuse as it relates to athletics and competition, drug
testing procedures as enforced by governing associations, and the
prevention and treatment of substance abuse. (1 er.)
ATE 205. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I. The
organization, structures, and functi ons of the human body: the
development of the cell, tissues, integumentary system, digestive
system, respiratory system, urinary system, reproductive system,
lymphatic and cardiovascular systems. (4 crs.)
ATE 215. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY II WITH
LABORATORY. The organization, structures and fun ctions of the
human body; the development and function of the skeletal system,
ligament and joint structure, muscular system, and the nervous
system, Prerequisite: A grade of C or better in ATE 205 . (4 crs.)
ATE 220. ATHLETIC TRAINING I. The basic prevention, care,
treatment, and rehabilitation of athletic injuries; understanding and
demonstrating how to develop a conditioning program, basic
evaluation of injuries, and how to manage them, and other topics
related to sports medicine. Prerequisites: Open to curriculum students
only or satisfactory completion of ATE 205 and ATE 2 15. (3 crs.)
ATE 230. ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS OF ATHLETIC
TRAINING. Administrative functions, litigation, staff relationships,
ethics, budget and supplies, inventory, facility design, maintenance,
safety assess ment, student trainer organization and resume writing.
Prerequisites: Open to curriculum students only. (2 crs.)
ATE 240. NUTRITION FOR SPORTS. Nutrition and its applications
to health and sports : designed to provide the student with a sound
nutritional background so that informed decisions may be made
concerning all aspects of nutrition. Additionally, specific nutritional
techniques used to improve athletic performance are addressed. (3 crs.)
ATE 260. ATHLETIC TRAINING II WITH LABORATORY. The
spine and its extremities; the advanced evaluation techniques that
are used to determine the degree of injury fo und in the clinical
setting. Prerequisite: Open to curriculum students onl y. ( 4 crs.)
ATE 300. PRACTICUM ATHLETIC TRAINING III. This course
will provide the student with the understanding of advanced athletic
training applications and techniques used in the prevention and
rehabilitation of athletic injuries and other special clinical situations. (2 crs.)
ATE 320. MODALITY PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES WITH
LABORATORY. Lectures and laboratory exercises that explain the
use and theory of physical therapy modalities that are used in the
sports medicine clinical setting. Prerequisite: Open to curriculum
students only or at the discretion of the instructor. (4 crs.)
ATE 330. THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE WITH LABORATORY.
Lectures and laboratory exercises that expl ain the use and theory of
therapeutic exercise and equipment used for rehabilitation in the
sports medicine setting. Prerequisite: Open to curriculum students
only or at the discreti on of the instructor. (4 crs.)
ATE 400. ORTHOPEDIC EVALUATIONS IN SPORTS MEDICINE. Clinical eval uations of injured athletes by the student and the
physician to be used in determining the extent of an injury. The
~
student will register for this course agai n in a consecutive semester. Y
Prerequisite: Open to curriculum students only. (I er.)
~
0
r.,:;.
ATE 405. SPORTS MEDICINE PRACTICUM. This purpose of this ~
course is to allow the undergraduate athletic training student to gain
clinical and administrative skills through experience wi th intercolle- ~
giate or interscholastic teams. Prerequisite: Open to curriculum
t'!'j
students only and must be at least a junior in standing. ( 1 er.)
rJ'J
(j
~
ATE 460. SPORTS MEDICINE RESEARCH. Different types of
research, particularly descriptive and experimental are presented.
Emphasis is placed on developing library research skills, critically ~
analyzing research, and becoming a knowledgeable consumer of
~
research in order to apply it in the clinical environment. Prerequi- ~
site: Must be a seni or in the Athletic Training Education Program or ~
permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
0
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
149
z
00
ATE 500. PHARMACOLOGY FOR ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES . The purpose of this course is to provide an overview of
drugs commonl y used to treat patients seen by persons working in
~ the allied health professions. Medical reasons for drug treatment,
~ specific actions of therapeuti c agents, and adverse effects are
~ presented. Prerequisite: Must have completed at least 96 credits or
~ at the di screti on of the instructor. (2 crs .)
O
~
.
UBIO-B1ology
00 B_IO 103. C~NTEMPORARY ISSUES IN BIOLOGY. Basic
~
b10log1cal pnnc1ples are applied to the understanding of current
social- bi ~logical _pro?lems and how these relate to an individual's
personal life. Topics mcluded are human sexuality, nutrition, health
r. . .--, and di sease, evolution, behavior, and the diversity of life. Three
lecture hours weekly. For students not majoring in Biology. (3 crs.)
Q
OO
~ BIO I 04. BASIC CARE OF PLANTS . A general introduction to
~
0
U
the basic care of plants. Students are introduced to techniques that
will make the grow mg and caring of plants, indoors and out, less
co mpli cated and more fun . Prerequisites: None. Three lecture hours
weekl y. (3 crs.)
BIO I 08. BIOLOGICAL CONCEPTS. A one semester preparation
course in biology fo r students who must take BIO 115 as part of
their curriculum and who require additional training in the biological sciences. Topics are selected to deal with the fundamental
concepts that are requi site to entrance into BIO 115. Three lecture
hours weekly. (3 crs.)
BIO 11 2. BIOLOGY OF SEXUALLY TRANSMITTED DISEASES . A non-m ajor Biology course pertaining to the causes and
consequences of human sexually transmitted di seases. Descriptions
of the microorganis ms which cause STDs and the factors which are
involved in their di ssemination will be studied. Special emphasis
will be directed towards human behavior patterns and mores which
are co nducive to co ntracting these venereal di seases. Viral STDs
(Acq uired Immune Deficiency Syndrome, Human Papilloma
Di sease, Herpes Simplex II and Hepatitis B) will be emphasized
because they can cause severe di seases or even death in humans ;
however, the more common venereal di seases (syphilis, gonorrhea,
lymphogranul oma, venereum, chancroid and candidiasis) will also
be studied. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
BIO 115. PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY. Structures and function s
co mmon to all organisms; cell structure and function , the chemical
aspects of bi ological systems, energy and materials balance in
nature, developmental bio logy, principles of genetics, evolution, and
ecology. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4
crs.)
BIO 120. GENERAL ZOOLOGY. A comprehensive phylogenetic
survey of the animal kingdom, with emphasis on evolutionary
changes and the interrelationships of animals with their environment. Laboratory studies of representative members of the major
phyla. Prerequi site: BIO 115. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 125. GENERAL BOTANY. A survey of form and function of
the major plant groups as well as the bacteria, algae, water molds,
slime molds, and fungi within the overall framework of a modem
phylogenetic system of classification . Prerequisite: BIO 115. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
l50
California University of Pennsylvania
BIO 206. CONSERVATION OF BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES . A
study of biological aspects relating to plants and animals directly
associated with water, soil, and environmental changes. Numerous
field trips are taken into areas of Western Pennsylvania to observe
land reclamation, conservation practices, and basic problems
confronting human populations. Prerequisites: BIO 115 & 125.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 226. BASIC MICROBIOLOGY. This course will provide a
survey of the prokaryotic and the medically important concepts of
microbiology including microbial control , acquisition of disease,
disease prevention and control. Prerequisites: This course is for
students who are enrolled in a nursing program, or have obtained
permission of the instructor. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 228. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF NUTRITION. This course was
designed to provide nursing professionals with the basic principles
of normal and therapeutic nutrition which can be used as a basis for
making sound nutritional decisions for dietary planning for their
clients, their families, or themselves throughout the life cycle, in
health or in illness. Prerequisites : This course is for students who
are enrolled in a nursing program, or have obtained permission of
the instructor. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
BIO 230. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I. A general survey of
the basic anatomical terms of position and direction, the relevant
scientific units, the chemical components of living organisms, animal
cytology, histology, embryology, the integumentary system, the
rudiments of neurology, the skeletal system, and the cardiovascular
system. Prerequisites: This course is for students who are enrolled in
a nursing program, or have obtained permission of the instructor.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 260. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY II. A general survey of
the basic structure of the peripheral and autonomic nervous
systems, sensory receptors and special sense organs, the endocrine
system, the cardiovascular system, the lymphatic system, the
respiratory system, the digestive system, the urinary system,
homeostasis, the reproductive system, human embryonic development, and metabolism. Prerequi site: BIO 230. Three lecture hours
and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs .)
BIO 305. COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY. A
comparative study of the vertebrate organs and organ systems of
animals in the phylum chordata, with emphasis on evolutionary
changes. Prerequisites: BIO 115 & 120. Three lecture hours and
three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 306. HUMAN ANATOMY. A study of the structure of the
human body, including di scussion of the eleven fundamental
systems. Each system is described in terms of its gross anatomy,
with some discussion of histology and physiology where appropriate. Prerequisites: BIO 115 & 120 or permi ssion of the instructor.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 307. PLANT ANATOMY. A detailed study of structural
differentiations, especially in the higher plants: the structure of
meristems and developmental changes in their derivatives. Prerequisites: BIO 115 & I 25 . Three lecture hours and three laboratory
hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 310. ECOLOGY. Ecology presents the biology or environmental science student with a holistic approach to the study of the
biological environment. Emphasis is focused on the natural
environments of organisms, particularly as biotic assemblages of
these organisms interact with their environments from the concrete
levels of organization up to the regional and biome levels. Prerequisites: BIO 115, 120 and 125 or permission of the instructor. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 334. SOIL SCIENCE. An edaphological approach is taken in
the study of the soil, i.e., the soil as a natural habitat for plants. The
various properties of the soil are considered as they relate to plant
production. Since the clay and humus fractions are of tremendous
importance, the course will incorporate a colloidal-biological basis.
Prerequisites: CHE 10 I and CHE I 02. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 314. PLANT ECOLOGY. A consideration of the plant
communities which are influenced by both biotic and physical
factors. The emphasis is on the vegetation of Pennsylvania,
especially in the area of the Appalachi an Mountains. Laboratory
work provides the student with the opportunity to become familiar
with modem methods of vegetation analysis and community
sampling. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and BIO 125. Three lecture hours
and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
·
BIO 335. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. The physio-chemical foundations of plant functions are investigated, including such topics as
water and salt absorption, photosynthesis, respiration, plant growth
substances, photoperiodic responses, mineral metabolism, germination and the effects of air pollution on plants. Recent advances in
the field of plant physiology are included. Prerequisites: BIO 115
and BIO 125, CHE 101 and CHE 102. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 317. EMBRYOLOGY. A study of oogenesis and spermatogenesis and resultant developments following fertilization : factors
involved in morphogenetic determination ; organology; sequences of
changes in development. Special emphasi s on the chick and
comparative examples of development in other animals. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and BIO 120. Three lecture and three laboratory
hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 336. PLANT TAXONOMY. A study of relationships among
the vascular plants, their classification and methods of identification. Plant families native to Western Pennsylvania are stressed.
Prerequisites : BIO 115 and BIO 125. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 318. GENETICS . An introduction to molecular genetics and to
the basic principles of inheritance. Gene interactions, multiplefactor inheritance, chromosome inheritance, chromosome mapping,
chromosomal and extrachromosomal inheritance. The roles of
mutation, selection, migration, and genetic drift are investigated to
determine the genetic composition of different populations.
Prerequisites: BIO 115, 120, and 125 . Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 325. ANIMAL HISTOLOGY. The study of cellular differentiations in tissue, tissue identification, and special functions, especially
in the mammals. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and 120. Three lecture
hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 326. MICROBIOLOGY. A detailed study of bacteria and
viruses, with less emphasis on fungi , algae, and protozoans. Special
emphasis on medical aspects of bacteriology, immunology, and
virology. The cytology, physiology, microbiology, and culture of
microbes are pursued in the laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and
BIO 125, CHE IOI and CHE 102, or permission of the instructor.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 327. PARASITOLOGY. A study of the etiology, epidemiology,
and biology of some common human and animal parasites.
Prerequisites: BIO 115 and BIO 120. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 328. HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY. The functions of the human
body. Basic physiological phenomena are studied with considerable
emphasis upon clinical and practical application. Prerequisites: BIO
115 and BIO 120 or permission of the instructor. Three lecture
hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 332. ECONOMIC BOTANY. A study of mankind's dependence and economic interest in plants. Topics include important
metabolic reactions of plants, use of plants as a food source, use of
plant cell walls, exudates and extractives as economic products.
Prerequisites: BIO 115 and 125. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 337. ORNITHOLOGY. The study of bird life. Classification,
anatomy, behavior, and recognition of birds, with emphasis on local
species and their relationships to people and the ecological balance
with other organisms. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and BIO 120. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours or field activity weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 342. SCIENTIFIC PHOTOGRAPHY. A basic course in the life
and environmental sciences which stresses the myriad ways in
which photography can be applied to enhance the effectiveness of
teaching and research endeavors of biologists and environmentalists. Special attention is given to photomicroscopy, macrophotography, and field photography. Various other illustrative materials are
also prepared utilizing selective photographic equipment and/or
procedures. Students can take this course twice for a maximum of 4
credits. Prerequisites: three Biological or Environmental courses
with a minimum of one field-oriented course. (2-4 crs.)
BIO 400. MAMMALOGY. A study of the classification, distribution,
and natural history of mammals, with emphasis on eastern North
American species. Field studies and preparation of study specimens.
Prerequisites: Can be taken with the permission of the instructor.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
t1
0
~
BIO 405. HUMAN GENETICS. Chromosomal abnormalities, Mendel's ~
Laws, and the effect of change of gene action on Mendelian ratios. Other r:,J.
topics include; sex-related inheritance, random mating, consanguinity,
t_"!"_j
allelism, mutations, and maintenance of polymorphism. Prerequisites:
BIO 115, 120, 125, and 318. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
~
BIO 407. MYCOLOGY. An extensive examination of the fungi, with t_"!"_j
emphasis on the filamentous forms. The cytology, physiology, and
~
morpholgy of the fungi are studied to determine their role in the
, .1.
scheme of nature. Laboratory techniques in isolating, culturing,
~
enumerating, and identifying fungi . Prerequisites: BIO 115, I 25, and ~
326. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.) ~
BIO 418. BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH INVESTIGATIONS. A research
program for advanced undergraduate students who wish to pursue
careers in biological or medical areas. Emphasis is placed upon the use of
various scientific instruments and biological procedures necessary for
~
o
Z
r:Jl
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
151
[lj research investigations. The student works closely with one or more
Z faculty members on a research project which is departmentally approved.
Each research project is unique, and the data should ultimately be
published in a prominent biological journal. The student normally
~ participates in one aspect of an ongoing research study and may pursue
~ work for one or more semesters. Students can take a maximum of 12
~ credits, six of which may be counted in the area of concentration.
~ Prerequisites: BIO I l 5 and BIO 125 (or BIO 120), one Biology elective
~ course, junior or senior standing, and a 3.0 QPA. (1-4 crs.)
0
~
IO 426. CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY. A survey of the indig-
00. ~nous and pathogeni c microorganisms of man, general principles
~ ded uced from co mp lexities involving bi ochemistry and physiology,
Q host-parasite re lati onshi ps, and laboratory procedures. Organisms
BIO 445 . ENTOMOLOGY. A specialized study of insects:
identification and classification development phases, physiological
characteristi cs, economic importance, disease vectors. Prerequisite:
BIO I 15 and BIO 120. Three lecture hours and three laboratory
hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 449. BIOLOGY FOR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY CLINICAL PRACTIC UM I. Upon acceptance to a hospital school of
Medical Technology, the student undertakes the clinical training
experience required by the Nati onal Accrediting Agency for
Cli ni cal Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). Programs of instruction
will vary fro m one hospital to another but usually include hematology, mi crobiology, parasitology, immunology, urinalysis, and
biochemistry. This course is the first of two required terms. (15 crs.)
stud ied include: bacteria, fu ngi, viruses, and ricksettsia. Prerequi -
~ sites : BIO 11 5, 125 and 326; CHE 101 and 102. Three lecture hours
[lj and three laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
~ BIO 43 1. TECHNIQUES IN ELECTRON MICROSCOPY. Detai led
~ trai ning in the operati on and care of the electron microscope: tech-
0 niques of specimen preparati on for electron mi croscope visualization
including fixation, embedding, and ul trathin sectioning; special
U techniques such as replication and shadow casting. Prerequisites or
concu1Tent courses: BIO 432, CHE 33 1, CHE 332, or permission of the
instructor. Three lecture hours and three lab hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 432. CELLULAR ULTRASTRUCTURE. A study of the
generalized cell , the highl y special ized ceU, and tissues as seen by
the electro n mi crosco pe, with special emphasis on correlati on of
structure with fun cti on. An addi tional aim is to enhance the
studen t's ab ility to interpret electron rni crographs. Prerequisites:
BIO 11 5, BIO 120, and BIO 125, CHE 33 1 and CHE 332, a
mo lecular biology course and/or permission of instructor. Three
lecture hours weekl y. (3 crs.)
BIO 433 . HE RPETOLOGY. A co nsideration of the Amphibia and
Reptilia from taxonomical , morphological, evolutionary, behav ioral,
and phys iological view points with emphas is on ecological relati onships. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and BIO 120. Three lecture hours and
three laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 435. ICHTHYOLOGY. An in troduction to the morphology,
taxo nomy, ecology, and distribution of the major groups of
fres hwater fi shes, with emphasis on the northeastern U.S. faun a.
Prereq uisites: BIO 115 and BIO 120. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 44 1. ETHOLOGY. Four principal approaches to eth ology:
ecology, phys iology, genetics, and development are interpreted
within the framework of evo lutionary biology with emphasis on th e
patterns of behav ioral similarities and differences among different
kinds of animals. Prerequisites: BIO 11 5, BIO 120, BIO 308, BIO
3 16 or ENS 300. Need permission of the instructor. Three lecture
hours and three laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 442 . DENDROLOGY. A study of the tree species of the
Kingdom Metaph yta: the importance of these organisms to other
biota, especiall y man, and thei r prospects of continued survival in a
rap idly changing biosphere. Emphasis on the fo rest co mmunities
and tree species of the mi xed mesophytic forest regions of southwestern Pennsylvania. Prerequisites: BIO 11 5 and BIO 125. Three
lectu re hours weekl y. (3 crs.)
152_
California University of Pennsylvanj a
BIO 450. IMMUNOLOGY. A detai led study of the immune system
of animals coverin g nonspecific and specific host responses to
fo reign materi als, the interacti on between cells of the specific
immune response, the nature and di versity of the immune response,
th e practical applicati ons of the immune response, and disorders
associated with the immune response. Prerequisites : BIO 115, BIO
120 and BIO 3 18 or BIO 326. Three lecture hours weekl y. (3 crs.)
BIO 459. BIOLOGY FOR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY CLINICAL PRACTICUM II. A co ntinu ati on of BIO 449. The second of
two terms. (14 crs.)
BIO 466 BIOMETRY. The fundamental concepts underl ying the
application and interpretati on of statistical methods to biological
and ecological research. Practi cal experience in the development
and analys is of laboratory and fie ld projects. Prerequisites: MAT
2 15 and permission of instructor. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 478. EVOLUTION. An advanced course pertai ning to the
mechanisms that are operative in the process of biological evolution. Life origins and development are investi gated, with special
emphasis placed upon the importance of geneti c and metabolic
systems diversity. The recurring and universal themes of mutati on
and natural selecti on are th oroughl y discussed as the concept of
evolution at the popul ation level is developed. A detailed account of
human ori gins and species divers ity is also studied. Prerequisites:
BIO 115, BIO 120, BIO 125, and BIO 318. Three lecture hours
weekly. (3 crs.)
BIO 480. CELL BIOLOGY. The biology of the cell with emphasis
on the relati onship of structure and fun cti on within the cell. It is a
study of cell organelles, growth, division, macromolecules,
membranes, synthesis, and regul ati on. Prerequi sites : BIO 115, BIO
120, BIO 125, and CHE 33 1. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 486. ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY. A co mparative
approach to the study of phys iological systems in animals relati ve
to environmental pressures and ph ylogenetic standing. Prerequisite:
BIO 115 and BIO 125. Three lecture hours and three laboratory
hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 488. WATER POLLUTION BIOLOGY. A survey of the
impacts of various types of environmental pollutants on aquatic
biological communities. Community responses are analyzed in a
lecture/laboratory format with emphasis on collecti on in the fi eld.
Prerequisites : BIO 11 5, BIO 120, BIO 125 , CHE 101 , CHE 103.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekl y. (4 crs.)
BIO 492. BIOLOGICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
INTERNSHIP. Student interns are placed with an organization or
institution which most nearly approximates their goals for employment. The intent of the internship is to provide students with
practical work experience in an environment in which they will be
dealing with practical problems requiring real solutions in a
relatively short time frame. Advisor and department chairperson
approval is required before course enrollment. A total of six credits
may be applied towards graduation in the following manner: A
maximum of 3 credits may be applied to an appropriate core area in
the Biology curriculum. In the Environmental Studies and PreProfessional programs, a maximum of three credits can be applied
to the related electives area. In addition, a maximum of three credits
may be applied to the free electives area in the general education
requirement of any program. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing
and permission of the department (Variable: 1-12 crs.)
BIO 520. NEUROBIOLOGY. An examination of the structure and
function of nervous systems. The course is designed to develop a
detailed understanding of nervous system structure and function
from the molecular level to the level of complex circuits such as
learning and memory. A central theme is the comparison of the
neurological circuits across phyla to identify basic organizational
principles. Prerequisites: BIO 115, BIO 120, BIO 306, BIO 328, or
permission of the instructor. 3 hours of lecture weekly. (3 crs.)
BUS - Business
BUS 100. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS. The internal and
functional setting of business enterprise, its organization and control
(3 crs.)
BUS 242. BUSINESS LAW I. A study of commercial law as it
relates to contracts, agency and criminal and constitutional law
pertaining to business. Prerequisites: ECO 100 and at least
sophomore standing. (3 crs.)
BUS 243. BUSINESS LAW II. A continuati on of Business Law I.
Basic legal concepts of sales, commercial paper, secured transitions
and related topics . Prerequisite: BUS 242. (3 crs.)
BUS 271. ANALYTICAL METHODS . This is a course designed to
teach mathematical methods of solving business problems. This will
be especially useful to anyone who has opted not to take any
calculus. Prerequisite: MAT 181. (3 crs.)
BUS 342. BUSINESS, SOCIETY AND GOVERNMENT. A survey
of the historical and contemporary relationship between government
and business in the United States. Special emphasis is given to the
developments of the past two decades. Prerequisite: ECO I 00 or
equivalent. (3 crs.)
BUS 343. CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY. Incorporating the concept of social responsibility or corporate social responsiveness in the corporate business strategy; how to assess organizational performance on social iss ues and design information systems
to monitor policies in a large complex organization ; the identification of the stages of thi s process and the characteristic problems and
tasks associated with each stage; the evolution and/or design of
structures and procedures for handling social issues consistently
with business strategies. (3 crs.)
BUS 379. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BUSINESS. (3 crs.)
BUS 492. BUSINESS INTERNSHIP. The student is pl aced with a
business finn, a bank, a government agency, or a non-profit
organization for on-the-job and/or counselling experience. It offers
a practical training ground for students which supplements
academic training by permitting them to address actual problems in
a real business environment. Prerequisite: Senior standing or
permission of instructor. (Repeatable; Variable crs.; a maximum of
12 credits may be used towards a baccalaureate degree.)
BUS 495. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS. An intensive examination of
selected subjects from the general field of business. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. This course is repeatable one tim e if the
subject matter is different. (3 crs.)
CHE - Chemistry
CHE 100. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY. A preparatory
course emphasizing the mathemati cal and reasoning slci ll s needed to
be successful in General Chemistry. There are no prerequi sites, and
the course satisfies requirements in the Natural Science area fo r
non-science majors. This course is not an elective for Chemistry
majors. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
CHE 101. GENERAL CHEMISTRY I. An introductory course for
majors and non-majors. Topics covered include atomic structu re,
bonding, stoichiometry, chemical reactions (including redox
reactions), solutions, and the liquid state. Three class hours and
three laboratory hours each week. (4 crs.)
CHE 102. GENERAL CHEMISTRY II. A co ntinuati on of General
Chemistry I. The gaseous state, solutions, thermodynamics,
lcinetics, acids and bases, gaseous and ioni c equilibria. Prerequi site:
CHE 101. Three class and three laboratory hours each week. (4 crs .)
CHE 150. CHEMISTRY FOR THE HEALTH PROFESSIONS. The
basic principles of general chemistry, orga nic chemistry, and
biochemistry needed for the health sciences (specificall y nursing
chemistry). Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each
week. (4 crs.)
CHE 205. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. A continu ation of General
Chemistry II. Descriptive chemistry of metals and nonmetals,
electrochemistry, nuclear chemistry, solid state molecu lar orbitals,
coordination chemistry. Laboratory : Equilibrium and qual itative
chemistry of the elements. Three class and three laboratory hours
each week. Prerequisite: CHE I 02. (4 crs.)
CHE 255. GEOCHEMISTRY. Basic chemical p1inciples employed
in the solution of some geologic problems. Geologic dating,
sedimentary geochemistry, chemical weathering, colloids and
structural aspects of clay minerals and soil s. Three class hou rs each
week. Prerequisite: CHE 102 (3 crs.)
n
0
e
~
00
~
e,
CHE ~61_, ANALr?ICAL CHEMISTRY I. An introduction to
~
q_uant1tat1ve analytical techniques and procedure including vo lu metnc, grav1metnc, and spectroscopic methods. Prerequisites: CHE
,,....,
IO I and I 02. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each
, J.
week. (4 crs.)
~
00
~
CHE 262. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYS IS I. An introducti on to
~
various instrumental and separation techniques including such
~
topics as chromatography, electroche mistry, and atomic absorpti on ~
spectroscopy. Prerequi site: CHE 26 1. Three lecture hours and three
laboratory hours each week. (4 crs.)
0
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
153
r:,J CHE 33 1. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I. An
introducti on to the basic
Z principles which govern the reactions of carbon compounds.
Particular emphasis is placed on the structure and stereochemistry
0 of organic molecules, acid-base theory, reaction mechanisms, and
~ an introduction to the reactions and synthesis of alkanes, alkenes,
~ alkynes, alicyclics, alkyl halides and aromatic compounds. Three
~ hours lecture and three hours laboratory. Prerequisites: CHE 101
~
and 102. (4 crs.)
~ CHE 332. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II. A continuation of the study
U
of organic compounds. The student is introduced to the important
00. functi onal groups present in such fami lies as alcohols, ethers,
~ carboxylic acids, esters, amides, aldehydes, ketones, amines,
~ phenols, aryl halides, and reactions, and sy nthetic interconversion
of these co mpounds. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory.
~ Prerequi sites: CHE 331. (4 crs.)
00.
~
CHE 340. ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPIC INTERPRETATION.
Introductory theory and interpretation of infrared spectroscopy,
~ ultrav iolet spectroscopy, nuclear magneti c resonance spectroscopy,
and mass spectrometry. Prerequisites: CHE JO 1 and CHE 33 1.
Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
O
U
CHE 350. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN CHEMISTRY. This
course engages the student in activities which focus on computer
soluti on of chemical problems. Both software coding and usage, as
well as interfacing of microcomputers to chemical instruments, are
covered. Prerequisites: CHE 101, CHE 102 and BASIC Programming Language. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
CHE 368. INDIVIDUAL WORK I. An opportunity for students
speciali zing in chemistry to organize, investigate, and report on a
specific problem of their own selection . (I er.)
CHE 410. CHEMISTRY INTERNSHIP. The student is provided an
opportunity to work in an industrial or non-profit research
laboratory. This practical training is intended to supplement the
academic program. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing and
permission of the department. (Variable: 1-12 crs.)
CHE 41 1. BIOCHEMISTRY I. A comprehensive survey of the
properties, reactions, and structure of amino acids, proteins, enzymes,
carbohydrates, fats and lipids, and nucleic acids. Prerequisites: CHE
33 1 and CHE 332. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
CHE 445. MATHEMATICS FOR CHEMISTS. Mathematical
techniques including differential and integral calculus, ordinary and
partial differential equations, graphical methods, approximation
methods, complex numbers, Fourier series expansions, determinants,
coordinate systems, vector analysis, vector and matrix algebra with
emphasis on application to chemical systems. Prerequisites: Differenti al and Integral Calculus. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
CHE 451. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I. Properties of gases,
kinetic-molecular theory, molecular energies, classical and
statistical development of thermodynamics, with applications to
therm ochemistry and chemical equilibria. Prerequisites: CHE 261
and mathematics through Integral Calculus. Three lecture hours and
three laboratory hours each week. (4 crs.)
CHE 452. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II. Kinetics of chemical
reacti ons, properties of liquids, phase equilibria, solutions,
thermodynamics, properties of electrolytes in solution, and
electrochemistry. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours
each week. Prerequisite: CHE 451. (4 crs.)
154
Califomja University of Pennsylvanja
CHE 495. CHEMISTRY SEMINAR. Students may choose a
particular topic in chemistry and, under the supervision of a faculty
member, prepare and present a seminar report. The topics are to be
on material not covered in the undergraduate courses, or extensions
of some particular aspect of chemistry included in less detail in an
undergraduate course. ( I er.)
CIS - Computer Information Systems
CIS 150 INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE APPLICATION
SOFTWARE. This course is an introductory study of database
application software as it is used on a microcomputer. The more
commonly used operations of a selected database applications
software package will be presented. Introductory database design
techniques will be presented. Laboratory assignments and projects
will be used to co mbine database theory and database software to
solve informati on man agement problems. (3 crs.)
CIS 2 15 TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND LOCAL AREA NETWORKS. This course is an introductory study of telecommunications
and local area networks. The maj or topics include voice and data
communicati on concepts and hardware, data transmission, link layer
responsibilities, local area networks and network management. (3 crs.)
CMD - Communication Disorders
CMD 100. SURVEY OF SPEECH PATHOLOGY. This is the
introductory course to communication di sorders and the fie ld of
speech/language pathology. (3 crs.)
CMD l05. LANGUAGE AND SPEECH DEVELOPMENT.
Emphasizes the normal development of speech, language, and
communication. The fonn and functi on of language are considered, i.e.,
phonology, syntax, morphology, semantics, and pragmatics. (3 crs.)
CMD 203. PHONETICS. Introduces practical phonology and
phonetics as they apply to the communicative process. The student is
required to learn and use the Internati onal Phonetic Alphabet. (3 crs.)
CMD 204. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. The structure and
normal functi on of the components of the human body participating
in the production and receptio~ of speech and language. Prerequisite: CMD 2 13. (3 crs.)
CMD 211 . ACOUSTICS AND PSYCHOACOUSTICS. A basic
analysis of how sound is generated and measured. In addition, the
manner in which the human auditory system encodes sound information and subsequentl y extracts meaning from it will be investigated.
Prerequi site: six credi ts of Physical Science or Mathematics. (3 crs.)
CMD 300. SPEECH PATHOLOGY I. This course provides students
with introductory kn owledge of children with language and speech
disorders. They will become aware of procedures and principles
utili zed by speech-l anguage pathologists in the assessment and
management of children with language and speech delays/disorders.
Prerequi sites: CMD JOO, 203 , 204 and 213. (3 crs.)
CMD 301. SPEECH PATHOLOGY II. Primary emphasis is placed
on several of the major speech di sorders, namely: fluency di sorders,
voice di sorders, language di sorders in adults, dysarthria, apraxia, and
dysphagia. Prerequi sites: CMD 203, CMD 204, CMD 2 13. (3 crs.)
CMD 305. INTRODUCTION TO AUDIOLOGY. The co_urse will
provide the student with an understanding of the genetic and disease
processes producing hearing loss in children and adults and the
procedures used to assess hearing loss and rehabilitate persons with
hearing impairment. Prerequisites: CMD 204 and CMD 213. (3 crs.)
CMD 320. ASSESSMENT OF SPEECH AND LANGUAGE. The
student learns to administer, score, and interpret speech and
language tests and write diagnostic reports based upon the administration of results of such tests. (3 crs.)
CMD 400. CLINICAL PRACTICUM. Provides the student
clinician with a variety of therapeutic and evaluation experiences
with children or adults having speech, language or hearing
disorders. Prerequisites: CMD 300, CMD 301 and a 3.0 in all CMD
courses. (3 crs.)
COM- Communication Studies
COM 100. PERSPECTNES ON COMMUNICATION. An introductory course intended primarily for majors in Communication Studies.
The course explains the many perspectives from which communication
may be studied and serves as an introduction to the discipline. (3 crs.)
COM 101. ORAL COMMUNICATION. Designing, rehearsing, and
delivering extemporaneous speeches to facilitate solving group and
public problems; reporting and evaluating other speakers' intent,
content, format, and delivery. (3 crs.)
COM 102. GROUP DISCUSSION: MANAGEMENT. Participation
in, and analysis of, group decision-making processes to develop
communication and listening skills in group situations, to develop
understanding of the role of small group communication in
business, to identify and develop styles and functions of group
leadership. (3 crs.)
COM 105. SURVEY OF RADIO, TELEVISION, AND FILM.
Introduction to communication in radio, television, and film; effects
of mass media on the audience and the individual ; role of mass
media in news, documentaries, commercials, and entertainment
broadcasting. (3 crs.)
COM 107. FUNDAMENTALS OF DISCUSSION. Introduction to
group forms, techniques, participation, and chairmanship in
informal and formal discussions of contemporary issues. (3 crs.)
COM 141. AUDIO PRODUCTION I. Fundamentals of radio
production including the theory and use of Audio Lab equipment,
writing and producing various types of basic radio programs, and
the study of FCC rules and regulations as they apply to radio
broadcasters. (3 crs.)
COM 142. VIDEO PRODUCTION I. Fundamentals of television
production, including the use of equipment. This course has both a
lecture and a laboratory component. Students must register for both
the lecture and laboratory components in the same term . (3 crs.)
COM 165. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION. This course
seeks to help the student develop an awareness of the nature and
complexity of interpersonal communication, recognize how
perception of the self affects the ability to relate to others, and gain
an understanding of those elements that shape the interpersonal
communication process. (3 crs.)
COM 201. INTERCOLLEGIATE FORENSIC ACTIVITIES .
Instruction, practice, and performance of various forms of debate
and competitive individual speaking and reading events. Participation in intercollegiate competition, largely on some weekends, is
required. Open to students in any major. (3 crs.)
COM 203. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC RELATIONS.
Examines PR as the communication function that allows organi zations to interface with their environments and publics. It describes
the public relations process as well as its history, the guiding
principles and concepts of organizational advocacy, and explores
the various career opportunities in the field. (3 crs.)
COM 210. VOICE AND ARTICULATION. Introduction to phonetics
and to voice production and control, with exercises to develop
adequate quality, loudness, pitch, rate, and articulation. (3 crs.)
COM 224. INTRODUCTION TO ORAL INTERPRETATION.
Techniques of discovering denotative and connotative meanings ih
literature for presentation to listeners; solo presentations of different
literary forms. (3 crs.)
COM 230. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE. Logical advocacy:
briefing and supporting logically adequate cases advocating
propositions of policy, negative positions, exposing fallacious
evidence and reasoning, refutation and rebuttal. Applications to
intercollegiate and mass media topics. Prerequisites : COM 101 or
250 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 235. PRESIDENTIAL RHETORIC, 1960 TO THE
PRESENT. A study of the written texts, audio tapes, and video
tapes of selected speeches by American presidents. The course
explores the use of rhetoric in campaigns, in governance and in
crises, by the presidents in order to illustrate contemporary political
speaking and is an examination of how to understand and evaluate
presidential speaking. (3 crs.)
COM 241. AUDIO PRODUCTION II. Students will build upon the
knowledge and skills learned in Audio Production I, including
creating, writing, producing and evaluating various types of more
sophisticated production projects. Strong emphasis on theory and
practice of field production, creating sound and special effects.
,-,,..
Prerequisite: COM 141 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
\ 1
0
.
d to prepare~
COM 242. VIDEO PRODUCTION II. A course des1gne
a student to perform in the various areas of single camera electronic Y
field production, including the fundamentals of scriptin g, planning ~
and budgeting field shoots; gathering audio and video in the field ;
field lighting; skill~ and aesthetics of editing field produced video; t_"!'j
and the understandrng and readrng of test equipment for video
signals. Prerequisites: COM 142 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.) ~
00
COM 246. RADIO AND TELEVISION ANNOUNCING. Theories t_"!'j
and practice of gathering, evaluating, writing, and delivering
newscasts, sports, commercials, interviews, for radio and television
audiences. Prerequisites: COM 240 or 245 or permission of the
~
instructor. (3 crs.)
~
00
(J
~
COM 250. ORAL COMMUNICATION: MANAGEMENT. . . ~
Develop an awareness of, and an appreciauon for commumcat10n m ~
the business world; preparing and presenting oral reports and
speeches designed especially for persons who function in organiza- ~
tions, businesses, or industries. (3 crs.)
.L....,
0
.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
00
155
rJ'J. COM 303. PUBLIC RELATION~ APPLICATIONS. ~s ~ourse
to develop the producnon skills necessary to function m an entryZ seeks
level public relations position. Many assignments will help students
0 develop: I) proficiency using the host of vehicles PR practitione:-' ~se,
~ and 2) a portfolio. Effort will be made to create an atmosphere_ surular
~ to the first job in PR. The instructor will be the first PR supervisor - the
~ boss - editing the work; criticizing style; asking for rese~ch; for~mg
~
the student to plan, analyze, write, rewrite, prepare, reparr, orgarnze,
~ and reorganize. Prerequisite: COM 203. (3 crs.)
u
rJ'J.
COM 3 15 . LANGUAGE AND BEHAVIOR. Developing language
hab its that improve sensory and symbolic perception, inference~ making, evaluation, and conflict management/resolution. Prerequisite: COM 165 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
Q
~ COM 324. ADVANCED ORAL INTERPRETATION. Detailed.
rJ'J. analys is_and evaluation of literary forms. Creative expenmemation
s0
~
U
in adapting performing bterature for solo and group presentations.
Prer~quisite: COM 224. (3 crs.)
COM 33 1. RADIO AND TELEVISION COMMERCIALS . The
writi ng of commercial messages in varying lengths for both radio
and television, including preparation of storyboards. Prerequisites:
COM 240 or 245 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs .)
COM 332. RADIO AND TELEVISION WRITING : NEWS . The
writing of news, commentary and documentary, scripts for radio
and television; includes the press conference. Prerequisites: COM
240 or 245 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 335. RADIO AND TELEVISION WRITING: DRAMA.
Writing and anal yzing teleplays, film and/or radio plays for
understanding of dramatic composition and unique needs of specific
writi ng genres and audiences. (3 crs.)
COM 336. BROADCAST REPORTING. A further exploration of the
principles of reporting for the electronic media. Students will apply
reporting techniques, ethical principles, and legal principles in actual
fi eld ex periences. (3 crs.)
COM 34 l . AUDIO: AESTHETICS & APPLICATIONS . This course
is designed as a discussion of various aesthetic principles in audi o
fo llowed by application of these principles in student productions.
Students must have mastered the mechanics of studio and field audio
mixing, recording and editing prior to enrollment. Prerequisites: COM
14 1, 24 1, or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 342. VIDEO : AESTHETICS & APPLICATIONS . This
course is designed as a discussion of various aesthetic principles in
video fo llowed by application of these principles in student
produced programming. Students must have mastered the mechanics of shooti ng and editing video tape prior to enrollment in this
course. Prerequisites: COM 142, COM 242. (3 crs.)
COM 350. PERSUASION. Methods of changing attitudes and
behaviors through communication; analysis of individuals,
audiences, occasions, and subjects for persuasive appeals. Study of
logical and psychological arrangements and the ethics of persuading
and being persuaded. Preparation of persuas ive speeches. Prerequisites: COM IO I or 250 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 355. BROADCAST MANAGEMENT. Development of a
working knowledge of the managerial structures of broadcast
organizati on. Prerequisite: COM 240. (3 crs.)
156
California University of Pennsylvania
COM 360. APPRECIATIO OF FILM. Preparation for intelligent
response to cinema. Discussion of the screen play, director, and
actor. Critical evaluation of outstanding films of the past and
present. (3 crs.)
COM 370. PUBLIC COMMUNICATION LAW AND POLICY.
This course examines the meaning of the speech and press clauses
of the First Amendment and the application of those clauses to the
fo rmulation of public communication policy. It considers electronic
media policy formulation in the area of commercial speech,
contemporary speech controversies, privacy, public interest, and
evolving communication technologies, from the perspectives of
statute limitations, court constitutional interpretations, common law,
regulatory mandates, and international treaties. (3 crs .)
COM 401. INTERNATIONAL BROADCAST SYSTEMS. An
overview of world broadcasting systems. It prepares the student to
function as a person with a world view of the field of electronic mass
communication. Prerequisites: COM 355, COM 105. (3 crs.)
COM 410. PROFESSIONAL VIDEO COMMUNICATIONS . The
field of business and institutional video. The course prepares the
student to function as a corporate writer, producer, director, and
editor of desktop videos, video press releases, videoconferences,
training tapes; and other business and institutional videos. Prerequisites: COM 100, COM 105, COM 355. (3 crs.)
COM 438. PUBLIC RELATIONS CAMPAIGN MANAGEMENT.
Seeks to increase understanding of the management of public
relations campaigns by integrating communications theory with
professional practice. Special attention is given to techniques for
designing, implementing and evaluating effective campaign
strategies for clients. Prerequisites: COM 203, COM 303. (3 crs.)
COM 429. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN COMMUNICATION.
Independent study and reporting of topics of interest to the student
but not avai lable in scheduled courses. (Variable crs.)
COM 445. RADIO AND TELEVISION IN A FREE SOCIETY. A
study of the rights and obligations of the mass media producer,
purveyor, and audience. Prerequisite: COM 105 or permission of
the instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 459. COMMUNICATIONS STUDIES INTERNSHIP.
Opportunities for practical, professional communication work and
field experiences in various off-campus settings. Internships are to
be j ointly administered by an on-site supervisor and the departmental internship supervisor. (Variable crs .)
COM 461. COMMUNICATION CRITICISM. The study and
application of the methods and critical perspectives used in
communication criticism. Students wilJ critique a wide range of
communication artifacts which may include speeches, advertisements, films, and the messages of public relations. (3 crs.)
COM 463. MEDIA CRITICISM. The study of critical approaches
to audio, video and cinematic texts. Emphasis on the discussion and
application of approaches that examine: the meaning of media texts,
the author's role in producing media texts, the impact of media texts
on audiences, and the impact of the social and cultural milieu on the
creative and criti cal process. Prerequisites: COM 105. (3 crs.)
COM 481. COMMUNICATION RESEARCH TECHNIQUES. This
course is intended to provide an introduction to and practice in the
construction of research that is appropriate to the student's area of
interest in Communication Studies. It seeks to provide basic research
skills to those anticipating graduate studies, and to those anticipating
employment in areas of Communication Studies. Prerequisites:
Major, junior standing or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 484. PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND PROBLEMS. This
is the capstone course for students in the public relations option. It
seeks to develop analytical skills so that graduates may function in
the four primary roles of the public relations practitioner: l . monitor
of public opinion and change, 2. voice of the corporate conscience,
3. advocate for organizations, and 4. monitor of organizational
policies and programs. Prerequisite: COM 438 or permission of
instructor. (3 crs.)
COM 490. COMMUNICATION THEORY. A seminar in which the
theories of human communication are analyzed, debated and
evaluated. (3 crs.)
CSC - Computer Science
CSC 201. DOS, WINDOWS, INTERNET. This primarily hands-on
course will review computer system concepts, develop the nonmajor's proficiency, introduce the student to all facets of the
Internet, and develop students proficiency in web page design and
publishing. Prerequisite: CSC l Ol or permission of the instructor,
(3 crs.)
CSC 205. VISUAL BASIC. This course uses a visual programming
language for Window and is designed for the beginning course in
visual programming. It is an object-oriented/event driven language,
designed to teach programming concepts related to a Windows
skills and file management. (3 crs.)
CSC 218. COBOL I. An introduction to the essential elements of
the COBOL language using well structured programming techniques. Students are required to write COBOL programs and run
them on the university's mainframe VAX system or on PC's.
Students will write and execute report programs, control break
programs, data validation programs that implement tables. Good
analysis, design and structure will be emphasized. Prerequisites:
CSC 120. (3 crs.)
CSC IO l. MICROCOMPlITER AND APPLICATION SOFIWARE.
An introductory study of microcomputers and how to use them. The
major topics include computer literacy, use of an MS-DOS microcomputer, and an introduction to and laboratory hands-on use of selected
microcomputer applications software packages. (3 crs.)
CSC 223. C PROGRAMMING. This course builds on CSC 120. It
gives the student a thorough understanding of the C language so that
the student will develop the ability to program well in the C language.
Emphasis is placed on efficient software development using structured
programming techniques. Students are required to run programs using
an appropriate version of C. Prerequisite: CSC 120. (3 crs.)
CSC 105. BASIC PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE. This course will
provide the student with the knowledge to write well structured, modular
programs on a personal computer. It assumes no prior knowledge of
computers or programming. The fundamentals of programming are
taught in a style consistent with current thinking in the computing field.
Prerequisites: High school algebra or equivalent. (3 crs.)
CSC 224. FORTRAN. The FORTRAN language will be studied.
Most of the major programming constructs of FORTRAN will be
covered including assignment statements, loops, decisions,
subprograms, arrays, character manipulation and file processing.
Comparisons with other languages will be made and documentation
of programs will be emphasized. Prerequisites: CSC 120. (3 crs.)
CSC 120. PROBLEM SOLVING AND PROGRAMMING CONSTRUCTIONS. Basic literacy of computers, introduce the operation of
the VAX and DOS computers, present problem solving heuristics and
structured programming techniques, present language independent data
types, operations, prograpuning constructs and statements, introduce
arrays and linked lists, and implement fundamental programs using an
appropriate programming language. Prerequisites: High school algebra or
equivalent. (3 crs.)
CSC 300. COMPUTER OPERATIONS. This course is designed for
the computer science major who is looking for a general overview
of computers, how they operate, how they store and use information, and how peripheral equipment associated with the computer
world operates. Students will be given "hands-on" experiences to
enhance their knowledge of computers. Prerequisites: At least two
computer science courses. (3 crs.)
CSC 123. INTRODUCTION TO COMPlITER SCIENCE WITH
PASCAL. An introduction to computers, algorithms, and programs.
Emphasis is on efficient program design using structured programming
methods. Students are required to write and test programs on the main
frame VAX system or on microcomputers. Prerequisites: One year of
high school algebra or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
CSC 199. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE.
Designed for the Associate Degree person majoring in computer science,
this course will enable the student to apply her/his knowledge of
computers to the real world of computer technology. The field experience
will provide the student with an opportunity to see and work with many
aspects of computers in the work place and should enhance the student's
job opportunities when the student graduates. Prerequisites: Students
should have completed 32 credits with a good QPA plus sufficient
background to meet the needs of the field experience in which they will
be participating. (3 crs.)
CSC 309. SURVEY OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH. A survey of
the operations research (also known as management science or
quantitative analysis) tools that are available to help a manager
make better decisions, this course encompasses a number of
mathematically oriented techniques that have been developed for/
adapted to management problems in the areas of private industry,
education, military, health care, and government applications.
Mathematical modeling techniques will be studied in both lecture
and microcomputer laboratory session formats. Prerequisite: CSC
101, (MAT 181 or 182), (MAT 215 or MAT 225), ECO 201 , MAT
272 is recommended. (3 crs.)
CSC 316. LOGIC AND SWITCHING THEORY OF THE
COMPUTER. An in-depth study of Boolean algebra and its
application to switching and gating networks. Prerequisites: MAT
272. Recommended courses: MAT 273 or MAT 281 and CSC 323.
(3 crs.)
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
157
rJ'J. CSC 318. COBOL II. This course is a continuation of COBOL I
0
CSC 400. OPERATING SYSTEMS. An introductory study of the
main elements of an operating system-memory management,
process management, device management, and file management.
Prerequisites: CSC 323 -Co-requisite CSC 378. (3 crs.)
~
CSC 405 . DATA COMMUNICATIONS . A study of the theory,
implementation procedures, and problems associated with data
communications. Prerequisite: CSC 378 and CSC 400, MAT 272
and MAT 341. (3 crs.)
emphasizing sequential and indexed files , disk storage, table
handling, subprograms, Ubrary copy faciUties, interactive processing, sorting, character manipulation and debugging. Top-down
~ design and principles of structured programming permeate the
~ course. File editing, file updating and file maintenance programs are
~ covered in detail. Prerequisite: MAT 218 (3 crs.)
Z
CSC 323. ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING. A study
~ of the VAX Assembly language and some concepts related to the
U architecture and operations of the VAX computer. Programs will be
rJ'J.
~
Q
written and implemented using the instructions in this assembly
language. Constructs, such as_s~lection, looping, and subprograms,
will be implemented. Prerequisite: CSC 316 and CSC 377. (3 crs.)
r'T'1 CSC 324. COMPUTER GRAPHICS. An introduction to "state of
~ the art" computer graphics software. Lecture and laboratory
~ sessions will use this software in _the development ~f advanced
~ graphics concepts. Hardware devices will also be discussed.
~ Prerequisites: CSC 323. (3 crs.)
0
u
CSC 333. OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING. An introduction to object-oriented programming. Object-oriented ?ffers a
natural method for designing software systems that build on the
concepts of data abstraction, information hiding, and modularity.
Prerequisites: CSC 396. (3 crs.)
CSC 357. HYPERMEDIA AND CAI. The design, development, and
evaluation of instructional software. Students will learn two software
authoring systems, HyperCard on the Macintosh and Too!Book on
the IBM, in order to design CAI. Prerequisites: CSC 120. (3 crs.)
CSC 375. SYSTEMS ANALYSIS. This project course in systems
analysis experientially introduces the student to some of the basic
concepts and tools of system analysis, within the competitive American
free-enterprise system. This course introduces the "real world" to future
data processing professionals who must also be familiar with "system's
concepts" : how to analyze a business's additional data processing
needs, and then how to design and implement an appropriate computer
system (both hardware and software) at minimum cost and maximum
information processing power. Recommended Courses : CSC 101
CSC 456, MGT 201 , MGT 371 , ENG 217, and PSY 326 or Permission of the Instructor. (3 crs.)
CSC 377. INFORMATION STRUCTURES. The design, use, and
programming of stacks, queues, linked lists, binary trees, and
sorting and searching methods are discussed in this course. The
analysis of algorithms will be considered as well as the applications
of data structures. Prerequisites: MAT 272, CSC 223 . (3 crs.)
CSC 378. COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE. An in-depth study of the
organization of the central processing unit, control unit, instructions
formats, and addressing schemes of digital computers. Extensive
emphasis is placed on the translation of assembly language instructions into their microsequence operations within the control unit and
the interconnection which form the central processing unit and the
digital computer. Prerequisite: CSC 323. (3 crs.)
CSC 396. SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. An introduction to
software engineering through the use of the Ada programming
language. Students will study software requirements, specifications,
design, module coding and testing, integration and software
maintenance. Prerequisites: CSC 223. (3 crs.)
158
California University of Pennsylvania
CSC 410. LISP PROGRAMMING. An introduction to LISP (List
Processing) as a vehicle for encoding intelligence-exhibiting
processes. Topics include a survey of lamda calculus and recursive
function theory. Prerequisites: CSC 377. (3 crs.)
CSC 419. COMPUTER SCIENCE INTERNSHIP This course is
designed for the computer science major who is seeking work in the
computer science area. This intern experience will enable the student to
apply her/his knowledge of computers in the work place. The internship
will provide the student with the valuable computer experience that
should enhance the student's job opportunities upon graduation.
Prerequisites: Students should have completed 64 credits with a good
QPA plus have sufficient background to meet the needs of the particular
internship in which they will be participating. (1-15 crs.)
CSC 420. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE. This course offers a
selective survey of key concepts and applications of artificial
intelligence, and an in-depth experience with a language commonly
used for building Al systems. Prerequisite: CSC 410. (3 crs.)
CSC 424. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. In this course, various
mathematical concepts relating to the computer are investigated.
These concepts include: roundoff errors and computer arithmetic;
numerical instability ; error analysis and estimation; approximation;
Gaussian elimination and pivoting strategies for linear systems;
numerical integration and solution of differential equations.
Prerequisites : CSC 377, MAT 273, MAT 341. (3 crs.)
CSC 455 . STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES. In
this course, the power and limitations of algebraic languages, string
manipulation languages and interactive languages will be studied.
Also, Object-oriented programming languages will be discussed.
Prerequisite: CSC 377. (3 crs.)
CSC 456. DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS. The design,
motivation, implementation, and application of data base management
systems. There is an intense study of the design of data bases including
the normaUzation of the files of a data base. Techniques of updating
and retrieving from data bases are learned using several commercially
available data base management systems and hands-on experience is
gained in at least one of them. Prerequisite: CSC 218 or Permission of
the Instructor. (3 crs.)
CSC 460. LANGUAGE TRANSLATION. This course studies the
design and construction of compilers. Lexical analysis, syntactic analysis,
and code generation are investigated in detail. Language design,
interpreters, semantic analysis, intermediate code generation, and code
optimization are also considered. Prerequisite: CSC 323. (3 crs.)
CSC 475 . THEORY OF LANGUAGES. An introduction to abstract
machine theory, combinational systems, computable functions, and
formal linguistics. Topics include finite-state machines, regular sets,
Turing machines, Chomsky hierarchy grammars and languages.
Emphasis is on surveying basic topics and developing an intuitive
understanding in the theory of languages. Prerequisites: CSC 377
and CSC 318. (3 crs.)
CSC 485. SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. This
course allows the student under the guidance of an instructor the
opportunity to independently study topics or concepts not ordinarily
covered in other courses. The course depends on the interests of the
student and the fac ulty member instructing it. Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
CSC 496. SEMINAR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. For the hi ghly
moti vated student wishing to develop certai n topics in Computer
Science found in current journals. Topics to be developed in this
course are chosen by the student under the guidance of the
instructor. This class does not meet regul arly; it meets by arrangement between the student and the instructor. Prerequisite: Minimum
of 2 1 hours in computer science course work and permission of the
department chair and permission of the instructor. ( 1 to 3 crs.)
DMA - Developmental Mathematics (see MAT)
EAS - Earth Science
EAS 100. INTRODUCTION TO EARTH SCIENCE. This
introductory course is designed to acquai nt the student with the four
general areas of earth science: astronomy, geology, meteorol ogy,
and oceanography. The course consists of two hours of lecture and
one hour of lab work. (3 crs.)
EAS 13 1. INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY.
This course deals with the interaction between man and his geologic
environment. Emphasis is placed on the un derstanding of bas ic
geologic principles and case studies of some of the classic examples
of environmental problems. Laboratory exercises and problems are
an integral part of the course. Thi s is intended as a survey course
and a student needs only a limited background in geology. (3 crs.)
EAS 150. INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGY. A survey course
intended primarily for the non-science major. Topics considered
include the make-up of the earth, internal and extern al processes
that occur within or on the earth, rocks and minerals, foss ils, earth 's
origin and evol ution, and the origin and evolution of life on this
planet. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (4 crs.)
EAS 160. PHYS ICAL GEOGRAPHY. The study of the physical
aspects of hum an environment including climate, soils, water,
vegetati on, and topography. Map reading and map air photo
interpretati on are also treated. (3 crs.)
EAS 163. INTRODUCTION TO OCEANOGRAPHY. An introductory course in the study of the fo ur main branches of oceanography:
( I) Geology of the oceanic basins (origins of the oceans, structure
and geomorphology of the ocean's floor, methods of investi gati on);
(2) Chemistry of the ocean waters; (3) Physics of the oceans
(currents, waves, tides, etc.); (4) Biology of the oceans (marine
plants and animals). No preliminary studies required but previous
course work in EAS 100 or EAS 150 recommended. (3 crs.)
EAS 166. GEOLOGY OF PENNSYLVANIA. A survey of the
Commonwealth 's geologic setting, geologic history, and mineral
resources. There are no prerequisites . Students will be introduced to
the necessary geologic concepts and terminology. Students are
expected to participate in at least three of the fo ur pl anned fi eld
trips. (3 crs.)
EAS 170. AREAL GEOLOGY. Thi s course involves travel to
selected points of geologic interest in the Rocky Mountains and
Great Plains of the western part of the United States. Most activities
will be in field situations. Activities will foc us on rock, mineral, and
foss il identificati on, topographic map interpretation, and the role of
geologic processes in landfo rm development. (3 crs.)
EAS 200. HISTORICAL GEOLOGY. A study of the geologic history
of Earth and the succession of the major groups of plants and animals
as based on the geologic interpretation of rock form ati ons and foss il s.
Field trips are an integral part of the course. (4 crs.)
EAS 202. HYDROLOGY. A survey course about the existence of
water on Earth. Topics include the occurrence and movement of
water, physical and chemical characteristics of water and
climatologic and geologic considerations of surface ~d sub-surface
water. (3 crs.)
EAS 2 10. SOILS . The study of the distribution of the soils of the
earth, their characteristics, and how they developed. Emphasis will
be placed upon the relati onship between man and the soils of a
given environment. (3 crs.)
EAS 232. EARTH RESOURCES. An introductory course in metallic
and nonmetallic resources with emphasis on the nature of minerals,
the Lithosphere, and economic uses of earth resources. (3 crs.)
EAS 241. METEOROLOGY. The phys ics of the atmosphere as
influenced by the earth-atmosphere interaction. The effects of the
physical controls as they alter the elements are emphasized. The
construction and analysis of weather maps are an integral part of the
course. (3 crs.)
EAS 242. CLIMATOLOGY. In this course the elements and
controls of climate are analyzed in a systematic fas hi on. Various
methods and techniques of classify ing climates are presented. The
climate of each continent is regionalized and the fac tors whi ch
produce the climatic patterns are investi gated. (3 crs.)
EAS 250. SYNOPTIC METEOROLOGY. An examinati on of the
development and structure of large-scale weather systems and
fronts. Emphas is on the technique of analyzing an d forecasting
synoptic scale weather situations. (3 crs.)
EAS 255 . REMOTE SENSING. This course emphas izes the
characteristics and scientific ro le of aerial photo, radar, and satell ite ~
image mterpretat10n, as well as computer assisted processing of
' .I.
spectral data acquired from aircraft and satellites as they relate to
earth and atmospheric resource analysis. (3 crs.)
0
rj
EAS 264. SCENIC AREAS OF THE UNITED STATES. Thi s
course provides an analysis of the physical setting of some scenic
areas in the United States. The focus is on diffe rences in soils,
vegetati on, climates and landforms in sceni c areas with special
emphas is given to natu ral history. (3 crs.)
~
00
~
~
~
EAS_270. SCENIC AREAS OF _T HE W_ORLD. Thi s course
provides an analysis of the physical settmg of sceni c areas of the
~
world. The foc us 1s on di ffe rences m soil s, vegetati on, climates, and , .I.
landforms with special emph asis given to natural history. (3 crs.)
~
~
EAS 27 1. CARTOGRAPHY. A laboratory course designed to
~
acquaint the student with the nature and fun ction of maps, incl uding ~
concepts of scales and cartographic symbols; graphic layout and
~
design; and the use of cartographic tools and equipment in map
construction. (3 crs.)
0
Z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
159
00
EAS 273. COMPUTER CARTOGRAPHY. This course provides an
0
data through the use of various computer-based technologies. The
focus is centered upon the cartographic representation of surface
data through the use of a personal-computer based program. (3 crs.)
Z analysis of different methods and techniques of representing spatial
~
=--- EAS 302. FIELD WORK IN HYDROLOGY. This course is designed
~ as a follow-up course to Hydrology. It gives students the opportunity
~
to apply hydrologic principles and techniques in field settings. Topics
U are selected in consultation with the instructor. (3 crs.)
~
EAS 304. CARBONATE GEOLOGY. A study of carbonate deposi-
~ lion, lithification, and diagenesis. Includes chemical sedimentology,
Q
r. . . .i
~
00
textural classification, cyclicity of shelf strata, facies interpretation for
oil exploration, and correlation. Lab component. Prerequisites: EAS
200 and EAS 421. (3 crs.)
~ EAS 331. MINERALOGY. An introduction to the morphology and
~
~
0
U
EAS 375. MAP AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY INTERPRETATION. This course covers the composition and interpretation of
aerial photographs and various types of maps. Students will learn
how to interpret photos and maps for quantitative and qualitative
information on natural and anthropogenic features. Some of the
work requires independent and group interpretation of maps,
photographic slides of satellite imagery, computer processed and
enhanced images, and SLAR imagery. (3 crs.)
internal structure of crystals and the chemical and physical characteristics of minerals. Laboratory time is devoted to the study of crystal
models and the identification of selected mineral specimens. (3 crs.)
EAS 332. PETROLOGY. A complete survey of the major rock types
(igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic) forms the basis of this
course. Consideration is given to their origin, description, and
classification. Of particular importance is the relationship of the various
rock types to the composition and historical development of the solid
earth. Laboratory component emphasizes hand specimen identification,
but some microscopic thin section work is also done. (3 crs.)
EAS 341 . FIELD WORK IN METEOROLOGY. A field-oriented
course designed as a follow-up to basic meteorology. The course is
concerned with the use of meteorological instruments to measure local
weather conditions, plotting and analyzing these conditions. Other
weather problems and library research are part of the course. (3 crs.)
EAS 342. DYNAMIC METEOROLOGY. An in-depth examination
of the forces and laws that govern atmospheric flow. Topics
investigated and analyzed include scale analyses, geostropic and
gradient wind models, vorticity, vertical motion and boundary layer
dynamics. (3 crs.)
EAS 343. GEOMORPHOLOGY. This course involves the study of the
origin, history, and characteristics of landforms and landscapes as they
are produced by the processes of weathering, mass-wasting, flu vial,
glacial, wind, and wave erosion (or a combination of these) acting upon
the geological materials and structures of Earth's crust. (3 crs.)
EAS 350. MICROPALEONTOLOGY. Micropaleontology deals
with the essential biological and geological principles which are
basic to all paleontological studies. In addition, considerable time is
devoted to the study and identification of various microfossil
groups. Consideration is also given to the origin of life and to its
preservation in ancient Precambrian rocks. Laboratory work is
emphasized. Problems to be solved are similar to those that would
be encountered in the petroleum industry. (3 crs.)
EAS 372. FIELD MAPPING. This is a field-oriented course in
which the student will learn proper use of measuring and mapping
instruments and the techniques used in the construction of basic
maps. (3 crs.)
EAS 373. STATISTICAL CARTOGRAPHY. The statistical approach to
cartographic representation. Methods of data manipulation, problems of
symbolization and techniques of presentation are emphasized. (3 crs.)
160
California University of Pennsylvania
EAS 421. SEDIMENTOLOGY. An advanced course that deals with
the detailed analysis of sediments and sedi mentary rocks. Both
qualitative and quantitative techniques are utili_zed to derive the
maximum information from rock samples. This information relates
to the erosional, transportational and depositional history of rocks.
To the greatest extent possible, the student works independently
through a complete set of problems. (3 crs.)
EAS 422. STRATIGRAPHY. In this course a study is made of the
basic principles governing the origin, interpretation, correlation,
classification, and naming of stratified rock units. The gross
stratigraphy of the United States is considered, with particu lar
emphasis placed on the rocks of the Pennsylvanian System. (3 crs.)
EAS 425. STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY. The primary and secondary
structures of rock masses and their formation are covered in this
course. Actual structures are examined in the field . Geologic maps
are utilized. (3 crs.)
EAS 430. OPTICAL MINERALOGY. An in-depth examination of
the optical behavior of mineral crystals in polarized light with
emphasis on identification. (3 crs.)
EAS 436. FIELD METHODS IN EARTH SCIENCE. This is a
course designed to provide majors with knowledge of problems
encountered in field work and the techniques utili zed to solve these
problems. This course consists of planned trips. Lectures and
discussions are used to supplement the trips. (3 crs.)
EAS 437. FIELD METHODS IN GEOLOGY. This is a course
designed to provide students with a knowledge of geologic problems
encountered in field work and the techniques utilized to solve those
problems. The student is exposed to geologic and topographic maps as
well as various geologic instruments. The course consists of planned
trips to areas of geologic interest. Summary reports, field exercises, and
laboratory problems constitute the students' work responsibility. (3 crs.)
EAS 463. SEMINAR IN OCEANOGRAPHY. This seminar is
designed for those who wish to improve their scientifi c writing
abilities and to learn more about the oceans. The course is built
around an excursion to sites of oceanographic interest, library
information and data collection, the writing of both short and long
papers and the presentation of research. (3 crs.)
EAS 464. SEMINAR IN METEOROLOGY. A scientific writing course
in which the student pursues a meteorologic topic through library or field
research. Students learn to define a problem, to obtain relevant literature,
to gather data, and to write and defend a research paper. (3 crs.)
EAS 491. FIELD COURSE IN EARTH SCIENCE. This course is
designed for Earth Science students who desire to appl y their
classroom knowledge to specific sites and earth science field
problems. Each semester will include trips to various sites at whi ch
geologic, meteorological, or oceanographic processes, principles,
and phenomena can be studied. (Variable crs.)
EAS 492. FIELD COURSE IN GEOLOGY. This course provides
advanced geology students with opportunities to study geology in
situ. Field trips to classic and less well known sites will be incorporated with lectures, data collection, and scientific reporting. Laboratory exercises will reflect field experiences. (Variable crs.)
EAS 494. GEOLOGY WORKSHOP. Provides the student with a
variety of geologic experiences. Included are lectures, laboratory
exercises, field work, and problems. To the greatest extent possible,
the course also is tailored to meet the needs of individual students.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. (Variable crs.)
EAS 495. SEMINAR IN EARTH SCIENCE. A scientific writing
course in which the student pursues a earth science topic through
library or field research. Students learn to define a problem, to
obtain relevant literature, to gather data, and to write and defend a
research paper. (3 crs.)
EAS 496. SEMINAR IN GEOLOGY. A scientific writing course in
which the student pursues a geologic topic through library or field
research. Students learn to define a geologic problem, to obtain
relevant literature, to gather raw data and to write and present a
research paper. (3 crs.)
EAS 498. INTERNSHIP IN GEOLOGY. The student combines
academic theory with practical on-the-job experience by spending
up to a full semester in one of several state or local governmental
agencies. The practicum can be taken for from 3 to 17 credits and
includes supervision by the participating agency as well as
performance evaluation by the academic advisor. Prerequisite:
Geology majors. (Variable crs.)
EAS 527. TECTONICS. To evaluate tectonic theories within a
framework of worldwide historical geology, but special attention is
given to the Appalachian and the North American Cordilleran
orogenic events. (3 crs.)
EAS 528. QUANTITATIVE APPLICATIONS IN EARTH
SCIENCE. An upper-level course designed to provide students
opportunity to apply various procedures to the solution of geologic
problems. (3 crs.)
EAS 541. ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY. This
course deals with man's natural environment, particularly geologic
factors that may impact upon his life or his way of life. Emphasis is
placed on an in-depth study of environmental problems and possible
alternative solutions to such problems. Basic engineering principles
as applied to geological problems are considered. Laboratory
exercises, problems, and written reports are an integral part of the
course. (3 crs.)
EAS 547. RESERVOIR EVALUATION. The purpose of this course
is to analyze in detail rocks which serve for the storage and
ultimately for the production of petroleum. The characteristics of
these rocks will be studied in hand specimen, in thin section, in
cores, and on well logs. Laboratory work and problem solving are
emphasized. (3 crs.)
EAS 550. REGIONAL CLIMATOLOGY. An advanced course that
deals with the application of various analytical methods and
classification systems in climatology. The Koppen classification of
climates is stressed. The climate patterns of each continent and the
factors which produce them are investigated. Prerequisite: EAS 242
or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
EAS 551 . INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. This course
involves a detailed study of fossil representatives of the various
invertebrate phyla as well as a consideration of the more important
of these as index fossils. Emphasis is on laboratory exercises and
problem solving. It is hoped that this course will prove to be of
interest to students in biology as well as those in geology. (3 crs.)
EAS 563. COASTAL GEOMORPHOLOGY AND MARINE
RESOURCES. A study of the physical processes that shape coastal
landforms and the pelagic and neritic resources of the oceans.
Topics include longshore transport, wave action, swash zone
dynamics, estuarine and deltaic geomorphology, ferromanganese
and petroleum resources, and beach structure. Prerequisite: EAS
163 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
ECE - Early Childhood Education
ECE 203. FIELD EXPERIENCES WITH INFANTS, TODDLERS,
AND PRESCHOOLERS. This course is intended to provide the
student with an introduction to working with young children ages
infancy through five, by providing field experiences in infant/
toddler day care centers and preschool centers (day care, Head
Start, or nursery school). The student observes, plans activities, and
prepares learning materials for children in group settings. Lectures
and classroom teaching are combined to give students an opportunity to discover their aptitude for and interest in working with very
young children. Prerequisites: EDF 290, PSY 208 . (3 crs.)
ECE 302. EMERGING LITERACY. The purpose of this course is
to prepare early childhood students to become facilitators of early
literacy learning. The content of this class deals with concepts of
emerging literacy and instruction in language arts strategies for
children from infancy throughout the primary grades. (3 crs.)
ECE 304 . THEMATIC TEACHING IN EARLY CHILDHOOD.
This course introduces a thematic approach to teaching integrated
curricula and focuses on teaching science, social studies, and health
concepts. Students will gain understanding and ski ll in developing
and implementing thematic units. (3 crs.)
ECE 315. MATHEMATICAL CONTENT IN EARLY CHILDHOOD. The student is introduced to how mathematics develops in
the very young child and how to assess this development. The
student is introduced to the teaching of arithmetic, measurement,
and geometry to the young child. Skills and understandings that
children acquire from infancy to age eight are covered. (3 crs.)
ECE 319. PARENT AND COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT IN
EDUCATION. This course emphasizes the role of parents and
community in the framework of educational planning for young
children. The student will demonstrate ski lls in planning education
workshops. Students will use interview and conferencing techniques to learn from parents and community people actively
involved in programs for children. (3 crs.)
ECE 405. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION SEMINAR. This
course investigates how young children have been viewed and
educated by society throughout history. The present-day circumstances of children and families are studied. Students receive
background in how to work together with parents, communities,
other professionals, and policy-makers to ensure quality, developmentally-appropriate education for young children. Prerequisites:
EDF 290, PSY 208. (3 crs.)
a
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
161
rJ)_ ECO - Economics
z
ECO 100. ELEMENTS OF ECONOMICS. An introduction to the
elements of economic analysis, structured particularly for the
nonmajor. The student is exposed to the mechanics of the market
~
system and a survey of modem macroeconomic theory and policy.
(3 crs .)
0
E-i
~
~
~
u
rJ)_
~
Q
~
ECO 200. CURRENT ECONOMIC ISSUES . An application of
contemporary economic principles. Current readings in economics
are examined. Prerequisite: ECO 100 or ECO 201. (3 crs.)
ECO 201. INTRODUCTORY MICROECONOMICS . An introduction to the market mechanism in a modem mixed economy; supply
and demand analysis is applied to consumer markets as well as
resource markets. (3 crs.)
rJ)_ ECO 202. INTRODUCTORY MACROECONOMICS.
~
~
0
u
An introducti on to the determination of national income; problems
of inflation and unemployment; international trade and economic
growth. Emphas is is placed on the roles of monetary and fiscal
policy in the conduct of macroeconomic policy. Prerequisite: ECO
100 or ECO 201 is recommended. (3 crs.)
ECO 242. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS. A study of the legal
framework within which business operates, including the Sherman
Anti-Trust Act, Clayton Act, Robinson-Patmon Act, Federal Trade
Act, and other newer forms of social control regulation. The course
explores the relationships between government and business:
government as regulator, subsidizer, partner, and competition. (3 crs.)
ECO 251. DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN ECONOMY.
A survey of the beginning, development, and growth of the
American economy with emphasis on the business sector. Prerequisite: ECO 100 or ECO 201 or ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 301. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS. An analysis of
the theories of consumer behavior and of firms in the allocation of
resources, and of general price and distribution theory, with
application to current economic issues. Prerequisites: ECO 20 I ,
ECO 202 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
ECO 302. INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS. Analysis of the
determination of national income, employment and price levels.
Discussion of consumption, investment, inflation, and government
fiscal and monetary policy. Prerequisite: ECO 201 , ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 304. MONEY AND BANKING. Relation of money and credit
to economic activity and prices; impact of public policy in financial
markets and for goods and services; policies, structure and the
functions of the Federal Reserve System; organization, operations,
and functions of the commercial banking system, as related to
questions of economic stability and public policy. Prerequi sites:
ECO 201 , ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 307. STATE AND LOCAL FINANCE. Principles and
problems of financing state and local governments. Topics include
taxation, expenditures, intergovernmental grants, and governmental
fi scal relations. Prerequisite: ECO 100 or equivalent. (3 crs.)
ECO 31 l. LABOR ECONOMICS . An introduction to labor
economics, theories of the labor movement, the American labor
movement, wage and employment theory, comparative labor
movements and trade union impact on wages, prices, and national
income. Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202. (3 crs.)
162
California University of Pennsylvania
ECO 320. MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS. A course designed to
enable Economics and Business majors to understand the simpler
aspects of mathematical economics. Relationships of functions and
graphs, simultaneous equations, maximization techniques, and
those parts of algebra and calculus required for economic analysis
are presented. Prerequisites: ECO 201 , ECO 202 and MAT 181 or
MAT 182. (3 crs.)
ECO 322. MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS . A survey of analytical
techniques available to the modern business manager. Topics
include economics for managers, business forecasting, cost and
production functions, industrial pricing, profit planning, business
decision making. Prerequisites: ECO 201, ECO 202, ECO 320 or a
course in calculus. (3 crs.)
ECO 331. REGIONAL ECONOMICS. An introduction to regional
analysis: theories of city locations and hierarchies, industrial
location patterns, land-use patterns, the short-run impact of
industrial change upon employment in one community and on longrun differentials of per capita income between regions. Prerequisite:
ECO I00 or ECO 20 l or ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 342_. ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS. Environmental
pollution, failure of the market system, and optimum resource
allocation; levels of pollution abatement and public policy; energy
and public policy. Prerequisite: ECO 201, ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 351. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS. An analysis
of the institutional structure of each type of economy and understanding of the reasons for the similarities and differences of
institutional structures by comparing capitalist, socialist, and
communist economic systems. Prerequisites: ECO 100 or ECO 201
or ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 379. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ECONOMICS . This course is
designed to meet th e changing interests of students and facu lty.
Topics vary in response to those interests. Prerequisites: ECO 201,
ECO 202 or permission of instructor. (Variable crs.)
ECO 401. INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION. Analysis of market
structure and its relation to market performance, changing structure
of U.S. industry, and pricing policies in different industrial
classifications of monopoly and competition in relation to the
problems of public policy. Prerequisite: ECO 20 I. (3 crs .)
ECO 405 . PUBLIC FINANCE. A study of the role of federal, state,
and local governments in meeting public wants. Topics include
analysis of tax theory and policy, government expenditures, public
debt management, government budgeting, benefit cost analysis and
income redistribution . Prerequisites: ECO 201 , ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 421. APPLIED ECONOMETRICS . The formu lation,
estimation and testing of economic models. Topics include single
variable and multiple variable regression techniques, estimation of
lagged relationships, use of dummy variables, problems of
multicolinearity and autocorrelation and system of equations.
Prerequisites: MAT 225 , ECO 20 1 and ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 431. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS . A descriptive and
theoretical analysis of international trade, balance of payment
accounts, comparative costs, mechanisms of international financial
relations. Prerequisites: ECO 20 I, ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 433. ECONOMICS OF GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT.
Understanding of the obstac les to economi c growth, req uirements
for growth, and other topics related to economi c growth in underdeveloped countri es. Prerequisites: ECO 20 1, ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 451. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT. An ex tensive
survey of the development of economic thought from ancient times
to the present stressing the contributions of Smith, Ricardo, Marx,
Marshall and Key nes. Thi s course should be taken quite late in the
undergradu ate career. Prerequisites: ECO 20 I, ECO 202. (3 crs.)
ECO 479. HONORS COURSE IN ECONOMICS. Integrated
reading under staff direction. Selected topics are investigated and
written reports are submitted. Prerequisites: ECO 20 1, ECO 202 or
permission of instructor. The course is repeatable fo r one time if
course content is different. (3 crs.)
ECO 490. COMMUNITY RESOURCES WORKSHOP. A
workshop th at exposes teachers to various co mmunity resources and
encourages their implementati on into educational programs.
Emphasis is placed on the eco nomi c aspects of community life with
approximately twenty-five hours of classroom eco nomi cs suppl ementing numerous field trips and lectures. This is not a repeatable
course. Prerequisites: Senior standing or college degree. (6 crs.)
ECO 492. ECONOMICS INTERNS HIP. The student is placed with
a business firm, a bank, an industri al firm , a government office, a
health care facil ity or a simil ar institution fo r on-the-job experiences
related to classroom course work. This course should be taken quite
late in the undergradu ate career. Credit hours will range from one to
12 depending upon the nature of the particul ar ass ignment.
Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor. A
maximum of 12 credits can be used toward the co mpl etion of
degree. (Vari able crs .)
microteaching, the students will learn how to plan for and utilize
strategies based on research in effective teaching and in the cognitive and
affective development of children. (3 crs.)
EDE 300. LANGUAGE AND LITERACY IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL I. This is the first in a series of two required courses that
examine the development of literacy in elementary-age children. Students
are taught how to teach reading, writing, listening, and speaking skills
using an integrated approach, consistent with the constructivist theory of
teaching and learning. Theoretical orientations to several approaches of
literacy instruction are introduced, analyzed, and evaluated. Practical
implications of these theories are examined in detail, and students are
expected to demonstrate strategies through the use of microteaching, as
well as in field work. (3 crs.)
EDE 305. MATHEMATICAL CONTENT AND METHOD IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Emphasis is on understanding children's
cognitive development and perception and their work with mathematics.
To accomplish this it is suggested that students work with children. The
professor demonstrates learning activities appropriate to the developmental and academic levels of children. As time permits, and on the basis of
the experiences gained through observing and working with children,
critical analyses of commercial arithmetic materials and texts, as well as
recent trends and current projects in arithmetic, will be considered.
Prerequisites: 32 college credits, nine natural science credits. (3 crs.)
EDE 306. TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES FOR ELEMENTARY GRADES. The foundations of the social studies are
examined. Instructi onal strategies for the constructivist classroom
will be emphas ized. Attention will be given to current trends and
the present status of social studies. Prerequisites: 32 college credits,
nine social science credits. (3 crs.)
EDE - Elementary Education
EDE 307. SCIENCE FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. This
course is designed to acquaint students with the history of science
curricula, the content of science, and the process of science
teaching. The instructor will generate enthusiasm for science,
encourage scientific inquiry, demonstrate positive attitudes, enhance
appreciation for science and science interests, and model effective
science teaching consistent with the Elementary/Early Childhood
Department 's Constructivist Model for Teaching. Prerequisites: 32
college credits; nine natural science credits . (3 crs.)
EDE 100. READING, STUDY AND LISTENING SKILLS. The
purpose of this course is to develop reading, study, and listening skills at
the college level. Included are suggestions for taking more efficient notes,
time management, locating and utilizing library resources, development
of vocabulary, and improving reading and listening skilJs for college
reading purposes. (3 crs.)
EDE 3 1 I. CHILDREN ' S LITERATURE. This course acquaints the
student with literature avai lable for children and various techniques
that may be employed in elementary classrooms to stimulate
interest in reading and telling stories and poems. Prerequisites: 32 ~
college credits; nine humanities credits. (3 crs .)
~
EDE 205. ART FOR THE ELEMENTARY GRADES. A course
required for Art Education majors. Emphas is is placed on the nature
of creativity and its values in the development of the whole child.
Creativity is given perso nal meaning through the ex plorati on of art
materials and techniques. The ro le of the classroom teacher
teaching art is establi shed. (3crs.)
EDE 320. FIELD EXPERIENCES MIDDLE SCHOOL. The
student receives background and experience in working with
~
intermediate grade children in the classroom. Lectures and
~
classroom teaching experi ences are combined to give the student an ""-'ti
opportunity to di scover an aptitude and interest in working with
~
children. (3 crs.)
EDE 211 . INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES IN ELEMENTARY AND
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course is designed to teach
students a set of teaching behaviors that are related to student achievement in the elementaiy and early childhood classrooms. Topics covered
include: conception of elementary/early childhood curriculum, Bloom's
taxonomy of cognition, questioning and discussion behaviors, utilization
of thinking skilJs, integration of subject areas, inductive and deductive
teaching, observation and assessment of children, cognitive and affective
concerns of children as outlined by Piaget, and content presentation
skills. Through class discussions, practice sessions, role-playing, and
EDE 32 1. FIELD EXPERIENCES ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. The
students receive background and experience in working with
~
elementary grade children in the classroom. Lectures and classroom
teaching experiences are combined to give students an opportunity · -'
to di scover their aptitude and interest in working with young
~
children. (3 crs.)
ECO 495. SEMINAR IN ECONOMICS. An intensive examination
of selected subj ects from the fields of Economics, Management,
Business and Labor Relations. It is a repeatable course if course
content is different. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
(1
0
00
00
Q
=
O
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
163
00 EDE 330. TEACHING IN THE MIDDLE SCHOOL. Successful
Z instruction in the middle school calls for creating an environment
which is responsive to the developmental needs of early adolescents. This course provides the student with an understanding of the
~ overall structure of middle school curriculum and instruction. The
~ historical development, goals, philosophy, and mission of middle
~ level education will be explored. The student will be introduced to a
~ variety to instructional strategies appropriate for the wide diversity
~ of development among middle school students. (3 crs.)
0
u
00
EDE 340. LANGUAGE AND LITERACY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL II. This is the second in a series of two required
~ courses that examine the development of literacy in elementary-age
children. Students review the theoretical bases of an integrated
approach to teaching the language arts. Specific strategies that
~ reflect these theories are then investigated, demonstrated, and
practiced. Such strategies teach children necessary literacy skills
~ through a meaning-centered approach, and emphasize the integra~ tion of all subject areas, as well as the connection between the
ii,,,., language arts modes. Students are expected to demonstrate their
abilities to connect theory to practice in field work. (3 crs.)
Q
00
O
u
EDE 450. ASSESSING CHILDREN' S PERFORMANCE. This
course presents practical methods and techniques for planning,
construction and use of oral, performance, essay, and objective tests
with an assumption that evaluation's role in the teaching/learning
process is both active and fundamental. (3 crs.)
EDE 461 . STUDENT TEACHING. During this course the student is
assigned to work in two classrooms in the public schools. Under
supervision, the student observes and participates in all teaching
activities related to the performance of a teacher's work in the
elementary grades. Besides field work, students attend practicum
class once a week. Discussions are centered around the current
materials utilized in all subject areas. Pennsylvania school laws
relevant to the work of the classroom teacher are analyzed and
discussed. Opportunities are provided to discuss problems encountered by students in their student teaching experiences. Teaching
opportunities are identified and discussed on a weekly basis. (12 crs.)
EDF - Educational Foundations
EDF 290. POLICY STUDIES IN AMERICAN EDUCATION . A
course for prospective teachers designed to study the educational
policy process at all levels, from local school districts to the federal
government, as well as a study of the policies that have shaped
educational practices in today 's schools. Through a critical
examination of a number of timely and interesting developments in
contemporary education, students will relate historical, philosophical and social perspectives to contemporary interpretation. Prerequisite: Must have sophomore standing. (3 crs.)
EDF 30 I. COMPUTERS FOR TEACHERS. This course in educational computing provides the learner with fundamental concepts and
skills that build a foundation for applying computers and other
hardware and software in educational settings. The course focuses on
the computer as an object of instruction, a productivity tool, and an
adjunct to instruction in the classroom. Laboratory assignments
requiring use of the university computer facilities are designed to
provide generalizable and transferable competencies. (3 crs.)
EDF 302. APPLIED INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY. This
course is the study of the principles of selection, use and development of basic and advanced instructional technology. The student
will study "Instructional Systems Technology," and appropriate
media. Laboratory sessions include learning and practicing the
164
Californja Unjversity of Pennsylvania
proper operation of equipment and identifying and solving typical
instructional problems. Prerequisite: EDF 301 Computers for
Teachers or computer literacy by examination. (3 crs.)
EDF 318. FOUNDATIONS OF DEATH AND DYING. The
phenomenon of death and dying in the areas of anthropology,
psychology, philosophy, education, literature, etc. (3 crs.)
EDS - Educational Studies
EDS 300. PROBLEMS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION. This is a
course in professional development which focuses on the practical
problems of teaching and learning in the secondary school. Field
experiences enable student participation in a range of activities
which provide real life experiences with the problems confronting
public school teachers today. (3 crs.)
EDS 430. EDUCATIONAL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS IN
SECONDARY SCHOOLS. A consideration of the simpler
statistical measures, with particular stress on the application to
classroom work and of the principles underlying the construction of
valid, reliable objective tests. Alternative forms of assessment such
as journals, portfolios and cu lturally relevant strategies are also
studied. (3 crs.)
EDS 440. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. The app lication of principles of educational psychology, philosophy, and sociology to the teaching of English in
secondary schools. The course includes both practical techniques of
classroom practice and an investigation of the larger problems of
the profession. Adeq uate prior content courses in English are
necessary to the student undertaking thi s course. (3 crs.)
EDS 445. TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. Methods that may be used in teaching social studies.
Emphasis is placed on the philosophy, objectives, courses of study,
and organization of subject matter for teaching purposes; curriculum materials; procedures; and development. (3 crs.)
EDS 455 . MODERN METHODS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. A
general methods course for those students unable to schedule
specialized methods. Different approaches are modeled, then
students present lessons and experiences. Classroom management
and organization are included as well as extensive utilization of
Information Age Technology. (3 crs.)
EDS 460. TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. To further develop the mathematics required to be an
effective teacher of secondary school mathematics. To acquaint the
student with general procedures in classroom preparation, organization, control and evaluation. To acquaint the student with specific
procedures for developing a problem-solving approach to the
teaching of mathematics. Results of mathematical standards
according to recent research, studies and trends are indicated. The
evaluation and use of technol ogical and visual aids pertaining to
mathematics are considered. (3 crs.)
EDS 461. STUDENT TEACHING AND SCHOOL LAW. This is the
final and most extensive clinical experience. Students are assigned to
a supervising teacher or teaching team at one of our clinical sites. The
students spend full time in classroom teaching for a semester of
fifteen weeks. A university supervi sor observes periodically and a
weekly practicum brings student teachers together to di scuss common
problems and concerns and those aspects of school law pertinent for
classroom teachers. Student teaching is scheduled during either the
fall or spring terms of the senior year. Pass/fail grade. ( 12 crs.)
EDS 465. DEVELOPMENTAL READING IN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Intended to help the prospective teachers of the Secondary
Education academic subject areas develop an understanding and
appreciation of the reading skills needed by their students. Methods
of establishing awareness of general reading needs as well as the
special skills unique to their subject areas are stressed. (2 crs.)
EDS 466. TEACHING MODERN LANGUAGES (K through 12).
The course covers the theory and practice of teaching modem
languages. Instruction in the use of the laboratory is given. Emphasis
is given to the student developing an adequate understanding of the
needs, interests, learning characteristics and motivations of students at
various ages of development, K through 12. (3 crs.)
EDS 467. TEACHING OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS . This course prepares pre-service middle school and
high school science teachers to engage students in understanding
science through personal experience. The course emphasizes
strategies that engage students in active inquiry, collaboration with
peers, and acquiring and using tools of learning in an experiential
learning environment. The approach of the course is experiential,
inquiry-oriented and reflective. Prerequisite: 12 hours of work in
the major field and junior-level status. (3 crs.)
EDS 494. STUDENT TEACHING WORKSHOP. For those
individuals who have had at least one year of teaching experience in
a private school, college, military, etc. Approval by the department
chair and director of student teaching is required. Typically,
students are placed in a public school during the month of May until
the close of the school year (5-6 weeks) in order to determine
competence in a public school setting for state certification. (6 crs.)
EDU - Education
EDU 210. TEACHING IN A MULTI-CULTURAL SOCIETY. The
development of intergroup-interpersonal awareness to promote a
better understanding of different races, sexes, religious beliefs,
national origins, and socio-economic backgrounds found in our
multicultural society. Emphasis on developing the awareness,
knowledge skill and competency needed for positive human
relationships. (3crs.)
EDU 340. MAINSTREAMING EXCEPTIONAL LEARNERS .
This course is designed to prepare educational personnel with the
information and skills necessary for accommodating exceptional
learners in a variety of school arrangements. Focus is on assessment
and remediation of learning problems, classroom organization and
management, teaching resources, legal issues, curriculum considerations, parent involvement, condition of professional services, and
many other issues pertinent to the education of exceptional learners
in the " mainstream" of education. (3 crs.)
EDU 449 . STUDENT TEACHING - SPECIAL EDUCATION.
(Variable)
EDU 459. STUDENT TEACHING - ELEMENTARY EDUCATION. (Variable)
EDU 469. STUDENT TEACHING - SECONDARY EDUCATION .
(Variable)
EET - Electronics Engineering Technology
EET 110. DC CIRCUITS. An introduction to the study of electrical
circuits. Topics include resistance, vo ltage, current, mesh analysis,
and nodal analysis. Network theorems pertaining to de sources are
presented. Corequisi te: MAT I 8 I. (4 crs.)
EET 160. AC CIRCUITS. An introduction to the study of electrical
circuits in the sinusoidal steady state. Topics include capacitors,
inductors, complex numbers, ac me h analysis, ac nodal analysis
and network theorems pertaining to ac sources. Prerequisite: EET
110. Corequisite: MAT 191. (4 crs.)
EET 170. DIGITAL ELECTRONICS DESIGN. An introducti on to
the design of combination and sequential digital logic circuits.
Topics include number systems, codes, gates, latches, decoders,
multiplexers, flip-flops, counters, AID and DIA concepts and
memory circuits. (3 crs.)
EET 2 10. LINEAR ELECTRONICS I. A study of solid state diodes
and transistors. Methods of biasing, temperature stabi lization,
determining voltage gain and input resistance for small signal
amplifiers. Prerequisite: EET 160. (4 crs.)
EET 220. INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRIC POWER. A study of
the fundamentals of three-phase circuits, transformers, de machines,
polyphase ac machines, and single-phase ac machines. Prerequisite:
EET 160. (4 crs.)
EET 260. LINEAR ELECTRONICS II. An introduction to power
amplifiers, differenti al amplifiers, field effect transistors, operational amp lifiers, frequency effects, vo ltage regulation, and
operational amplifier applications. Prerequisites: EET 210, MAT
28 I. (4 crs.)
EET 270. INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSOR DESIGN.
Introduction to programming concepts includes branching, stack
operations, subroutines and vector interrupts. Interfacing topics
include coding, drivers, DIA and AID conversion. Prerequisite: EET
170. (3 crs.)
EET 3 10. METHODS lN ENGINEERING ANALYSIS. Introduction
to matrix theory, classical first and second order transient analysis,
active filter and oscillator design, and Fourier anal ysis. Computer
solutions to special problems wi ll be presented. Prerequisites: EET
260, MAT 28 1. Corequisites: EET 320, MAT 282. (4 crs.)
EET 320. NETWORK ANALYSIS . A calculus-based ci rcuit theory
course. Topics include the introduction to Laplace transforms, and
the use of Laplace transforms in the study of circuit analysis,
transfer functions and frequ ency response. Circuit analysis
programming is used to compare computer solutions with analytic
solutions. Prerequisites: EET 260, MAT 28 1. Corequisites: EET
310, MAT 282. (4 crs.)
n
0
d
~
00
trj
~
trj
00
n
EET 330. ADVANCED MICROPROCESSOR DESIGN. Applications of microprocessors and microcomputers to instrumentation,
control , and communications. Topics include machine and assembly ~
language programming, UO interfacing circuits, advanced AID and ,_...
DIA conversions, handshaki ng, interrupts, serial and parallel
~
communications and programmable timer algorithms. A semester ~
project is required. Prerequisite: EET 270. (3 crs.)
,_...
0
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
165
OOEET 360. MICROPROCESSOR ENGINEERING. The analysis and
development of MCU stand-alone controllers. The requirements for
the design of industrial applications and the use of advanced
software development tools and PCs as development systems will
~ be presented. Prerequisite: EET 330. (4 crs.)
Z
0
~
~ EET 370. INSTRUMENTATION DESIGN I. The design of electronic
~
instruments utilizing linear and digital integrated circuits and opto~ electronic devices. Topics will include dual slope digital voltmeters,
electronic thermometers, isolation amplifiers, frequency counters and
function generators. Numerical linearization methods for non linear
~ transducers are introduced. Prerequisite: EET 320. (4 crs.)
U
Q EET 400. SENIOR PROJECT PROPOSAL. The student will
submit a written proposal for a project. After approval of the project
~ the student will be assigned a faculty advisor. Minimum require-
00 ments for the proposal are submission of a functi onal specification
~
and a time schedule for completion. Prerequisite: Senior Status.
ENG 217. ( I er.)
~ Corequisite:
0EET 410. AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEMS . Design of
feedback control systems and devices as applied to electrical
machinery and transducers. Topics will include Bode plots, the rootlocus method and nyquist diagrams. Prerequisite: EET 370.
Corequisite: EET 420. (4 crs.)
U
EET 420. INSTRUMENTATION DESIGN II. A microprocessorbased instrumentation design course utili zing linear, digital and
opto-electronic devices. Software solutions to input/output
problems wiU be considered along with software solutions to
nonlinear transducer data. Prerequisite: EET 370. Corequi site: EET
410. (4 crs.)
EET 430. RF COMMUNICATIONS. Communication systems
principles including: AM/FM modulation, AM/FM demodulation,
transmitters, receivers, antennas, transmission lines, digital
techniques and protocols. Prerequisite: EET 320. (4 crs.)
EET 440. COMPUTER NETWORKING. This course involves the
electronic hardware of networking systems such as those used to
connect heterogeneous computers. Major topics include locality,
topologies, media standards, intemetworking devices and protocols.
Hands-on application of network theory is provided via a laboratory
style term project involving a multi-user network computer system.
The student will design and develop the hardware and communication software required to implement a multi-node microprocessorbased packet network. (4 crs.)
EET 450. SENIOR PROJECT. Employs the design, construction
and anal ys is of an electronic device or instrument. Depending on
the complexity of the project, total construction may not be
required. With the approval from the advisor, group projects may
also be involved. Prerequisite: EET 400. (3 crs.)
EET 460. DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING. Introduction to linear
systems, digital filters and the Z-Transform, and the Fast Fourier
Transform. Fundamentals of sampling concepts and the interfacing
of analog and digital signal processing will also be covered.
Prerequisites: EET 410, EET 360. (4 crs.)
EET 475 . BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY. A
study of widely used medical devices with emphasis upon those
types used for patient care in the hospital. The Physics and
Engineering of various devices wi ll be presented and their rel ationship to human anatomy and physiology will be emphasized.
166
California University of Pennsylvania
Hospital organization and the role of the Clinical Engineering
department will be examined. Prerequisite: EET 420. (4 crs.)
EET 476. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
INTERNSHIP. Upon acceptance to a hospital the student will work
with a Clinical Engineer and/or a Biomedical Equipment Technician inspecting, maintaining, calibrating and modifying biomedical
equipment. Programs of instruction will vary from hospital to
hospital, but the student will be exposed to medical devices from all
special and critical care areas. Prerequisite : EET 475. (4 crs.)
EET 495. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
INTERNSHIP. Upon acceptance to an internship site, the student
will work with an electrical engineer and/or an electronic technician
inspecting, maintaining, calibrating, testing, analyzing, assembling,
modifying or designing various types of electronic devices.
Programs of instruction will vary, but the student will be provided
with practical work experience in a dynamic environment in which
they will be dealing with actual problems requiring practical
·
solutions. (1-4 crs.)
ENG - English
ENG I 00. ENGLISH LANGUAGE SKILLS. A beginning course
which provides guided practice in writing and reading, with emphasis
on the interrelationship of reading, thinking, and writing. English
Language Skills stresses fundamental principles of and attitudes
toward writing, as well as how to put these principles and attitudes
into practice. It emphasizes the ability to read correctly and to
organize material effectively and, by adherence to the innate logic of
language (revealed in its rules of grammar, syntax, punctuation and
vocabulary choice), to express ideas clearly and precisely. (3 crs.)
ENG 101. ENGLISH COMPOSITION I. Composition I is a sequel
to English Language Skills. It provides guided practice in writing,
with emphasis on thoughtful analysis of subject matter, clear
understanding of the writing situation, flexible use of rhetorical
strategies, and development of stylistic options, particularly those
related to an understanding of a variety of purposes and voices.
ENG 101 continues the development of the essential writing,
reading and thinking skills stressed in ENG 100. (3 crs.)
ENG 102. ENGLISH COMPOSITION II. The sequence of
Composition I - Composition II provides guided practice in writing,
with an emphasis on more demanding writing situations. It
continues the work begun in Composition I with more complicated
rhetorical strategies and stylistic options, especially audiencecentered considerations. ENG 102 introduces research and research
writing at the undergraduate level. (3 crs.)
ENG 106. INTRODUCTION TO POETRY. An introduction to the
elements of poetry through the close analysis and explication of
selected poetry from a variety of poets. (3 crs.)
ENG 107. INTRODUCTION TO FICTION. An introduction to the
elements of fiction through the close reading of selected short
stories and novels by a variety of authors. (3 crs.)
ENG 108. INTRODUCTION TO DRAMA. An introduction to the
basic elements of drama. Readings will be selected from works
from the Greek Classical Period to the Modem Age. (3 crs.)
ENG 151. WORD PROCESSING. An introduction to the basic
concepts of word processing. The student learns such operations as
disk formatting, editing and printing standard document files,
copying files from other sources, creating simple database files , and
merging fil es to do mass-mailings. The course assumes no prior
kn owledge of computers. This course may not be used to satisfy
Humanitie requirements in the General Education program. ( I er.)
ENG 155. BLACK LITERATURE. An introduction to the writings
of Black Americans in poetry, fiction, and drama, ranging from the
Harlem Renaissance of the 1920s to the contemporary productions
of Leroi Jones, Ishmael Reed and Toni Morrison. (3 crs.)
ENG 167. JOURNALISM I (NEWSWRITING). An introduction to
basic news gathering and newswriting taught by in-class exercises
early in the semester, followed by weekly assignments that require
submissions to the California Times. (3 crs.)
ENG 169. JOURNALISM II (FEATURE WRITING). Feature
writing and in-depth news reporting. Students write four feature
articles suitable for publicati on in the Califo rni a Times. (3 crs.)
ENG 191. STUDENT PUBLICATIONS WORKSHOP. The
uni versity newspaper, magazine, and yearbook serve as laboratories.
The student practices writing, editing, photography, graphics,
design, layout, and production. Above all, the student learns to
work against the clock both and with the latest computer technology, a journalistic necessity. ( 1 er each)
ENG 203. GREAT BOOKS . The texts and histori cal backgrounds of
selections from the most highly regarded literature of the world. The
range is from the classical Greek era to the twentieth centu.ry. (3 crs.)
ENG 205. WORLD LITERATURE TO 1600. Examples of works
from a variety of periods and cultures through 1600 are examined
for their literary merit and national characters. Works are read in
translation. (3 crs .)
ENG 206. WORLD LITERATURE FROM 1600. Examples of
works from a variety of cultures and periods after 1600 are
examined for their literary merit and national characters. Works are
read in translation. (3 crs.)
ENG 2 11. BUSINESS WRITING I. An introduction to the analysis,
writing, and oral presentation of formal and semi- formal documents essential to the business communities. Prerequisite: ENG
JO I. (3 crs .)
ENG 212. BUSINESS WRITING II. A continuati on in the practice
of those skills developed in Business Writing I. Prerequisite: ENG
2 11 Business Writing I or equivalent writi ng ability. (3 crs.)
ENG 215. LITERATURE AND AGING. The stud y of literature that
incl udes aging as a themati c device. (3 crs.)
ENG 2 17. SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL WRITING. An
introduction to the specific techniques used in the preparation of
reports and other scientific documents. Recommended for Science
and Technology majors. Prerequi site ENG 101 . (3 crs.)
ENG 2 18. SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL WRITING II. A
problem solving approach to techni cal writing: adapting to various
audi ences, organizati on of complex documents, computer documentation. Students will prepare extensive technical reports. (3 crs.)
ENG 254. AMERICAN JOURNALISM: A study of the recent history
of journalism and of the present state of the profess ion. The emphasis is
on print journalism; however, the news gathering and reporting aspects
of radio and television are covered. Prerequisites: ENG 167 Journalism
I and ENG 169 Journalism II for writing majors. (3 crs.)
ENG 265 . THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE IN LITERATURE:
NINETEENTH CENTURY. A survey of selected works which ( I)
were very popular; (2) were influential in the course of American
history; (3) reveal facets of American life in the 19th century. (3 crs.)
ENG 266. THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE IN LITERATURE:
TWENTIETH CENTURY. A study of selected literature of
twentieth century America in the context of majo r social, historical ,
economic, and intellectual trends. In addition to the treatment of
standard twentieth century class ics, books whi ch have had a wide
popular appeal or which have influenced or interpreted the cultural
life of modem America are studi ed. All genres are included, with
special emphasis on fiction and non- fiction . A lower division
course desig ned for the general educational student. (3 crs.)
ENG 301. ENGLISH LITERATURE I. A survey of English
literature from the beginnings in the sixth century to the late
eighteenth century. (3 crs.)
ENG 302. ENGLISH LITERATURE II. A survey of English
literature from the Romantic poets to the present day. (3 crs.)
ENG 306. PRESS LAW AND ETHICS. This course helps student
journalists understand not only what they can or can ' t do by law, but
what they should or should not do wi thin commonl y accepted
standards of good taste and morali ty. (3 crs.)
ENG 308. RESEARCH FOR WRITERS . For students in each of
the Professional Writing tracks. Bas ic library materials and
techniques, on-campus resources, govern ment documents, research
libraries, and advanced techniques of interviewing, document
analysis, etc. Concludes with a prepublicati on draft of a researched
paper in the student's area of specialization . (3 crs.)
ENG 310. SURVEY OF OLD AND MIDDLE ENGLISH LITERATURE. A study of English literature from the beginnings to
approximately 1500. Some of the topics, authors, and works are
Beowulf, elegiac and Christian poetry, the rise of the dram a, the
romance (Sir Gawain and the Green Kni ght and Thomas Malory 's
Morte D ' Arthur), and selections from Geoffrey Chaucer's Canterbury Tales. Most of the writing is read in Modem English vers ions.
Attention is pai d to histori cal and social backgrounds. (3 crs.)
ENG 312. JOURNALISM III. Working on college publications,
editing, proofreading, and rewriting materials for print are learned in
the classroom and in the production of actual publication . (3 crs.)
ENG 3 13. SPORTSWRITING I: A study of the history of
sportswriting in America and the techniques of wri ting daily
coverage of sports and athletes . Students will study interviewing,
finding and using statistics, the standards and practices of the
profession and the make- up, layout and design of the daily sports
page. Students will be ass igned beats and will be asked to write at
least one story per week. (3 crs.)
(j
0
d
~
rJJ.
~
~
~
rJJ.
(j
~
ENG 314. SPORTSWRITING II : A study of the techniques of
~
writing lengthy, in-depth stories about sports and athletes. Students ~
will be asked to write columns, feature stories and profi les and to do ~
investi gative reporting. Students should have taken Journalism I and ~
Sportswriting I. (3 crs.)
0
zrJJ.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
167
z
r:J'J. ENG 315. SURVEY OF AMERICAN WOMEN WRITERS :
METHOD AND TEXT. The importance of both text and method in
the study of American women writers is emphasized in this course.
Assigned readings and research workshops introduce students to a
~ variety of texts and sources as well as to methods for reading,
~ di scovering, and interpreting writings. Integration of text and
~ method is achieved through a series of writing and research projects
~ that are tied to the assigned readings . (3 crs.)
0
~ ENG 3 16. MYTHOLOGY I. An exploration of the origins of
U
mythol ogy and various myths through a study of samples from
writings of Native Americans, Colonialists, Federalists, Romantics,
Trancendentalists, Slaves, and others as formative expressions of
our American heritage. (3 crs.)
ENG. 338. SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE II. The
second course of the American literature two-course survey
sequence begins with the literature of the Reconstruction period,
Realism and later Naturalism, and moves to the Experimental
writing of the Twentieth Century, culminating in works by contemporary authors. The emphasis is on showing the development of an
eclectic and uniquely American literature. (3 crs.)
r:J'J. Greek, Roman, Nordic, Oriental, African, and American Indian
~ mythologies. The roles of gods and heroes in the indicated cultures
Q are also studied. (3 crs.)
~ ENG 317. MYTHOLOGY II. A further examination of mythology,
ENG 341. ROMANTIC LITERATURE. An intensive study of
selected works by such Romantic poets as William Blake, William
Wordsworth, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Percy Bysshe Shelley, John
Keats, and Lord Byron. (3 crs.)
r:J'J. with emphasis on legends and folktales , through study of English,
~
Irish, German, Italian, French, and American mythologies. (3 crs.)
~ ENG 318. POETICS . Through readings from a text on poetic
O theory, essays on poetry by poets, and an anthology of poetry,
students learn to analyze poems in great detail , stressing poetry as
U an act of language and something which is made as much as it is
inspired. Students become acquainted with the variety of means by
whi ch the literary craftsman creates feeling and meaning. (3 crs.)
ENG 321. THE ENGLISH RENAISSANCE: SKELTON
THROUGH DONNE. A study of nondramatic prose and poetry
chosen from such writers as Thomas Wyatt, the Earl of Surrey,
Thomas Sackvill e, John Skelton, Sir Philip Sidney, Edmund
Spenser, William Shakespeare, and John Donne, with emphasis on
such literary genres as the lyric and sonnet, and an examination of
various philosophical, historical, and social documents. (3 crs.)
ENG 322. THE ENGLISH RENAISSANCE: BACON THROUGH
MARVELL. A study of the nondramatic prose and poetry of
England in the seventeenth century from the works of John Donne,
Ben Jonson, Robert Herrick, George Herbert, John Milton, and
Henry Vaughan. Emphasis on the three schools of poetry of this
century. (3 crs.)
ENG 334. NEWSPAPER REPORTING I. A professional level
course that acquaints students with basic newsroom procedures and
assignments. Prerequisites: ENG 167, ENG 169. (3 crs.)
ENG 335. NEWSPAPER REPORTING II. The course builds on
material learned in Newspaper Reporting I, but the emphasis shifts to
extended coverage of more complex institutions and issues, culminating in a multi-part story which demonstrates a knowledge of both the
issue and the governing, deliberative or enforcement agency involved.
Prerequisites: ENG 167, ENG 169, ENG 334. (3 crs.)
ENG 336. COMPUTER ASSISTED NEWSREPORTING. An
advanced level journalism course designed to show students how to
gain access to computer records and how to arrange that material into
meaningful patterns using an interrelational data base program and a
simple spread sheet program. The course assumes no prior knowledge of computers and is designed for the computer novice. (3 crs.)
ENG 337. SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE I. English
337 spans American literature from its colonial inception to the end
of the Civil War, the literature's formative years, focusing on
diverse forms and vo ices of expression. This literature presents the
168
California University of Pennsylvania
ENG 342. VICTORIAN LITERATURE. An historical and critical
survey of the poetry and nonfictional prose of the Victorian period
through such writers as Alfred Tennyson, Robert and Elizabeth Barrett
Browning, Thomas Carlyle, Matthew Arnold, Dante Gabriel and
Christina Rossetti, Gerard Manley Hopkins, John Stuart Mill, John
Ruskin, John Henry Newman, T. H. Huxley, and Walter Pater. (3 crs.)
ENG 345. ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND USAGE. Provides future
English teachers, professional writing majors, and other interested
students, with a sophisticated background in English grammar. The
course covers a variety of grammatical theories, issues of mechanical correctness in writing, and the sociology of usage. (3 crs.)
ENG 346. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. A survey
of the development of the language from its Germanic base to the
emergence of American English. Explanations of sound shifts and
foreign and social influences. (3 crs.)
ENG 347. INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS . An examination
of the several areas of language study: history of the language,
phonology and morphology, grammars (traditional and modem),
and contemporary American usage, dialects, lexicography, and
semantics. (3 crs .)
ENG 348. HISTORY OF LITERARY CRITICISM. An examination of major critical documents from Plato through the modern
critics. An intensive examination of the works themselves, with
some additional concern on their place in literary history. (3 crs.)
ENG 351. PUBLISHING THE MAGAZINE. Students in this
course publish a magazine, Flipside. They contribute works of
literature and reportage, illustrate it with original work or with
photographs, solicit contributors, finance the magazine through
advertising, and establish editorial policy. (3 crs.)
ENG 352. STUDIES IN WRITING . A study in style, its definition,
its analysis, and the techniques modern writers of creative nonfiction
use to achieve it. Students analyze the work of such writers as Tom
Wolfe, Joan Didion, Hunter Thompson and Truman Capote, then
apply to their own prose the techniques these writers use. (3 crs.)
ENG 355. SURVEY OF THE ENGLISH NOVEL I: THE BEGINNING THROUGH SCOTT. A study of the development of the
novel from its beginnings through the Romantic period, with
. emphasis on Daniel Defoe, Samuel Richardson, Henry Fielding,
Tobias Smollett, and Jane Austen. (3 crs.)
ENG 356. SURVEY OF THE ENGLISH NOVEL II: DICKENS TO
THE PRESENT. A study of the novels and novelists of the Victorian
period and the twentieth century, including Charles Dickens,
Charlotte, Emily and Ann Bronte, W. M. Thackeray, George Eliot,
Joseph Conrad, James Joyce, and Virginia Woolf. (3 crs.)
ENG 357. TWENTIETH CENTURY BRITISH LITERATURE TO
WORLD WAR II. A study of fiction, drama, and poetry with
emphasis on W. B. Yeats, D. H. Lawrence, George Bernard Shaw,
James Joyce, Joseph Conrad, Virginia Woolf, E. M. Forster, and W.
H. Auden. (3 crs.)
ENG 358. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE SINCE WORLD
WAR II. An exploration of texts, in a variety of genre including
major movements, critical, social and political from writings both in
English and in translation. (3 crs.)
ENG 371. CRITICAL THEORY AND THE TEACHING OF
LITERATURE. A required course for English majors in the
Secondary Engli sh track, Critical Theory and the Teaching of
Literature shows students how to relate contemporary literary
criticism to the teaching of literature. The varieties of literary
criticism covered include New Criticism, reader-response criticism,
deconstructive criticism, psychological criticism, feminist criticism,
and New Historicism. The literature studied emphasized items
typically taught in secondary schools, including both canonical
(e.g., Shakespeare's plays) and non-canonical (e.g., Young Adult
literature and Multicultural literature) works. (3 crs.)
ENG 372. COMPOSITION THEORY AND THE TEACHING OF
WRITING. A required course for English majors in the Secondary
English track, Composition Theory and the Teaching of Writing is
an introduction to rhetorical theory as it concerns the nature of
writing and the teaching of writing. The course also offers practical
information about, and experience with, modern course design and
pedagogy, as well as discussion of the politics of writing instruction
in contemporary schools. (3 crs.)
ENG 375. ADVANCED WRITING. The theories and practice of
expository, persuasive, and specialized report writing. Prerequisites:
ENG 101 , ENG 102 or equivalent writing ability. (3 crs.)
ENG 376. CREATIVE WRITING: FICTION. Techniques of fiction
are studied and applied to the writing of short stories, and students
are encouraged to use and shape their own experience, transmitting
those everyday things around them into fictional realities. (3 crs.)
ENG 377. CREATIVE WRITING: POETRY. Aspects of poetry,
such as line length, rhythm, sound patterns and imagery, are
discussed. Students will apply those techniques to their own
experience and vision, developing a poetic voice or style. (3 crs.)
ENG 378. CREATIVE WRITING : DRAMA. Writing techniques
for the modern stage; students progress from idea through written
text to the production of a scene or a one-act play. (3 crs.)
ENG 401. COPYWRITING. Students who have already taken the
basic advertising course are expected to improve preexisting writing
skills through individual and group projects in each of these areas:
(1) direct mail advertisements, (2) newspaper and magazine space
advertisements, (3) industrial newsletters and brochures, (4) radio
and TV advertisements. Each student writes at least two usable
advertisements for off-campus and one for a campus program or
organization. Not for beginners. Prerequisite: ENG 437. (3 crs.)
ENG 415. CHAUCER. The Canterbury Tales and other works. (3 crs.)
ENG 419. INTERNSHIP IN PROFESSIONAL WRITING .
Introduces students to the competitive world of professional
writing. Students and cooperating institutions conclude a formal
agreement whereby they work at a j ob and simultaneously receive
undergraduate credit. All details of the course are to be worked out
with the Coordinator of Professional Writing. (Variable crs.)
ENG 425 . SHAKESPEARE. Explores in considerable depth, and
with special reference to the condition of Shakespeare's times and
theater, some of his greatest plays, especially (a) those most often
studied in secondary school and (b) his great tragedies. (3 crs.)
ENG 427. MILTON. An examination of the maj or poetry: Paradi se
Lost, Paradise Regained, Samson Agonistes, and Lycidas. The prose
is treated insofar as it is related to the poetry. (3 crs.)
ENG 430. ADAPTATION OF LITERARY MATERIALS. Adaptation of literature to the mechanical demands of television, radio,
theater, and film . While remaining faithful to an author's intent, the
student must adapt written texts to each of the following : television,
theater, and film . (3 crs.)
ENG 435. ARTICLE WRITING. The styles and techniques of article
writing. The student learns the editorial demands of numerous
magazines, and demonstrates versatility and writing ability by tailoring
the work to the demands. Promotes astuteness by showing how to
illustrate, "package," and market a special kind of writing. (3 crs.)
ENG 437 . ADVERTISING. An introduction to marketing theories,
behavior patterns, and techniques of advertising campaigns:
copywriting, layout, and production of adverti sing through working
for an actual client. (3 crs.)
ENG 440. LINGUISTICS AND THE TEACHING OF ENGLISH.
The purpose of this course is to help prepare English and Language
Arts majors through an understanding of two applications of
linguistics to language learning and research. In the first application,
students will examine Linguisti c research focused upon the study of
schooling and the teaching and learning of language to advance an
understanding of students' developing reading, writing and literary
practices. In the second application, students will analyze various
linguistic research methodologies to develop a sense of how they
might apply one or more of them to their own teaching. Assignments
and course readings are intended to encourage students to acquire a
critical sense of pedagogical practice used in the teaching of reading
and writing, as well as a critical sense of the rel ative merit of various
research approaches to the study of language learning. (3 crs.)
ENG 445 . DESCRIPTIVE LINGUISTICS. An examination of the
methods used by linguists to descri be languages in terms of their
internal structures. Topics explored include world language
families, language classification, writing systems, inventori es of
speech sounds, and other related material. (3 crs.)
ENG 448. PRACTICAL CRITICISM. Provides examples of criticism
and the opportunity to criticize poetry, fiction, and drama. (3 crs.)
0
~
~
00
trj
~
trj
00
n
~
~
~
ENG 478 . DIRECTED PROJECTS . (Variable crs.)
ENG 481 . STUDIES IN OLD AND MIDDLE ENGLISH LITERATURE. Arthurian romance, medi eval drama, Beowulf, medi eval
ballads, Old English poetry. (3 crs.)
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
n
169
0
z
00
z
00
ENG 482. STUDIES IN RENAISSANCE LITERATURE I.
Elizabethan lyric poetry, pre-Shakespearean drama, Jacobean
drama, Renaissance prose, the school of Spenser, Metaphysical
~ poetry, Cavalier poetry. (3 crs.)
0
~ ENG 483 . STUDIES IN THE RESTORATION AND EIGH~
TEENTH CENTURY. Restoration drama, Augustan satire, the
~ Scriblerus Club, periodical literature, neoclassical criticism. (3 crs.)
u
00
ENG 484. STUDIES IN NINETEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE. Nineteenth century drama, Romantic prose, nineteenth~ century literary criticism, the pre-Raphaelites, the Edwardians, and
the Georgians. (3 crs.)
Q
~ ENG 485 . STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY ENGLISH
00 LITERATURE. Contemporary trends in literature, the war novel,
~
the poets of the thirties, Irish literature, the British novel and
~ theater. (3 crs.)
OENG 487. STUDIES IN AMERICAN LITERARY GENRES . The
American short story, the nineteenth century American novel, the
twentieth century American novel, modern American poetry,
American drama, American nonfiction . (3 crs.)
U
ENG 488 . STUDIES IN DRAMA. Classical drama, theater of the
absurd, continental drama, film and televi sion as drama, realism and
naturalism in drama. (3 crs.)
ENG 495. CREATIVE WRITING SEMINAR. The fictional
principles learned in ENG 376 are applied to the writing of major
creative work, such as novella, and the student is given the opportunity to polish and extend writing skills previously acquired. (3 crs.)
ENG 496. WRITING FOR PUBLICATION. Students analyze regional
and national markets and refine their work for publication. They are
expected to publish at least one work during the semester. (3 crs.)
ENS - Environmental Studies
ENS 101. INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE.
The broad field of environmental management. Man's biological
basis, soil, land use, water pollution, air pollution, noise pollution,
and agencies and laws associated with the above topics. No one area
is covered in depth. Rather, the student is introduced to each
problem, its source, current corrective measures, and possible future
technology. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
ENS 341. TECHNIQUES IN WATER AND WASTEWATER
ANALYSIS . A study of the chemical testing of water in wastewater
plants, streams, and drinking water sources. Emphasis is placed on
learning acceptable levels of chemicals in different types of water.
Samples of water from sources of concern are analyzed in the
laboratory portion of the course. Prerequisites : CHE 101 , 102.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
ENS 380. WILDLIFE ISSUES . This course is designed to familiarize students with current issues in wildlife biology allowing them to
propose and discuss possible solutions. The course will consist of
field trips and projects emphasizing wildlife issues in the Northeastern United States. Trips will be supplemented with di scussions of
national and international wildlife issues from current literature. (4
crs.)
170
California University of Pennsylvania
ENS 420. PRINCIPLES OF WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT. This course
is designed to provide students with an understanding of the philosophies
and concepts of scientific wildlife management. Major emphasis will be
placed on wildlife management in North America, but differing
perspectives from other regions of the world will be incorporated into the
course. Topics to be covered will include monitoring habitats and habitat
management, population exploitation and administration, economics, and
socio-political topics as they relate to wildlife management. Prerequisites:
BIO 115, BIO 120. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours
weekly. (4 crs.)
ENS 423. WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES. This course
will cover techniques commonly used by wildlife biologists with
emphasis on those applicable to birds and mammals. Important
techniques covered in the course include aging and sexing of important
game species, habitat measurement and evaluation, population analysis,
and analysis of food habits. The lecture portion of the course provides an
introduction to common techniques and the lab emphasizes practical use
and application of those techniques. Prerequisites: BIO 115, BIO 120 and
BIO 125. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
ENS 430. AIR QUALITY MONITORING . The technologies
involved in the abatement of emissions from mobile and stationary
sources, monitoring techniques, and air quality standards. Prerequisites: CHE 331, CHE 361 , PHY 121 and 122, MAT 215. Three
lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
ENS 431. SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT. The fundamental
techniques involved in the collection, processing, and disposal of urban,
industrial, and agricultural wastes. Prerequisites: CHE 331. Three lecture
hours weekly. (3 crs.)
ENS 432. ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS. This course will
cover the history of natural resource protection, local, state, and federal
laws and policy, enforcement, and current issues. Lectures will include
discussion of laws ranging from the Clean Air act to local Fish and
Wildlife regulations. (3 crs.)
ENS 459. ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH PROBLEMS . An
independent study with a cooperating faculty member. Emphasis on
scientific research on contemporary environmental problems. These
independent studies are as field-oriented as possible, with a final
research paper written in proper scientific format. This course is not
repeatable. (3 crs.)
ENS 475. WETLANDS ECOLOGY. A coordinated lecture/laboratory
approach that will emphasize wetlands within the continental United
States. The course will provide a background in both historical and
modem wetland issues; characteristics of freshwater, estuarine and
marine wetland types, including important plants and animals of each;
processes of wetland determination and delineation; regulatory framework of wetlands protection; and procedures involved in wetland
restoration and conservation. Prerequisites: BIO 310 and permission of
instructor. (4 crs.)
ENS 492. ANIMAL POPULATION DYNAMICS. This course is
designed to provide students with an understanding of theoretical and
applied aspects of animal population dynamics. The course will examine
variation in population size and sex/age composition, reproduction and
mortality, and quality and condition of anim.als in populations. Emphasis
will be placed on principles and techniques used by wildlife ecologists to
quantify and predict populations of vertebrate animals. The lecture
portion of the course will include lecture and discussion on issues and
concepts in population dynamics. The lab portion of the course will
emphasize application of common techniques and models used by
wildlife population ecologists. Prerequisites: BIO 310, MAT 215. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
ENS 495. DESIGN AND ANALYSIS. The purpose is to provide
with the theoretical and applied basis of experimental design,
sampling theory and sampling designs, data input and output,
statistical analysis and interpretation of research studies. The
application of computer methods for data base, spreadsheet, word
processing, and statistical packages will also be emphasized.
Prerequisites: BIO 115, MAT 273 or MAT 281 or permission of the
instructor. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
ESP - Special Education
ESP 101. EXCEPTIONAL CHILD I. Exceptional Child I is the first
of a two-course introductory sequence to handicapped children and
to the field of special education. This course examines the range of
handicaps in children and their broad sociological, educational, and
vocational implications. Specifically, the sequence develops
competencies in such areas as the historical development of services
for handicapped children, definitions and classification of children's
handicaps, the impact of labelling children and mainstream
programs, preschool and post-school programs for the handicapped, family services, prosthetic devices and program modifications for the physically handicapped and a behavioral analysis of
normal child development. (4 crs.)
ESP 200. EXCEPTIONAL CHILD II. Exceptional Child II is the
second of a two-course introductory sequence to handicapped
children and to the field of special education. (4 crs.)
ESP 250. WORKSHOP FOR TEACHER AIDS. For teacher aides
who work in classes for disabled children. The course emphasizes
methods that might enable the participants to deal more easily and
more effectively with any children. Numerous activities characterize
the workshop, it is not a lecture course. (3 crs.)
ESP 301 . BEHAVIOR PRINCIPLES I. Behavior Principles I is the
first of a two-semester introduction to the professional discipline of
Applied Behavior Analysis. Applied Behavior Analysis is an
educative approach due to three of its fundamental characteristics:
( l) it is always responsive to some form of human problem; (2) it
restructures the problem into behavior(s); such as underdeveloped
academic skills or socially undesirable responses, and; (3) it applies
the principles of behavior to change these problematic behaviors
and, in the process, identifies important functional relationships
contributing to an expanding technology of human behavior change.
Truly this is consistent with most conceptions of the purposes of
education. (4 crs.)
ESP 401. BEHAVIOR PRINCIPLES II. Behavior Principles II is
the second of a two-semester introduction to the professional
di scipline of Applied Behavior Analysis. (4 crs.)
ESP 461. STUDENT TEACHING AND SCHOOL LAW. Student
teaching is the culmination of preservice training in Special
Education at California University of Pennsylvania. The student
teaching program is designed to ensure that Special Education
majors are exposed to the full range of children covered under the
comprehensive certification, i.e., mentally retarded, emotionally
disturbed, learning disabled, brain damaged, and physically
handicapped. Students are also exposed to the dimensions of mildprofound and elementary-secondary since the new certification
covers K-12, mild through profound in each of the handicapping
areas for their student teaching experience. The areas relate to their
specific vocational goals and their own interests and strengths. The
major practicum provides an intensive experience for the student in
two of the handicapping areas for a period of 16 weeks. The
practicum seminar component meets weekly to provide Special
Education majors with an opportunity to discuss problems encountered by the students in their teaching experiences. The students are
provided with opportunities to demonstrate the effectiveness and
functionality of their teacher-made devises, learning centers, and
curriculum materials used in their classrooms . ( 12 crs.)
ESP 501. INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONALITY. This course
introduces the student to the physical, social, emotional and
educational characteristics; incidence; prevalence and educational
intervention for the major categories of exceptionality enrolled in
public and private educational facilities in the K-12 grade range. In
addition, the course will identify ancillary services and agencies
frequently impacting special populations including the major
professional organizations and those concerned with residential
programming and vocational training. The course will also identify
the major litigation and legislation that have significantly influenced
the nature of service to exceptional populations. (3 crs.)
ESP 502. EDUCATION OF THE SEVERELY/PROFOUNDLY
HANDICAPPED. This course teaches/prepares students to work
with children and/or adults who possess severely or profoundly
handicappping conditions. Students are required to do tutoring at
facilities for this population. (Variable crs.)
ESP 503. DIAGNOSTIC TESTING AND PRESCRIPTIVE
TEACHING. This course teaches students how to administer score
and interpret both norm-referenced and criterion-referenced '
'
assessment devices and how to prescri be programs of remediation
based on the results of these devices. (Variable crs.)
ESP 504. CURRICULUM PLANNING AND METHODS I. This
course is offered to Special Education majors the semester prior to their
student teaching experience. Curriculum Planning and Methods I is a
materials and methodology course for pre-service special education
teachers. An emphasis is placed on assessment, instructional techniques, and materials necessary to teach reading and language arts
skills and concepts to children with disabilities. The course stresses:
(l) a behavioral diagnosis of communication strengths and weaknesses,
(2) the development and implementation of intervention strategies for
various populations of exceptional children, (3) the selection and/or
development of appropriate materials for instruction, and (4) the
procedures and techniques for continuous evaluation for the instructional process. (Variable crs.)
ESP 505 . CURRICULUM PLANNING AND METHODS II. This
course is offered to Special Education majors the semester prior to
their student teaching experience. C.urri culum Planning and
Methods II is a methods course for Special Education teachers in
training which emphasizes the assessment, instructional skills and
materials necessary to teach arithmetic concepts to children with
di sabilities. The course stresses: ( I) a behavioral diagnosis of
arithmetic strengths and weaknesses, (2) the development and
implementation of intervention strategies for various populations of
exceptional children, (3) the selection and/or development of
apprnpriate materials for instruction, and (4) the procedures and
techmques for contmuous evaluation for the instructional process.
(Variable crs.)
(1
0
~
~
r:,J
~
t::,
.,_
l ......J
r:,J
(1
~
~
~
.....:i
l'"""":J
~
0
z
r:,J
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
171
C"l:)ESP 506. HABILITATION TRAINING . This course deal s with
Z
special education programs for seni or high school students as well
as those persons who reside in the community. Emphasis is placed
on vocational preparation and training. Specific techniques for task
~ analysis of jobs, dai ly living ski lls, and social adaptation constitute
~ a major portion of thi s course. Emphasis is placed on the develop~ ment of functional skill s that contribute to normalized development.
~ (Variable crs.)
0
~ FIN - Finance
C"l:)FIN 201. INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE. A survey course which
r"T",covers an introduction to financial markets and institutio ns
~ responsible for the fl ow of funds in the economy. The basic
Q principles and concepts which assist the market participants in
r"T", making sound financial decisions are di scussed. Prerequi site:
~
00
ECO
100 is recommended. (3 crs.)
~ FIN 211. PERSONAL MONEY MANAGEMENT. A guide to
~personal fin ance to best meet one's objectives and make financial
deci sions easier. Topics include budgets, major purchases, use of
credit and bank loans, insurance, real estate and investment in
securities, taxes and estate planning. Prerequi si te: ECO 100 or
permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
O
U
FIN 301 . FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. The study of financial
analysis, planning and control, including working capital management, capital budgeting, cost of capital, and other selected subjects.
Advanced techniques of financial analys is are employed. Prerequisites : ECO 201, MAT 171. MAT 225 is recommended. (3 crs.)
FIN 302. ADVANCED FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. A
continuation of FIN 30 I . An intensive study of cost of capital, longterm financing and analysis of cases relating to financial deci sions
of firm s. Prerequisite: FIN 301. (3 crs.)
FIN 305. INVESTMENTS . An introduction to financial investments. Topics include securities and securities markets, investment
risks , returns and constraints, portfolio policies, and institutional
investment policies. Prerequisite: MAT 171 or permission of
instructor. (3 crs.)
FIN 341. INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT. A survey of
the nature and significance of risk and the basic ideas, problems,
and principles found in modem insurance and other methods of
handling risk. (3 crs.)
FIN 351. REAL ESTATE FUNDAMENTALS. A basic cognitive
course covering phys ical, legal and economic aspects of real estate.
Topics include valuation, agreements of sale, title, leasing,
settlements and landlord-tenant relations. (2 crs.)
FIN 352. REAL ESTATE PRACTICE. Role of the real estate agent
in listing, sales contract, fin ancing, and completion of RESPA
approved settlement sheet. The course examines the legal and
ethical aspects of brokerage. (2 crs.)
FIN 405 . ADVANCED INVESTMENT ANALYSIS. Systematic
approach to security analysis and valuation; portfolio construction and
management. Prerequisite; FIN 305 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
FIN 411 . FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS. Description and analysis of major financial institutions, money and capital
markets. Current topics in financial market and institutions. (3 crs.)
172
California University of Pennsylvania
FIN 531. BANK MANAGEMENT. Detailed analysis of operational
deci sions faced by bank managers in the areas of loans, investments, sources of funds, and liability management. (3 crs.)
FRE-French
FRE IO I. ELEMENTARY FRENCH I. For the student without
previous knowledge of French. The development of the fundamentals of correct idiomatic French. Instruction in basic audio-lingual
comprehension, sentence structure, reading, writing, and speaking.
Classroom instruction is supplemented by laboratory study and
practice. Three class hours each week and one hour language
laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
FRE I 02. ELEMENTARY FRENCH II. A continuation of French l OI.
Three class hours each week and one language laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: FRE IO 1 or one year of high school French. (3 crs.)
FRE 203. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I. French grammar and
reading. A review of essential French grammar. Development of
audio-lingual comprehension, reading and writing facility. Three
class hours each week; one hour language laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: FRE I 01 and FRE 102 or two years of high school
French. (3 crs.)
FRE 204. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH II. Continuation of French
203 . Oral-aural work continues but is accompanied by a development of reading skill through discussion of selected prose and
poetry. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory each
week. Prerequisite: FRE 203 or equivalent. (3 crs.)
Culture Courses are taught in English and are intended to satisfy
General Education Humanities requirements as well as those in the
major. One culture course is offered each semester.
FRE 240. THE MIDDLE AGES AND THE RENAISSANCE (8001600). This course surveys the evolution of French culture from the
Middle Ages to the end of the sixteenth century, from an age of analogy
to one of skepticism. While it follows sociological, political, philosophical and historical developments to a certain degree, the course
puts its primary emphasis on the artistic domains of literature, music,
architecture, and the visual arts of the period. In so doing, this course
illustrates the ways in which France has been influenced by its rich
cultural heritage. (3 crs.)
FRE 241. THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY AND THE CLASSICAL AGE. This course surveys the evolution of French culture from
the early seventeenth century or the Baroque ( 1600-1640) to the
classical period (1640 to the end of the century). The course seeks to
introduce the student to the history of French thought in the Splendid
Century. While it follows sociological, political, philosophical and
historical developments to a certain degree, its primary emphasis is on
the artistic domains of literature, music, architecture, and the visual arts
of the period. In so doing, this course illustrates the ways in which
France has been influenced by its rich cultural heritage. (3 crs.)
FRE 242. THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY AND ENLIGIITENMENT.
This course surveys the evolution of French culture throughout the Age
of Enlightenment, when scientific discovery and new historical methods
acted as agents of change upon the traditional foundations of belief. We
will consider how these changes affected French thought, especially in
the artistic domains of literature, music, architecture, and the visual arts
of the period. The course will introduce the student to this age of
criticism and reconstruction, an age viewed as the crisis of the European
mind and gave birth to the philosophe, or philosopher, one who was not
only involved with the theories but with social reform as well. These
reforms in human institutions and thought will be shown to terminate in
the revolution of 1789 and the end of the Ancient Regime. (3 crs.)
FRE 243 . THE AGE OF FRENCH ROMANTICISM : FROM THE
NAPOLEONIC EMPIRE TO THE REVOLUTION OF 1848. Thi s
course surveys the evoluti on of French culture throughout the
romantic movement which permeated the sensibility of the young in
France under the reign of Loui s XVI and whi ch reached a true
fl oweri ng in the nineteenth century, particularly from 1820 to 1845.
Both the precursors and the masters of this movement are considered through a stud y of the artistic expression of the times . (3 crs.)
FRE 244. THE AGE OF FRENCH REALISM : THE SECOND
EMPIRE TO THE AFTERMATH OF THE FRANCO-PRUSSIAN
WAR. This course surveys the evolution of French culture during the
Age of Realism; including the Franco-Prussian War, positivism and
its aftermath. This period encompasses the dictatorship of Napoleon
ill, a monarchy marked by materi al success among the middle class
and by disappointment and pessimism among thinkers, writers, and
artists. This course considers the artistic achievements of the period
within the framework of the sociological , political, and historical
setting. It studies two separate schools of art, natural ism and
symbolism and seeks to illustrate how these conflicting schools of
artistic expression manifested themselves in the piinciple works of
literature, philosophy, music, and the visual arts. (3 crs.)
FRE 245. THE BIRTH OF THE MODERN FRENCH CULTURE
IN THE ARTS 1900-WORLD WAR II. This course surveys the
evolution of French culture from 1900, the time of the Belle Epoque
or Beautiful Period at the turn of the century, to the advent of the
Second World War. While the course fo llows th e sociological ,
political, and historical developments of the peri od, it puts emphasi s
on the artistic ramifications of this period of co nflict and rap id
change. The inter-war years are treated in all their arti sti c output,
especially in inter-war theater, fiction , and the presence of the
school of Surrealism in poetry, fi ction, theater, and art. (3 crs.)
FRE 246. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH CULTURE IN THE
ARTS SINCE WORLD WAR II. Thi s course surveys the evolution
of French culture from the Occupation and Vi chy Reg ime in France
to the present day. It seeks to introduce the student to the literature,
philosophy, music, fi lms, and vi sual arts of the period which reveal
the rich cultural heritage of France. As an ori entati on to the cultural
arts, consideration wi ll be given to the impact which important
geographical , social , and historical elements had upon them. (3 crs.)
FRE 311 . FRENCH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITTON, AND
PHONETICS I. Cultural themes as a bas is for idiomatic co nversation and discussions. Written compositions are assigned to teach the
student how to write correct French. The course also provides a
systematic study of the sounds and sound pattern s of the French
language. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory each
week. Prerequ isite: FRE 204. (3 crs.)
FRE 3 12. FRENCH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND
PHONETICS II. Continuation of French 3 1l on a more advanced
level as reflected in conversation, composition, and exercises in
phonetic transcription. Prerequi site: FRE 311. (3 crs.)
FRE 401. ADVANCED COMPOSITION: GRAMMAR AND
STYLISTICS. An in-depth grammati cal anal ys is of the French
language through intensive practice in exercises, compositions, and
translations. It is required of all majors in Liberal Arts as well as
those seeki ng a teacher certification degree or certification in
French. Prereq uisite: FRE 312. (3 crs.)
FRE 421. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE I. An introduction to French literature from the Middle Ages to 1800 through an
examination of representative novels, plays, and poems of the
period. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
FRE 422. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE II. An introduction to French literature from 1800 to the present through an
examination of representative novels, plays, and poems of the
period. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
FRE 450. FOREIGN LANGUAGE COLLOQUIUM IN FRENCH.
An advanced course in intensive spoken contemporary French
required of all French majors as well as those seeking teacher
certification in French. Prerequisite: FRE 311. (3 crs.)
FRE 469. STUDIES IN FRENCH LITERATURE. Subject matter to be
arranged. Designed for French majors who wish to take additional credits
and/or study aboard. Prerequisite: 18 hours of French. (Vaiiable crs.)
GCT - Graphic Communication Technology
GCT 100. GRAPHIC COMMUNICATION PROCESSES I (LAB).
This course offers the student an opportunity for experiences of practical
application in the five major printing processes. It covers image design,
conversion, assembly, carrier preparation, transfer and finishing
techniques related to lithographic, screen, letterpress, flexographic, and
gravure printing. Related areas of studies include duplication, ink
chemistry, paper use and selection, and photography. Course will meet
for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
GCT 110. SCREEN PRINTING TECHNIQUES (LAB ). The first in
a series of three courses that define and analyze the process of
screen printing, this course is an introduction to the various
app lications of screen printing. Emphasis of the course is centered
on establishing repeatability of the printing process by controlling
variables; photographically generated stencil systems; single and
multiple color image generation, conversion, assembly and transfer;
sheet-fed manual and semi-automatic presswork ; flat substrate
printing app lications of simple and complex close register line
artwork. Course wi ll meet for two hours of lecture and four
laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: GCT 100. (3 crs.)
n
0
GCT 200. GRAPHIC COMMUNICATION PROCESSES II (LAB).
Emphasis in this second course is on equipment, processes,
materials and suppli es utili zed by the industry for phototypesetting,
photo-composition, darkroom techniques, image assembly,
platemaking, and offset duplicator operations . Learning experiences
develop a comprehensive understanding of the scope, structure,
~
products and related process of the printing industry. Course will
~
meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week. ~
Prerequisite: GCT 100 or TED 111. (3 crs.)
l ........J
(j
GCT 210. ADVANCED SCREEN PRINTING TECHNIQUES (LAB). ~
A study of the techniques used for image transfer of line and halftone ~
copy on substrates commonJy used by th,e screen printer. Each student rJ)_
has the opportunity to identify, calibrate and print upon selected
,-,....
substrates. Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four
~ J.
laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: GCT 110. (3 crs.)
~
GCT 220. BLACK AND WHITE PHOTOGRAPHY (LAB). This
~
course emphasizes techniques involved in monochromatic still
photography and introduces color photography. It covers the basic
~
aspects of picture taking, camera operation, film processing, enJarging,
print processing, fini shing procedures and selecting photographic
equipment and supplies. Course will meet for two hours of lecture and
four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
rJ).
"'"'3
0
z
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
173
00.
GCT 225. PRINCIPLES OF LAYOUT AND DESIGN. A presentation
of design elements principles used to produce various layouts for
printing production. The individual must strive to develop harmonious
relationships between these design elements and principles and various
~ printing applications through practical activity assignments. The
~ fundamentals of producing mechanical layouts for newspaper,
magazine, direct mail, poster, display and point of purchase advertisi ng
are considered. Use of computers for electronic/desktop publishing is
emphasized. Production and practical application assignments are to be
performed in conjunction with theory explanations as out of class
activities. (3 crs.)
z
0
;=--
u
00.
~
Q
~
00.
~
~
0
u
GCT 230. COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY (LAB). A study of the concepts
and techniques involved in producing color prints and color transparencies from color negatives. Emphasis is placed on picture composition,
developing color negatives, contact printing, filter fundamentals,
enlarging calibration procedures and photo finishing. Microphotography and digital photography techniques are also covered. Course will
meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisite: GCT 220. (3 crs.)
GCT 240. ELECTRONIC DESKTOP PUBLISHING (LAB). This
course provides an in-depth study into the electronic desktop publishing
systems and their concept of architecture, operation, networking,
financing and design role in the publishing industry. It covers the basic
aspects of graphic designing, creating page layouts, scanning of text and
continuous tone photographs, connectivity, telecommunications, image
setting and encryption of data. Each student will experience hands-on
activities with microcomputers utilizing high-end design, draw, paint,
scanning, and integrated layout software packages. Course will meet for
two hours oflecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
GCT 270. LITHOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES (LAB). An in-depth
study of photographic process as it relates to line and halftone
reproduction of graphic materials. Projects representing the various
combinations of line and halftone materials as they are used in the
industrial setting are produced. Besides the projects required of each
student, the theoretical aspects of the optical system are investigated, as
well as the areas of sensitive materials, light and related chemical
reactions. Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory
hours per week. Prerequisites: GCT 100 and GCT 200. (3 crs.)
GCT 310. SCREEN PRINTING PRODUCTIONS (LAB). This course
is directed study relevant to the individual 's career objectives based on
specific screen printing applications. The student formulates specifications, estimates and a procedural rationale for self-determined screen
printed product. Student productions are organized as a portfolio
consistent with the individual career objective that has been developed
through previous screen printing course work. Four-color process
screen printing with ultraviolet curing theory and practice is analyzed
for application through student independent study course work.
Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours
per week. Prerequisite: GCT 2 10. (3 crs.)
GCT 330. FLEXOGRAPHY AND PACKAGE PRINTING (LAB ).
This course provides an in-depth study of the processes and
techniques involved in the printing and converting of packaging and
labeling materials. Laboratory app licati ons include the design,
preparation and flexographic printing and converting of various
paper, foil and plastic substrates. Emphasis is placed on establishing
repeatability of the printing process by controlling variables.
Methods and techniques of quali ty assurance are implemented as an
integral part in the production of flexographic printed products.
Course will meet fo r two hours of lecture and fo ur laboratory hours
per week. Prerequisite: GCT 100. (3 crs.)
174
California University of Pennsylvania
GCT 342. ESTIMATING AND COST ANALYSIS. A criti cal
examination of the operations involved in the production of graphic
materials fo r the purpose of determining costs of the operations to
be included. The procedures necessary to assemble this information
to produce estimates of typical printing matter are discussed. The
identi ft cati on and study of cost centers as they relate to the hour
costs and ultimately to the selling price are examined. Students are
required to prepare a number of cost esti mates for the course.
Prereq uisite: GCT 2 10 or GCT 270. (3 crs.)
GCT 365. COLOR IMAGING (LAB). Primary em phas is is placed
on developing an understandin g of the nature of Iight, the nature of
color, its relation to fi lters and printing inks used in the graphics
industry and the problems caused by color co ntami nation in making
color separations. A presentation of direct and indirect methods of
color separations as well as th e various masking techniques is
included . The use of various control dev ices is discussed and
empl oyed in the laboratory. Special techniques required to strip
projects, make the plates, and produce them on the press are also
covered. Course will meet for two hours of lecture and fo ur
laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: GCT 225, GCT 230, GCT
320 and GCT 370. (3 crs.)
GCT 370. ADVANCED LITHOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES (LAB ).
A continuati on of GCT 270 whi ch utili zes the film elements
produced in order to complete required projects for this course. This
course treats the subj ects of stripping, platemaking and presswork.
A critical study of imposition of various type of jobs, fro m simple
single-color to more co mplex multi-color jobs. The latest techniques of platemaking as we ll as information on types of plates
presentl y in use are discussed. Feeder-delivery setup, press packing
methods, inking/dampening systems, control devices, rollers,
blankets and other related press acti vities are th oroughl y discussed.
Also, so me fo lding and binding techniques are included. Course
will meet for two hours of lecture and fo ur laboratory hours per
week. Prereq ui site: GCT 270. (3 crs.)
GCT 380. ADVANCED FLEXOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES (LAB ).
This course provides advanced study of the processes and techniques involved in the printing and converting of packaging and
labeling materials. Laboratory applications include the design,
preparation and fl exographic printing and converti ng of tonal and
special effects images on various substrates. Emphasis is placed on
establishin g repeatability of the printing process by controliing
variables related to advanced flexographic reproduction. Methods
and techniques of quality assurance are implemented as an integral
part in the producti on of flexographic printed products. Course will
meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisites: GCT 100, GCT 200 and GCT 330. (3 crs.).
GCT 390. GRAVURE PRINTING (LAB). Thi s course is a comprehensive study of gravure printing. You will examine the vari ous
products printed by gravure including: publications, labels, package,
wal lcovering, vinyl flooring and wrapping paper. Industry visits to
gravure printing plants that specialize in each of these products will
be made. Product design fo r each gravure printing product will be
explored. Environmental compliance in the gravure industry will be
covered in depth. Course wiU meet for two hours of lecture and four
laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
GCT 430. FLEXOGRAPHIC PRINTING PRODUCTIONS (LAB).
The third and final course in a seri es whi ch is directed study relevant
to the individual 's career objectives based on specific fl exographic
printing applications. The student generates specificati ons, estimates,
and procedures for the production of self-di rected flexographic
printed products. The student productions are organized as a portfolio
consistent with the individual career objective that has been developed through previous flexography coursework. Process color
flexographic printing, ultraviolet curing theory and practice, statistical
process control, and current trends in flexographic printing are
analyzed for application through student coursework. Course will
meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisites: GCT 100, GCT 200, GCT 330 and GCT 380. (3 crs.)
GCT 460. SUBSTRATES AND INKS (LAB). This course is a
comprehensive study of all the substrates and inks used in offset
lithography, screen printing, flexography, gravure, and other specialty
printing processes. The course covers the fundamentals of substrate
and ink manufacturing, selection, and testing. How substrates and ink
interact and the identification and prevention of potential problems
wiJI be included in the course. Course will meet for two hours of
lecture and four laboratory hours per week. Prerequi sites: GCT 100
and GCT 200. (3 crs.).
GCT 470. WEB OFFSET (LAB). This course is a comprehensive study
of the web offset printing industry and covers both heatset and nonheatset printing. The student will study alJ aspects of prepress, press, and
post-press activities that are unique to web offset printing. The course
includes the design and printing of two magazine format products to be
printed on a heatset web offset press and a non-heatset web offset press.
Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per
week. Prerequisites: GCT 365 and GCT 370. (3 crs.).
GCT 485 . GRAPHICS SEMINAR. This is an all-encompassing
seminar-type course designed to provide graduating seniors in
Graphic Communications Technology with opportunities to enhance
their knowledge base in the following areas: process photography/
photographic techniques, lithographic applications, layout and design,
estimating/cost analysis, paper/ink, electronic imag ing, desktop
publishing, screen printing and flexography. Additionally, students
will be exposed to selected visi tation sites, guest lecturers from the
field, and an exploration of current problems and issues relati ng to the
Graphic Communications industry. Each student is required to do a
major research paper on a particular problem or issue relating to the
graphics industry. Career services workshops will also be included.
Prerequisites: Senior Standing. (3 crs.).
GCT 495. GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS INTERNSHIP. Student
interns are placed with an organization which most nearly approximates employment goals. If thi s is not possible, students are placed in
some type of graphics environment which is avai lable at the time. The
intent of the internship is to provide students with practical work
experience in an environment in which they will be dealing with real
problems requiring real solutions in a rel ati vely short time frame.
Advisor and Department chairperson approval is required before
course enrollment. This is a repeatable course and may be taken as
follows: Students may earn up to seven credits of internship.
Prerequisite: Upper Level Standing. ( I-7 crs.)
GEO - Geography
GEO 100. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY. Introduces students
to regional differences throughout the world in terms of landforms,
climates, soils and vegetation as well as population characteristics and
economic activities. Representative areas such as Western Europe,
Russia, Japan and Latin America are developed. (3 crs.)
GEO I 05. HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. The course provides insights
into the existing patterns and distributions of various social groups.
Broad outlines of human evolution, development and demographi c
patterns are emphasized. (3 crs.)
GEO 110. MAP PRINCIPLES . A non-technical course to develop
competence in development, recognition, understanding and
evaluation of map information. Interpretation of thematic maps,
both regional and world, is emphasized. (3 crs.)
GEO 150. SURVEY OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM. An overview
of the travel and tourism industry is emphasized. Topics include
introductory principles, measuring and forecasting demand, tourism
planning, tourism marketing, touri sm development, and the role of
the geographer. (3 crs.)
GEO 155 . HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY & OPERATIONS . An
introduction to the field of hospitality services. Topics covered
relate directly to the operation of resorts and hotels. (3 crs.)
GEO 200. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY. The study of areal
variation on the earth 's surface in man 's activities rel ated to
producing, exchanging, and consuming resources. (3 crs.)
GEO 205. WORLD CITIES/GEOGRAPHY OF TOURISM. The
geography of touri sm in selected cities of the world with an
emphasis on form and function. Topics include an analysis of
resources for tourism, the organization of related land use patterns,
and developmental processes . (3 crs.)
GEO 210. URBAN GEOGRAPHY. An investigation of city
environments. Topics investigated and analyzed about cities include
their classification, location, distribution, function, growth, type,
and pattern of land use. Emphasis toward urban planning is
incorporated. (3 crs.)
GEO 217. DEMOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS. A basic course on
demographic processes and trends. Emphasis is placed on di stribution patterns and environmental ramifications. (3 crs.)
GEO 220. GEOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED STATES AND
PENNSYLVANIA. A study of the physical and cultural environment throughout the United States and Pennsylvania particularly as
it relates to spatial patterns of population, agriculture, industry,
service and transportation patterns. (3 crs.)
GEO 240. HUMAN ECOLOGY. A social science approach to the
relationship between humanity and the organic and inorganic
environment. Emphasis is placed on the physical, biological and
cultural basis of human adaptation. (3 crs.)
n
0
~
~
rJl
GEO 285. RETAIL TRAVEL. The skills used in the worldwide
travel industry that are essential for a career as a travel agency
owner, manager, or agent, as a tour operator, or as a corporate,
convention travel planner or manager. (3 crs.)
~
GEO 306. MARKETING GEOGRAPHY. Spatial patterns associated with the consumption of goods and services. Emphasis is
placed on the collection and distribution of goods and services as
related to aspects of the cultural environment. (3 crs.)
~
~
rJl
n
~
GEO 311. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS . This
course provides an analysis of different methods and techniques of ~
representing geographic data through the use of various manual and ~
computer-based tech nologies. The focus is upon the processes
~
involved in the collection, compilation, and di splay of geographic ~
data within a data base. (3 crs.)
O
z
rJl
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
175
z
00
GEO 317. LAND USE ANALYSIS. An analysis of the structure of
urban and rural land use which emphasizes patterns and trends in
land use. Methods of analysis are developed so that land use can be
~ effectively understood. (3 crs.)
0
GEO 412. PROGRAM PLANNING AND ADMINISTRATION. The
course emphasizes the analysis of a community, assessment of its
residential leisure needs, and implementation of recreational programs
into the community. The course stresses planning, objectives, goal
setting, structural organization, advertising, and evaluation. (3 crs.)
~ GEO 325. GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE. A study of forces which
~
have shaped the human landscape of Western Europe. National and
~ regional disparities ranging from land relief and climate to social
and economic phenomena are studied. (3 crs.)
U
00 GEO 328. GEOGRAPHY OF LATIN AMERICA. A regional
~ analysis of the physical and cultural environments that make the
Q human landscape. Present Latin America society is studied through
a historical perspective. (3 crs.)
~ GEO 331. GEOGRAPHY OF RUSSIA. A regional study of the
~
physical and cultural features of Russia. The emphasis is placed
upon those factors responsible for the current position of Russia as
~ a major world power and on potential future development. (3 crs.)
GEO 425. CORPORATE TRAVEL OPERATIONS . An applied
course in the principles of corporate travel managing such as
corporate travel requirements, policies, economics, and travel
industry automation. (3 crs.)
GEO 474. DEVELOPING THE MASTER PLAN. The course
examines planning as a process. Attention is focused on the
elements and activities necessary to prepare and implement a
comprehensive plan. The course provides an opportunity for the
student to apply acquired planning skills to specific urban and
regional problems. (3 crs.)
~
0 GEO 338. GEOGRAPHY OF THE PACIFIC BASIN. A regional
U study of the physical and cultural environments of the Pacific
rimland. Emphasis on Australia, Indonesia, Japan, New Zealand,
and the Philippines. (3 crs.)
GEO 340. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY. A study of the interrelationships between the natural and cultural environments and the
historical development of the cultural landscape. Historical
development of the United States is emphasized. (3 crs.)
GEO 345. POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. The state is the focus of the
course, emphasis on the role played by the physical and cultural
environment in terms of its form and function . Particular emphasis
placed on frontiers, boundaries, law of the seas, transportation and
ecology. (3 crs.)
GEO 350. SYSTEMS APPLICATION FOR TRAVEL INDUSTRY.
An applied course in the principles and practices of travel industry
automation. (3 crs.)
GEO 358. COMPREHENSIVE TRAVEL PLANNING. A basic
understanding of the procedures and components of travel planning
and promotion . The student is introduced to the major principles
and techniques used in the development of travel programs, trip
packages, and group tours. (3 crs.)
GEO 362. SITE PLANNING AND DESIGN. The components of
the site design process. Specific tools and procedures necessary for
effective planning of recreation and park facilities. Introduction to
the complete planning process from concept to construction. (3 crs.)
GEO 374. DEVELOPING AND MANAGING LEISURE ENTERPRISES . An overview of the commercial leisure industry, specifically focusing on the procedures involved in the developing,
marketing, and managing of the enterprise. The student is introduced to the methods used in starting a leisure business. The
emphasis is placed on the management skills necessary for the
effective and profitable management of the enterprise. (3 crs.)
GEO 378. RECREATION INDUSTRY MANAGEMENT. Analysis
of managerial and administrative practices and processes in recreation, park and agency departments, including departmental
organization, policy making, liability and negligence, personnel
management and staffing, fiscal management, budgeting, finance,
records and reports, office management, and public relations. (3 crs.)
176
California University of Pennsylvania
GEO 479. INTERNSHIP. The internship provides the student with
the opportunity to apply classroom theory to realistic, professionallevel situations. It is intended to give the student a concentrated
practical experience in a professional organization. The concepts
and experiences acquired in the classroom are honed and fine-tuned
at this level to prepare students for their career undertaking.
(Variable crs.)
GEO 491. FIELD COURSE IN GEOGRAPHY. Field investigation
utilizing geographic tools and techniques concentrating on primary
data. (Variable crs.)
GEO 493. SEMINAR IN GEOGRAPHY. Consideration of evolving
geographic thought, evaluation of selected geographic literature, and
the development of individual or group research projects. Recommended as a culminating course for majors in geography. (3 crs.)
GEO 520. PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED $TATES. This
course is for students with a background that includes Principles of
Geomorphology. It involves a systematic survey of the major physiographic provinces in the United States. Emphasis is placed on the
relationship of the underlying geology, geologic history, and climate to
the development of today's landscapes. Laboratory work principally
involves interpretations from air photos and topographic maps. (3 crs.)
GER-German
GER IOI. ELEMENTARY GERMAN I. For students who have had no
previous instruction in German or who require additional instruction
before attempting a more advanced level. Develops the fundamental s of
correct idiomatic German through instruction in basic audio-linguistic
patterns and sentence structure. Language laboratory is used in
conjunction with this and the following courses. Three class hours and
one hour language laboratory each week. (3 crs.)
GER 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN II. Continuation of German
101. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: GER IO I or one year of high-school German. (3 crs.)
GER 203. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN I. The goals are to
understand, speak, and write German on a more advanced level. A
review of the structural principles covered in German IOI and
German 102 and additional structural material, idioms, etc. , is
given. More emphasis is placed on speaking and reading. Three
class hours and one hour language laboratory each week. Prerequisite: GER I 02 or two years of high school German . (3 crs.)
GER 204. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN II. Continuation of
German 203, with speaki ng, reading, writing on a more advanced
level emphasized. Three class hours and one language laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: GER 203. (3 crs.)
Culture Cour es are taught in English and are intended to satisfy
General Educati on Humanities elective requirements as well as those
in the major. One culture course is offered each regular semester.
GER 240. FROM TACITUS TO LUTHER. Fifteen hundred years of
German Cultural History is traced in this course, including the tribal era,
establishment of the Holy Roman Empire and medieval society. (3 crs.)
GER 24 1. THE GERMAN BAROQUE. This course examines
approximately two hundred years of German cultural history beginning
with the spread of Protestantism in the late Renaissance and concluding
at the apogee of Enlightenment thought and influence. (3 crs.)
GER 249. POSTWAR GERMANY 1945 TO 1990:
BUNDESREPUBLIK (FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY,
WEST GERMANY). The cultural spectrum of the Federal Republic
of Germany (West Germany, Bundesrepublik Deutsch land) is the
subj ect of thi s survey. (3 crs.)
GER 250. POSTWAR GERMANY 1945 TO THE PRESENT:
DEUTSCHE DEMOKRATISCHE REPUBLIK (GERMAN
DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC, EAST GERMANY) the cultu ral
spectrum of the German Democratic republic (East Germany,
Deutsche Demokratische Republik) is the subj ect of this survey
which begins with the year and continues to its demise. (3 crs .)
GER 251 . AUSTRIA: FROM THE BABENBERGS TO THE
CONGRESS OF VIENNA 976- I 813 . This topic presents an
approximately one thousand year cultural history of the Austrian
empire from its birth as protector and successor of the Holy Roman
Empire, to its twilight at the end of the Napoleonic Wars. (3 crs.)
GER 242. THE AGE OF GOETHE: PART I ENLIGHTENMENT.
The first half of the life of Johann Wolfgang von Goethe is the bas is
for the course chronology: 1749- 1796; the period reflects the
acceptance, endorsement and ultimate waning of Enlightenment
ideals in the German lands. (3 crs.)
GER 252. AUSTRIA: FROM THE CONGRESS OF VIENNA TO
THE TREATY OF VERSAILLES 181 3- 1918. The last century of
Hapsburg rul e is the backdrop fo r this survey of the Golden Age of
Austrian cultural enterprise. (3 crs.)
GER 243. THE AGE OF GOETHE: PART II ROMANTICISM .
The concluding segment of Goethe's life ( 1796-1832) encompasses
the reaction agai nst Enlightenment ideals and the realities of the
Napoleonic Wars. These led to the rise of romanticism and the first
decisive steps to German cultural prominence in nineteenth century
Europe. (3 crs.)
GER 253. AUSTRIA: FIRST REPUBLIC HEIM INS REICH
SECOND REPUBLIC (1919-PRESENT). This course presents a
cultural history of Austria from 19 19 to the present with representative works from the first Republic (1919-38), the period of Nazi
annexation (Anschluss) ( 1938-45) and the post-World War II era
which gave rise to the Second Republic (1955 to the present). (3 crs.)
GER 244. RICHARD WAGNER AND HIS TIMES: TRIUMPH OF
THE BOURGEOISIE. The period covered begins in the year of
Goethe's death, 1832, whi ch is also the year which witnessed the
first attempts of writing for the musical stage by Richard Wagner.
The rise of the German middle class and triumph of bourgeois
ideals form th e background for the endeavors and developments of
Wagner and hi s contemporaries. (3 crs.)
GER 254. SWITZERLAND. This course presents a cultural survey
of the German spealcing Swiss primarily though the cultural
contributions of the other language groups are represented.
Although it begins in the days of the Roman Empire and proceeds
swiftly through the formation of the Swiss Confederation in the
13th century to the beginning of the 18th century, the greater part of
the course deals with the last two hundred years of Swiss cultu ra l
enterprise. (3 crs.)
GER 245 . THE WILHELMINIAN ERA. The survey covers the
pe1iod 1870- 19 18 when German lands are united into a powerful
national state, the Deutsches Reich. Germany is viewed at the peak
of her cultura l leadership in western civi lization before the debacle
of the First World War. (3 crs.)
GER 246. THE WEIMAR REPUBLIC. The ill-fated German
Weimar Republic lasted fo urteen years, from 1919 to 1933, but in
that period the world wi tnessed an unparalleled concentration of
cu ltural endeavor born from military defeat, political humiliation
and social and economic chaos fo llowing World War I. (3 crs.)
GER 247. GERMAN CULTURE UN DER THE NATIONAL
SOCIALISTS. T he premise for thi s course is that German culture
did not cease to manifest itself during the period from 1933 to 1945
when Adolf Hitler and the Nazi Party controlled Germany's desti ny.
What the German public was permitted in the way of cultural
consumpti on during the Nazi era is the focal point of the survey.
Onl y works produced in Germany at the time and either explicitl y
or tacitly endorsed by the Nazi government are dealt with. (3 crs.)
GER 248. GERM.AN CULTURE IN EXILE. Many intellectuals
uprooted for political or racial reasons by the Nazi usurpation of
political power in Europe fled their homel ands, never to return .
Documentary evidence from 1933 to 1949 is used to understand
their exile and German culture abroad. (3 crs.)
GER 311. GERMAN CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND
PHONETICS I. Selected readings are used to develop further skill s in
reading, writing, and speaking German. Three class hours and one
hour language laboratory per week. Prerequisite: GER 204. (3 crs.)
GER 3 12. GERMAN CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND
PHONETICS II. Continuation of German 3 11 , conducted on a more
advanced level. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: GER 311 or GER 204 with a grade of A or B. (3 crs.)
GER 401. ADVANCED COMPOSITION: GRAMMAR AND
STYLISTICS. The course provides in-depth grammar analysis of
German. Intensive practice is given for translation and composi? on.
Refinement of expository writing is a major goal and emphas is 1s
placed on achieving fluent and idiomatic expression to a degree
acceptable by a native and educated speaker. (3 crs.)
~
0
O
~
00
~
~
~
00
~
~
GER 421. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE I. Presents a
ji,,,,,,11(
foundation on literary definiti on (style, fo rm, period) and illustrates ~
them through the works of leading German spealcing authors. (3 crs.) ~
ji,,,,,,11(
GER 422. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE II. Continuation
of German 421. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
0
.Z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
177
OOGER 450. FOREIGN LANGUAGE COLLOQUIUM IN GERMAN. The colloquium in German is designed for students in
teacher education who must demonstrate a fluency in oral presentati on in order to meet requirements for employment and tenure in
~ Pennsylvania's school systems; as such it is required for students in
~ teacher education. It is designed secondarily for the liberal arts
~ major who wishes to enhance fluency in speaki ng, but it is not
~ required for the German major. (3 crs.)
Z
0
~ GER 452 . HISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. For
U
German language majors but open to any student meeting the
00 prerequisites (all courses from GER 203 to GER 422). The course
~ begins with the emergence of a German language group from its
Q lndo-European heritage and traces the development of contemporary German from Gothic through Old High German, Middle High
~ German and dialect manifestati ons, as well as its encounters with
other European languages. The course is required for German
~ majors. (3 crs.)
00
PGER 469. STUDIES IN GERMAN LITERATURE. Subject matter
Otobe arranged. Designed for German majors who wish to take extra
credits and/or study abroad. Prerequisite: 18 hours of German.
U (Variable crs.)
HIN - Harrisburg Internship Program
HTN 374. HARRISBURG INTERNSHIP ASSIGNMENT. This
intern ship gives selected students an opportunity to work in various
state government offices including the Governor's office, the
Senate, and the House of Representatives. Prerequisites: 45 credits,
3.0 QPA, and permi ssion of program director. (Variable crs.)
HIN 375. HARRISBURG INTERNSHIP. This course is completed
in conj unction with HIN 374. (3 crs.)
HIN 376. PUBLIC POLICYMAKING. This seminar is completed
in conjunction with HIN 374. (3 . crs)
HIS - History
HIS 101. HISTORY OF THE U.S . TO 1877. American history from
the Pilgrims to the age of modem industry : the colonial heritage,
American Revolution, the emergence of a new nati on, westward
ex pansion, Civil War and postwar Reconstruction . (3 crs.)
HIS 102. HISTORY OF THE U.S. SINCE 1877. The emergence of
modern America, its achievements and its problems; prosperity and
depression, war and social unrest, World War I through the Vietnam
era and beyond, the computer age and its challenges. (3 crs.)
HIS 104. HISTORY OF WESTERN SOCIETY TO 1740. Western
society from its ori gins in the near East to the period of Absolutism
in Europe. (3 crs.)
HIS 106. HISTORY OF WESTERN SOCIETY SINCE 1740.
Western society from the Enlightenment to the present. (3 crs.)
HIS 107. HISTORY OF SOUTHWESTERN PENNSYLVANIA.
This course surveys the role of southwestern Pennsylvani a from the
local, regional, national and international perspectives. These
include the reactions of the Native Americans to the corning of the
" wh ite" frontier; the military events leading to the French and
Indian War; the Whi skey "insurrecti on" ; the evolution of transportation fro m the flatboat/keelboard and steamboat eras to the railroad
and automobile; the rise and decline of the iron/steel industry;
l 78
California University of Pennsylvania
immigration and agriculture; and education and culture, particularly
the influence of the former and the significance of the latter. (3 crs.)
HIS I 11. DEVELOPMENT OF MAJOR WORLD CIVILIZATIONS . The process and interplay of the major world cultures in
their evolution: Indian, Moslem, East Asian (China, Korea, Japan),
Slavic, Western European, Latin American, and African. (3 crs .)
HIS 11 2. MAJOR WORLD CIVILIZATIONS IN TRANSITION.
Significant factors influencing change in the world 's major cultural
areas: industrialization and urban conflict, the democratic revolution,
and the rise of charismatic leaders from Napoleon to Hitler. (3 crs.)
HIS 147. HISTORY OF THE MIDDLE EAST. A history of the
region, emphasizing the twentieth century interplay of cultural
changes with traditional ways ; Islam and modernization ; SovietAmerjcan rivalry; the politics of oil ; the Arab-Israeli conflict; and
Arab nationalism; its leaders; the role of terrorism. (3 crs.)
HIS 150. HISTORY OF THE ANCIENT WORLD. A study of the
origins of Western Civilization from its beginning to the di sintegration of the Roman Empire, the cultural aspects of the Fertile
Crescent and Greco-Roman civilizations. (3 crs.)
HIS 188. LOCAL HISTORY. An introduction to the location,
evaluation, and significance of local history by using the problemsolving and genealogical approach. Specific topics are analyzed in
order to get to know at first hand the importance of local and family
history at the grass roots level. (3 crs.)
HIS 200. HISTORY OF PENNSYLVANIA. The history of
Pennsylvania from colonial times to the present; the changes
involved in social, economic, and political life are treated from
internal and external points of view. (3 crs .)
HIS 201. CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION. The causes of
the Civi l War; the military, political, economic, and social developments during the war; the consequences of the postwar period from
the standpoint of contemporary developments and their applications
today. (3 crs.)
HIS 203. HISTORY OF TRANSPORTATION IN PENNSYLVANIA. The roles that Pennsylvania has played in the development of
transportation systems since Colonial times, including turnpikes,
canals, river transport (flatboats to steamboats), railroads, and motor
transportation. (3 crs.)
HIS 204. HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVES ON AGING. A chronological survey of aging in American culture from colonial times to
the present. Principle subjects for examination are the emergence
and development of retirement programs, and institutional and noninstitutional treatment of the elderly in social, reli gious, political,
and cultural contexts. (3 crs.)
HIS 210. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC HISTORY. This course is an
overview of the methods and arenas of the public historian. Through
hands-on experience in such areas as museum design, collection
development, museum education, archival management, historic
preservation and historical editing, the student will gain an understanding of the challenges and rewards of the public historian. (3 crs.)
HIS 215 . EXPANSION OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY. The
emergence of modern American foreign policy and the factors that
have influenced its operation in the twentieth century: the interplay
of military strategy and the conduct of foreign relations, the role of
an expanding intelligence activity since World War II, global
economic problems, modem revolutionary movements, and the
scientific revolution. (3 crs.)
HIS 216. HISTORY OF ENGLAND. The hi story of England from
the reign of Henry VII to the modem era, with particular attention
to the social and cultural aspects of Briti sh life. (3 crs.)
HIS 217. AFRO-AMERICANS IN U.S . HISTORY. A survey of the
role of Afro-Americans in the course of American history. The course
explores African roots, American slavery, the rise of black protests,
the Civil Rights movement, and the rise of the Black City. (3 crs.)
HIS 218. HISTORY OF SPORT IN AMERICA. Sport as a
pervasive facet of our popular culture, as a social institution, as an
arena of human activity, and as a drama; sports and cultural values
and values conflict; the relationship of sport to social change
throughout American history. (3 crs .)
HIS 220. UNITED STATES MILITARY HISTORY. The development of America's military strategy and the growth of the United
States military establishment; principle campaigns and battles; the
role of the armed forces as a social and political institution from the
Revolution to the post-Vietnam Era. Emphasis is given to twentieth
century strategy and related policy problems. (3 crs.)
HIS 225. HISTORY OF CONTEMPORARY EUROPE. Major
developments in Europe within the last 45 years which have
significance in challenging and transforming many of the traditional
values of society. The decline in the pre-eminent position of Europe
in world affairs and the rise of a global civilization. (3 crs.)
HIS 226. HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL EUROPE. A study of the
political, social, economic, and cultural forces of the Middle Ages,
with emphasis on institutional and cultural life from the fall of
Rome to the Renaissance. (3 crs.)
HIS 227. RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION. A study of
Renaissance culture in Europe from the fourteenth to the sixteenth
century, with emphasis on Italian Renaissance and the German
Reformation, considering late medieval civilization, humanism, the
artistic Renaissance, the universal church, and the appearance and
character of the principle branches of Protestantism. (3 crs.)
HIS 230. HISTORY OF EASTERN EUROPE. The medieval
origins of Poland, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Yugoslavia, and
Bulgaria. Romania through the period of national revival of the
nineteenth century, independence after World War I, sovietization
after World War II, and reemerging nati onalism. (3 crs.)
HIS 234. URBAN PLANNING IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE.
The planning implications of urbanization; the early city planning
of the pre-industrial era, and the efforts by city planners and
developers to make the city more attractive and livable in various
periods of urban growth. (3 crs .)
HIS 236. HISTORY OF URBAN AMERICA. The urban experience
in America from the seventeenth century to the present. Urban
America in the context of world urbani zation, industrialization,
technology and the rise of mass culture. The emergence of
progressive reform and the implication of these forces on urban
spatial development. (3 crs.)
HIS 238. HISTORY OF AMERICAN LABOR. American labor
from early colonial times to the present. (3 crs.)
HIS 240. HISTORY OF THE COLD WAR. The origins and
continuance of Soviet-American rivalry since World War II.
Confrontation in Europe; NATO ; the Warsaw Pact; the growing
nuclear arsenal ; regional conflict in Africa, Latin America and Asia;
the Congo, Angola, Cuba, Iran, China, Vietnam ; the politics and
leadership of both nations; the emergence of Russia as a global
power. (3 crs.)
HIS 245 . HISTORY OF RUSSIA. Russian hi story, culture, and
institutions from the inception of the Kievi an state to the present;
the pre-Soviet periods and those aspects of development of the
Russian state and people that have played a dominant role in the
shaping of Russian character, temperament, and history. (3 crs.)
HIS 247 . HISTORY OF ETHNIC AMERICA. The immigrant in
United States history from the eighteenth century through the
contemporary period. (3 crs.)
HIS 250. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY. The
growth of the American constitutional system, with special
emphasis on those aspects of constitutional growth that relate
closely to the fund amental structure of American government and
social order. (3 crs.)
HIS 260. WOMEN IN U.S. HISTORY. A study of women from the
colonial era until the present, arranged around topics such as
reform, abolition, political activism, working conditions, and
contemporary issues. (3 crs.)
HIS 262. WOMEN IN ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL EUROPEAN
HISTORY. A study of the lives and attitudes of women living in
ancient and medieval times, from Classical Greece to late medieval
Northern Europe. Social, cultural, religious, economic and political
matters will be discussed, with special considerati on given to the
role women played in the shaping of western civilization. (3 crs .)
HIS 265 . HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA. The emergence of
modern Latin America from the Aztecs to Castro; economic and
social development of the region in the twentieth century ; struggle
for social justice among diverse cultures; conflicts within Latin
American political life; military dictatorships; parli amentary
democracy ; guerrilla warfare and counterterrorism. (3 crs.)
0
HIS 275. PITTSBURGH HISTORY. Examines the history of the City
of Pittsburgh from 1750 to the present. The course focuses on the
evolution of Pittsburgh first into a quintessential lndus_trial Ci_ty, then ~
into a pioneer renaissance city, and finally rnto a post-mdustnal,
~
service-oriented city. Therefore, the course affords a unique urban
00
perspe~ti".'e on the social, spatial: and political implicati ons of both
~
industnalism and post-mdustnalism. Pittsburgh History features
~
lectures, field trips, as well as class discussions. (3 crs.)
{'.j
~
HIS 304. GREAT DEPRESSION AND WORLD WAR II. The
stresses and strains of the l 930-1945 period of United States history ~
using recent trends in scholarship. (3 crs.)
\. J.
~
HIS 305. CONTEMPORARY HISTORY OF THE U.S. The
unprecedented changes that have occurred in the United States since ~
the end of World War II. (3 crs.)
~
HIS 310. CHRISTIANITY TO 1700. This course discusses t h e~
o
development of Christianity from earliest times to the seventeenth
century. Explores Christianity 's role in transforming society through
study of its belief system, the growth of monasti cism and the
00
Z
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
179
00, institutional church, issues of dissent and reform before and after
Z the Reformation, European wars of religion in the sixteenth and
seventeenth centuries, and the expansion of Christianity to the New
World. (3 crs.)
0
,-..ii
~ HIS 320. A ATOMY OF DICTATORSHIP. The basic, social,
~ economic, psychological, and political elements that make up the
,-..ii modern dictators hip. (3 crs. )
~ HIS 329. HISTORY INTERNSHIP. Application of historical
00, methodologies to various professional environments, under faculty
~
supervision. (Variable crs.)
Q HIS 345. SOCIAL HISTORY OF THE U.S . The major grouping
and way of the United States from colonial days to the present. (3
crs.)
~
00.
~ HIS 350. ADOLF HITLER. The philosophical and psychological
---- elements that led to the rise of National Socialism, and its impact
~ upon the western world. (3 crs.)
o
U
HIS 379. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN HISTORY. Development of
individual programs by students. (Variable crs.)
HIS 495. SEMINAR IN U.S. HISTORY. A study of American
histori ans and their writings ; the changing interpretations of major
topics in American history. (3 crs.)
HON - Honors Program
HON l 00. HONORS AND UNIVERSITY ORIENTATION. This
course provides the honors student with a fairly comprehensive
introduction to university life in general and the honors program in
particular. Practical matters including a comprehensive review of
the honors program curriculum, requirements to remain in the
program, advisement and registration procedures to be followed and
an elaboration and description of ancillary university services
available to the student are covered. The meaning and function of a
uni versity, the importance of the liberal/general education part of
the curriculum , the relationship between the university and society
and current issues affecti ng the academy are addressed through
selected readings and discussion. Also, students will be required to
establi sh a portfolio that will be maintained throughout the
undergraduate experience. (1 er.)
HO 150. HONORS COMPOSITION I. Honors Composition I, a
course designed specifical ly for first-year students in the Honors
Program, is an introduction to the advanced literacy of the academy.
ln thi s course, students will develop an understanding of how
diverse scholarly disciplines employ differing strategies and
conventions for organi zing and transmitting knowledge. (3 crs.)
HON 187. INFORMATION LITERACY. "Knowledge is of two
ki nds: we know a subject ourselves, or we know where we can find
information upon it." Dr. Samuel Johnson (1709-1784). The course
wi ll focus its attention on the second kind of knowledge described
by Dr. Johnson. The honors student will learn how to find information, and evaluate and use it effectively. The Louis L. Manderino
Library, the Internet, and other electronic resources will be the
primary empha es of the course. The course will provide the honors
student wi th practical research and bibliographic ski lls that can be
utilized in any area of study. (3 crs.)
HO 197. EURASIAN AND NORTH AFRICAN CIVILIZATION.
This course is the first in a two semester sequence on the origin,
nature, accomplishments and failures of the diverse civilization of this
180
California University of Pennsylvania
planet. A panoramic, balanced picture of human achievement in
technology, government, religion, and the arts is provided. A decided
emphasis is placed on the student critically anal yzing some enduring
themes and questions common to the different civilizations. (3 crs.)
HON 201. QUANTITATIVE PROBLEM SOLVING. This course
will provide the student wi th an app lication-oriented, investigative
mathematics curriculum. The students will use technology and
cooperative group work to solve real-li fe problems and strengthen
their understanding of mathematics. The goals of the course are
parallel to those of the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics Curriculum and Evaluation Standards. The topics covered target
Pre-Calculus where the problems associated wi th engineering,
physical and life sciences, business, finan ce and computer science
drive the mathematics. This course will provide the student with a
foundation to pursue further study in calculus, finite mathematics,
discrete mathematics and statistics. (3 crs.)
HON 250. HONORS COMPOSITION II. Honors Composition II, a
course designed specifically for first-year students in the Honors
Program, is a companion and follow- up course to Honors Composition
I. In Honors Composition II, students will investigate· an academic
research question on a topic and in a field of their choosing and
produce a research paper addressing this question. Research results will
be presented before a panel of interested peers and faculty. (3 crs.)
HON 281. KNOWLEDGE AND CULTURE: SOME EXPLORATIONS. ''To be culturally literate is to possess the basic information
needed to thrive in the modem world." E. D. Hirsch. This course explores
what every student needs to know to read intelligently. Class sessions
focus on skills needed to acquire cultural literacy, i.e., the grasp of a
coherent community of values and recognitions. The course provides
honors students with a framework of reference and bibliographic skills
that they can utilize in their areas of study. (3 crs.) ·
HON 285. PROTEST MOVEMENTS IN THE 1960S. This course
affords a general and comprehensive perspective on the unique, exciting,
and dangerous world of 1960s politics. Understanding the period entails
the use of films, videos, and records as well as extensive reading. (3 crs.)
HON 286. COMMENTARIES ON TECHNOLOGY. A study of the
history of the development of science and technology from the humanity
point of view. The view that technology is good and beneficial to man is
examined along with the way that man looks at himself. Diverse
literature is used to explore and examine modem institutions with the
expectation of identifying why things are the way they are and how they
might have been different under other circumstances. What is and what
has been will be studied to predict future developments and their effect
on humanity. (3 crs.)
HON 287. THE LITERATURE OF SOCIAL UNREST. This course will
analyze the relationship between literature and social change by studying
contemporary fiction and drama from Eastern Europe, Latin America,
and South Africa. Class discussion will emphasize the historical and
political significance of works by such authors as Jerzy Kosinski, Milan
Kundera, Vaclav Havel, Gabriel Garcfa Marquez, Athol Fugard, and
Nadine Gordimer. (3 crs.)
HON 295. LITERATURE, THE VISUAL ARTS AND THE WORLD
VIEW. This course investigates the relationship between literature and
the visual arts, primarily sculpture and painting, as revealed in various
periods of history and culture-Ancient Greece, the Renaissance,
Mannerism, the Baroque, the Rococo, Romanticism, Realism, and
Naturalism, Impressionism, and Expressioni m. The course focuses on
an exploration and analysis of the historical, social, and philosophical
backgrounds and "world view" of each period, and how these factors
contribute to the emergence of artistic movements or "schools." (3 crs.)
HON 297. _SCIENTIFIC INQUIRY. Scientific Inquiry is an interdisciplinary foray mto the hard sciences. It presumes no prior acquaintance with
chemistry, physics, or biology. It defines science, its tenninology and its
methodology, and exposes students to its essential elements. A perspectJve of scientific evolution will be developed by examining salient events
and personalities. Various topics, especially from the physical sciences
will be examined with an emphasis on how scientific knowledge is used
to elicit technical innovations, solve problems, and shape the future. Later
c(ass discussions will focus on defining possible and probably future
yields and prioritizing national efforts. (3 crs.)
HON 315. EXPRESSION OF SELF IN THE ARTS AND HUMANITIES. This course, broadly conceived as a humanities appreciation
course, focuses on three general themes-Relationships: The Impact of
Love, Family, and Friends; Passages: An Exploration of Life's Transitional_ Periods; and_The Search for Meaning and Understanding. By
exarrumng and cnncally analyzing selected works from literature, the fine
arts, music, theatre, photography, and film, the student is expected to
develop a nonprescribed but comprehensive and integrative overview of
these central themes. Also, students will have the opportunity to explore
their own self-expression through a creative, artistic assigriment. (3 crs.)
HON ~81. E~~LUTION OF EARTH SYSTEMS. The evolutionary
dynamics of hvmg systems; namely, how the interrelationships
between plants, animals, humans and environment shape their
evolution, extinction, diversity, geographic distribution, geologic
history, and, for humans, their cultural history. Specific examples of
~ast and present biotic communities include Ice Age vertebrates,
hvmg mammals, amphibians and reptiles, continental and island
faunas, and human cultures from Peru, Egypt, the Amazon Basin
and the Arctic. Lectures are strongly supplemented with study of
pecimens, artifacts, and exhibits from The Carnegie Museum of
Natural History. (3 crs.)
HON 385. BIOLOGICAL ORIGINS OF SOCIAL BEHAVIOR.
The purpose of this course is to develop an understanding of
sociobiology and the influence of the process of natural selection on
social behavior in nonhuman and human animals. Findings from the
biological and social sciences are integrated to provide a comprehensive view of the origin and nature of various social behaviors.
Field and laboratory observations of animal behavior are used to
demonstrate a complex variety of social behaviors. (3 crs.)
HON 388. PRINCES AND PAUPERS : STUDIES IN SOCIAL
CLASS, WEALTH AND POVERTY IN WORLD HISTORY. The
course examines the impact of social and economic inequality on
world history. Using a case study approach, students will explore
the existence of wealth and poverty in Ancient Rome, in Medieval
and Reformation Europe, in Colonial America, in Victorian
England, and in 20th century urban America. (3 crs.)
HON 499. HONORS THESIS . The seniors honors project serves as
the capstone of the university honors program. Under the supervision of a faculty advisor of the student 's choice, the honors student
seeks to make· a substantive contribution to the discipline. Considerable latitude in the form of the contribution is permitted. Empirical
and historical research as well as creative products are all appropriate. A reader/reviewer is assigned to independently pass judgment
on the student's scholastic effort. An oral defense, demonstration or
display of the completed honors project is required. (3 crs.)
HPE - Health and Physical Education
HPE 103. BEGINNING KARATE. This course will provide
students with the opportunity to learn and practice basic marti al arts
techniques. Students will learn basic blocks and strikes, prearranged
forms (katas), and self defense techniques. Students that successfully complete the course will earn a yellow belt in karate. (2 crs.)
HPE 105. CURRENT HEALTH ISSUES. Current Health Issues is a
course designed to convey information concerning the individual's
role in establishing a healthful lifestyle as well as encouraging a
sense of responsibility about that role. The current health fram ework encompasses topics such as basic fitness and nutrition, the
pr_evention of di ~ease, as well as a focus on healthful living. Topics
will be covered m lecture and interactive sessions by the instructor
and the health student. (3 crs.)
HPE 202. COED AEROBIC FITNESS AND NUTRITION. The
course is designed to increase an individual's fitness through hi gher
level exercises. The activity portion of the class will include low
impact aerobics, rope jumping, swimming, etc., to improve the
s~dent's cardiopulmonary endurance, strength and flexibility. There
will be lectures on nutrition and basic exercise physiology. (2 crs.)
HPE 265 . BADMINTON AND GOLF. Basic instruction in the rules,
strategy, techniques and courtesies of both golf and badminton. ( 1 er.)
HPE ~66. TENNIS AND VOLLEYBALL. Fundamentals and game
techniques of tenrus and volleyball. Game drills and conditioning
exercises are also a part of the course. (l er.)
HPE 275 . VOLLEYBALL AND BASKETBALL. Instruction and
participation in the fundamental techniques, methods, rules, and
game strategy of the two sports. (I er.)
HPE 308. KINESIOLOGY. The biomechanics of motor perfo rmance. Prepares students to analyze movement in order to teach,
correct, or improve human performance. Offered as part of the
Athletic Training program. (3 crs.)
HPE 309. EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY. The course covers the
scientific theories and principles underlying strength, muscular
endurance, cardio-vascular endurance, flexibility, training and
conditioning in human movement. Offered as part of the Athletic
Training program. (3 crs.)
(1
0
~
~
00
HPE 314. FIRST AID AND PERSONAL SAFETY. Provides an
understanding of the cause-effect, prevention and treatment of
emergency situations. This course is helpful to all students,
especially students in the teacher education program. Three year
certification is offered by the American Red Cross. (3 crs.)
~
HPE 315. CARDIOPULMONARY RESUSCITATION. Includes
preventive heart practices, basic concepts of heart and lung
functions and skills for managing obstructed airways and cardiac
arrest. Certification is by the American Heart Association. Offered
when there is student need and interest. (1 er.)
~
~
00
,,.,..,.
~
HPE 316. LIFEGUARD TRAINING. An American Red Cross
~
Certification course designed to prepare individuals to be lifeguards ~
m pools ~nd (non~surf) facilities. Course includes certificati on in
~
commumty first aid and CPR for the professional rescuer. Prerequi - ~
site: Water Test. (3 crs.)
0
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
181
r:J'J.
HPE 338. PHYS ICAL EDUCATION FOR THE EXCEPTIONAL
0
~
in the physical educati on training for the exceptional child. Major
em phas is is on gross motor skills and physical activities leading to
lifeti me recreation and sports. (3 crs.)
~
HPE 345. SKIN AND SCUBA DIVING. Prepares students to
Z CHILD. An introduction to the principles, techniques, and research
~
=::: ce1tification
become National Certi fied Divers. There is an additional fee for the
di ve . Prerequisite: Deep water swimmer. (2 crs.)
~
~ HPE 500. EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN (EMT).
r...--,
Prepares students to become certified as Emergency Medical
~
ti on. Prerequisite: Age 16. (4 crs.)
~ Techni cians. Emphas is is pl aced upon the care and treatment of the
ill or inj ured in a variety of emergency situations. Students are
Q
r.,...-, requ ired to devote at least ten hours to actual in- hospital observar:J'J.
~ HSD - Highway Safety and Drivers Education
~ HSD 300. INTRODUCTION TO SAFETY EDUCATION. The
his tory and development of the safety movement. Psychological
variables such as attitudes, habits, emoti ons and values are
co nsidered in terms of their importance in the total accident picture.
Home, farm , traffic, fire industrial and many other areas of safety
are discussed. (3 crs.)
0
U
HSD 305 . DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY.
Designed to prepare a teacher to teach a complete thirty-and-six
Driver Ed ucation class. Emph as is upon essential facts, principles,
skills and psyc hological variables necessary fo r good driving and
the teac hing of the same to beginning drivers. Enrolled students are
requ ired to teach a beginner the behind-the-wheel driving sequence. Prerequisite: a driver's license. (3 crs.)
HSD 306. MATERIALS AND METHODS IN SAFETY IN THE
SECONDARY AND ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS . Develop various
teachin g meth ods and materials th at can be used to teach safety in
the elementary or secondary schools. (3 crs.)
HSD 307. MOTORCYCLE SAFETY. A comprehensive study of al l
aspects of motorcycle safety. Various classrooms and range
experiences are provided to enable each student to become a
proficient eye!ist. The course also prepares the student to teach
others how to ride. Prerequisite: HSD 305 . (3 crs.)
HSD 405 . ORGANIZATIO AND ADMINISTRATION OF
SAFETY EDUCATION. Organi zing and administering Safety
Ed ucation programs ranging from the elementary school through
college. School safety programs, environmental safety, and safety
services are analyzed in detai l. Prerequisite: HSD 300. (3 crs.)
HSD 408. PROBLEMS IN DRIVER AND TRAFFIC SAFETY.
Current problems in many areas of the driver and traffic safety.
Federal Highway Safety Program Standards are analyzed. (3 crs.)
IND - Industry & Technology
IN D IO I. ORAWING AND DESIGN. An introductory course for
those who wi h to become more skilled and confident in their
ab ility to draw and design. Design elements, principles and
practi ce are tudied. Creativity, self-discovery, and self-expression
are enco uraged. The student is required to develop a disciplined
approach to problem solving and a sensitivity to craftsmanship in
order to create solutions to a wide variety of challenging design
assignments. Class meets fo r two lecture and fo ur laboratory hours
per week. (3 crs.)
182
Cali fo rni a University of Pennsylvania
IND 110. TECHNICAL DRAWING I. A beginning course with
emphasis on the graphic language, mechanical drawing, lettering,
geometric constructi on, ketching and shape description, multi-view
projecti on, secti onal views, dimensioning, axonometric projection,
and oblique projecti on. Class meets for two lecture and four
laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 130. INTRODUCTORY CIRCUIT ANALYSIS. An introduction to DC and AC circuit theory and analysis. The theory includes
electri cal measurement systems, Ohm 's Law, Kirchoff's Laws,
circuit theorems, and component characteristi cs. Laboratory work
provides experiences with electrical components, schematics,
electrical tools, and basic electrical and electronic instrumentation.
Class meets fo r two lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisite: MAT I 8 1. (3 crs.)
IND 135. DIGITAL ELECTRONICS . An introduction to the theory
and application of logic gates, Boolean algebra, combinational
logic, sequenti al logic, shi ft registers, counters, and arithmetic
circuits. Laboratory experiments prov ide experiences with digital
integrated circuits, circuit behavior, and di gital trouble-shooting
techniques. Class meets fo r two lecture and four laboratory hours
per week. (3 crs.)
IND 165. MACHINE PROCESSING I. An introduction to basic
foundry (metal casting) and machine metalworking. Includes sand
moldmaking and gating, layout, tool geo metry, lathe work, milling,
shaping, drill ing, and bench work. Class meets for two lecture and
four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 184. ENERGY AND POWER SYSTEMS . An application of
the systems approach to the study of energy sources and converters,
power transmission, and controls. Instructi on will focus on energy
as it is applied to propul sion systems, residential conservation, and
industri al uses. Energy altern ati ves, system effi ciency and conservation are emphasized. Class meets for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 2 10. TECHNICAL DRAWING II. Provides experiences in
problem-sol ving through the use of technical working drawings.
Special emphasis is placed on American National Standards
drawing practices, shop processes, conventi onal representation,
standardi zation of machine parts and fas teners, preparation of
tracings, the reproducti on of drawings, and surface development.
Class meets fo r two lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisite: IND 11 0. (3 crs.)
IND 2 15. COMPUTER-AIDED DRAFTING (CAD) I. This course
involves the use of computer software and hardware as applied to
mechanical design and drafting. Students learn to manipulate bas ic
geometric entities (points, lines, and arcs) to create 2-D and 3-D
models. Experiences dealing with dimensioning, level/layer
surfaces and planes are also ex pl ored. Class meets for two lecture
and four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: IND 110. (3 crs.)
IND 21 8. DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY & SURFACE DEVELOPMENT. Adding to the knowledge and experiences gained in
Techni cal Drawing I, this course covers the theory of projection in
detail with emphasis on the manipul ation of points, lines and planes
in space. In addi tion, surface development and design in order to
serve of value in future advance such as computer-aided drafting,
computer-aided instructi on and computer-ai ded manufacturing.
Class meets for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisite: IND I IO. (3 crs.)
IND 230. INTRODUCTION TO LINEAR ELECTRONICS . An
investigation into the fundamental concepts of analog electronics
including semiconductor device theory, power supplies, amplifiers,
operational amplifiers, oscillators, linear integrated circuits, and .
control circuits. Laboratory experiments provide experiences wi th
electronic instrumentation, electronic components, and electronic
circuit behavior. Class meets for two lecture and four laboratory
hours per week. Prerequisite: IND 130. (3 crs.)
IND 235. INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS. A
presentation of number systems and codes, microprocessor
architecture, computer arithmetic, machine language programming,
and microprocessor interfacing. Emphasis is placed on laboratory
experiments dealing with machine language program execution and
microprocessor interfacing. Class meets for two lecture and four
laboratory hours per week. Prerequi site: IND 135. (3 crs.)
IND 265. MACHINE PROCESSING II. Current foundry (metal
casting) processes are studied. Advanced machine metalworking
processes, including indexing and gear cutting are emphas ized.
Students are responsible for determining the sequence of operations
necessary to produce a product. Class meets for two lecture and
four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: IND 165. (3 crs.)
IND 270. HYDRAULIC/PNEUMATIC FLUID POWER. This is an
introductory course in the study of bas ic hydrau lic and pneumatic
circuits and systems. Topics covered are: physical laws applicable
to fluid power components, circuit construction and analysis, the
use of manually and remotely controlled devices, the use of linear
and rotary actuators, and the operation of hydraulic pump and air
compressor systems. Theoretical concepts are verified by practical
hands-on laboratory activities. Class meets for two lecture and four
laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 278. PLASTICS TECHNOLOGY. This is a survey course
designed to provide the student with an opportunity to gain
information about the industrial and technological uses of plasticlike materials. In the laboratory the student designs, constructs and
uses a variety of tools, forms and molds. Depending upon the
activity and the time allotted, students will be encouraged to create
well-designed products for personal and/or professional use. Class
meets for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 282. SMALL GASOLINE ENGINES . An introduction to the
theory, operation and major overhaul procedures of small 2 and 4cycle gasoline engines. Engine components, diagnosis, testing,
maintenance, disassembly, reassembly, and trouble shooting are
stressed in the course to afford the participants the opportunity to
develop the expertise in course content skill s and the background to
repair small gasoline engines. Laboratory work provides for the
opportunity to apply theoretical concepts in general practices. Class
meets for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 310. TECHNICAL DRAWING III. An extension of Technical
Drawing I and II with continued emphasis on skill, technique, and the
use of ANSI and ISO drafting standards. The course is developed
around current industrial drafting practices and includes instruction in
geometric tolerancing, surface texture, weldments, metrication, etc.
Prerequisites: IND 10 I, IND 110, and IND 210. Class meets for two
lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 315. COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING (CAD) II. This course
is an extension of Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) I and will
include more complex problems and procedures in the development
of graphic solutions. The use of extended geometry will comprise
an important part of the course. Students will gain additional
experiences on PC based computer drafting systems. Class meets
for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite:
IND 215. (3 crs.)
IND 320. ARCHITECTURAL DRAFTING AND DESIGN.
Experience is provided in basic residential design. The fundamental
sequences in designing and drawing are stressed as the student
completes the architectural drawings necessary for the construction
of a residence. Elements of the course include architectural styles,
area planning, structural detailing, pictorial rendering, building
specifications, and cost analysis. Class meets for two lecture and
four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: IND 110. (3 crs.)
IND 330. INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICITY/ELECTRONICS. An
investigation into the theory and applications of motors and motor
controllers, thyristors, transducers, programmable controllers,
microprocessor controllers, servomechanisms, and Robotics.
Laboratory experiences include motor identification, motor
disassembly and repair, motor testing, control circuitry, and
servomechanisms. Class meets for two lecture and four laboratory
hours per week. Prerequisites: IND 130 and IND 230. (3 crs.)
IND 332. COMMUNICATION ELECTRONICS . The application
of devices and circuits to electronic communications. The major
topics include modulation, demodulation, transmission, data
transfer, optical techniques, test equipment, and system analysis.
Class meets for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisites: IND 230, IND 235. (3 crs.)
IND 335. ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS. This course deals
with advanced concepts in machine language programming. It
introduces the world of editors, assemblers, and debuggers. It also
covers the advanced architecture of modem microprocessors and their
more sophisticated instruction sets and addressing modes. The
student wi11 leam to develop hardware and software required to apply
microprocessors to real world problems. Class meets for two lecture
and four laboratory hours per week. Class meets for two lecture and
four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: IND 235 . (3 crs.)
IND 336. ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT. An experience in developing electronic systems and/or
products. The student will select a project subject to instructor
approval and develop that project to the prototype stage. The
student will also verify all performance specifications for the
project. Prerequisites: IND 235 and IND 230. Class meets for two
lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IND 345. CONSTRUCTION PROCESSES II. A course in
construction with an emphasis on residential housing. Instruction
and experiences will include aspects of construction such as
planning and estimating, personnel and time management, site
preparation, footings and foundations, framing and roofing. The
safe and intelligent use of tools and materials is stressed. One third
class time and two thirds lab time. (3 crs.)
IND 355. WOOD TECHNOLOGY. A study of woodworking
providing instruction in furniture and case work. The safe use and
care of machines and hand tools is stressed. Emphasis is placed on
project planning and design, cost analysis, wood technology,
material selection and product development. Students design and
produce a project involving operations on basic machines. Class
meets for two lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
183
rJ) IND 365. SPECIAL MACHINE PROCESSING. A special course
Z designed
to all ow the student to investigate a specific area of
interest in the metal machining field. Students interested in taking
0
thi s course will complete a document identifying the scope of their
interest, specifying the acti vi ties that will- be pursued throughout the
~ semester, and have it approved by the instructor six weeks before
~ the beginning of the cl a_ss. The student's background in the metal
~ machining processes will be broadened by completing the labora~ tory ex periences outlined in the approved proposal . Class meets for
two lecture and fo ur laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites : IND
165 and IND 265. (3 crs.)
applied loads . Then the technologist will be able to determine the
dimensions to ensure sufficient strength of the various industrial
materials and manufactured components. Course includes two hours
of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
~
U
00.
~ IND 415 . COMPUTER-AIDED DRAFfING AND DESIGN III.
Thi s courses uses a PC-based CADD package along with an
Q assoc iated tool design software package in a design application. The
r
stud ents will explore advanced CADD problems using solid
modeling, analys is, and the introduction of standard components
fro m the tool design software. Prerequisites: IND 2 15 and IND 315 .
~ (3 crs.)
'T"
1
~
00.
~ !ND 416. INTRODUCTION TO SOLID MODELING AND
0 Fl TTE ELEMENTS . This course will use a PC-based CADD
U program to introduce the concepts of mathematical modeling and
engineering analysis. The student will use a drawing created with a
CA DD program to generate a solid model of the drawing component and to mesh that solid model into a finite element model. The
studen t will also be introduced to the concepts of bottom-up and
top-down solid modeling and will perform simple structural
analyses using the generated finite element model. The transfer of
data between computer programs, using the IGES format, will also
be presented . Prerequisites: IND 215 , ITE 325 , and PHY 110. (3
crs.)
ITE - Industrial Technology
!TE IOI. IND USTRIAL SAFETY. An introduction to the fundamentals of safety as well as sound management-oriented practices
related to the development of a safe work place. Legal requirements
of OS HA and worker's compensation laws are discussed. Students
wil l be abl e to identify cause of accidents, identify safety hazards,
and app ly methods of acc ident prevention. (3 crs.)
!TE 18 1. MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY I (LAB). A study of the
theory and application of materials and materials testing used in a
wide variety of industrial applications. Study includes the chemical,
physical, mechanical and dimensional properties of metall.ic materials
including ceramics. Sufficient background in general chemistry is
included to provide a proper foundation. Course includes two hours
of lecture and fo ur hours of laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
!TE 3 1 I. IND USTRIAL ERGONOMICS. An introduction to
techniques and procedures fo r developing and applying the
principles of human factors and ergonomics to system design and
the syste matic anal ysis, identification and evaluation of humanmachine systems. Current advances in practical biomechanics and
ergonomics in industry in combating musculoskeletal injury and
illness will be di scussed. Prerequisite: ITE IOI. (3 crs.)
!TE 325. STATICS AND STRENGTH OF MATERIALS (LAB).
T he study of stati cs and strength of material s focuses on the
pragmatic technologist who needs a better understanding of the
fundamentals of mechani cs. The statics portion of the course is
concerned wi th parts (bodies) of machines and structures, while the
strength porti on covers the ability of these individual parts to resist
184
California University of Pennsy lvania
ITE 375. PRINCIPLES OF PRODUCTION. An introduction to the
methods used in analyzing the production flow from raw material to
the fini shed product. Topics covered include a study of the major
manufacturing processes, materials handling, plant layout, operations analysis, industrial engineering, inventory control and
shipping. An overview of the role of production management as it
relates to the various areas of industrial environment will be
presented. (3 crs.)
ITE 385. rNDUSTRIAL COST ESTIMATING. An introduction to
the methods used to cost and budget a production organization.
Topics include some accounting basics, cost accounting, the time
value of money and cost estimating as related to industrial operations . (3 crs.)
ITE 420. PRODUCTION ANALYSIS . A continuation of the
principles of production with an emphasis on the calculations
associated with production management. Topics include linear
programming, scheduling and project management as with pert,
simulation and inventory control. Use is made of personal computers for the calculations involved. Prerequisite: ITE 375. (3 crs.)
ITE 445. QUALITY CONTROL. An introduction to the methods
used in analyzing quality control. Topics include a study of the
fundamental s of statistics and probability, the construction and use
of control and attribute charts, the definition and use of acceptance
criteria and the use of computers in modem quality control
operations. An overview of the role of quality control department of
a manufacturing facility will be presented. (3 crs.)
ITE 460. PRINCIPLES OF MANUFACTURING. An introduction
to the methods used in manufacturing processes. Topics covered
include a study of the manufacturing ability, fabricability, and
marketability of manufactured products. Problems encountered by
production managers in changing raw materials into a consumable
product are discussed. The use of personal computers for the
solution of manufacturing problems is included. Prerequisites: ITE
375 and ITE 385. (3 crs.)
ITE 480. PROBLEMS IN INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY (LAB).
This is a multidiscipline course that combines the various elements
in industrial technology, giving the student the opportunity to study
problems typically encountered by an industrial technologist. The
exact content of the course will vary depending upon the background and experience of the instructor but it is intended to include
problem solving and role playing in a wide variety of industrial
settings. Industrial consultants will also be used to expose the
student to modem industry. Course includes two hours of lecture
and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Senior
Standing. (3 crs.)
LIT - Literature
LIT courses are introductions to literature, with emphasis on the subject
indicated in the title. They are primarily intended for the general student
and may not be used to fulfill requirements for the English major.
LIT 111 . "STAR TREK" AND MODERN MAN. (3 crs.)
LIT 115. MAN'S VIEW OF GOD. An introduction to the Bible as a
chronicle of Hebrew history in light of recent archeological and
philological discoveries, to demonstrate how deeply thi s book has
affected the western mind. (3 crs.)
LIT 116. MYTH, MAGIC AND MYSTICISM. The four basic paths
into the unknown: magic, mysticism, fantasy, and myth. (3 crs.)
LIT 118. THE AMERICAN HERO. The development of the
American hero in fiction, with specific emphasis on the hero's
nature, character, and maturation. (3 crs.)
LIT 125 . THE AMERICAN WEST. A general introduction to the
literature of the Great American West through an examination of a
variety of literary types. (3 crs.)
LIT 127. WOMAN AS HERO. An exploration of heroic roles
assigned to women in literature, the contrast between reality and the
literature, and the differences between fictional women created by
male and female authors. An analysis of the reasons for these
differences forms part of the subject. (3 crs.)
LIT 130. ATHEISM AND EXISTENTIALISM. (3 crs.)
LIT 138. WAR IN THE NOVEL. A study that limits itself to those
wars fought after 1900 and to their treatments in literature. In
particular, the course is interested in the effects of war upon individuals, and in the ambivalence toward war shown by novelists. (3 crs.)
integers and polynomial s, factoring and linear equati ons. Thi s
course may not be used as a Natural Science elective. Thi s course
does not earn credit toward graduati on. (3 crs.)
DMA 094. INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA. Designed for the stu dent
who has recentl y and successfull y co mpleted a co urse covering
concepts and skill s associated with an Introductory Algebra course.
Intermediate Algebra was established to provide the student with
further deve lopment of the basic essential s of algebra and serve as a
bridge to a required college mathematics course such as College
Algebra or Technical Mathe matics I. Expected topics to be covered:
set notation, solving linear equati ons and related applications,
solvi ng linear inequalities, graphs of linear equati ons, fun ctional
notation, solving systems of linear eq uations, polynomi als, rational
exponents, radical s, complex numbers, rational expression , solving
quadratic equations. (3 crs.)
MAT 100. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS . Sets and their
language, numeration system s; properties of natural numbers, who le
numbers, integers, rational and real numbers; e lementary number
theory; modular arithmetic; mathematical systems; logic. (3 crs.)
MAT 171 . MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I. Simple interest,
compound interest, value of money relative to time and in terest,
di scounting, accumulation, mortgage points, annuities, amorti zation
schedules, and equations of value. Prerequi site: MAT 18 1 or MAT
182 (3 crs.)
LIT 147. SCIENCE FICTION. An introductory survey of the form s
of science fiction , with particular emphasis on the author's ability to
detail and predict future devel opments. (3 crs.)
MAT 181. COLLEGE ALGEBRA. Fundamental operati ons;
factoring and fracti ons, exponents and radical s; fun ctions and
graphs; equations and inequalities; systems of equati ons. Prerequisite: MAT 099 or hi gh school algebra. (3 crs.)
LIT 148. HORROR IN LITERATURE. An examination of the
tradition of horror literature in England and America from a literary,
historical, and psychological viewpoint. Some emphasis on the
sociological implications of the popularity of the form. (3 crs.)
MAT 182. TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS I. An introducti on to
algebraic topics usuall y covered in a hi gh school algebra co urse,
such as functi ons, graphs, ex ponents and radi cals, and linear and
quadratic equati ons. Emphas is on technology applicati ons. (3 crs .)
LIT 150. BASEBALL IN LITERATURE. This course requires the
student to read, write, and talk about a game that Steinbeck called a
"state of mind," a game that is, in the words of Jacques Barzun, a
way "to know America." Thus the student that works learns about
both himself and his country. (3 crs.)
MAT 191 . COLLEGE TRIGONOMETRY. Po lar coordi nates;
identities; solving trigonometric equations; fun cti ons and inverse
function s, complex numbers and logarithms. Prereq ui site: The
student should have an adequate background in al gebra, and some
plane geo metry is desirable. (3 crs.)
LIT 160. AMERICAN NATURE WRITERS . An introduction to the
best of America's great naturalists emphasizing the development of
informed and educated attitudes towards America's natu ral
resources and issues of protection and ex ploitation. (3 crs.)
MAT 192. TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS II. An emph as is on
trigonometry: trigonometri c function s, vectors, graphs of trigon o- ~
metric functions , expo nents and logarithms, and add iti onal topics in Y
trigo nometry. Emphasis on technology appli cati ons. Prerequi site:
~
MAT 18 1 or MAT 182 . (3 crs.)
LIT 166. SACCO AND VANZETTI. A study of the journalism and
literature surrounding one of the twentieth century 's most notorious
trials. (3 crs.)
LIT 170. ALL ABOUT WORDS. An introduction to the total complexity
and fascination of words. The course deals with words as shapes,
analogues, formulas, and games. Indirectly, but significantly, it instructs
in vocabulary by introducing a sizable vocabulary for talking about
words and nurturing a student's natural curiosity about words. (3 crs.)
MAT - Mathematics (including DMA)
DMA 092. INTRODUCTORY ALGEBRA. Designed to aid the
student in the transition from arithmetic to algebra. It may be a
terminal course for some or may be a preparation for a traditional
College Algebra course and topics will include: Operations on
0
00
MAT 199. PRE-CALCULUS. Fundamental noti ons (fun ctions,
lines, segments, slopes, angle betwee n lines, graphs and equations),
conics, algebraic and transcendental curves . (3 crs.)
~
t,
~
00
n
MAT 201. MATHEMATICAL MODELING . This course provides an
introduction to mathematical modeling for maj ors as well as nonmajors. An in-depth study of Discrete Dynami cal Systems (DDS) is ~
covered along with an introd uction to calculus. The course affords the ~
student an early opportunity to see how the pieces of an applied
~
problem fits together. Using computer technology (s imul ation and
~
sprea_dsheet software ) the student investigates mean.in~ ! and
. ~
practical problems chosen from many academic d1 sc1pl111es, rncludrng
mathematical sciences as well as man agement and li fe sciences.
Prerequisites: CSC 101 , MAT 181. (3 crs.)
0
.Z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
185
00 MAT 203. GEOMETRY. Analysis of axiomatic systems, axiomatic
Z development of elementary Euclidean geometry and non-Euclidean
geometry. Prerequisites: MAT 181 and MAT 191 , or three years of
0 high school mathematics. (3 crs.)
~
~ MAT 215. STATISTICS. For non mathematics majors; not counted
~
toward a mathematics major. Frequency distribution, percentiles,
measures of central tendency and variability, normal distribution
~ and curve, populations, samples, sampling distribution of means,
sampling. distri bution of proportion, null and alternative hypotheses,
type I and type ll errors, tests of means, confidence intervals,
decision procedures, correlation, chi-square, simple analysis of
~ variance and design of experiments. Prerequisite: MAT 181. (3 crs.)
~
U
00
Q MAT 225. BUSINESS STATISTICS. Statistical techniques relevant
r...,..-, to business applications. Primary emphasis is placed upon identifica~ tion of appropriate statistical methods to use, proper interpretation
and appropriate presentation of results. Topics include descriptive
~ statistics, probability concepts, the normal probability distribution,
,-, estimation techniques, tests of hypotheses, simple and multiple Linear
,-., regression. Statistical software is used to implement many of the
statistical methods. Prerequisite: MAT 181 or MAT 182. (3 crs.)
00
O
U MAT 271. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II. Generalized
annuities; bonds, amortization of premiums and accumulation of
discount; cash flows ; depreciation schedules; comparison of
depreciation; net cash flow ; rate of return; capitalized cost and annual
return; life annuities; Life insurance. Prerequisite: MAT 171 (3 crs.)
MAT 272. DISCRETE MATHEMATICS. An introduction to theories
and methods of mathematics that are relative to computer science. Topics
include: logic, sets, elementary number theory, mathematical induction,
combinatorics, relations, digraphs, Boolean matrices, trees. (3 crs.) (FallMath Majors) (Spring-Computer Science Majors)
MAT 273 . BASIC CALCULUS. The techniques of differentiation
and integration are covered without the theory of limits and continuity. Applications in business and biological science are considered.
Prerequisites: MAT 181 or MAT 182. (3 crs.)
MAT 281. CALCULUS I. A review of absolute value and inequalities; an introduction to analytic geometry; functions, limits, and
continuity; the derivative; applications of the derivative. Prerequisite: MAT 181 or MAT 199 or four years of high school mathematics. (3 crs.)
MAT 282. CALCULUS II. The integral; fundamental theorem of
calculus; applications of the integral ; inverse functions; logarithmic
functions; exponential functions; trigonometric functions ; hyperbolic functions; techniques of integration. Prerequisite: MAT 281.
(3 crs.)
MAT 304. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS. This course is a
historical summary of the development of mathematics. Emphasis
will be relating mathematics to the development of world culture
and its relationship with all aspects of our culture. The lives and
discoveries of many mathematicians are discussed. Methods of
incorporating the history of mathematics into high school mathematics courses are a major focus of the course. Prerequisites: MAT
203, MAT 282. (3 crs.)
MAT 305. THEORY OF EQUATIONS . Complex numbers;
theorems involving polynomials in one variable; cubic and
biquadratic equations; separation of roots, Sturm's theorem, and
approximate evaluation of roots. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior
standing. (3 crs.)
186
California University of Pennsylvania
MAT 341 . LINEAR ALGEBRA I. Systems of linear equations and
matrices; determinants; vectors in 2-space and 3-space; vector
spaces; linear transformations. (3 crs.)
MAT 35 l. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I. Fundamental concepts of
logic ; natural numbers, well-ordering property, induction, elementary concepts of number theory ; groups, cosets, Lagrange's
theorem, normal sub-groups, factor groups; homomorphism,
isomorphism, and related topi cs including Cayley's theorem,
natural hemomorphism, and the three fundamental homomorphism
theorems. Prerequisite: MAT 341 or Permission of the Instructor. (3
crs.)
MAT 38 l. CALCULUS III. Indeterminate forms and improper
integral s, polar coordinates and conic sections, infinite series, and
the theory of infinite series. Prerequisite: MAT 282. (3 crs.)
MAT 382. CALCULUS IV. Vectors in the plane; vectors in three
space; theory or curves and surfaces; the differential calculus and
the integral calculus of functions of several variables. Prerequisite:
MAT 38 l. (3 crs.)
MAT 406. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Ordinary differential
equations and their solutions. The existence and uniqueness of
solutions. Various types of differential equations and the techniques
for obtaining their solution. Some basic applications, including
numerical techniques. Computer solution techniques are discussed.
Prerequisite: MAT 282 and MAT 381. (3 crs.)
MAT 441. LINEAR ALGEBRA II. Extends the concepts learned in
Linear Algebra I. The content is not fix ed, but usually includes the
following topics: linear transformations, change-of-bases matrices,
representation matrices; inner-product spaces, eigenvalues and
eigenvectors, diagon alization . Prerequisite: MAT 341. (3 crs.)
MAT 451. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II. Study of rings, ideals,
quotient rings, integral domains, and fields; ring homomorphisms;
polynomial rings, division algorithms, factorization of polynomials,
unique factorization, extensions, fundamental theorem; finite fields.
Prerequisite: MAT 351. (3 crs.)
MAT 461. STATISTICAL ANALYSIS I. Basic concepts of both
discrete and continuous probability theory. The study of random
variables, probability distributions, mathematical expectation and a
number of significant probability models. Introduction to statistical
estimation and hypothesis testing. Prerequisites: MAT 282 (3 crs.)
MAT 462. STATISTICAL ANALYSIS II. Statistical theory and
application of statistical estimation techniques and hypothesis
testing methods. Simple linear and multiple linear regression
model s. Statistical techniques are implemented with microcomputer
statistical software. Prereq uisites: MAT 461. (3 crs.)
MAT 469. HONORS COURSE IN MATHEMATICS. Mathematics
majors must, as a prerequisite for this course, have completed 64
credits with a QPA of 3.25 in all work and the permi ssion of the
department chair. (3 crs.)
MAT 481. ADVANCED CALCULUS I. Logic and techniques of
proof; relations, functions , cardinality, and naive set theory ;
development of real numbers from natural numbers through
topology of the line; convergence and rel ated ideas dealing with
functions (seq uences and series) including continuity. Prerequisite:
MAT 382 and MAT 406 or Permi ssion of the Instructor. (3 crs.)
MAT 482. ADVANCED CALCULUS II. Further development of
the limit concept pertaining to functions including differentiation
and integration along with appropriate theorems and properties ;
continuation of development of sequences and series including
functions . Prerequisite: MAT 481. (3 crs.)
MAT 490. TOPOLOGY. Set theory as applied to topological spaces
including the real line; metric spaces. Prerequisite: MAT 351 or
MAT 481 or Permission of the Instructor. (3 crs.)
MAT 495. SEMINAR IN MATHEMATICS . Topics in this course
are chosen jointly by the instructor and the student or students
involved. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor and chair of the
department. (Repeatable for a maximum of three crs.)
MGT - Management
This course offers students an understanding of the components that
make up an organization, its complexity, its structure and design and the
interrelationships that exist among all of its components. Prerequi.iste:
MGT 201. (3 crs.)
MGT 315. ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT AND CHANGE.
Change pervades modern society. All organizations exist within a
changing environment. To survive and develop, organizations must be
able or adapt to these changes and respond to opportunities for growth.
Change is also an inherent aspect of management. Managers must
understand and manage change if the organization is to thrive and grow.
This course is about planned organization change and is designed to
introduce the student to the field of organization development, its
definition, goals, precedents, emergence, approaches, and current
status. Prerequisite: MGT 20 I. (3 crs.)
MGT 20 I. PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT. A survey of the
theories in the field of management, covering concepts developed by
the classical school, the behavioral school, and the management
science school. Emphasis is on human factors, but the influences of
economics and technological factors are also considered. Prerequisite: PSY JOO or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
MGT 352. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. Decisionmaking and analyses of major management problems that arise in
manpower planning, recruitment, selection, development, compensation, and appraisal of employees in various organizations.
Prerequisite: MGT 201. (3 crs.)
MGT 205. ENTREPRENEURSHIP I: SMALL BUSINESS
MGT 353. COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT. The design,
implementation and evaluation of wage and salary packages in both
private and public sectors. Prerequisite: MGT 352. (3 crs.)
FUNDAMENTALS. Entrepreneurship and new venture initiation. A
study of the development of a business appropriate to the objectives
and resources of the individual entrepreneur. This course deals with
the initiation of a new business venture rather than the management
of ongoing enterprises, and treats new venture formation primarily
from the standpoint of the individual entrepreneur rather than that
of an established enterprise expanding into a new area. (3 crs.)
MGT 271 . COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN BUSINESS I. An
introduction to the basic tools and techniques of software used to
solve business problems. This course is taught on a lecturelaboratory basis in which the computer is utilized to present
applications of the spreadsheet in business situations . ( I er.)
MGT 273. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN BUSINESS II. A
continuation of Computer Applications in Business I with an
emphasis on more advanced topics and problem-solving. This
course is taught on a lecture-laboratory basis in which the computer
is utilized to present applications of the spreadsheet in business
situations. ( I er.)
MGT 301. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR. An examination of
theories and concepts relating the individual to the organization.
The course analyzes the forces which influence behavior within an
organization. Prerequisite: MGT 201 Principles of Management or
permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
MGT 305. ENTREPRENEURSHIP II: SMALL BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT. A management course designed to integrate all
business functions at a small business level. Study of the development
and management of a business plan appropriate to the objectives and
resources of the individual entrepreneur. This course deals with the
management of ongoing enterprises. A computer software package is
utilized to develop various cases and problems found in the text. Each
student develops a business plan in either Retailing Operations,
Service Business, or Manufacturing Operations. (3 crs.)
MGT 311 . ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN. Organizations .
are essential to the way our society operates and permeate and shapes our
lives. In addition to being the means for providing goods and services,
organizations create the settings in which most people will spend a good
part of their lives working either as subordinates or managers or both.
MGT 362. LABOR RELATIONS. A survey of the many facets of
employee-management relations. The course examines the histori cal,
statutory and social bases for modern workplace relationships with
emphasis given to the role of organized labor. Prerequisite: Junior
level standing or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
MGT 371. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS. An
introduction to management control systems, which include control of
production costs, standard costs, flexible budgets, managed costs, profit
centers and capital acquisitions. Prerequisite: MGT 20 I, CSC IO I, and
MGT 271 . (3 crs.)
MGT 373. COMPUTER BASED MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS. An introduction to the technology, application,
and management of computer-based information systems. Topics
covered include business computer systems, computer hardware,
computer software, data-based management systems, general
accounting application, materials control application, man agement
information processing, systems planning, and operations management. The course uses LOTUS 1-2-3. Prerequisites: CSC IO I,
MGT 371, ACC 202. (3 crs.)
~
0
~
~
00
MGT 402. STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT. The integrated decision
making of general management. Topics include corporate strategy t'!'j
and implementing corporate strategy. Prerequisites: MGT 20 I,
MKT 30 I, FIN 30 I, or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
~
~
MGT 431. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. The
concepts, problems and policies of international business enter._, ~
prises for managers. Prerequisite: Junior level standing. (3 crs.)
~
MGT 452. HUMAN RESOURCE STRATEGY AND PLANNING.
The human resource is emerging as a significant contingency in
organizational strategic plans. Personnel policies and programs as
well as the available skills, knowledge, and attitudes can provide
particular opportunities or limitations to management . This course
examines organizational human resources management from a
strategic perspective. The key focus is on exploring HR planning
and strategy concepts, developing an understanding of the related
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
187
~
~
~
~
0
,Z
00
00 analytical tools, and determining how these concepts and tools can
Z be used to enhance an organization's competitive position . (3 crs.)
0
MGT 492. SMALL BUSINESS INTERNSHIP. A program in which
~ business majors intern with a local firm for a semester. Students
~ draw upon their academic knowledge to aid the local enterprise i~
~ its over-all operati on. The type and srnpe of the problems vary w_
1th
~ each individual situation. The course 1s open to students with Jumor
~ or senior standing who have submitted a formal applicati_on, have
the recommendation of a faculty membe_r, and have a sat1_sfactory
Q.P.A. (Repeatable; Variable crs.; a maximum of 12 credlts can be
used toward the completion ·of a baccalaureate degree.)
U
MKT. 43 1. MARKETING RESEARCH. Description of behavioral
and statistical tools for designing and implementing research
projects. Prerequisites: MKT 301 , MAT 225. (3 crs.)
MKT 451. BUSINESS MARKETING. The characteristics of
business-to-business marketing are explored and developed focusing
on environment, pricing, planning, distribution, evaluation and
strategy development for marketing business and industrial products
to the professional user or buyer. Prerequisite: MKT 301. (3 crs.)
~ persuasive communications with emphasis on proven, practical selling
MKT 501. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MARKETING. Upon
completion of the course, the student will be able to evaluate and
make recommendations and decisions concerning the strategy and
tacti cs of real-life targeting and marketing mix development for
both global and country-specific markets. The course will also
cover selected elements of international marketing research. (3 crs.)
~
MTE - Manufacturing Technology
00
~
Q MKT - Marketing
MKT 222. PRINCIPLES OF SELLING. A study of basic pri.nciples of
00 techniques. Activities include interactive class discussions and video
role-playing. Prerequisite: BUS 100. (3 crs.)
~ MKT 27 1. PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING. An introduction to
0
basic principles of marketing management. Other topics covered are
U selecting target markets, develop!~g marketing mixes, fun ctions of
marketin g management. Prereqms1te: ECO 100 or ECO 201 , and
MGT 20 I. (3 crs.)
MKT 32 1. SALES MANAGEMENT. Proven management
techniques fo r remotely located field sales force member, are full y
explored. Motivation, evaluation, and control of sales force
acti vities are developed through case presentations and class
di sc ussions. Prerequi sites: MGT 201, MKT 222. (3 crs.)
MKT 33 1. RETAILING. A management and marketing anal ysis of
department, di scount, specialty and chain stores with special
emphasis on location, human resources, merchandising and
effective pricing. Prerequi site: BUS 100 recommended. (3 crs.)
MKT 341. MARKETING FOR NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS. A
marketing course designed for both business and nonbusiness majors
that differenti ates between for-profit and not-for-profit organizations,
investigates the competitive environment facing nonprofits (e.g.,
hospitals, churches, charities, colleges, performing artsgroups), and
applies research techniques and marketing management tools (product
policy, di stribution and delivery systems, monetary pricing, and
communication strategies) to the nonbusiness entity. (3 crs.)
MKT 35 1. ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT. A study of the bas ic
co mponents of the advertising mix, establishing medi a selecti on
techni ques, and determining the best vehicles for specific selling
and promotional efforts commonly confronting marketing managers
today. Prerequisite: MKT 30 I . (3 crs.)
MKT 402. MARKETING MANAGEMENT. Description and
analysis of the nature, strategies and techniques of marketing
management. Prerequisite_: MKT 301. (3 crs.)
MKT 42 1. CONSUMER BEHAVIOR. This integrates the di sciplines of psychology, anthropology, economics and sociology with
marketing to explain, understand, and predict consumer decisions.
This is achieved by exploring both the theoretical and practical
implicati ons of ( 1) individual behavior vari ables such as motivati on,
learning, perception, personality, and attitudes; (2) group influences
such as fami ly, culture, social class and reference group behav ior;
and (3) consumer decision processes such as cognitive dissonance,
brand loyalty, new product adoption and ri sk reduction. (3 crs.)
188
California University of Pennsylvania
MTE 236. NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAMMING I (LAB).
An introducti on to the procedures for manually programming
numericall y controlled equipment. Students write programs
foll owing a machine fo rm at detail , using Cartesian coordin ates for
moti on command and incorporating preparatory and miscellaneous
commands necessary to manu facture parts on a machining and
turning center. Course includes two hours of lecture and four hours
of laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
MTE 250. INTRODUCTION TO AUTOMATION (LAB ). This
course provides a variety of introductory experiences in industrial
automation. Instruction will include theoretical applications as well
as practical hands-on laboratory appli cati ons in robotics, automatic
guided vehicles (AGV 's), computer aided drafting (CAD), machine
vision, automatic identifi cati on, and programmable logic controllers
(PLC 's). Students learn what automati on is, its advantages and
di sadvantages, and how it is applied. Course includes two hours of
lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
MTE 265 . PROGRAMMABLE CONTROL SYSTEMS (LAB ).
This course focu ses on the use of programmable logic controllers
(PLCs) to control industri al sequences. Students are provided with
theoretical and hands-on experience in designing, programming,
testing and controlled by a PLC. Course includes two hours of
lecture and fo ur hours of laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
MTE 268. AUTOMATED SUPPORT SYSTEMS (LAB ). This
course emphasizes the use of non-roboti c types of automation.
These types include sensors, automatic guided vehicles (AGVs),
machine vision, and automatic identificati on. Students are provided
with theoretical and hands-on experience that will enable them to
understand the appropriate applicati on of non-robotic types of
automation in industrial situations. Additional topics include
artificial intelligence, computer interfacing, connectors, and cables.
Course includes two hours of lecture and fo ur hours of laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: MTE 250. (3 crs.)
MTE 336. NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAMMING II (LAB ).
The second of two courses in the manual programming of numericall y controlled machines. Concentrati on is placed on continuous
path machining of parts using the linear interpretation capability of
machines to cut chords of arcs to closely approxim ate curves.
Circular interpolation is studi ed with the additi onal word addresses
that are necessary. Assignments provide experiences in three axis
linear interpolation programming and two axis circular interpolated
programming. Course includes two hours of lecture and four hours
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MTE 236. (3 crs.)
This is a repeatable course and may be taken as follows: Students may
take up to six credits. The extra credit may be used as a free elective or
for a credit deficiency due to other program changes. Prerequisite: Junior
or Senior Standing. ( 1-6 crs.)
MTE 337. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING NUMERICALLY
CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT (COMPACT II) (LAB). A study of
the COMPACT computer language used to produce machine tape
instructions for manufacturing parts. Students learn to access and
utilize a computer to produce part geometry and direct a machine
tool to accomplish a variety of metal machining operations. The
graphics capability of BRAVO software will be explored. Course
includes two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: MTE 236. (3 crs.)
MUS-Music
MTE 338. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING NUMERICALLY
CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT (APT) (LAB). An investigation of
the APT machine tool language for programming numerically
controlled machine tools. Students write APT programs and operate
equipment with the produced tapes to manufacture milled and
turned parts. Course includes two hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MTE 236. (3 crs.)
MTE 350. ROBOTIC SYSTEMS (LAB). This course emphasizes
the use of robots in automated applications. Students are provided
with theoretical as well as hands-on experience in the design,
programming, debugging, setup, and interfacing of industrial
robotic applications. Also discussed are servo systems, their
operation, components, functions, and application to automated
equipment. Course includes two hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MTE 250. (3 crs.)
MTE 437. ADVANCED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT (COMPACT II)
(LAB). An investigation into the more sophisticated processes of
the COMPACT II machine tool programming language. Parts are
programmed and manufactured on a CNC milling machine and
lathe using the COMPACT II language and the BRAVO3 graphic
software. Course includes two hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MTE 337. (3 crs .)
MTE 438. ADVANCED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT (APT) (LAB). The machining
of parts using matrixes, loops, pocketing, macros, and other advanced
techniques. These methods are applied to the operation of a CNC vertical
milling machine and a CNC lathe. Course includes two hours of lecture
and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MTE 338. (3 crs.)
MTE 450. APPLICATIONS OF INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(LAB). An advanced automation course that incorporates many of the
topics of previous courses, but in a more in-depth and integrated manner.
The focus is to provide students with the opportunity to learn about
automated systems through the planning and implementing of such a
system. Students are involved in the design, programming, setup,
installation, and troubleshooting of an automated system that includes
robots, but may also include an automatic guide vehicle (AGV), machine
vision system, programmable logic controllers, bar code scanners,
computers, and a computerized numerical control (CNC) machine.
Course includes two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: MTE 250, MTE 268, and MTE 350. (3 crs.)
MTE 495. MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY INTERNSHIP.
Student interns are placed with an industrial organization which most
nearly approximates their goals for employment. The intent of the
internship is to provide students with practical work experience in an
environment in which they will be dealing with practical problems
requiring real solutions in a relatively short time frame. Advisor and
Department Chairperson approval is required before course enrollment.
MUS I00. INIRODUCTION TO MUSIC. Exposes the student to the
various historical, analytical and aesthetic elements of music, thereby
providing an opportunity to broaden and enrich personal enjoyment. This
exposure to music is made through the use of visual aids, audio and video
recordings, and concerts. (3 crs.)
MUS 104. VOICE CLASS I. This course is designed for students who
want to improve their singing voice as a musically expressive instrument.
Breathing, vocal placement, and diction will be emphasized. Attention will
also be given to improving sight-singing ability. (3 crs.)
MUS 115. FUNDAMENTALS OF MUSIC. Provides a knowledge of the
fundamentals of music and an ability to execute basic skills, including the
study of notation, mythrns and meter signatures, major and minor scales
and key signatures, intervals and chords. The reading and executing of
basic mythrns and an introduction to piano keyboard is also included.
Strongly recommended for Elementary Education students and any others
interested in strengthening their knowledge of music fundamentals. (3 crs.)
MUS 191. UNIVERSITY CHOIR. The California University Choir
provides an opportunity for students to sing a wide variety of music
from both contemporary and traditional repertoire. The choir
performs frequently on campus and throughout Southwestern
Pennsylvania. Choir membership is elective; an interview with the
director is required. The course may be repeated for credit up to a
maximum of four credits. (1 er.)
MUS 192. CALIFORNIA SINGERS. The California Singers is a
small (12-18 member) vocal ensemble, with membership determined by audition. The group performs popular entertainment
music of all eras and many cultures; the style of performance is
adapted to fit the music being performed, the audience, and the
season. Smaller groups within this ensemble, such as women 's trio
or men's quartet, may rehearse separately to prepare extra concert
repertoire. Some choreography, dialogue or mime is a part of most
performances presented by California Singers. ( I er.)
MUS 196. JAZZ ENSEMBLE. Entrance by interview with Jazz Ensemble
Director. Required attendance at rehearsals and all public performances.
Membership granted only by audition. (l er.)
('j
0
e
MUS 197. CALIFORNIA CHORALE. This mixed-voice group will
create a "choral union" between the University and the communities
surrounding it. Membership is open to committed students, staff,
~
faculty and members of the community who wish to rehearse
,,,..,
together to produce concerts of choral master works of every
rJJ.
historical era. The ensemble will ordinarily rehearse once a week
~
for three hours. Audition is required for placement. (I er.)
~
MUS 198. UNIVERSITY MARCHING BAND. The University
~
Marching Band performs at football games and parades, and is the rJJ.
featured band at numerous marching band festivals . Membership in
this ensemble is open to any interested instrumentalist or equipment (J
technician. There is no audition, but an interview with the director ~
is required. Membership is also open to any student interested in
~
auditioning for Feature Twirler or for a position on the Auxiliary
~
Unit as a Silk, Dancer, or Rifle. This course is repeatable to a
~
maximum of 4 credits. (1 er.)
I""""'.]
~
MUS 199. UNIVERSITY CONCERT BAND. The University
Concert Band performs at convocations and concerts both on and
off campus. Membership in this ensemble is open to any interested
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
189
0
z
rJ'l
00 instrumentalist. No audition is necessary, but an interview with the
director is required. This course is repeatable to a maximum of 4
Z credits. ( I er.)
O
~
MUS 200. SIGHT SINGING AND EAR lRAINING. This course is
~ designed for the student who wishes to acquire comprehensive
~
musicianship skills. The student will learn the sol-fa system of note
reading and interval identification, using both stationary and
~ moveable tonic. Through sightsinging and ear training exercises, the
~ student will refine their aural skills. Students will learn to notate
simple melodies dictated as well as to sing, whistle or hum
melodies and chords represented by notation. Prerequisite: MUS
~ 115. (3 crs.)
~
U
00
Q MUS 202. NORTH AMERICAN MUSIC. Presents a panoramic view of
r-r.., the musical activities which have occurred in America from Colonial times
~
through the present. Included in this study of American folk, popular and
00 art music are the various aspects of primitive music, psalmody, early opera,
~ and concert life, African and European folk music's influence in America,
,-.._, the singing school, the musical effect of European immigrants, and the
~ roots of jazz and its ramifications. MUS I 00 is strongly recommended
prior to enrollment. (3 crs.)
O
U MUS 204. SURVEY OF THE AMERICAN MUSICAL. This course will
present the various historical, cultural, and social elements of the American
Musical. This will be accomplished through the use of visual aids, audio
recordings, television, video tapes, films, and whenever possible,
attendance at live performances. Experts in the field will be utilized as guest
lecturers. MUS I00 is strongly recommended prior to enrollment. (3 crs.)
MUS 210. VOICE CLASS II. This course is designed for students who
have taken Voice I, or have had comparable vocal training and who want to
continue to improve their s.inging voice as a musically expressive
instrument. Breathing, vocal placement and proper diction will be
emphasized. A more demanding level of vocal literature, commensurate
with the student's singing ability will be performed. Attention will also be
given to further improvement of sight-singing ability. Prerequisites: MUS
I04 and MUS 115 and MUS 200. (3 crs.)
MUS 211. KEYBOARD I. For the beginning students interested in
achieving facility at the piano. Includes playing of major and minor scales,
patterns and fingerings. Chords (I, IV, V) in both major and minor keys
followed by their inversions and the common tone chord sequence pattern.
A student completing the course should be able to play simple songs by
combining melody with chord accompaniment. It is expected that students
will be at an entry level in keyboard experience. Prerequisite: MUS 115.
(3 crs.)
MUS 300. JAZZ: HISTORY, FORM & ANALYSIS. This course
presents the historical background of jazz from 1900 to the present;
the important artists and ensembles and their contribution to the art
form; and the analysis of jazz styles and forms via guided listening
to recordings and live performances. Prerequisite: MUS 100. (3
crs.)
MUS 30 1. 20TH CENTURY MUSIC: HISTORY, FORM &
ANALYSIS. This course will demonstrate and analyze the
co mpositional and performance techniques developed in 20th
century art and popular music, and will identify those techniques as
continuing earlier procedures or reacting to and breaking away from
the music of earlier eras. The connection of new musical expression
with societal , artistic, economic and historical developments of the
20th century will be shown . The student should acquire from thi s
course an aural and intellectual grasp of new music trends, the
vocabulary to discuss these trends and an acquaintance with the
composers of the twentieth century and with some of their works.
Prerequi sites: MUS I 00 & MUS 115. (3 crs.)
190
California Unjversity of Pennsylvania
MUS 303. MUSIC MATERIALS & METHODS FOR THE
CLASSROOM TEACHER, GRADES K-8. This course is designed
to show future teachers many effective ways to use music in the
elementary and middle school classroom, as well as techniques to
second and reinforce the teaching of the music specialist. Basic
performance skills are developed, as well as K-8 classroom use of
rhythm instruments, singing games, recordings, dances, part-singing
and other creative activities. Information on resource materials is
researched and shared. Students will have the opportunity to
practice-teach selected music topics in the K-8 classroom. Prerequisite: MUS 115. Strongly recommended: MUS 211. (3 crs.)
MUS 306. THE OPERA: HISTORY, FORM & ANALYSIS. This
course will examine the origins, the history and the elements of
opera and related dramatic works for voices with instruments. The
analysis of various operas will reveal the relationship of plots and
music to the historical and national events taking place at the time
of their composition. The entire class will attend a live opera
performance if at all possible. Prerequisite: MUS 100. Strongly
recommended: MUS 115. (3 crs.)
MUS 308. THE SYMPHONY: HISTORY, FORM & ANALYSIS .
This course studies both the Symphony as an orchestral performing
ensemble and, in a much greater depth, the Symphony as a musical
form or development that has been evolving and reinventing itself
since the eighteenth century. Special notice will be taken of the
effect of social, technological, philosophical, and economic changes
on the historic development of the symphony to the present day.
Prerequisite: MUS 100. Strongly recommended: MUS 115. (3 crs.)
MUS 3 I 2. KEYBOARD II. A continuation of Keyboard I for the
more advanced student. Review of scales, chords, inversions, and
sight readings followed by the improvisation of simple accompaniments from chord symbol s. Modulation study is begun with the
study of the circle of fifths ; further methods of modulation are
introduced as time permits. Transposition at both the second and
third is introduced. A thorough study of dominant sevenths, ninths
and eleventh chords is undertaken in various keys. Prerequisite:
MUS 211. (3 crs.)
MUS 109 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, BRASS I (1 er.)
MUS 209 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, BRASS II (1 er.)
MUS 309 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, BRASS ill (1 er.)
MUS 409 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, BRASS IV (1 er.)
MUS 119 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PIANO I (1 er.)
MUS 219 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PIANO II (1 er.)
MUS 319- PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PIANO ill (1 er.)
MUS 419- PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PIANO IV (1 er.)
MUS 129 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PERCUSSION I (1 er.)
MUS 229- PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PERCUSSION II ( I er.)
MUS 329- PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PERCUSSION ill (1 er.)
MUS 429 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, PERCUSSION IV (I er.)
MUS 149 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, WOODWINDS I (1 er.)
MUS 249 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, WOODWINDS II (lcr.)
MUS 349 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, WOODWINDS ill (ler.)
MUS 449 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, WOODWINDS IV ( I er.)
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
159 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, VOICE I ( I er.)
259 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, VOICE II (I er.)
359 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, VOICE III (I er.)
459 - PRIVATE INSTRUCTION, VOICE IV (1 er.)
NUR - Nursing
NUR 101. WOMEN' S HEALTH ISSUES. This course addresses
various health care issues, needs and concerns of women. Emphasis is
on the biological, developmental, psychological and social concepts
related to women's health care. OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS. (3 crs.)
NUR 105. PARENTING: INSIGHTS AND ISSUES. This course
examines the challenge of parenthood and effective parenting.
Explication of the functions, process and problems of parenting
serves as a foundation for discussion of effective parenting skills
and behaviors. OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS. (3 crs.)
NUR 120. THE INFORMED HEALTH CONSUMER. This course
examines the role of consumer movement and its relationship to the
health care delivery system. Emphasis is placed on educating the
consumer to knowledgeably and effectively use the health care
delivery system. OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS. (3 crs.)
NUR 200. TRANSITIONS IN NURSING. This RN/BSN transition
course is designed to assist the registered nurse student in developing and achieving professional goals. Emphasis is on educational
trends in nursing, concepts of professionalism, theories of role
transition, and culture shock. (3 crs.)
NUR 330. PHILOSOPHY OF PROFESSIONAL NURSING.
Focuses on theoretical frameworks for professional nursing
practice, including an introduction to the nursing process and
general systems theory. Assignments help students develop and
apply a personal philosophy of professional nursing, and to
independently plan appropriate interventions for multicultural
clients of all ages. Prerequisite. BSN Status. (3 crs.)
NUR 450. TRENDS AND ISSUES IN NURSING. Analysis of
professional nursing as well as bio-ethical issues from histori cal and
contemporary viewpoints with implications for professional nursing
practice in the health care delivery system. Prerequisite: BSN
Status. (3 crs.)
NUR 470. FAMILY HEALTH NURSING. An introducti on to the
theory and practice of family nursing. A variety of nursing theories,
as well as general systems theory, will provide the basis for serving
families as units as well as family subsystems and individual fami ly
members. Clinical experiences will focus on home care of families
for health promotion, restoration, and/or rehabilitation. Prerequi site:
NUR 330 and NUR 350. (6 crs.: 3 crs. Theory, 3 crs. Clinical)
NUR 475 . COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING. Focuses on the
synthesis of theories from nursing and the public health sciences with
emphasis on improving the health of the community by identifying
sub-groups that are at risk. Clinical activities focus primarily on
health promotion directed toward a total community or population
group. Prerequisite: BSN Status. (6 crs.: 3 crs. Theory, 3 crs. Clinical)
NUR 485. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT IN NURSING .
Examines professional growth from entry into the BSN program to
graduation. This capstone course culminates in completion of a
professional portfolio. Prerequisite: Thi s course must be taken the
final semester in the nursing major. (I er.)
OTA - Occupational Therapy
NUR 350. HEALTH ASSESSMENT. Concepts and skills of
history-taking and physical assess ment are emphasized, focusing on
the variations in approach as well as in findings at different stages
of human development. Prerequisite: BSN Status. (3 crs.)
OTA 100. INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY.
This course provides an introduction to the Occupational Therapy
profession. Basic principles are emphasizerd including history,
philosophy,m ethics, and the concept of the occupation. The
development of the therapeutic relationship is introduced both with
individuals natl groups. The types of practice settings are reviewed
with concentration in the three major clinical areas: physical
disabilities, psychiatric, and developmental disabilities. (3 crs.)
NUR 370. METHODS OF NURSING RESEARCH. Basic
concepts and methods related to the research process. Opportunity
is provided for the development of critical thinking and decisionmaking skills needed by the professional nurse to analyze and
evaluate research findin gs for application to practice. Prerequisite.
BSN Status. (3 crs.)
OTA 105 . INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
LAB. This beginning lab experience will allow the student to
develop observation ski lls that will help him/her identify disabi lities
that the O.T.A. learns about in the classroom and, further identify
strategies employed by the O.T. staff when planning and carrying
out treatment. (2 crs.)
NUR 375. LEADERSHIP AND CHANGE IN NURSING.
Enhances leadership skills through analysis of theories/concepts
and experiential exercises. Practicums provide for application of
general systems theory in critical analysis of situations and
decision-making within the practice of nursing to meet emerging
health needs of consumers. Prerequisite: BSN Status. (6 crs.: 3 crs.
Theory, 3 crs. Clinical)
OTA 110. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY METHODS WITH
GROUPS. This course focuses on the use of activity groups as a
treatment modality in occupational therapy. The process of
structuring a group, selecting activities, inviting patient participation and using appropriate leadership interventions and evaluating
outcomes is discussed. Analysis of group roles and dynamics is
presented. Specific examples of groups appropriate for chronic
patients are highlighted. Prerequisite: Formal admission to the
occupational therapy assistant program. (3 crs.)
NUR 406. SCHOOL HEALTH NURSING. Examines the role of
the school nurse in relation to child health supervision and health
education for the schoolage population. Clinical practicum involves
preceptorships with school nurses in local districts. Prerequisite:
BSN Status. (4 crs.: 3 crs. Theory, l er. Clinical).
NUR 410. RESEARCH UTILIZATION IN NURSING. Differentiates between conducting research and research utilization. Through
participation in research utilization activities, students learn to
synthesize research-based knowledge into applicable protocols of
care and to utilize research on an organizational level. Prerequisite:
NUR 370. (2 crs.)
(1
OTA 120. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY TREATMENT MODAL!TIES I. This course teaches the student how to use activity as a
~
therapeutic modality. Activities are broken down into steps to
~
identify the specific actions involved in performing them. The exact ~
skills needed to perform those actions, as well as the context in
.....:J
which the activity takes place are examined. After looking at
""""'::l
specific individual functional deficits, activities are chosen to
~
facilitate functional performance. The impact of lifespace, cu ltural
background, value orientation, age, disability, and environmental
~
influences are considered. Prerequisite: Formal admission to the
~
occupational therapy assistant program. (3 crs.)
r:,J
0
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
191
00.
Z OTA 130. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY TREATMENT MODALITIES II. This course gives the student the background necessary to
0 transition from the classroom to the clinic. The initial part of the
~ class deals with field work expectations and the assumption of the
c:---, COTA profess ional role. The course wi.ll also focus on dealing
~ effecti vely with the health care system . In addition, interacting with
patients and colleagues as well as the use of assistive technologies
~ by persons with disabilities is addressed. Prerequisite: Formal
admission to the occupational therapy assistant program. (3 crs.)
=:,
U
~OTA 200. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY WITH PSYCHO~ SOCIAL DYSFUNCTION. This course encompasses the evaluation
and treatment of individuals with primary or secondary psychiatric
r.....-, diagnosees. Students learn about a variety of di agnoses as defined
~ by DMS IV. Different occupational therapy practice models in
~ mental health are articulated. Specifi c evaluation tools and activities
~ are also analyzed. After reviewing the treatment planning process,
~ students practice writing goals and intervention plans. Level I
field work is also incorporated into this class. Prerequisite: Formal
admission to the occupati onal therapy assistant program. (4 crs.)
Q
0
u
OTA 208. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY WITH PHYSICAL
DISABILITIES . Etiology, signs and symptoms, and issues specific
to physical disabilities, understanding of the function and goals of
certifi ed occupati onal therapy assistants in treatment of these
disabilities. Current modalities and therapeutic techniques specific
to treatment are addresssed, practiced and mastered.Prerequisite:
Formal admission to the occupational therapy assistant program. (4
crs.)
OTA 2 10. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY PRACTICE WITH
GERIATRICS (LEVEL I FIELDWORK). This lab course will
prov ide the Occupational Therapy students with an opportunity to
observe and interact with older adults who have had an interruption
in performance, and to identify those skills and techniques
necessary to intervene into the process. Prerequisite: Formal
admi ssion to the occupational therapy assistant program. (2 crs.)
OTA 2 15. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY WITH PEDIATRICS
(LEVEL I FIELDWORK). This lab course will provide the
Occupational Therapy student with an opportunity to observe and
interact with children suffering from developmental delays due to
disabilities and to identify those ski lls and techniques necessary for
appropriate treatment. Prerequi site: Formal admission to the
occupational therapy assistant program. (2 crs.)
OTA 220. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ASSISTED LIVING
(LEVEL II FIELDWORK). Thi s experimental-based learning
mod ul e will give the occupational therapy student an opportunity to
put theory into practice in a minimum of two supervised practice
settings. The student will learn to do treatment planning, direct
servi ce, and documentaion under the idrection of an occupational
therapist in various settings. At the end of the field placement, the
student will be able to demonstrate his/her competency by designing a treatment pl an, carrying out treatment and documenting
appropriately. Prerequisite: All occupational therapy coursework
must be completed exception for level II fieldwork . (I 2 crs.)
professional qualificati ons. The role of the COTA in direct
treatment and as manager of an acti vity department are emphas ized.
Prerequisite: All occupational therapy co ursework must be
completed exception for level II fieldwork. (2 crs.)
PHI - Philosophy
PHI 100. PERSPECTIVES IN PHILOSOPHY. An introducti on to
such major philosophical issues as the nature of knowledge, reality,
religion and morals. (3 crs.)
PHI I 15. LOGIC AND LANGUAGE. An introducti on of basic
principles and techniques for distingui shing correct from incorrect
reasoning. (3 crs.)
PHI 200. WORLD RELIGIONS. The study of the seven world
religions, including their origins and doctrines. (3 crs.)
PHI 201. HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPH Y. Stud y of the
pre-Socratic philosophers, Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, Epicureans,
and the Skeptics. (3 crs.)
PHI 206. SIXTEENTH TO EIGHTEENTH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. From Descartes to Kant; modern philosophy in the wake of
the Scientific Revolution and the Reform ati on. (3 crs.)
PHI 211. FORMAL LOGIC I. Introduction to the syntax and
semantics of truth-functional and first-order languages and also to
proof theories for such languages. (3 crs.)
PHI 220. ETHICS . An examination of selected ethi cal systems and
their philosophical foundations , with special emphas is on understanding such bas ic moral concepts as good, right and duty. (3 crs.)
PHI 225. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY. An examination
of selected social or political systems and their philosophical foundations. Special emphasis on such basic concepts as natural rights,
equality, justice, individual freedom and political authority. (3 crs.)
PHI 231. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. A consideration of th e
nature of religion, speculati ons and arguments about the nature and
existence of God, the possibility of reli gious knowledge, claims to
religious experience and revelation, the problem of evil , th e belief
in immortality and the meaning of religious language. (3 crs.)
PHI 247. SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, AND SOCIETY. Examines
the philosophical issues that stem from the impact that evolving
science and technology have on people's beliefs, values, and
behavior. (3 crs.)
PHI 270. PHILOSOPHY OF MARXISM. An examination of the
basic texts of Marx and Engels and the subsequent development of
Marxist Philosophy. Attempts a criti cal evaluation in light of
contemporary political Philosophy. (3 crs.)
PHI 305. MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY. Begins with Neo-Platon ism
and proceeds with such thinkers as Augustine, Eigena, Anselm,
Thomas Aquinas, Roger Bacon, Duns Scotus and William of
Ockham. (3 crs.)
PHI 370. MEDICAL ETHICS (3 crs.)
OTA 240. PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN OCCUPATIONAL
THERAPY. This seminar course examines the roles and functions
of the COTA in screening and evaluation, program planning,
providing treatment, service management, and maintaining
192
California University of Pennsylvania
PHI 310. NINETEENTH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. A survey of
the development of German idealism after Kant and th e voluntaristic reactions to it. Also considers British Empiricism and French
Positivism. (3 crs.)
PHI 312. FORMAL LOGIC II. A continuation of PHI 211 Formal
Logic I, with emphasis on the meta-theory of truth-functional and
first-order languages. It also considers selected topics in the
Philosophy of logic and the Philosophy of mathematics. Prerequisite: PHI 211. (3 crs.)
PHI 320. ETHICAL THEORY. An examination of the possibility and
nature of ethical knowledge and the meaning of moral discourse.
Special consideration is given to contemporary discussions. (3 crs.)
PHI 325. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE. A study of the methods,
concepts and presuppositions of scientific inquiry. An attempt is
made to understand the historical development of science in the
context of various theories of knowledge and reality. (3 crs.)
PHI 335. AESTHETIC THEORY. An examination of the nature and
bas is of criticism in the fme arts and literature, the nature and
function of art, aesthetic standards, the concept of beauty, artistic
creativity and the meaning of truth in literature and the arts. (3 crs.)
PHI 370. THE PHILOSOPHY OF LAW. A survey of the debate
about tile concept of law in the history of Philosophy and an
examination of the recent revival of the debate in greater detail.
Specific topics include the nature of legal reasoning, the legal
enforcement of morality, the problem of responsibility, and the
concept of justice. (3 crs.)
PHI 405. EPISTEMOLOGY. An examination of selected theories of
knowledge including contemporary discussions. (3 crs.)
PHI 410. METAPHYSICS. Studies general problems and theories
concerning the nature of reality. (3 crs.)
PHI 415. PHILOSOPHY OF MIND. An examination of important
stages in the philosophical development of the notion of mind.
Discusses such contemporary problems as the relation of mind and
body and the nature of consciousness, and analyzes such notions as
will, emotion, action and memory. (3 crs.)
PHI 426. PHENOMENONOLOGY AND EXISTENTIALISM. A
study of the historical background and development of twentieth
century European Philosophy, with particular emphasis on such
philosophers as Husserl, Heidegger, Sartre and Merleau-Ponty. (3 crs.)
PHI 431. ANALYTIC PHILOSOPHY. An exploration of selected
philosophical issues (e.g., knowledge, truth and meaning), utilizing
recent work in conceptual and methodological analysis. Though the
course is usuall y problem-oriented, a good deal of the history of
recent Anglo-American Philosophy is covered. Recommended
prerequisites: PHI 206 and a Logic course. (3 crs.)
PHI 459. TUTORIAL IN PHILOSOPHY. (Variable crs.)
PHI 470. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY. A discussion
of some special problem or issue in Philosophy. (3 crs.)
PHI 490. SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY. A discussion of either one
prominent philosopher or a movement in philosophy. (3 crs.)
PHS - Physical Science
PHS 125. OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY. This course is
designed to present an opportunity to acquire a general understanding of the Night-Time sky as it relates to Astronomy as well as
experiences and opportunities for observation. Two class hours each
week. (2 crs.)
PHS 135. CHEMISTRY OF MATERIALS. An introduction to the
science of chemistry. This course is intended primarily for Graphic
Arts Majors. This course shows how chemistry is an integral part of
our lives and how it has both solved and created many problems in a
modem technological society. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
PHS 145. ASTRONOMY. A presentation of methods of investigation and results of astronomical discoveries. Survey of facts and
important astronomical theori es . Solar system, what is a star,
multiple star systems, variable stars and stellar evolution will be
discussed. Instruments of the astronomer, telescopes, spectroscopes
will be used. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
PTA - Physical Therapy
PTA I 00. INTRO TO PTA. An overview of the discipline of
physical therapy and the role and function of the physical therapy
assistant. Additional topics include examinations of the history of
physical therapy, physical therapy professsional organizations, legal
and ethical issues, and commonly encountered pathologies.
(3 crs.)
PTA 110. INTRO TO PATHOLOGY. Thi s course examines the
disease process on the cellular, hi stological and systemic levels.
Particular emphasis is placed upon those pathologies commonly
encountered by the physical therapist assistant in pediatric,
geriatric, orthopedic and neurol ogic patients populations. (2 crs.)
PTA 150. PHYSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP. This
introductory clinical internship provides the physical therapist
assistant student with extensive observation of activities such as
patient care, administration, qu ality assurance, and supervision of
other supportive personnel. In addition, students begin to treat
patients using principal s common to all procedures. Prerequisite:
Formal admission into the physical therapy assistant program and
completion of PTA I00. (3 crs.)
{J
PTA 200. PROFESSIONAL ISSUES FOR THE PTA. This course
is an examination of the legal, ethical and professional aspects of a
career in phys ical therapy. Important issues such as liability,
~
malpractice, practive acts, and reimbursement are discussed. Special~
attention is focused on the importance of research and preparation ~
for the PTA state board examination. Prerequisite: Formal admis- rJ'l
sion into the physical therapy assistant program. (2 crs.)
t,'!j
0
PTA 205 . CARDIOPULMONARY REHABILITATION. An
~
examination of the anatomy, physiology and pathology of the
t,'!j
cardiopulmonary system. Specific methods of assessment and
rJ'l
intervention, including indications and contraindications are
explored for a myriad of cardiolpulmonary conditions. The
laboratory portion of the course enables students to develop and
practice specific psychomotor skills pertaining to cardiopulmonary ~
rehabilitation. Prerequisite: Formal admission into the physical
~
therapy assistant program. (2 crs.)
~
{j
~
~
PHS 117. BASIC PHYSICAL SCIENCE. An elementary, nonlaboratory approach to the physical world. Topics may be selected
jointly by the students and the instructor. Three class hours each
week. (3 crs.)
0
z
rJ'l
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
193
00
Z
0
~
C"""""
~
~
~
u
OO
~
Q
~
PTA 210. NEUROLOGICAL REHABILITATION. This course is
an examination of the etiology, signs and symptoms and effects of
pathologies to the central and peripheral nervous systems. Development of patient goals and physical therapy plans for specific
neurological disorders are al so presented. Specific treatment
procedures and techniques are demonstrated and practiced in the
laboratory setting. Prerequisite: Formal admission into the physical
therapy assistant program. (3 crs.)
PTA 215 . PEDIATRIC REHABILITATION. This is a lecture/
laboratory course that encompasses etiology, signs and symptoms
and issues specific to orthopedic and neurologic disorders in
children. Development of evaluation skills, strategies for treatment
plans and physical skiils needed to treat children are emphasized.
Prerequisite: Formal admission into the physical therapy assistant
program. (3 crs.)
00
~ PTA 220. GERIATRIC REHABILITATION. This course examines
~
~
0
U
the etiology, signs and symptoms, and treatment protocols associated with disorders in gerontological populations. Development of
intervention strategies and physical therapy protocols for common
geriatric problems are emphasized. Prerequisite: Formal admission
into the physical therapy assistant program. (3 crs.)
PTA 250. PHYSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP II.
This clincial internship provides the physical therapist assistant with
the opportunity to perform their responsibilities under physical
therapist or physical therapist assistant supervision and with
positive role modeling. The experience provides exposure to a
variety of patients and learning activities. Prerequisite: All physical
therapy assistant coursework must be completed with the exception
of PTA 200. ( I 2 crs.)
PHY - Physics
PHY 101. COLLEGE PHYSICS I. Introductory Physics. Vectors,
mechanics, energy, momentum, conservation principles and
oscillatory motion. Three class hours and three laboratory hours
each week. Corequisite: MAT 281 (4 crs.)
PHY 121. GENERAL PHYSICS I. An introductory non-calculus
course dealing with mechanics and heat. Three class hours and three
laboratory hours each week. Functional knowledge of algebra and
elementary trigonometry is assumed. (4 crs.)
PHY 122. GENERAL PHYSICS II. An introductory non-calculus
course addressing the areas of sound, light and electricity and
magnetism. Three class hours and three laboratory hours each week.
Prerequisite: PHY 12 I. (4 crs.)
PHY 202. COLLEGE PHYSICS II. A continuation of College
Physics I. Heat and thermodynamics, hydrostatics, waves and
acoustics, electricity, magnetism and AC circuits. Three class hours
and three laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite: PHY IOI.
Corequisite: MAT 282. (4 crs. )
PHY 203 . COLLEGE PHYSICS Ill. A continuation of College
Physics II. Maxwell's equation and electromagnetic waves, light,
atomic and nuclear physics, and special relativity. Some review of
material from College Physics I and II. Three class hours and three
laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite: PHY 202. Corequi site:
MAT 381. (4 crs.)
PHY 221. INTERMEDIATE MECHANICS . Vector calculus,
Newtonian kinematics, and dynamics of many particle systems with
emphasis on integral relations, motion in a central potential,
194
California University of Pennsylvania
scattering theory, systems with constraints, variational principles in
mechanics, small oscillations, wave equations, and special rela4vity.
Three class hours and three laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite: PHY 202. Corequisite: MAT 381. (4 crs.)
PHY 235 . GEOPHYSICS. Primary emphasis is on geophysical
prospecting for oil. Particularly focuses on the following prospecting methods: seismic refraction and reflection, gravitational,
magnetic, and electrical. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
PHY 301. INTERMEDIATE ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
Electric and magnetic fields and energy, the effects of matter on
them, circuits, Maxwell 's equations, electromagnetic waves. Vector
calculus and differential equations used. Prerequisites: PHY 203
and MAT 381. Recommended PHY 221, MAT 382 and MAT 341.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each week. (4 crs.)
PHY 331 . MODERN PHYSICS I. Relativistic kinematics and
dynamics, particle and wave aspects of radiation and particles, the
structure of the hydrogen atom, and the many-electron atoms.
Quantum mechanics introduced for the first time here. Prerequisites: PHY 203, MAT 381 . Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
PHY 341 . MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS I. Vector
calculus, Fourier series and integrals, ordinary differential equations, partial differential equations, general series representations of
functions and special functions . Prerequisites: PHY 203 and MAT
381. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
PHY 451. ADVANCED LABORATORY I. Experiments selected
from topics discussed in Modem Physics I. The lecture time is used
to di scuss error analysis, curve fitting, and points of interest to the
laboratory reports. Prerequisite: 12 Physics credits. One class hour
each week and three laboratory hours each week. (I er.)
PHY 495. PHYSICS SEMINAR. An introduction to literature,
history, teaching, and research methods in the physical sciences.
Prerequisites: Junior standing and at least 19 hours of physics
(including College Physics I-II) (I er.)
POS - Political Science
POS 100. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE. This
course is designed to introduce students to key ideas, institutions,
processes, and actors in the political world. It is intended to be a
general , not detailed, examination, and attempts to encourage
understanding, reflection and critical thinking. (3 crs.)
POS 105. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT. This is an introductory
course in American government, focusing on the major institutions
and processes in the American political system. Topics discussed in
the course include separation of powers, checks and balances, civil
liberties, political parties, the Congress, the President, the Supreme
Court, federalism, and policy-making processes. (3 crs.)
POS 205. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT. The organizational forms
of municipalities, the process of decision-making and implement;ition, and proposed solutions to problems of an urban society. (3 crs.)
POS 210. POLITICS OF WESTERN EUROPE. A comparative
analysis of the institutions, processes, and policies of the rn1tions of
Great Britain, France, and Germany, and how these nations relate to the
United States system. Prerequisites: POS 100 and POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 218 . POLITICAL PARTIES, CAMPAIGNS, AND ELECTIONS . The organization and operations of political parties in the
United States. Careful attention is given to the methods used by
parties in nominating candidates and in conducting campaigns and
to the significance of pressure groups, public opinion, and the
electorate in our political life. Prerequisite: POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 219. THE MASS MEDIA AND AMERICAN POLITICS . The
interaction of politics and the mass media within American society.
Topics include media effects on political socialization, techniques
of opinion manipulation, propaganda, press responsibility, public
opinion polling, and government control of the media. Special
attention is devoted to the use of tel evision as an instrument of
communication. Prerequisite: POS I 05 . (3 crs.)
POS 220. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION.
Primarily an introduction to the study of American public administration, this course seeks to achieve several broad objectives. First, it
conveys an understanding of the significant role played by administration in present- that role for a democratic society. It has the further purpose of
providing insight into the specific relationships between administration
and the broad political environment from which it arises and in which it
operates. Finally, and mainly, the course offers opportunity for
consideration of those more specialized and technical factors, such as
public organization, public personnel, budgeting, and executive
leadership, that are involved in the formulation and administration of
public policy. Prerequisites: POS 100, POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 222. THE ADMINISTRATION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE IN
THE UNITED STATES. The operations of the criminal justice system
in the United States. Topics include crime in American, the rule of law,
the role of the police, the function of the prosecuting and defense
attorneys, criminal courts and trial processes, sentencing, corrections,
incarceration, probation and parole. Prerequisite: POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 228. DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL THOUGHT:
CLASSICAL AND MEDIEVAL. The basic ideas, values, and
methods of the profound political thinkers and philosophers from
Classical Greece, Rome, and the Christian Church. Prerequisi tes:
POS JOO and POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 229. DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL THOUGHT: MODERN. A sequel to the questions and approaches raised in POS 228. The
major political philosophers from the Renaissance to the beginning of
the twentieth century. Prerequisites: POS 100 and POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 235. STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT. A treatment of the
organization, powers, functions, and problem of state and local governmental units. Emphasis is placed on the growing complexity of
relationships among the various levels of government as a result of
technological developments and the growth of metropolitan areas. (3 crs.)
POS 236. INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. A
practical and theoretical introduction to a study of systematic patterns
in international relations. Includes analysis of rules, instruments,
processes, decision- making factors, and confli ct resolution. (3 crs.)
POS 237. INTERNATIONAL ORGANlZATIONS . An analysis and
evaluation of the United Nations and other international organizations, and of some of the theoretical concepts and practical problems
involved. Prerequisite: POS I 00 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 281. POLITICS OF RUSSIA. Basic components of Russian
politics: background history, Marxist ideology, and the historical
development of Russian political institutions and practices from the
Revolution to the present. Prerequisites: POS 100, POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 300. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY. Primarily in
seminar fashion. Students present and discuss major ideas from
assigned readings. Formal lectures are also scheduled when needed
to present basic ideas and information. Prerequisite: Any Political
·
Science course or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 301. METHODS OF POLITICAL ANALYSIS. A description,
analysis, and application of basic research tools in the discipline of
Political Science .. Prerequisite: POS I 01, I 05, or permission of the
instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 306. CONGRESS. An intensive examination of the legislative
problems and procedures of Congress. Students are introduced to
such topics as the representational functions of Congress, the role of
parties and leaders in Congress, the importance of the committee
system, and the forces affecting congressional decision-making.
Prerequisite: POS I 05 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 307. REVOLUTION. A comparative study of the phenomenon
of revolution, encompassing the causes, events, and principal actors
in those periods that culminate in the outbreak of violent political
change. Prerequisites : POS 100 and POS 105. (3 crs.)
POS 310. THE PRESIDENCY. Intensive study of the American
presidency, focusing on personality, organization of the office, use
and misuse of power, and policy making. Prerequisite: POS I 05 or
permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 314. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW: GOVERNMENTAL
POWERS. A study of the major provisions of the American
Constitution and the growth of American constitutional law based
on analysis and discussion of leading judicial decisions . Prerequisite: POS 105 or permission of instructor. (3 crs .)
POS 315. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW: CIVIL LIBERTIES. A study
of the development and meaning of the rights and liberties guaranteed to persons under the Constitution of the United States. Special
emphasis is placed on the antecedents of and the adoption of the
Bill of Rights and a description of the court structure through which
the meaning of civil liberties is determined in specific situations.
Prerequisite: POS 105 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 316. JUDICIAL PROCESS . Intensive study of the judicial
process in the United States and the relationship between the
judicial system and the larger American social system. Prerequisite:
POS I 05 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
n
O
g
POS 320. U. S. FOREIGN POLICY. Policy objectives, patterns of
decision-making, and U.S. foreign policy actions. The roles of interest 'fl'\I/
groups, public opinion, Congress, and other external influences in U. S. 00
foreign policy are also examined. Prerequisite: POS 105. (3 crs.)
~
POS 322. POLITICS OF THE MIDDLE EAST. A comparative
analysis of institutions, processes, and politics of Middle Eastern
governments and how these have been shaped by international
relations of the region. Prerequisite: POS 100. (3 crs.)
POS 323. POLITICS OF LATIN AMERICA. A comparative
analysis of institutions, processes, and politics of Latin American
countries and how these have been shaped by the international
relations of the region. Prerequisite: POS 100. (3 crs.)
POS 325. POLITICS OF ASIA. A comparative analysis of the
institutions, processes, and policies of China, Japan, and India and
how these nations relate to the system in the United States.
Prerequisites: POS 100 and POS 105. (3 crs.)
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
195
~
~
00
n
,=
~
~
~
~
0
z00
z
rJ)_
0
POS 326. POLITICS OF AFRICA. A comparative analysis of the
institutions, processes and politics of selected African nations, and
their place in the international arena. (3 crs.)
~
~ POS 327. CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL THOUGHT. A general
~
survey of the major political ideas and thinkers of the twentieth
century, drawing connections between these ideas and contempo~ rary developments in philosophy, psychology, economics, and
sociology. Prerequisites: POS 100 and POS 105. (3 crs.)
~
U
rJ).POS 329. INTERNSHIP IN POLITICAL SCIENCE. Practical field
~ experience to supplement academic work, developing professional
competencies in research and communication skills. (Variable crs.)
Q
~
POS 330. AMERICAN POLITICAL IDEAS. An advanced course
rJ)_ in political theory: the major political ideas and controversies that
,_..- are associated with the development of American political thought.
~ Prerequisite: Any Political Science course or permission of the
~ instructor. (3 crs.)
Oros 335. ADMINISTRATIVE LAW. The legal structure and political
U environment within federal administrative agencies in the United States
that formulate public policy. Emphasis is given to the growth of the
administrative state within the United States, the necessity for the
delegation of legislative authority to administrative agencies and the
need for judicial control of the bureaucracy. Prerequisite: POS 100,
POS I 05 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
POS 450. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN POLITICS . This seminar,
required of all Political Science majors, is designed to provide
intensive examination of a specific and narrowly focused area in the
field of American politics. The course is research-oriented and
consists of individually prepared contributions by all participants,
which are discussed and critically appraised by all members of the
class. Prerequisite: Students taking this course must be Seniors
majoring in Political Science. (3 crs.)
PSY - Psychology
PSY I 00. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY. This course is a general
introduction to the scientific study of behavior. It explores topics
such as methods of research, physiological development of the
individual, learning, motivation, emotions, cognitive processes,
sensation, perception, testing, personality, behavior disorders, and
individual differences. Experimental research as well as practical
application is stressed. (3 crs.)
PSY 205. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY. Age-related changes in social,
cognitive, emotional, and physical characteristics. Development
from prenatal stages through later childhood is included. Socialization of the child is examined. Prerequisite: PSY I 00. (3 crs.)
PSY 206. ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY. Factors that influence
the growth and development of adolescents. Emphasis on the
relationship among physiological, psychological and sociological
factors and theoretical systems used to describe, explain, predict,
and work with adolescents. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 207. DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. The patterns of
physical, mental, social and emotional development throughout the
life span. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 208. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. The learning process
is examined, with emphasis on learning in school settings. The
application of current theories and research findings to classroom
situations is stressed. This course examines cognitive development,
196
California University of Pennsylvania
intelligence, moti vation, disci pline, behavioral objectives, and
measurement and evaluation. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 209. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY. This course is a comprehensive introduction to the field of Industrial Psychology. It demonstrates the application of psychological principles of behavior to
people work conditions. An examination of business and industrial
activities and the role a psychologist plays in such activities. A strong
emphasis on the practical and every day problems that confront
people in the world of work. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 211. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. The interaction between the
individual and social groups within a cultural context: the individual
in a social role, social groups, and social institutions. Prerequisite:
PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 215. PSYCHOLOGY OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN. The
psychological problems of children who have hearing, speech, mental
and personality deficits, and of children who are culturally disadvantaged
are explored, as well as characteristics of children of superior ability. A
major purpose is to gain a functional understanding of these problems
and of the procedures for helping to cope with them. The student is given
the opportunity to gain firsthand experience with exceptional children in
an observation of a special class in the public schools. Prerequisites: PSY
100, PHY 205 for Psychology Majors, PSY 100 and PSY 205 or PSY
207 for non-Psychology Majors. (3 crs.)
PSY 222. PSYCHOLOGY OF STRESS MANAGEMENT. Source
of stress, effects of stress, manifestations of stress and methods of
coping with stress will be examined with the focus being on
practical applicati on. Prerequisites: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 225. PSYCHOLOGICAL STATISTICS. This course provides
the student with a working knowledge of statistical procedures, and
their application to psychological measurement and research in the
social and behavioral sciences. A variety of statistical methods,
including measures of central tendency, variabibty, and correlation
coefficients, are presented. Hypothesis testing and prediction are also
included. The student uses the computer to analyze data and
interprets the results generated. The application of statistical
procedures to research questions in the fields of behavioral and social
sciences is emphasized. Prerequisite: PSY l00, MAT 181 (3 crs.)
PSY 235. PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING. The major areas of
learning which are focused on are behavioral, (classical conditioning,
operant conditioning and observational learning), cognitive and
neural networks. In each of these areas study progresses from basic
research to applications. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 305. PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY. The essential
factors that result in creating individual differences of human
behavior. Current theories used to explain the development and
structure of personality are presented. The characteristics of the
normal and the maladjusted personality are identified, with special
concern for developmental patterns. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 310. MENTAL HEALTH/PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJUSTMENT.
Problems of personality and mechanisms of adjustment, including a
study of the origin and resolution of conflicts, and the role of emotion
in the patterns of behavior. Prerequisite: PSY I00. (3 crs.)
PSY 311. PSYCHOLOGY OF GENDER ROLES. How gender roles
develop, the factors that sustain these roles, and how gender roles
influence the daily lives of men and women. Sex differences are viewed
from historical, biological, psychological, sociological, and anthropological perspectives. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 340. PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING. The nature and function of
measurement in psychology with concentration on test construction
problems and procedures and an examination of some typical tests in
the fields of intelligence, personality, aptitudes, abilities, and interests.
Prerequisites: PSY 100, PSY 225. (3 crs.)
PSY 345. HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY. This
course explores the evolution of psychological thought starting with its
philosophical roots. The major perspectives of psychology explored are
Structuralism, Functionalism, Behaviorism, Gestalt, Psychoanalysis,
Humanism, and Cognitive. When looking at the impact of central
figures in the field, a more inclusive approach will be utilized.
Understanding the contextual forces which shaped the discoveries and
thinking of the times on the course of the development of psychology
as a science is emphasized. Prerequisite: PSY JOO. (3 crs.)
PSY 350. PRINCIPLES OF BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION. A
consideration of the application of the principles of contemporary
behaviorism to the problem of behavior modification in educational
and clinical settings. Major emphasis is placed on the remediation of
problems of academic, emotional, and social adjustment in the
classroom context. Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 360. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. This is a survey course
emphasizing the design of research strategies for evaluating hypotheses
about behavior and the quantitative analysis of research results. The
major content areas explored are psychophysics, perception, learning,
memory, cognition, individual differences, social influences, environmental and human factors. Each of these content areas will be studied
using the statistical and research techniques of scientific psychology.
Prerequisite: PSY JOO, PSY 225. (3 crs.)
PSY 365. METHODS OF RESEARCH. Hands-on experiences in
conducting research and the scientific study of behavior. Students apply
a variety of methods to research problems in a number of content areas
and are exposed to the research literature in these areas. Also included
is instruction in the preparation of a formal research report. Students
will be expected to conduct one research study and write one research
proposal. Prerequisites: PSY JOO, PSY 225, PSY 360. (3 crs.)
PSY 370. INTERVIEWING SKILLS. For students who will soon be
seeking employment in an organizational setting, providing knowledge
and practical experience in several different and specific types of
interviews, especially the selection interview for employment, the
career planning interview, exit interview and the performance
evaluation interview. Prerequisites: PSY JOO, PSY 209. (3 crs.)
PSY 375. PSYCHOPATHOLOGICAL DISORDERS OF CHILDHOOD. This course explores the various psychopathological disorders
of childhood. The particular manifestation in children will be discussed
for each disorder, with emphasis on the quantitative nature of clinical
symptom characteristics as illustrated by cast; studies. The differe~tiation between similar diagnoses and symptoms, as well as the relauonships between each disorder and other emotional familial problems,
will be discussed. Prerequisites: PSY 100, PSY 205. (3 crs.)
PSY 400. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. A survey of behavior
pathology including psychoses, neuroses, and character disorders
including drug addiction and psychophysiological disorder together
with a general consideration of etiology, treatment, and prognosis.
Prerequisites: PSY 100 and 12 credits in Psychology. (3 crs.)
PSY 410. CLINICAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY. This course is a
comprehensive introduction to the field of Clinical Child Psychology. It will explore the major concepts, research findings, and
professional issues influencing the practice of Clinical Child
Psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 100, PSY 205, PSY 375. (3 crs.)
PSY 41 I. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY I. Designed to aid students
to think creatively about the kinds of information and data to be
obtained in studying individuals. Seeks to point out some of the
problems and procedures which constitute the type of clinical
procedures. Not designed to train the student to become a clinical
psychologist, but rather an introduction to the applied areas of
clinical psychology. Prerequisites: PSY I 00, PSY 305, PSY 340,
PSY 400, and Senior standing. (3 crs.)
PSY 412. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY II. The projective techniques used to assess individual personality. The construction and
methods of interpretation of these techniques. An introduction to
some of the tools of the clinical psychologist and counselor.
Prerequisites: PSY 100, PSY 350, PSY 340, PSY 400, and Senior
standing. (3 crs.)
PSY 420. SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY. This course is a comprehensive overview of the field of school psychology. It will explore
issues related to the role and functions of school psychologists
including the psychoeducational assessment of children and
adolescents, therapeutic interventions for school-age children,
consultat ion, and legal and ethical issues in the practice of school
psychology. This course has relevancy for students pursing careers
in education as we ll as for students pursuing careers in psychology.
Prerequisite: PSY 100. (3 crs.)
PSY 425. SENIOR THESIS. This course is an opportunity for the
student to integrate and synthesize all aspects of their prior collegiate
academic experience as it relates to their chosen major of psychology.
The student will review research methods and current research
literature in an area that is of special interest to them, develop a
proposal for further research on an approved project in an area of
interest, conduct the research proposed, write a thesis, and present the
findings in an appropriate forum. Students will be required to present
their work for presentation and defense in a public forum, and will be
encouraged to submit the thesis for publication. Prerequisites:
PSY 100 and PSY 365 and senior standing. (3 crs.)
PSY 428. ADVANCED INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY. A more indepth survey of several important issues considered in PSY 209,
including organizational dynamics, psychological evaluations, employee
rights.laws, worker motivation, training and performance evaluation.
Prerequisite: PSY 100, PSY 209, PSY 225 or equivalent. (3 crs.)
PSY 430. PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY. The relationships
between bodily processes and behavior. The relationship between
psychological phenomena and the physiological functioning of the
organism. Sensation and perception, reflexive behavior, motivation,
emotional behavior, and critical functioning. Some laboratory
experience is included. Prerequisite: PSY I 00. (3 crs.)
(1
0
~
~
00
~
PSY 452. CLINICAL PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY I. Special
study in case study methods, psychological testing, and psychopa- ~
thology. Prerequisites: PSY I 00, PSY 340, PSY 400, PSY 411, and ~
permission of the chairperson of the department. (3 crs.)
OO
PSY 453. CLINICAL PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY II. A
continuation of Clinical Practicum I, but with greater emphasis on
psychotherapy, use of clinical instruments, diagnostic cases, and
visits to hospitals and clinics. Prerequisites: PSY 100, PSY 452 and
permission of the chairperson of the department. (3 crs.)
(1
~
~
~
~
PSY 469. PSYCHOLOGY INTERNSHIPS. Students will be placed~
with professional psychological agencies off campus . They will
integrate, under supervision, what they_ h~ve aca_demically been
studying with the duties and respons1b1ht1es assigned to them by
0
Z
OO
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
197
00.
practicing psychologists in the field. Eligibility requirements and
Z procedures for application are available at the departmental office.
0 Prerequisite: PSY 100. (Variable crs.: 3- 16)
~ SOC - Sociology
~
SOC 100. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY. This survey course
permits students to explore the rich variety of topics studied by
~ sociologists. Central to all the topics are the structures and pro~ cesses of human interaction. Emphasis is placed on the relationship
of natural and social factors in human behavior. Attention also is
r:J'j given to topics such as the meaning and function of culture; the
~ origin, function and characteristics of social institutions; and, the
genesis and nature of social pathology. (3 crs.)
~
U
Q
~
00.
~
~
0
u
SOC 110. ETHNIC, RACIAL AND SEXUAL MINORITIES.
Disadvantaged, or powerless, not simply numerical, minorities are
studied in terms of their demographic and ecological characteristics.
Contemporary issues are studied in historical context. (3 crs.)
SOC 125 . MEN, WOMEN AND WORK. Through readings, audiovisual materials, panels and informal student reports, class members
investigate the roles of men and women in the existing economic
structure, the reasons for these roles and the development of trends
and changes in the economic area. Discussion-centered. (3 crs.)
SOC 155. CHARISMAJIC LEADERS. The characteristics of charismatic leaders and the methodology used to study this phenomenon are
central themes of this course. Discussion-centered classes. (3 crs.)
SOC 165 . MODERN FREEDOM MOVEMENTS. The study of
social movements in American society. Basic focus is upon social
change brought about by social movements. (3 crs.)
SOC 175. CONTEMPORARY WOME 'S MOVEMENT. An
investigation of themes, philosophies, and activists in the current
women 's movement. (3 crs.)
SOC 205. CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS. Social issues of
popular concern in America today, such as poverty, ecology, violence,
and homosexual rights, are discussed and analyzed from a sociological
perspective. Attention is not only given to the content of the issues;
attention also is given to the place of statistics in data reporting and
analysis, what are the objective data used in support of interest group
claims, and the use of various theoretical schemes in providing alternative
explanations for each issue being a social problem. Prerequisite SOC I 00
or the permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
SOC 210. SOCIAL STRATIFICATION. The student is made more
aware of the class, status, and power inequities of our stratified
society. Class, caste, and estate systems are compared. Prerequisite:
SOC 11 0. (3 crs.)
SOC 216. SOCIOLOGY OF WORK. Basic patterns of work
behavior in American culture. Some emphasis is placed upon career
paths and the impact of technological changes upon work. (3 crs.)
SOC 220. THE FAMILY. The instituti on of the family within the
context of American culture. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 225. SOCIOLOGY OF AGING. Theoretical and research
methodological issues in the sociological study of human aging are
considered. Special emphasis is placed upon the interaction of pertinent
biological and sociological variables as they relate to a variety of topics,
including work, retirement, leisure, institutionalization, and death.
Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
198
California University of Pennsylvania
SOC 235. URBAN SOCIOLOGY. Focuses on the relationship between
the demographics of urbanization and the social-psychological characteristics of urbanism. Determinist, compositional, and sub-cultural theories
are compared. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 240. SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS. Designed as a descriptive study of
the basic institutions of society (particularly family, religion, economic,
government, and education), the course uses a cross-cultural and
comparative perspective. American institutions form the core of the
comparative analysis. Prerequisite: SOC I00 or permission of the
instructor. (3 crs.)
SOC 260. CRIME. Types of criminal behavior, the epidemiology of
crime in the United States, the social basis of law, and major etiological
forces responsible for lawbreaking. General systems theory is the basic
theoretical perspective used in this course. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 285. SOCIOLOGY OF SUBSTANCE USE AND ABUSE. The
sociology of substance use and abuse, as well as the approaches for
treatment. Special emphasis is given to alcohol and the more commonly
abused drugs (e.g., nicotine, marijuana, cocaine). The course focuses on
the social processes that influence substance abuse and the societal costs
and consequences. Prerequisite: SOC I00 or pennission of the instructor.
(3 crs.)
SOC 300. SOCIOLOGY OF DEVIANCE. Discusses the various forms
of deviant behavior, public responses to such behavior, and the causes of
such behavior. Particular attention is given to the interactive processes
which result in behavior being labeled as deviant. How the criminal
justice system copes with deviant behavior also is considered. (3 crs.)
SOC 305. SYMBOLIC INTERACTIONISM. An in-depth study of one
of the major theoretical perspectives in sociology. Its particular relationhip with social psychology is considered. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 308. SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS. Course
develops the technical and analytical skills necessary for the conduct of
social science research. Students will learn what methods are appropriate
to various types of research inquires; and, they will learn how to evaluate
research reports. (3 crs.)
SOC 3 10. COLLECTIVE BEHAVIOR. Course is a descriptive and
analytical inquiry into the relatively unstructured social responses to
social change. War resistance movements, militia movements, stock
market panics, popular fads and crazes are among the topics considered.
Attention is given to the processes, emergent structures and theoretical
explanations associated with various types of collective behavior.
Prerequisite: SOC I00 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
SOC 329. SOCIOLOGICAL INTERNSHIP. Designed to supplement
the classroom studies of sociology majors with practical field experience,
internships provide students not only with additional knowledge and
skills but with the opportunity to apply what was learned previously to on
site situations. Internships are intended to develop the major's professional competencies in observational, analytical and research skills.
(Variable crs.)
SOC 330. RELIGION AS A SOCIAL PHENOMENON. The course
is a descriptive and analytic, a scientific, study of religious
phenomena. Although the course focuses on religion in American
Society, it uses a comparative approach to understand the nature,
forms and functions of religion in society. Prerequi site: SOC I 00 or
the permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
SOC 370. SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY BUILDING. Intensive
study of how theories are constructed with special attention to logic.
Logical fallacies and the relation of theories to research hypotheses
are discussed in depth. Prerequi site: SOC JOO. (3 crs.)
SOW 270. CHILD WELFARE. Welfare of children, rights, policies,
problems, and programs. Historical and current practices, worki ng
with natural parents, supportive services, substitutes and residential
care. Prerequisite: SOW 150 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
SOC 376. SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. Considers the historical
development of sociological theory, as well as how theories are
constructed and used to explain social phenomena. Special attention
is given to the understanding and analysis of classical theori sts,
including Marx, Weber and Durkheim Prerequisite: SOC I 00 or the
permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
SOW 295 . HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SOCIAL WELFARE. Historical trends and philosophical perspectives on social
welfare programs and policy development. An overview of the
relationship of cultural and professional values to social, political
and economic institutions, with emphasis on the impact on
oppressed and vulnerable client systems. Prerequisite: SOW 150.
Recommended : POS 100, ECO 100. (3 crs.)
SOC 495. SEMINAR IN SOCIOLOGY. Capstone course for
sociology majors. The seminar will center around a current theme in
sociology. Students wiU be expected to demonstrate the use of
major concepts, methods and theories in analyzing the theme.
Prerequisite: Sociology major with junior or senior status. (3 crs.)
SOW 296. POVERTY AND RELATED SOCIAL PROBLEMS.
Poverty as a dependent and independent variable in its relationship
to other social problems and human behavior. Social policy and
programs that attempt to respond to the variety of conditions that
are both causes and effects of poverty and related behav ior wi ll be
studied. Prerequisites: SOC 100, PSY JOO, SOW 150. (3 crs.)
SOW - Social Work
SOW 150. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK. Social, political,
economic and historical dimensions of poverty and welfare services
in the United States. Complements other beginning courses in the
social sciences by integrating this knowledge in a fashion which aids
in the comprehension of welfare services while establishing a basis
for movement toward hi gher level courses. (3 crs.)
SOW 208. MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS . Analysis of the
historical, economic and political relation of American religious,
ethnic, and racial minorities in terms of social change and social
structure. Special attention given to Puerto Rican, Chicano and
Indian subcultures, as well as minority experience in the rural
environment. Sources of prej udice and discrimination and social
processes including conflict, segregation, assimilation, accommodation and cooperation. Prerequisite: SOC I 00. (3 crs.)
SOW 215. HUMAN GROWTH AND BEHAVIOR I. Foundation
knowledge, contribution of studies, research and theory in understanding human development. SOW 215 begins the life cycle from
prenatal influence through middle school age. Emphasis is on both
normal development/behavior and on differences. Illustrates how
diverse groups are affected in their development through the life
cycle, with examples from rural experience .. Prerequisites:
BIO I 03, PSY 100, SOW 150; or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
SOW 2 16. HUMAN GROWTH AND BEHAVIOR II. Foundation
knowledge, contribution of studies, research and theory in understanding human development. SOW 2 16 continues the life cycle from
adolescence through old age. Emphasis is on both normal development/
behavior and on differences. Illustrates how diverse groups are affected
in their development through the life cycle, with examples from rural
experience. Prerequisites: SOW 2 15 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
SOW 256. SOCIAL WORK INTERVIEWING. Theory, value, and
skill components necessary for effective interviewing with diverse
client systems. Communication techniques and personal attributes
which enhance problem solving are explored. Demonstration and
practice of core skills are thoroughly integrated. Prerequisites:
SOW 150, PSY 100, ENG 102. (3 crs.)
SOW 265 . JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. Causes, prevention, and
treatment of deviancy among youth. Explores impact of sex, race,
poverty, urban/rural context, and other social factors on deviance.
Examines juvenile court system, its non-adversary role, changing
attitudes toward treatment, and questi ons regarding change.
Prerequi site : PSY 100. (3 crs.)
SOW 302 MICRO PRACTICE METHODS. Assumes that human
service workers perform varied tasks with basic skills, attitudes and
knowledge, and that their development will increase self awareness
with subsequent emergence of a professional self. Students learn
problem assessment, caseload management and a variety of
counseling theories and interventive strategies with special
emphasis on unique characteristi cs of the ru ral client. Prerequisite:
SOW 2 15, SOW 256. (3 crs.)
SOW 303. HUMAN SEXUALITY AND SOCIETY. Biological,
social and cultural underpinnings of human sexuality, how sexual
behavior is learned, individual and societal problems resulting in
sexual dysfunction , practice interventions which alleviate individual
and collective societal problems. Increase students' level of comfort
with own sexuality enabling them as practitioners to address a
variety of sexual concerns. Prerequisite: Junior status or permission
of instructor. (3 crs.)
SOW 306. SOCIAL WORK IN THE RURAL ENVIRONMENT.
This course exposes the undergradu ate social work student to the
unique problems and social needs of non-metropolitan communities, in particular smaJI towns and rural areas. Students will come to
understand the social structure of such communities and the ·
pervasiveness of many social problems, especiall y poverty. Existent ,,,..,._
social welfare systems will be examined along with recommenda- \ .J.
tions for program development, resource identification, and social
planning. Prerequisites: SOW 2 16, SOW 295, SOW 302. (3 crs.)
O
e
~
SOW 348 . MEZZO PRACTICE METHODS . This course is the
third in a four-course practice methods sequence. It builds on the
rJJ.
skills developed in Interviewing and Micro Practice Methods,
~
utilizing the ecological approach to assessment and problemsolving. The course covers the history of social group work, the
~
stages of group _d_evel opment, a~sessment of goals and objectives fo r .,_
groups and fanuhes , and the pnnctples and values for intervention l ......J
and problem solving with groups and fa milies . Prerequi sites: SOW rJJ.
216, sow 302. (3 crs.)
n
~
SOW 349. MACRO PRACTICE METHODS. Macro Practi ce
Methods refer to those skill s that enabl~ the generali st social worker=
to act at an orgamzatwnal and community level to effect change in · '.J
larger social systems. These ski lls encompass planning, organi zing, ~
and administrative tasks. Proficiency at the macro level is particu- ~
larly important for the rural practitioner who may be relatively
isolated from other service providers. Through a semester-long
O
Z
rJJ.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
199
00 class project, students gain "hands on" experience in committee
Z
O
work, program development, action, research, budgeting, and many
other specific skills. Prerequisite: SOW 348. (3 crs.)
~
SOW 350. SOCIAL WORK WITH THE AGING. Development and
~ current status of policies and services related to the elderly, service
~
deli very systems and implication for social work practice concepts
for working with the elderly. Prerequisite: SOW 256 or permission
~ of instructor. (3 crs.)
~
U SOW 353. PSYCHOPATHOLOGY FOR SOCIAL WORKERS .
00 Builds on psychosocial study, assessment and treatment introduced
r....-1 in Micro Practice Methods . Acquaints student with DSM-IV-R
~ terminology and its use for generalist social work practice. Explores
scope and depth of individual psychopathology, community
Q
r. . .-, concerns, prevention and intervention approaches. Prerequisites:
~
SOW 2 16, SOW 302. (3 crs.)
00
~ SOW 366. POLICY ANALYSIS/SERVICE DELIVERY. This
~ course
SPN IO I . ELEMENTARY SPANISH I. For the student without
previous knowledge of Spanish who wishes to achieve a command
of language fundamentals. Acquisition of speech skills in the
classroom is reinforced in the language laboratory. Progressively
greater emphasis is placed on reading and writing. Three class hours
and one hour language laboratory per week. (3 crs.)
SPN 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH II. A continuation of Spanish
IO I. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: SPN 101 or one year of hi gh school Spanish. (3 crs.)
SPN 203. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I. A review of the essentials
of Spanish grammar through intensive oral and written practice to
facilitate the use of Spanish grammar and to develop the use of words
and expressions accepted throughout the Spanish-speaking world.
Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: SPN lOI and SPN 102 or their equivalents. (3 crs.)
examines the bas ic process of policy development and helps
11-f social work students devel op a conceptual framework for analyzing
O and evaluati ng policies and their consequences. Students pay
particul ar attention to the impact of social policy on people and
U human service organi zations. Built on an interdisciplinary base
(economic, political science, and sociological theories), the course
prepares students for policy practice skills taught in Social Change
(SOW 370). Prerequisite: SOW 295. (3 crs.)
SOW 370. SOCIAL CHANGE. Social change processes, strategies,
reacti ons to change, the impact of change on social policy and
social welfare institutions. Prerequisite: SOW 366. (3 crs.)
SOW 405 . SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH METHODS . Social work
scientific endeavor presented as a speci al type of problem-solving
and anal ytical thinking activity. Thrust is toward becoming critical
consumers of research reports, fundamentals for evaluating one's
professional practice, and understanding critical importance of
research as a profess ional endeavor. Prerequisites: SOW 302, SOW
295 . (3 crs.)
SOW 419. SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM I. Supervised placement
in a practice setting under a trained social worker. Application of
theoretical knowledge and skills, demonstrating competencies in
working with various client systems. Minimum of 480 clock hours.
Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor, Advanced Senior
standing, SOW 208, SOW 2 16, SOW 295, SOW 302, SOW 303,
SOW 348, and SOW 366. This course must be taken with SOW 420
SOCIAL WORK PRACT II. (6 crs.).
SOW 419-420 SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM I and II. Supervised
placement in a practice setting under a trained social worker.
Application of theoretical knowledge and skills, demonstrating
competencies in working with various client systems. Minimum of
480 clock hours. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor,
Advanced Seni or standing, SOW 208, SOW 216, SOW 295 , SOW
302, SOW 303, SOW 348, and SOW 366. This course must be
taken with SOW 419 SOCIAL WORK PRACT I. (6 crs.)
SOW 479. HONORS COURSE IN SOCIAL WORK. In-depth study
of selected social work topics for students in the Honors Program.
Major paper required. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
SOW 495 SEMINAR IN SOCIAL WORK. Selected topics of
particular significance or current importance and interest to the social
work profession. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Variable crs.)
200
SPN - Spanish
California Unjversity of Pennsylvania
SPN 204. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH II. Develops control of the
principal structural patterns of the language through di alogue and
oral reading, as well as through written exercises based on selected
readings. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: SPN 203 . (3 crs.)
Culture courses are taught in English and are intended to satisfy
General Education Humanities elective requirements as well as those
in the major. One culture course is offered each regular semester.
SPN 240. ORIGINS OF SPANISH CULTURE. The style of art,
literature and music of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries in Spain,
in which the tendency to recount wars, weddings and conquests is
evident. (3 crs.)
SPN 24 1. FOURTEENTH CENTURY SPAIN. This course examines
the style of art, literature and music of the 14th century in Spanish
culture. This is a period of consolidation, of gradual assimilation of
many influences and of significant contributions to western culture.
One of the outstanding books in literature, Li bro de buen amor, and,
in music, Las Huelgas Codex will be studied as well as Ferrer Bassa's
murals and Luis Borrassa's three-dimensional works. (3 crs.)
SPN 242. GOLDEN AGE AND BAROQUE. The Golden Age of
Spain is a course designed to capture the significance of Spain's
reawakening. It describes Lope de Vega's revolutionizing the entire
concept of dramatic form ; it details Spain's contributions to Western
Civilization in the form of great characters like Don Juan and Don
Quixote and how they influenced the cultures of the world. (3 crs.)
SPN 243 . 1700-MID NINETEENTH CENTURY. This course will
examine the style of Peninsular art, literature and music in the 18th
and first half of the nineteenth centuries. Members of the House of
Bourbon are on the Spanish throne and thereby there is a strong
French influence upon artistic expression. This is the Age of Reason
and the age of false and dictatorial sophistication of neoclassic
standards which ends with the flowering of romanticism. (3 crs.)
SPN 244. GENERATION OF 1898 MODERNISM. This course
examines the latter part of the nineteenth century, a time in Spain when
a new literary and social awareness was being expressed in the arts.
Developments in the arts set the atmosphere in which an entire
generation of artists the generation of 1898, as they were referred to, set
about the business of representing the heart and soul of Spain. This
course closes by examining the work of the intellectuals who brought
the Modernismo of Rubin Dario of Nicaragua to Spain. (3 crs.)
SPN 245. TWENTIETH CENTURY SPAIN PART I. In this course
we will consider the concept of a generation and two earlier
movements in Spanish poetry (Ultraism and Creationism) before
dealing with the poetry and the theater of the artists known as the
generation of ' 27. Also, the composers of the Grupo de Madrid, an
international film-maker, Luis Bunuel, as well as a very notorious
painter, Salvador Dali, will be discussed. (3 crs.)
SPN 246. TWENTIETH CENTURY SPAIN PART II. The
explosive growth and rebirth of Spanish culture during the present
century, especially the period following the repressive years of the
Franco regime, is studied through the works of notable intellectuals
and artists such as Salvador Dali, Pablo Picasso and Federico
Garcia Lorca. The student is offered a panoramic orientation to the
culture of contemporary Spain. (3 crs.)
SPN 247. SPANISH CARIBBEAN. The cultural achievements of
contemporary Spanish Caribbeans. It reviews changes in Caribbean
societies since the movement de avance (Vanguardism, 1927). A
sampling of the countries' art, unique music, architectural styles and
folk dances will be presented. (3 crs.)
SPN 248. ROMANTICISM IN LATIN AMERICA. The style of art,
literature and music of nineteenth century in Latin America.
Attention will be given to the subordination of form to content, the
emphasis given to imagination and emotion which often celebrates
nature, and the utilization of common man and freedom of spirit
themes. (3 crs.)
SPN 249. MEXICO TWENTIETH CENTURY. The cultural
achievements of contemporary Mexicans. Changes in Mexican
society since the I 910 revolutions and the concern of Mexican
writers with social and political themes. A sampling of the country's
art, unique music, architectural styles, murals and folk dances will
be presented. (3 crs.)
SPN 250. CONTEMPORARY ARGENTINA. A view of
Argentina's cultural tendencies in the twentieth century such as
Surrealism, as well as the intellectuals' choice of a simpler
expression of reality, surrealism, as well as the existential and neonatural styles in literature, music and visual arts. (3 crs.)
SPN 311. SPANISH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND
PHONETICS I. Intensive practice in conversation, composition and
phonetics, based on modern prose provides models of natural,
spontaneous speech, including colloquialisms. Written compositions use orthographic rules. Three class hours and one hour
language laboratory per week. Prerequisite: SPN 311. (3 crs.)
SPN 312. SPANISH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND
PHONETICS II. A study of the essential Spanish morphology,
syntax, semantics, and linguistics as reflected in some representative authors. Prerequisite: SPN 312. (3 crs.)
SPN 401 . ADVANCED COMPOSITION: GRAMMAR AND
STYLISTICS. This course is intended to provide an in-depth
grammatical analysis of the Spanish language, emphasizing shades
of differences in the meaning of words and expressions as used in
oral and written expression. (3 crs.)
SPN 405 . CERVANTES: DON QUIXOTE. Prerequisite: SPN 321
or SPN 322. (3 crs.)
SPN 416. GOLDEN AGE NOVEL. The major prose works of the
Renaissance and Baroque styles are studied: the Pastoral, Chivalric,
and Picaresque novels. Prerequisite: SPN 421 or SPN 422. (3 crs.)
SPN 421 . SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE. An introduction
to the masterpieces of Spanish literature, ranging from Poema de Mio
Cid to current authors. Represented will be all of the important
Spanish literary genres: narrative poetry (epic and ballad), lyric verse,
the short story, and selections from novels and dramas. (3 crs.)
SPN 422. SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE. A
study of representative selections from the Colonial period to the
present, with emphasis on the salient characteristics and the
distinctive contributions of each literary form in the period or
movement under study. (3 crs.)
SPN 444. HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. A history of
the development of modern Spanish, beginning with Vulgar Latin as
used in the Iberian peninsula. Attention is given to the impact of
political and cultural influences on linguistic development as well as
to making comparisons with the evolutionary development of other
Romance languages. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of Spanish. (3 crs.)
SPN 450. FOREIGN LANGUAGE COLLOQUIUM IN SPANISH.
This course is intended to promote interaction, to stimulate critical
thinking, to provide argumentative situations which will develop the
student's capacity and ability in oral and written expression. (3 crs.)
SPN 469. STUDIES IN SPANISH LITERATURE. Subject matter
to be arranged. Designed for Spanish majors who wish to take
additional credits and/or study abroad. Prerequisite: 18 hours of
Spanish (Variable crs.)
TED - Technology Education
TED 111. COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (LAB). This course
provides a broad overview of communication systems, specifica11y, print,
acoustic, light, audiovisual and electronic media as they relate to the
realm of communications. The student will experience individualized and
group laboratory activities in the combined area of generating, assembly,
processing, disseminating and assimilating of a communicative message.
Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per
week. (3 crs.)
TED 115. MATERIAL PROCESSING (LAB). This laboratory-based
course is an introduction to basic types of materials and processes of
industry. Students will study and execute a variety of industrial processes
including: casting and molding, forming, separating, conditioning,
assembling, and finishing. Students will become proficient in processing
various industrial materials such as metals, woods, and plastics. This
course serves as a foundation for al1 other laboratory courses which
require the processing of materials. Course will meet for two hours of
lecture and four laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
(1
0
~
:::c
TED 305. INTRODUCTION TO TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION/
EARLY FIELD EXPERIENCE. A class for all technology education
majors; to be taken during the sophomore year. Students study the
~
development of general education in relationship to technology as
found in a pluralistic society. Readings and discussions will focus on
the taxonomies and systems for technology education, professional
~
organizations, development rates of youth, special needs students,
laboratory safety, teacher liability and certification requirements. The
(1
technology education major will be required to spend each Friday
visiting industrial sites, urban schools and a regular teaching center.
Prerequisites: IND 110, TED 111 , and TED 115. (3 crs.)
~
00
t,
00
:::c
TED 315. CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS (LAB). Students will
develop a basic understanding of the design and behavior of
structures. Through laboratory activities, students will learn how
structures are designed, why certain materials are used, how
structures withstand loads, and the impacts of structures on societal ,
biological, and technological systems. Course will meet for two
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
201
~
~
~
0
Z
00
z
00 hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites:
IND 110, TED 111 , and TED 115. (3 crs.)
0 TED 325. MANUFACTUR1NG SYSTEMS (LAB). The class begins
~
with an introduction to manufacturing technology, technical systems,
~ and a look at the historical evolution of manufacturing. Students will
~ examine the organization and management of manufacturing endeav~ ors. Finally, students will explore the various aspects of research and
~ development and will work through the process of identifying,
designing, selecting and producing products. This will be done in a
production laboratory using current equipment and processes. Course
00 will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
~ Prerequisites: IND 110, TED 111 , and TED 115. (3 crs.)
U
QTED 335. TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS (LAB ). This course
~
focuses on developing a basic understanding of the behavior of
land, water, air, and space transportation systems. Students engage
in problem solving acti vities to design, produce, test, and analyze
~ transportation systems while studying the technical subsystems of
~ propulsion, structure, suspension, guidance, control, and support.
Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours
per week. Prerequisites: IND 110, TED 111 , and TED 115. (3 crs.)
S!J
0
u
TED 425 . MANUFACTURING ENTERPRISE (LAB). An
advanced study course designed to provide laboratory based
applications of a variety of content related to the field of manufacturing. Students will participate in the design and production of a
product in a manufacturing enterprise situation which closely
parallels the function s of a manufacturing corporation. Course wiJI
meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisites: TED 325 or Junior/Senior Status. (3 crs.)
TED 435. TRANSPORTATION RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
(LAB). This course provides individual and/or small groups of students
within a laboratory class the opportunity to conduct a focused investigation of a particular transportation system or subsystem. The nature of this
investigation requires direct contact by the student with corporate,
university, and governmental libraries, laboratories, and associations. The
scope of the research and development problem could relate to local,
national, as well as international topics. The time frame of the research
could be historical, contemporary, or futuristic. Each student and/or
group is required to design, build, operate, and analyze some type of
transportation model, prototype, or simulation that demonstrates with
precision the essence of the research problem. Portfolio documentation of
the progress of the research and development problem is required.
Course will meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per
week. Prerequisites: TED 335 and PHY 121. (3 crs.)
TED 450. TEACHING TECHNOLOGY IN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL (LAB ). In thi s course, participants learn to apply
pedagogical skills in developing curriculum materials, applying
teaching techniques, assessing student achievement and designing
laboratory layouts in the systems of communication, construction,
manufacturing, transportation and bio-related technologies.
Integrating math and science concepts in a technology learning
activity is an integral component of the course as students learn to
design, produce, use and assess technological systems. Course will
meet for two hours of lecture and four laboratory hours per week.
Prerequisite: TED 305. (3 crs. )
TED 461 . STUDENT TEACHING-TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION.
Student teaching is the culminating experience of teacher education
majors in the Technology Education curriculum. The student teacher is
assigned to and works under the supervi sion of two different master
teachers at two different fi eld locations during the semester. The
development and refinement of contemporary pedagogical skills
constitute the primary learning purpose for each student teacher.
202
California University of Pennsylvania
Specific teacher-learning skills which are developed are lesson
planning, delivery methods, organizational procedures, class control,
laboratory management, safety practices, record keeping, and
educational measurement and evaluation. An integral component of the
student teaching experience is a weekly practicum. The practicum
serves as a means of coordinating activities and interchanging ideas and
experiences of the student teachers. ( 12 crs.)
TED 500. TEACHING TECHNOLOGY IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. This course is designed for elementary and technology
edu·c ation majors. The primary objective is to develop a perspective
of the role of technology as a universal integrator of primary school
learning activities. Each student is required to develop a series of
technology-based thematic units that integrate the learning of math,
science, language arts, geography and history. As part of the
development of each thematic unit, each student designs and
constructs an elementary level artifact that reinforces all relevant
learning concepts. (3 crs.)
TED 310. STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION (1-3 crs.)
TED 330. STUDIES IN TRANSPORTATION (1-3 crs. )
TED 340. STUDIES IN CONSTRUCTION (1-3 crs.)
TED 350. STUDIES IN MANUFACTURING (1-3 crs.)
In independent study courses, the student works in an area of
interest under the guidance of an instructor with similar interests.
The student prepares triplicate copies of a proposal which presents
the objectives to be achieved, a procedural outline, special conditions, expected finding s, and assessment methods. Students are
entitled to a minimum of five hours of individual faculty time per
credit. Proposals must receive instructor and department approval
before the student registers in the course.
TED 460. HONORS IN COMMUNICATION (1-3 crs.)
TED 465 . HONORS STUDY IN CONSTRUCTION (1-3 crs.)
TED 475. HONORS STUDY IN MANUFACTURING ( 1-3 crs.)
TED 480. HONORS STUDY IN TRANSPORTATION (1-3 crs.)
Honors courses are reserved for those with a 3.0 quality point
average or better in the Technology Education curriculum specialty
courses taken.
THE - Theatre
THE 100. INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE. A study of the art and
craft of theatre from play script to play production. The course
surveys theatre history, literature, architecture, acting, directing, and
design for the student who wants to know what goes on in theatre
and what it means. Students can expect to participate in classroom
performances. (3 crs.)
THE 10 I . VOICE AND SPEECH. A practical and useful course for
the performer or anyone who wants a flexible, strong, controlled
voice. The Lessac method involving the natural ways in which the
body produces vocal sounds is primarily studied for clear and
articulate speech which is free of regional qualities, affectation,
imitation and annoying physical habits. The course also involves
transcription of the International Phonetic Alphabet for correct
pronunciation. (3 crs.)
THE 126. MAKEUP. This course covers modeling the face and the
body with makeup and with three dimensional prostheses. Historical, character, fantasy, corrective, street, and fashion makeup will be
researched and applied. Students with an advanced interest will
construct three-dimensional prostheses and hair pieces. (3 crs .)
THE 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF ACTING. An introduction to the
basic tools of the actor's craft and personal discipline for the student
through the use of acting exercises, sensitivity exercises, theatre
games, and improvisation . (3 crs.)
THE 132. BALLET TECHNIQUE I. Introductory instruction in the
basic techniques applicable to ballet as practiced in western Europe
and in the United States. Basic techniques include barre exercises,
port de bras, and center practice with jumps, beats, and turns. This
course is only suitable for the student who has no previous
experience. (3 crs.)
THE 245 . CHILDREN' S THEATRE. The selection, direction, and
production of plays for children. This course includes matching the
proper plays with the stages of child development. Excellent class for
potential teachers, parents and recreational personnel. Prerequisites:
ENG 101, ENG 102 are suggested. (3 crs.)
THE 255. PUPPETRY. The planning and production of puppet
plays. (3 crs.)
THE 271 . SCENE DESIGN I. Introduction to the theories and practice
of designing scenery with emphasis on designing for various environments. Prerequisite: THE 141 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 133. JAZZ TECHNIQUE I. Introductory, entry level experience instruction in the basic techniques applicable to American jazz
dance. The focus is on lengthening muscles and developing
isolation techniques necessary for most forms of jazz dance. The
Luigi Technique which includes standing floor, warm-up/stretch,
and center practice jumps, turns, and isolations is studied. (3 crs.)
THE 300. THEATRE DANCE I. Introductory instruction in the basic
techniques applicable to the various dance forms used in the musical
theatre. Basic forms include tap, jazz, ballet, ethnic, and modern
dance. Choreographic styles originated by Agnes DeMille, Jerome
Robbins, Bob Fosse, and Jack Cole will be demonstrated and applied.
Prerequisite: THE 232, THE 233 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 141. STAGECRAFT I. Introduction to the theory and practice
of stagecraft, involving basic set construction, painting, and play
reading. Practical experience for students majoring in all performance media (e.g., television, film ). (3 crs.)
THE 30 I. THEATRE DANCE II. The development of strength and
fluidity through an extension of techniques demonstrated in specialized study and drill . Emphasis is placed on the principles stressed in
Theatre Dance I with the addition of character shoes for the women,
and partnering work . . Prerequisite: THE 300 or permission of
instructor. Variable credits are awarded depending upon student's
experience and abilities. (1-3 crs., repeatable only for a maximum of
seven credits to count toward graduation.)
THE 201. VOICE AND INTERPRETATION. Introduction to the
basic vocal and analysis techniques necessary for effective
interpretation and presentation of non-dramatic literature; poetry,
prose, and narrative literature. (3 crs.)
THE 211. LIGHTING I. The basic theory and practice of lighting
for the stage primarily, as well as film, and television. Practical
experience for students majoring in performance media (stage,
television, film) is stressed. (3 crs.)
THE 225. COSTUME CONSTRUCTION. Basic pattern drafting and
sewing techniques applied to the construction of costumes. (3 crs.)
THE 231. INTERMEDIATE ACTING. The development of a
personal and useful acting method to develop believable characters
for the stage. The acting method is developed through intense scene
work that includes character and script analysis. Prerequisite: THE
131 Fundamentals of Acting or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 232. BALLET TECHNIQUE II. The development of strength and
fluidity through an extension of techniques demonstrated in specialized
study and drill. Emphasis is placed on quick retention of complex
combinations. Further emphasis is placed on center work to develop the
student's artistry in the dance form. Prerequisite: THE 132 or permission of instructor. Variable credits are awarded depending on the
student's experience and abilities. (1-3 crs., repeatable only for a
maximum of seven credits to count toward graduation.)
THE 302. HISTORY OF THEATRE I. The development of theatre
from the Classics through the Baroque, including representative
plays. Prerequisites: ENG 101 , ENG 102 are suggested. (3 crs.)
THE 303. AMERICAN THEATRE HISTORY. A survey of the
American theatre from colonial times to the present, including
representative plays. (3 crs.)
THE 304. WORLD DRAMA. Classical to 19th century plays
(excluding Shakespeare) studied as blueprints for theatrical presentation. Prerequisites: ENG IOI , ENG 102 are suggested. (3 crs.)
THE 305. SHAKESPEARE IN THE THEATRE. Representative
Shakespearean plays studied as theatrical presentation. Prerequisites:
ENG 101 , ENG 102 are suggested. (3 crs.)
THE 306. MODERN DRAMA. 19th and 20th century plays studied
as blueprints for theatrical presentation. Prerequisites: ENG 101,
ENG 102 are suggested. (3 crs.)
THE 308. HISTORY OF COSTUME. A survey of the history of
costume in the western world. (3 crs.)
(j
0
e
~
00.
~
THE 233 . JAZZ TECHNIQUE II. The development of strength and
fluidity through an extension of jazz techniques demonstrated in
specialized study and drill. Emphasis is placed on quick retention of
complex combinations. Further emphasis is placed on center work to
develop the student's artistry in the dance form. Prerequisite: THE 133
or permission of instructor. Variable credits are awarded depending
upon student's experience and abilities. (1-3 crs., repeatable only for a
maximum of seven credits to count toward graduation.)
THE 309. READER' S THEATRE. Advanced theory and practice of~
oral interpretation techniques. Focus moves from solo to group
~
performance and the basic staging techniques of both Reader's
Theatre and Chamber Theatre. Prerequisite: THE 201 or COM 224 ,-,,...
or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
\. .J.
THE 240. CREATIVE DRAMATICS . The stimulation and
development of creativity through playmaking exercises,
storytelling, improvisation, and sensitivity techniques useful for
potential teachers and parents. (3 crs.)
THE 312. HISTORY OF THEATRE II. The development of western ~
theatre from the Baroque to the present, including representative
plays. Prerequisites: ENG IOI, ENG 102 are suggested. (3 crs.)
00.
~
THE 311 . LIGHTING II. Advanced theory and practice of lighting
~
design for stage, television and film. Practical experience is
stressed. Prerequisite: THE 211 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.) ~
~
0
z
00.
Undergraduate C a talog 1998-99
203
00 THE 320. FUNDAMENTALS OF DIRECTING. The comprehen-
z0
sive study of the director's pre-production planning of a dramatic
production for the stage. The directorial analysis of plays and basic
fundamental s of composition, picturization, movement, and
~ improvisation with gesture, costume, and properties is studied. The
~ in-class preparation of a complete directorial script of a one act or a
~ cutting from a longer play may be directed as part of a public
~ program of student-directed plays. (3 crs.)
~ THE 325. COSTUME DESIGN. Basic principles of costume
U design. Students complete various design projects for specific plays
00 selected from a variety of historical periods. (3 crs.)
~Q THE 328. SCENE PAINTING. The practice of scenery painting for
the theatre. Students work with a variety of paints, texturing
r'T'-, materials, and application techniques. Particular emphasis is placed
OO on the enlargement of existing art works to a size suitable for stage
~ use. (3 crs.)
~ THE
0
U
331. ADVANCED ACTING. This course challenges the actor's
ability to demonstrate a personal and useful acting method through a
wide range of textual problems, historical and modem plays and acting
styles. Prerequisite: THE 231 or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 341. STAGECRAFT II. Advanced practice and principles of
scenery and property construction. Practical experience with plastics,
metals, drafting, and advanced woodwork is stressed. Prerequisite:
THE 141 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 371. SCENE DESIGN II. Advanced theory and practice of
designing scenery and lighting, with emphasis on designing for
various environments. Prerequisite: THE 271 or permission of
instructor. (3 crs.)
THE 439. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN TECHNICAL PRODUCTION. An introduction to the rigor of professional work. This
course will acquaint the student with immovable deadlines and
budgets in preparation of graduate or professional work. (3 crs.)
THE 350. THEATRE PRACTICUM : ACTING . (Variable crs.)
THE 351. THEATRE PRACTlCUM: DANCE. (Variable crs.)
THE 352. THEATRE PRACTlCUM : DIRECTING . (Variable crs.)
THE 353. THEATRE PRACTlCUM : DESIGN. (Variable crs.)
THE 354. THEATRE PRACTICUM: MANAGEMENT. (Variable crs.)
THE 355. THEATRE PRACTICUM : TECHNICAL DIRECTOR.
(Variable crs.)
THE 356. THEATRE PRACTICUM : TECHNICAL
PRODUCTION. (Variable crs.) Theatre Practicum courses are the
application of learned skill s in specific areas of theatre and dance.
Credit is variable to a maximum of five credits per term and a
maximum of eighteen to be counted toward graduation. (Variable
crs.)
THE 357. THEATRE PRACTICUM : TOURING THEATRE. May
be repeated only to a max imum of IO credits. (Vari able crs.)
THE 358. THEATRE PRACTICUM : SUMMER THEATRE. May
be repeated only to a maximum of 10 credits. (Variable crs.)
THE 359. THEATRE PRACTICUM: SENIOR THESIS. Special
acting, directing, management, and design or technical involvement
in a play production. Prerequi site: Senior level only. (3 crs.)
UNI - University College
UNI 100. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR. First-Year Seminar helps
students to achieve their educational goals through the utilization of
a full range of institutional and community resources. (1 er.)
UNI 200. CAREER READINESS . This course provides knowledge
of an practical preparation for the world of work. Students conduct
self-assessment for career planning; learn how to research particular
jobs, careers, and employers ; develop skills needed for obtaining a
job; learn how the workplace is organized; and explore the options
for combining career and life expectations. (I er.)
WST - Women's Studies
WST 200. INTRODUCTION TO WOMEN' S STUDIES. An
overview of a fast growing multi-disciplinary field, focusing on the
effect of gender on human lives, including cultural beliefs about
women's nature, abilities, and role; the realities of women's personal
family, economic and political lives; and the dynamics of change.
Western and especially US materials predominate, but diverse
situations of women internationally will be considered. (3 crs.)
WST 300. SELECTED TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES.
Discussion and research on selected topics in women's studies.
Topics may be developed on an experimental basis according to the
instructor's expertise and student interest. (3 crs.)
WST 400. FEMINIST SCHOLARSHIP AND RESEARCH: A
SEMINAR. An exploration of classic and current controversies in
feminist theory and the impact of feminist scholarship on the pursuit of
knowledge, particularly in terms of method. The emphasis will be on
individual research on topics relevant to the student's major field. (3 crs.)
WST 425. PRACTICUM IN WOMEN'S STUDIES. Provides practical
experience in women's studies related work. field. In consultation with
the advisor, a student may seek placement in such situations as women's
centers, shelters, health clinics, political organizations, special interest
organizations, or newspapers. Coursework may include individual
student-instructor consultations, presentations, reading discussions, guest
lectures, field trips, research, and experiential papers. (3 crs.)
XAS - American Studies
XAS 200. INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN STUDIES. Students
are introduced to themes and methods used throughout the
American Studies Program. Utilizing an interdisciplinary approach,
the course acknowledges and encourages a variety of perspectives
from science and technology, the social sciences and the humanities. Students will explore various research methods, including the
Internet. Students engage in class discussions, readings, media
presentations, research and writing. (1 er.)
XCP - Career Planning
XCP 194. CAREER PLANNING. A course designed to help
individuals integrate educational and personal resources needed for
employment and career success. Topics include self discovery and
evaluation, decision-making, information gathering, resume development, interview techniques, and overall career strategies. (1 er.)
XGE - Gerontology
XGE 10 I . INTRODUCTION TO GERONTOLOGY. An introduction to the field of aging for majors and non-majors. A general
overview of the psychosocial, biological, cultural, and behavioral
aspects of late life. (3 crs.)
204
California University of Pennsylvania
XGE 102. AGING IN AMERICAN SOCIETY. Examination of
psychosocial aspects of work, retirement, leisure, institutionalization, and
death as experienced in contemporary America. Examination of roles and
adjustments in later life. (3 crs.)
XGE 201. AGING POLICIES AND SERVICES. An overview of
programs and services available to older adults, including the past,
present, and future of aging policies. Covered are the Older Americans
Act and amendments. Prerequisites: XGE 101. (3 crs.)
XGE 202. MIDDLE YEARS OF LIFE. Multidisciplinary life cycle
approach to middle scene. Relationship of middle-age to family, work,
and community examined. Adult developmental tasks and stages
emphasized. (3 crs.)
XGE 204. BIOLOGY OF AGING. Introduction to biological aspects of
aging, both normal and pathological. Studied are age-related changes in
the digestive, skin, musculoskeletal, endocrine, and reproductive systems.
Prerequisite: XGE 205.(3 crs.)
XGE 205 MEDIA & LIBRARY RESOURCES IN AGING (3 crs.)
XGE 210. GROUP WORK WITH OLDER ADULTS. Focuses on basic
principles of group dynamics and information about aging a~ it applies to
group work. Students are introduced to skills and specific techniques
required to facilitate groups with older adults in institutional and
community based settings. (3 crs.)
XGE 249. AGING AND THE FAMILY. Overview of the theory/
research on families in later life including a synthesis and review of
existing literature, identification of research issues and needs, and
implications of this information for practitioners, researchers, and
family members. (3 crs.)
XGE 289. MINORITY AGING/ INSTITUTIONALIZATION. An
overview of the theory, research, and policy issues regarding minority
aging and institutionalization, and implications of this information for
practitioners, researchers, and society. (3 crs.)
XGE 300. HEALTH AND SAFETY IN AGING. Information and
experience relative to health assessment, maintenance, and promotion of
wellness among older adults. Safety issues for older adults will be
presented. (3 crs.)
XGE 320. COUNSELING THE OLDER ADULT. Combines information about the aging process with information and skills practice in
counseling intervention. (3 crs.)
XGE 340. ACTIVITIES IN LONG-TERM CARE. Basic principles of
therapeutic recreation and activity program planning as it applies to
serving older adults in long-term care settings; primarily nursing homes,
personal care homes, and adult day care facilities. Students will be
introduced to the skills needed to develop and implement a well-balanced
activity program. (3 crs.)
XGE 349. SELECTED TOPICS. Roundtable discussions of selected
gerontological topics. For students wanting to study either a new topic or
a topic in more detail. Topics vary according to students and instructor.
Prerequisite: XGE 101. (Variable crs.)
XGE 350. EXERCISE FOR THE ELDERLY. Course provides
information and experiences to develop and conduct physical activity
programs for the elderly. Activities to maintain and improve health and
fitness, and corrective and therapeutic activities are also presented.
Prerequisites: XGE 204, HPE 314. (3 crs.)
XGE 370. NURSING HOMES. Examines nursing homes from
historical, medical, managerial, environmental, and psychosocial
perspectives. (3 crs.)
XGE 380. ADULT DEVELOPMENT AND AGING. Introduction to
psychology of aging. An overview of late life cognitive processes
including intelligence, learning, memory, problem solving, and creativity.
Examination of adult socialization, personality adjustment, psychopathology, and death. Prerequisites: XGE 10 I, XGE 102, XGE 204, XGE 205,
and junior level standing. (3 crs.)
XGE 439. SEMINAR IN AGING. For advanced Gerontology students to
intensively examine and discuss selected aging subjects. Topics chosen
by instructor, research paper/project required. Prerequisites: XGE 10 I,
102, 20 I, 204, senior standing, and permission of instructor. (3 crs.)
XGE 449. GERONTOLOGY PRACTICUM. Opportunity to apply
theoretical knowledge to practice through placement in agency or
institution serving older people. Practicum sites include senior centers,
nursing homes, adult day care centers, independent living facilities, or
area agencies on aging. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and
extensive coursework. (Variable crs.)
XJJ - Criminal Justice
XJJ 132. INTRODUCTION TO SECURITY. The practical and
legal basis of security, the role of the security agent in modern
society, and the interaction with law enforcement are addressed.
Basic goals of security and loss prevention, areas of specialization,
and career opportunities are discussed. (3 crs.)
XJJ 134. COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR SECURITY OFFICERS. The aim of this course is to develop effective and basic
writing and communication strategies for security officers. (3 crs.)
XJJ 155. ADMINISTRATION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE. An
overview of the American criminal justice system dealing with the
role of the police, courts, and correctional institutions. The course
also covers constitutional limits of police power; the trial process;
and sentencing structure; and the functions of the numerous
agencies within the criminal justice system. (3 crs.)
XJJ 156. NARCOTICS & DRUG ABUSE. Study of narcotics,
dangerous drugs, and the people who abuse them. Implementation,
evaluation and coordination of drug control programs. Consideration of private treatment programs, civil commitment, procedures,
public education programs, and medical treatment programs. (3
crs.)
XJJ 157. CORRECTIONAL ADMINISTRATION. Organization,
objectives and functions of a correctional agency will be studied.
Principles of Administration relating to the sound and efficient
operation of correctional facilities will be discussed with emphasis
on the special problems encountered in the field. (3 crs.)
n
0
~
~
00
~
~
~
XJJ 158. PROTECTIVE SECURITY LAW. The course acquaints 00
the student with the basic legal issues facing the private security
officer. An overview of legal powers, limitations, and general
~
liabilities will be addressed. Major topics include the powers of
~
detention, arrest, search and seizure, use of force, interrogation, and ~
most importantly, probably cause. Special emphasis will be placed i.....J
on criminal and civil penalties applicable to security agents
~
concerning abusive powers or illegal activities. (3 crs.)
n
0
XGE 369. RURAL AGING. Overview of rural, non-metropolitan areas
as they relate to older adults. Course compares rural older adults to their
urban metropolitan counterparts. (3 crs.)
z
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
205
00
Z XJJ 160. CRIMINAL LAW I. The laws of arrest, use of force,
interrogation, and evidence are studied. Pennsylvania law applicable
to the law enforcement officer will be emphasized. (3 crs.)
0
~
~ XJJ 165. SECURITY OPERATIONS & PRINCIPALS OF LOSS
~PREVENTION. The course introduces the technical and applied
~ practice of security. Emphasis will be on procedures and practices
~ of security personnel, the theoretical use of alarm systems, locks,
surveillance equipment, the application of safety practices and risk
assessment. Uniform security standards, survey techniques will be
00 discussed, Loss prevention programs related to internal employee
~ theft, retail theft, and insurance considerations will be emphasized.
Presents and overview of security investigative equipment,
interview and interrogation skills and preparing investigative reports
~ will be highlighted. (3 crs.)
U
Q
00
~
XJJ 170. SUPERVISORY TECHNIQUES. This course is an
to the duties and responsibilities of the supervisor in all
Ii-I' organizations. Topics to be covered are business tools and skills a
supervisor utilizes as manager; interrelationships between the
supervisor and other departments and techniques dealing with
employee problems and groups. (3 crs.)
~ introduction
O
U
XJJ 175. FIRST AID & CPR/FIRST RESPONSE. Theory and
practice of general first aid techniques are covered, including the
treating of illness, wounds, shock, and emergency rescue. Also
included will be Hazmat Response, identification and treatment of
communicable diseases, and identification of local health organizations. (3 crs.)
XJJ 180. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & FIRE PREVENTION. The
course provides an introduction and examines regulations regarding
"Right To Know Laws, Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), basic
Occupational Safety & Health Act (OSHA) requirements, hazardous materials identification and response. The course examines
occupational hazards, injuries, diseases and relative prevention. (3
crs.)
XJJ 185. SPECIAL SECURITY ISSUES & PROBLEMS. This
course is a study of requirements and specific problems in security
such as substance abuse, organized labor awareness, domestic
violence, and protection from abuse petitions, work place violence
and employee escort. The course also examines typical improprieties of the industry, security officer negligence, stress management,
and interactions with public law enforcement. (3 crs.)
XJJ 215 . INVESTIGATIVE CONCEPTS. This course reveals
fundamentals of investigative theory developing informational
processes; principles of interviewing and question construction;
instrumentation techniques; identification of persons and things;
and investigation, and current issues involving invasion of privacy
are also considered, (3 crs .)
XJJ 249. DIRECTED STUDIES . This is a seminar for advanced
criminal justice students who will study and analyze typical
criminal justice problems. Extensive library work is required along
with independent study of various problems. Special seminars may
be considered for course credit at the discretion of the criminal
justice coordinator. (3 crs.)
206
California University of Pennsylvania
XJJ 256. PROBATION, PARDON & PAROLE. Probation, pardon
and parole are examined as judicial process and an executive
function. Emphasis is to be placed on the philosophical approach to
probation, pardon and parole. Contemporary methods such as work
release programs, halfway houses, and parole clinics are to be
examined. (3 crs.)
XJJ 257. RULES OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE. A study of
criminal procedures which will examine the process by which the
criminal law is brought to bear on individuals in society - as spelled
out in the Pennsylvania rules. The course considers all aspects of
the criminal processes from the filing of the complaint through the
pretrial and trail stages and into the sentencing and pretrial or trial
sentencing phases such as probation, parole, and post correctional
proceedings as controlled by these rules. (3 crs.)
XJJ 261. INTERVIEW & INTERROGATION. Fundamentals of the
interviewing process and interrogative technology, taking into
consideration the nature, methods, and principles of interviewing
with emphasis on role playing in interviews. (3 crs.)
XJJ 262. CRIMINAL EVIDENCE. A comprehensive analysis of
the rules of evidence. Particular subjects include Judicial Notice
Presumptions, the Nature of Real and Circumstantial Evidence,
Burden of Proof, Province of Court and Jury, Documentary
Evidence, Confessions, Admissions and Witnesses. The course will
give particular emphasis to evidence in criminal cases. Prerequisites: XJJ 155. (3 crs.)
XJJ 270. CRIMINOLOGY. The nature and causation of crime.
Approaches to the study of crime and its treatment and prevention.
The sociology of criminal law and the nature of criminal behavior:
theories and research . Prerequi site: HS I 55 . (3 crs.)
XJJ 275. JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. Biological, psychological
and sociological factors in juvenile delinquency. A survey of
theories of juvenile delinquency. Modern trends in prevention and
treatment. (3 crs.)
XJJ 281. ORGANIZED CRIME. This course is a study in the
development, structure, and operation of organized crime in the
United States today. Emphasized will be the major crime families,
the extend and types of their criminal activities, as well as present
efforts utilized to combat organized crime in both the public and
pri vate sectors. (3 crs.)
XJJ 282. POLICE ETHICS & PROBLEMS . Police Ethics and
Problems introduces the student to the psychological and sociological factors effecting law enforcement and community response.
Critical issues examined wilJ include di ssent and civil disobedience,
discriminatory and selective law enforcement, police militancy,
police ethics, and the effects of stress and job burnout in the
criminal justice profession. (3 crs.)
XJJ 283 . CRIMINAL JUSTICE INTERNSHIP. The Criminal
Justice Internship affords second year students an opportunity to
work with a local law enforcement or criminal justice agency.
Cooperating agencies include the Sheriff's office, a local magistrate, a police department, Juvenile and Adult Probation, and Drug
and Alcohol Services. (Variable crs.)
Undergraduate Catalog 1997-98
207
208
California University of Pennsylvania
UNIVERSITY SERVICES
Louis L. Manderino Library
The Louis L. Manderino Library hou ses a collection of some
365,000 volumes, 1.4 million microforms, 60,000 audiovisual materials, over 30,000 US Government Documents, and
subscribes to over 1400 serial su bscriptions. In addition, the
library has access to several databases with over 1,830
periodical titles available in full-text. As part of the Keystone
Library Network, the library shares a common integrated
library system with the other 13 university libraries in the
State System of Higher Education. Not only can students
access California's on-line catalog but, the on-line catalogs
of the other libraries in the system as well. To supplement the
research potential of students, the library provides on-line
searching of databases at remote sites via the DIALOG online searching services, as well as providing document
delivery service of periodical articles through subscription to
the UMI/British Library Document Supply Centre. As a
member of the Interlibrary Delivery Service of Pennsylvania,
shipping and receiving library materials is accomplished in
three days or less. For additional information, please check
the library's homepage at www.library.cup.edu.
VULCAT
Computerized information retrieval has made library
research fas ter, more thorough, and more efficient at Manderino Library. VULCAT, the on-line public access catalog,
enables the student to sit at any of a dozen or more terminals
and, by means of an easy series of commands, not only
quickly locate any books, audiovisual materials, or government documents in the library 's collection, but also print out
automaticall y the titles, call numbers, and circulation status
of those materials. VULCAT can also be accessed from
various on-campu s personal computers and, by means of a
telephone modem, by anyone who has a home computer.
INFOTRACSEARCHBANK
INFOTRAC SEARCHBANK, is an Internet resource that
students can use to access 1000 full-text magazine and
journal articles. This resource is also accessible via te lephone
modem. In addition, the library also has a local area CDROM network that provides access to PSYCLIT, CUMULATIVE INDEX TO NURSING AND ALLIED HEALTH
LITERATURE, NEWSPAPER ABSTRACTS , MODERN
LANGUAGE ASSOCIATION BIBLIOGRAPHY, EDUCATION INDEX, ERIC, APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY INDEX, BOOKS IN PRINT PLUS , and BUSINESS PERIODICALS INDEX. Other speciali zed sources on
disc include GROLIER MULTIMEDIA ENCYCLOPEDIA,
PC GLOBE, and PC USA . Brief tutorial session s, on-line
help, and individual assistance from reference librarians aid
the student who may need additional guidance.
The library also offers such services as a large reference
collection, Netscape access to the World Wide Web, photocopiers, a pamphlet file, sy llabi for courses offered at the
university, computer software, a collection of art slides, a
curriculum library for teacher education students, and a
media services center with equipment and audiovisual
materials plus lamination and binding services. In add ition,
Manderino Library is an official Federal Government
Documents Depository and regularly receives, in hard copy,
microform, or CD-ROM format, large number of government
documents, such as census data, reports, maps, and the
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD . The Documents Librarian
will assist with the use of these important resources.
The staff of the Louis L. Manderino Library are "userfriendly" and welcome any suggestions not onl y fo r materi als to add to the collection but for improvement of services
u ~.
rj
Z
~
~
~
~
rJl
~
~
~
rJl
~
~
~
(1
~
rJl
Undergraduate Catalog 1997-98
209
~Technology On Campus
UComputing Services Center
>
The University Computing Services Center is located in the
-,_,, basement of Manderino Library. Staff offices are open Monday
~ through Friday from 8:00 AM. until 4:00 P.M. User facilities in
~ the World Culture Building are available for student use.
00. The computer facilities at the university are separated into
~ two distinct functional areas. One area deal s with providing
~ computer resources to meet the instructional and research
~ needs of the university, such as student access for coursework
00. and the Manderino Library on-line catalog. The other area
~ deals with providing resources to meet the administrative
~ needs of the university.
::: Computer Accounts
Z
~
Students who register for classes automatically have a
VMS and Windows/NT computer account created for their use
during the semester. There is no charge for the service or for
the use of the computer network.
User Information Resources
An Introductory Users' Manual for VMS Users is
avai lable for a nominal charge at the information desk in the
lobby of the Student Union. This manual is a must for all new
or infrequent VMS users. It describes some of the basics to
effectively utilize the VMS computers on campus. Included in
the guide are instructions on how to log on to the systems, how
to use the file editor, and how to compile programs.
There is also an Introductory Internet Guide available at the
information desk in the Student Union for a nominal charge.
This guide contains the basics to assist the user in getting started
in accessing the resources available on the Internet.
In addition, there are several handouts on specific topics
available in the Instructional Computing Facility to assist in
the use of the computer systems.
Campus Network
The university campus buildings are connected together
via a high-speed state-of-the-art ATM local area network.
Fiber Optic ATM connects every floor to the campus backbone and each floor has switched Ethernet to every room
including offices, classrooms, labs and dorm rooms.
Southpointe Center is connected via a high-speed ATM WAN
which extends all computer resources to Southpointe. The
network also provides the capability for distance learning
programs. The university is connected to the Internet via
SSHENET II. Thi s statewide network includes all of the
State System of Higher Education Universities and the Office
of the Chancellor.
2 10
California University of Pennsylvania
Computing Services Center Facilities
The VMS computers are mainted by the Computing
Services Center. The computer system is a VMS-Cluster with
a total of 1,364 megabytes of memory and approximately 53
gigabytes of disk storage. Tape processing for system backups
and restores is managed using a tape cartridge system. A
magnetic tape drive is also avai lable. Printing is accomplished
with high speed line printers and laser printers with PostScript
capability.
Instructional Computing Facility
The Instructional Computing Facility (ICF) located in the
basement of the World Culture building, is the main center for
student campus network access and general use desktop
computing. This facility contains various personal computer
systems and printers in the laboratories and classroom. The
facility provides access to adaptive technology systems.
Entrance to the ICF is through the University Avenue
(west) entrance or via the elevator. Generally, the labs are
open seven days a week during fall and spring semesters and
five days a week during summer sessions. However, schedules
may change and the hours are posted each semester in the ICF
and can be requested by calling 724-938-4335 or by typing
HOURS at the system prompt. The labs are closed during
holidays and sess ion breaks.
Instructional Applications
The university maintains many applications packages in
support of instructional computing which are served to the
university community from a central location. These applications
include statistical packages, word processing systems, spreadsheet
and database applications, and computer aided design and
drafting. In addition, the university provides World Wide Web
browsers for both graphical and text-based Web access.
Distance Education
As a leader in technology instruction , California
University of Pen nsylvania has numerous courses that are
currentl y delivered via distance learning. Classes can
originate, and be received at, either the main campus or from
the Southpointe Center in Canonsburg, PA. These courses are
delivered instantly using state-of-the-art videoconferencing
systems across the uni versity's data network. In this manner,
instantaneous interaction can be accomplished between
students and their in structors.
Di stance education provides opportunities to reach
other resources that may not normall y exist in the traditional
classroom environment. These include lectures and seminars
that originate at other local, state, national or global organizations and institutions that can be received and delivered to
various sites.
Other Campus Facilities
Many departments have microcomputers for student and
staff use; only some of the facilities are listed here.
Additional campus microcomputer laboratories are
located in and operated by various departments on campus
including: Applied Industry and Technology, Business and
Economics, Mathematics and Computer Science, College of
Education, and the English Department's Word Processing
Laboratory. The Office of Life Long Leaming also features a
microcomputer laboratory. The Southpoint Center provides a
laboratory for instructional use. Contact your department for
specific information about laboratory facilities available for
educational purposes.
Teacher Education Computer Lab
The College of Education and Human Services maintains a
computer laboratory in the Keystone Education Building, Room
402. The facility is equipped and designed to train prospective
teachers to use computers as tools to support their teaching and
instructional management roles.
For printing, there are laser printers networked to the
computers. Student workers are always on hand to assist
students and monitor the equipment. The EDCC also has
opportunities for work-study jobs for students with a
moderate to strong background in word processing or
computer science.
The EDCC director is available via e-mail or in person
to answer questions about the lab. More information about
the EDCC or the English department is available on the
department's website at http://www.english.cup.edu.
Student Access Center Computer Lab
Located on the first level of the Natali Student Center,
the access center houses a Macintosh Computer Lab.
The computer lab permits student access to a number of
computers provided for personal use. The lab is open seven
days a week (including evening hours) and remains open
twenty-four hours a day during the last weeks of the semester. The Student Association, Inc., supports and maintains
the computer lab.
Equipment includes teaching stations, consisting of
Macintosh computers linked to a laser printer. There are more
than I 00 titles of instructional software available for examination and evaluation.
The laboratory facilities are used for formal instruction
for the course EDF 301, Computers for Teachers, about one
half of each weekday. During the remainder of the day, until
10:00 p.m., the laboratory is staffed and available to complete assignments for the course, which is required of all
Teacher Education majors, or other uses students may have.
Other than the inexpensive data disks, there is no cost to
students.
English Department Computer Center (EDCC)
The English Department has its own computer center for
word processing, desktop publishing, Internet research and
distance learning. The EDCC, located in Dixon Hall, consists
of a lab classroom with PC-compatible computers, an open lab
area with PC-compatible computers, and an additional lab
with Macintosh computers. The EDCC classroom is available
for various English courses, including Scientific and Technical
Writing, Business Writing, Journali sm and English Composition I and II. When the EDCC is not being used for teaching, it
is available for general student use.
These computers are a part of the university 's network,
and they can be used to communicate via e-mail, access the
Internet, browse the World Wide Web and acess software
applications available on the campus network .
Undergraduate Catalog 1997-98
211
~ Campus
Learning Labs
UMathematics Lab
~
The following services and resources are offered free in
the Mathematics Laboratory in 115 Noss Hall:
~ I. tutorial support in math and math-related courses
~ 2. video tape tutorials on most algebra topics
r.fJ 3. computer-directed instruction software for many topics
~ 4. math anxiety software and reference books
>.
~
Success in a math course is achieved by working on
~ assignments as soon as possible after class and by making
~ accomplishments each day. Students who have difficulty with
~
math courses should call 938-5893 to schedule a 30-minute
~ appointment. They should bring attempted homework with them.
>
~
The Lab's video tape tutorials are written by one of the
Z authors of the Introductory Algebra text. They are informa-
~ tive to students who need algebra assistance in any course.
The tapes, 15-30 minutes long, are available for use in the
Math Lab and on overnight sign-out basis.
One hundred fifty computer-directed instruction software
disks are available. The disks give two to three screen overviews, three or four worked problems, and three or four
practice problems. Software is available for topics from basic
mathematics to calculus. Most computer software lessons can
be completed in 15 minutes.
Nationally renowned authors claim that half of all college
students are math anxious. Many math anxious students have
physiological symptoms, including headaches or stomach aches.
Students with these symptoms only in math environments should
discuss this with a Math Lab tutor or with the Math Lab Director.
The Math Lab is located in 115 Noss Hall, the telephone
number is 724-938-5 893 .
Reading Clinic
When your reading assignments make you feel as if you
are lost in the university jungle, come to the Reading Clinic for
a free one-hour tutoring session. Staffed by one faculty
member and two graduate assistants, the Clinic teaches
techniques to improve reading comprehension and vocabulary.
T he Clinic offers help in identifying main ideas, making
inferences, drawing conclusions, understanding concepts and
fac ts, test-taking skills and building vocabulary. Students
make appointments to work privately with a tutor or schedule
an independent lab session that is staff-directed.
The Reading Clinic is housed in the Keystone Building,
Room 200A and is open from 9:00 a. m. to 4:00 p.m.,
Monday through Friday.
2 12
California University of Pennsylvania
Writing Center
The Writing Center is a non-credit English language
resource provided by, and administered through, the English
department. An integral part of the three-course Composition
Program, the Writing Center's main purpose is to assist
students at every level and from every academic discipline
with their writing projects. Students visit the Writing Center
for various types of assistance, including help in getting started
on a writing assignment; consultation about thesis, organization and development; assistance with grammar; information
about bibliographies and footnotes; and help with proofreading and editing. Proceeding entirely on a one-to-one basis,
visitors receive the optimal amount of individual attention
from trained tutors who use a collaborative model tutoring
method. In this model, tutors function not as authoritarian
experts who take over a student's paper in order to "fix it up,"
but rather as coaches and guides who collaborate with writers
in ways that facilitate the process of writers solving their own
writing problems and developing their own ideas.
Located on the first floor of Dixon Hall adjacent to the
English Department Computer Lab, the Center is open during
the regular academic year from 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. ,
Monday through Thursday, 9:00 a.m. to noon on Friday, and
4:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. on Sunday (a variable summer schedule
is also offered). In addition, the Center provides on-line
tutorial services via its " Virtual Writing Center," accessible at
the following URL: http://www.english.cup.edu/wcenter/
wcenter.htrnl
At this web site, students can utilize the "Virtual Library,"
a collection of eight rich links dealing with just about any
writing subject imaginable, from scores of grammar handouts,
to on-line dictionaries and search engines, to the broad world
of publishing and more. In addition, students can receive online tutoring assistance with their writing via the OWL (Online Writing Lab) . The OWL allows a writer to electronically
pose a question about her writing, or to electronically send a
portion of her writing, to which she will receive an e-mail
answer or response from one of the Writing Center tutors.
A completely free service, anyone is welcome to walk
in, caU for an appointment (724-938-4336), or visit via the
Virtual Writing Center.
CARE Project
Services for Students with Learning Disabilities
The CARE Project is the designated provider of services to
students with learning disabilities who are enrolled in California
University of Pennsylvania. The university is committed to
providing services for this population which will increase the
prospects for success. Students with learning disabilities have
two different levels of service available to them.
Specialized Support Service Program (SSSP)
The Specialized Support Service Program (SSSP) serves
a maximum of 40 participants each semester on a fee-forservice basis. A commitment by the student to the required
responsibilities and procedures of the SSSP is carried out
through a contractual agreement with the participants,
parents and CARE staff. All SSSP students must participate
in Structured Academic Management Seminars. First
semester students attend seminars for a minimum of eight
hours per week. Subsequent levels of participation are based
on the student's academic performance. The SSSP provides:
* mandatory, supervised study/seminar sessions;
* daily monitoring of academic performance;
* training in recording assignments and grades;
* assistance in task management for immediate and
long-term course assignments;
* individual and small group training in implementation
of appropriate study skills;
* guida.nce and training as needed for skills related to
independence and self-advocacy
(legal and academic responsibilities, accountability,
organization);
* word processing equipment and appropriate software;
* progress reports to parents; and
* referral to/liaison with other campus support facilities
and departments .
Non-fee accommodations are provided upon request
from the student and when supported by the documentation
on file with the CARE Project office.
Additional Information
1. It is the responsibility of the student to self-identify to the
CARE Project office regarding the disability.
2. It is the responsibility of the student to provide appropriate documentation to the CARE Project office.
3. Students follow the same California University admission
procedures and standards required by the Admissions
office. Question regarding California University's admission procedures should be directed to that office at 412/
938-4404.
4. Determination of eligibility of services from the CARE
Project is a separate procedure. Questions regarding
CARE Project application, required documentation and
subsequent follow-up communications should be directed
to the CARE office at Keystone Education Building Room 110, phone 724-938-5781.
Applicants may also write to:
CARE Project
California University of Pennsylvania
250 University Avenue - Box 66
California, Pennsylvania 15419-1398
5. Applicants are encouraged to begin correspondence with
the CARE Project as soon as possible.
To facilitate the provision of services, applicants may
begin procedures with the CARE Project office at the
same time as they begin the admissions procedures with
the Admissions office.
Modified Basic Support Program (MBSP)
The MBSP insures the availability of basic services for
all students with learning disabilities enrolled in the university. Non-fee accommodations are provided upon request
from the student and when supported by the documentation
on file with the CARE Project office.
MBSP participants generally function independently within
the university system. The CARE Project staff is available to
assist these students in the development of self-advocacy skills
as required by the learning disability, e.g., providing assistance
with accommodation requests and university procedures and
providing information regarding available tutorial centers.
Participants may meet with a member of the CARE Project staff
in a conference setting if requested.
Undergraduate Catalog 1997-98
21 3
~ Career
U
Services
The primary purpose of Career Services is to assist students
in developing, evaluating, and effectively implementing
appropriate career plans. Undergraduates, seniors, graduate
~ students, and alumni may obtain general advice and information
~ on career and job search strategies.
requirements. It is expected that the student's cooperative
education experience(s) will span two semesters or summers
while enrolled at California.
~
>
CO-OP Eligibility
rJ'J
•
•
On-campus interviews and informational sessions are
~ scheduled for students interested in meeting with representa~ tives from business firm s, government agencies, industries,
~ and school di stricts seeking candidates for employment. The
rJ'J "career center" houses career planning and company
~ literature as well as information on current job opportunities.
~ The Career Services Department provides evening hours
three days a week while classes are in session.
>
~
z
~•
•
•
•
•
•
Three Ways to Fit CO-OP Into an Academic
Program:
Students are encouraged to yisit Career Servicesto:
schedule a session on the computerized guidance
system, CHOICES ;
one-on-one career guidance;
use the career center media, including: videos, audio
tapes, and computerized software resources;
see a staff member about any career issues , including
graduate and professional schools;
attend career workshops, job fairs , and special programs;
learn about alumni who will discuss their careers;
investigate cooperative education, internships, and
service learning opportunities;
register for undergraduate one-credit CAREER
READINESS course;
register for graduate one-credit
CAREER TRANSITION SEMINAR course
make an appointment for a "mock" interview;
access "Career Connections" Job Hot Line for full-time,
part-time, co-op, internships, and seasonal jobs;
enroll in disc management;
information guides for resume writing, interviewing,
cover letters, and job search ;
get the most up-to-date information on company
recruiting visits;
sign-up for campus interviews and information sessions;
search the "web" for job opportunities.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative Education (CO-OP), allows students to be
employed-whether in business, industry, government,
education or service organizations-in paid positions directly
related to their academic majors or career plans. Cooperative
Education positions are pre-professional, monitored by
fac ulty members, and coordinated by the university. Students
may be employed part or full-time, and may choose to work
duri~g the fall, spring and/or summer semester. Undergraduates, as well as graduate students, in all academic majors are
encouraged to participate provided they meet the eligibility
2 14
•
Completion of Career Readiness, a 1 credit course.
Completion of 30 credits (Associate's - 15; Master's -6)
Student must have at least a 2.0 overall quality grade
point average (3.0 for Master's).
Agreement to complete 2 co-op experiences
(experiences can be completed in the summer)
1 semeseter for Associate's or Master's.
California University of Pennsylvania
1. Work part-time while still enrolled full time in classes.
2. Work full time with no classes scheduled for the
summer.
3. Work full time or part-time in the summer.
Where Can I Work?
•
•
•
Students can work either locally or nationwide.
Last year, CO-OP advertised 747 positions
throughout the U.S. and abroad.
The CO-OP staff also assists students in
developing CO-OP sites in any location.
How Does CO-OP Differ from Internships?
All CO-OP positions are paid--Intemship positions can be either
paid or unpaid.
CO-OP is administered through Career Services--Internships
are administered through Academic Departments.
Students do not receive credit for CO-OP experience--All
internship experiences are for credit.
(Students do receive notation on their transcript for their COOP experience.)
Cooperative Education positions are advertised on the
Job Hotline. Students who enroll in Cooperative Education
are eligible to apply for advertised positions. Additional
information and appointments with members of the Cooperative Education staff are available in the Career Services
Department at (724) 938-4413 .
Visiting Student Program
Students at California University may choose to enroll
for a time at any of the other 13 institutions in the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education; and similarly students
from those 13 may enroll at California. These institutions are
Bloomsburg, Cheyney, Clarion, East Stroudsburg, Edinboro,
Indiana, Kutztown, Lock Haven, Mansfield, Millersville,
Shippensburg, Slippery Rock, and West Chester Universities
of Pennsylvania.
The purposes of this program are to allow students at one
institution to participate, for a limited period of time, in
courses, programs or experiences not available at their home
institution, without loss of institutional residency, eligibility
for honors or athletics, or credits toward graduation; and to
expand options available to students in such matters as student
teaching, clinical experiences, internships, and international
exchange programs.
Further information may be obtained from the Office of
the Provost. Catalogs of the participating institutions may be
consulted in the offices of the college deans, or in Manderino
Library.
The procedures and standards for this Visiting Student
Program are as follows. (They apply equally to students in
any of the 14 SSHE institutions.)
1. The student must have satisfactorily completed at least
27 credits at California, and be in good academic
standing.
2. The student must obtain advance approval from California University to complete specified studies at a sibling
university under this program. Each university specifies
the approval procedure for its own students ' participation and for students from SSHE universities.
3. The student must present evidence of approval from
California University and evidence of visiting university
acceptance at the time of registration at the sibling
university.
4. A student may complete up to 18 credits in a single
semester and up to 16 credits of summer work as a
visiting student.
5. All credits and grades accrued at the sibling university
will be accepted in full by California University, and
thereafter treated as California University credits and
grades .
6. The student registers at, and pays tuition and fees to, the
State System university visited. A student wishing to
divide a courseload between two institutions during the
same term registers and pays appropriate tuition and fees
at both universities.
Public Safety
The Department of Public Safety and University Police at
California University is a fully recognized law enforcement
agency as authorized by 71 P.S. 646, the Administrative Code of
1929 as amended and Title 18 of the Pennsylvania Consolidated
Statutes, (Crime and Offenses) and 24 P.S. 20-1006--A(l4) 202010A (5) of the State System of Higher Education Act.
The department consists of professionally trained individuals capable of responding to requests for assistance in routine
and emergency situations. The department, a diverse group of
police officers, communications, and secretarial staff, provides
continuous 24 hour assistance to the university community.
The staff includes a director, assistant director, two shift
supervisors and ten additional commissioned police officers
who have received training at the Pennsylvania State Police
Academy. Three public safety communications officers and
one departmental secretary contribute to the operation of the
department. Public safety personnel are certified in CPR,
basic first aid procedures, and the emergency medical
airborne evacuation policy and procedure for transportation
of the seriously ill or critically injured.
Additional services offered to university students, faculty,
and staff consist of parking and traffic management, criminal
investigations, health, fire, and safety surveys, special event
planning, accident investigation, and crime prevention information and presentations.
Pursuant to the Pennsylvania College and University
Security Act, and the Federal Crime Awareness and Campus
Security Act of 1990, post-secondary institutions, including
colleges and universities, must provide information with respect
to campus crime statistics and security policies of the institution
and prepare, publish and distribute to all applicants, students and
employees, annually, information with respect to these areas.
The information is compiled by California University, and
made available through the Office of Admissions, the Office of
Student Development and Services, and the Office of Public
Safety.
~
0
Z
<
~
~
00
~
~
~
00
~
~
~
~
~
00
Undergraduate Catalog 1997-98
215
~ Character
Education Institute
UThe California University Character Education Institute
~
opened in January 1995 , in response to a report from the
>: Pennsy lvania State System of Higher Education urging the
~ system' s universities to give increased attention to values
~
during the 1990s.
00
~ Goals
~ The
~
"IJJ.•
of the Institute
Character Education Institute has two broad goals:
To serve as a resource to the university 's colleges,
~ departments, and student organizations as they contribute to
~
the moral development of California University students.
>, •
To provide an outreach to local school districts and
~ parents as they influence the moral development of their
Z
~ children.
.
Services
•
The institute maintains a resource center that contains
character education curriculum materials, books, journals,
news letters, audio and videotapes, and a clipping file on
special subjects ; e.g., values in athletics.
These material s are available to university faculty, staff,
admini strators, and students and to staff and school directors
from local school districts.
•
The director of the Character Education Institute can
prov ide consultant help to members of the university
community as they seek to infuse the school's core values
into their areas of responsibility.
•
Consultant services are also available to local school
districts that want to study formal character education
programs.
•
Parenting programs are available to local school districts
and other organizations concerned with character development.
The Character Education Institute is located in 409 Keystone
Education Center, across Third Street from Natali Student
Center. To obtain additional information about the California
Uni versity Character Education Institute, please contact:
Director, Character Education Institute
California University of PA
250 University Avenue
California, PA 15419-1394
Telephone: (724) 938-4500
Fax : (724) 938-4156
2 16
California University of Pennsylvania
University Advancentent
The Office of University Advancement develops programs
and undertakes activities that promote understanding of, and
support for the university's goals. It provides information and
services for students, parents of students, alumni, faculty, the
business community, regional citizens, the media and donors to
the university and the Foundation for California University of
Pennsylvania. University Advancement is responsible for
alumni relations, public relations, development and public
service.
Alumni Relations
The Office of Alumni Relations, located in Old Main
under the twin towers, is the liaison between the university
and its 37,000 living alumni, who receive copies of The Cal
U Review (alumni magazine), The University Viewbook (the
university's annual report), and notices about various special
events. The office arranges Move In Day, Alumni Day, and
numerous social and cultural programs for alumni both on
and off campus. Alumni Relations manages the network of
alumni chapters across the nation and works closely with the
Alumni Association (see below). In addition, the office of
Alumni Relations is home to the Student Ambassadors
Program and maintains a toll-free telephone hotline with
information changing daily (1-800-4-CAL-NEWS or 724938-4507 locally).
Foundation for California University of
Pennsylvania
The Foundation for California University of Pennsylvania, located on the third floor of South Hall, raises funds
from foundations , businesses, alumni, staff, faculty and
friends to benefit the university. It undertakes annual fund
campaigns, deferred or planned giving programs and capital
campaigns. It also administers a fund which loans money to
students for travel in the event of family emergency.
Mon Valley Renaissance
Mon Valley Renaissance, located on the first floor of
South Hall and various other sites, is the university's unique
public service agency which helps foster regional economic
development. It helps individuals and businesses through
counseling, training, business consulting services and
government contracting/export assistance.
Alumni Association
The California University Alumni Association serves
California University and its alumni by fostering beneficial
relationships among alumni, students and the university. By
awarding scholarships, it also encourages outstanding
acad_e mic and extracurricular achievement by undergraduate
and graduate students.
Public Relations
The Office of Public Relations, located on the first floor
of Dixon Hall, informs the campus community and public at
large of the university's activities and news. For example,
this department notifies hometown newspapers of student
accomplishments. The department also manages university
advertising, information on the university web site, produces
numerous publications and acts as the media contact.
The university's alumni have been organized since 1939.
Today, nearly 37,000 graduates and numerous former
students are members of the Association. A board comprised
of three classes of alumni directors is elected for three-year
terms. The board officers work closely with the University 's
President and the Office of Alumni Relations .
Undergraduate Catalog 1997-98
217
Student Development and Services
Inherent in the university 's mission is a commitment to the
total development of all students. The Office of Student
Development and Services, under the direction of the vice
president for Student Development and Services, is administratively responsible for the implementation of this commitment.
The central focus of the program is personalization of the
university experience, with concern for not only individual
intellectual development but for personal, social, and physical
development as well.
For additional information and regulations governing
student life and conduct besides what is given below, students
should refer to the current edition of The Student Handbook.
Opportunities for work-study jobs, graduate assistantships, internships, and volunteer work assignments are
avail able for qualified students. Check with the various
offices or departments to inquire about openings. This can be
an opportunity to enhance curriculum studies.
Student Development and Services provides
services to students in the following areas :
Activities
The Student Association, Inc. (SAI) is a non- profit
corporation financed in part by the Student Association Fee,
which is paid each term by every student. The executive
director is a university employee, who directs the affairs of
SAI, and serves as the liaison between SAI and the university.
Programs provided by the Student Association, Inc., are
determined by the student congress and by the Student
Association, Inc., board of directors. Student Association
fees are budgeted, appropriated, disbursed and accounted for
by SAI with the concurrence of the president of the university.
SAI coordinates the co-curricular activities provided by
the university, including homecoming, Roadman University
Park, concerts, plays, musical productions, movies, outdoor
recreation, the Herron Recreation and Fitness Center,
intramural sports, dances, picnics, California University
Television (CUTV), WVCS Radio, and other special events.
Intercollegiate athletics are partially funded by SAL In
addition, SAI coord inates the activities of student clubs and
organizations. The student handbook provides a complete
listing of active student clubs and organizations.
Adult Student Organization
Ath letics
Bookstore
Campus Ministry
Commuter Center
Counseling Center
Dining Service
Disabled Student Services
Greek Life
Drug/Alcohol Program
Health Center
Herron Rec and Fitness Center
Housing
International Students
Judical Affairs
Leadership Development
Media/Publications
Minority Affairs
Residence Hall Programming
Student Association, Inc.
Student Government
Study Around The World
Summer Camps/Conferencing
Women's Center
Veterans Affairs
Wellnes /Awareness
Clubs and Organizations
A large an·ay of active clubs and student organizations are
offered through academic departments and the Student
Association, Inc. These groups provide social, educational,
community service and leadership opportunities for students.
They are advised by student selected members of the fac ulty
and staff. Students are encouraged to initiate and support
new groups which reflect interests not represented by
existing organizations. A complete list of SAI-funded
organizations, their current advisors and phone numbers may
be fo und in the Student Handbook.
218
Student Association, Inc.
California University of Pennsylvania
Publications coordinated by SAI include a student
handbook, an organ izational handbook, The California
Times (the student newspaper), Monocal (the yearbook), and
a number of brochures and pamphlets.
SAI is responsible fo r the development and maintenance
of the George H. Roadrnan University Park, a 104-acre area
located orte mile from campus on Route 88 South. Facilities
include tennis courts, baseball, foo tbal l, soccer, softball, rugby,
and intramural fields; picnic areas and Adamson Stadium.
Student Congress
Student congress is the official student governing body. It
represents and serves the entire student population. It provides
for a student fo rum, establishes channels for the communication of students' concerns to the proper administrative and
faculty personnel, implements programs and activities that
enrich campus life, and creates opportunities for students to
exercise and develop leadership skills. For more information
contact Edward Eagle at (724-938-4303).
Student Activities Board (SAB)
Many diverse forms of cultural and contemporary
entertainment are offered to our students primarily through
the Student Activities Board (SAB.) This organization is
composed entirely of full-time students who meet weekly to
view and discuss the possibilities of hosting different
entertainment and cultural programs for the entire university
community. These activities provide a significant opportunity for students to become more involved with their campus
as well as to experience the grownth and personal development which involvement provides.
The type of programs that SAB sponsors or co-sponsors
with other university organizations include: the weekly
movies shown in the Vulcan Theatre, the series of events
surrounding our Homecoming Theme, the spring "Jazz
Experience" celebration, The Reed Arts Center Gallery
Exhibits and many others. In addition, SAB sponsors and cosponsors several off-campus trips to several Pittsburgh
sporting events, performances at the Pittsburgh Public theatre
and opportunities to see national and local recording artists
in concert venues in the Pittsburgh area.
Participation in these and other groups is strongly
encouraged. To find out more about SAB, the types of
entertainment and programs they provide, and how you can
become a member, call 724-938-4303 or stop by their office
located on the third floor of the Natali Student Center.
Housing
The university provides residence hall accommodations for
approximately 1300 students in six separate facilities.
Women reside in Clyde Hall and Stanley Hall; men reside
in Longanecker Hall and McCloskey Hall. Men and women are
accommodated on separate floors of Binns Hall and Johnson
Hall. Johnson has been designated the "Cal Hall" California
Academic Leadership Hall (see specialty housing).
Application for Housing
First-time freshman students are required by the university to live in the residence halls for the first two semesters of
their college career with the following general exceptions:
1. students commuting from the residence of their
parents or legal guardians,
2. married students,
3. students who are 21 years of age or older by the date of
registration.
Freshmen and transfers who indicate the need for oncampus housing receive application forms with their acceptance letter. On-campus housing is at a premium and there
are a limited number of spaces available. Freshmen are
given priority as long as available space exists. Students are
encouraged to apply no later than May 1.
Upper-class students interested in on-campus housing
should contact the housing office in Johnson Residence Hall.
Mailing address is:
Residential Facilities Office
Johnson Residence Hall - Box 39
250 University Avenue
California University of Pennsylvania
California, PA 15419-1394
or phone (724-938-4444)
Upper-class students are given specific instructions for
securing a spac~ in the residence halls for the fall semester.
The instructions and the contract are distributed in the hall s
during the spring semester. An upper-class housing fair is
conducted in April. The university retains the right to assign
all students to certain residence halls, floors and roommates
in the best interests of the university.
Housing contracts are for one academic year, September
through May. The housing contract commits the student to
university housing for both the Fall and Spring semesters.
Contracting for a room for an academic year or Spring
semester does not guarantee that housing will be provided in rJ).
subsequent years.
"'"'3
d
Room Deposit
An advance room deposit of $100* is required with the
housing contract in order to reserve a room for the following
academic year. The deposit is held in the student's account
and applied toward the spring semester. First-year students
who wish to reside in a residence hall will receive a hou sing
contract with their admissions packet. The contract and card
must be signed and returned to the Bursar's Office, 250
University Avenue, California University of Pennsylvania,
with the $100 deposit.
Upper-class students will receive specific instructions
on obtaining a housing contract are available from the
Director of Housing, Residential Facilities Office, Johnson
Residence Hall. Schedules and deadlines for housing
contracts are posted for each academic year. Withdrawal
from the contract will result in partial or total forfeiture of
the deposit. In addition, the student may be held liable for
that semester's room and board charges.
*Student who experience difficulty paying thi s advance
deposit should contact the Housing office.
~
trj
z"'"'3
~
trj
<
trj
~
0
~
~
trj
z"'"'3
z>
~
rJ).
trj
Damage Charges
~
Students are held responsible for the cost of damage,
breakage, or loss and/or the return of university property.
~
(j
trj
rJ).
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
219
Residence Life
Each university residence hall is supervised by a staff
which is headed by a residence hall director who lives in the
residence hall. Residence hall directors are readily available
to students who may request direction or assistance. The
director, with the assistance of graduate assistants and
undergraduate resident assistants, has charge of the residence
facility, including programming activities.
Inter-Residence Hall Council. The council is the
representative body of the students residing in and elected
from the various residence halls . The students assist in the
governance of this organization and participate in a number
of the organization's service projects as well as governance
issues for the residence halls .
A detailed description of the university's residence life
program, residence facilities, and residence hall rules and
regulations is included in the Residence Life Handbook.
Specialty Housing
Residence Life offers students the option to live in a
wellness community made up of students who philosophically share a concern for personal health issues. Although
possession or consumption of alcohol and drugs on state
property is not permitted, students who abstain from the use
of tobacco, alcohol or other chemical substances may request
a space in one of these areas. Please check the front of the
hou sing card to make this request and return all information
as early as possible to ensure the best chance of your request
being honored.
Johnson Hall is designated as the University Honors
Program Residence Hall. Incoming freshman must be
admitted in the University Honors Program in order to be
housed in Johnson Hall.
An academic leadership area is also available in Johnson
Residence Hall. This area is offered to students who have
completed 24 semester hours at California University, have
maintained a minimum grade point average of 3.0 or better
and demonstrate leadership potential. Selection for residency in this area is competitive and depends on the number
of students who qualify. In addition to the grade point
average requirement, other eligibility criteria will be used
including a possible interview. All rooms are wired with
fiber optic computer hookup and each floor in Johnson Hall
has a computer lab.
Residence Life also offers students the opportunity to
live in other designated specialty housing. Those requesting
an assignment to a specialty housing area would reside in a
community of students who share a common interest in a
variety of student organizations such as Greek letter affiliations , athletics, band, choir or clubs and organizations. Any
group of students interested in living together can follow a
220
California University of Pennsylvania
simple procedure to secure a location in the residence halls.
Please indicate your desire to live in a special housing area
on the front of the housing card under the special interest
section. All contracts received by the April deadline will be
reviewed and those groups and organizations that have
shown a desire to live together will be contacted for further
details concerning their specific housing needs.
Fiber Optics
The Residence halls are wired for direct access to the
university mainframe system via CAT-5 connections. This
will allow residence hall students to access e-mail, library
information and the internet from their rooms. There are
hardware requirements and special instructions for requesting
an interface card to be installed in computers to gain access to
the system. Contact the Residence Life office in Johnson Hall
for further details.
Evening Tutoring Program
In cooperation with the Academic Services department,
an evening tutoring program is available in three of the
residence halls . This program is available to all students. A
detailed schedule of evening tutor sites and hours is posted
throughout the campus each semester.
Residence Life Support Services Program
The initial objective of the Residence Life Support
Services Program is to assist new students with the transition
from home to college. The voluntary "Buddy Program"
matches a new student with a well-adjusted upper-class
resident student in the same residence hall in order to assist in
the transition. The upper-class mentor is available to guide,
direct, encourage and support the new student throughout the
first year. The Residence Life Support Services Center in
Stanley Hall is available to assist students in finding university
support programs suited for the individual's needs.
Off-campus housing
The primary consideration of off-campus housing is to
help the student secure safe, appropriate housing and to
educate the student about this endeavor.
The principle goals of the off-campus housing office are:
• to provide a "base of operation" for securing off-campus
housing.
• to assist in securing off-campus housing and to promote
responsible landlord/tenant/community relations.
• to promote the safety and welfare of all students residing in
off-campus housing.
• to ensure that students have useful resource materials at their
disposal.
• to provide effective communication between the university,
area officials and the community about off-campus housing
issues.
• to expand programs to include campus/community/civic
service and volunteerism within the off-campus student
community.
• to ensure that the rights of individuals with disabilities are
upheld in relation to off-campus living and accommodations.
Our on-going objective is to educate and promote the
safety and welfare of all students residing in off-campus
housing facilities.
University Off-Campus Housing Disclaimer
The information contained in the off-campus housing
list is provided as a service to students. The data collected or
transcribed may at times be inaccurate. The university, its
employees, or the students are not responsible for any claims
or damages that may be incurred. The Off-Campus Housing
and Affairs Office makes no warranty of the conditions,
terms, prices or other information contained therein . This
information is to be used as a guide to help students locate
off-campus hou sing and is not to be taken as approved or
sanctioned off-campus housing. This does not create an
enforceable obligation to any party from California University of Pennsylvania, the Pennsylvania State System of
Higher Education, or the students of California University.
CALCard--University ID Card
The CalCard is both a campus identification card and a
convenient and safe way to make purchases and use services on
campus. The CalCard is available to all California University of
Pennsylvania students, faculty, staff and eligible guests.
The CalCard comes ready to use, preprogrammed with
basic services, and then enhanced based on your needs. To
begin using the deposit accounts, simply make an initial deposit
at the Bursar's Office.
Cal Card Services
Manderino Library - The CalCard is the key to checking out
materials at Manderino Library. This basic service is included
on every CalCard.
Tickets* - Cal U students receive free admission to all home
intercollegiate sporting events .
Fitness Center* - Cal U students receive unlimited access to the
Herron Recreation and Fitness Center. Faculty, staff, alumni,
and Southpointe students who have purchased a membership,
will use their CalCard to gain admission to the fitness center.
Entertainment* - Cal U students receive free admission to
most entertainment events sponsored by the Student Association, Inc. Your CalCard will provide free admission to the
Vulcan Theater, Comedy Roundup, Underground Cafe, as ~ell
as dozens of other events each semester.
AAA - Part of the basic service of each student CalCard is the
AAA - roadside assistance program. Under this program, Cal U
students can receive free limited roadside assistance from AAA.
To use this feature, simply call the toll free number on the back
of your CalCard.
*Students matriculating at Cal U Southpointe Center must
purchase membership or tickets for recreational and entertainment events on campus.
CalCard Accounts
CalCard works like a credit card in that you don't have to carry
cash. But it's better than a credit card because you deposit money in
your account in advance so you don't have to worry about paying a
bill at the end of the month. Finance charges are eliminated.
CalCard works like a checking account in that your accounts are
debited each time you make a purchase. But it's better than a
checking account because you don't have to carry your checkbook,
replace checks, or carry several forms of identification for check
approval.
Meal - Everyone enrolled in a meal plan will use the CalCard to pay
for their meals. Whether eating at Gallagher Dining Hall, or using
the meal equivalency at the Gold Rush, Market Place Convenience
Store, or the Food Court, just give your CalCard to the cashier. Your
Meal account is automatically reduced by one meal. Everyone
enrolled in a meal plan will automatically receive a Dine account
with an amount of$100, $125, or $250 depending on the meal plan
purchased.
Dine - Opening a declining balance Dine account is as simple as
making a deposit at the Bursar's Office. This expands eating
options to include the Market Place convenience store. Your Dine
account can be used to pay for food at Gallagher Dining Hall, Patio
Grille, the Gold Rush Room, and the Washington Food Court.
Shop - A CalCard Shop account is your master debit account and it
allows for the purchase of items and services. This debit account is
opened by making an initial deposit. Use your Shop account to
purchase textbooks and other merchandise in the Cal U Bookstore,
food from any campus location including Gallagher Dining Hall , and
snacks from vending machines. You can also use your CalCard to
operate laundry and copy machines, purchase postage stamps and
pay overdue book fines.
Vend - Once you have deposited money in your Shop account, you
can begin to make purchases from various machines located on
campus. These machines include most food vending and beverage
machines, Manderino Library copy machines and circulation
printers, and all laundry machines.
Dining Services
The goal of University Dining Services is to provide a
quality, cost effective, innovative dining program for students
living on and off campus. The university encourages student
involvement and awareness to help provide quality, nutritious
meals at a reasonable cost. The dining halls provide an important
environment for student interaction and socialization.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
221
Do you want an all-you-can-eat, one-price-at-the-door
option? Gallagher Dining Hall offers something for everyone, and
even provides take-out. Are you looking for fast food with friends
between classes? The staff at Herron Patio and the Washington
Food Court aim to please. What about an early morning bagel,
gourmet coffee or late night munchie? The convenience store
provides those items, and much more. Interested in a formal lunch
with faculty and staff? Try the dining room buffet in the Gold
Rush Room, Natali Student Center. Need advice on special
dietary concerns? The dining service management team
provides dietary service for all your needs.
Students living in the residence hall have the opportunity to
choose from three meal plans:
Plan A: 19 meal plan with $100 Dine dollars.
Plan B: 14 meal plan with $100 Dine dollars.
Plan C: 125 meal/$250 dine Block Plan.
Commuters may choose from the three meal plans above, or
select from the following additional options offered specifically to
meet the needs of the busy off-campus resident:
Plan D: 7 meal plan with $ 100 dine dollars.
Plan E: 125 meal/$125 dine Block Plan
Plan F: Dine dollars only plan, with initial minimum
balance of $50 dine dollars.
All students who live in a university residence hall are
required to accept assignment to the meal program. The offcampus and commuter plans are for one full semester and
may not be terminated. Dine dollars are included in each
meal package and are non-refundable. The meal package
refund policy for students who withdraw from the university
is based on the Refund/Repayment Schedule published by
the bursar's office under the refund section of this catalog. A
detailed dining service brochure may be obtained from the
assistant dean for student services, Natali Student Center,
(724) 938-4513 .
Commuter Center and Services
Commuter students comprise nearly two-thirds of the total
student population. The commuter center has been established as a
"home base" for these students. Located on the second level of the
Natali Student Center, a number of services and opportunities can be
found and are made available with the assistance of the staff assigned
to this area.
In addition to the professional support staff, the center is staffed
by members of the Commuter Council. Students will find a
comfortable place to relax away from the classroom. The center
provides a lounge, general university information, travel information,
a food preparation area including a microwave oven and refrigerator,
television and lockers. A telephone is available for essential calls.
The Commuter Council also provides leadership, socialization
and support for commuter students. All members of the university
community are encouraged to take part in activities associated with
the center.
222
California University of Pennsylvania
Student Service Access Center
Located on the first level of the Natali Student Center, the access
center houses a Macintosh Computer Lab, the Community Service
Information Outlet, and Study Around the World program resources.
The computer lab permits student access to a number of
computers provided for personal use. The lab is open seven days a
week (including evening hours) and remains open twenty-four hours
a day during "finals" week. The Student Association, Inc., supports
and maintains the computer lab.
Students can obtain information regarding opportunities in
community service by volunteering through the Community Service
Information Outlet. Information regarding a number of organizations
which enlist volunteers in a wide variety of activities is provided
through the Guidebook to Community Service Opportunity.
Non-Traditional Student
Organization
The university has a long-standing tradition of serving our
region by providing educational opportunities to non-traditional
students. Non-traditional students are generally identified as
individuals who I) seek a degree following a hiatus from
schooling; 2) seek a second degree; 3) seek career skills
enhancement; or 4) take non-degree, or continuing education
courses.
California University continually strives to plan and deliver
programs to enhance non-traditional student services.
Contact the Commuter Center Office, located on the second
floor of the Natali Student Center, for further details or assistance. 724-938-4439 ext. 243.
Women's Center
The Women's Center in Clyde Hall is a service provided
primarily for female students of the university. However, males as
well as community residents are welcome to participate in the
activities of the Center.
The goals of the Women's Center are to supplement the
academic education of the students and to prepare them to deal
with barriers in life.
Activities are designed to help female students grow and
develop an understanding of how women can impact the future.
Through special programs and individual counseling, the Center
highlights options available to women. In addition, the Center
provides programs to help students find creative ways to solve
problems and manage the ever-changing roles of women.
The Center recognizes the needs of women and serves as a
conduit to see that the needs are addressed. The services provided
are advocacy, counseling, information, interest assessment,
referrals, support groups, workshops, special events and activities.
Opportunities are available for students to serve on the
Advisory Board of Directors, serve on special events committees,
share ideas for programs and participate in the Mentoring
Program. The Women 's Center, 114 Clyde Hall, (724-938-5857)
is open Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
Veterans Affairs
The Office of Veterans Affairs, located in Johnson Hall (724938- 4076/4077), is open from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through
Friday. Evening hours may be arranged by appointment.
All matters pertaining to veterans and those entitled to
veterans' benefits are handled in this office. The staff also processes
all VA forms and enrollment certifications for eligible students.
All Veterans, Reservists, National Guard personnel, and
eligible dependents applying for entrance to the university should
contact the Office of Veterans Affairs at an early date so that
necessary VA paperwork can be processed to assure timely
payments of educational benefits. Veterans are also advised to take
advantage of the university's program to award college credits for
military service schools.
The on-campus Veterans Club sponsors the Colonel Arthur L.
Bakewell Veteran's Scholarship Fund. Two $ 1,000 scholarships are
currently awarded.
and social background in consu.ltation with the SAW coordinator and their academic advisor. Students return from exchanges
with new perspectives on their education and lives.
A successive candidate for exchange has a willingness to
undertake exposure to unfamiliar academic, cultural and social
environments. Through exchange exposure, the student
frequently becomes more independent as a learner, reflecting
the self-reliance and self-confidence gained as a result of having
taken a decisive role in planning their future and carrying
through with those plans.
The SAW Program is essentially divided into two opportunities; domestic exchanges through the National Student
Exchange (NSE) consortium and study-abroad through a
multitude of program offerings.
The Study Around the World program coordinator will
assist California University students, prospective students
and visiting exchange students. The coordinator may be
contacted through the Office of Student Development and
Services, located in Natali Student Center.
National Student Exchange
Campus Ministry
Spiritual development is an integral part of the process of
education and of human growth. A campus ministry, staffed by
professional campus ministers, fosters the development of spiritual
and religious student life.
The Campus Ministry of California University of Pennsylvania is located in the Natali Student Center, Room 143. Office hours
are from JO a.m. unti.l 4 p.m. on weekdays while the university is in
session. Campus ministers are on call twenty-four hours a day.
Some of the services provided are worship, pastoral counseling,
spiritual direction, information about local churches, and literature
from participating faiths. The Campus Ministry sponsors or cosponsors a variety of religious or service programs.
Students and their families, faculty and staff of the university
are welcome to come to the Campus Ministry office at all times.
They may also call the Campus Ministry at 724-938-4573.
Campus Ministry cooperates with Student Development and
Services and with other university departments for the well-being
of the students.
The Catholic chaplains are funded by the Catholic Diocese of
Pittsburgh. The Protestant chaplain is funded by the United
Campus Ministry Council of California, which also places
members of the Coalition for Christian Outreach. Although the
chaplains are members of particular denominations, they serve all
students, regardless of church affiliation. The chaplains will put
students in touch with a priest, minister, cleric or rabbi of their
chosen denominations.
Study Around the World
Program
Through the student exchange experience, students may
complement or supplement their degree program. The Study
Around the World program (SAW) administers both domestic
and study-abroad opportunities. Each participant selects a
program that will enrich their acadernic, cultural, recreational
The NSE is most popular with California University
students as it combines the ease of academic applicability to
programs at California University with financial
affordability. A student may study at the NSE member
institution of their choice for up to a full academic year,
undertaking courses approved for application to their degree
program at California through approval of their academic
advisor. In most cases, the student has the choice to pay
either California University tuition or in-state tuition at the
host institution.
Basic familiarity with surroundings can also be viewed as
advantageous by the student as all NSE member institutions
are located in either the United States or U.S . territories. The
number of NSE consortium member institutions grows each
year. The following schools are currently members of NSE:
Alabama A & M University; Alabama State University ; University of Alabama; University of Alaska, Anchorage; University of
Alaska, Fairbanks; University of Alaska, Southeast; Northern
Arizona University; California Polytechnic State University, San
Luis Obispo; California State Polytechnic University, Pomona ;
California State University, Bakersfield; California State University, Chico; California State University, Domingue Hills; Cali fornia State University, Fresno; California State University, Hayward; California State University, Los Angeles; California State
University, Northridge; California State University, San Bernardino; Humbolt State University; Sonoma State University ; Fort
Lewis College; Mesa State College; University of Northern
Colorado; University of Southern Colorado; Western State
College; Eastern Connecticut State University; University of
Connecticut; University of Delaware; Florida International
University; Florida State University ; University of West Florida;
University of Georgia; University of Guam ; University of Hawaii
at Hilo; University of Hawaii at Manoa; Boise State University ;
Idaho State University ; Illinois State University; Northeastern
Illinois University; Indiana University ; Purdue University, Fort
Wayne; University of Northern Iowa; Fort Hays State University ;
Morehead State University; Murray State University; Grambling
State University; Louisiana State University; Southern University ;
University of New Orleans; University of Maine; University of
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
223
Maine at Farmington; University of Maine at Fort Kent; University of Southern Maine; Bowie State University; St. Mary's
College of Maryland; Towson State University; University of
Maryland at College Park; University of Massachusetts at
Amherst; University of Massachusetts at Boston; Westfield State
College; Michigan Technological University; Mankato State
University; Moorehead State University ; University of Minnesota,
Twin Cities; Southwest Missouri State University; University of
Missouri-Columbia; University of Missouri-St. Louis; Montana
State University-Bozeman; University of Montana; University of
Nebraska at Kearney ; University of Nevada, Las Vegas; University of Nevada, Reno ; University of New Hampshire; Rutgers
University; The College of New Jersey; William Paterson College
of New Jersey; Eastern New Mexico University; New Mexico
State University; University of New Mexico; Hunter College of
the City University of New York; SUNY College at Buffalo;
SUNY at Plattsburgh; SUNY College at Potsdam ; SUNY Center
at Stony Brook; East Carolina University; North Carolina Central
University; North Carolina State University; University of North
Carolina at Wilmington ; Bowling Green State University; East
Central University; Oklahoma State University; Eastern Oregon
State College; Oregon State University; Portland State University;
Southern Oregon State College; University of Oregon; California
University of Pennsylvania; East Stroudsburg University of
Pennsylvania; lndiana University of Pennsylvania; West Chester
University of Pennsylvania; Inter American University of Puerto
Rico, San German; Universidad de! Sagrado, Coraon; University
of Puerto Rico, Cayey; University of Puerto Rico, Humacao;
University of Puerto Rico, Mayague; University of Puerto Rico,
Rio Piedras ; Rhode Island College; University of Rhode Island;
College of Charleston; South Carolina State University; University of South Carolina; Winthrop University; Northern State
University; South Dakota State University; University of South
Dakota; University of Memphis; Southwest Texas State University ; University of North Texas; University of Texas at El Paso;
University of Texas at San Antonio; University of the Virgin
Islands; University of Utah; Utah State University; Johnson State
College; Virginia Commonwealth University; Virginia State
University; Virginia Tech ; Central Washington University;
University of Washington ; Washington State University; Western
Washington University; West Virginia University ; University of
Wisconsin, Eau Claire; University of Wisconsin, Green Bay;
University of Wisconsin, River FaUs; University of Wyoming.
Study Abroad
A multitude of Study Abroad opportunities exist for students
at California University as Study Abroad can take a student to
practically any comer of our earth. Inherently, Study Abroad
exchange presents a unique challenge to the student. Study
Abroad requires advanced planning with respect to academic,
cultural and financial considerations. The student must also be
willing to carry through with this planning over an extended
period of time. However, the result of the Study Abroad commitment can be a splendid one that in many ways sets the Study
Abroad student apart from others.
224
California University of Pennsylvania
Cal U Student Bookstore
The Cal U Student Bookstore, located on the second
level of the Natali Student Center, offers a variety of services
for all students, faculty and staff. Students can purchase new
or used textbooks for their classes, with used books representing a 25 % savings. A textbook reservation service is also
available, allowing students to pre-order books before the
first week of class.
The Cal U Student Bookstore offers a variety of other
items : Cal U clothing and giftware, magazines , newspapers,
CDs, greeting cards, and computer software. School supplies, general reading books, and health and beauty aids are
also available. We offer free special orders for any book that
is not in stock.
Convenient store hours are:
Monday - Thursday 7:45 a.m. - 7 p.m.
Friday 7:45 a.m . - 5 p.m.
Saturday 11 a.m . - 5 p.m.
To place telephone orders or make inquiries, call (724)
938-4324 during business hours .
CUTV (California University
Television)
CUTV, California University Television, is the
university's cable TV station which is owned and operated
by the Student Association , Inc. CUTV is seen in over
50,000 homes, 24 hours a day through various cable systems,
as well as providing programming to other broadcast
systems . The mission of CUTV is to produce and provide
programming of regional community interest, while giving
students valuable "hands-on" educational experience in many
areas. Students can get involved with CUTV in a variety of
technical areas including camera work, editing, direction and
other production roles, as well as on-air talent positions.
These experiences for the Communication Studies major are
invaluable to be hired in the field. For the student involved
with CUTV as an activity, the technical , team-building and
leadership skills acquired translate into any walk of life.
CUTV produces a variety of informational, educational
and entertainment programs . Some of these programs include
CUTV Newscenter - a weekly news show, Pride and
Progress - a news magazine show focusing on Fayette
County, a variety of local government meetings, including
the Washington County Commissioners, Fright Night Fridays
- a skit oriented horror movie show and Outtakes with Fiore a show dedicated to previewing and reviewing new movies.
CUTV is also heavily involved with University and area high
school sports coverage. CUTV produces all of California
University 's football and basketball coverage. CUTV also
produces a weekly coach's show for the sport in season, as
well as our popular High School Football Game of the Week.
CUTV has also been responsible for producing several
Distance Learning courses to the region. These classes on tv
provided area viewers the opportunity to gain college credits
from the comfort of their homes.
The California Times
(California Student Newspaper)
CUTV has been nationally recognized and awarded by
several organizations. The National Association of Collegiate
Broadcasters (NACB) have awarded CUTV their "Best in the
Nation" award for 1998, as well as awards for news, sports
and news magazine shows. These awards were judged by
CNN, ESPN and A&E. CUTV also received many coveted
TELLY awards for our sports and documentary coverage.
Any student can become part of the award winning team.
Stop by the CUTV studios, located in the Natali Student
Center, or contact J.R. Wheeler, Director of CUTV, room 150
of the Natali Student Center, phone: 938-4303 or e-mail:
Wheeler@cup.edu.
The California Times introduces students to the basic
newspaper publication process. The newspaper is published on
a weekly basis during the fall and spring semester, and four
times during the summer. Students learn production skills
using the computers available for production and students also
learn writing and editing skills.
WVCS (California Radio Station)
Owned and operated by the Student Association, Inc.
(SAI), California University's radio station, WVCS, is a 24
hour a day, 3300 watt FM station with a coverage radius of
40 miles. WVCS typical audience member is in the 15-35
age bracket, residing in the five county region (Washington,
Fayette, Greene, Westmoreland and Allegheny), with
secondary listeners in parts of Maryland and West Virginia.
WVCS, founded in the early 70's with a mission of
broadcasting to the regional audience, features news, sports,
public service information and the best in popular musical
entertainment from a variety of genres. WVCS accomplishes
this mission with student broadcasters, while providing an
important educational opportunity, through "hands-on"
experience. Since WVCS is owned by SAI, students involved
with the station don't have to be Communication Studies
majors . Students need only to have the desire to become
involved. Students who have this interest go through a
designed training program that familiarizes the student with
the equipment, FCC rules and regulations, broadcasting
skills and production. Students who successfully complete
the training program are able to become on-air DJ's or news
reporters. WVCS has an upscale, Top 40 format, with a
variety of specialty shows covering all forms of music from
country to alternative. WVCS is a comfortable place to work
and learn and many life long friendships have started at
Power 92. All this experience makes the student extremely
marketable in the field. For those involved just as an activity,
the various skills translate into other majors . Besides, being a
radio personality is just plain fun!
Students can take a personal tour and talk in further
detail about the exciting opportunities available at WVCS.
Questions may be directed to (724-938-4303) or by e-mail:
flores@cup.edu or wheeler@cup.edu.
Intercollegiate Athletics
The university sponsors a comprehensive athletic
program for both men and women. The athletic program is
regulated by the policies of the athletic council and administered by the director of athletics. It is governed by the Office
of Student Development and Services with the vice president
as the senior administrative officer.
Thirteen varsity sports are available to students who
desire to participate in intercollegiate athletics and who meet
the academic standards of the university, the PSAC and the
NCAA. Freshman students must apply to the NCAA
Clearinghouse to be eligible to compete in intercollegiate
athletics during their freshman year. Specific requirements
may be obtained from the high school counselor, the university athletic director or the Dean for Enrollment Management
and Academic Services.
Academic progress for athletes is monitored and a
professional staff of athletic trainers is always available.
Many assistant coaches and graduate assistants help to
coordinate the varsity sports program.
Thirteen varsity sports are available to students: for men,
baseball, basketball , football , soccer; for women, basketball,
softball, tennis, soccer and volleyball. Cross-country and
track and field are available for both men and women.
Multicultural Student
Programming
The Office of Multicultural Student Programming
provides programs and activities which support the ideals of
a culturally diverse student population. It serves as an
advocate for students from various backgrounds and offers
consultation to other members of the university community
when they plan programs or activities.
The office of Multicultural Student Programming is
located in the Center for Student Growth and Development,
telephone extension 4056. Hours are 8 a.m. to 4 p.m.
Monday through Friday.
Social Fraternities and
Sororities
A sorority or fraternity is an organization whose
members have chosen to establish a close affirmation and
friendship with each other. Membership helps to provide
leadership opportunities and career preparation.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
225
There are 22 sororities and fraternities to choose from at
California University. Every chapter encourages and expects
above average scholarship and participation in various
activities which offer valuable experience. Community
service is also encouraged.
The decision to join a sorority or fraternity is up to the
individual and should not be taken lightly. Both the
Panhellenic and Interfraternity (IFC) councils suggest that
individuals who may be undecided about Greek membership
consider participating in Rush before making that decision.
Rush is a series of open houses, informal gatherings, parties
and other social events which potential members attend to
help them choose membership in a particular fraternity or
sorority.
Greek Life can ultimately enhance the college experience at Cal U and leave you with positive experiences that
last a lifetime.
Initiates are expected to pay for pledging, initiation and
social dues. Pledging fees are used to purchase pledge
manual s, notebooks, materials and pledge pins. Initiation
fees pay for national dues, subscription to the national
magazine, lifetime membership dues and the initiation
ceremony. Social dues help to pay for officer budgets and for
Rush, special events and social service projects.
Academic Honorary
Fraternities
Many academic departments at California University feature honorary fraternities for outstanding students.
Please see the department description or talk to your advisor
about an honorary fraternity in your major.
Recreational Services
The mission of the Department of Recreational
Services is to provide facilities, programs, and developmental opportunities for the University community. To accomplish this aim the department provides the university community, a personable and pleasurable opportunity to actively
participate in sports. Opportunities range from the informal
to highly organized, from novice to skilled, from relaxed to
intense, easy to difficult, and from the safe to high adventure.
Recreational Services has a wide range of programs which
are designed to meet the diversified needs of our participants .
Whether your interested in aquatics, club sports, fitness,
intramural sports, instructional sports programs or outdoor
adventure, we have something for you.
Intramurals
California University of Pennsylvania adheres to state,
local , and federal guidelines in all hazing matters. Our
position on hazing is consistent with state prohibition on
hazing activities. This prohibits all forms of hazing by all
members of fraternities and sororities. Any infraction of
state, local , or federal guidelines reported to a Greek advisor
or to the Office of Student Development and Services will be
dealt with accordingly. Cal U has recognized the dignity of
every individual and has expressed strong opposition to all
form s of hazing.
The Intramural Program is designed to provide
students with a flexible , yet structured environment in which
to participate. Activities are administered in league format
with various divisions servicing men's, women 's, open and
co-ed recreational teams. Teams and individuals must
formally register for activities. The program is open to all
current students, faculty and staff. For more information
contact Recreational Services, (724-938-5907).
For more information call the Greek Development
Office at (724) 938-4303.
Health Services
Fraternities
Acacia
Alpha Chi Rho
Alpha Kappa Lambda
Alpha Phi Alpha
Delta Chi
Delta Sigma Phi
Kappa Alpha Psi
Phi Beta Sigma
Phi Kappa Theta
Phi Mu Delta
Phi Kappa Sigma
Tau Kappa Epsilon
Theta Xi
226
Sororities
Alpha Kappa Alpha
Alpha Sigma Alpha
Alpha Sigma Tau
Delta Phi Epsilon
Delta Zeta
Theta Phi Alpha
Phi Sigma Sigma
Sigma Kappa
Zeta Phi Beta
California University of Pennsylvania
The mission of the University Health Services is to
provide high quality health care for our students, to direct
students to other health care providers when appropriate, to
provide emergency care for all members of the university
community, to address the specific health needs of those
members of the student population with special problems, and
to conceive, develop and implement relevant health education
programs for the university community.
The Downey-Garofalo Health Center is open 24 hours a
day, seven days a week while the university is in session. A
staff of full-time registered nurses is on duty at all hours. A
qualified physician is on duty for four hours a day, Monday
through Friday, during specified hours.
University health services are available to all registered
undergraduate and graduate students. Employees, both faculty
and staff, conference participants, visiting athletes and other
visitors will be given emergency treatment if such an emergency occurs on the university campus. For the most part, the
University Health Center is an out-patient facility. However, ·
from time to time, emergencies may be accommodated
overnight. In some cases, short-time confinement of students
coming from homes located a great distance from the university is also approved. One of the university physicians will
determine when a student should return home for treatment
and recovery. The physician will also refer students to local
hospitals in emergencies and for other treatment beyond the
capabilities of the University Health Center. The University•
Health Center does not assume responsibility of doctor,
hospital bills or prescription costs accrued by the students for
treatment beyond capabilities of the University Health Center.
In cases of emergency, Brownsville General Hospital will
usually be used for primary care. The final decision in
hospital selection is the student's. Student must submit
completed health form as part of admissions process.
Medical Absences
Students who are unable to attend classes because of
illness should contact their professors, explain their absences, and arrange completion of any work that may have
been missed. The Health Center does not issue medical
excuses, but will send written notification to professors only
in the following circumstances, provided that the student
initiate the request:
( 1) If a student consults a health care professional at the
Health Center, and the health care professional determines
that the student has or had sufficient medical reason not to
attend class (or to fulfill other academic obligations),
notification will be sent to the student's professors but only if
the student makes a request at that time.
(2) If a student has consulted a private physician, who has
determined that the student has or had sufficient medical
reason not to attend class (or to fulfill other academic
obligations), and the physician notifies the Health Center to '
that effect in writing, notification to this effect will be sent to
the student's professors.
(3) If a student is confined for longer treatment or care at the
infirmary section of the Health Center, verification of the
confinement will be sent to the student's professors. If a
student is hospitalized elsewhere or requires extended recovery with bed rest, written notification should be sent from the
attending physician to the Health Center, which will notify the
student's professors.
Upon notification from the Health Center or any other
health care professional , the professor may decide whether to
consider the notification as a valid excuse from class or other
academic obligations.
A professor may call the nurse supervisor of the Health
Center for verification of a student's visit, but a visit can be
verified only if a student was actually seen by a health
professional.
The delivery of high quality health care is the heart of
the Health Center. All areas of the Health Center are under
strict rules of confidentiality. Medical information will be
released by patient's written consent, by a properly executed
subpoena, and to appropriate university offices in an emergency if knowledge of the information is necessary to protect
the health and safety of the student and other individuals.
Counseling and Psychological
Services
The Counseling Center staff provides personal, social,
psychological and career choice services to students with
problems that interfere with their adjustment and effective
educational performance while at the university.
Students having trouble understanding their feelings,
maintaining satisfactory social and interpersonal relationships, or
coping with academic demands, may benefit from seeing a
counselor, social worker or psychologist at the Counseling Center.
Students can call the Center at 724-938-4191, or contact
the receptionist in the Center's office in the DowneyGarofalo Health Center for an appointment with a licensed
psychologist or counselor. They can make the appointment
themselves or be referred by a professor, fellow student, staff
person or management personnel.
Students can talk to a counselor in private with assurance that the discussion will remain confidential. Most
appointments are of an individual nature, but special interest
groups can be organized. The special interest groups may
meet on a weekly basis dealing with stress, test anxiety, selfdisclosure, interpersonal relationships, parents, occupational
choice, depression, sex or other topics of interest to all
members in the group.
In addition, interest, intelligence, aptitude and personality
tests and questionnaires may be used to gather more information. Through counseling a student will learn how to interpret
this informatio·n and make better choices in university life.
The professional counselors have extended their services
by developing a strong referral system locally on campus and
off campus. Referrals can be made to any department or office
on campus for financial aid, student work-study programs,
tutoring, academic advising, and other matters. Further, there
is a close liaison with the Student Development Office,
residence hall directors, the Health Center, the Speech and
Hearing Clinic, the Rehabilitation Office, the Veterans Affairs
Office, the Women's Center, the Campus Ministry, and other
divisions of the university.
A formal agreement between Southwestern Pennsylvania Human Services, Inc. (SPHS) and California University
of Pennsylvania provides diversified counseling services
beyond the scope of the Counseling Center.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
227
Under this agreement SPHS and its affiliated corporations
provide certain rehabilitative and therapeutic treatment
services to students and employees of California University
upon referral to the agencies by the university, its agents and
associates or the students or employees themselves. These
services include drug and alcohol assessment and treatment,
mental health services, and primary health care services. Also,
other health and social services which are requested by the
university and are within the scope of SPHS and its affiliates
may be provided. For further information on the drug and
alcohol program on campus, see the section on CHOICES.
Please call 724-938-4191 or drop in at the Health
Center. Office hours: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. daily, Monday
through Friday. Weekend and evening sessions are by
appointment.
CHOICES
CHOICES is the drug and alcohol education and prevention program located in Downey-Garofalo Health Center. It is
one approach by California University of Pennsylvania to
provide a drug free community. CHOICES provides programs
for the university and surrounding communities aimed at
increasing awareness of alcohol and drug related issues.
These programs include consultation, counseling, education,
self-development, substance-free activities, and support
groups for co-dependency and Adult Children of Alcoholics.
CHOICES is made up of three primary components: the
Consortium, BACCHUS, and the Assessment and Intervention
Program. Each of these is an integral member of the
program's development and expansion within the campus
community.
The Consortium is a combined effort by California and
eight neighboring universities to provide a forum for discussion of relevant and current issues in drug and alcohol
prevention and education as well as the sharing of developmental programming ideas. The Consortium offers California
and other universities access to a resource library consisting of
videos, books, pamphlets, and other information related to
drug and alcohol use and abuse.
BACCHUS (Boost Alcohol Consciousness Concerning
the Health of University Students) is a student organization
developed under the guidance of advisors from the office.
BACCHUS strives to help individuals explore their attitudes
and behavior regarding alcohol and drug use. BACCHUS is
an educational component focusing on self-responsibility and
conscientious decision making.
Assessment and Intervention is designed to assist those
whose behavior may be harmful to themselves or others
because of alcohol or drug abuse. This program offers an
opportunity for students to learn facts and to dispel myths
concerning the use of alcohol and other drugs. Through group
interaction activities students gain a sense of self and the
impact their actions have on others.
228
California University of Pennsylvania
Services For Students With
Disabilities
Students with disabilities are provided an equal opportunity to participate in student services and activities conducted
by the university. No qualified student is, on the basis of
disability, excluded from participation in, denied the benefits
of, or otherwise subjected to discrimination under any
academic, research, occupational training, housing, health,
insurance, counseling, financial aid, physical education,
athletics, recreation, transportation, other extracurricular, or
other post-secondary program or activity offered or sponsored by this university. Students with disabilities must
provide official documentation of disabilities.
University programs and facilities are accessible to
students with disabilities, and special needs of students are
recognized . The Office of Services for Students with
Disabilities, Room 114, Clyde Hall , provides individualized
assistance to those in need. Information on disabled students
services may be obtained through the coordinator of Services
for Students with Disabilities.
Students in need of attendant services should contact the
coordinator at the earliest practicable date.
Office for Students with Disabilities' Assistive
Technology Laboratory
The Office for Students with Disabilities' Assistive
Technology Laboratory provides students with severe disabilities experiential contact with state-of-the-art technology to
augment their abilities to identify resources and to bridge the
gap between their educational tenure and their preparation for
gainful employment. The goals of the Assistive Technology
Lab are to provide:
• a comprehensive resource base, and
• accessibility and support services.
The Lab is multi-purpose, and the equipment is designed
to provide structured learning opportunities for students with
severe disabilities. It helps students establish their learning and
information gathering goals for assistive technology, and
focuses on (1) what needs to be accomplished, and (2) what
needs to be learned. It helps students with severe disabilities to
define their needs.
The Lab provides assessment, evaluation and individual
initiatives for assistive technology. It provides students with
severe disabilities the opportunity to learn about and use
various assistive technology devices and equipment. In
addition, students have an opportunity to use these specialized devices on a temporary loan basis.
The Assistive Technology Laboratory hours are 9 a.m. to 4
p.m., although additional hours may be negotiated. For more
information, contact the Office for Students with Disabilities at
(724) 938-4012, or stop in 114 Clyde Hall.
Parking for Students with Disabilities
Numerous parking spaces have been reserved for the
exclusive use of persons with disabilities who have mobility
or other physical problems. These spaces are reserved for
such use at all times.
Persons with disabilities who require special parking
privileges must apply for a special temporary/permanent
parking permit at the Office of Public Safety. Persons with
disabilities desiring a permanent privilege must apply to the
state Department of Transportation. Applications are
available in the Office of Services for Students with Disabilities and the Office of Public Safety.
General Code of Conduct
The responsibility for administering student discipline at
the university is vested in the Division of Student Development. Staff in the division investigate cases of misconduct,
meet with students to discuss their rights and responsibilities
and refer the case to the appropriate hearing body. Conduct
rules, disciplinary penalties and complete hearing procedures
are contained in the Rules of Conduct and Judicial Procedures handbook.
The university reserves the right, in the interest of all its
students, to decline admission, to suspend, or to require the
withdrawal of a student from university housing and/or the
university after all appropriate university procedures have
been followed.
Registration at the university assumes the student's
acceptance of responsibility for compliance with all regulations published in the catalog, as well as any rules found in
any official publication.
Student Judicial System
The Dean of Student Development is responsible for
administration of the judicial system and the conduct
regulations. This office conducts pre-hearing interviews with
students charged with a violation of the conduct regulations
which may take place on or off campus, takes administrative
disciplinary action in certain cases, conducts student/faculty
judicial board hearings, maintains all university disciplinary
records and serves as a resource to faculty, staff and students
for disciplinary matters.
For additional information and regulations governing
student life and conduct, students should refer to the current
edition of the Vulcan Adventure student handbook and the
Rules of Conduct and Judicial Procedures handbook.
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
229
230
California University of Pennsylvania
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
231
Governance And Administration
State System of
Higher Education
Board of Governors
F. Eugne Di xon, Jr., chair; R. Benjamin Wiley, vice chair; Syed R.
Ali-Zaidi, Muriel Berman, Jeffrey W. Coy, Daniel P. Elby, Glenn
Y. Forney, Charles A. Gomulka, Eugene W. Hickok, Jr., F. Joseph
Loeper, Kim E. Lyttle, Rocco A. Ortenzio, Thomas J. Ridge, Jere
W. Schuler, Patrick Stapleton, John K. Thornburgh, Christine J.
Toretti , Jason B . Bozzone, Christopher J. Cersk.i
California University
Council of Trustees
Frank R. DeLuca, chair; Steven Stout, vice chair; Judy B . Ansill,
Carmine A. Durzo, Annette D. Ganassi, Paul H. Lemmon, Edward
M. Paluso, John K. Thornburgh, Aaron A. Walton, Robert Wetzel,
James H. McCormick, ex officio.
California University of
Pennsylvania Administration
President
Angelo Armenti Jr.
Executive Staff Assistant to the President
Dee Stalvey
Special Assistant to the President for EEO/Social Equity Officer
Dolores Rozzi
232
California University of Pennsylvani a
Academic Affairs
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs
Curtis C. Smith
Executive Staff Assistant to the Provost
Carol K. Kubalinsk.i
Associate Provost and Associate Vice President for Student
Retention
Harry M. Langley
Associate Provost and Associate Vice President of Enrollment
Management a.nd Registrar
J. Drew McGuk.in
Associate Provost and Associate Vice President for Academic
Affairs
Don Thompson
Dean, College of Education and Human Services
Stephen A. Pavlak
Director of Student Teaching
Betty A. Ford
Dean, Eberly College of Science and Technology
Richard B. Hart
Dean, College of Liberal Arts
Jesse A. Cignetti
Dean, School of Graduate Studies and Research
George W. Crane
Dean of Library Services
William L. Beck
Director of Lifelong Learning
Joyce A. Hanley
Director of Southpointe Center
Stephanie Urchick
Dean of Admissions
Norman G. Hasbrouck
Assistant Director of Transfer Admissions
Amy C. Woodward
Assistant Director of Admissions
Paul Burns
Assistant Director of Admissions
William Edmonds
Assistant Director of Admissions
Jenifer Sigado
Assistant Director of Admissions
Carolyn A. Smalley
Associate Director of Academic Records
Charles E. Talbert
Director of Career Services
Marilyn Natili
Coordinator of Cooperative Education
Meaghan Redigan
Associate Director of Career Services
Jeanine Metal
Director of Institutional Research
Richard L. Kline
Director of Honors Program
Edward Chute
Director of Women's Studies Program
Patricia Hartman
~ Student Development and Services
Administration and Finance
Vice President for Administration and Finance
Allan J. Golden
~ Director, Student Association, Inc.
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Paul E. Burd
Helen E. Ulicne
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Associate Vice President for Administration and Finance
Charlene Mc Vay
Eugene P. Grilli
~ Dean for Student Development/University Judicial Officer
Comptroller
00,
Timothy Susick
Eric Larmi
~ Dean for Residence Life
Director of Budget
William F. Behrendt
Rosanne Pandrok
~ Associate Dean for Student Development
Bursar
~
Alan K. James
Rebecca Ray
~ Assistant Dean of Residential Facilities/Conferences
Director of Computing Services Center
Shawn Urbine
Richard E. Cerullo
~ Assistant Director of Veterans Affairs/ADA Compliance Officer
Director of Financial Aid
~
Charles Williamson
Robert Thorn
Director of Women 's Center, Coordinator of Disabled Services
Director of Grants
Albertha Graham
Sandra Huska
Residence Hall Directors
Lamont Coleman, Richard Dulaney, James Pflugh,
Director of Environmental Health and Safety
Leslie Loase, Sheleta Webb
Sharon Elkattani
Director of Athletic Development/Off-campus Housing Coordinator · Director of Personnel
Wayne Miller
Penelope Stanick
Dean/International Student Adviser
Director of Physical Plant
Nancy J. Tait
Thomas Jameson
Counseling Psychologists
Director of Public Safety
Gloria Brusoski, Mary Ann Salotti
Richard Pomager Jr.
Counselor, Drug & Alcohol Specialist
Director of Purchasing
Liz Gruber
Carl Maurer
Nursing Supervisor
Director of Inventory and Risk Insurance Management
Celeste Roskevitch
Thomas Taylor
Nurse Educator
Director of Payroll
Norma Snyder
Margaret M. Miller
Dean for Student Services/Director, Student Association, Inc.
Barry Niccolai
Associate Dean for Student Services
Lenora Angelone
Vice President for University Advancement
Assistant Dean for Student Services
Lawrence Sebek
Richard H. Webb
Assistant Dean for Student Services
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
John G. Watkins
Rene E. Brooks
Director, Food Service Director
Associate Vice President for University Advancement
John Derring
David J. Lieb
Athletic Director
Executive Director, Mon Valley Renaissance
Thomas Pucci
Richard H. Webb
Associate Athletic Director/Senior Women's Administrator
Director of Alumni Relations
Karen Fetsko-Hjerpe
Christopher Meehan
Associate Athletic Director, Director of Vulcan Sports Network
Director of Public Relations
Paul Flores
Beth Baxter
Campus Ministry
Director of Government Agency Coordination Office
Joseph E. Hopkins
Media Director, Student Association, Inc.
Director of Planned Giving
Jay R. Wheeler
Joann L.S. Naser
Associate Program Director, Student Association, Inc.
Director of Annual Giving
Joy Helsel
Jeffrey Petrucci
Director of Business Operations, Student Association, Inc.
Director of Advancement Services
Richard Olshefski
Cheryl Vogrig
Bookstore Manager
Director of JPTA/Elderbostel
Dale Davis
Director of Recreational Services
Terrie Greene
Paul Fazio
Administer of Training/Director of UMWA Career Center
Associate Director of Recreational Services, Student Association, Inc.
Belinda Holliday
Charles Bohn
Director of Entrepreneurial Assistance Center
Michael Brna
~ Vice President for Student Development and Services/Executive
~
Z
Q
University Advancement
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
233
Faculty
(Date of first appointment to California University of Pennsylvania.)
Holiday Eve Adair. ( 1997) Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A.,
University of Akron; M.A. University of Akron; Ph.D. , University
of Akron
John C. Black. ( 1989) Associate Professor, Educational Studies.
B.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of
Pittsburgh; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh
Jerry M. Blackmon. (1985) Associate Professor and Assistant Chair,
Mathematics and Computer Science; B.S. , Oklahoma State
University ; M.S ., Oklahoma State University ; Registered Professional Engineer (Electrical) P.E.
Randall Adkins. ( I 998) Assistant Professor, Poli tical Science. B .A.,
Marsha11 University; M.A. , Miami Uni versity; Ph.D., Miami
University
William F. Bl ank. (1965) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
M.A.T., Duke University
Dencil K. Backus. (1983) Assistant Professor And Chair, Communication Studies. A.B. , Glenville State College; M.A. , West Virginia
University
William F. Blose!. ( I 976) Associate Professor, Business and
Economics. B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh; C.P.A.
Mitchell M. Bailey. ( 1959) Associate Professor, Biological And
Environmental Sciences. B.S., Cali fo rni a University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Rutgers University
Marce11a A. Rye Blout. (1968) Professor, Communication Studies.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A. , West Virginia
University; Ed.D., West Virginia University
Jan W. Balling. (I 966) Professor, Biological And Environmental
Sciences. B.A., University of Louisville; M.S ., Purdue University ;
Ph.D., University of Louisville
David F. Boehm . (1989) Associate Professor and Chair, Biological
and Environmental Sciences. B.S., West Liberty State College;
M.S ., West Virginia University ; Ph.D. , West Virginia University
Rollin M. Barber. (1976) Professor, Social Science. B.S., Ohio State
University; M.S. , Ohio State Univer ity ; Ph.D., Ohio State
University
Barbara H. Bonfanti . (1994) Associate Professor, Communication
Disorders. B.S., Indiana Uni versity of Pennsylvania; M.S., St.
Francis Co11ege of Illinois; M.Ed., California University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Uni versity of Pittsburgh
Bruce D. Barnhart. (1984) Professor, Sports Medicine. B.S. ,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Californi a University
of Pennsylvania; A.T.C., Ed.D., West Virginia University
John F. Bauman. (1969) Professor, History. B.A. , Ursinus College;
M.A., Temple University; Ph .D. , Rutgers University
Robert A. Bauman. (1968) Professor, Special Education. B.S.,
Geneseo College; M.S. , Indiana University; Ed.D., Indiana
University
William J. Beardsley. ( I969) Assistant Professor, English. B.A. ,
West Virginia University; M.A., West Virginia University
William F. Behrendt. ( I971) Associate Professor, Student Services;
Dean For Residence Li fe . B.S. , Californi a University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Peter J. Belch. ( 1968) Professor and Coordinator of Graduate
Program, Special Education. B.S ., California University of
Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia University; Ed.D. , West Virginia
University
Kaddour Boukaabar. ( 1997) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science; B.S., Univer of Wahran, Algeria; M.S., Florida
Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University
Mark E. Bronakowski. ( 1984) Professor, Industry and Technology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , California
University of Pennsylvania; Ed .D., West Virginia University
Burrell A. Brown. ( 1989) Professor and Chair, Business and
Economics. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; MBA.,
University of Pittsburgh; J.D., University of Pittsburgh
Edward Brown. ( 1967) Associate Professor, Social Work and
Gerontology. B.S ., University of Pittsburgh; M.L.S ., Carnegie
Mellon University; M.S.W. , University of Pittsburgh
Robert A. Brown. ( 1969) Professo r, Counselor Education and
Services. B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.Ed., University of
Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
William Bennett. (1967) Assistant Professor, English. B.A.,
University of Pittsburgh; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
Walter A. Brumm. (1988) Associate Professor and Chair, Social
Science. B.A. , Wittenberg University ; B.D., Methodist Theological
School of Ohio; M.A., Kent State University; Ph.D., Ohio State
University
William B. Biddington. (1977) Professor and Chair, Health Science
and Sports Studies. B.S. , West Virginia University ; M.S., West
Virginia University; ATC; Ed. D., West Virgini a University
Gloria Brusoski. (I 998) Associate Professor, Counselor Education.
B.A., Duquesne University, M.Ed., Gannon University, P.h.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
Foster E. Billheimer. (1969) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., University
of Texas; Ph.D., Rutgers University
Thomas P. Buckelew. (1969) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S., Muhlenberg College; M.S., University of South
Carolina; Ph .D., University of South Carolina
234
California University of Pennsylvania
John J. Burns. (1969) Professor, Philosophy. B.A., University of
Notre Dame; M.A., University of Toronto; J.D., Duquesne University
Malcolm P. Callery. ( 1978) Professor, Theatre. B.S ., California
University of Pennsylvani a; M.F.A., Southern Illinois University
David N. Campbell . (1988) Professo r and Chair, Educational
Studies. B. Ed., Southeastern Louisiana University; M.S ., Uni versity of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Illinois
Dorothy M. Campbell. ( 1973) Professor, Elementary Education.
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Christine Crawford. ( 1992) Assistant Professor, Academic Development Services. B.A., California University of Pennsylvani a; M.A.,
West Virginia University
Rick Allen Cumings. (1992) Associate Professor, Communication
Studies. B.A. , University of Illinois; B.A. , Moody Bible Institute;
M.A., Marquette University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Bernard J. DeFilippo. (1990) Associate Professor, English. B.S .,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., California University
of Pennsylvania; D.A., Carnegie Mellon Universi ty
James 0 . Carter. (1990) Assistant Professor, Communi cati on
Studies. B.A., Marshall University; M.A., Ohio University
Anette M. DeNardo. (1985) Professor, Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed.,
California University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., West Virginia
University
Raymond A. Catalano. ( 1967) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed .,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Brigham Young
University
Elwin Dickerson. (1989) Professor and Assistant Chair, Elementary
Education. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; Ed. D. , West Virginia
University
Richard Cavasina. (1992) Associate Professor, Psychology, B.S.,
Duquense University; M.S., Duquesne University ; Ph.D., West
Virginia University
Robert F. Dickie. (1966) Professor, Special Education. B.S.,
Bridgewater State College; M.A., Michigan State University; Ed.D.,
Michi gan State University
M. Arshad Chawdhry. (1976) Professor, Business and Economics.
B.S., University of Agriculture (Pakistan); M.S., University of
Agriculture (Pakistan); M.A., University of Maryland ; M.S.,
University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Illinois
Robert W. Dillon, Sr. (1970) Professor, English. A.B., Fairfield
University; M.A. , Ohio University; Ph.D., Ohio University
Ronald A. Christ. (1970) Professor, Elementary Educati on. B.S .,
University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
Edward J. Chute. ( 1990) Director of Honors Program, Professor,
English. B.A., St. Vincent College; M.A., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D. , University of Minnesota.
Pamela B. Cignetti ( 1990) Professor, Elementary Education;
Director, Reading Clinic. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvani a; M.Ed., California University of Pennsylvani a; Ed.D, University
of Pittsburgh
Clyde W. Clendaniel. (1968) Associate Professor and Chair,
Physical Science. B.S., California University of Pennsy lvania;
M.A.T., Indiana University
Debra M. Clingerman . ( 1984) Associate Professor, Business and
Economics. B.A., Califo rni a University of Pennsylvania; M.B.A. ,
West Virginia University
Ismail Cole. (1984) Professor, Business and Economics. B.A.,
Harvard College; M .A. , Tufts University; Ph .D., Univers ity of
Pittsburgh
Donald J. Conte. (1968) Associate Professor, Earth Sciences. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Indiana University of
Pennsylvania; M.S., Cali forni a University of Pennsylvan ia
Gai l S. Ditkoff. (1986) Professor, Psychology. B.A., State University of New York at Binghamton; M.S. , State University of New
York at Albany; Ph.D., State University of New York at Albany
Theodore L. Dominick. (1969) Professor, Physical Science. B.S .,
California University of Pennsylvania; Ph .D., West Virginia
University
Ronald G. Dreucci. ( l 973) Professor, Industry and Technology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California
University of Pennsylvania; Ed .D., West Virginia University
Raymond E. Dunlevy. (1978) Associate Professor, Art. B.S., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Dilawar M umby Edwards. ( 1972) Professor, Educational Studies.
I.Sc. , St. Aloysius' College, Jabalpur, India; B.E. (Hons.), Govt.
Engineering College, Jabalpur, India; M.E.(I), Indian Institute of
Science, Bangalore, India; M.Sc. in Ed., Indiana University; Ph.D.,
Indiana University
Harry L. Ervin. ( 197 I) Assistant Professor, Health Science and
Sport Studies. B.S. , Hardin-Simmons Coll ege
R. Michael Feldman. (1969) Professor, Communication Disorders.
B.A., University of Pittsburgh ; M.A., Universi ty of Iowa; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University; CCC Audi ology
Audrey Beth-Fitch. ( 1995) Assistant Professor, History. B.A.,
University of Calgary; M.A. , Un iversity of Toronto ; Ph .D.,
Uni vers ity of Glasgow
Elaine S. Costello. (1966) Instructor, Physical Science. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvani a
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
235
tC-:,
~
Paul A. Flores. ( 1985) Assistant Professor and Chair, Athletics;
Associate Director Of Athletics. B.S., East Stroudsburg University
of Pennsylvania; M.S., East Stroudsburg University of Pennsylvania
~ Sylvia L. Foil. (1990) Associate Professor and Director ofTeleviU
.......-1 sion Studio, Communication Studies. B.S.S., Northwestern
~
~
University; M.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D. , Northwestern
University
J. K. Folmar. (1969) Professor, History. B.A. , Samford University ;
M.A. , Birmingham-Southern College; Ph.D., University of Alabama
(Tuscaloosa)
Nicholas S. Ford. (1992) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., Michigan State University; M.S ., West
Virginia University; Ph.D. , Michigan State University
Ronald L. Forsythe. (1968) Assistant Professor, English. B.S .,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., North Dakota State
University
George J. Frangos. ( 1966) Professor, Educational Studies. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia
University; Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Gabriel C. Fusco. ( 1967) Professor, Physical Science. B.S.,
Duquesne University; M.S., Duquesne University; Ph.D., University
of Colorado
John S. Gibson, Jr. (1967) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.A.,
Michigan State University
Lizbeth A. Gillette. ( 1986) Professor, Educational Studies. B.S.,
Carnegie Mellon University; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh;
M.Pub.Mgmt., Carnegie Mellon University ; Ed.D., University of
Pittsburgh
Charles A. Gismondi. ( 1969) Associate Professor, Communication
Disorders; B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., West
Virginia University; CCC Speech Pathology
William Giuliano. ( 1998) Assistant Professor, Biological and
Environmental Sciences. B.S., University of New Hampshire, M.S.,
Eastern Kentucky University, P.h.D., Texas Tech University
Max A. Gonano. ( 1982) Professor, Music; Director of Bands.
B.F.A., Carnegie Mellon University; M.F.A. , Carnegie Mellon
University
Judith A. Good. (1990) Associate Professor, English. B.S.,
Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Pennsylvania State University
Jack D. Goodstein. (1967) Professor, English. B.A., Queens
College; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., New York University
Helen M. Grochmal. (1991) Assistant Professor, Library Services.
B.A., Wilkes College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.L.S.,
Rutgers University
Richard C. Grim. (1983) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S.,
Arkansas State University ; M.S., Arkansas State University; Ed.D.,
University of Tennessee
Robert H . Grimes. (1961) Assistant Professor, English. B.A., West
Virginia University; M .A. , West Virginia University
Elizabeth A. Gruber. ( 1990) Assistant Professor, Student Services.
B.S. , Bowling Green State University; M.A., Youngstown State
University
William A. Gustin. ( 1988) Associate Professor, Earth Sciences.
B.S., Indiana State University; M.A., Indiana State University
Gene Patrick Halboth. (1965) Associate Professor, English. B.A.,
Marquette University; M.A., University of Chicago
Judith I. Hall. (1984) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., University of Pittsburgh
John M. Hanchin. (1967) Professor, English. B.A. , Duquesne
University; M.Ed., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Mary A. Hart. (1984) Assistant Professor, Social Work and
Gerontology. B.S., Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A., Duquesne
University; Graduate Aging Specialist Certificate, University of
Nebraska, Omaha
Patricia L. Hartman. (1989) Professor, English; Director, Women 's
Studies. B.A., Abilene Christian University; M.A.T., Johns Hopkins
University; M.A., Ohio University; Ph.D. , Ohio University
Phil Hayes. (1970) Professor, Student Services. B.S., Fairmont State
College; M.Ed., West Virginia University; Ed.D., West Virginia
University
Wilburn Hayden, Jr. (1998) Associate Professor, Social Work and
Gerontology. B.A., St. Andrews College; M.S.W., University of
North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Toronto
Joseph C. Heim. ( 1990) Associate Professor, Social Science. B .A.,
University of Pittsburgh; M .A., University of Pittsburgh; M. Phil.,
Cambridge University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; Certificate,
International Finance, Wharton Graduate School of Business,
University of Pennsylvania
Richard James Helldobler. (1988) Associate Professor and Chair,
Theatre. B.B.A., University of Toledo; M.A., Bowling Green State
University, Ph.D., Bowling Green State University
Gregg Gould. (1991) Associate Professor, Physical Science. B.A.,
Colgate University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
William Hendricks. (1990) Professor, English. B.A. , Case Western
Reserve University; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
Albertha L. Graham. ( 1971 ) Associate Professor, Student Services,
Director, Women's Center. B.S., Robert College; M. Ed., Loyola
University of Chicago; PhD., University of Pittsburgh
Keith D. Hepner. (1995) Assistant Professor, Educational Studies.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania, M.Ed., California
University of Pennsylvania, Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh.
236
California University of Pennsylvania
Nancy H. Hepting. (1997) Associate Professor, Communication
Disorders. B.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh
Elizabeth Jones. (1992) Associate Professor, Social Science. B.A.,
American University; M.A., American University; Ph.D. American
University
Barbara Hess. (1990) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania;
M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Geraldine M. Jones. (1974) Assistant Professor, Chair, and Upward
Bound Director, Academic Development and Services. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California University
of Pennsylvania
Glen R. Hider. (1998) Applied Engineering and Technology.
Assistant Professor, A.S ., State University of New York; B.S., State
University College Oswego; M.S. , Eastern Illinoi s University;
Ed.D. , West Virginia University
Macdonald N. Kale. ( 1985) Associate Professor, Communication
Studies. B.A., Governors State University; M.A., Governors State
University; M.A., University of Illinois, Chicago; Ph.D., Indiana
University, Bloomington
Karla A. Hoffman. ( 1990) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., Towson State University; M.Ed. , University of Massachusetts; CAGS University of Massachusetts
John R. Kallis. (1985) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California University
of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Larry D. Horath. ( 1990) Associate Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S., Eastern Illinois University; M.S., Eastern Illinois
University; Ph.D., Texas A&M University
Robert H. Kane, Jr. (1988) Professor, Health Science and Sport
Studies. B.S., University of Connecticut; M.S., University of
Southern Maine; P.T.; A.T.C.; Ed.D., West Virginia University
Rene L. Horath. (1989) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S.,
Peru State College; M.S., Texas A&M University ; Ph.D., Texas
A&M University
Carol L. Kaplan. (1984) Professor, Foreign Languages and
Cultures. B.A., Northwestern University; M.A., Northwestern
University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Karen L. Hornung. ( 1981) Professor, Social Work and Gerontology.
B.A., Geneva College; M.A., University of New Mexico; Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska; Graduate Aging Specialist, University of
Michigan; Faculty Fellow, Geriatric Education Center of Pennsylvania
Gary W. Kennedy. (1962) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia
University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Ronald C. Hoy. (1969) Professor and Chair, Philosophy. B.A.,
University of California at Berkeley; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh
Henry A. Huffman. (1995) Associate Professor, Educational
Studies. B.S ., California University of Pennsy lvania, M.Ed. ,
University of Pittsburgh, Ed.D. , University of Pittsburgh.
Barry B. Hunter. (1968) Professor, Biological and Environmental
Sciences. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S.,
University of Minnesota; M.Ed., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., West Virginia University
Clyde Y. Kiang. (1972) Associate Professor and Chief Cataloger,
Library Services. B.A., National Taiwan University; M.A., Western
Michigan University; M .A ., Michigan State University
William G. Kimmel. (1976) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.A., Wilkes College; M.S., Pennsylvania State
University ; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Richard L. Kline. (1972) Assistant Professor, Student Services;
Director of Institutional Research. B.S., Pennsylvania State
University; M.S ., California University of Pennsylvania
Madelon Jacoba. (1988) Professor, English. B.A., Albion College;
M.A., Purdue University; Ph.D., Purdue University
David V. Kolick. ( 1988) Associate Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; A.S., California
University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California University of
Pennsy Ivania
Susan Jasko. (1998) Assistant Professor, Communication Studies.
B.A., William Patterson College; M.A., Ohio State University;
Ph.D., Ohio State University
Stanley A. Komacek. (1987) Professor and Chair, Industry and
Technology. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed.,
Miami University; Ed.D., West Virginia University
Kirk R. John. ( 1990) Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Indiana University of
Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; NCSP;
Pennsylvania Certified School Psychologist; Pennsylvania Licensed
Psychologist
Robert J. Kopko. (1979) Associate Professor, Business and
Economics . B.S ., Elon College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University; C.P.A.
David L. Johnson. (1968) Professor, Physical Science. B.S.,
University of Kansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State University
David T. Jones. (1985) Associate Professor, Business and Economics.
B.S., Waynesburg College; M.S., West Virginia University; C.P.A.
Robert A. Korcheck. (1967) Professor, English. B.A., St.
Bonaventure University ; M.A., West Virginia University; Ph.D.,
West Virginia University
Kade Kos. (1961) Professor and Cataloger, Library Services. B.S.,
Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M.L.S., Syracuse University;
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
237
~
Alan H. Krueck. (1_966)_ Professor, For~ign Languag~s and Cultures.
B.A., Syracuse Uruvers1ty; M.A., M1ch1gan State University; Ph.D.,
~ University of Zurich
~
~ Ewald C. Krueger. (I 967) Associate Professor, Biological and
U Environmental Sciences. B.S ., Oshkosh State College; M.S., West
~
~
Virginia Majewski. ( 1991 ) Assistant Professor and Chair, Social
Work and Gerontology. Ph .D., University of Pittsburgh
Margaret A. Marcinek. (1983) Professor and Chair, Nursing. B.S .,
Pennsylvania State University; M.S. ., Uni versity of Maryland;
Ed.D. , West Virginia University ; R.N.
Virginia University
John Paul Lambertson (1998) Assistant Professor, Art Department.
B.A., Mary Washington College, Ph.D., University of Illinois
Paula J. Martasian. ( 1995) Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A. ,
University of Rhode Island; M.A., University of Rhode Island;
Ph.D., University of Rhode Isiand ;
Paul L. Lancaster. (1969) Associate Professor and Chair, Special
Education. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S. ,
California University of Pennsylvania
J. Gregory Martin. ( 1969) Professor, Elementary Education. B.A. ,
Miami University; M.A.T., Cornell University; Ph.D., Cornell
University
Frederick S. Lapisardi. (1968) Professor, English. A.B. , Niagara
University; M.A., Niagara University; Ph.D., New York University
Elizabeth Mason. (1987) Professor and Chair, Psychology;
Supervisor, School Psychology Clinic. B.S ., Indiana University of
Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Ind iana University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D. ,
Ball State University; NCSP; Pennsylvania Certified School
Psychologist; Licensed Psychologist
Regis Lazor. (1972) Associate Professor, Special Education. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of
Delaware
Anthony Lazzaro. (1966) Professor, Physical Science. B.S .,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of North
Carolina; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Karen L. LeMasters. (1986) Professor, Business and Economics.
B.S., West Virginia University; M.B.A., West Virginia University;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Robert T. Little. (1970) Professor, Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. ,
California University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., West Virginia
University
John W. Loney. (1984) Associate Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.S., Michigan Technological University
Sam P. Lonich. (1989) Associate Professor, Psychology. B.S .,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., California University
of Pennsylvania; Pennsylvania Certified School Psychologist,
Licensed Psychologist
John Lynch. (1998) Assistant Professor, Chemistry and Physics.
B.S., Tufts University; M.S ., University of Colorado; Ph.D. ,
University of Colorado
John H. Lucy. (1972) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A ., West Virginia
University ; Ph.D ., The Ohio State University
Andrew J. Machusko. (1970) Professor and Chair, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania;
M.A. , University of Georgia; Ph.D. , University of Georgia
F. Mel Madden. ( 1976) Professor, Social Work and Gerontology.
S.T. B., St. Anthony-on-the Hudson (with Catholic University);
M.A. , Montclair State College; Ed.D. , University of North Dakota
Sean C. Madden. (1989) Professor and Chair, History. B.A. , Xavier
University; M.A. , University of Notre Dame; D.A., Carnegie
Mellon University
238
California University of Pennsylvania
Richard M. Matovich . (1968) Associate Professor, and Interlibrary
Loan/documents Librarian, Library Services. B.S., California
University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , Duquesne University; M.L.S.,
University of Pittsburgh
Anthony P. McGrew. ( 1968) Associate Professor, Earth Sciences.
B.S ., Brigham Young University; M.A., Brigham Young University
Phyl lis S. Mcilwain. ( I 969) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S.,
Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania; Ph .D. , University of Pittsburgh
Carol A. McMahon. (1974) Assistant Professor, Health Science and
Sport Studies. B.S. , Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania;
M.Ed. , University of Pittsburgh
James T. Mc Vey. (1966) Assistant Professor, English. B.A. ,
Youngstown University; M.A. , University of Virginia
James R. Means, Jr. ( 1986) Associate Professor, Industry and
Technology. B.S., West Virginia University ; M.S. , University of
Pitt burgh
BeverIy J. Melenyzer. ( 1991 ) Professor, Elementary Education.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California
University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D. , Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Edward Mendola. ( 1989) Assistant Professor, Business and
Economics. M .S., Waynesburg College; M.S., Robert Morris
College; C.P.A.
Ellen M. Michael. ( 1992) Associate Professor. Music. B.A. , St.
Catherine; M.M., University of Wisconsin ; Ph .D., University of
Pittsburgh
Ronald L. Michael. ( l 969) Professor, Social Science. B.S.,
Jamestown College; M .A. , University of North Dakota; Ed.D., Ball
State University
Richard Miecznikowski. (1990) Professor and Chair, Art. B.S .,
Indiana Univer ity of Pennsylvania; M.F.A. , State University of
New York, College of Ceramics at Alfred University
Patricia Milford. ( 1989) Associate Professor, Communication
Studies. B.A., George Mason University; M .A., Eastern Michigan
University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Mahmood A. K. Omarzai . (1979) Professor, Business and Economics. B.A., Y.D. College, India; M.A., Karachi University, Pakistan;
M.A. , Indiana University; Ph.D., Indiana University
C. Allan Miller. (1976) Professor, Biological and Environmental
Sciences. B.S. , Buena Vista College; M .A., Mankato State College;
Ph.D., North Dakota State University
William W. O'Donnell. (1995) Associate Professor, Theatre. B.F.A.,
Pennsylvania State University; M.F.A., Wayne State University
Patrick L. Miller. ( 1967) Assistant Professor, Communication
Studies. B.S ., Dickinson State University; M.A., Colorado State
University
Susan J. Monge!!. (1990) Associate Professor, Business and
Economics. B.A., Seton Hill College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Thomas C. Moon. ( 1969) Professor, Biological and Environmental
Sciences. B.A., Kal amazoo College; M.A.T., Oberlin College;
Ph.D., Michigan State University
Michele A. Pagen. (1998) Assistant Professor, Theatre. B.A.,
California University, M .A., Bowling Green State University,
P.h.D., Bowling Green State University
David W. Pajerski. (1969) Professor, Physical Science. B.S .,
University of Pittsburgh; M.S., University of New Hampshire;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Suzanne M . Palko. (1984) Associate Professor, Nursing. B.S .N.,
Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M.S.N., University of
Pennsylvania; R.N.
Lawrence L. Moses. (1969) Professor and Chair, Earth Sciences.
B.S., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania
State University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Raldo 0 . Parascenzo. (1965) Associate Professor and Chair,
Foreign Languages and Cultures. B.A., University of Pittsburgh;
M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; M . Lit., University of Pittsburgh;
D.Ph. & Lit., International University of Mexico
Ben A. Mule. (1972) Associate Professor, Special Education. B.S.,
State University of New York at Geneseo; M.Ed. , University of
Rochester
Young J. Park. (1977) Professor, Business and Economics. B.P.A.,
Korea University; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., Temple
University
Jeanette Mullins. (1975) Professor, Biological and Environmental
Sciences. B.A., Wayne State University ; M.S. , Wayne State
University; Ph.D. , North Dakota State University
William G. Parnell. (1968) Professor and Chair, Counselor
Education and Services. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Eastern Michigan University; Ed.D., West Virginia
University
William M. Murdick. ( 1969) Professor, English. B.A. , State
University of New York; M.F.A. , University of Iowa; Ph.D. , Indiana
University of Pennsylvania
John P. Nass. (1990) Associate Professor, Social Science. B.A.,
Michigan State University ; M.A., Western Michigan University;
Ph .D., The Ohio State University
J. Alan Natali . (1986) Associate Professor, English. B.S., California
University of Pennsylvania; M.A., California University of
Pennsylvania
Richard R. Nemec. ( 1967) Associate Professor, Communication
Disorders. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., West
Virginia University ; CCC Speech Pathology
Diane H . Nettles. ( I989) Professor, Elementary Education. B .A.,
University of South Florida; M.A., University of South Florida;
Ph.D., University of South Florida
Marsha L. Nolf. (1987) Associate Professor and Bibliographic
Lecturer, Library Services. B.A. , Waynesburg College; M.L.S .,
University of Pittsburgh
George D. Novak. (1959) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania;
M.Litt. , University of Pittsburgh
Mark L. Nowak. (1985) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S .,
University of Wisconsin, Stout; M.S., Texas A&M University;
Ed.D., Texas A&M University; C.P.R.
Lisa Patchner. (1998) Assistant Professor, Social Work and
Gerontology. B.A., Kings College, M.S.W., West Virginia University, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Pratul C. Pathak. (1990) Professor and Chair, English. B.A. ,
University of Delhi, India; M.A., University of Delhi, India; L.L.B .,
University of Delhi, India; M.A., University of WisconsinMilwaukee; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee
Brian K. Paulson. ( 1989) Associate Professor and Assistant Chair,
Biological and Environmental Science. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus
College; M.S., Michigan Technological University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
Joseph E. Pecosh. (1967) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S. ,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia
University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Jeffrey L. Petrucci. (1981) Associate Professor, University Advancement. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A. ,
California University of Pennsylvania
Albert R. Pokol. (1965) Associate Professor, Chair, and Reference
Librarian, Library Services. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Duquesne University; M.L.S ., University of Pittsburgh
Alton N. Powe. (1973) Professor, Academic Development and
Services. B.A., Slippery Rock University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. ,
California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
239
tt:"",
~
Jay R. Powell . ( 1972) Professor, Special Education . B.S., University
of lllinoi s; M.A., Southern lllinois University; Ph.D., Southern
lllinois University
Anthony J. Saludis. (1969) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S .,
Duquesne University; M.Ed., Duquesne University ; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
Community College, B.R.E., Baptist Bible College, M.T. , Grace
Theological Seminary, M.S., University of Illinois
Joseph A. Sanfilippo. (1965) Professor, Industry and Technology.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Ball State
University; Ed.D., West Virginia University
William J. Procasky. (1965) Professor, Earth Sciences. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., University of
Nebraska; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Carmen Scialla. (1998) Assistant Professor, Music. B.M., State
University of New York, M .M., University of Rochester, Ph.D.,
Louisiana State University
Thomas G. Pucci. (1991 ) Associate Professor, Athletics; Director of
Athletics. B.S., California State University at Sacramento; M.Ed.,
Pacific University; Ed.D. , University of New Mexico.
Joseph G. Schickel. (1988) Assistant Professor, Industry and
Technology. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M. Ed.,
Clemson University
Anthony S. Pyzdrowski. (1990) Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. A.S., Pennsylvania State University; B.S., West
Virginia University; M.S., West Virginia University; Ph.D., West
Virginia University; E.I.T.
Elwyn M . Schmidt. (1966) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., West
Virginia University
~ Loring Prest. (1998) Instructor, Manderino Library. A.A. , Brevard
U
~
~
Joanne Raleigh. (1975) Associate Professor and Act I 01 Director,
Academic Development and Services. B.S., California University of
Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , California University of Pennsylvania
Margarita Ribar. (1985) Associate Professor, Foreign Languages
and Cultures. B.S., Universidad Pedag6gica, Bogota, Colombia;
M.S., Duquesne University
Clyde A. Roberts. ( 1992) Associate Professor, Business and
Economics. B.S. , Marshall University; M.B.A., Marshall
Univeristy ; D.D .A., University of Kentucky
Joni L. Roh. (1991 ) Assistant Professor, Health Science and Sport
Studies. B.S., West Virginia University; M.A., University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill ; A.T.C.
Horace S. Rockwood, ill. (1969) Professor, English. A.B., Boston
University; M .A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of
Michigan
Joanne Rodriguez-Naeser. (1984) Assistant Professor and Director
of Student Support Services, Academic Development and Services.
B.A., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California
University of Pennsylvania
Lawrence D. Romboski. (I 969) Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M .A.,
Rutgers University; M.S. , Rutgers University; Ph .D., Rutgers
University
John Rybczyk. (1997) Biological and Environmental Sciences.
B.S., Michigan State University; M.S ., Eastern Michigan University; Ph .D., Louisiana State University
Melvin J. Sally. (1973) Professor, Academic Development and
Services. B.S., West Virginia University ; M.Ed., California
University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh
Mary Ann Salotti. ( 1994) Assistant Professor, Student Services;
Counseling Psychologist. B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M. Ed.,
Duquesne University; Ph. D., Uni versity of Pittsburgh
240
California University of Pennsylvania
William F. Schweiker. (1972) Professor, Social Science. B.A., West
Virginia University; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota
Lisa M. Schwerdt. (1990) Professor, English. B.S., Florida
International University; B.A., Florida International University;
M .A., Purdue University; Ph.D., Purdue University
Richard D. Scott. (1971) Professor, Psychology. B.A., Pennsylvania
State University; M.S., University of Massachusetts; Ph.D.,
University of Tennessee
Terry E. Scott. ( 1966) Associate Professor and Chair, Health
Science and Sport Studies. B.A., William Jewell College; M.A. ,
Washington University of St. Louis
Mary Semen. ( 1998) Assistant Professor, Special Education. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of
Vermont; Ed.D., West Virginia University
Louise E. Serafin. (1991 ) Associate Professor, Business and
Economics. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; E.M.B.A. ,
University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.
Betty Shaw. (1988) Associate Professor and Reference Librarian,
Library Services. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.L.S., Carnegie
Mellon University; M.A., Indiana State University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Caryl Sheffield. ( 1991 ) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Slippery Rock
University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Debra A. Shelapinsky. (1986) Associate Professor, Nursing. B.S.N.,
University of Akron; M.S.N. , University of Pittsburgh; R.N.; P.N.P.
John W. Shimkanin. (1990) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S.,
Moravian College; M.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
Penn State University
Sylvia E. Sholar. ( 1995) Assistant Professor, Communication
Studies. B.A., Georgia Southern University; M.A., University of
Georgia; Ph.D., Temple University
Alfred E. Simpson. (1976) Professor, Industry and Technology.
B.S., Southern University; M.A., West Virginia University; Ph.D. ,
The Ohio State University
Dennis C. Sweeney. (1991) Associate Professor, Psychology. B.S.,
University of North Carolina; M.A. , Bowling Green State University; Ph .D., Bowling Green State University
John S. Skocik, Jr. (1967) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania;
M.S., West Virginia University
Barbara Ann DeMartino Swyhart. ( 1986) Professor, Philosophy.
B.A., Marquette University; M.A. , Marquette University; Ph.D.,
Temple University
Nancy A. Skocik. (1990) Associate Professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania;
M.Ed., California University of Pennsylvania
Marc A. Sylvester. ( 1973) Professor, Biological and Environmental
Sciences. B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.S., West
Virginia University; Ph.D., West Virginia University
Michael D. Slaven. (1992) Assistant Professor, Hi story. B.A. , West
Virginia University ; M.A. , West Virginia University; Ph.D. , West
Virginia University
James E. Syphers. ( 1993) Assistant Professor, Social Work and
Gerontology. B.A. , University of New Hampshire; M.S .W.,
University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Walden University
Michael J. Slavin. (1989) Associate Professor, Theatre. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.A. , West Virginia
University ; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University
Nancy J. Tait. ( 1971 ) Professor, Student Services; Counselor,
Center for Student Development. B.S., Lake Erie College; M.S.,
Northern Illinoi s University; Ed.D., Indiana University
Darrell L. Smith. (1968) Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S.,
California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , California University
of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Texas A&M University
P. Ronald Tarullo. ( 1978) Professor, Business and Economics. B.A.,
Marietta College; M.A. , University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University
of Pittsburgh
Gary A. Smith. (1967) Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A.,
Juniata College; M.A. , Wayne State University
C. R. Thomas. ( 1965) Professor, English. B.A., West Virginia
University ; B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West
Virginia University; M.Ed. , California University of Pennsylvania;
Ed.D., West Virginia Universi ty
Madeline C. Smith. (1990) Professor and Assistant Chair, English.
B.A., Mt. St. Mary College; M.A., SUNY-New Paltz; Ph.D., West
Virginia University
Jannene MacIntyre-Southworth. (1988) Professor, Elementary
Education. B.S. , Ball State University; M.A. , Ball State University ;
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Gregory A. Spicer. (1998) Associate Professor, Communication
Studies. B.S ., Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M .S., Southern
Illinois University.
Margaret A. Spratt. (1988) Associate Professor, History. B.A.,
Transylvania University; M.A., Duke University ; Ph.D., University
of Kentucky
Jacqueline Stefanik. ( 1984) Professor, Nursing. B.S.N., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.N., West Virginia University ; M.P.A.,
West Virginia University; C.R.N.P.
Michael Steinagel. ( 1998) Assistant Professor, Health Science and
Sport Studies. B.S., Duquesne University, M.Ed., University of
Virginia
Jeffrey S. Sumey. (1990) Assistant Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S., West
Virginia University
Lynn R. Surrey. ( 1988) Associate Professor, Student Services;
Counseling Psychologist. B.A. , Olivet Nazarene University ; M.A.,
University of Missouri at Kansas City; Ph.D. , University of
Missouri at Kansas City
Gene G. Suskalo. ( 1967) Associate Professor, Music. B.S.,
Duquesne University; M .S., Duquesne University ; M.Music,
Duquesne University
John M. Thompson. (1987) Professor, Industry and Technology.
B.S ., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., University of Pittsburgh;
Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh
Susan G. Urbine. (1990) Assistant Professor, Industry and Technology. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Clemson
University
Virginia Rider Valentino. ( 1994) Associate Professor, Mathematics
and Computer Science. B.A., West Virginia University; M.S., West
Virginia University ; Ed.D., West Virginia University
John R. Vargo. (1970) Associate Professor, Elementary Education.
B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia
University
Robert A. Vargo. ( 1984) Professor, Earth Sciences. B.S., California
University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D.,
Syracuse University
Jaros Iav V. Vaverka. ( 1990) Associate Professor, Industry and
Technology. B.S., Dux School of Mines, Czech Republic; M.B.A.,
Baldwin-Wallace College; M.S., Columbia Pacific University;
D.I.T., University of Northern Iowa
Carole A. Waterhouse. ( 1986) Professor, English. B.A., University
of Pittsburgh ; M.F.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Ohio
University
Paul D. Williams. ( 1986) Professor and Director of Math Lab,
Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., California University of
Pennsylvania; M.S. , Clarkson University; Ed.D., University of
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
241
~ Pittsburgh
~ Sylvia S. Williams. (1965) Associate Professor, Psychology;
~
Coordinator, Graduate Program; Director, School Psychology
~ Clinic. B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., West Virginia
U
University; Pennsyl vania Certified School Psychologist; Licensed
. ~ Psychologist; NCSP
~
Beverly G. Willison. (1978) Professor, Social Work and Gerontology. B.A. , Duquesne University; M.S.W., University of Pittsburgh;
Ed.D., West Virginia University; N.C.C., L.S .W., A.C.S.W.
James Wood. (1987) Professor, Social Science. B.A. , Colorado
State University; M.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Arizona
State University
Richard M. Wyman. (1992) Professor and Chair, Elementary
Education . B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.Ed., Tufts
University ; Ed.D., University of Washington
William A. Yahner. ( 1989) Associate Professor and Coordinator,
Writing Center, English. B.S, Edinboro University of PA; M.A. ,
Edinboro University of PA; Ph.D., Indiana University of PA
Mohamed Yamba. (1989) Assistant Professor, Social Science. B.A.,
University of Ghana; M.A.I.A. , Ohio University; M.A. , Ohio
University ; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Albert E. Yates. (1964) Associate Professor and Chair, Communication Disorders. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
West Virginia University; CCC Speech Pathology
George Yochum. (1989) Associate Professor, Communication
Studies. B.A., University of Pittsburgh ; M.A., University of
Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
John R. Young. (1991 ) Associate Professor, Educational Studies.
B.A., Lincoln University; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
Jerzy S. Zderkowski. (1992) Assistant Professor, Business and
Economics. B.A., Krakow; M.B.A., Krakow; M.B.A., University of
Pittsburgh
Robert L. Zoppetti. ( 1961 ) Associate Professor, Physical Science.
B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania
State University
Edwin M. Zuchelkowski. (1985) Professor, Biological and
Environmental Sciences. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., West Virginia University
242
California University of Pennsylvania
A
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 55
Academic Dismissal 35
ACADEMIC POLICIES 33
Academic Probation 35
Accounting, Associate of Science in 84
Accounting, Bachelor of Science in BA 83
Add/Drop 37
Administration and Finance 234
Administration and Managem, Associate of Science in
84, 85
Administration and Management, Bachelor of Art 81
Administrative Withdrawals 37
Admission to a Closed Section 36
Advance Deposit 15
Advanced Placement Credit 12
Aging Specialist Certificate 137
Alumni Association 218
Alumni Relations 218
ANT-Anthropology 146
Anthropology, Bachelor of Arts in 133
Appealing a Grade or Other Academic Decision 34
Applied Computer Science, Bachelor of Science 122
Applied Engineering and Technology
56
ART 70
ART-Art 147
Art, Bachelor of Arts in 70
Art with K-12 Teacher Certification 71
Assistive Technology Laboratory 229
Associate Degree Programs 84
Associate Degrees 66
ATE - Athletic Training 149
Athletic Grant-in-Aid 20
Athletic Training, Bachelor of Science in 115
Athletic Training/Education Certification, Bachelo 115
Attendance 33
Auditing A Course 36
Automation Technology, Associate of Science in 66
B
Bachelor of Science in 62, 65
Banking Option 85
BIO-Biology 151
BIOLOGICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 72
Biology, Bachelor of Science in 73
Biology, Pre-professional 78
Board of Governors 235
Bookstore 225
BUS - Business 153
Business & Economics Option 81
Business Administration, Bachelor of Science in 82
BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 81
Business Economics, Bachelor of Science in BA 81
INDEX
C
CalCard 222
Campus Ministry 224
CARE Project 214
Career Services 215
Character Education Institute 217
CHE - Chemistry 153
Cheating and Plagiarism 34
Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in 86
Chemistry, Certification in Secondary Schools 87
CHOICES 230
CIS - Computer Information Systems 154
CMD - Communication Di sorders 154
College Level Equivalency Program (CLEP) 39
COM - Communication Studies 155
Communication Disorders, Bachelor of Science in Ed 90
Communication Speech, Certification in 92
Communication Studies, Bachelor of Arts in 91
Communication Theatre, Certification in 142
Community College Graduates 13
Commuter Center and Services 223
Computer Accounts 2 11
Computer Based Systems Management, Bachelor of Sci 83
Computer Science (Applied), Bachelor of 122
Computer Science Technology, Associate of Science 124
Computer-B ased Management, Associate of Science in 85
Conduct, Code of 230
Conferring of Degrees 40
Confidentiality Of Records 41
Cooperative Education 215
Cooperative Engineering Program 88
Council of Trustees 233
Counseling and Psychological Services 228
Course Challenges 37
Course Descriptions
ACC -Accounting 146
Course Numbering System 33
Credit By Examination 37
Credit Overload 36
135
Criminal Justice, Associate Degree in
CSC - Computer Science 157
CUTV (California University Televi sion) 225
D
Dean 's List 41
Developmental Courses 49
Dining Plans 14
Dining Services 222
Disabilities, Students With 229
Disabilities, Students with 229
DMA - Developmental Mathematics 185
Drafting Technology, Associate of Science in 67
Dual Majors 39
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
243
E
Earl y Admiss ion for High-School Students 11
Earl y Childhood, Bachelor of Science in Edu 103
Early Childhood Education I 03
Earl y Childhood Education, Associate of Science in 105
Early Childhood/Elementary Education, Bachelor of 104
Earl y Childhood/Special Education (Dual Major), Ba 140
Early Warning Notices (EWN) 50
Earned Credit Hours 25
Earth Science, Bachelor of Science in 96
Earth Science, Certification in 96
EAS - Earth Science 159
Eberl y College of Science and Technology 7, 48
ECE - Early Childhood Education 161
ECO - Economics 162
Economics, Bachelor of Arts in 82
EDE - Elementary Education 163
EDF - Educational Foundations 164
EDS - Educational Studies 167
Educati on and , College of 7
Education and Human Services, College of 44
EDUCATIO AL STUDIES 101
EET - Electronic Engineering Technology 165
Electrical Engineering Technology, Bachelor of Sci 59
Elementary Education , Bachelor of Science in 103
Elementary/Early Childhood Education 102
Elementary/Middle School Education, Bachelor of Sc 104
Elementary/Special Education (Dual Major) 139
E G - English 166
English, Bachelor of Arts in 108
Engli sh, Certification for Secondary School 109
Eng li h Department Computer Center 211
E S - Environmental Studies 170
Environmental Sciences, Certification in 74
Enviro nmental Studies, Bachelor of Science in 74
Environmental Conservation Option 75
Enviro nmental Pollution Control Option 76
Enviro nmental Resource Option 76
Enviro nmental Science Option 75
Wildlife Biology Option 75
ESP - Special Education 171
Evening Tutoring Program 221
F
Federa l Aid Programs 19
Fees 14
FlN - Finance 172
Fi nance, Bachelor of Science in BA 83
Fl ANCIAL AID , DISBURSEMENT OF 16
Fi nancial Aid Refunds 25
Fi rst-Year Seminar (FYS) 50
Foreign Language, Certification in K-12 11 2
Foreign Language, International Studies 112
FOREIGN LANGUAGES & CULTURES 111
Foundation for California University of Pennsylvania 218
244
California University of Pennsylvania
Fraternities 226
FRE - French 172
French, Bachelor of Arts in 111
G
GCT - Graphic Communication Technology 173
General Education 49
General Education, Graduation in 46
General Entrance Requirements 10
General Option 96, 97, 133
GEO - Geography 175
Geography 89
Geography, Bachelor of Arts in 97
Geography, Bachelor of Science in (Applied Option) 98
Geology, Bachelor of Science in 99
GER - German 176
German, Bachelor of Arts in 111
Gerontology, Bachelor of Science in 137
Good Academic Standing 34
Grade Reports 35
Grading System 34
Graduate Credit Load 39
Graduate School of Research 7
Graduate Studies and Research, School of 51
Graduates of California University 11
Graduation Requirements 40
Graphic Communications Technology, Bachelor of Sci 60
H
HEALTH SCIENCE & SPORT STUDIES 114
Health Services 227
HIN - Harrisburg Internship Program 178
HIS - History 178
HISTORY 117
Hi story, Bachelor of Arts in 118
HON - Honors Program 180
Honors 41
Honors at Graduation 41
Honor Convocation 41
Honor Program 119
Housing 220
HPE - Health and Physical Education 181
HSD - Hi ghway Safety and Drivers Education 182
Human Resource Management, Bachelor of Science in 83
Human Services 7
Humanities, Bachelor of Arts in 120
HUMANITIES PROGRAM 120
I
ID Card 222
Incomplete Grades 35
IND - Industry and Technology 182
Industrial Management, Bachelor of Science in 123
Industrial/Organizational Psychology, Bachelor of 131
INDUSTRY AND TECHNOLOGY 107
Industrial Technology, Bachelor of Science in 62
International Students 11
International Studies, Bachelor of Arts in
Business and Economics Option 82
Foreign Language Option 112
Geography Option 98
Political Science Option 134
ITE - Industrial Technology 184
J
Judicial System 230
L
Late Payment Fee 15
Late Registration Fee 15
Leaming Disabilities, Services for Students with 214
Liberal Arts, College of 7, 47
Library, Louis L. Manderino 210
LIT - Literature 184
M
Management and Computer Science Option 123
Management, Bachelor of Science in BA 83
Marketing, Bachelor of Science in BA 83
MAT- Mathematics (including DMA) 185
Mathematics and Computer Science, Bachelor of 122
MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 121
Mathematics, Bachelor of Arts in 122
Mathematics, Certification in 123
Medical Technology, Bachelor of Science in 77
Mentally/Physically Handicapped Education, Bachelo 138
Meteorology, Bachelor of Science in 96
MGT - Management 187
Military Transfer Credits 27
Minors
Accounting 85
Anthropology 135
Biology 80
Business 85
Business & Commercial Writing 110
Ceramics 71
Computer Science 124
Crafts 71
Creative Writing 110
Earth Science 100
Economics 85
Environmental Sciences Concentration 80
Finance 85
French 112
Geography 100
Geology 100
German 112
History 118
Information Systems 124
Journalism 110
Literature 110
Management 85
Marketing 85
Mathematics 124
Music 125
Painting 71
Philosophy 129
Political Science 135
Printmaking 71
Psychology: General 131
Psychology: Industrial Organizational 131
Public Administration 135
Public Communication 94
Public Relations 94
Sculpture 71
Sociology 135
Spanish 112
Technical Writing 110
Television Production 94
MKT - Marketing 188
Mon Valley Renaissance 218
Mortuary Science, Bachelor of Science in 78
MTE - Manufacturing Technology 188
Multicultural Student Programming 226
MUS - Music 189
MUSIC 125
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
245
N
R
National Student Exchange 224
Natural Sciences, Bachelor of Arts in 88
Non-Matriculating Students 11
Non-Traditional Student Organization
NUR - Nursing 191
Nurse, School Nurse Certification 128
Nursing, Bachelor of Science in 126
Radio & TV Option, Bachelor of Arts in Communicati 92
Reading Clinic 213
Readmission to the University 38
Refund/Repayment Policies 27
Registered Nurse Program, Washington Hospital 78
Registration 36
Repeating a Course 36
Requirements, General Entrance 10
Requirements, Specific Entrance 11
Residence Life 221
Residence Life Support Services Program 221
Room and Board 14
223
0
Off-campus housing 221
Oceanography, Bachelor of Science in 96
Ombudsperson 50
OTA-Occupational Therapy 191
p
Parking for Students with Disabilities 230
Parks and Recreation, Bachelor of Arts in 99
Payment Information 15
Payment Plans 15
Personal Computer Applications, Certificate In 124
PHI - Philosophy 192
Philosophy, Bachelor of Arts in 129
PHS - Physical Science 193
PHY - Physics 194
Physics, Bachelor of Arts in 86
Physics, Certification in Secondary Schools 87
Placement Testing/Advising Center 50
Political Science, Bachelor of Arts in 133
Political Science, International Studies 134
POS - Political Science 194
Post-Baccalaureate Students 11
Pre-Law
Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy 129
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science 133
Pro-Rata Refund Policy 15
Probationary Assistance (PASS) Program 50
Professional Writing Program, Bachelor of Arts in 108
Professional Writing Radio-Television 109
PSY - Psychology 196
Psychology, Bachelor of Arts in 130
Public Administration Option 133
Public Relations, Bachelor of Arts in Communicatio 93
Public Relations Office 218
Public Safety 216
246
California University of Pennsylvania
s
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy 25
Schedule Adjustments 37
Scholarships 21, 22
Science, General Certification in Secondary School 88
Screen Printing Technology, Associate of Science i 68
Second Majors 40
Semester System 33
SOC - Sociology 198
SOCIAL SCIENCES 132
Social Sciences, Bachelor of Arts in 134
Social Studies, Certification in 134
Social Work, Bachelor of Science in 136
SOCIAL WORK AND GERONTOLOGY 133
Sociology, Bachelor of Arts in 133
Sororities 226
Southpointe Center 51
SOW - Social Work 199
Spanish, Bachelor of Arts in 111
SPECIAL EDUCATION 138
Special Grades 26
Specialty Housing 221
Specific Entrance Requirements 11
Speech And Hearing Clinic 90
Speech Communication, Bachelor of Arts in 92
SPN - Spanish 200
Student Activities Board (SAB) 220
Student Association, Inc. 219
Student Congress 219
Student Development and Services 219
Student Employment 20
Student Responsibilities and Academic Advising 33
Student Service Access Center 223
Student Teaching 46
Studies and Research 7
Studies for Secondary Schools 73
Study Abroad 225
Study Around the World Program 224
T
Teacher Education, Admi ssion to 45
Teacher Education Computer Lab 211
Technology Education, Certification in Education 63
TED - Technology Education 201
THE - Theatre 202
The California Times (California Student Newspaper 226
THEATRE 141
Theatre, Bachelor of Arts in 142
Transcripts 35
Transfer Credit Evaluation 12
Transfer Credits 40
Transfers 11
Travel and Tourism, Bachelor of Arts in Geography 98
Tuition 14
u
University Advancement 218
University Advancement 234
University College 50
University Refund Policies 28
University Refund Policy 15
UNI - University Studies 204
V
VULCAT 210
Veterans 11
Veterans Affairs 224
Veterans Deferment 15
Veterans: Course Credit for Military Service 13
Visiting Student Program 216
Vi siting Students 11
w
Withdrawal 38
Women 's Center 223
WOMEN' S STUDIES 143
Women 's Studies, Certificate in 143
Writing Center 213
WST- Women 's Studies 204
WVCS (California Radio Station) 226
X
XAS - American Studies 204
XCP - Career Planning 204
XGE - Gerontology 204
XJJ - Criminal Justice 205
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
247
Tentative Academic Calendar
1998-99
Spring Semester 1999
Fall Semester 1998
August 30
Move-In Day for Residence Hall
Students
January 17
Orientation
January 18-19
Orientation & Registration
August 31September 1
Orientation & Registration
January 20
Classes Begin
September 2
Classes Begin
January 18-23
Add Period
August 31September 5
March 2
Add Period
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University without
Academic or Financial Aid Penalty
September 7
Labor Day (no classes)
March 15-20
Spring Break (no classes)
October 13
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University without
Academic or Financial Aid Penalty
March 23
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for
Returning Students
October 20
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for
Returning Students
March 30
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for New
Students
October 27
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for New
Students
April 2-3
Easter Break (no classes)
April 16
November24
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University
May 8
Semester Ends (Last Day of Class)
November 25-29
Thanksgiving Break (no classes)
May 8
Commencement
December 19
Semester Ends (Last Day of Class)
May 10
Grades Due from Faculty
December 2 1
Grades Due From Faculty
Summer Sessions 1999
248
California University of Pennsylvania
May 10
May Session Classes Begin
May 31
Memorial Day (no classes)
June 7
First Five Week/fen Week Summer
Sessions Begin
July 5
Fourth of July Holiday (no classes)
July 10
First Five Week Summer Sessions End
July 12
Second Five Week Summer Sessions
Begin
August 14
Second Five Week/fen Week Summer
Sessions End
(j
>
~
~
z~
~
~
Tentative Academic Calendar
1999-2000
Fall Semester 1999
August 29
Move-In Day for Residence Hall
Students
August 30-31
Orientation & Registration
September 1
Classes Begin
September 1-4
January 16
Orientation
January 17-18
Orientation & Registration
January 19
Classes Begin
January 19-22
Add Period
February 29
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University without
Academic or Financial Aid Penalty
March 13-17
Spring Break (no classes)
March 21
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for
Returning Students
March 28
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for
New Students
April 21-22
Easter Break (no classes)
April 14
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University
May6
Semester Ends
May6
Commencement
May8
Grades Due from Faculty
Add Period
September 6
Labor Day (no classes)
October 12
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University without
Academic or Financial Aid Penalty
October 19
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for
Returning Students
October 26
Last Day for Fee Adjustments for
New Students
November 23
Spring Semester 2000
Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University
November 24-28
Thanksgiving Break (no classes)
December 18
Semester Ends
December 20
Grades Due From Faculty
Summer Sessions 2000
May 8
May Session Classes Begin
May29
Memorial Day (no classes)
June 5
First Five Week/fen Week Summer
Sessions Begin
July 4
Fourth of July Holiday (no classes)
July 8
First Five Week Summer Sessions End
July 10
Second Five Week Summer Sessions
Begin
August 12
Second Five Week/fen Week Summer
Sessions End
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
249
Pennsylvania
California University of Pennsylvania
*
Directions to California
From Harrisburg, Philadelphia
From Baltimore MD, Washington DC
PA Turnpike West to ew Stanton, Exit #8
Interstate 70 West to Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
Interstate 70 West to PA Turnpike West to
New Stanton, Exit #8
Interstate 70 West to Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
From Scranton
Interstate 81 South to PA Turnpike
PA Turnpike West to New Stanton, Exit #8
Interstate 70 West to Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
From Erie, Pittsburgh
Interstate 79 South to Interstate 70 Exit
Interstate 70 East to Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
From Pittsburgh
PA 51 South to Interstate 70 West to Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
250
California University of Pennsylvania
From Ohio, Wheeling WV
Interstate 70 East to Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
From Charleston, Morgantown WV
Interstate 79 North to Interstate 70 East to
Exit 15A (Toll Road 43)
From Uniontown
Route 40 West to Toll Road 43 North exit. Take the California exit. At end of ramp go straight through business district.
Follow road straight to campus.
Southwestern Pennsylvania
From Monroeville
Southpointe
Center
(see map)
Greensburg
Waynesburg
From Morgantown
From Morgantown
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
251
California Area
Directions from
Toll 43
After toll booth, take the
California exit (2nd exit).
Bear right at the end of exit,
then make the first left (3rd
St - business district).
Travel straight through the
town of California and the
road will bring you onto
campus.
Roadman Park
& Stadium
252
California University of Pennsylvania
Cal U Southpointe Center
to Pittsburgh
t
North
Cal U Southpointe
Center, located in the
Bailey Engineers 11
building, is just off 1-79
in the Southpointe
Technology C.e nter,
located in Canonsburg
Directions:
Follow I-79 to Exit 1OA
Follow Southpointe
Blvd. to the second
intersection of
Technology Drive and
turn right.
Southpointe
2
Golf Course
C
·o
O-
s
::::,
c2
Southpointe
Commons
-..::: Drive
A
Jr::'
·
Baile
Eng inee
~
CALU
Southpointe
Center
to Exit 10
to Washington
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
253
Cal U Campus
~
..
EJ
+
...
"
J:
I~
cl!!il
::,
-
.d
(.)
.
"'
.d
••
FB
1aaJlS AJOlfJ!H
...J
dm
:0
0
l!!il
254
California University of Pennsylvania
...J
I
BUILDING
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
c:::
::,
~
i
c::
"'0
n
"'s
f
-'°'°
00
I
'°
'°
N
Ul
Ul
DIRECTORY
Azorsky Administration Building
Frich Biological Science Bldg. (BSC)
Carter - Black Culture Center
Coover Hall (COO)
Dixon Hall (DIX)
Gallagher Dining Hall
Hamer Hall (HAM)
Downey-Garofalo Health Services Bldg.
Student Growth and Development Center
9. Herron Fitness Center (HER)
10. Industrial Arts Building (IAR)
11. Keystone Education (EDU)
12. Morgan Learning and Research Center (LRC)
13. Main Hall (MAI)
14. Manderino Library (LML)
15. Military Science Building
16. Natali Student Center
17. New Science Building (NSC)
18. Noss Annex
19. Noss Hall (NOS)
20. Public Safety
21. Reed Arts Center
22. South Hall
23. Steele Auditorium
24. Student Development Annex
25. Vulcan Hall
26. Duda World Culture Building (WCU)
27. Watkins Academic Building (WAC)
RESIDENCE HALLS
28. Binns Hall (Men's Dorm)
29. Longanecker Hall (Men's Dorm)
30. Stanley Hall (Women's Dorm)
31. Clyde Hall (Women's Dorm)
32. Johnson Hall (Cal Hall Honor's Dorm)
33. McCloskey Hall (Men's Dorm)
OTHER BUILDINGS
34. Maintenance Building
35. Maintenance Building
36. Maintenance Building
PARKING AREAS
B - Faculty and Staff
C - Faculty and Staff
D - Faculty and Staff
E - Faculty and Staff
J - Faculty and Staff
L - Faculty and Staff
M - Faculty and Staff
S - Student
X - Faculty and Staff
256
California University of Pennsylvania
California Unlyersity of Pennsylvania
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
Social Security Number: - - - - - - ~ - - - - - - - - - - - Last Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ First Name: - - - - - Ml :
Mr.
Mrs.
Miss
Ms.
Please circle one:
Address : _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
City: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ State: _ _ Zip Code:
Telephone:
Starting Year: _ _ _ _ Please Circle One:
High School:
Fall
Spring
Summer
High School Graduation Date: __
If applicable, list college/university last attended and degree earned: _ _ __
Intended Major: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Please circle prospective level of entry:
Certification Visiting Student
Freshperson Transfer
Activity/Athletic Interest: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
California University of Pennsylvania
Undergraduate Catalog 1998-99
Social Security Number: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Last Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ First Name:
- - - - - Ml :
Mr.
Ms.
Miss
Mrs.
Please circle one:
Address:
------------------------City: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ State: _ _ Zip Code: _ _ __
Telephone: (
Starting Year:_ _ _ _ Please Circle One:
High School:
Fall
Spring
Summer
High School Graduation Date: __
If applicable, list college/university last attended and degree earned: _ _ __
Intended Major: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Please circle prospective level of entry:
Freshperson
Transfer
Certification
Visiting Student
Activity/Athletic Interest: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
INTHE
UNITED STATES
FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 1 CALIFORNIA, PA
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
CALIFORNIA UNIVERSITY OF PA
OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS
250 UNIVERSITY AVENUE
CALIFORNIA PA 15419-9902
I111 II, I, I, 1I11 I111 IIII I,, I, I,, I, I,, II, 1111 I, III111 I
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 1 CALIFORNIA, PA
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
CALIFORNIA UNIVERSITY OF PA
OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS
250 UNIVERSITY AVENUE
CALIFORNIA PA 15419-9902
l,,,11,l,l,,l,,l,,,lll,l,,l,l,,l,l,,ll,,,,,l,lll,,,I
California
University
of Pennsylvania
It's all about you!
Office of Admissions
California Universi ty of PA
250 University Avenue
California, PA 15419
phone: 1.888.412.0479
or 724.938.4404
fax: 724.938.4564
E-mail: inquiry@cup.edu
Website: www.cup.edu
Office of Financial Aid
phone: 724.938.4415
A n ,e,nber of Pe11nsylvw1 ia S
State Syste1·1, of Higher Educatio11
Cali(om ia Univers ity of Pen nsylva nia is
co mmiued to upltoldi11g th e 11gh.ts and
dig11ity o f all i11divid uals . Therefore, ii is
the policy of the u n iversity to prevem a nd
eliminate u nlaiv{ul d iscriminatio n based
on race, co/01; religion , na1io11al origi11,
sex , age, sexllal o rie11tation, nwrital stattls,
disabili~v or veteran status within the
u niversity com111 w1it:v.
Media of